Hea
Ta
pis cunts.
aI ry
DAT
; Bases
-
Ee
feeaiie
RE :
: i Rae
vay
Sper
Shan ead eS Se aa eee ERT
SE Or tenmern men orem NE eS Ire eoTtennn ewww tens
RAREERN RONEN) Ties toeit nT MDE CT
ENGINEER DEPARTMENT, U. S. ARMY.
REPORT
UPON
UNITED STATES GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS
WEST OF THE ONE HUNDREDTH MERIDIAN,
IN CHARGE OF
FIRST LIEUT. GEO. M. WHEELER,
CORPS OF ENGINEFERS, U. 8. ARMY, —
UNDER THE DIRECTION OF
BRIG. GEN. A. A. HUMPHREYS,
CHIEF OF ENGINEERS, U.S. ARMY.
PUBLISHED BY AUTHORITY OF THE HONORABLE THE SECRETARY OF WAR,
IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACTS OF CONGRESS OF JUNE 23, 1874, AND FEBRUARY 15, 1875
IN SEVEN VOLUMES, ACCOMPANIED BY ONE TOPOGRAPHICAL AND ONE
GEOLOGICAL ATLAS,
VOL. VII.—ARCH HOLOGY.
WASHINGTON:
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE.
1379.
FORTY-THIRD CONGRESS, FIRST SESSION.
CHAPTER 455.
Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress
assembled, That the following sums be, and the same are hereby, appropriated, for the objects hereinafter
expressed, for the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, eighteen hundred and seventy-five, namely :
* * * * * * * *
For engraving and printing the plates illustrating the report of the geographical and geological
explorations and surveys west of the one hundredth meridian, to be published in quarto form, the
printing and binding to be done at the Government Printing Office, twenty-five thousand thousand.
* # *
+ * * * * *
Approved June 23, 1874.
FORTY- THIRD CONGRESS, SECOND SESSION.
CHAPTER 76.
Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress
assembled, That the act entitled ‘‘An act making appropriations for sundry civil expenses of the Govern-
ment for the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, eighteen hundred and seventy-five, and for other pur-
poses,” approved June twenty-third, eighteen hundred and seventy-four, be, and the same is hereby,
amended by adding to the clause of said act relating to the engraving and printing of the plates
illustrating the report of the geographical and geological explorations and surveys west of the one
hundredth meridian, the following words: ‘‘and that two thousand copies of the report shall be printed
by the Congressional Printer,” after substituting the word ‘‘dollars” in lieu of the concluding word of
said clause.
Approved February 15, 1875.
FORTY-FOURTH CONGRESS, FIRST SESSION.
“Mr. VANCE, of Ohio, from the Committee on Printing, reported the following resolution; which
was read, considered, and adopted :
“Resolved by the House of Representatives (the Senate concurring), That the following distribution
shall be made of the reports of the United States geographical surveys west of the one hundredth
meridian, published in accordance with acts approved June 23, 1874, and February 15, 1875, as the
several volumes are issued from the Government Printing Office, to wit: Nine hundred and fifty copies
of each to the House of Representatives, two hundred and fifty copies of each to the Senate, and eight
hundred copies of each to the War Department for its uses.”
March 29, 1876. (See Congressional Record, vol. 4, part 3, page 2037.)
Agreed to by the Senate May 4, 1876. (See Congressional Record, vol. 4, part 3, page 2969.)
ii
NOTE.
Seven volumes, accompanied by one Topographical and one Geological
Atlas, embrace reports upon Geographical Surveys of the territory of the
United States west of the one hundredth meridian of longitude from
Greenwich, as follows:
Volume 1I—Geographical Report.
Volume II—Astronomy and Barometric Hypsometry.
Volume II.—Geology and Mineralogy.
Volume IV.—Paleontology.
Volume V.—Zodlogy.
Volume VI—Botany.
Volume VII.—Archeology.
The Topographical Atlas edition, consisting of Title-page, Legend, and
Conventional Sign Sheets, Index, Progress and Basin Maps, and Sheets
Nos. 49, 50, 58, 59, 66, 67, 75, 76, 83, 53 (C), 61 (B), 61 (C), 61 (C,), 61
(D), 62 (A), 62 (C), 65 (D), 69 (B), 69 (D), 70 (A), 70 (C), and 77 (B)
have been issued at date of sending forward the MS. of this volume.
Other sheets, of which there are twenty-seven in various stages of comple-
tion, will follow as rapidly as they can be prepared, engraved, and printed.
Sheets 53 (C), 61 (B), 61 (C), 61 (D), 62 (A), 62 (C), 65 (D), 69 (B),
69 (D), 70 (A), 70 (C), and 77 (B) are projected upon a scale of 1 inch to
4 miles,.while the scale of 1 inch to 2 miles has been used for sheet 61
(C,), the latter embracing a part of the San Juan mining region of
Southwestern Colorado. The scale of 1 inch to 1 mile has been selected
for the six-sheet map of the lake region of the Sierra Nevada encircling
Lake Tahoe; and the contour map of the Washoe Mining District, in which
is situated the famous Comstock Lode, drawn to a scale of 1 inch to 500
feet, will be published to the scale of 1 inch to 1,500 feet, making a map of
the size of four regular atlas sheets.
iii
lv NOTE.
The following Geological Maps, forming a part of those supplementing
Volume III, based upon the topographical sheets, have been published,
i.e., Title-page, Index Sheet, Restored Outline of Lake Bonneville, Nos. 50,
59, $ of 58, and $ of 66, 67, 75, 76, and 83. Other sheets are in the course
of completion.
The Topographical Atlas referred to, embracing the entire area west
of the 100th meridian, will comprise 95 sheets, on a scale of 1 inch to 8
miles, numbered consecutively from 1 to 95, inclusive, while the “‘ Geolog-
ical Atlas” will consist of the same number, using the topographical maps
as a base. (See Progress Map of 1878.) Upon a number of the topo-
graphical maps as a base, the classification of lands into the following divis-
ions, (L) Agricultural with irrigation, (2) Timber, (3) Grazing, (4) Arid
and Barren, is shown by colors. It is intended to expand this classification
to embrace the entire area, thus gathering data upon which a new legal
subdivision to settlers, to accord with presumable values as to class, may
be made, pursuant finally to the following divisions:
without irrigation.
able) or by drainage.
1. Arable or Agricultural, with irrigation (sufficient water being avail-
1. Large, with prevailing species, as Live
2. Small, Oak, Cedar, ete.
1. Good, 2 with species and quality of
2. Bad,
4. Arid or barren, including “desert lands.”
2. Timber,
3. Pasturage or Grazing,
erasses.
5. Swamp, tide, and overflowed.
6. Location of the precious and economic minerals, such as—
1. Gold, in place or placer. 8. Tin and nickel.
2. Silver. 9. Antimony and arsenic.
3. Cinnabar. 10. Sulphur.
4. Copper. 11. Sodium, chloride and carbonate of.
5. Lead. 12. Alum and borates.
6. Iron. 13. Peats, marls, and clays.
7. Coal. 14. Asphaltum, petroleum.
Each full atlas sheet represents two degrees and forty-five minutes in
NOTE. ‘Vv
longitude and one degree and forty minutes in latitude (an area of from
17,000 to 18,000 square miles, or an average of 11,200,000 acres), and is
so constructed, upon a special projection, as to admit that the several sheets
may be joined to comprise entire political or other divisions.
The plan for the systematic prosecution of a detailed topographical
survey of the territory of the United States west of the one hundredth
meridian, as the main object, was submitted to the Engineer Department
by the officer in charge shortly after the return of the expedition of 1871,
was then approved by Brig. Gen. A. A. Humphreys, Chief of Engineers,
and the honorable the Secretary of War, and received the sanction of
Congress by a specific act, approved June 10, 1872.
In addition to the astronomic, geodetic, topographical, and meteor-
ological observations needed for the preparation and construction of the
map, such observations as are required, and are commensurate with the
present condition of development of this region, are made in the branches
of mineralogy and mining, geology, paleontology, zodlogy, botany, archee-
ology, ethnology, and philology.
The quarto reports embrace the results of the special branches of the
Survey that are completed at the date at which each is separately submitted,
while annual reports of operations of the work, accompanied by maps,
showing progress during the fiscal year, are regularly submitted to the
Chief of Engineers, and appear as appendixes to his Annual Reports.
From the accumulation of field data, the finished topographical maps
are completed as fast as the draughting force permits, and, with the neces-
sary additions, special editions, showing geological formations and land clas-
sification, are issued from time to time. Neither atlas will be complete
until the whole work is finished.
U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF THE ONE HUNDREDTH MERIDIAN.
ist Lizut. GEO. M. WHEELER, Cores or ENGINEERS, U.S. ARMY, IN CHARGE.
REHPORTS
———
UPON
ARCHAOLOGICAL AND ETHNOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS FROM VICINITY OF
~ SANTA BARBARA, CALIFORNIA, AND FROM RUINED PUEBLOS OF
ARIZONA AND NEW MEXICO, AND CERTAIN INTERIOR TRIBES.
BY
FREDERICK W. PUTNAM,
CURATOR OF THE PEABODY MUSEUM, CAMBRIDGE, MASS.,
ASSISTED BY
C.C. ABBOTT, M.D., S.S. HALDEMAN, LL. D., H.C. YARROW,M.D., H.W. HENSHAW;
AND LUCIEN CARR, AssIsTtanT CURATOR PEABODY MUSEUM.
WITH APPENDIX OF INDIAN VOCABULARIES,
REVISED AND PREPARED BY ALBERT 8S. GATSCHET.
IN TWO PARTS, WITH TWO APPENDIXES.
ILLUSTRATED BY A FRONTISPIECE, SKETCH, 20 PLATES, AND 135 TEXT CUTS.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
LETTER OF LIEUTENANT WHEELER TO CHIEF OF ENGINEERS. ..-.-. 222.220. ceces secece veneee
ELT ERRORBTRANSMEDT AU a ascot eee nee ee Cee oe ee eae oe eee Rane oe ee dodpad.sbe05
PART I.
INTRODUCTION: GENERAL ARCHEOLOGY AND ETHNOLOGY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA -.-----.-
REPORT OF Dr. H. C. YARROW, IN CHARGE OF PARTY MAKING COLLECTIONS ....-------------
COLEECEIONS A TSD OS) EUEBLOSPAND iAP ATE RAMs Seri) see seen en no oseeisee ce nece ecco ene
CHIPPED STONE IMPLEMENTS: DaGGERS, KNIVES, SPHARPOINTS, ARROWHEADS, BoRING In-
PLEMENTS pile L Ccteye stala/sie neo ome Jase se aye als scot mee ads clase oe inion eee See eset vestes
STONESM ORTARSPAND PPESTIES a CUPS aE Chere raises eee eee oe are eee Ea enn ap Ee pO
COOKING VESSELS, BAKING STONES, FooD VESSELS, ETC
METHOD OF MANUFACTURE OF SOAPSTONE POTS ....-.------- --
ARTIC LESAMAD Fx Ova Wi OOD eset sree ase ee oreo ne Slee AU ea ee te yA cycle rc emer
IPTPRS MADERO Rg SUONE Ce a cots Namrata cin REI aL UD ra erin ee ay a SUN tar angie aa
PERFORATED STONES: CLUBHEADS, SPINDLEWHORLS AND SINKERS..-. ...-----2202 -eeeeeeeeee
MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS OF STONE: TUBES, PLUMMET-SHAPED IMPLEMENTS, HAMMER-STONES.
SCULPT URES poe roe me op te aie ata, acter era eis be seek ihe wane pea eI BEAN ES oS Bae ee cae
IMPLEMENTS AND WEAPONS MADE OF BONE AND WOOD.....--------- eich a eats eee
IMUSTCAT BUN STRUMENTS MA DENORMBONES Solo ee ec e ee eee Oe ee aco ele eee eee eet
TEXTILE Faprics, BASKET-WORK, BRUSHES
ORNAMENTSPANDEPAUNT 66 occ t ys. ce seeiiere Sdlars ea = inne) Bee a tasis om eee
JI We see POG BD EE CL Es) COCR RIE OS Se RT es re Sere RS Set oa a a Nar
IRON IMPLEMENTS AND OTHER OBJEOTS OBTAINED BY CONTACT WITH EUROPEANS ..---..-----
ORSERVATIONSIONE CRANTAMFROM!|CALINORNDAUs sensors aes ee el eeee eee oes eee tec se eee eeeeiee
APPENDIX TO PART I.
TRANSLATION OF THE ACCOUNT OF CABRILLO’S VOYAGE ALONG THE WEST COAST OF NORTH
MME RICA —— WiLL INTRODUCTORY NOTES sees aisccenniec raises ce ciee seine micee seco eae scare
PART II.
THE PUEBLO RUINS AND THE INTERIOR TRIBES.—INTRODUCTION -..-.- ae
NOPESIONT THE, LUEBLOS AND, THEIR GINEABITANT Siti os cVstecis sie cisisincicies socielelesjalcleinsinieteia slelsinoee'e
PAROLE BORON WA COMM ceo rete esac [slain ania c¥esinle winieicis
PUBeLULBLOLON LAOS res cs. a) asjeor ne ice =ebeace
LEE LUE BLOMOET SANG OUAN cor ome2 macicisa <r enect a seer
THe Cacuina: A ZUNI DANCE
REPORT ON THE RUINS AND PUEBLOS IN NEW MEXICO
FL OENS EINE Ns Wali EMI COM rere nie ccirat ie co cncwic on ene cee ena cro clts dioeiecla dase eacae meectobate opts
ANCIENT POPULATION IN NORTHWESTERN NEW MEXICO ........--.- .---02 --- 0-2 eo eee cone wees
ix
317
319
225
327
331
332
337
346
351
x TABLE OF CONTENTS.
RUINED PUEBLO AND BURIAL PLACE IN THE VALLEY OF THE RIO CHAMA
THE PUEBLO PINTADO AND OTHER RUINS IN THE CIIACO CANON............---------- eee eee
CrmrsHOUSEPANDS CAVE SINENE Wa WE Xl COlermecieecten ce cieeo conc scine soeetenineecieses
RUINS IN THE CANON DE CHELLE
NOTES ON THE IMPLEMENTS, POTTERY, AND OTHER OBJECTS FROM NEW MEXICO AND ARIZONA. 374
INOTHSSUPONELUMAN) CRANTAV AND! SKELETONS eassesceeciesee seis ceeaceseiccaiceereciccee Sesescee 391
APPENDIX.
HELTER PORLERAN SMELTAT eae teietsae sieeiaaeietciieemincics oe taieetscieins 401
CLASSIFICATION OF WESTERN INDIAN DIALECTS..-.----.---..----.------------ 403
COMPARATIVE TABLES OF FORTY VOCABULARIES 424
APPENDIX :—ADDITIONS TO THE FORTY VOCABULARIES ...--.--.---.-----+----- aek6e0 t66oD Boag clays
INDEX TOPVOLUME fas nociscc ros cess cpccie's Sei opotetac oe ree ete ee ae Tale See eee ne eee oieteeecioneneceaod
LIST OF PLATES.
FRONTISPIECE.—THE CACHINA: A ZUNI DANCE...---------------- ------ Facing title-page.
SKETcH Map.—Coast or SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA -..----..----..----------- Facing page 298
PLaTE I. CHIPPED STONE IMPLEMENTS, SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GS ut 49
II. CHIPPED STONE IMPLEMENTS, £ cs fs ss 52
Ill. Curprep STONE IMPLEMENTS, oe oe £ ss 54
IV. Stoner anp Iron KNIVES, cs oe GD Ow 60
V. STONE VESSELS, ce iG G3 se 70
VI. STONE VESSELS, ce WY se ee 93
VII. StonE PIPEs, Ow MG Us GG 1b}
VIII. Stoner PIPEs, CG £6 GS GIy ihey/ |
IX. STONE PI1PEs, oe ad fe Gs ak)
X. BRONZE CLUBHEAD AND PERFORATED STONES, CALIFORNIA, PERU, AFRICA,
TEC nino 6 Bob OOe Davia RcEcea USS anCEasdeaodRSbe os «135
XI. ARTICLES OF BONE, SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA - sf 66 222
XII. ORNAMENTS, BEADS AND FISH-HOOKS OF SHELL, SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA... ‘ OB Pail
XIII. Stone, Copper, GLASs, AND SHELL BEADS; PERFORATED SHELLS; SHELL
PENDANTS, ETC., ORNAMENTS OF TEETH AND ASPHALTUM, SOUTHERN CatL-
NR ORNIA Soo e oon cton eon oe ae ose ee eee ental hal tS LA erate pee es GO}
XIV. FRAGMENTS OF WOVEN FABRICS, BASKET-WORK, NETS, AND WATER BOTTLE,
(COTHIOLASIV ~ eaccce euao.decoco Sdhege saan cacdeco cons Bent pHdsoalacen obeisioanoag sé fe 239
XV. Iron KNIVES aND AXE, SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA....-----..---------------- se WS Pk
XVI. STONE IMPLEMENTS, NEW MEXICO re 374
XVII. STONE IMPLEMENTS, “ fe “ G5 BxkD
XVII. Stone IMPLEMENTS, ‘ ce rs Os Syke)
XIX. STONE IMPLEMENTS, ‘ sé w Ms Biel) =
XX. RUINS IN THE CANON DE CHELLE, NEW MEXICO ..-.-.-...----...-.------ cacq, 4 «372
xi
: aon ze
Unirep States ENGINEER OFFICE,
GroGraPaicaL Surveys West or THE 100rH MeErIpIAN,
Washington, D. C., May 15, 1879.
GENERAL: | have the honor to present herewith reports, submitted to
constitute Vol. VII of the series of quarto volumes, the publication of which
is authorized by acts approved June 23, 1874, and February 15, 1875.
The collections at vicinity of Santa Barbara and adjacent islands
were made by a special party of the expedition of 1875, under Dr. H.C.
Yarrow, assisted by Dr. J. T. Rothrock and H. W. Henshaw, the oppor-
tunities for search having been pointed out by Prof. 8. F. Baird, now sec-
retary of the Smithsonian Institution, whose keen appreciation and foresight
served not alone to prompt this office, but others, to the examination of a
number of localities, from which abundant material has been gathered.
The localities at which special examinations and excavations were
made, are Dos Pueblos and La Patera on the main land, shown on the
accompanying sketch of the coast in the vicinity of Santa Barbara and out-
lying islands, and near Prisoner’s Harbor upon the island of Santa Cruz.
Mr. Paul Schumacher and Mr. Stephen J. Bowers have since made
successful searches at Carpenteria, at points on the Santa Maria River,
along the western flanks of the Santa Inez Mountains, and on the Santa
Barbara Islands. Some of this material has been accessible to Professor
Putnam.
The portion of the within report bearing on the Indian pueblos of the
interior has resulted from collections made at several of the existing and
extinct pueblos of the Colorado and Gila River basins and that of the Rio
Grande, by a number of assistants, among whom notably are Dr. H. C.
Yarrow, Oscar Loew, Ph. D., and Francis Klett.
Xiv LETTER OF TRANSMITTAn.
The vocabularies have been gathered, as circumstances permitted,
from forty distinct localities, and are divisible into seven linguistic stocks.
Their preparation for publication was intrusted to the philologist Albert 8.
Gatschet. The Cachina, a sacred dance of the Zuni, a representation of
which appears in the frontispiece, was observed and described by Francis
Klett, accompanied by a small party. The entire contribution has resulted
from the incidental labors of members of several expeditions, and but
points the way to a large and almost untrodden field of research among
aboriginal remains. The opportunity for further exploration in the west-
ern mountain, plateau and valley region, among the mounds, débris of
habitations, caves, sites of present and extinct pueblos, and search for in-
scriptions, is great, and the work is most fascinating. The ruins of early
habitations line numbers of the little mountain valleys of the Southwest,
especially in New Mexico and Arizona.
Exhaustive search will doubtless yield much to reward the investigator
and throw a more certain light upon the origin and condition of the pre-
sumably populous Indian tribes that once occupied this now sparsely-settled
region, glimpses of which reach us from the writings of the earliest historic
period.
When considering the primitive source whence aboriginal stocks are
drawn, Northern Mexico and portions of the southwest of the United States
comprise an uncertain ground, and whether migrations to these localities
set in from north to south or from south to north still remains uncertain, and
how far the sources have been from Asiatic lands to the eastward as against
a migration following from the rising to the setting of the sun still remains
a subject of speculation.
Professor Putnam has been assisted in the preparation of his reports
by Dr. C. C. Abbott, Dr. S. S. Haldeman, Dr. H. C. Yarrow, H. W.
Henshaw, and Lucien Carr, the labor of each of whom merits a grateful
recognition.
A sketch of the Santa Barbara Islands and the contiguous coast is in-
troduced to show the sites where investigations were conducted by the sur-
vey, and also the locations of numerous shell-heaps and burial places.
It remains but to make mention of the assistants who, in addition to
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. XV
other labors, have contributed the material within discussed to the interest-
ing subject of antiquities.
The quarto illustrations of many of the articles from the Santa Bar-
bara collections are reproduced by the Heliotype Company of Boston,
Mass., while the colored plates, the originals of which were executed with
creditable skill and taste by Mr. H. J. Morgan, have been lithographed at
the well-known and excellent establishment of Thomas Sinclair & Son,
Philadelphia, Pa. =
Very respectfully, your obedient servant,
GEO. M. WHEELER,
Tneutenant of Engineers, in Charge.
Brig. Gen. A. A. HumpHreys,
Chief of Engineers, United States Army, Washington, D.C.
THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIANS.
NAO LD AWC ae OEN:
Tue discovery of the Peninsula of California, in 1534, by an expedition
fitted out by Cortés, brought the Spaniards into contact with native tribes
that were in several respects unlike the nations they had already met and
partially conquered. The naked savages of this newly discovered land
maintained their rights to their home, and, probably in return for the usual
Spanish treatment of those days, killed Grijalva, the commander of the
expedition. The next year, it is stated, Cortés himself explored the penin-
sula (at that time thought to be an island), and in this expedition he was
accompanied by negro slaves and settlers, as well as by priests and soldiers.
The expedition under Ulloa followed in 1537, and from that date we receive
accounts of the inhabitants; but it was not until one hundred and sixty
years afterwards that the Jesuits began to establish their missions and take
possession of a country, the settlement of which had been abandoned, after
numerous disasters, by the leaders of the Spanish military expeditions.
The heroic acts of the Jesuit Fathers in the fulfilment of their labors
of ‘“‘christianizing” the savages are well known, and will not be recapitu-
lated here; but while all credit is due those worthy men for their disinterested
motives and benevolent intentions, it can hardly be questioned that it is in
great part owing to their misguided work in endeavoring to “save the souls
of the savages” regardless of the body, that the deluded Indians of por-
tions of the Californias owe their rapid and almost unresisted extermina-
tion. Naturally indolent, unclean, licentious, and thoughtless of the
morrow, under the missionary system they were reduced to slavery, con-
fined in towns, subdued in spirit, and treated, to use a phrase from Forbes,
Lor
D, INTRODUCTION.
like “herds of human animals”. In consequence of this treatment they
became diseased, and the natural result soon followed.*
To the ethnologist this degradation of the race is of interest in con-
sidering the inherent qualities which made it possible.
Though Upper California had been discovered by Cabrillo as early as
1542, it was not until the expulsion of the Jesuits from Lower California,
in 1767, that the Indians of the more northern portion were doomed, under
their “christianizers,” the Franciscan Fathers, to an experience even worse
than those of the peninsula.
Forbest copies from Humboldt a list of eighteen missions which had
been established in Upper California between 1769 and 1798, and states
that in 1831 the number had been increased to twenty-one. The mission
of San Diego was that first established, and thence they were spread along
the coast, reaching as far north as San Francisco, where a settlement was
made ten years afterwards.
The rapidity with which the deluded Indians were at first brought
into the missions, not always by gentle means, as shown by Beechey’s
account of a proselyting expedition, was probably very satisfactory to the
Fathers, and it tells its story of the natural condition of the Californians.
In 1786 La Perouse found the number of domesticated Indians at the ten
missions in Upper California to be about five thousand. Humboldt, twenty-
six years afterwards, gives the number at the eighteen missions then estab-
lished as between fifteen and sixteen thousand. At this date the rapid
increase at the missions falls off, probably in great part owing to the
increased death rate and the removal of the remnants of the wild tribes
from the immediate vicinity of the missions, for during the next twenty-
nine years the total number was only three thousand more, though
three additional missions had been established.{ From this time the doom
of the race, settled at the first period of contact with the European,
*To those who think this statement may be too strongly drawn, I simply refer to the work
of VENEGAS, and particularly to the carefully considered statements by ForBEs (History of California),
pp. 210-234.
t Forbes’ History of California, 8vo, London, 1839.
} ForBES gives the total number of domesticated Indians at the twenty-one missions in Upper
California as 18,683, and at that time there were less than five thousand inhabitants other than Indians
at the twenty-one stations. As showing the rapid decrease at the mission of Santa Barbara the follow-
ing note received from Dr. Yarrow is of interest: ‘‘In 1834 there were 1,200 Indians at this mission; in,
1840 there were only 400.”
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIANS. 3}
becomes apparent, and of the thousands of free and indolent savages
who formerly inhabited the beautiful garden-land of our Pacific coast,
how few and how degraded are those now left in the vicinity of their old
homes.
California has, unquestionably, been the meeting ground of many
distinct tribes and nations of the wide-spread Mongoloid stock. In no
other way does it seem possible to account for the remarkable commingling
of customs, arts, and languages From such a mixture, and the over-popu-
lation of the most desirable portions of the country, would naturally result
the formation of the hundreds of petty tribes that existed in both Upper
and Lower California when first known to the Spaniards. Especially in
Upper California has this diversity of tribes been noticed by all who have
written from personal experience. Father Boscana, who lived at the
Mission of San Juan Capistrano for about thirty years, and wrote his
account of the Indians during the first quarter of the present century,
thought that the California Indians, in general, corresponded to the descrip-
tion of the Chichimecas* of Mexico as given by Torquemada, but qualifies
this and points out some distinctions in the following words:
“The diversities of language, and other peculiarities, render it extremely difficult
to ascertain to a certainty if all the inhabitants of Alta California descended from the
Chichimecas. Those between Monterey and the extreme northern boundary of the
Mexican domain shaye their heads close; while those to the south between Santa
Barbara and towards St. Lucas wear their hair long, and take great pride in cultivat-
ing its length as a mark of beauty. Those between Santa Barbara and Monterey
differ considerably from these, as regards their habits; being much more industrious,
and appear an entirely distinct race. They formed, from shells, a kind of money,
which passed current among them, and they constructed out of logs very swift and
excellent canoes for fishing. Their dead they interred in places appropriated to that
purpose. The diversity of language is so great, in California, that almost every 15 or
20 leagues you find a distinct dialect; so different, that in no way does one resemble
the other. * * * the natives of San Diego cannot understand a word of the lan-
guage used at this mission, and, in like manner, those in the neighborhood of St.
Barbara, and farther north. If it should be suggested that people thus separated
could have corrupted the original language in all its phraseology, and manner of
pronunciation, I would reply, that such might be the case; but still, there would be
some connection or similarity, so that they could understand each other.” +
*This name cannot be considered as a tribal designation. It corresponds more closely to the temm
“savage tribes of Mexico” in contrast with the more advanced nations of the period of Spanish con-
quest.
t Pages 239 and 240, Ropinson’s translation.
4 INTRODUCTION.
Mr. Stephen Powers has taken the most pains of late authorities to
correctly understand the character, customs, and languages of the rem-
nants of the numerous tribes, especially those of the northern and central
portions of the State, and, in his several interesting articles,* has called
repeated attention to the great diversity of language and customs which
exists among many of the tribes. As the result of his personal observa-
tions, Mr. Powers is inclined to consider the tribes located north of Mount
Shasta as coming originally from a different stock from those south of that
line, which latter he considers as probably of the Chinese stock. He further
considers the race as one that has greatly deteriorated. The following
quotations from his paper read before the California Academy of Sciences
express his reasons:
“The simple fact of the almost total lack of ceramic remains, and the character of
the relics found in the Alameda and other shell-mounds, show that the present race
must either have supplanted or descended from one which was little more advanced
than themselves. The few and simple stone implements used by the California Indians
resemble, in their main purpose and design, those of the extinct races exhumed in the
shell-mounds, only they are conspicuously ruder and simpler. Take the stone mortars,
for instance. The pre-aboriginal mortar is carefully dressed on the outside, and has
three general shapes, either flattish and round, or shaped like a duck’s egg with the
bowl in the large end, and the small end inserted into the ground. But the Indian
takes a small bowlder of trap or greenstone and beats out a hollow in it, leaving the
outside rough. Whenever one is seen in possession of a mortar dressed on the outside,
he will acknowledge he did not make it, but found it; in other words, it is pre-aboriginal.
The pre-aboriginals used handsomely dressed pestles, evenly tapered to the upper end,
or else a uniform cylinder for about three-fourths of the length, with the remaining
fourth, also uniform, but smaller, for a hand-hold; but the squaw nowadays picks up
along slender cobble from the brook. The pre-aborigines fought with heavy knives,
or swords, carved out of jasper or obsidian, which were, probably, used as daggers
rather than as swords; that is, the combatants sought to pierce each other with the
point instead of dealing blows with the edge. The Indians of to-day fight with rough
stones, such as they pick up, choosing those which are long and sharp pointed; and
their constant aim is to strike each other in the face with the points, just as their
predecessors or ancestors probably did with their carved knives. The pre-aborigines
made, out of sandstone or other soft stones, a small and almost perfect sphere as an
acorn-sheller; but the squaw nowadays simply selects a smooth cobble from the brook
for this purpose. In the collection of A. W. Chase, Esq., of the U. S. Coast Survey,
there are spindle whorls of stone, some of them found in mounds made by extinct tribes,
and others found among the Klamath River Indians and the Nome Lackees, all of
which bear a close resemblance; and, in this instance, there is no perceptible deteriora-
* Overland Monthly for April, 1872, and following numbers.
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIANS. 5
tion in the workmanship. I strongly suspect, however, if the Indians possessing these
implements had been closely questioned they would have acknowledged that they found
them and did not make them, just as they acknowledge in regard to the superior stone
mortars and pestles. That is, they are really indebted to their ancestors for them.
Near Freestone, Sonora County, I saw, in possession of its finder, what was probably
a spindle whorl of pottery—the only instance of the kind I know of. In regard to
tobaeco-pipes the deterioration is not so manifest, for I have seen soapstone pipes of as
handsome workmanship as any obtained from the mounds. But I still think there is
deterioration shown in the fact that the Indians nowadays use so many wooden pipes
of the rudest construction; though we have no means of showimg that their ancestors
did not use equally poor ones, since their wooden pipes, if they had any, have perished.
* * * [might extend these instances and comparisons, but it is not necessary. The
California Indians, like their predecessors, belong unmistakably to the Stone Age; and
the fact that they have degenerated from a higher to a lower grade in that age argues
strongly that their ancestors, after crossing the sea, might have degenerated from the
Bronze Age or the Iron Age of China.
‘* For these reasons I am disposed to believe that the California Indians have sim-
ply deteriorated froin what we (perhaps erroneously) call a pre-aboriginal race; and
ultimately from the Chinese. * * * China itself, with all its vast populations, has
stood still for twenty centuries; and a colony from it wandering into a new land, where
the abundance of nature and the genial climate invited them to relax the efforts which
a crowded community had necessitated for the maintenance of life, might degenerate
to a low point without difficulty. When the Chinese of to-day come to this land of
plenty, how poor are the dwellings and implements they, construct for themselves, com-
pared with those they used in China. How poor are our own, compared with those we
made in the East! * * *
“The theory of degeneration above advanced is quite in accord with the climatic
changes and the deforestation-which have taken place on this coast, even within the
historical period. We know, from the statements of Viscaino and other early Spanish
explorers, that extensive forests were flourishing near San Diego and Monterey three
hundred years ago, where now there are none. Viscaino says the natives of Santa
Catalina Island had large wooden canoes, capable of sea voyages, whereas that island
is now comparatively treeless. * * *
“While there is nothing to show that the present race of California Indians is de-
scended from an agricultural people, like the New Mexican Pueblos, there is much to
show that their predecessors were superior to them, and that their predecessors were
also their ancestors. The Calitornia Indians are simply a poor copy of the people
whom we usually call pre-aborigines; but the copy follows the original so closely that
there can be little doubt that it is a copy made by transmission.”*
*Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, vol. v, p. 392, 1875.
Just as this introductory chapter leaves my hands I have received the third volume of ‘‘Contri-
butions to North American Ethnology” (bearing date 1877, but not received in Cambridge until May,
1878), published by the Geographical and Geological Survey of the Rocky Mountain Region, under
charge of J. W. PowEeLt. This volume contains the important and interesting account of the ‘Tribes
of California,” by SterPHEN Powers, and on page 432 is given the substance of what I have quoted
above, with some changes. The principal change is the discarding of the Chinese element, and the
substitution of the word pre-historic for that of pre-aboriginal in the several instances where the latter
expression was used in the former publication.
6 INTRODUCTION.
That there is a marked difference between the tribes of the northern
portion of the State bordering on Oregon and the degraded remnants of
those of the rest of the State until its southern portion is reached, is evident,
and though this degradation is unquestionably due, in great part, to the
central and southern tribes having been largely brought into a condition of
slavery about the missions and reduced by domestication and disease, still
the early accounts show a marked contrast in favor of the northern and
southern portions, even including the peninsula, over the central part of the
present State of California, rendering it extremely probable that the pre-
vailing blood was somewhat different; and it must not be forgotten in this
connection that Dr. Pickering, of the United States Exploring Expedition,
expresses himself very decidedly of the opinion that the tribes of the Sacra-
mento had Polynesian affinities of a marked character,* and that he classed
the Californian with the Malay race. Though to accept Dr. Pickering’s
view and consider the Californians as Malays, would be slightly changing
the ground from Mr. Powers’ determination that they have Chinese aftini-
ties, yet the statements of the two authors are conclusive as to the marked
difference which they have each noticed between the Indians of the North
and East and those of Central California; and it must be remembered that
in both cases it is simply an endeavor to discriminate between two groups
of a single type, while the type itself, as now existing, is made up of rays,
the uniting centre of which has probably long been buried with the races
of the past.t
* Races of Man. Bohn’s edition, p. 108.
+ For several interesting statements relative to the theory of possible connection of Chinese,
Japanese, and Polynesians with the tribes of the Pacifie coast of America, see, among others, articles by
the following authors:
BEECHEY, Narrative of a Voyage to the Pacific and Behring’s Strait, in his Majesty’s ship Blos-
som, in the years 1825-’28. London, 1831, Part 1, p. 186.
WItson, Prehistoric Man, 2d ed., p. 601.
Dati and Dayipson, Remarks in the Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, 1873,
vol. iv, p. 268.
ForBEs, History of Upper and Lower California. London, 1839, p. 299.
Dayis, Overland Monthly, October, 1872.
Brooks, Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, 1875, vol. vi, p. 95. In this paper
Mr. Brooks offers evidence of the American origin of the Chinese. p. 113.
Powers, Atlantic Monthly, March, 1874, p. 313.
As stated in a preceding note, Mr. Powers in his last work does not mention the theory of Chinese
contact which he had formerly advanced, but substitutes for it an “‘invasion from the north before the
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIANS. i
Mr. Morgan, in his comprehensive work,* has taken a decided step in
a new field to prove the Asiatic origin of at least a large part of the Ameri-
can nations. ‘The results which Mr. Morgan has attained, after many years
of labor, lead him to believe that there is no evidence of the Americans, or
the Ganowdnian + family, as he designates the nations of both Americas
exclusive of the Eskimos, having been derived from the Polynesians, and
he is forced to the conclusion that its system of consanguinity unites the
Ganowaénian with the Turanian family of Asia. He points out { the great
probability of the route of migration having been by way of the Kurilian
and the Aleutian Islands$ at a very early time, and, as he thinks, long prior
to the passage of the Eskimos, as hyperboreans, across Behring’s Straits.
‘Tn other words, the Turanian and Ganowanian families drew their common system
of consanguinity and aflinity from the same parent nation or stock from whom both
were derived; and that each family has propagated it with the streams of the blood to
each of its subdivisions upon their respective continents through all the centuries of
time by which their separation from each other is measured.” ||
Mr. Morgan’s argument against the migration of the Malay type by
way of the Polynesian Islands is that the Malays of the islands were from
an early migration, before the peculiar system of family relationship
expressed by the Ganowdnian and Turanian system was developed,{ and
that the difference is such that the system would show itself had such a
migration taken place, whereas the Ganowdnian family was an offshoot at
a later period, when other forms had been engrafted on the original stock.
Though Mr. Morgan had not the materials upon which to base any decided
conclusions as to the union of the Eskimo family with that of any Asiatic
stock, he conjectures that its affinities will be with either the Tungusian
historical period,” p.435. He, however, dwells upon the same facts, showing the differences between the
tribes north and south of Mount Shasta. :
Lorw, Annual Report U. 8. Geographical Surveys West of 100th Meridian, 1876, p. 321.
Hyper CLarke, Journal Anthropological Institute, London, 1874, vol. iv, p. 148.
BANCROFT, Native Races of the Pacific States, vol. i, p. 187.
* Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity of the Human Family. By Lewis H. Moraan, Smith-
sonian Contributions, No. 218, Washington, 1871.
+t Bow and arrow people, p. 131.
$ Page 426.
§ For a statement of the physical conditions which Mr. Dall thinks should throw the Aleutian
route out of consideration, see DALL, Tribes of the Extreme Northwest, pp. 96,97. (1877.)
|| Page 508. ©
7 Page 509,
§ INTRODUCTION.
or Mongolian stocks.* He states conclusively, however, that his investi-
gations have shown that the classificatory system of consanguinity among
the Eskimos differs radically from that of the Ganowdnian, Turanian, and
Maylayan.
“Tt appears to remove any remaining doubt with respect to the non-connection of
the Eskimo with each and all of the families.”
In regard to the Ganowdanian family in itself considered, Mr. Morgan’s
work is replete with solid information; and though he may not have given
that attention which seems to be demanded to the indication of some
influence upon the family outside of itself, he has probably brought forward
the strongest arguments yet deduced to prove the North Americans, exclu-
sive of the Eskimo, of one stock, though he freely admits that there are
some doubtful points yet to be made clear. The argument in favor of the
identity of the Village Indians of New Mexico and Arizona with the Roving
Indians of the North, inasmuch as it would prove the culture of the former
to be simply one of advance of a portion of the same original family, not
accompanied with any radical change of domestic institutions,t will be,
indeed, if accepted, the clearing away of many theories.
From the gradual development of the Village Indians from a state cor-
responding to the communal conditions of other branches of the family, Mr.
Morgan sees no difficulty in accounting for the culture of Central America,
and in considering the “palace” at Palenque as a communal house of the
same character as the Pueblo of Zuni, and simply a further development of
the communal house of the Iroquois.
It would not be doing justice to Mr. Morgan, even in this mere glance
at his valuable work, to omit mention of the very important influence which
he attributes to the valley of the Columbia, the natural advantages of
which he considers gave “a permanent and controlling influence over all
other parts of North America,” and, he thinks, “it can be shown over South
America as well. Wherever the Indian family commenced its spread it
would sooner or later come in possession of this region; and from that time
onward it would become the seed land of the family, and the initial point
of successive streams of migration to all parts of the continent. The abun-
* Page 510, t Page 255.
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIANS. 9
dance of subsistence in the valley of the Columbia, tending constantly to
a surplus of inhabitants, determined for this region a species of supremacy
over both North and South America, as the predominant centre of popula-
tion and the source from which perpetual streams of inhabitants would flew
so long as the family remained in its primitive condition. * * * All the
great stems of the Ganowdnian family found upon the North American con-
tinent point their roots to the valley of the Columbia.”* At first it seems as
if there were irreconcilable difficulties between the results of Mr. Morgan and
of those who have worked in other directions towards the same end, but,
though Mr. Morgan does erect a barrier that should check too hasty con-
clusions as to the Polynesian migration of comparatively recent times to
America, his reasons do not apparently conflict with that pre-Malayan
migration to which archeological evidence leads by way of the same
Polynesian route afterward covered by the Malayan wave. Of this latter,
perhaps only a slight portion ever reached the eastern limits attained by its
predecessor. It must be remembered that Mr. Morgan’s arguments can only
refer to tribes and nations now existing.
Relying on linguistic evidence, Mr. Morgant includes the tribes of
the southern portion of the State of California with the Shoshonee nations,
as follows: ‘‘1. Shoshonees or Snake Indians; 2. Bannacks; 3. Utahs of
the Colorado; 4. Utahs of Lower California; 5. Comanches.” Under the
general term of “ Utahs of Lower California,” he embraces the Cahuillos,
Kechis, Netelas, and Kizhes; and states that—
‘There are reasons for believing that the Shoshonee migration was the last of the
series in the order of time, which left the valley of the Columbia and spread into other
parts of the continent. It was a pending migration at the epoch of European coloni-
zation. * * * ‘The initial point of this migration as well as its entire course stands
fully revealed. Almost the entire area overspread, showing the general outline of a
head, trunk, and two legs, is still held by some one of the branches of this great stem.
Upon the south branch of the Columbia River the Shoshonees still reside; south of
them along the mountain waste of the interior are the Bannacks, a closely affiliated
people who occupy quite near to the headwaters of the Colorado. The mountains and
the rugged regions drained by the Upper Colorado and its tributaries are held by the
Utahs in several independant bands or embryo nations, who are spread over an area
of considerable extent. Here the original stream of this migration divided inté two
branches; one of them the Comanche turned to the southeast and occupied the western
* Page 242, =: t Page 251.
10 INTRODUCTION.
parts of the present State of Texas; whilst the other keeping the west side of the
Colorado, descended towards the Gulf of California, and appropriated the regions near
the Village Indians of the Lower Colorado. These are the Pah-Utes. Still other
bands moved westward and southward and occupied Lower California. These are the
Cahuillos, between the San Gabriel and Santa Anna Rivers; and the Mission Indians,
namely the Kizhes of San Gabriel, the Netelas of San Juan Capistrano, and the Kechis
of San Luis Rey. Upon the basis of linguistic affinities the conclusion is inevitable
that both the Comanches and Netelas are the descendants of original migrants from
the valley of the Columbia.”
Mr Bancroft, in his work on the Native Races of the Pacific States,*
has separated these tribes of Southern California from the Shoshonees and
groups them with other tribes, under the geographical name of Southern
Californians; while in discussing their language in the third volume of his
work he classifies them under the Shoshonees, at the same time considering
that the tie is only “through their Sonora and Aztec connection,” as pointed
out by Buschmann It is also of importance to notice here that the
Dieguenos, though living within the same region and of course included by
Mr. Bancroft in his group of Southern Californians, are by their language
united with the Yuma group, which includes the Yumas, Mojaves, Yampais,
and several other tribes, all east of the limits assigned by Mr. Bancroft to
the Californians. It is also well to mention here that the tribes of the
Peninsula, or Lower California, are placed by Mr. Bancroft in his geo-
graphical division of New Mexicans, which comprises the Apache family
in which are included the above tribes of the Yuma group that are not
located in California.
From this network, only a small portion of which has been shown in
what has preceded, it is evident that the elements exist from which more
satisfactory conclusions will be reached when they are separated and ana-
lyzed, and that it may yet be possible to show whence many of the elements
going to make up the medley are derived.
The great antiquity of Man in California, founded on the evidence
obtained by Prof. J. D. Whitney, which proves that man existed on the
Pacific coast at a period extending back at least to the time when animals
now-extinct lived on that coast, is one of the most important points in
relation to the subsequent mixture of races, as to this early race we must
*Vol, i.
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIANS. 11
look for much that at present it seems impossible otherwise to account for;
and it is only at that early period that unity of characters can be expected
between the primitive stocks of both sides of the Pacific, and if geological.
evidence should in future prove what it now hints at, that there was a com-
paratively recent subsidence of a continental mass in the Pacific Ocean, the
unity of this type could hardly be questioned.
Dr. J. G. Cooper thus describes the conditions under which man prob-
ably first existed in California.
‘From these evidences we perceive that the climate of that day was tropical. The
country consisted of peninsulas and islands like those of the present East Indies, re-
sembling them also in climate and productions. From the extent of water surrounding
them there was abundant rainfall and luxuriant vegetation, suitable for the animals
mentioned.
‘“‘Tt is not unlikely that some of these animals* may have existed before and after
the pliocene epoch. * * * The termination of this tropical epoch in California was
marked (as described first by Professor Whitney) by enormous volcanic outbursts which
poured out great streams of Java on the slope of the Sierra Nevada, covering entirely
large tracts towards the north. At the same time the whole country was apparently
raised by the elevation of new mountain ranges and increase of old ones, causing the
lakes to be drained and their beds filled by washings from the hills mixed with volcanic
materials. This great convulsion, no doubt, exterminated most of the tropical flora
and fauna of California, although some of its representatives might have existed later
in neighboring regions. * * * Many extinct land animals have been found to have
lived in Europe since the appearance of man on the earth, and there is strong evidence
in the ‘Calaveras skull,’ and others, that the same fact is true of California.” t
It is necessary to add here that Professor Whitney is satisfied that the
evidence he will shortly publish will be convincing as to the existence of
man in the Pliocene of California.
[Since the above was written Professor Whitney has delivered a lecture in Cam-
bridge (April 25, 1878), on the Antiquity of Man in California. In this lecture he gave
a portion of the evidence, both geological and legal; in relation to the position of the
Calaveras skull and other human remains found in the pliocene gravel under the
basaltic layer of Table Mountain. He also mentioned nearly twenty other instances
of the finding of human remains, or the works of man, in the auriferous gravels of the
same formation as those of Table Mountain. He further stated that the evidence of
the existence of man during the post-pliocene period, the deposits of which were formed
subsequently to the cessation of volcanic activity in the Sierra Nevada, which period
of activity was closed by the eruption of the basalt, was so well established as to show
*The animals mentioned are tiger, wolf, llama, buffalo, horse, rhinoceros, elephant, two species
of mastodon, and a large tortoise.
+ Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, vol. v, p. 389 (1874), 1875.
12 INTRODUCTION,
that man continued to exist in California in company with the Mastodon and other
extinct animals. As the archeologist has no right to be governed by any preconceived
theories, but must take the facts as he finds them, it is impossible for him to do other-
wise than accept the deductions of so careful and eminent a geologist as Professor
Whitney, and draw his conclusions accordingly, notwithstanding the fact that this
pliocene man was, to judge by his works in stone and shell, as far advanced as his
descendants were at the time of the discovery of California by the Spaniards. |
In this early race there would then be found one element which would
tell for a long time on its successors :—the furnishing anew of blood of one
branch of the original stock to the modifications formed in other branches
developed after long separation and under different conditions. Among
these conditions would be, possibly, that of contact of some of the branches
with some other primitive stock; for until we find the ‘missing link”
which holds at least two pendants of the chain, we hardly have the right to
assume that man had but one birthplace, and ignore the apparently primary
differences which now exist between races. Even granting the postulate
that man is developed from some early Primate, is it not as possible that he
was an offshoot from the generalized monkeys of the Eocene of America
as from the ape stock of the Old World?
It is probable that what may be called the Eskimo element in the phys-
ical characters and in the arts of the Californians is due to the continuance
of the impress of type from a primitive American stock, which in the
present Eskimo, or Innuit, is probably to be found its purest continuation.
Of course, the important objection can be made that this early race was
not the primitive race of the coast of California, because it had reached too
high a degree of development; but it must be remembered that the race
through its different representatives, has probably existed on the coast for
an immense length of time, and under favorable climatic conditions which
would allow of all that we know of its development in the arts of savagery.
Mr. Dall, in his valuable paper on the Tribes of the Extreme Northwest,
has shown that on the Aleutian Islands at least a decided development has
taken place since the period of the deposit of the echinoderm heaps, appar-
ently left by the first inhabitants of the islands, through the fishing and
hunting stages, and it is very likely that a similar development may yet be
found on the coast of California, if not destroyed by the violent geological
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIANS. 13
changes, at the opening of the present geological period, to which the coast
was subject. It is more than probable, however, that the development
noticed is not simply one of original growth, but rather that of successive
inroads of more advanced tribes from various directions.
The Malay characteristics noticed by Dr. Pickering among the Indians
of the Sacramento indicate, with other known facts (upon which fair theories
have been founded), especially that of the early migration of the Malay
race after that branch of the original stock had come to be Malays, that an
impress was left on the Californians by a migration, perhaps accidental or
forced, from one of the early Malayan centres.
It may be said that if the Malays and the Californians are of the same
post-pliocene stock, this resemblance would naturally follow without recourse
to a migration; but the fact, pointed out by Mr. Bancroft, that out of a vo-
cabulary of one hundred and seventy words of one of the Pomo dialects
fifteen per cent. indicated Malay similarities,* cannot be accepted in that
light.
Mr. Powers, as already stated, has traced a number of Chinese analogies
in the Californians which are worthy of consideration in connection with
the existing diversities and the very probable contact of that branch of the
original stock with the American branch, while the marked contrast pointed
out by several authors as existing between the tribes north and east of
California and those in the central portion, and the development of what
may be called the “‘Tartar” element in the northeastern tribes, are indicative
of an early contact with a nomadic Asiatic stock.
As Mr. Morgan has pointed out the important part which the valley of
the Columbia has taken as the nursery of nations, it should be considered
* BANCROFT, Native Races of the Pacific States, vol. iii, p. 646.—If linguistic evidence is of any
value, aud upon it is now based the present classification of our Indian tribes, it seems proper to give
this instance indicating a Malayan contact, and those mentioned by Mr. Powers and Dr. Loew indicat-
ing a Chinese contact, their due weight, notwithstanding the following statement made on preceding
pages (pp. 559, 560) of the same volume by Mr. Bancroft: ‘‘ It is not at all improbable that Malays, Chi-
nese, or Japanese, or all of them, did at some time appear in what is now North America in such
numbers as materially to influence language, but hitherto no Asiatic nor European tongue, excepting
always the Eskimo, has been found in America; nor have affinities with any other language of the
world been discovered snfficiently marked to warrant the claim of relationship. Theorizers enough
there have been, and will be for centuries to come ; half-fledged scientists, ignorant of what others have
done, or rather have failed to do, will not cease to bring forward wonderful conceptions, striking analo-
gies; will not cease to speculate linguistically, ethnologically, cosmographically, and otherwise to their
own satisfaction and to the confusion of their readers.”
14. INTRODUCTION.
in this connection, though it seems very probable that what is called the
Malay element has always been confined to or near the coast in its migra-
tions,* and, in reality, probably consists simply of the forced migration of
one branch of the descendants of the primitive race. It is also very prob-
able that while the dispersion of the tribes of the second or Asiatic branch,
after its development on this continent, was mainly north, east, south, and
southeast from the Columbia valley, there was also a route of migration
westward over the Sierras,-and southward through California, the descend-
ants of tribes following this route meeting those which had taken the route
down the Colorado valley at the head of the Gulf of California.
A very strong argument in favor of such a line of migration, and also
of its having been very early in time, is the absence of the art of pottery-
makingt by the tribes of Southern California, while those of the Colorado
valley have the highest development in this art of all the tribes north of
Mexico. Had the migration been a late one from the Colorado valley and
extended to the Pacific coast, it is hardly probable that if these tribes had
once learned the art of making pottery it would have become a lost art
without leaving some trace in the many ancient burial places which have
* One cannot read the early accounts of the Indians of Florida without being impressed with the
many resemblances between them and the Southern Californians. The habit of cutting off the limbs
and heads of enemies is a very marked instance. The only skull yet known from the lower portions of
the shellheaps of Florida more nearly resembles that of a Californian Indian than it does those from the
burial-mounds of Florida.
tIn the large collections made by Dr. Yarrow’s party, and by Mr. Schumacher, only two vessels
of clay were obtained, both by Mr. Schumacher. One from the island of San Clemente, where many
articles of Spanish manufacture were also obtained, is a small and plain pint bowl. It has the appear-
ance of wheel-made pottery, and was very likely obtained from the Missions. The other, which I have
not seen, was from Ni-p0-m6, near San Luis Obispo. Mr. Bowers has also obtained a few small articles
of pottery of a similar character, judging from the few pieces I have seen, which consist of fragments
of asmall bowl found on the island of San Miguel. Dr. Yarrow also informs me that Mr. Bowers states
that he has found fragments of pottery at four places on the mainland, at one of which, a burial-place
on the Santa Inez River, he also obtained ‘‘a round-vessel with a somewhat flattened bottom, which
would hold about a gallon.” The “hunting-whistle of baked clay” found by Mr. Bowers, and the
“‘spindle-wheel of pottery” mentioned by Mr.Powers, are so decidedly Mexican in character as to lead
me to the belief that they were originally from that country. As we know from the statements in the
narrative of Cabrillo’s voyage, and from other evidence, that the Indians of the coast had intercourse
with the tribes of the interior, small articles of pottery may have been obtained by barter with them,
but, as stated in the text, there is not yet sufficient evidence to class the coast tribes as potters.
Since the above was written a report has gained credence that Mr. Alphonse Pinart, during his
explorations on the mainland about Santa Barbara, excavated at a greater depth than the former
explorers and found articles of pottery. Should this report be confirmed, and the articles of pottery
numerous, it may be necessary to slightly modify the statement in the text so far as to account for the
presence of pottery at an early time. If the art ever existed on the coast it was evidently a lost art there
at the time of Spanish contact,
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIANS. 15
been opened in California; whereas if the route of migration was as above
suggested probable, and at a period before the art of pottery-making was
known, such tribes coming in contact with those of the Colorado already
advanced in the art would soon learn to manufacture vessels of clay. The
same objection also holds against a late migration from the Asiatic side of
the Pacific, for since the ceramic art was early developed and carried to great
perfection- on the opposite coast of Asia, a people migrating to America
would naturally have brought the art with them.
Prof. E. 8. Morse has recently made important examinations of the
shellheaps of Japan, and the collection of pottery, implements of bone,
ete., which he obtained, show this ancient shellheap people to be of the
same period of development in the arts as those of South America and of
some portions of North America east of the Rocky Mountains. This
early pottery from Japan is of similar pattern with that from the shell-
heaps of the Amazon, and from the St. John’s River in Florida; with
the former it perhaps more nearly corresponds, though all the specimens
I have seen are simply ornamented by pinching, punch-marks, cord-marks,
basket-marks, or incised in simple patterns.
In the pottery from the shellheaps of the Amazon, as shown by the
collection in the Peabody Museum, received from the late Prof. C. F. Hartt,
various simple forms of ornamentation similar to those of the Japanese
pottery exist, and, in addition, more elaborate incised work, while a still
higher type of ornamentation is seen in the sculptured feet, handles, and
knobs of the vases of various shapes.*
In the Florida pottery all the simpler forms of ornamentation also
occur, and with them that of stamping by movable and more or less com-
plex stamps. This stamped pottery is more common in the shellheaps on
the coast of Florida than in those on the fresh waters. The animal and
other sculptured forms similar to those of the ornaments on the Amazonian
pottery are, I think, not to be found in the Florida shellheaps, though the
later burial mounds there have yielded some sculptured work.
Professor Wyman has shown, in his “Memoir on the shellheaps of
* A still higher class of pottery is found on the Island of Paccoval, of which a large collection was
seut to the Peabody Museum by Professor Hartt, but this was not from a shellheap, like that I have
mentioned, which was from Taperinha,
16 INTRODUCTION.
Florida,” that the oldest layers in the Florida shellheaps were without pot-
tery, which is only found in the later deposits, and is most abundant in the
shellheaps of the coast. From this and other evidence, he argues the
appearance in Florida of distinct tribes who have successively formed and
occupied the shellheaps. It is also important to note that implements of
stone are almost absent in the shellheaps of Florida, except on the surface,
where they have been left by recent tribes, while bone and shell implements
are abundant. In the collection from the shellheaps on the Amazon there
are several bone and stone implements, but their comparative abundance I
do not know. In the Japanese shellheaps stone implements were very few
in number, as in those of Florida, while implements made of bones, teeth,
and deer’s antlers were common in both Japan and Florida. To carry this
comparison a step further, it is only necessary to call attention to the fact
that the shell-heaps of the Atlantic coast of the United States from Florida
to Maine abound in fragments of pottery and bone implements, while only
a few stone implements have been found.
If we contrast the shellheaps of the Atlantic coast, Brazil, and Japan
with those of the coast of California, we find in the three former localities
pottery and bone implements common to all, while articles of stone are rare.
In those of California we find pottery only in very exceptional instances and
on the surface, in such connection with other articles of European manu-
facture and of such peculiar structure as to lead to the conclusion that it
was only known in California after European contact, or by an occasional
article received from a distance. Articles of bone and shell are common,
and articles of stone exist in great abundance and of fine workmanship.
If we extend our comparison to the Northwest, we find that the lowest
beds of the oldest deposits of the Aleutian Islands hold a similar relation to
the overlying beds that the lowest layers of the Florida heaps do to those
above them. In both cases, these lower beds were formed by people who
were in the lowest stage of savagery. On the Aleutian Islands, as shown
by Mr. Dall’s very thorough researches, which he has so well presented in
his recent Memoir,* the earliest deposits consist principally of the remains
* Tribes of the Extreme Northwest, by W. H. Dall, published as Part I of the Ethnology of the
Geographical and Geological Explorations of the Rocky Mountain Region, under direction of the De-
partment of the Interior, J. W. Powell in charge. 1877, pp. 41,91.
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIANS. 1
of Echinoderms, and in these first evidences of man on the Aleutian Islands
only the rudest stone implements have been found, and nothing else. In
the Fish-bone layer and Mammalian layer, which successively overlie the
Echinoderm layer, a great change has taken place, and either the old race
has made a sudden advance, or, what is more likely, as thought by Mr.
Dall, a migration to these places of another and more advanced people has
taken place. In these middle and upper layers stone and bone implements
are found, and the stage of development approximates to that of the tribes
which formed the shellheaps of Oregon and California, as described by
Mr. Paul Schumacher and others.
In regard to the particular Ethnical period to which the Californians
should be referred, there are several difficulties. The absence of pottery
would at once place them in the Upper Status of Savagery, as defined by Mr.
Morgan.* The absence of pottery, however, may be owing, on the one
hand, to the difficulty of obtaining clay suitable for the purpose, and, on
the other, to the abundance of soft stones, like steatite and serpentine, which
were easily worked, and from which could be made more desirable utensils.
This fact, however, would not hold if the tribes had once been pottery-
makers, for in that case would be found some signs of the decay of the art
betore that of working in stone was so greatly developed. After the
missions were established the Indians belonging to them were taught the
art of making pottery, which shows that clay, at least to a limited amount,
could be obtained by those who knew what to look for, and probably
it is these mission pots of clay, showing signs of having been made on the
wheel, which have been found sparingly in the shellheaps.
That the ancient Californians were in every other respect as highly
developed in the arts belonging to the Lower Status of Barbarism, defined
by Mr. Morgan, as were other tribes in various parts of North and South
America, is shown by the high state they had reached in the manufacture
of chipped implements of flint and quartz; the use of the bow and arrow;
the manufacture of many articles of use and ornament from stone, bone,
and shell; the very exceptional skill with which they made cooking pots,
dishes, pipes, and other articles from steatite and serpentine; the skill and
* Ethnical Periods, by L. H. Morgan. Proc. Am, Assoc, Adv. Science. Vol. xxiv, B, p. 266. (1875.)
2 OE
18 INTRODUCTION.
labor they bestowed on their large and small mortars and pestles made out
of extremely hard stones, and in the perfection attained in many other of
the early arts. Particularly, in this consideration of the status of any race,
should due weight be given to the perfection of the adaption of means to
ends, and certainly the old Californians who lived, and buried their dead
on the islands off Santa Barbara and on the mainland in that vicinity, had,
to judge from the articles found in the graves and shellheaps, very little
material benefit to hope for from.a contact with a higher race, and every-
thing to dread. They were provided by nature with an unfailing supply of
food in the waters, and in the forests; they had developed methods of
easily securing, and properly preparing, abundant harvest. Their want of
vessels of pottery was abundantly supplied by those of stone, by water-
tight baskets, and asphaltum covered vessels, while the ever ready asphaltum
enabled them to make many articles of use and ornament. They were also
workers in wood, of which they made various articles, often holding the
several parts together by the use of asphaltum. They also had large
canoes.
From this brief review of some of the arts of the Californians and
their perfection in them, it is evident that they were as far advanced as
many other American tribes or nations which had reached the stage of
pottery making. It is therefore evident that it is necessary to add to Mr.
Morgan’s definition of the period of the Lower Status of Barbarism, which he
considers characterized by the introduction of pottery, that of the substitute
for pottery, the manufacture of cooking vessels of stone.
From what has preceded, it will be seen that the Californians have
probably developed by contact of tribe with tribe through an immense
period of time, and that the primitive race of America which was as likely
autochthonous, and of Pliocene age, as of Asiatic origin, has retained its
impress on the people of California. Still more is the character of this
autochthonous race preserved in the Innuit, and probably in the natives of
Terra del Fuego, the remnants of the race driven north and south, and to
the shores of the continent, by people probably of Asiatic development, and
in part with early and slight Polynesian admixture.
It is remarkable that there are on the basis of linguistic evidence two
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIANS. 19
great families, the Shoshone and the Yuma, that have representatives on
the coast of Southern California and in the Colorado valley, yet neither
group are pottery makers in California.
That there has been a general move up the valley of the Colorado is
indicated by what has taken place in the movements of the Coco-maricopas
or Maricopas, a tribe of the Yuma family that has migrated from the Gulf
of California some distance up the Gila.* Professor Turner places the
Mojaves and the Dieguenos,t+ with other tribes, in the Yuma family. That
the Dieguenos of the coast and the Mojaves of the Colorado possess many
similarities, besides that of language, which would go far to prove their
close relationship, is shown by many of their customs. |
The Kizh of the San Gabriel, the Kechi of the San Luis Rey, the
Netelas of San Juan Capistrano, and the Cahuillos of the region east of the
Netelas and approaching the country of the Mojaves, are considered by
Professor Turner and others as belonging to the great Shoshone family
that extends from southeastern Oregon south to New Mexico and Texas,
including the Shoshonees, Utahs, and Comanches.
The Apaches, Navajos, and their congeners of the Colorado region, are
by their language not only of a different family from the tribes above
mentioned, but they belong to the wide spread Athapascan family that
extends north, east, and south of the Shoshone and Yuma families, on the
north even reaching the Pacific, according to Professor Turner, at the
Trinity River in Northern California, while he also states § that the Apache
* © Coco-maricopas.—This tribe was encountered by Father Kino at the end of the seventeenth
century, and is represented to have occupied the country south of the river Gila, nearly 150 miles in
length, from its mouth upward. Colonel Emory says: ‘We know that the Maricopas have moved gradu-
ally from the Gulf of California to their present location in juxtaposition with the Pimas. Carson
found them as late as the year 1826 at the mouth of the Gila; and Dr. Anderson, who passed from
Sonora to California in 1828, found them, as near as he could reckon from his notes, about the place in
which we are now encamped.’ Their present position, as already mentioned, is in a village on the
northern bank of the Gila, a few miles west of that of the Pimas, in about west longitude 1129.”—TURNER,
in Pacific R. R. Reports, vol. iii, pp. 101, 102, of Report on Indian Tribes, by Whipple, Eubank, and
Turner, 1855.
+ This name was given after the establishment of the mission of San Diego .by the Spaniards,
though according to the manuscript report by Don Jose Cortez, dated 1799, in the Peter Force Library,
and in part translated and printed in the third yolume of the Pacific Railroad Reports, the tribe was
known under the name of Cuneil. ‘These are the Cuneil who are on the borders of the port of San
Diego and whose towns continue to the outlet of the channel of Santa Barbara,” p. 125.—Report on
Indian Tribes, by Whipple, Eubank, and Turner.
$l. ¢. p. 84.
§1.c¢. p. 83.
20 INTRODUCTION.
nation seems to have been a barrier to the southern descent of the Shoshone
tribes.
In the same region where have met Shoshone, Yuma, and Athapascan
nations, the greatest development of the North American Mongoloids, next
to that of Anahuac, has taken place, and here are found the ruined dwell-
ings of an ancient people, and their probable descendants the Pueblo
tribes.
Mr. Bancroft* gives a general account of the Indians of Southern
California which agrees in all essential particulars with the statements made
by the several authors I have had the opportunity to consult, and will be
freely used in the following brief notice of the people. It will be observed
that very many of the statements made in the following résumé are fully
sustamed by the evidence furnished by the objects which have been found
in the graves and about the sites of the villages of the several tribes, as
described and figured in the following chapters.
Mr. Bancroft writes: ‘‘As we approach the southern boundary of Cali-
fornia [from the central portion of the State] a slight improvement is
manifest in the Aborigines. The men are here well made, of a stature quite
up to the average,t} comparatively fair complexioned, and pleasant features
* * * The beard is plucked out with bivalve shells, which answer the
purpose of pincers.”
While often going naked they were also found, by the early voyagers,
to wear skirts and capes made of skins. The variation in this respect noted
by several writers is probably accounted for by the different customs of
the many distinct tribes that formerly existed on the coast, and by the
difference in the time of year in which the observations were made. It is
evident from the fragments of fur garments which have been found in the
graves, particularly at Dos Pueblos, that the people of the vicinity of Santa
Barbara made use of garments, though very likely they were discarded or
*Bancrort, Native Races of the Pacific States, vol. i, pp. 402, 422.
+ This statement is shown to be correct by the numerous skeletons and portions of skeletons
which have been obtained.
As already noted, Mr. Powers’ volume on the ‘Tribes of California” has appeared since these
pages were written, and though Mr. Bancroft had the use of certainly a large part of Mr. Powers’
manuscript, the volume should be read as the most valuable work on the present Indians of the State
of California.
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIANS. Dil
very scanty during the hot season. That the people of the coast and islands
were extravagantly fond of ornaments is shown by the great abundance of
such articles made of shell, bone, stone, ete., found in the graves. Mr.
Bancroft states that ‘“‘around Santa Barbara rings of bone or shell were
worn in the nose. At Los Angeles nasal ornaments were not the fashion.
The women wore cylinder-shaped pieces of ivory, sometimes as much as
eight inches in length, attached to the ears by a shell ring. Bracelets and
necklaces were made of ivory ground round and perforated, small pebbles,
and shells.”*
In the journal of the voyage of Cabrillo, under the date of October
17, 1542, it is mentioned ‘“‘many canoes came to the ship from the populous
coast,” and that the people ‘“‘went clothed with skins, and wear their hair
very long and tied up with long strings to which are attached small daggers
of flint, bone, and wood.” Mr. Bancroft also states that “they take much
pride in their hair, which they wear long. It is braided, and either wound
round the head turban-like or twisted into a top-knot; some tie it in a queue
behind.” Dressing the hair in the form of a queue has prevailed extensively
throughout both North and South America, and it will be an interesting
study to ascertain the particular tribes having this custom, and their con-
nections. In ancient times it was a prevailing custom among the coast
Peruvians, who also wore false hair by which they extended their elaborate
“switches” of false hair, sometimes arranged over a skein of
braids, while
large thread, helped to enlarge the queue. That it was also a common way
of wearing the hair among the ancient people-of Missouri and ‘Tennessee
is shown by its representation on some of the human-shaped vessels of
pottery.
Bearing on this subject is a very interesting carving from Alaska, in
the Peabody Museum. This carving, which is in wood, represents a man
with the head held back by means of his long queue tied to the hands, which
*Mention is here made of ivory, and it is possible that it was used to some extent for ornaments,
though, as far as I know, articles made of ivory have not been found in the graves. The bones of various
animals were used for ornaments, and it is very likely that the long hollow bones of birds were mistaken
for ivory, as might also have been the cylindrical perforated ornaments made of a large bivalve shell, as
they were highly polished. Beautiful beads of stone, both of fluor-spar and serpentine, have been found
in the graves. Several species of shells, particularly a small Olivella and the beautiful Haliotis, were
used for the manufacture of ornaments.
Dy INTRODUCTION.
are placed behind his back, conveying the idea of a prisoner securely bound;
and as, I believe, the Aleuts do not wear their hair in a queue, it would
seem as if they had at some time taken prisoner either a queue-wearing
Asiatic or a Californian.
Tattooing was, according to Father Boscana, a custom of some of the
tribes of Southern California, the girls being tattooed in infancy.*
In common with savages in other parts of the world, the Californians
were fond of ornamenting themselves with paint of various colors. As is
the case the world over, red ochre, or hematite, was most used for the
purpose, and considerable masses of it have been found in the graves.
Wad, or hydrous oxide of manganese (bog manganese), was also used as a
paint and has been found in the graves, generally in receptacles, such as
shells and small vessels made of stone. A mixture of wad and a specular
variety of hematite, evidently prepared for use by the addition of a small
quantity of clay, has been found in masses cut into various shapes. - Similar
carved masses of prepared hematite, without the admixture of wad, have
also been found. Besides these there is often found a black pitchy mixture
which was probably used as a paint. M1. Bancroft, when writing of the
Central Californians,t states that the tribes of that part of the State were
more lavish in the use of pigments than those of the southern portion, and
particularly mentions that cimnabar was used, and that “the New Almaden
cinnabar mine was a source of contention between adjacent tribes.” I have,
however, not yet detected cinnabar among the substances which came from
?
the graves in Southern California, and Dr. Yarrow informs me that it can
hardly be supposed that cinnabar, or sulphuret of mercury, was used to
any extent as a pigment, for its constant employment would assuredly pro-
duce constitutional derangements of a serious nature.
The accounts we have of the various articles in common use among
the Californians as domestic utensils, weapons, etce., agree with those found
*Mr. Powers, in his ‘‘Tribes of California,” gives several illustrations of the various patterns of
tattooing adopted by numerous tribes. The custom is apparently confined to females, and is thought to
be principally for the purpose of tribal identification. It may be noted in this connection that the coast
Peruvians also tattooed, as is shown by anarm, from the ancient cemetery at Ancon, now in the Peabody
Museum. :
tBANCROFT, Native Races of the Pacific States, i, p. 370.
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIANS. Ze
in the graves and about the ancient dwelling sites, though there are several
patterns of implements found in the graves which have not been noticed by
writers who were early in contact with the Indians. Among these the per-
forated stones, now often mentioned as ‘weights to digging-sticks,” although
as likely to have been used as heads to clubs and for other purposes,
similar to those found in many other parts of the world, represent implements
of this class; as, also, do the singular hook-shaped stones of various sizes.
Among the prominent domestic utensils which were extensively made
and used down to a very recent period are the large stone mortars and
pestles, the soapstone cooking-pots and baking-stones, and the small, beau-
tifully made vessels of steatite and serpentine. It is now known that the
soapstone vessels, and probably many of the mortars, were made by the
tribes on the islands off Santa Barbara. The immense number of these
pots which have been found in the graves on the mainland indicate an
active trade between the islanders and the coast tribes, and it is very likely,
from the identity of articles from the graves in both places, that the people
were closely affiliated.
The weapons included bows and arrows, knives of stone and bone,
and daggers and swords of stone, bone, and wood. The stone daggers or
lance-heads were beautifully made, and in perfection of workmanship are
probably among tlie finest of chipped implements found on the continent.
The swords or large knives were often made from the jaws of cetaceans,
and were efficient weapons, while those made of wood are said to have had
“edges that cut like steel.” Bone awls, and drills or borers made of stone,
were extensively used and are often found in the graves, while rude stone
chisels were used in the manufacture of the large pots, mortars, ete.
Mr. Reid and other writers, as quoted by Mr. Bancroft, state that
vessels used for holding liquids were made of rushes, and plastered outside
and in with bitumen or pitch. Fragments of such a vessel were found in
the burial place at Dos Pueblos by Dr. Yarrow. In this instance the vessel
was bottle-shaped, and had been roughly coated inside and out with as-
phaltum.
Besides basket-work, which was an undoubted prehistoric art, nets and
woven fabrics are mentioned by the later writers as being made by the
24 INTRODUCTION.
Indians; but, while fragments of the latter have been found in the graves,
it is not certain that netting and weaving were not introduced by the Span-
iards, though there is an equal chance of their having been derived from
the more highly-developed nations of the south. Being in location between
the higher nations of the north and south, it is very likely that many of the
arts of both sections would in time become known to the Californians in the
simple course of trade and warfare of tribe with tribe. From the known
facts we certainly have good reasons for assuming that inter-tribal communi-
cation was pretty extensive throughout the greater part of America in very
early times, and as we know that the ancient Peruvians, for example, had
attained as high a development in many of the arts as the Europeans at the
time of the conquest of the country, we must be guarded in attributing too
much of the development in the arts to Spanish influence, especially when
we realize that the Indian tribes, probably without exception, have rapidly
deteriorated under contact with the white race.
Like nearly all other North American nations, the Californians were
smokers; using as pipes large tubes made of stone, and slightly conical in
shape, the mouth-piece being formed by the insertion of a small hollow
bone of a bird at the small end of the tube. In many of the graves pipes
of this character, beautifully made of steatite and allied minerals, have been
found still having portions of the mouth-piece held in place by asphaltum.
Among the present Indians of the State similar pipes are occasionally found,
and it is very likely that this early, perhaps primitive, form of smoking-pipe
has been handed down, and is only giving way of late years to the more
universal shape, having the bowl perpendicular to the stem. Tubes made
of stone and copper, of various sizes and shapes, have been found in many
parts of North America, and while they have been often considered as used
for other purposes than that of smoking, the majority are now called pipes
by most archeologists. The tubular pipes, in shape like those found in the
graves of California, have been rarely discovered in other parts of the coun-
try, and but few have been recorded, the most interesting specimen in this
connection being one now in the Peabody Museum at Cambridge, which
was found in Andover, Mass. Another of slate has recently been found by
Dr. C. C. Abbott in New Jersey. Professor Powell has informed me that
Ke
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIANS. 25
similar pipes are occasionally used by the Utes of the Colorado, by whom
they are regarded as of great value. Mr. Powers,* in his note about the
“wild tobacco (Nicotiana plumbaginifolia)” called “pan” by the Neeshenams
of Bear River, California, mentions that this tobacco, which “has a pungent
peppery taste,” is smoked with great satisfaction “‘in a wooden or stone
pipe,t which is constructed of a single straight piece, the bowl being simply
a continuation of the stem, enlarged.” He also describes one made of soap-
stone, about six inches in length, ‘‘which tapered down to a bulb, which
was inserted in the mouth.” That their pipes or smoking tubes were not
alone used for the simple gratification which smoking affords is evident from
the several accounts given by the early writers, and they unquestionably
were used in many of the tricks of the “medicine men” and in superstitious
observances. Venegas says: “They applied to the suffering part of the
patient’s body the Chacuaco, which is a tube formed out of a very hard, black
stone. * * * Sometimes the tube was filled with cimarron or wild
tobacco, lighted.” t
In 1728 Father Luyando, of the Loreto Mission, ‘as a preliminary to
baptism, insisted on the abjuration of faith in the native jugglers or priests,
and demanded the breaking and burning of their smoking éubes and other instru-
ments and tokens of superstition as a proof of this.Ӥ It would seem,
however, that the pious fathers of the missions in the vicinity of Santa
Barbara had not been very successful in this work of destruction, judging
from the number of perfect pipes found in the more recent graves.
Pedro Fages in his description of ‘the burial ceremony in Southern
California says that, “At the head of the procession marches one smoking
gravely from a large stone pipe, followed by three others; he three times
walks round the idol and the corpse; each time the head of the deceased is
* Aboriginal Botany, by STEPHEN Powers. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., vol. v, p. 378. 1875.
+The Neeshenams called the tobacco-pipe ‘‘ panemcoolah.”
+ Quoted from Forbes, p.20. Dr. Rothrock,in his report on the Botanical collections of the sur-
vey (vol. vi, p. 47), states that various indigenous species of tobacco appear to have been used by the
native population, past and present, among them N. Clevelandi, Gray, which he found only in associa-
tion with the shellheaps on the coast of California. Dr. Rothrock believes this species to have been the
standard supply of the Indians of Southern California, and from personal experience he pronounces it
excessively strong.
§ FORBES, p. 20.
26 INTRODUCTION. -
passed the coverings are lifted, and he who holds the pipe blows three
puffs of smoke upon the body.” *
In the way of musical entertainments it is evident that the Californians
were limited to very primitive instruments, the only kind that have been
found in the graves consisting of whistles made of bones of animals. Some
of these, however, exhibit considerable ingenuity, and it may be that they
were played upon with skill.
As would be expected from the fact that the islands off the coast were
inhabited, boats of several kinds were constructed. In Cabrillo’s Journal
mention is made of canoes seen on the coast, and other writers have stated
that the Indians had boats made of pieces of plank shaped -by heating,
joined together and paid with asphaltum. Other canoes are said to have
been made out of a single log, while the tule raft or “balsa” was also in
use. Bancroft states that the boats were sometimes large enough to carry
twenty persons, and he also mentions that the paddles were long and
double bladed. The graves have yielded portions of wooden structures,
which are probably the remains of canoes formed of boards and still show-
ing the peculiar and ingenious method of uniting the pieces with asphaltum.
The houses of the Southern Californians were probably of a simple con-
struction, though varying somewhat in different localities. Usually they
are described as conical in shape, and built over a hole dug to the depth of
a few feet. Around this hole poles were set forming the frame which was
covered with rushes and earth. The door was sometimes on a level with
the ground, while in other houses it was placed near the top, when it also
served for an exit to the smoke. The statement in Cabrillo’s Journal that
he saw houses built after the manner of those in New Spain, is thought by
Mr. Bancroft to refer to the houses on the coast of the Santa Barbara
Channel, where there was an improvement in architecture, and this prob-
ably indicates that the square-framed lodges existed here as in other places
farther to the north. Dr. Yarrow, however, informs me that ‘no remains
of houses or dwellings of any description, nor any particular indications on
the surface of the earth showing where habitations had been (with the
exception of kitchen and shell heaps), were noticed either at La Patera or
* BANCROFT, Native Races of the Pacific States, vol. i, p. 421.
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIANS. Dili
Dos Pueblos. Boards and posts were found at La Patera, but they marked
areas of burials, not habitations.” That each tribe or village had a general
‘“council-house,” or some special edifice of a public nature, is very prob-
able, and Boscana has described a structure in the vicinity of the mission of
San Juan Capistrano, which he designates as a temple or Vanquech, in
honor of their god Chinigchinich. This “temple” seems to have consisted
simply of two circular fences, one of which was six feet high, and as they
were not roofed in, the “‘temple” was very much like the staked areas of
the Indian tribes of the Atlantic coast, and in which they performed some
of their ceremonies. The ‘“ temescal” or subterranean ‘ sweat-house” was
also a public institution which seems to have existed throughout the whole
State.*
In Cabrillo’s Journal mention is made of enclosures which were be-
lieved to be temples. * * * ‘and they have an enclosure like a circle,
and around the enclosure are many blocks of stone placed in the ground
and reaching above the surface about three palms in height, and in the
middle of the enclosure are many sticks of timber driven into the ground
like thick masts, and on these posts are many pictures, and we believe they
worship there, for when they dance they caper around the enclosure.”
Mr. Paul Schumacher, who has made very extensive explorations of
the ancient village sites on the coast of California and Oregon, has described}
in detail one of these sites or shell-mounds, and states that either a natural
sandy place, properly located in-regard to water, food, and safety from sur-
prise by enemies, was selected, or in case of other things proving a desir-
able location and the sand wanting, the latter was brought to the place, as
in the site he describes on the Island of Santa Cruz in the Santa Barbara
Channel. In his description he states that the sites of the former houses
are shown by the depression on the surface of the shellheap, while ‘the
original depth may occasionally be traced by still remaining upright boards
of the former subterranean enclosure. After the erection of the dwellings
the accumulation of the kjékkenméddings began to spread all over the
town-site, but was kept imbedded in sand by fresh supplies, thus raising
* Descriptions and figures of the several forms of houses are given in Powen’s ‘Tribes of
California.”
t Popular Science Monthly, Jan., 1877, p. 253.
28 INTRODUCTION.
the level of the village gradually, and increasing the depth of the subter-
ranean part of the hut until the latter was deserted, or built over with a new
structure. * * * The size of a town-site varies from about 100 metres
in length and width, to 1,200 metres or three-quarters of a mile in length,
and from 100 to 300 metres in width, the extent of Os-bi a rancheria in
Santa Barbara County, about five miles from Point Sal, which is the largest
shellmound derived from permanent habitations thus far explored on the
coast.”
From the numerous subdivisions of the people, and the many villages
of small size governed by chiefs who apparently had but limited power, it is
evident that warfare was not conducted on an extensive scale by the South-
ern Californians, though petty quarrels were undoubtedly of common
occurrence. In their weapons the Southern Californians were probably
inferior to their northern neighbors, and, although bows and arrows are
mentioned as having been in use, fragments of bows have not been found
in the graves about Santa Barbara, and as comparatively few small points
of stone such as would be classed as arrow-heads have been discovered, it
is probable that their arrows were principally provided with wooden points.
Swords or large knives of bone, stone, and even of wood, and probably
clubs, seem to have been the most important weapons. The perforated
stones, which have been considered by some as weights to digging-sticks,
would also have formed efficient clubs, and many of them may have been
so used, on the principle of adapting the one article to all the uses possi-
ble. Mr. Powers casually mentions the sling when writing of the Pomo,
and again in his list of weapons of the Californians. It can hardly be
doubted that the sling was one of the earliest weapons, but it seems to have
been superseded by the bow and arrow, and has only survived as a weapon
in a few limited areas, as, for instance, among the Peruvian tribes, which
have so many things in common with the tribes of the west coast of North
America. It is stated that in battle no quarter was given to men, and that
the killed were decapitated and scalped ; still, scalping after the method of the
eastern tribes does not seem to have prevailed to any great extent. Women
and children are said to have been taken prisoners and retained as slaves.
The office of chief is stated by Bancroft to have been “hereditary,
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIANS. 29
and in the absence of a male heir devolved on the female next of kin.”
In the Journal ef Cabrillo’s voyage it is stated that while on the coast “a
Jemale chief visited the ship and remained two nights.”
Polygamy was evidently practised to some extent, but probably de-
pended principally upon the wealth of the individuals, and hence was gen-
erally confined to men in power; but this, like many other customs, varied
with different tribes.
In keeping with the general Indian character, dancing and gambling
are stated to have been the chief occupations of the men when not engaged
on a raid or in procuring food. Many of the dances were in connection
with their ceremonies and superstitions, while others are mentioned as sim-
ply for amusement. The sorcerers were numerous and had great power
from the superstitious character of the people.
In the vicinity of Santa Barbara and on the islands cremation does not
seem to have been practised so far as known, though north, south, and east
of this district it prevailed to some extent, adjoining tribes having different
customs in this respect. In the Santa Barbara region each village, as a
rule, had its particular cemetery; but slight differences in the character of
the burial places and in the designation of the graves have been noticed.
On the island spoken of in Dr. Yarrow’s report, near La Patera, while the
principal burying ground was doubtless near the edge of the cliff (see his
report on a following page), yet instances of isolated burials were discov-
ered in various kinds of places. In the majority of the villages the ceme-
tery was very near the sites of the former houses, often even in the accumu-
lated débris forming the shellheap, as described by Mr. Schumacher. In
one case on the islands he found that an old cemetery had been abandoned,
and the more recent burials had been in the deserted houses on one part of
the shellheap. Onthe mainland the cemeteries were often of considerable
extent and long used. In some instances the bodies had been buried here
and there in the sand, but usually they were placed close together, and
the same ground used over and over, as in some modern burial places
of our own, where in course of time old and forgotten graves are disturbed
to make a new one. In this way many of the bones of bodies and articles
of greater age were found to have been disarranged and mixed with those
30 INTRODUCTION.
of later interment; often three or four graves were placed one over the
other, or two or three old graves were disturbed in making one of compar-
atively recent date. In several of the cemeteries the graves were partitioned
off by slabs of stone, boards, or bones of whales; in other instances such
partitions were wanting. No regularity was observed in the position of
the bodies, which were evidently done up in bundles, covered with mats
and other articles, and buried in the smallest space possible. That the
nearly universal custom of burying with the deceased articles valued while
living, and such as were thought to be of use in the future state, prevailed
among the Southern Californians to a very great extent is fully shown by
the large number found in the old cemeteries, many of which will be
described in the following pages.
For several years the antiquities of California have been looked upon
with exceeding interest on account of the peculiar conditions under which
many implements and articles made of stone have been found, and the great
length of time which must have elapsed since their burial under beds of
volcanic material, where they are associated with the remains of extinct
animals. Many of these articles have been described, particularly by
Foster,* and by Bancroft,t the latter of whom gives several figures of arti-
cles found at great depths, which are of the same character as those from
the graves and shellheaps.
Special examinations of the shellheaps and graves have been made by
several reliable persons, and descriptions of the heaps and articles found
have appeared from time to time in the Proceedings of the California
Academy of Sciences, and other journals. More recently Mr. Schumacher,
who has made extensive explorations for the Smithsonian Institution and
the Peabody Museum, has published several articles in various journals
giving an account of his work.t At the time Mr. Schumacher was making
*Transactions of the Chicago Academy of Sciences, vol. i, p. 232, 1869.
t BANCROFT, Native Races of the Pacific States, vol. iv, p. 697, 1875.
¢The most important of these papers were printed in the Reports of the Smithsonian Institution
for 1874 and following. The Bulletin of the United States Geological and Geographical Surveys of the
Territories, vol. iii, No. 1, 1877. Popular Science Monthly, Jan., 1877.
Articles by Mr. SCHUMACHER have also been printed in the Archive fiir Anthropologie, vol. viii,
and specimens collected by him have been described and figured in BaNncrort’s Native Races of the
Pacific States, vol. v, and in the paper by Dr. Rav on the Archeological Collection of the National
Museum (Smithsonian Contributions, No, 287, 1876).
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIANS. Bul
explorations on the coast and islands at the joint expense of the Smithsonian
Institution and the Peabody Museum, the party under Dr. H. C. Yarrow,
acting assistant surgeon, United States Army, detailed by you for the pur-
pose, were also exploring the ancient sites in Santa Barbara County.
Since the collection was made by your special party, to which this
report particularly relates, Mr. Schumacher has made another exploration
on the islands of San Clemente and Santa Catalina, acting under the direc-
tion of the Peabody Museum ; and Mr. Bowers, who was with Dr. Yarrow
at La Patera, has made extensive collections on the mainland for the Smith-
sonian Institution and for private parties. The amount of material that
has thus been obtained from the numerous burial-places and village-sites
along the coast of Southern California and the adjacent islands is very
large, and our knowledge of the archeology of California will soon be
more complete than that of many other portions of our country.
The field report which was submitted by Dr. Yarrow on the return of
the party sent to explore the region about Santa Barbara, contains so much
of interest and importance in relation to the conditions under which the
various articles described in the succeeding pages were found, as to make it
essential to reprint it here from the Annual Report of the Chief of En-
gineers for 1876,* and for this purpose he has kindly rewritten some
portions of the report and made numerous additions of interest.
* Appendix JJ, Annual Report Chief of Engineers, 1876, p. 312.
32 EXPLORATIONS OF INDIAN GRAVES.
REPORT ON THE OPERATIONS OF A SPECIAL PARTY FOR MAKING ETHNOLOGICAL
RESEARCHES IN THE VICINITY OF SANTA BARRARA, CAL.,
WITH A SHORT HISTORICAL ACCOUNT OF
THE REGION EXPLORED.
By Dr. H. C. Yarrow,
Acting Assistant Surgeon, United States Army.
THE following statements regarding Cabrillo’s exploration of the coast of Cali-
fornia are taken from a volume, the full title of which is subsequently given. Only
those portions bearing on the work performed and the occurrence of Indians on the
coast at different points are here noticed, more especially as the entire narrative is
inserted in another portion of this work.
On the 27th day of June, 1542, Juan Rodriguez Cabrillo, a Portuguese navigator
in the service of Spain, left the port of Navidad, New Spain, with two small vessels,
the San Salvador and La Vittoria, to explore the coast of California, which he sighted
on the 2d of July.
The first mention made of Indians is, that on the Isle of Zedros they saw signs
of them, but no individuals were seen. After sailing to the northward for a day,
they reached a good port, which was named Puerto de Santa Clara, and here they saw
four, who instantly fled. No mention is made of their villages. On Tuesday, August
22, they landed at a place which they named Puerto de la Posesion, and found some
Indian fishermen near a Jake, all of whom immediately fled; but one they captured and
gave presents to. This port is stated to be in 314 degrees, an assertion which must be
received with much allowance, as Cabrillo’s reckonings of latitude are obviously
wrong. Near this place a few days afterward thirty fishermen were seen. They were
peaceable, and some went off to the ships and received presents. These people in-
formed the Spaniards by signs that they did not live near the sea-shore, but had their
habitations in the interior, and that there were many of them. They also informed
them that in the interior they had seen white men with beards, cross-bows, and swords,
and that they could be reached in a five-days’ journey. These Indians were curiously
marked on the body and thighs with slashes of some white pigment. They were
dressed in skins and carried bows and arrows, the latter flint-tipped. In their own
country they said “was much maize and many parrots.” In 324 degrees Cabrillo’s ves-
sel again anchored, the Sth of September, near a point which he called Cabo de San
Martin. Wanding for water a small lagoon was discovered, and near it forty naked In-
dians, armed with bows and arrows, from whom were received fishes and roasted agaves.
Proceeding up the coast, near Cabo Santa Cruz some Indians were seen in very small
canoes. From this point northward the appearance of the land improved very much,
and Indians became quite numerous. Ata place called by Cabrillo San Mateo, and
which nay possibly now be known as San Diego Bay, many animals resembling sheep
CABRILLO’S VOYAGE. 38)
were seen. On the 27th and 28th the vessels passed three islands, one larger than the
others. Ata port which was called San Miguel he remained a short time. One eve-
ning a party went on shore to fish, when they found many Indians, who saluted them
with arrows, wounding three men. However, the Indians became peaceable and went
off to the ships, telling Cabrillo of people like him and his followers, armed similarly,
going on horseback, and killing many of the natives, for which reason they were much
afraid. This port of San Miguel is supposed to be near San Pedro or Wilmington Har-
bor. On the 7th of October he came in view of two islands some distance from the
mainland, which he named after his vessels; these islands, lying in Santa Barbara
Channel, southwest of San Pedro, are supposed to be San Clemente and Santa Cata-
lina. On these islands Cabrillo found many Indians, who at first showed great fear
of the Spaniards, but finally, becoming friendly, told him of numerous other Indians
on the mainland. Resting here but two days, he set sail on the 9th. Shortly after-
ward, reaching a spacious bay and following its shore-line, he came upon a large vil-
lage of Indians close to the sea-shore. Here his ships were visited by the savages in
canoes, from the great number of which he called their town Pueblo de las Canoas.
It appears impossible to fix the exact location of this town, but circumstances seem
to indicate that it was near the head of Santa Clara valley. Mr. Bowers con-
siders this town to have been called Xuco by the Indians. On the 13th, resuming
his voyage, he passed near two large islands, supposed to be Santa Cruz and San
Miguel, and anchored in front of an extremely fertile valley. Here he was visited
by many natives coming to sell fish, who informed him that the whole coast was
densely populated as far northward as Cabo de Galera, or Point Concepgion of the
present day. Northwest from the Pueblo de las Canoas he discovered two islands, which
he named San Lucas, afterward known as San Bernardo, and which at the present day
are supposed to be those of Santa Rosa and San Miguel. On his way up the coast,
Cabrillo speaks of anchoring in front of two villages (Dos Pueblos), largely populated,
and this is probably the place where some important discoveries were made by our
party.
Point Concepcion was reached by this Portuguese navigator on November 1,
after much suffering from cold, winds, and tempests. Anchoring near this place to ob-
tain wood and water, he called the port Las Sardinas, from the abundance of fish there-
abouts. Here were found many natives, of most friendly disposition, one of whom, an
old woman, said to be the Queen of the Pueblos, came off to the captain’s ship and re-
mained two nights. Returning to the islands of St. Lucas on account of bad weather,
on the 3d of January Cabrillo died on the island called La Posesion, believed to be the
present San Miguel. Of the manner of his death and his notes in regard to the Indians
he saw we shall have occasion to speak hereafter.* '
It is worthy of mention that nearly all the Indians met with by Cabrillo seemed
familiar with the appearance of himself and friends, as he was repeatedly informed at
different points that numbers of men, presumably his countrymen, were journeying in
the interior, some of them near a very large river, doubtless the Colorado.
With this account of one of the earlier explorers of the region visited by our-
*Tt should be mentioned that the identification of the localities in the former report were made
before Lieut. Commander Taylor, U. 8. N., had an opportunity of comparing Cabrillo’s narrative with
the charts of the coast; consequently his determinations should be accepted, not mine. See paper by
Mr. Henshaw and Cabrillo’s narrative in another place.—H. C. Y.
3 CI
34 EXPLORATIONS OF INDIAN GRAVES.
selves, as a proper preliminary to a report of our own operations, we now proceed to
give the latter in detail; first, however, briefly mentioning the circumstances which
led to the exploration in question.
It is reported that some years ago the captain of one of the small schooners com-
mon to the Pacific coast returned from a visit to the island of San Nicolas, and stated
that he had seen quantities of pots, stone implements, skulls, and divers sorts of orna-
ments on the surface of shellheaps, which had been uncovered by storms, and exhibited
in proof of his assertion a number of these articles which he had brought with him,
and which he distributed among his friends. It is also reported that this captain
again visited San Nicolas and its neighbor, Santa Catalina, and returned with a full
schooner load of relics, but this part of the tradition lacks confirmation.
Little attention was paid to this most valuable archeological discovery until 1872
and 1873, when Mr. W. G. W. Harford, of the United States Coast Survey, happened to
visit the islands of San Miguel and Santa Rosa, lying to the northward and westward
of the islands before mentioned. rom these islands this gentleman procured a
sinall but exceedingly valuable collection of interesting objects, which came into the
hands of Mr. William H. Dall, a most intelligent and enthusiastic collector, from which
he deemed the locality of sufficient importance to visit it in person. This he did in the
winter of 1873 and 1874. Mr. Dall visited San Miguel and Santa Catalina, but as his
time was limited, no thorough examination was made of this mine of archeological
wealth lying then temptingly open to view. He, however, procured many interesting
specimens. During the same season Mr. Paul Schumacher, well known for his investi-
gations farther up the coast, discovered in the vicinity of San Luis Obispo and the
Santa Maria River deposits similar to those found on the islands. The results of these
discoveries being communicated to the Smithsonian Institution, this establishment de-
termined to make a thorough and exhaustive exploration of not only the mainland, but
of the islands also; and in the spring of 1875 Mr. Schumacher was named to conduct
the work in behalf of the National Museum. by a fortunate coincidence, one of the
parties of the Expedition for Explorations West of the One Hundredth Meridian, under
the War Department, of which the writer and Dr. Rothrock were placed in charge,
was about to visit the Pacific coast, and an arrangement was entered into whereby
hearty co-operation and unity of effort were effected. Mr. Schumacher was to explore
the islands, and the Exploring Expedition party the mainland along the coast from
Santa Barbara north for a distance of 20 or 30 miles.
Leaving San Francisco June 4, after a pleasant sail of forty-eight hours we arrived
at Santa Barbara, and there found the other members of the party, consisting of Dr. J. T.
Rothrock, botanist, Dr. O. Loew, mineralogist, and Mr. H. W. Henshaw, ornithologist,
whom you had directed to assist in the enterprise. Arrangements were at once made
to explore the neighborhood, and on the day following that of our arrival we started
under the guidance of the Rev. Stephen Bowers, who we were informed had already
made some excavations in the sections about to be visited, for the ranch of T. Wallace
More, near the little village called La Patera, some eight miles from Santa Barbara. Ar-
rived at a spot where our guide informed us he had found a few bones and arrowheads,
the work, digging a trench in a north and south direction on a cliff overlooking the sea
and probably 80 feet above it, was at once commenced. There were no indications that
this locality had been used as a burial-place, but after digging a few feet, and beyond
DISCOVERIES OF CEMETERIES. 30
some loose bones that had been reinterred by Mr. Bowers on the occasion of his first visit,
we came to an entire skeleton in situ. It was lying on the right side, facing the west,
with the lower limbs drawn up toward the chin. No ornaments or utensils were found,
but a quantity of marine shells were near the cranium. Continuing the excavation
deeper, two other skeletons were discovered in a similar position to the first, and near
them a few broken arrowheads. These were removed, and the excavation extended
downward and backward from the sea-cliff, the labor being rewarded by the finding of
seven other skeletons. These latter, however, were huddled together, and gave no
evidence that care had been taken, in the burial of the bodies, to place them in any par-
ticular position. Near by were a few shell beads and other ornaments, and an abalone
shell (Haliotis splendens) containing a red pigment. The bones were so friable as to
crumble to pieces on exposure to the atmosphere, and on this account none could be
secured. On excavating to a depth of 5 feet, a layer of marine shells was reached,
under which was a firm stratum of yellow, sandy clay, beneath which, as our subse.
quent experience proved, burials were never made.* After digging for several hours,
and finding nothing further of special interest, the trench was refilled.
Moving around from place to place in the field, our attention was finally attracted
to a depression in the center of it, some 200 yards from the sea-cliff, which, on examina-
tion, gave undoubted evidences of being a burial-place, ribs and vertebra of whales
being scattered about, and small inclosures found that had been made in the earth by
setting up large flat stones on their sides. Digging into one of these inclosed areas,
broken bones and some broken pestles and mortars were found, but nothing of special
value. The excavation was continued to a depth of 3 feet only, which, as subsequently
ascertained, was not sufficient. We left this locality for a time, returning to it later in
the season, when deeper and more careful excavations abundantly SOUEINIES, us, as
many teresting objects were found.
While engaged in the interesting search in question, Dr. Rothrock, who had
strolled off some distance after botanical specimens, communicated to us that he had
discovered, on the opposite side of a small estero to the northward, a locality which he
believed to be a burial-place, founding his belief on the fact that he had seen a number
of whales’ ribs, placed so as to form arches over certain spots. As we well knew that
the Santa Cruz Island burial-grounds were similarly marked, we anticipated a “good
find,” and, indeed, so richly were our anticipations rewarded that we named it the “Big
Bonanza.” The following diagram, made from a rough sketch on the ground by the
writer, will give an idea of this place and the several other localities already mentioned.
It is but fair to mention in this connection that the discovery of this valuable
locality is entirely due to Dr. Rothrock, any assertion to the contrary notwithstanding,
as no one in the neighborhood had the slightest knowledge of any burials having been
made at this point.
The next morning found us at an early hour near the spot discovered by Dr. Roth-
rock, and from the surface indications it could hardly be doubted that at some period
if must have been a burial-place of note. The surface of the ground, instead of pre-
senting the appearance of mounds, or hillocks, was rather depressed in a semicircular
form, and in various spots ribs and vertebree of whales had been partially buried in the
*T am informed that M. de Cessac, of M. Pinart’s party, is said to have discovered pottery
beneath this stratum, but I feel confident that it is a mistake.—H. C. Y.
36 EXPLORATIONS OF INDIAN GRAVES.
ground, the ribs in some instances being placed together, as reported by Dr. Rothrock,
in the form of arches. Selecting what appeared to be a favorable place, 20 feet from
the edge of the cliff, fronting the estero shown in the sketch, a trench was commenced
running due north and south. Two feet below the surface the first indications of
burials were reached, quantities of broken bones being met with at every stroke of the
spade, interspersed with pieces of whales’ bones and decaying redwood. At a depth of
5 feet the first entire skeleton was found in position, and near it several others were
subsequently uncovered; in all of them the head fronted northward, the face was down-
ward, and the lower limbs were extended. Over the femur of one of the skeletons was
a flat plate of steatite, a sort of soapstone, 12 or 14 inches square, with a hole in one
end, which we called a “‘tortilla-stone,” its probable use having been for cooking cakes,
or tortillas, or else for heating water, the hole in the end serving to withdraw it from
the fire when thoroughly heated. In rear of the skeleton, and to one side of the plate,
was an olla, or jar, of steatite, broken, but containing some fine glass beads and human
teeth, and behind this a stone pestle of symmetrical shape, about 3 feet in length, of a
| Sunta Barbara koad “""""LaPatera
& —
hard species of sandstone, and another plate of steatite, and two large ollas of over
five gallons capacity, their mouths or apertures fronting north, and just above was a
single cranium facing the cliff, face downward, and on top of it a single femur. Con-
tinuing the excavations toward the cliff, a small sandstone mortar was exhumed con-
taining a mass of red paint, and in its immediate vicinity a large nuinber of beads of
glass and shell with ornaments made from the lamina of the abalone shell, which is
common to this coast, being found in great abundance on the islands some 20 miles
distant. Digging still farther, other skeletons were found in similar positions, but in
many instances the lower limbs were flexed upon the body, while in a few cases the
fingers of the right hand were in the mouth. One skeleton was that of a child, near ~
which were found beads, ornaments, tortilla-stones, and two more ollas, one of which
contained portions of the cranium of a child. This skeleton had apparently been
wrapped ina kind of grass matting, as small portions were found attached to the bones
and scattered near by. In the olla containing the head-bones of the child were a great
number of small black seeds, smaller than mustard-seed, which were recognized by one
EXCAVATIONS. oll
of the laborers as a seed used by the present California Indians and natives in making
demuleent drinks and eye-washes, the Spanish name being chia (Salvia Columbarie
Benth.).
A second trench, opened 40 feet from the first, yielded quite a number of excellent
crania and other specimens, among which were fish-bones, crenated teeth (of fossil
shark possibly), and a very large olla containing bones and covered on top with the
epiphysis of a whale’s vertebra. The following are the notes furnished by the gentle-
man in charge of the excavations at this point: First trench, 6 feet by 2, running
north and south, trending to the westward. Indications of burials, whales’ bones, and
rocks set up vertically. Two and one-half feet below the surface found skeleton with
face downward, head to the north. Three feet below surface reached a large flat stone,
which being removed was found to cover ribs and shoulders of a female skeleton, head -
pointing north, body resting on left side. A small mortar was over the mouth, small
sandstone mortar and pestle of fine workmanship near top of head. This locality prov-
ing rather unprolific, a second trench was commenced 40 feet below last, nearer cliff, and
about of same size. Two feet below the surface, to our great surprise, a large steatite
olla was discovered, which proved to contain the skeleton of an infant wrapped in
matting. Unfortunately, upon exposure to the air, the bones crumbled away. Beneath
the olla was a cranium, apex west, face north. Three feet below the surface were two
skeletons in fair condition, with crania to the north. Our discoveries this day had de-
veloped so much of interest that it was not until darkness had overtaken us that we
discontinued our work.
In order to give some idea of the amount of material recovered during the excava-
tions, a record of each day’s work follows:
June 10.—This morning began work shortly after sunrise at both trenches opened
the day before, digging in a westerly direction in the first. In this, numbers of crania
and bones were found in similar positions to the first met with, and also several fine
ollas, tortilla-stones, mortars, and pestles. All these utensils were invariably in the
immediate vicinity of the heads of the skeletons; in fact, in many instances the crania
were covered by large mortars placed orifice down. In tlie second trench, the digging
was in an easterly direction, and the first discovery that of a skeleton and a fragment
of iron near the right hand, probably a knife or spearhead, which, archeologically
speaking, was a source of great grief to us, our hope being that no remnants of Span-
ish civilization would be found in these graves. It could not be helped, however, al-
though a great deal of prehistoric romaice was at once destroyed. Near this skeleton
was another, and by its side the first pipe met with, which was similar in appearance
to a plain modern cigar-holder, and consisted of a tube of the stone called serpentine,
8 inches long, the diameter of the wider orifice being a little over an inch. At the
smaller end was a mouth-piece formed from a piece of a bone of some large water-fow],
and cemented in place by asphaltum. How these pipes were used with any degree ot
comfort is impossible to surmise.
Continuing this excavation, the next discovery was a steatite olla containing a
skull, differing in many respects: from those found in the graves; if from one of the same
tribe, it shows marked differentiation. Near the olla was a large sandstone mortar,
over 2 feet in diameter, and behind it another olla containing more bones, and another
pipe, 105 inches in length, and near this latter article a smaller olla filled with red
38 EXPLORATIONS OF INDIAN GRAVES.
paint. It should have been mentioned that from this trench was procured a femur
showing evidences of a fracture through the neck of the bone, which had become ab-
sorbed, the head uniting to the upper portion of the shaft between the greater and
lesser trochanters. Further search revealed at the same depth a mortar, covered by
the shoulder-blade of a whale, which also contained the skull of an infant covered with
an abalone shell, while near by were paint, a piece of iron, a nail, and various shell orna-
ments and beads. Near at hand, to the rear, were a broken mortar and pot, underneath
which was a small olla, the whole covering the skuli of a child; and a little deeper a
skull resting upon a fine, large, pear-shaped steatite olla, the outside of reddish color.
These remains appeared to have been inclosed in a sort of fence, as a plank and stakes
of decayed redwood were near by. At the bottom of this trench, just above the firm
clay, and under all the specimens just described, was a fine sandstone pestle 174 inches
in length.
June 11.—Continued in same trench, advancing in a northerly direction toward
trench No.1. Ata depth of 4 feet were two skeletons, and near them was a square
cake of red paint; alongside were two more skeletons, over one of which was a large
mortar, mouth downward, and close by another similar utensil. Under this skeleton
were an instrument of iron 14 inches in length, a long iron nail, and two pieces of red-
wood, much decayed. A little farther in was a small canoe carved from steatite. All
the skeletons were face downward, heads to the north. In trench No. 1 the digging
was continued in a southerly direction. The first object encountered was an enormous
mortar, 27 inches in diameter, with its pestle near by. This article was on its side, the
mouth toward the south; around it were no fewer than thirty crania, some in a fair
state of preservation, and others very friable, broken, and worthless. Lying on top of
this mortar, on further removal of the earth, was an almost entire skeleton, with frag-
ments of long bones and of steatite pottery. As surmised by some of the party, the
perfect skeleton was that of a chief, and the remains those of his slaves slain with him ;
which is at least a possible, if not a plausible, view of the case.
Experience by this time had taught us that nearly all the burial-places or spots
had been carefully marked, since near the head of each skeleton were either bones of
the whale.or stakes of redwood.
Being obliged to leave for Los Angeles June 12, for a few days, Mr. Bowers was
employed to continue the work, who, up to June 25, secured the following articles from
the two trenches commenced, viz, 32 skulls, 24 large steatite ollas, 6 large mortars, 7
large pestles, 2 small serpentine cups, 7 tortilla-stones, 7 abalone shells, 3 iron knives,
4 stone arrowheads, 1 iron ax (of undoubted early Spanish manufacture), quantities of
glass and shell beads, paint, shell ornaments, black seed of the character previously
mentioned, 2 pipes, 2 soap-root brushes with asphaltum handles, and a copper pan 8
inches in diameter, which was found covering the top of a skull—the copper evidently
having preserved a portion of the hair, which was quite black and silky, and not coarse,
as is usually the case with Indians.
June 25.—The same excavation No. 2 was continued, and 3 crania were uncovered,
also an olla containing the bones of a child, not far from which were 3 mortars and 2
ollas. Just above the stratum of clay the most interesting discovery was made of an
entire skeleton, which had been buried in a redwood canoe, but which was so decayed
that only a small portion could be preserved. Near the head of the canoe were a large
EXCAVATIONS. 39
olla and mortar, the mouths northward. On removing the skeleton, which was lying
on its back, the bones fell to pieces. In the canoe, alongside of the skeleton, were 3
pestles, 2 pipes, an iron knife or dagger blade that had been wrapped in seal-skin or
fur, and a stone implement of triangular form and about 6 inches in length, probably
used as a file, or perhaps for boring out pipes. This skeleton was probably that of a
chief, or a noted hunter or fisherman.
June 26.—Trench No. 2 was abandoned and work resumed in No. 1, which yielded
several crania in bad condition. Near a whale-rib, standing on end, was an empty
broken olla, and not far off a skeleton on its right side, legs drawn up, flead facing west.
On its right-hand side, near by, was a small higkly-polished serpentine cup and a small
mortar and pestle. After excavating awhile and finding nothing but broken bones, dig-
ging here was discontinued and an excavation commenced ten feet to the northward
and near the edge of the cliff, but after going down 5 feet through kitchen refuse, ashes,
bones, shells, it was filled up and work resumed at the second trench. Several hours’
digging resulted in finding nothing, but finally the “lead” was once more struck. ‘The
first discovery was a skeleton, which, from the appearance of the pelvic bones, was
that of a female, and near which were great quantities of beads, shell ornaments,
and seeds. It was here we first encountered what at first sight appeared to be dried
cloves, but which on closer examination proved to be ornaments of asphaltum, hollow
in the center, and in some instances having at one end a small piece of dried grass or
fiber by means of which doubtless they were fashioned into necklaces. Some abalone
shells were also found, in close proximity to which were the bones of a child. Another
mortar was discovered, containing some bones in bad condition.
June 27.—Being Sunday, operations were suspended until the next day.
June 28.—W ork was resumed at trench No. 1, but for 6 or 8 feet nothing was met
with save isolated bones. Digging to the southward, however, a skeleton was found
with top of head to the northward, the position of which was nearly face downward.
On its removal we found beneath it a large mortar, cavity down, slightly tipped, and
facing west. In another direction, to the eastward, was a large sandstone mortar facing
north, and beneath it a skull in good condition, while near by was a small olla contain-
ing ornaments of shell, beads, seeds, and paint. Deeper down, still another small olla
was revealed, filled with the black seeds, and near it a small pestle. A number of crania
and bones were also found, but all in bad condition. One of them, however, was par-
ticularly interesting from the fact of two arrowpoints, one of a porphyritic stone, the
other of obsidian, being imbedded in the outer table of the skull.* From the position
of the arrows it was inferred that the wounds were received by the person while lying
down. Digging in a northerly direction in this trench, 8 or 10 more skeletons, all
huddled together, were exhumed, also 2 small pestles, 2 mortars, and some abalone
shells containing ornaments. In one of the larger of these shells were the head-bones
of a young child, 4nd near it two polished serpentine dishes, containing some of the
clove-like asphaltum before alluded to. A broken dish had been neatly mended with
asphaltum and probably sinew, as drilled holes were found in both pieces. Not far
from these cups was found a leather (?) pouch curiously ornamented on the outside
with circles of shell-dises.t
* Since this was written Mr. Bowers has reported the finding of skulls with arrowpoints imbedded
in the parietal and temporal bones.
+ Since ascertained to be the hilt of a native sword.
40 EXPLORATIONS OF INDIAN GRAVES.
On June 29, finding that our labor was not so richly repaid as formerly, further
excavation in this locality was delegated to Mr. W. L. Shoemaker, who, having -discov-
ered only six crania, and those in poor condition, after six hours’ faithful labor, the “ Big
Bonanza” was abandoned, and in the meanwhile the writer was prospecting.
Crossing the estero, and reaching the ranch of T. Wallace More, esq., we visited
the asphaltum mine, from which it is probable the Indians whose resting-places we
had been so ruthlessly disturbing, procured their supplies of this, to them, most pre-
cious material, since it must have been extensively used in fastening on their arrow-
heads or spearpoints, and in mending and filling up cracks and holes in their canoes.
Not far from this mine the spot was reached which has been mentioned as that where
burials were indicated by whalebones and flat stones, and it was determined to explore
it next. Near it was a depression, in which appeared to have been either a threshing-
floor or dancing-place, oval-shaped and 60 feet long by 30 or 40 wide. It had been
beaten or trodden down so firmly that no vegetation could flourish thereon. In the
afternoon, not far from camp, one of the party discovered some fragments of human
bones which had been thrown out of a squirrel-burrow, which circumstance led us to
search for relics. Opening a trench 300 yards to the westward from camp, at a depth
of 3 feet, some broken bones were found and one skull; near the latter were a quantity
of beads and a matted mass of fur, apparently of either the seal or sea-lion. After
some hours of fruitless labor, digging in this locality was discontinued. This was the
only instance in our experience where the burial of but one individual had taken place
in one spot.
On the following day, one of the laboring party, assured of finding something to
repay further labor in the “ Big Bonanza,” urgently suggested the same, whereupon
excavating was again entered upon at that place; and, curiously enough, after a little
digging, a remarkably fine knife or dagger of obsidian was discovered, nearly 10 inches
in length; a bone implement, similar in appearance to a sword-blade; and two pipes,
one of them ornamented. This ornamented pipe was the first of the kind we had met
with, and we congratulated ourselves upon having yielded to the suggestion of the
workman.
July 1—Resolved to excavate in the locality last discovered, and an early start
was made. This trench on T. Wallace More’s ranch was commenced 200 yards from
the sea-cliff. At a depth of 2 feet broken bones were uncovered, and at 4 feet entire
skeletons, which in many instances had been inclosed with flat stones, forming a kind
of coffin. Some mortars and pestles were here also met with, as well as pipes, arrow-
heads, and another fine spear of flint, and one of iron. After four days of hard work,
with no other results than those mentioned, this trench was abandoned. It is doubt-
less probable that many more articles might have been found here, but the time that
would be consumed in securing a few small articles was demanded where results would
most likely prove richer and more interesting. Subsequent experience proved that
we had abandoned this locality too hastily, for Mr. Bowers, excavating on his own
account, soon after discovered many valuable articles, notably some fine knives or
daggers of obsidian.
From Dr. Taylor, of La Patera, a gentleman who for years had studied the ethnol-
ogy and archeology of the Pacific coast, we learned of the probable existence of bur-
jal-places at a spot some 12 or 15 miles up the coast, known as Dos Pueblos, Dr. Taylor
DOS PUEBLOS CEMETERIES. 4]
Laving there seen the remains of numerous kitchen-heaps, inferred that a large popu-
lation once lived in that locality, and that their dead would be found not far distant.
Accordingly Dr. Rothrock and the writer started on a prospecting tour, and after a
couple of hours’ ride came in sight of the Dos Pueblos ranch, occupied by Mr. Welch
and family. Making ourselves and object Known to Mr. Welch, we received a hearty
welcome, and were invited to dig anywhere we might think proper. Mr. Welch showed
us in his potato-patch numbers of broken bones that had been turned up by the plow;
but being attracted by some whalebones partially imbedded in the earth of the sea-cliff
near. by, we immediately left the potato-patch, knowing from experience that where
the whalebones are there also were graves. The position of these graves, as well
as some others subsequently discovered, may be seen from the map. This is undoubt-
edly the ‘‘ Dos Pueblos” of Cabrillo, near which he anchored. (See Sketch 2.)
The next day it was determined to :
move the entire party to this locality and | S!teh No. 2.
excavate, which was done, the first trench
being made at the point marked 1, near the
brow of the cliff, where were whalebones
and large, flat stones. At a depth of 44
feet, great quantities of bones were found
huddled together, but no skeletons in a par-
ticular posture. In some instances, stone
receptacles, similar to the one already de-
scribed, were encountered, but from their
infrequency this burial feature was appar-
ently not common. All the bones were ina
very bad state, much worse than those about
La Patera, and but few were preserved.
Throughout the graves, but not placed in
particular position, were several large mor-
tars, large and small ollas, pipes, beads, and
ornaments, besides bone awls. In locality
No. 2, the same class of articles was brought
to light, but in larger number.
In the narrative of Cabrillo, by Bar-
tolome Ferrel, this locality is called Dos
Pueblos, from the fact of there being two
towns on opposite sides of the creek, which er ae
runs down from the Santa Inez Mountains.
These towns were densely populated with L
a mild, inoffensive people. We were informed by Mrs. Welch that she had heard from
an aged Indian woman that two separate tribes, speaking different dialects, lived on
opposite sides of the creek, which constituted the boundary-line between them, and
that the tribes were not permitted to cross this creek without first obtaining each
other’s consent. This old crone for many years continued to visit this spot annually to
mourn the departed greatness of her people.
492 EXPLORATIONS OF INDIAN GRAVES.
Continuing our excavations in No. 2, a long, straight pipe and a small mortar
having a handle (the first of its kind), and containing red paint, were found, and near
the latter a pipe only partially bored out. On the opposite side of the creek a trench
was opened beneath a gigantic piece of whalebone, but several hours’ work revealed
nothing but broken bones, and it was abandoned and work resumed in Nos. 1, 2, and 3.
During the 6th, 7th, 8th, 9th, and 10th, the excavating was continued, resulting in the
discovery of mortars, ollas, pipes, etc., and curiously enough in No. 5 of no fewer than
30 skeletons which had been buried in sea-sand, and under which were 3 fine stone
spearheads and some fragments of iron. In No. 2 were several large ollas and mor-
tars, and near the head of a skeleton, presumably that of a female, some china cups
and saucers of very ancient shape. The time allotted to these explorations having
now nearly expired, the remainder of our stay was devoted to filling up holes and
packing the specimens. The specimens were roughly estimated as weighing from 10
to 15 tons.
Regarding the people of whom we have been speaking, and of whom no repre-
sentative remains to tell of their history, but little could be learned; the crumbling
bones and household gods we had so ruthlessly disturbed, were the only witnesses of
the former existence of a once populous race; but beyond this they made no revelation,
while careful examination of the entire literature of the Pacific coast proved fruitless
in throwing light on these early generations. All the writers who speak of these In-
dians, and it is but fair to state that few, if any, of them were possessed of original
information on the subject (having gathered their materials from Ferrel’s narrative),
are of the opinion that they were friendly, peaceable, and inoffensive, which opinion
is enforced by the absence in their graves of warlike implements to any extent. Ca-
brillo states that they were armed with bows, the arrows being pointed with flint
heads, similar to those used by the Indians of New Spain; he also speaks of clubs,
but mentions no other weapon. As to population, he states that on some of the islands
there were no people, but that others were densely populated; the former we have not
been able to identify. The Indians told him they had occasionally suffered from the
attacks of warriors armed like the Spaniards, and from the fact that toward the middle
of the eighteenth century the mission priests of Santa Barbara removed their savage
parishioners from the islands to the mainland to escape the ravages of the Russians
and their Kodiak allies, it is supposed that this warfare had been going on for a num-
ber of years. As to the extent of the population we can form an idea only from the
number of burials, at different points, and villages, the names of which have been
handed down to us through Cabrillo. At a rough guess, our party must have exposed
at their main trenches the remains of no fewer than 5,000 individuals, and, from what
we have subsequently learned, there are hundreds of these burial-places along the
coast.
With regard to the towns, the Indians informed Cabrillo that the whole coast was
densely populated from the Pueblo de las Canoas to 12 leagues beyond the Cabo de
Galera (Point Concepcion), and gave him the names of these towns; from the extended
list it may be inferred that a large population once lived in the region explored.
With regard to the time that these people disappeared we can only conjecture.
From the Mission records it appears that in 1825 the total number of Indians in the
vicinity of Santa Barbara was upward of 900, but this census embraced all Indians,
LAST SURVIVING ISLANDER. 43
and not alone those from the islands and sea-coast. In 1875, the year in which we
write, not a soul can be found to give any information as to the ancient inhabitants of
this part of the coast. There is a tradition that many years ago a Mr. Nidever, while
on a trip to the island of San Nicolas, discovered there, much to his surprise, an aged
hag, and that he removed her to Santa Barbara, but no one could understand her
language, and after a short time she died; also, that she was a young woman at the time
the Indians were removed to the mainland, and returning from the boats to seek her
children, in the hurry and confusion of the embarkation she was left behind; that when
found she was clothed in furs, ornamented with the feathers of birds. Doubtless this
woman, if the story be true, was the last survivor of the island tribes.
Of their manner of living little if anything is known. Cabrillo states that on most
of the islands miserable huts existed, but on the mainland there were houses similar
to those of the Indians of New Spain. On one of the islands, however, which he states
was four leagues long, there were many good houses of wood. We are at a loss for
further information on this point, but it is certain that the dwellings of these people
were constructed of perishable materials and not of adobe bricks like the Pueblo
Indians of New Mexico, since no trace can be discovered of such material, and it is
hardly possible this would be the case in the short space of time since Cabrillo’s visit.
It is extremely probable, therefore, that they built their houses of timber, or else used
the skins of animals slain in the chase. Referring to the matter of houses of wood
upon the islands, some doubt might apparently be thrown upon this portion of Cabrillo’s
narrative, for at present no trees of a size sufficient for building purposes are found on
the islands; but this author states that on the Isle de St. Augustin he saw trees simi-
lar to red cedar or cypress that had been washed up by the sea, 60 feet in height, and
of such girth that two men could not encircle them with their arms joined.
In their choice of localities for towns these ancient people showed the same
degree of sagacity as that evinced by the American aborigines down to the present day.
On the islands were myriads of water-birds and quantities of sea-lions and seals; the
water fairly teemed with fishes and molluscous animals, affording a plentiful supply of
food, and no doubt at the time they were occupied there was plenty of sweet water to
be had, which, unfortunately, is not the case at present. On the mainland, at all the
localities visited, the circumstances of environment must have been such as to render
the struggle for existence extraordinarily easy. For instance, at Santa Barbara and
up the coast, or what was called the Pueblos de las Canoas, the land is extremely fer-
tile, and must have yielded good crops, for Cabrillo especially mentions that the Indians
lived in a fertile valley, and had an abundance of corn and many cows.* In addition to
their pastoral pursuits, the Santa Inez Mountains afforded them game, and the waters,
fishes, clams, mussels, etc. I'rom the great quantities of shells found in the graves
and kitchen-heaps, and the absence of mammalian bones in any quantity, it is fair to
suppose that the tribes living near the seaside derived the greater portion of their
sustenance from the waters. The favorite places for towns appear to have been not
far from groves and near small mountain-streams. Anterior to 1542 these Indians must
have been idolaters, but we have good reason for believing that after the advent of
the Mission priests many of them embraced the Roman Catholic religion, and faithfully
followed its teachings. Cabrillo speaks of having seen on one of the islands (probably
* Probably bison,
44 EXPLORATIONS OF INDIAN GRAVES.
San Miguel) a temple of wood, with paintings on its walls, and idols. San Miguel and
some of the other islands have been carefully searched for this temple, butin vain. Mr.
Schumacher considers Santa Catalina as the island on which was the temple.
It is hardly necessary to refer again to the different utensils found in the graves
of these people, but it may be well to state that all the ollas, mortars, cups, pipes, and
pestles met with were fashioned out of steatite, or magnesian mica, a sort of soapstone,
consequently very soft, which alone was used for the ollas, sandstone of different
degrees of hardness for the pestles and mortars, and serpentine for the cups and pipes.
It is easy to understand that the ollas were readily carved from the soft soapstone-like
material by means of stone knives, but how the gigantic and symmetrical mortars
were hewn out with such rude tools is beyond our comprehension; yet they must have
been easily procured, otherwise such lavish generosity in burying them with the dead
would hardly have been possible. It is thought that the steatite articles were not
made by the mainland Indians, since no deposits of this mineral were at their disposal,
but by the dwellers on the islands of Santa Catalina and Santa Rosa, where alone this
mineral existed, and the supposition is that the islanders trafficked with those of the
mainland for their commodities, giving in exchange utensils of steatite. The ollas
were doubtless used for cooking, as many of them bear marks of fire, and the mortars
tor bruising grain, acorns, and grass-seeds, the smaller cups and basins for ordinary
household purposes, and the pipes for smoking. Canoes are mentioned by Cabrillo,
who states that some were small, holding only two or three persons, while others were
of sufficient capacity for ten or twelve. These were probably hewn, not burned, from
logs of redwood cast up by the waves. The one mentioned as discovered by our party
containing a skeleton was, however, formed of three planks, which had been lashed
together by sinew or cord, the joints being payed over with asphaltum. The orna-
ments and beads of domestic manufacture were made of the nacre of shells and of
small shells, but the glass beads found were undoubtedly of European workmanship.
There seems but little doubt that nets were used for trapping fishes, a small portion of
what appeared to be mesh-work being found. Furs are spoken of as articles of clothing
in Cabrillo’s narrative, but beyond this nothing is known. In speaking of the employ-
ment of furs, mention is made of the long, fine, black, and beautiful hair of the natives;
this statement is corroborated by the appearance of some hair found on the skull which
we have spoken of as being found covered with a copper pan.*
It was at first supposed that a certain design had been followed in the manner of
interment, or rather of the posture in which the bodies were placed, but an examina-
tion of the notes already given will show that such was not the case, although most of
the entire skeletons discovered at La Patera were in the same position, but those at
Dos Pueblos were in all attitudes; consequently we infer that there was no regular
mode of procedure. From the fact that so many loose and broken bones were found
close to the surface of the earth, it is probable that. the same spot had been used over
and over again for burials, the remains of the previous occupants being shoveled out
to make room for new-comers. Perhaps the utensils disinterred were also made to serve
for more than one burial. A question in connection with the burials, which is yet to
be satisfactorily answered, is, How were these people enabled to pass the heads of
Pan second cranium covered with a copper pan was discovered by Mr. Schumacher on Santa Cata-
lina Island, :
CABRILLO’S BURIAL PLACE. 45
children, and even grown persons, through the narrow openings in the ollas, except in
a mutilated condition? It is true that some savage tribes expose the bodies of their
dead until the flesh is removed, but we know of no instance where savages are in the
habit of cutting up their dead for burial purposes. It may be these people practiced
the cutting method, or that, finding bones in digging anew, these were thrown in the
ollas simply as a ready means of their disposal.
In addition to the burial localities already mentioned, we are cognizant of others
to the northward and southward of Santa Barbara, and quite a number of them have
already been explored, although doubtless others still remain perdu to excite further
archeological inquiry. Mr. Paul Schumacher has examined a number in the vicinity
of San Luis Obispo and on the Santa Maria River, and Mr. Bowers quite a number in
Santa Barbara and in the vicinity of Carpenteria, lying south of that city.
Since our discoveries in the localities mentioned, Mr. Schumacher has resumed
the work at Dos Pueblos where we left off, and Mr. Bowers has examined some of the
islands and a good part of the coast; and M. Alph. Pinart, of France, assisted by M.
de Cessac, also have been exploring for the French Government, their labors being
amply repaid: by the fine collection made.
We have carefully consulted all available works which would tend to throw light
on the history of these people, but, with the exception of the narrative of Cabrillo,
have found little pertaining to the subject. The death of Cabrillo, as already stated,
oceurred on the Isla de la Posesion, on the 3d of January, 1543, and was caused by
injuries received from a fall which broke his arm near the shoulder. Before his death,
he named as his successor Bartolome Ferrel, “‘ Piloto mayor de los dichos navios,” and
to this suecessor we are indebted for all we know of the people under discussion.
Mr. Paul Schumacher, referring to the death of Cabrillo and the locality where
he was buried (Bull. U. S. Geolog. & Geog. Surv. of Terr., vol. iii, No. 1, p. 45), says:
“Santa Cruz, Santa Rosa, and San Miguel, it is well known, were discovered by Ca-
brillo in 1542, and named by him San Lucas. He died ina harbor in one of those islands.
The record says, ‘* He sailed from Monterey Bay, and anchored on the 25d of November,
1542, in a harbor in one of the group mentioned before, and named by him San Lucas.
* * * On San Lucas Juan Rodriguez Cabrillo was buried on the 3d of January,
1545. The port in which he died was called Juan Rodriguez.” There seems to be
hardly any doubt that the port selected by Cabrillo among the group as a shelter was
the present Cuyler Harbor, which is the only well-protected port in the three islands.
Water is obtainable in the springs the year round, and is plentiful in the season in
which his stay oceurred. Further the record says: ‘“ Ferrel, his pilot (forced by strong
winds to return from his northern trip, made in compliance with the wishes of the dying
commander to proceed as far to the north as possible), dared not to re-enter this port
on account of dangerous breakers at its entrance.” This corresponds entirely with the
appearance of Cuyler Harbor during the time of rough sea, because from the eastern
side of the bay to the rock-islet heavy breakers roll over the partially exposed reef and
the rocks in the bay a little to the westward of it, so that coming from the northwest,
its way of approach, the entrance seems barred by breakers and impassable. Taking
Cuyler Harbor and the ports in Santa Cruz and Santa Rosa into consideration as
shelter, and comparing their natural formation with the historic record, there seems to
be no doubt that the harbor in San Miguel, and not Prisoner Harbor in Santa Cruz, as
46 EXPLORATIONS OF INDIAN GRAVES.
some believe, is the port in which Cabrillo died. We did not spend any time in search-
ing for his grave in San Miguel, where the best location is offered between the spring
below the house and the east end of the harbor, but, to satisfy my curiosity, we dug in
a place at Prisoner Harbor, which was well described to me in a letter of a southern
gentleman, and in a very positive manner, as the grave of Cabrillo; but in vain did
we try to enable the Spanish nation to erect for him a monument in commemoration of
his noble deeds.”
De Mofras, in his work Exploration de ’Oregon, states that Cabrillo died in the
island of San Bernardo, January 5, 1543. This island, he says, is 8 miles east of a
group of rocks called “el Farallon de lobos.”
It may with propriety be stated that we have here only endeavored to show the
results of the exploratory work performed in the vicinity of Santa Barbara by the party
sent out under the auspices of the expedition in your charge, and that no attempt has
been designed toward solving questions appertaining thereto, more particularly in view
of the fact that the entire subject will be fuliy and ably discussed by Prof. F. W.
Putnam, of the Peabody Museum of Archeology, Cambridge, to whom the entire col-
lection has been submitted for examination and study, and who is perhaps better fitted
for this most entertaining task than any other person in the country. In his hands we
willingly leave the subject, confident that, with the rich materials gathered as a basis
he will elucidate many hitherto mysterious problems connected with the customs of this
extinet race, and bring to light much of their now hidden history.
In conclusion, it would be a serious omission did I fail to offer my sincere thanks ~
to the many persons residing near Santa Barbara who so kindly assisted with their
courteous advice and assistance, exemplifying the well-known and traditional hospi-
tality of Californians. Every facility was afforded and invitations were freely extended
to explore in all directions. Among those who showed special favors may be men-
tioned Mr. T. Wallace More, Mr. Alexander More, Dr. Taylor, Mr. Parks, Mr. Bowers,
and Mr. Welch of the Dos Pueblos ranch. To Capt. H. Taylor, United States Navy,
commanding the Coast Survey steamer Hassler, and to his officers, we are also indebted
for many kindnesses. To yourself I beg to extend my gratitude for the privilege of
engaging in this work, and for the invariable readiness which at all times you have
shown to assist me in my special department; nor should I forget to acknowledge the
invaluable services rendered by Dr. Rothrock, Mr. H. W. Henshaw, Mr. Shoemaker,
and other assistants.
DOS PUEBLOS AND LA PATERA.
In the preceding account of the excavations by the party at Dos
Pueblos and La Patera, Dr. Yarrow has given all that cau be said in rela-
tion to the condition under which the various articles described on the fol-
lowing pages were found in the cemeteries of these old Indian towns. It
is therefore only necessary for me to state that, as there is great uniformity
in the character of the materials obtained from the several excavations, it
has not been considered essential to mention the precise spot whence the
DOS PUEBLOS AND LA PATERA. 47
articles were obtained, except in a few special instances. Therefore through-
out the following pages it will be understood that the articles described and
mentioned are from the collection made by Dr. Yarrow’s party, unless par-
ticular reference is made to the contrary.
For the purpose of making the account of the archeology of this por-
tion of California as complete as circumstances would permit, many of the
articles obtained by Mr. Schumacher on the Santa Barbara Islands have
been compared with those of the mainland, and are here described. The
same reason has led to the incorporation of some of the material obtained
by Mx. Bowers, but of the latter only a small portion has been available
for this report.
The illustrations, both in the text and on the plates, represent the
actual size of the articles figured, unless the contrary is stated.
U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY WEST OF 100% MERIDIAN. pee me
VOL.VII ARCHEOLOGY. PLATE 1. 2
IMPLEMENTS OF STONE, CALIFORNIA,
AGTUAL SIZE.
CHIPPED STONE IMPLEMENTS.
By C. C. ABBOTT.
ProMINENT in the collection are several specimens of long, narrow,
dagger-like blades of a nearly black flint (Plate I, Figs. 4, 5, 6, and 7); all
of which are very finely chipped over the entire surface, and brought to
very sharply defined edges and acute points. The three largest specimens
collected by Dr. Yarrow measure, respectively, ten, eight and one-fourth,
and six and three-fourths inches in length. Fig. 4 is a representation of a
specimen from San Miguel Island, collected by Mr. Schumacher. 'Through-
out their entire length, they are of nearly uniform width, the tapering at
the point being quite abrupt, but varying somewhat, so that, in connection
with the rounded base, they have much the appearance of an exaggerated °
elongated leaf-shaped arrowhead.
These implements, when compared with typical lance or spearheads,
exhibit a noticeable difference in that the blades are thickest at the middle,
and slope uniformly to the edge, which is very sharp, and remarkably
straight. They are, therefore, although varying in this respect, distinctly
oval in section; which gives them greater strength than thin flat spear-
heads of the same size.
To determine the use of this form, if indeed these implements were
used solely for one purpose, is manifestly impossible. The want of strength
in such slender blades would seem to forbid their use in warfare, for while
admirably adapted for thrusting into the body of a man or animal, with
fatal effects, it is doubtful if they could be withdrawn unbroken; and,
however skillful the California coast tribes may have been in chipping flint
and other minerals, they could scarcely afford to produce so elaborate an
implement for purposes that would almost certainly destroy it the first time
it was used.
401 49
50 CHIPPED IMPLEMENTS.
An allied but not identical form of implement has been collected in
the shellmounds of Oregon, lat. 42° 05’ to 42° 15’, by Mr. Schumacher.
Photographs of these (Peabody Mus., No. 7631), labelled ‘“ Obsidian and
Jasper Knives,” show them to vary much in size; the largest measuring
fifteen inches in length, the others eight and six inches. These so-called
knives differ from the blades figured on Plate I in that they are pointed at
each end, and the largest specimen is considerably narrowed in the middle,
where, if a knife, it would be grasped by the hand. That these Oregon
specimens may be knives is very probable, although they certainly are not
in any way such convenient cutting implements as the smaller flints secured
to wooden handles; but the double pointing, on the other hand, does not
suggest their use as simply a thrusting weapon, or dagger. They certainly
may be considered as varying sufficiently from the Dos Pueblos specimens
to render it doubtful if the two forms were similarly used.
Fig. 7, Plate I, has still adhering to the base, and extending upwards
about one inch, small scales of asphaltum, which indicate that a handle has
been attached to this blade. This handle I conceive to have been a short
one, by which, dagger-like, the point, rather than the edges, was most prom-
inently brought into play; or, less probably, that this handle was a staff,
and the complete implement used as a lance or spear.
If these long, delicate blades were not in common use, might they not
have been used only on ceremonial occasions? If abundant, and the
occurrence of fragments would testify to this, they doubtless varied, in ac-
cordance with their size, as to the purposes for which they were made,
being a cutting implement, or a piercing weapon. Dr. Yarrow suggests
that they may have been used for spearing or lancing the smaller ceta-
ceans which abound on the coast, or that they may have been used to
spear the rayfish which are even at the present day extremely abundant in
the estero near La Patera. He is led to this suggestion from the fact of
finding similar implements in the wooden canoe with the skeleton spoken
of in his preliminary report.
[Mr. Powers, on page 53, “Tribes of California,” gives a figure of
several weapons of war of the Yurok of Northern California. In this
sketch two long chipped implements are represented, one of which is
pointed at both ends and the other is very much like the large specimens
SURVEY WEST OF 10
amp)
po luo?
EVAL ol
WE PRINTING CO, 220 T
iE CATIP
Ds;
SHIRE Sr, Boston
(
\
9)
OT MERIDIAN.
a
wey
FLINT KNIVES. 51
from Dos Pueblos. The middle portion of the double-pointed knife was
probably wrapped to allow of its being held by the hand. The other im-
plement is mounted dagger-like, on a handle of not quite the length of
the stone blade. In describing the weapons of war of the Yurok, Mr.
Powers, p. 52, states:
‘Another weapon made by them is a sword or knife about three feet
long, of iron or steel procured from the whites. Of course this is not
aboriginal, but is rather a substitute for the large jasper or obsidian* knives
which they used to make and use, but which nowadays are kept only as
ornaments or objects of wealth to be produced on occasion of a great
dance. * * * Mr. Chase mentions some very large jasper spear-heads
four inches long and two inches wide; but these also are now brought forth
only at a dance, to give the owner distinction.”
Again, when writing of the Hupa, a tribe located on the Lower Trinity,
Mr. Powers says, p. 79: “There are other articles paraded and worn in this
and other ceremonial dances which they will on no account part with, at
least to an American, though they sometimes manufacture them to order
for one another. One of these is the flake or knife of obsidian or jasper.
I have seen several which were fifteen inches or more in length and about
two and a half inches wide in the widest part. Pieces as large as these
are carried aloft in the hands in the dance, wrapped with skin or cloth to
prevent the rough edges from lacerating the hand, but the smaller ones are
mounted on wooden handles and glued fast. The large ones cannot be
purchased at any price, but I procured some about six inches long at $2.50
apiece. These are not properly ‘knives,’ but jewellery for sacred purposes,
passing current also as money.”
The last collection made by Mr. Schumacher on the Islands of San
Clemente and Santa Catalina, and recently received at the Peabody Museum,
contains several of these long and beautifully chipped implements. Some
of these still show traces of the wooden handles to which they had been
fastened by asphaltum.
* So far as the collections I have examined from California can prove the matter, obsidian was
seldom used by the Californians, as there are but one or two arrowheads or small knives of that nfin-
eral among the many chipped implements. A beautiful blue-black variety of flint was very commonly
used for the larger and finer chipped implements, and as this mineral has a resemblance to obsidian
it is very likely thatit is often called by that name.—F. W. P.
52 CHIPPED IMPLEMENTS.
Mr. Powers mentions that the present Indians of California, when
fighting, use sharp pieces of stone with which they endeavor to cut each
other in the face. ‘For such a method of warfare these long points mounted
on short handles, it seems to me, would be well adapted, when as simply
thrusting implements they would be of little use, as stated above by Dr.
Abbott.—F. W. P.]
Less delicately wrought, but much more durable, and by far more
common, are other certain dagger-like flint blades, one of which, collected
by Mr. Schumacher near Santa. Barbara and now in the National Museum
(No. 15242), is represented by Fig. 1. These vary from five to six inches in
length, and when narrow in proportion to their length, bear a close resem-
blance to the Danish flint daggers.* When of smaller size than the speci-
men here figured, whether broader in proportion to the length or not, they
become identical with a form that the writer has classed as ‘“ jasper knives,”
when treating of the stone implements of the Atlantic coast States. When
this form has distinctly serrated edges, they were very probably used as
saws, even if serrated only upon one side, and not the entire length.t
Daggers, if such they are, like Fig. 1, are not peculiar to the Pacific
coast. Of this form, and some more carefully shaped, in which the blade
and handle are separated by barb-like projections, many are found in
Alabama, Pennsylvania, and New Jersey.
Plate I, Figs. 1, 2, and 3, and possibly also Figs. 23 and 27 of Plate
III, represent very beautiful specimens of spearheads, as we propose to
call them. Those figured on Plate II are about, or quite, the maximum size
of this form of weapon;§ while Figs. 23 and 27 of Plate III are veritable
links between the spear proper and the arrowhead. Fig. 27, in fact, may
possibly have been used as a cutting-tool, and not as a hunting implement
or weapon. These specimens are chipped from brownish-gray jasper with
* Prehistoric Times, 2d ed., p. 97, fig. 117, London, 1869.
tStone Age in Scandinavia, 2d ed., p. 80; pl. v, figs. 87, 88, and 90-93. (Some of these, the
author has denominated semi-lunar knives, but being serrated along one edge, were more probably
used as saws, and not simply for cutting.)
{Several specimens of this character and made of the same dark flint were obtained on the Cum-
berland River in 1876, and are now in the Peabody Museum.—F. W. P.
§ Annual Report Smithsonian Institution for 1875, p. 270. (The specimen here described—the
illustration omitted—was probably an exceptional instance, no other specimen of like measurements
being on record from New Jersey.)
SPEARHEADS.
DO
red veins, and show the same care in workmanship that is so noticeable a
feature of the implements figured on Plate I. The specimens figured are
from Dos Pueblos, and were collected by Dr. Yarrow and Mr. Schumacher.
Another specimen, now in Peabody Museum (No. 13581),
from near Santa Barbara, collected by Mr. Schumacher,
is of the same character as the one represented in Fig.
3 of the plate, but is about one inch longer, with well
defined serrated edges.
As already mentioned, while the chipping is very
carefully done, there is a marked difference between
these spearheads and the preceding, in that in section
for)
they are not oval, but of uniform width from edge to
edge, and these edges are not so smoothly wrought as in
the case of the dagger-like implements.
While disposed to consider such large specimens as
those figured upon Plate II as heads of spears or lances,
and that the point rather than the edges was the principal
feature of the implement; yet, as weapons of this charac-
ter, they were necessarily greatly exposed to fracture,
and the labor of producing them seems scarcely war-
ranted. The allied forms, if not identical, found in the
Atlantic coast States are seldom so delicately fashioned,
and are somewhat thicker—a difference arising, doubt-
less, from the peculiarities of the mineral rather than
want of skill on the part of the workman. There are oc-
casionally met with, in New Jersey, objects of this char-
acter, of chalcedony, which, for delicacy of finish, are
quite equal to those here described. specially such as
have been taken from graves, or discovered in the re-
moval of supposed mounds, are of remarkable finish
Fig. 1.
Flint Dagger.
and beauty. Such spearheads from Gloucester County, New Jersey,
associated with tubes of clay-slate, also in many respects like Pacific coast
specimens, have been met with. The numbers of these elaborate specimens,
as compared with those of smaller size and ruder finish, is such, in New
54 CHIPPED IMPLEMENTS.
Jersey, as to suggest they were of ceremonial import, rather than designed
to meet the requirements of every day life. Fig. 2, Plate Il, is scarcely
more than one-eighth of an inch in thickness, and if allowed to fall from a
table, even upon a carpeted floor, would probably break into two or more
pieces. As these large lanceheads are not, however, by any means rare,
they cannot be looked upon as exceptional productions of some unusually
skillful worker in chipped flints. Indeed, some of these larger specimens
bear evidence of hard usage in the deep nicks along the edges, and by the
detachment of exceptionally large flakes, which are not likely to be the
designed or accidental work of the flint-implement maker. These supposed
traces of use are quite prominent on Fig. 2, Plate II.
Figs. 23 and 27, of Plate III, to which reference has already been
made, are the minimum sizes of spearheads proper, and of these dimensions
the form is an extremely abundant one throughout the country. In fact,
this will apply to almost every form of stone implement; as more careful
examinations of various and widely separated localities are continually
showing how many more relics of the native races do the extremes of our
territory possess in common than was at first supposed.
Less common in the Atlantic coast States, but by no means rare, is a
larger size, that seems illy adapted for cutting, and of too great weight for
an arrowhead. Specimens from five to six inches in Jength are in the col-
lection, and may be considered as medium-sized spearheads.
A series of seventeen arrowheads exhibit a general delicacy of out-
line and accuracy of finish. These present but little variation in form, and
are smaller, generally, than the same patterns when found in eastern and
central localities. Compared with a photograph of a series from Oregon
shellmounds (Peabody Museum, No. 7653), collected by Mr. Schumacher,
there does not appear to be the same excellence of workmanship in the
Jalifornia specimens as is noticed, more especially in the tanged and barbed
arrowpoints, from Oregon. Some of those from Oregon excel the best
chipped specimens from the Southern and Middle States, and are equal to the
finest Danish specimens.
Fig 10, Plate III, represents a triangular arrowhead of the maximum
size. The specimen is smoothly chipped from a quartz pebble, the flaking
100 MERIDIAN.
ATE: Il
rlLAL
A Ar
)
VT. NTP RCH THOT ~
VOL. Vit ARCHA OLOGY.
=
LIFORNIA
‘a
.
FROM SOUTHERN |
FULL
EMENTS
LE.
=
(dp)
ARROWHEADS. 55
being mostly upon one side, the other being the weather-worn surface of
the stone, from which the specimen was made.
From observations of thousands of Atlantic coast specimens, I am
led to believe that the so-called arrowheads of this and many other
patterns, when they exceed the measurement of Fig. 10, were put to other
uses, probably being utilized as cutting-tools. If there is nothing to guide
one, however, in determining the particular uses of the various stone imple-
ments found in a given locality, it is scarcely safe to form an opinion based
upon our own capabilities in the use of the tools and weapons once wielded
by savage man. Arrowheads of much larger size than Fig. 10 have been
found by the writer under such circumstances as to at once suggest the
bow as the projecting instrument rather than the arm, as in thrusting a
lance. Weight, perhaps, rather than size should be considered, and modern
iron-tipped arrows have their metallic points much heavier than some
spear (?) heads of twice the size of Fig. 10, to which we have referred as
being probably of the maximum size of an arrowpoint.
Figs. 6, 11, and 12, same plate, represent the ordinary triangular
arrowheads, these specimens having slightly concave bases. They are
all of flint, of dark color, and in workmanship exhibit no particular skill, as
compared with specimens of this pattern from other localities. It is, in fact,
a very common form wherever arrowheads are found,* at least in this
country, the majority of such specimens varying solely in being of some-
what larger size.
Figs. 7, 13, and 14, Plate III, are additional examples of this pattern,
but with slight modifications, the principal of which is the concavity of the
base being a more distinctive feature. In the foregoing specimens this con-
cavity is so slight that it may have been accidental, but it is unquestionably
intentional in the latter. Fig. 13 is otherwise noticeable for its great length
as compared with the breadth. Its shape and lightness both suggest the
arrowpoint rather than a cutting tool. Fig. 14 varies from the preceding
in having distinctly convex sides, and by this feature more nearly ap-
* Ancient Stone Implements of Great Britain, p. 348, fig. 332. London, 1872. (In England it
seems that this form is of rare occurrence; but it is, I judge, more common on the Continent.) See also
Nature, vol. vi, p.392, London, 1872, for a comparison of English and American forms as to variety of
shapes and skill in workmanship.
56 CHIPPED IMPLEMENTS.
proaches the succeeding variety. At the present day the forms of arrow-
heads, whether of metal or stone, vary greatly even in the same tribe,
notably those of metal among the Apaches of New Mexico and Arizona.
The opinion, so often expressed in various localities, that triangular arrow-
heads are ‘‘war-arrows,” does not seem to be based upon any very well
defined reason. So far as those of this pattern from New Jersey are con-
cerned, they are never found under any circumstances that indicate they
had any purpose not common to the several other forms. In the heaps of
refuse indicative of the former sites of arrowmakers’ labors, this pattern
occurs about as frequently as any other, but as a rule they are of much
smaller size. As in the case of the allied form with a convex base, they are
occasionally met with of sizes too large to be available for arrowheads,
and are presumably knives. The use of the term “knife” in such a con-
nection is, however, somewhat objectionable, as it serves solely to cover
our ignorance of the use or uses of certain forms of chipped implements
having a moderately sharp edge. A long triangular knife is not a con-
veniently designed cutting implement, and if such specimens of chipped
flints were knives, they served some special purpose, of which we know
nothing. :
Figs. 2, 3, 8, 9, 15, and 16, Plate III, represent the well-known leaf-
shaped form of arrowpoints. When this form does not exceed the size of
the specimens here depicted we consider it far more probable that they were
used for tipping the shafts of arrows than for other purposes. When longer
and thicker, it is well known that they were commonly used as knives,* from
the fact that specimens still attached to their wooden handles have been
found (see Plate IV). This, of itself, cannot be considered a sufficient reason
for considering all leaf-shaped flints of small size as knives, particularly
those found in the Atlantic coast States. Of hundreds of the latter,
gathered by the writer, none exhibit the slightest trace of gum or other
material as is seen on the California specimens, even when the handle has
itself wholly disappeared. Associated with this leaf-shaped form, in the
Atlantic coast States, also, are numbers of chipped jasper implements, that,
* Archeological Collection of Nat. Mus., Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, No. 287, p.
2, fig. 1, Washington, D. C., 1876.
ARROWHEADS. 57
from their shape, it is safe to conclude, were knives They certainly could
not be put to any other use, least of all, made available as arrowheads,
and it is improbable, considering this, that the more inconveniently shaped
leaf-form was used solely as a cutting tool. _ For these reasons, we have no
hesitation in classifying the six specimens in question, and also Fig. 3, Plate
I, as arrowheads. This form occurs of greater proportionate width than is
shown in any of these, but none are more slender and delicate in the chip-
ping than Fig. 15. It has been suggested that the arrowpoints with convex
- bases were intended to remain in a wound when made, those with concave
bases to remain on the shaft; but this theory can hardly be considered ad-
missible, as arrow-points with convex bases are in the Museum so firmly
attached to the shaft as to require considerable force to detach them.
Figs. 1 and 2, Plate I, the one by reason of its size, the other from the
peculiarly broad base and traces of asphaltum still adhering to it, give us
instances of one form of implement merging into another. Tig. 1, Plate I,
represents an admirably chipped leaf-shaped specimen, originally three and
one-half inches in length, by one and one-fourth in greatest breadth. The
base is not as distinctly curved as usual, but prolonged so as to form a broad
stem; still the outline is not sufticiently varied from the typical leaf-shaped
form to class it otherwise. This specimen seems much too large for an
arrowpoint, but if the size is not objectionable the weight would not be.
It bears a marked resemblance in both shape, size, and finish to Kuropean
specimens, designated by some as ‘‘daggers,” and again as “javelin heads.” *
Fig. 2, Plate I, is within the limit, as to length, of arrowheads proper,
but the base is very thick, and of uniform width for nearly one-half its
length, a feature foreign to the ordinary forms. This peculiarity of the base
may have been a distinction made by the ancient flint-worker; when de-
signed for a cutting tool it was much stouter and more distinctly oval in
section than specimens of the same outline intended for arrowpoints. A
second specimen, from same locality, is somewhat smaller, of a reddish-
brown flint, but not so delicately chipped as the preceding.
Fig. 1, Plate III, is a well-marked example of the common stemmed
arrowpoint, but is not as finely chipped and as slim as the majority of the
* Ancient Stone Implements of Great Britain, p. 312 and p. 331, figs. 264 and 274,
58 CHIPPED IMPLEMENTS.
preceding forms. With the stem proportionately shorter, this form is quite
common throughout the length and breadth of the continent, and common
also in Europe.
‘gs. 4, 5, 17, and 22, Plate III, are additional examples of stemmed
arrowpoints, no other use seeming possible to which to put them. These
likewise do not show the same skill in their fashioning as compared with
the larger specimens of the same general outline, and are far ruder than the
triangular and leaf-shaped arrowheads of the same size found associated
with them. Fig. 4 is the most accurately finished of the series, and un-
usually small for specimens of that pattern. The material of which all
these examples are made is apparently identical with the jasper of the
Eastern and Middle States, and varies but little in color, Figs. 4 and 5 being
bluish-green, the others a slightly mottled black. Dr. Yarrow has had in
his possession black obsidian arrowpoints, similar to Fig. 4, from the Pah
Vant Indians in Southern Utah, but they were probably made years ago,
as it is well known that modern Indians use arrowpoints of stone picked
up in different places.
Figs. 18 to 26, exclusive of Figs. 22 and 23, of Plate III, represent
specimens that perhaps can be best described by the somewhat vague term
of ‘chipped flints.”. They are noticed here as being in many respects closely
allied to the arrowheads proper, and because they were probably used as
such, or may have been “failures.”
The edges are not sufficiently sharp to sug-
gest a cutting tool, and the points bear evidence of being blunt from use
rather than from being so chipped. Arrowheads equally as unsymmetri-
eal and carelessly chipped are figured in the works of both American and
European archeologists, and the writer has gathered many of just such
specimens in New Jersey. They can scarcely be considered as unfinished,
as they are found singly, scattered wherever the more elaborately fashioned
ones occur, and are not at all like the “failures” found upon the former sites
of ancient arrow-maker’s workshops. It seems probable that when found
singly, on the surface, they were made in the field to meet an emergency,
or were designed for occasions where the danger of loss was unusually
great. As the specimens here figured were taken from ancient graves they
are very likely finished implements.
FLINT KNIVES. 59
Fuint KNives.—Among the earliest wants of savage man, and the most:
necessary to his very existence, is a cutting implement. Nothing in the way
of clothing could well be made without some means of cutting the skins that
were used, and a carcass could scarcely be made available for food until first
disjointed and reduced to pieces of convenient size by the help of some kind .
of cutting tool. Almost any splinter of stone may be used, but the savage
would be quick to discern a great difference in the value of chance splinters,
some being almost worthless, while others were all his needs required, and,
we now frequently find chance fragments of flinty stone that bear abundant
evidence that they were long used as knives; but the finding of such stones
at the moment a cutting implement was required was far too uncertain, and
based upon their more primitive experience as to the relative values of cer-
tain stones with reference to their retention of sharp edges, artificially
chipped flint knives were largely made, as we now know from their great
numbers in every locality where stone implements of any description are
found.
The specimens, therefore, that are here brought together, although from
one locality, are of every variety of shape; and while some of them were,
undoubtedly, solely used as knives, others pass imperceptibly on the one
hand into typical arrowpoints, and on the other into scrapers. In endeavy-
oring to distinguish between simple cutting tools and arrowpoints, it. must
be borne in mind that while one well-chipped knife would meet the savage
man’s requirements for a long time, he would need a great many arrow-
points either in hunting or warfare, and this, I think, renders it very probable
that by far the larger part of all small chipped flints, if acutely pointed, were
used as arrowheads. The circumstances, too, under which these several
forms are met with in the Eastern States certainly favor this view; the
rude, or knife-shaped arrowpoints being scattered over the whole country,
while typical knives, 7. ¢., chipped flints not practicable to be used as arrow-
points, are met with usually in situations that from other circumstances are
easily recognized as the sites of aboriginal villages.
Plate IV represents a beautiful series of flint knives,* the blades of
which are available as heads of arrows and spears. Hither entire or broken,
“Fig, 8 is one with an iron blade, for comparison,
60 CHIPPED IMPLEMENTS.
a handle of wood is still attached to each specimen. Fig. 4 would, I think,
if found without a handle, be unhesitatingly classed as a cutting implement,
the want of symmetry indicating such a use. Figs. 1 to 3 are of minimum
size as knives, as their availability, even for cutting skins, would be greatly
diminished if any smaller. These examples are not particularly regular in
outline, or otherwise well wrought, and certainly by no means exhibit the
same care that is so marked a feature of many of the arrowpoints proper.
These specimens were obtained near Santa Barbara and on Santa Cruz Isl-
and by Mr. Schumacher, and, with the exception of Figs. 3 and 6, are in the
National Museum. Fig. 3, from Santa Barbara, is in the Peabody Museum
(No. 13582), and Fig. 6, from Santa Cruz Island, is also in the Peabody
Museum (No. 13583). Figs. 5 and 6 are exceptionally well wrought, Fig.
5 being made of white quartz, and more acutely pointed than any of the
accompanying specimens. If not attached to the handle the blade would
be doubtlessly classed as an arrowpoint. Fig. 7 is of jasper, and its shape
suggests the possibility of its being a spearpoint. These knives, as men-
tioned, are still attached to their original wooden handles, which are now
more or less entire, and are held in place by the use of asphaltum. They
are identical in every respect with the stone knives in the National Museum
obtained by Maj. J. W. Powell from the Pah-Ute Indians. It is a curious
fact that no stone knives with handles attached were found by Dr. Yar-
row’s party at either La Patera or Dos Pueblos. Dr. Yarrow informs me -
that he has seen a photograph of a knife, found by Mr. Bowers on the island
of San Nicholas, which differs from those figured on Plate IV in having a
flint point at each end of the redwood handle.
As a substitute for the asphaltum used by the Californians to secure
the stone points to their handles, some other less durable substance was
probably used on the Atlantic coast, and has now wholly disappeared from
the specimens, especially as certain chipped flints that are believed to have
been knives, must, to have been available, have been securely attached to
handles of at least the size of these Pacific coast specimens, which measure
from four to six inches in length.
Other than the hafted knives figured on Plate IV, are eleven specimens
that present a considerable range both in size and shape.
“aZ1s TINA
VINYOATTV) NYAHLNOS Wout NOUL 81d HNOLS Z-1S91d GOOM dO SHIGNVH NI SHAINM
NOLSOG 1g aUINEH!
20 022 09 ONILNTNg AdaIaR ART,
SS ren = : . -
- SSS =
See = :
Al HIV Td AO OTOWHONY TA TOA
NVICIM HW mO0L AO LSAM AMAMAS TWOIHAVUDOND 'S'0
FLINT KNIVES. 61
Fig. 2 represents a well-chipped knife of striped grey flint, having a
flat, well-defined base, and the sides tapering to an obtuse poimt. The under
surface is much flatter than above, although not
the plane of a single cleavage. The cutting edges
show well-marked secondary chipping. A frag-
ment of the handle, held Fig. 3.
by asphaltum, is still attached.
This specimen is of much in- $"/}
W/ [ir
§ terest, as it is of precisely the ie My
5 . BS) ee a
same shape, size, and material py ers
Ojo) SON
of hundreds found along the oe
Gis:
form is -common in Great \e
Flint knife. Britain, where they are usu-
ally referred to as “trimmed flakes,” a truly descriptive
name, but which does not convey any knowledge of Hlint knife.
Fra. 4. the use of such “flakes,” which
is known to be for cutting.
Fig. 3 is closely allied to
the preceding, but less labor
has been put upon it. The
original concavo-convex sur-
faces of the chip have not been
wholly flaked away, but sim-
ply the edges made available
by secondary chipping, which
are, however, very irregular in
outline. Like the preceding,
this specimen also preserves
traces of the asphaltum by
which it was formerly united
to its handle.
Flint knife. Fig. 4 represents a speci-
men of cutting tool presenting many differences from the typical knives
‘
62 CHIPPED IMPLEMENTS.
we have been considering. This specimen is nearly square in shape, two
of the angles being quite prominent. One of these has been the point of
the blade, the other, at which the bulb of percussion is very distinct,
and to which the asphaltum still clings,
was inserted into the handle of the im-
plement. This knife is formed from a
flake presenting upon one side a single
plane of cleavage, and but two planes
are upon the other. The cutting edge
has been produced by minute secondary
chipping, which extends back less than
one-fourth of an inch. This subsequent
chipping is upon both sides, and gives
the margins a dull but quite straight
cutting edge. Long use may have
made them more blunt than when first
chipped, but if as sharp as when finished,
the specimen approaches closely that
class of implements known as ‘‘scrap-
ers,” although the peculiar bevelled edge
of a true scraper is quite different from
that of this specimen.
Chipped jasper and chert specimens,
Flint knife.
of this general outline and of like dimen-
sions, occur frequently in the “finds” of the Middle and Southern States,
and are also common to Great Britain, where they have been described as
‘“horse-shoe” and “‘oyster-shell shaped scrapers.”
Fig. 5 represents a rudely-chipped jasper implement bearing some
resemblance to several different, well-worked forms of stone implements.
The under side presents a uniform surface; the upper, that shown in the
illustration, is ridged and somewhat chipped over the whole surface. The
-curved margin of one side is brought to a well-defined cutting edge, and is
quite sharp; the opposite, straighter side is much more blunt and somewhat
fractured. Probably but the one side has been used. The base is still
CHIPPED FLINTS. 63
discolored by traces of the asphaltum, which either held in place a wooden
handle, or is what remains of a large rounded mass, which was itself grasped
as a handle.
Except for this trace of asphaltum at the base, this specimen might
readily be considered an Eastern or Southern chipped flint. It is scarcely
less rude than many of the primitive implements of argillite and allied
minerals found in the gravel beds of New Jersey, and bears much resem-
blance to them. The simi-
larity to European specimens,
both from the “drift” and from
the surface, is very marked,
and is a good example of the
uniformity of chipped flints of
the more primitive types. that
obtains throughout the world.
Fig. 6 represents one of pea
those puzzling shapes of arti-
ficially-chipped flints that may
be considered any one of sey-
eral forms; yet in all respects |
like no one ct them. While
classing it here as a cutting
tool, it may be a true scraper. : AS
The specimen has the end and el?
both sides quite evenly flaked, SQ TEM
and the under surface (that
Uy i "| x = ay
C = $ é pede TU, | SRS
shown in the illustration) is wu Nees
very smooth and a single sur- Flint knife.
face. ‘There is no trace of asphaltum, and nothing otherwise that indicates
its having ever been attached to a handle. The oblique base has been
caused by a fault in the mineral, and is not a subsequent fracture. It is
evidently a finished implement, though it may not have been designed for
a knife or cutting implement of any kind.
64 CHIPPED IMPLEMENTS.
Fig. 7 represents a diminutive knife-blade, such as occur in all parts
of the country. Carefully chipped from bluish-green jasper, the cutting
édges are all well defined, while the base terminates
in a blunt point. Securely fastened to a wooden
handle, this little specimen would be an excellent
knife, and its shape is one better adapted to cutting
, than are the sharply-pointed, leaf-shaped knives
Flint knife. figured upon Plate IV.
Fig. 8 represents a second specimen of this pattern of small knives,
but which, in this instance, is much less distinctly knife-shaped; being more
nearly circular, and equally wrought upon both sides, it
has not as well defined and uniform edges as the pre-
ceding. There is no trace existing of any attachment
to a handle, and the general appearance of the edges
seems to indicate that, for whatever purpose the speci-
men was designed, it has never been put to use. The
material is obsidian, or some closely allied mineral.
Circular knives or implements of this pattern, made of jasper, have
occasionally been found in New Jersey, which are not only more symmet-
rical in outline, but’ are chipped with greater care, and so have better
defined cutting edges. Their size is very uniform, and
varies little, if any, from that of the specimen here
figured. In classifying these specimens I have fol-
lowed the custom of other writers, and called every
chipped implement a knife, the use of which we can-
not readily determine.
Fig. 9 closely resembles the preceding, but is
made of jasper. Along the straight base the specimen is quite thick, but
tapers rapidly to the edges, which are sharp. Possibly projecting from
what now constitutes the base there may have been a stem to act as a han-
dle, or to which a handle was fastened. Stemmed knives of this pattern
are not uncommon in the Atlantic coast States, and are all characterized
by unusual care in their manufacture.
FLINT FLAKES. 65
Fig. 10 brings us to a pattern of cutting implements, often designated
simply as “trimmed flakes.” This specimen is a thin flake of pale-brown
jasper, two and three-fourths inches Fre. 10.
in length, and less than one inch
in greatest breadth. Having a 4
09 9
square base and a_ well-defined
point, and somewhat thinner along
one side than the other, this speci- ‘ Nae ae
men has much in common with the blades of modern knives. Along the
edges extends a very delicate secondary chipping, producing slight serra-
tions which are possibly intentional. This form of knife, also, is quite
characteristic of the ‘‘finds” in the Middle and Southern States, and occurs
frequently in England and in some of the caves of Southern France. —
It has been reported that the Rev. Stephen Bowers has discovered
some chipped flint knives in the vicinity of Santa Barbara, more deli-
cately fashioned and smaller than any described in this paper. These are
scalpel-like in form, and extremely sharp along the cutting edge.
FLint FLAKES.—Simple fragments of a flint pebble, whether produced
by natural or artificial means, can scarcely be looked Fra. 11.
upon as stone implements, although, when the edge &
was sufficiently sharp, sucha splinter or flake might
readily have been utilized. If a large number of
such flakes, of varied forms and sizes, are found in
a limited locality, they mark the site of some an-
cient workshop, where flint implements of different
patterns were made, especially when associated with
broken arrowheads and other forms.
Fig. 11 represents a flake wholly different from
any of the preceding knives and knife-like speci-
mens. There is an entire absence of secondary
chipping, and its outline being so illy adapted for p una lps " ae i,
cutting purposes, I am inclined to believe it was not Gite 2 Dt?
used as an implement. Flakes of identical size, “Flint flake.
shape, and mineral are very common in the Middle States, especially
5 Ol
Min
4) yt ome sear a
[. (i
peeps a IK ue uN
ae fi ¥
i, SIGINT Wipers iY
66 CHIPPED IMPLEMENTS.
on village sites, where implements generally have been chipped. Singly
this form does not often occur, showing, I think, it is a chance flake only.
Fic. 122. There is a general resemblance running through this
; pattern of chipped flint and the spoon-shaped scrapers;
but the absence of smoothed or bevelled
edges enables a distinction readily to be
'’ made.
4 Fig. 12, likewise, is a chip or flake
? only, but one so similar in outline to Fig. 2
that it might well have been used as a
cutting tool. The difference between the
two, however, is quite marked. ‘The one
i has a well-defined secondarily chipped
Bint dale: cutting edge; the flake, Fig. 12, has but
the naturally thin edge, characteristic of a splinter of flint of
allied mineral.
IMPLEMENTS FOR DRILLING: PERFoRaToRS.—The ordinary
stone drill, so common in the Atlantic coast States, and occur-
ring in numbers in the Oregon shellmounds, as shown by the
beautiful specimens collected by Mr. Paul Schumacher (Pea-
body Mus., No. 7636), is not represented by any specimens
from Dos Pueblos, although the existence of the Oregon
specimens renders it probable that they were in use by the
California coast tribes.
Another and almost unique form was met with, however,
which, for want of any definite knowledge of its use, is here
provisionally described as a drill or perforator, the distinction
being drawn between the two that drills were used in boring
in stone, and so were rapidly worn away, while a perforator
was intended for making holes in softer substances. This dis-
tinction may, indeed, not be warranted, but the variation in
the character of these pointed flints suggests this difference in
their use. Flint drill,
Fig. 13 represents a beautifully worked implement of opaque grey
DRILLS, ETC. 67
flint, five and three-fourths inches in length, distinctly triangular in section
and originally acutely pointed at each end. This specimen is so wholly
unlike any that the writer has seen from other localities, that he offers
nothing but conjecture as to its use. The specimen is not unique; one,
’ being obtained by Mr. Schumacher (Nat.
‘almost an exact copy,’
Mus., No. 18165) on the island of Santa Cruz, California. The speci-
men, of which Fig. 13 is a representation, was obtained at Dos Pueblos,
and when found was in one of the tubular pipes. There appears upon the
sharper end of this slender implement a somewhat polished surface, which
leads to the supposition that it has been used as a drill for some softer min-
eral than itself, although it is difficult to see what advantage the regularly-
wrought triangular sides would have over a drill of the ordinary shapes,
except, perhaps, for boring serpentine pipes. Not until many more of
these beautiful specimens of flint work are exhumed, and every circum-
stance connected with their discovery noted, will it be safe to hazard any
opinion concerning them. If simply drills, they should be quite common
on former village sites, as are the common Eastern forms of that implement.
The apparent rarity of their occurrence does not suggest any commonplace
use to which so elaborately wrought a flint was put.
Fig. 14 represents a drill or borer, as we suppose it to be, of mam-
moth dimensions, and is from San Miguel Island. (Nat. Mus. No.
18256.) It measures nearly ten and one-half inches in length, and is a
Flint drill, 4.
trace over two inches in average width. Two inches of its length, that
most carefully chipped, is less than one-half an inch in width, and this por-
tion, like the whole length of the preceding, is triangular in section. Judg-
ing from the well-worn and polished point on a similar specimen from Santa
Cruz Island, Mr. Schumacher (P. M., No. 98302), it is presumable that this
68 CHIPPED IMPLEMENTS.
specimen has been used for drilling in stone. A noticeable feature of this
implement and of others, as the one referred to above, and a third in the
National Museum (No. 18305), Fig. 15, from Santa Cruz Island, is the
Fie. 15.
ia
a Lie
R Se WM) Re
a ‘i
i. WN ae
f\\\
i hn 2g ih Wiese 7%
Ut : Ay va os <o
7 Se oy \f I,
, 1 Sg Sim if
ae
Ph
~
\
\
Val
aii ie Boe |
~ G Ba Ln wy .
BS eg aaa.
RP /
Quartz drill.
three-sided stem, as already mentioned. ‘This peculiarity gives the appear-
ance of this drill being really an unfinished specimen of Fig. 13, and also
indicates that triangular drills were those commonly in use. If so, Fig. 13
is properly classed. (See description of ‘ Pipes,” on a subsequent page.)
It is scarcely possible to determine the particular use of any flint tool,
unless we can find associated with it some finished weapon, implement, or
ornament which shows that just such a tool as found is absolutely neces-
sary or eminently adapted to fashion it. In such a case, there is little
doubt as to the proper designation to give the specimen.*
The material of which Fig. 14 is made is a dense, opaque, greyish-
white flint, that readily yields to delicate flaking, and of itself suggests no
reason why the drill proper should have attached to it so unnecessarily
heavy and rough a base.
* Other forms of these large drill-like implements have been collected on the islands by Mr.
Schumacher and Mr. Bowers. Some of them approximate the rude chisels, and it is very probable
that these large implements were used for many purposes besides that of drilling, among which was
that of digging out the steatite pots.—F. W. P.
IMPLEMENTS OF FLINT, ETC. 69
. . . ° Ye . 4 .
Fig. 16 represents a delicate splinter of flint. Similar splinters of
chert and jasper are quite common IDES US
everywhere, and it seems probable that
they are only a natural product of the
chipping of masses of these minerals, when fashioning various implements.
They might readily be utilized as awls, or perforators of substances soft
as leather; and attention has been called to similar flakes in Europe, as
allied to, or identical with “the flint flakes of bone harpoon heads occa-
sionally found in Scania,” which “are also made of extremely small flakes”
(Evans). Inasmuch as fishing was doubtless a prominent occupation of the
California coast tribes, and as these splinters of flint are quite abundant,
it is quite probable that such Fre. 17.
fragments were put to several
uses, as the one above sug-
gested, but no trace of usage
exists upon the specimen fig-
ured, or any of the accompany-
ing smaller ones.
Fig. 17 represents -a
chipped implement of white
quartz, found by Mr. Schu- Implement of quartz with handle of asphaltum.
macher on Santa Cruz Island (Nat. Mus. No. 18302), that bears some
resemblance to the large drill, but which to a greater degree recalls the
paleolithic implements of Europe. This tool or weapon, as the case may
be, measures a little more than three inches in length, by two in breadth.
It is quite smoothly chipped upon its three sides, but is not acutely pointed.
Its broad and thick base is covered with a mass of asphaltum, smooth
and fitted to the hand.
Oval pebbles of the same size, and larger, with a similarly chipped
point at one end, but with the other preserving the natural surface of the
stone, are not uncommon to New Jersey and more southern States. These,
having an unworked base, would answer the purpose of the specimen rep-
resented by Fig. 17, if, as we suppose, the asphaltum attached was intended
solely to give the hand a better hold.
MORTARS AND PESTLES.
By C. C. ABBOTT.
THE stone mortars, with and without accompanying pestles, from the
graves at Santa Barbara, vary greatly in size. The workmanship expended
upon them, more especially the larger examples, shows that their value as
vessels for preparing food was the principal object in view, and so that
they met that requirement, they were all that was desired. No attempt at
ornamentation by incised lines occurs in the series; a feature common
to a few of them, indicating attached decoration, will be noticed hereafter.
From other localities, however, examples with a few deeply incised lines
have occurred.*
The majority of these mortars are made of a hard sandstone, but many
of them are cut out of boulders of basaltic rock.
The general shape characterizing these vessels is like that of a modern
Wedgewood mortar; and the modifications from a typical specimen are
but slight. Fig. 18, and Fig. 2, Plate V. In many, the opening is the
ereatest diameter; in others, it is equal to it; but the sides are extended
upward without inclination. Some few have the sides of the vessel inclin-
ing inwards.
The size varies from nearly two feet in diameter by a foot in depth, to
examples as small as five inches in diameter by two inches only in depth.
The largest specimen collected was obtained from the graves at La
Patera, and is of hard compact sandstone. It is regularly made, and very
symmetrical in shape. The entire surface is pecked and subsequently
smoothed, or has been worn smooth by use, both exteriorly and interiorly.
* Native Races of Pacific Coast; by H. H. BANCROFT, yol. iv, p. 701. Also: Smithsonian Contri-
butions, No. 287, p. 39, Fig. 157.
70
U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY WEST OF 100% MERIDIAN
VOL VII ARCHEOLOGY. PLATE V
ES]
CALIFORNIA
FROM SOUTHERN
4, DIAMETER
i
Lh
MORTARS MADE OF STONE. al
There is a well-marked projecting rim, a feature not common to mortars
of this size as aclass. The projecting edge, being both within and without
it, in the first instance, adds materially to the value of the vessel, in pre-
venting the pounded seeds or grain from being spilled. In time, however,
this inside rim is nearly or quite worn away by the casual rubbing action
of the pestle.
Fia. 18.
Mortar and pestle of stone. 4.
The measurements of this specimen are as follows: Greatest diameter,
22.2 inches; height exteriorly, 14.4 inches; depth of vessel inside, 11.1
inches; thickness of rim, 1.8 to 2 inches.
Another large specimen from La Patera, made of a medium hard sand-
stone, is quite regular in outline, wide at the top, and with a comparatively
72 MORTARS AND PESTLES.
broad and flattened bottom. The surface, as in the preceding example, has
been pecked to its present shape, and purposely smoothed, or worn so by
use. There is also a projecting rim, but extending inside only. On this
projecting rim are ten short longitudinal grooves, which were intended, as
other specimens have shown, for attaching, by means of asphaltum, cypreas,
and fragments of abalone (Haliotis) shell. These were intended, of course,
for ornaments only.
This mortar varies but little from the preceding in exterior measure-
ments, though of smaller capacity. The diameter is 20.8 inches; height
exteriorly, 10.2 inches; depth of vessel inside, 8.9 inches; breadth of rim,
1.6 to 1.9 inches.
It may be possible that these large ornamented mortars were used for
ceremonial more than for useful purposes, as utensils so ornamented, if in
every-day use, would, probably, not long retain the lamin of so fragile a
shell as the Haliotis.
A third specimen from La Patera is more in common with the general
character of these Californian mortars. This example is made of a medium
hard sandstone, and has a uniformly pecked surface. In outline, the mor-
tar is regular, with a slightly defined rim extending along the inner edge.
The greatest diameter is 20.5 to 21 inches; the height outside, 12.6
inches; depth of the vessel inside, 9.5 inches; the breadth of rim, 1 to 1.5
inches.
A specimen of these large mortars varies from the preceding in being
shallow and more basin shaped. This example is made of medium hard
dark sandstone. It is very regularly shaped, the surface uniformly pecked.
The bottom is flattened for a small portion only. The rim extends inwardly
about .2 of an inch.
The measurements are as follows: Greatest diameter, 20 inches; height,
outside, 9.2 inches; interior depth, 7.8 inches; thickness of rim, 7.8 inches.
A fifth example is also of compact sandstone partly scaled off in many
places, probably owing to alteration chemically of the material subsequent
to burial. The outside, as in all these large mortars, is pecked over the
entire surface. The bottom is flattened, but is not so broad as in others.
The rim slopes inward, but is not very sharply defined.
MORTARS MADE OF STONE. 73
This example measures as follows: Greatest diameter, 18.6 inches;
height, exteriorly, 12 inches; depth of vessel inside, 10.1 inches; breadth
of the rim, 1.5 inches.
In the following example we have almost a duplication of the preceding;
also of sandstone, with the bottom somewhat flattened, and with the edge
extending inwards. The interesting feature is, in this case, the fact of a
small piece of the mineral having become detached and replaced and
then fastened by means of asphaltum. This method of repairing injuries
will be better described in noticing other specimens.
The measurements are as follows: Greatest diameter, 17.3 inches;
height, exteriorly, 11.3 inches; depth of vessel inside, 9.3 inches; breadth
of rim, 1.5 inches.
A mortar quite similar to the preceding, but in every measurement
except the breadth of the rim, about one inch less, has the rim sloping
outward, and in this are six short grooves; but now without asphaltum,
which still adheres to many specimens from the same and neighboring —
localities.
The measurements are as follows: Greatest diameter, 17 inches; height,
exteriorly, 10.2 inches; depth of vessel inside, 8.8 inches; breadth of rim,
1.3 inches.
Another, considerably larger, of the same material, with the rim _pro-
jecting inwards, has but two depressions on opposite sides, one of which
is partly broken away.
The measurements in this example are: Greatest diameter, 21.5 inches;
height, exteriorly, 12.6 inches; depth of vessel inside, 10.1 inches; breadth
of rim, 2 inches.
Still another, showing the character of an overlapping rim, has the same
projecting rim both outwardly and inwardly, and wants the depressions
referred to in the other specimens. This is made of a softer sandstone.
The measurements are as follows: Greatest diameter, 17.5 inches;
height, exteriorly, 10.1 inches; depth of vessel inside, 7.1 inches; breadth
of rim, 1.5 to 1.75 inches.
Another example from Dos Pueblos, of very regular shape, has neither
the projecting rim nor the depressions. It is noticeable, in this connection,
ae
74 MORTARS AND PESTLES.
that the surface is quite rough, the pecked surface being in no degree worn
away, or intentionally smoothed.
The following are its dimensions: Greatest diameter, 21.6 inches; height,
exteriorly, 13.1 inches; depth of vessel inside, 10.9 inches; breadth of rim,
varying from 1.7 to 2 inches.
A specimen of these larger mortars, from La Patera, has upon its rim
four pieces of asphaltum for attaching shell ornaments. It is of the usual
hard sandstone, pecked into shape, and now quite smooth
The measurements are: Greatest diameter, 16.5 inches; height, ex-
teriorly, 12.6 inches; depth of vessel inside, 9.5 inches; breadth of rim,
varying from 1 to 1.5 inches.
Another example, of the same general outline, and also made of medium
hard sandstone, has the surface pecked quite smooth. The bottom of the
vessel is not flattened. |
There is a portion of the rim wanting, but it is seen by the remains of
the asphaltum that it had been put back and mended by the aid of that
material. The rim of this specimen has nine grooves for holding the
asphaltum by which ornaments were attached, and traces of it still remain
in two of the depressions.
The measurements of this mortar are as follows: Greatest diameter,
15.5 inches; height, exteriorly, 10.9 inches; depth of vessel inside, 8.7
inches; breadth of rim, 1.2 inches.
A want of the usual symmetry is shown ina large mortar of soft sand-
stone, which, however, is quite smooth upon its surfaces. The rim is
undulating and slopes outwards.
This specimen, which is from La Patera, measures in greatest diameter
14 to 15 inches; height, exteriorly, 8.1 inches; depth of vessel inside, 6
inches; breadth of rim varying from 1 inch to 1.3 inches.
An interesting specimen of these larger mortars is one made of moder-
ately dense sandstone, having the surface pecked, but not smooth. The
bottom is irregularly flattened. On the rim, which is slightly undulating,
and slopes outwards, are four small bunches of asphaltum, but without the
usual grooves for its reception. This material, however, was doubtlessly so
placed for the one purpose of holding ornamental objects on the rim.
MORTARS MADE OF STONE. 15
The dimensions of this mortar are: Greatest diameter, 14.4 inches;
height, exteriorly, 9 inches; depth of vessel inside, 6.9 inches; breadth of
rim, 1.2 inches.
An example of these large mortars, of nearly the same dimensions,
is made from hard granitic or basaltic rock. It is very regular in its
shape, and evenly pecked over its exterior surface. The bottom is flat-
tened and quite smooth, evidently from long use. The rim is quite even,
with a slight outward slope. An interesting feature is the careful mend-
ing of the vessel by securely replacing a portion of one side by means of
asphaltum.
The measurements of this:specimen are as follows: Greatest diameter,
14.2 inches; height, exteriorly, 9.5 inches; depth of vessel inside, 7.7
inches; breadth of rim, 1.2 inches.
Allied to the above is a broken specimen of dense granitic rock, quite
regular in form and with the usual pecked surfaces. The bottom is flattened.
The rim projects outwardly slightly, and its inner edge is worn by the
movement of the pestle.
This mortar measures in greatest diameter 14 inches; height, exteriorly,
8.8 inches; depth of vessel inside, 7.6 inches; breadth of rim, varying from
1 to 2 inches.
A mortar of less diameter, but somewhat larger capacity, of compara-
tively regular shape, well finished and smooth, with the rim slightly sloping
outwards, and worn on both the outer and inner edges, is of hard, fine-
grained sandstone.
Its measurements are: Greatest diameter, 13.5 inches; height, ex-
teriorly, 10.5 inches; depth of vessel inside, 8.8 inches; breadth of rim,
1 inch.
Another example, made of soft sandstone, and smooth upon the surface,
is moderately regular in outline. The rim is much worn, slightly sloping
outwardly, and undulating. The bottom is worn from long use.
This mortar measures in greatest diameter 13.5 inches; height, ex-
teriorly, 7.1 inches; depth of vessel inside, 5.1 inches; breadth of rim, 1
inch.
Another, of nearly the same dimensions, is made of medium hard,
76 MORTARS AND PESTLES.
dark sandstone, with the bottom curved. The surface is smoothed both on
the inside and out. The rim is slightly undulating, and has nine grooves
for ornaments, such as we have noticed on several of the preceding speci-
mens.
This mortar measures, in greatest diameter, 13 inches; height, exte-
riorly, 7.3 inches; depth of vessel inside, 5.2 inches; breadth of rim, 1
inch. |
An example, of nearly the same size, is of regular form, with rounded
bottom, and made of medium hard sandstone. The edges are undulating,
without any well-defined projection of the rim.
This specimen measures, in greatest diameter, 13 inches; height, exte-
riorly, 8 inches; depth of vessel inside, 5.5 inches; breadth of rim, 1 to
1.5 inches.
An interesting specimen, made of very hard sandstone, is noticeable for
its great regularity of shape, and in having nine depressions, each about
two inches in length, on the rim, which is slightly cut underneath on the
inside.
The measurements of this mortar are: Greatest diameter, 12.5 to
12.75 inches; height, exteriorly, 7.1 inches; depth of vessel inside, 5.1
inches; breadth of rim, 1 inch to 1.25 inches.
One example, showing perhaps a greater care in the finish than is
usual among the larger sizes, is made of fine-grained, hard sandstone. It is
recular in its shape, with surface evenly pecked. The rim projects inward
slightly, and is flat and even.
The measurements of this specimen are: Greatest diameter, 12.7
inches; height, exteriorly, 8 inches; depth of vessel inside, 6.3 inches;
breadth of rim, 1 inch.
The description of the above specimen will apply very well to another
example which is nearly of the same size, but has a smaller flattened base.
It is of dense granitic rock, regular in shape, and has the characteristic
pecked surface.
The dimensions are: Greatest diameter, 12.5 inches; height, ex-
teriorly, 9.1 inches; depth of vessel inside, 6.2 inches; breadth of rim, 1
inch.
MORTARS MADE OF STONE. 77
A very beautiful example of these mortars, made of dense, fine-grained
gray sandstone, is basin-shaped, and wrought with great care. It is very
symmetrical, with an even rim, sloping inwards.
It measures, in greatest diameter, 12 inches; height, exteriorly, 6.2
inches ; depth of vessel inside, 4.3 inches; breadth of rim, 1 inch.
Another, of the same diameter, of hard sandstone, and the surface uni-
formly pecked, is of regular shape, and with a flat rim. In this specimen
there is a circular hole, about one inch in diameter, evidently worn or
broken through the bottom, which has been mended by fillmg up the
space with asphaltum; its doubtless served in this condition simply as
a receptacle.
The dimensions of this mortar are: Greatest diameter, 12 inches;
height, exteriorly, 6.6 inches; depth of vessel inside, 6.6 inches; breadth
of rim, 1 inch.
An example made of soft, fine-grained sandstone, is of regular shape,
and has smooth surfaces, with the bottom well finished and flatfened.
This has the rim sloping outwards, and is somewhat basin-shaped.
The dimensions are as follows: Greatest diameter, 12 inches; height,
exteriorly, 6.6 inches ; depth of vessel inside, 4.3 inches ; breadth of rim, 1
inch.
A somewhat smaller specimen is made of soft sandstone, and has its
surfaces smoothed. It is regular in outline, and the rim originally was
regular and even, but is now much worn and undulatory. The bottom
also is well worn, indicating that the specimen had been long in use prior
to its being placed in the grave from which it was taken.
The measurements are: Greatest diameter, 11 inches to 11.5 inches;
height, exteriorly, 7.1 inches; depth of vessel inside, 5.8 inches; breadth of
rim .7 to 1 inch.
A mortar of fine-grained but not very soft sandstone, of a dirty
gray color, is quite regular on the sides and bottom, but has the rim
uneven. The bottom is very flat. The characteristic pecked surface is
partially smoothed.
The measurements are: Greatest diameter, 11.2 inches; height, exte-
78 MORTARS AND PESTLES.
riorly, 5 to 5.8 inches; depth of vessel inside, 4 inches; breadth of rim, 1
inch.
An interesting example of an ornamented mortar obtained at La Pa-
tera, is of fine-grained, hard sandstone. It is carefully made, regular in
shape, with the one exception that the sides are not of uniform height. It
is flattened upon the bottom. On its uneven rim are four grooves, each
about 1.7 inches long; and in each there still remain portions of a shell
(Cyprea) which had been thus placed as an ornament.
The measurements of this specimen are: Greatest diameter, 11 inches ;
height, exteriorly, varying from 5.6 inches to 6.8 inches; depth of vessel
inside, 4.7 inches ; breadth of rim, 1 inch.
A specimen, of somewhat smaller size, is of hard sandstone, with the
surface uniformly pecked, and is very regular in shape. The bottom is
flat, and very smooth from use. The rim, which is quite even, projects
slightly inside. The edges are much worn from long use of the mortar.
This mortar measures: Greatest diameter, 10.5 inches; height, exte-
riorly, 6.6 inches; depth of vessel inside, 5.2 inches; breadth of rim, 1 inch.
A similar specimen from Dos Pueblos, with a somewhat less bulging
outline, is of hard sandstone, and quite smooth on the exterior surface.
The shape is regular; but the rim has been much fractured, appar suey at
different times, from ordinary usage.
This specimen measures 10.5 inches in its greatest diameter; height,
exteriorly, 7.6 inches; depth of vessel inside, 5.9 inches; breadth of rim, .8
of an inch.
An example of the medium-sized, coarse-grained sandstone mortars
has the sides more vertical than usual, and having also a flattened bottom,
is somewhat cylindrical in appearance.
This specimen, which is from La Patera, measures 9.6 inches in great-
est diameter; height, exteriorly, 6.6 inches; depth of vessel inside, 5.2
inches; breadth of rim, .8 of an inch.
A similar specimen from Dos Pueblos, but with somewhat smaller
capacity, made of hard, fime-grained gray sandstone, differs principally in
having the bottom less flattened.
The measurements are: Greatest diameter, 9.5 inches; height, exte-
MORTARS MADE OF STONE. 719
riorly, 6.6 inches; depth of vessel inside, 4.4 inches; breadth of rim, .7 of
an inch.
A smaller specimen, also from Dos Pueblos, of soft, fine-grained sand-
stone, is regular in outline, smooth upon the surface, and flattened upon
the bottom.
The measurements are: Greatest diameter, 9 inches ; height, exteriorly,
6.8 inches ; depth of vessel inside, 4.9 inches; breadth of rim, .6 of an inch.
An interesting specimen from Dos Pueblos, Fig. 12, Plate V, of fine-
grained gray sandstone, of medium density, is regular in its shape, and
with the rim sloping outwards. The inner edge of the rim projects inward,
along the larger portion of the circumference; but in some places is much
worn, and almost obliterated, probably from the wearing action of the
pestle. This mortar has had a large piece broken from the bottom, which
has been replaced, and secured by the use of asphaltum. Probably no
further use had been made of the vessel as a.mortar, subsequently to being
mended, as the asphaltum shows no trace of battering; and, indeed, could
not withstand a blow from a pestle. As simply a receptacle for pigment
or for seeds, etc., it retains its usefulness, and is still discolored by traces
of the red powder common to many of the smaller vessels. Thus repaired,
it doubtlessly was considered equally as good as an unbroken one for
holding articles placed in the grave.
This specimen measures: Greatest diameter, 8.5 inches; height, exte-
riorly, 3.8 inches; depth of vessel inside, 2.8 inches; breadth of rim, 1
inch.
An example from Dos Pueblos is made of very soft sandstone, which
seems too friable to be able to withstand the ordinary rough usage to which
most of these mortars were subjected. This specimen was originally quite
regular, but the stone has scaled off in many places. It has the rim sloping
outward.
The measurements are: Greatest diameter, 7.6 inches; height, exte-
riorly, 4.4 inches; depth of vessel inside, 3.3 inches; breadth of rim, .6
of an inch.
‘When found, this mortar was filled with the fine black seeds of Salvia
Columbarig. These seeds have been found in receptacles of various kinds
80 MORTARS AND PESTLES.
and placed with other articles in the graves. It was unquestionably used
as food by the Indians of former times as well as of the present, and its
presence indicates one of the uses to which the mortars were put.
The identification of this seed is by Dr. J. T. Rothrock, botanist of the
Expedition, from whose report on the Botany of the Expedition, p. 48, we
take the following abstract :
“During the summer of 1875 my attention was called, while in Southern California,
to a mealy preparation in popular use among the Indians, Mexicans, and prospectors.
On inquiry I found it was called “Chia.” Further examination proved that it was
furnished by the seeds of Salvia Columbaric Benth. The seeds are collected, roasted,
and ground in the native way between two stones. This puts it in the condition in
which I first saw it. It is used as a food by mixing it with water and enough sugar to
suit the taste. It soon develops into a copious mucilaginous mass, several times the
original bulk. The taste is somewhat suggestive of linseed meal. One soon acquires
a fondness for it and eats it rather in the way of a luxury than with any reference to
the fact that it is exceedingly nutritious besides. It is in great demand among the
knowing ones who have a desert to cross or who expect to encounter a scarcity of
water, and what there is of bad quality. By preparing it so thin that it can be used
as a drink it seems to assuage thirst, to improve the taste of the water, and in addition
to lessen the quantity of water taken, which in hot countries is often so excessive as to
produce serious illness. As a remedy it is invaluable from its demulcent properties in
cases of gastro-intestinal disorders. It also holds a place among domestic remedies
for the same purpose that flaxseed occasionally does with us, 7. e.; a grain of the seed
is placed in the eye (where it gives no pain) to form a mucilage by means of which a
foreign body may be removed from the organ. I have found it of great service as a
poultice. As a matter of archeological interest it may be noticed that quantities of
this seed were found buried in graves several hundred years old. This proves that the
use of the seed reaches back into the remote past. Indeed, I find several allusions to
the name Chia in the second volume of Bancroft’s great work on the ‘ Native Races
of the Pacific States,” pp. 232, 280, 347, 360. Chianpinoli appears to have been made
“by the so-called Aztec races from corn which was roasted and ground as the Chia was.
Chia was among the Nahua races of ancient Mexico as regularly cultivated as corn,
and often used in connection with it. Indeed, it was one of the many kinds of meal
in constant use, and which appear to have gone then as now under the generic name
of pinoli.” $
Dr. Yarrow informs me that these statements as to the uses of Chia
are corroborated by one of his diggers living in Santa Barbara, who at once
recognized the seed when first discovered in the graves, and then and there
mentioned the various ways in which it was used at the present day,
particularly as a demulcent drink, and for placing in the eyes when it was
desired to remove obnoxious foreign substances or inflammatory action.
MORTARS MADE OF STONE. 81
A mortar of hard sandstone, pecked on the exterior surface, and of
regular shape, has the rim much worn. In this specimen there is a hole
about 2 inches in diameter broken through the bottom, apparently from a
blow of the pestle, when in use as a mortar. This hole has not been
mended, as was done in one of the preceding examples.
The measurements are: Greatest diameter, 7.5 inches; height, exte-
riorly, 5.6 inches ; depth of vessel inside, 4.8 inches; breadth of rim vary-
ing from .5 to .8 of an inch.
A small, fine-grained sandstone mortar, of regular shape, and not flat-
tened on the bottom, has the rim sloping outwards, and irregular or uneven,
as though accidentally chipped at different times when in use. It is slightly
discolored inside by red pigment, and with a few black scales that are
apparently asphaltum. This mortar contained, when found, portions of a
human lower jaw.
The measurements of this mortar are: Greatest diameter, 6.1 inches ;
height, exteriorly, 2.6 inches; depth of vessel inside, 1.8 inches ; breadth of
rim, .6 of an inch.
A specimen (Fig. 13, Plate V) of hard, fine-grained, light-colored sand-
stone, is regular in shape, with the bottom flattened. The sides are more
vertical than is usual with this class of stone vessels.
The measurements are: Greatest diameter, 6 inches; height, exteriorly,
7.1 inches; depth of vessel inside, 5.4 inches; breadth of rim, .8 of an inch.
A marked variation in form is seen in a specimen made of fine-grained
and very hard, light-colored sandstone. It is regularly made and much
rounder than many others, the greatest diameter being below the opening.
The measurements, which of themselves explain its peculiarities, are:
Greatest diameter, 6.5 inches; at the opening, 4.3 inches; height, exteriorly,
4.1 inches; depth of vessel inside, 2.4 inches ; and with no distinct rim.
A second example of this form, but smaller, of fine-grained and very
hard, light-colored sandstone, is equally well made.
The measurements of this specimen are: Greatest diameter, 5.5 inches ;
at the mouth, 3.8 inches; height, exteriorly; 3.3 inches; depth of vessel
inside, 1.8 inches; no distinct rim. Presented by D. A. Miller, Esq.
A mortar of the more usual form, of the same material as the majority
6CI1
82 MORTARS AND PESTLES.
described, is regularly shaped, but has a portion chipped off the side near
the bottom; perhaps accidentally detached in making the vessel.
The measurements are: Greatest diameter, 5.8 inches; height, exte-
riorly, 3.8 inches; depth of vessel inside, 2.3 inches; breadth of rim, .6 of
an inch.
A smooth, hard sandstone mortar from La Patera is quite irregular
in shape, and has the rim very undulating.
The measurements are: Greatest diameter, 4.8 inches by 5.5 inches ;
height, exteriorly, 4.6 inches; depth of vessel inside, 3 inches; breadth of
rim, .5 of an inch.
A very symmetrically shaped specimen (Fig. 11, Plate V), of hard, fine-
grained, light-colored sandstone, has the bottom very flat and distinct from
the sides on the outside, but curved and continuous with the sides on the
interior. There is marked uniformity in the width of the rim and thick-
ness throughout the sides and bottom of the vessel. There is some discol-
oration from the characteristic red pigment that may have been pulverized
in many of these mortars; and one of this size was probably used more for
this than any other purpose.
The measurements are: Greatest diameter, 5.1 inches; height, exte-
riorly, 2.8 inches; depth of vessel inside, 2.1 incbes; breadth of rim, .5 of
an inch.
The detailed descriptions above given of forty-four examples of these
mortars, varying from what may be considered the maximum to the minimum
sizes, In connection with the several illustrations, give a good general idea
of their range of variation, not only in size, but in shape and style of deco-
ration. Except as exhibiting proofs of excellent mechanical skill, great
patience, and long-continued labor, as a class these productions of aboriginal
art are not particularly attractive objects.*
Similar forms of vessels appear to be unusual in other localities in
North America; their place being taken by an occasional small example of
*The Rey. Stephen Bowers, in a MS. entitled ‘Aboriginal Man in Santa Barbara County, Cali-
fornia,” as I am informed by Dr. Yarrow, mentions having found mortars different in shape and form
from any here described, which had on the sides square projections left in the carving by which they
could be lifted. As none of these have reached either the Smithsonian Institution or Peabody Museum,
a more detailed description is impossible.
MORTARS MADE OF STONE. 83
a hollowed pebble that has been, perhaps, used as a paint-cup for toilet pur-
poses, and by simple receptacles of pottery.
Regarded as mortars for preparing food and reducing mineral pigments
to powder, these vessels are represented in the interior and on the Atlantic
coast by objects for like purposes, but of two distinct forms; one being
> which are
natural hollows. in stationary rocks, known as “ pot-holes,’
also found in California,* and, the other, irregular boulders of porta-
ble sizes. (such as Fig. 5, Plate V) that have more or less deeply worn
depressions on one or both sides; a third form of mortar, at one time in very
common use, was made of wood. ‘To these we need not further allude.
Dr. Yarrow has given me the following interesting information in rela-
tion to some ancient mortars found near the site of his excavations: “Just in
the rear of Mr. Thomas More’s rauche-house mortars were found in a gulch,
made by rain and erosion, that were nearly like Fig. 5, Plate V, but
larger; others were almost identical with the metates used by the Pueblo
Indians and Mexicans, and nearly all, if not all, had been used until a hole
had been worn through the bottom. Some of these articles had been cov-
ered with 8 and 10 feet of earth. No skeletons or bones, no vessels of
steatite, in fact nothing but the remains of grinding-stones, were discov-
ered. It was intended to fully explore this locality, but circumstances
prevented further work here. All of these mortars were oblong in shape,
and made of sandstone. The largest were quite 24 inches in length.
Mr. Bowers has also found similar mortars or grinding-stones, but with
feet.”
The large sandstone mortars found in the graves were made from blocks
of stone and from boulders. Many of the smaller ones give every appear-
ance of being ordinary oval, water-worn pebbles, that have been laboriously
pecked out upon one side until a maximum capacity has been obtained
*Mr. Powers mentions that the Yokuts, who inhabit the central portion of the State, use holes in
boulders as mortars :
““They say that in remote times they were accustomed to rub their acorns to flour on a stone
slightly hollowed like the Mexican metate, which was a suggestion of the mouse; but nowadays they
pound them in holes on top of huge boulders, which was a suggestion of the wiser coyote. On a boul-
der in Coarse Gold Gulch I counted eighty-six of these acorn-holes, which shows that they must have
been used many centuries.”—Tribes of California, p. 376.—F. W. P.
84 MORTARS AND PESTLES.
consistent with the strength necessary to withstand the violent pounding
and rubbing action of the pestle.
Mortars of this character, in some instances, are quite irregular in
shape exteriorly, the pebble utilized remaining unaltered; and when the
depression is circular in outline there is a great variation in the thickness
of the sides, especially when oval pebbles were selected. Others again
have the hollow of the same shape as the pebble used. Such small exam-
ples as these, not worked upon their exterior surfaces, most nearly approach
the Eastern forms of stone mortars, and are essentially the same, except in
size, with the toilet cups already referred to.
Mr. Schumacher writes to the Peabody Museum as follows, in deserib-
ing the manufacture of the large stone mortars :
‘‘On the southwestern shore, near the southeast end of San Clemente island, where
a fair landing exists, we found a station prominently located on a shallow dune, about
a mile below what is known as Chinese Point. To this place large numbers of beach-
worn boulders of basalt of different sizes had been brought, mostly such as were best
suited for the manufacture of mortars. Some of the rocks were broken in the rough’
state in the attempt of splitting off a section of the globular form to make a surface in
which to cut the hollow; others of a more convenient semi-circular form, bore marks of
the chisel, as, in one instance, a circle, outlining the intended size of the basin. Some
broke in the hands of the worker, while working the basin; and one, we found had been
abandoned on account of a flaw in the rock. The work of shaping the stone was first
done with the hammer consisting of a piece of hard rock, especially of quartz, of about
a pound in weight, with sharp edges and points. Persistent well-directed blows with
such a hammer, applied either direct with the hand, or attached to a handle, will
detach even large pieces with sufficient accuracy to form, if the tendency of cleavage
is properly taken in consideration; while the finishing and smoothing of the surface
was done by directing the hammer vertically against the face, the same as the serrated
hammer of the modern stone-cutter is used. The basalt rock, although very hard, is
of a crumbling nature and will granulate easily under a pointed hammer. We found,
therefore, but few chisels on the sites of the workshops of Clemente island, which were
applied more for working out the basin, when the hammer could not be conveniently
used. When of sandstone, the common material of the mortar, which is softer, and,
instead of being brittle like the basalt, is more adhering or tougher, I believe, the
chisel has been used to a greater extent, as indicated by the sharper peck-marks.
Judging the progress of work by the advance of a single stroke of the hammer or
chisel, I am of the opinion, a neat mortar of common dimension—twelve inches in
diameter—did not require more than a week’s work; and a pot made of soapstone
probably did not require so long a time, not however including the detachment of the
mass from the ledge, which probably took another week’s labor.”
MORTARS, OR CUPS, OF STONE. 8)
Dr. Yarrow thinks that Mr. Schumacher’s statement as to the time
required to make a mortar with stone implements is much underrated ; for
while at San Ildefonso, N. Mex., he was requested by an Indian squaw to
loan her a geological hammer to hollow out a large block of stove (hard
sandstone), and at the end of a week, with constant work of several hours
daily, she had only made an excavation about two inches in depth. The
mortar was about twelve inches Fra. 19.
in diameter and the hammer had
a steel cutting edge
Fig. 19 represents, of actual
size, one of several diminutive
mortars or cups of sandstone,
which we haye thought proper
to describe in connection with
the ordinary mortars, inasmuch
as they were doubtlessly used for
similar purposes ; although these
very small vessels were probably
designed and used principally for
holdingand grinding small masses
Small stone mortar or eup.
of mineral pigment Pestlessmall
enough to use in connection with these little mortars have been found asso-
ciated with them in the graves; although any ordinary cylindrical pebble
could have been used as a pestle.
This mortar or cup shows the same careful workmanship that charac-
terizes many of the small cups of serpentine (see Plate VI, Figs. 1, 7, and
11), and is smoother upon its exterior surface than the large mortars above
described. The principal difference between this and the two following
specimens, and such cups made of serpentine as will be subsequently
described, is that the bottoms and sides at the base are much thicker, and
evidently intended to withstand the blows and crushing force of a pestle ;
and again the bottoms are rounded and not angular on the inside, so that
every particle of the contained pigment or other substance could be reached
and crushed by the curved end of the pestle.
86 MORTARS AND PESTLES.
Fig. 20 represents, also of actual size, another of these diminutive mor-
tars. This specimen has likewise been shaped with great care, and is very
symmetrical. The bottom is flattened ;
the sides gently curved outwards; the
\ rim level and quite smooth. The pecked
| surface, characteristic of the larger mor-
tars, is very distinguishable on this little
example of this form of stone vessels,
indicating a like method having been
adopted in making this as in those of the
largest dimensions.
Fig. 21 represents the least, in size,
= of the series of mortars, and yet it has
Small’ stone mortar or cup. in every particular the features that char-
acterize the largest examples. The material, however, instead of being
sandstone, as are the preceding, is serpentine. The base is not flattened,
but curved in continuance with the sides. The rim is very broad and flat.
ae The cavity is not deep, so that
the bottom is much thicker than
in the preceding two small mor-
tars, above described. ‘The in-
terior surface is still discolored
with red paint, and we are thus
‘ shown the use, or one use at
least, of this small stone vessel,
which not only was available for
Small stone mortar or cup. preparing a small portion of the
paint for ready use, but convenient as a receptacle for it until needed by its
owner in preparing his toilet. In consideration of the exceedingly limited
capacity of many of these stone vessels, it is highly probable that they
were sometimes made more for the amusement of children than for use by
adults, especially as miniature weapons, and imitations of domestic utensils
are frequently made by savages as playthings for their children.
Of whatever size, the vessels to which we have here called attention
PESTLES MADE OF STONE. 87
were used in connection with cylindrical stones which were usually worked
into their present shapes with great care, and many of them are ornamented
at the upper end. These implements are known universally as Pts. *.
< Tine y
Pestles, or the pounding stones by which the material, whether
intended for food or for pigment, is reduced to meal or pow-
der, as the case may be. They are common, not only to
the locality where the carefully wrought mortars occur, but
throughout all North America. Those from the Pacific coast
show, in many cases, the same care in their manufacture that
characterizes the mortars; but, as a class, they are not so read-
ily distinguished from the examples found along the eastern
coast as are the associated mortars.
While great length, uniform and regular shaping through-
o, are features at once
out, whether truly cylindrical or tapering,
noticeable of very many, these highly finished examples pre-
sent but little variation. There is seldom a trace of orna-
mentation proper; the pointed or rounded heads, as they may
be called, with their projecting collars, being evidently more
for use than for ornament One marked exception has, how-
ever, been noticed by Mr. Henshaw on a pestle obtained at La
Patera, which is about the size and shape of the one represented
by Fig. 25. Lines crossing each other have been cut over its
surface, and, although now nearly worn away, they are in
places sufficiently distinct to show that a rude ornamentation,
similar to that on many other articles here described, formerly
existed.
Fig. 22 represents a carefully wrought example of these
pestles of about the maximum size. It is made of a moderately
dense, dark-colored sandstone; is comparatively smooth, but
e pestle, 4.
still retains the slight depressions or hammer marks made in ston
shaping the specimen. It is 24.5 inches in length, and 9.2 inches in cireum-
ference at the lower or rounded end. At a distance of two inches from
the end by which the pestle was held by the hands, there is a double
collar, or ring, with a shallow circumferential depression one-half of an
88 MORTARS AND PESTLES.
inch in width. This projects about one-fourth of an inch from the body of
the pestle, and may possibly have been used for suspending the implement.
Fig. 23 is similar to the one represented by Fig. 22, but is three
inches shorter, and nearly one and a half inches less in circumference at the
end. It is made of a much harder mineral, is of darker color, and quite
Pia. 24. highly polished; but still retains traces of its orig-
: ? inally pecked surface. The head has the collars
one inch and a half in width, and the depression
separating them is much deeper than in the pre-
ceding example.
Tig. 24 is but three-tenths of an inch shorter
than the preceding, but varies in both finish and
mineral, being of much softer sandstone than either
of the others. It has received little or no polish,
and is still pitted with the marks of the hammer
stone. The projecting collars at the head are
more prominent than in the foregoing examples,
but have the separating depression less defined.
These collars also, in the present instance, are at
the extreme end of the implement; but a slight
swelling or elevation about their centre, above,
may really be a trace of a continuation of the
cylindrical body of the specimen that has been
broken off, and the fractured surface subsequently
worn down to its present condition. The pound-
ing or crushing end of this pestle is somewhat
battered, and one large flat splinter has been
broken off.
Fig. 25 represents a long, symmetrical pestle,
Stone pestles, 3. made of medium dense sandstone. Either through
use or by design it has been polished over the entire surface, and in many
places the pecked surface has been obliterated Evidently, however, the
stone has considerably decayed since its burial in a grave, as it is now almost
too soft to use for the purposes for which it was intended.
PESTLES MADE OF STONE. 89
This example varies from the foregoing in having but a single collar,
which is well defined; and beyond this the pestle extends a little over
an inch, with uniformly decreasing diam- Fie. 25. Fra, 26.
eter, but terminates in a blunt point.
The pounding end is somewhat more
bulging than in the others, is well worn,
but not battered, and appears to be of
denser structure than the head, or has
escaped some destructive agent to which
other portions have been exposed.
yi
Wis
Fig. 26 represents a pestle, half an
inch less in leneth, and a little smaller in
its greatest diameter than the one last
SS
Ses
described. While in general shape it is
ee:
Fes
See
quite similar, the material of which it is
made is much more compact, and the
implement, although smaller, is heavier.
It has considerable polish extending over
much of its surface, but not obliterating
the marks of the pecking or hammering
by which it was reduced to its present
shape. In common with the preceding,
it has a single projecting collar at the
head, beyond which the. stone extends,
of a uniform cylindrical shape, for one !
inch. Stone pestles, 4.
Fig. 27 represents a somewhat smaller specimen, that in general out-
line closely resembles pestles which have been found in interior and east-
ern localities. This specimen measures 8 inches in circumference at the
end, and gradually decreases in girth from near the end to what I have
termed the head. ‘The projecting ring or collar is not so prominent as in
the preceding examples, and, quite unlike all the others, is much farther
from the head, being about three and three-fourths inches distant.
Besides the specimens here described in detail there are many others
90 MORTARS AND PESTLES.
of more or less careful workmanship, and also several which are apparently
water-worn cylindrical pebbles that have not been altered in shape, although
Fi. 2. they exhibit traces of hard usage by their battered ends ;
others have been wrought with the same care as the large
specimens here figured, and differ from them only in size;
thus exhibiting, as do the mortars, the same care in the
Pia 6. manufacture of the smallest examples
as of those of the greatest dimensions.
Several of the rude pestles are repre-
sented by Figs. 28, 29, 30, and 31.
The one use of these pestles is so
evident that it seems scarcely neces-
sary even to refer to it, and only the
aN method ot their use, in connection
NH with the projecting collars or rings
of some, need be mentioned. This
a feature clearly, in the large speci-
{4 mens, is for use and not merely orna-
mental. By it the pestle could have
been suspended by a_ cord to an
Stone pestle, 3. elastic branch of a tree; and, again,
it effectually prevents the hand from slipping, if used either solely by the
lifting power of the arm, or in connection with the limb of a tree, as
suggested.
to)
Schoolcraft * refers to one of the plates in his work as exhibiting “ the
mode of pounding maize by suspending the stone pestle from the limb of a
tree, as practiced by the ancient Pennacooks of the Merrimack Valley, in
New Hampshire,” and adds, ‘the pestle was commonly ornamented by the
head of a man or quadruped, neatly carved from greywacke or compact
sandstone, the mortar being also of the same material.” From this we learn
that ornamentation proper occurs on some pestles of the largest size,
though it is not common on the Santa Barbara specimens. The statement
in the above quotation, that these pestles were “commonly ornamented,”
* History and Cendition of Indian Tribes, Pt. IV, p. 175, pl. 21.
PESTLES MADE OF STONE. 91
may be questioned. At least such are now quite rarely met with in com-
parison with the vast numbers of perfectly plain examples that have been
Fic. 30. found in our fields. Referring to this ornamentation of
pestles, we find it stated in the American Naturalist,* how-
MEN OR d : F 5 ;
i ey ever, in commenting on a specimen of pestle, with a wolf's
h WR i . . .
a) head carved upon it, from Vermont, that ‘in the collection
ei Ge
of the New York State Museum, at Albany, there is a long
“| pestle of identical pattern and same rough carving as the
= one described from the Burlington Museum. These are the
=} only ones that have come under my observation having the
handles carved to represent animals,
though most of the longer implements of
this character have a knob at the handle
as if for the purpose of suspension.”
These knobs or collars at one
end cannot be considered as constant
features of pesties, as found in the
whole extent of the Atlantic coast
Mp States. The writer has, as yet, never
/ met with a specimen thus finished,
in New Jersey, out of probably two
Stone pestle, 3. Stone pestle, 1. hundred examples of this form of im-
plement, though there are several examples in the Peabody Museum, from
various localities in New England, that have such finished heads. It must
also be mentioned, with reference to these domestic implements, that in the
series of California specimens there are many with similar rings or knobs
which are but 3 or 4 inches in length. In such cases this character may
be rather for ornament than use, especially as these diminutive specimens
may have been toys, and not designed for practical work. Finally, it may
be well to call attention to the marked similarity between these small
collared and knobbed examples and many of the so-called plummets or
fishing-line sinkers.
These pestles of all sizes have been obtained by all collectors on the
* American Naturalist, Vol. V, p. 12, (oot-note by I’, W, P.)
9% MORTARS AND PESTLES.
Ja
California coast, and are more numerous than the mortars. Particularly is
this true of the smaller kind and those of comparatively rude finish. The
largest and best finished were found at Dos Pueblos and La Patera, and
these have been selected for the illustrations.
My attention has been called to a small book,* in which the author,
on page 62 et seqg., endeavors, to show that some of the large pestles found
in California are emblems of phallic worship. He considers the pestle as a
phallus, and a round, shallow mortar, figured in the text, as representing
the yoni or female organ.
It is hardly necessary to add that such deductions are simply ridiculous,
and, even should we find pestles, or other articles, so carved as to represent
the male organ, they might well be considered simply as examples of savage
obscenity or fantasy.
* | The | Masculine Cross | and | Ancient Sex Worship | by Sha Rocco | New York: | Asa K. Butis
& Co., 36 Dey Street | 1874. | 5
. ee
!
~
i
;
ve
7 .
; .
6
:
$
ve
i ,
3
= 7
: ¥. pes
U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY WEST OF 100™ MERIDIAN .
VOL. VIL ARCHA0 LOGY. ‘PLATE VI
rm.
”
1s 15
Tue Hermes Privmne Co. 220 Devorsurre St, Boston. u
VESSELS OF STEATITE AND SERPENTINE.SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA. *
% DIAMETER
STEATITE COOKING POTS, PLATES, AND FOOD VESSELS.
By C. C. ABBor’.
TurouGuout the whole extent of North America the mineral known
as soapstone or steatite was much sought after and utilized by the Indians
as a material well adapted for many purposes, in consequence of its being
wrought with little labor to any desired shape, and yet being sufficiently
firm to withstand quite hard usage, while its adaptability for use in contact
with fire is a valuable feature. Some of the most elaborate smoking-pipes
are carved of this material ; but it is in the large vessels for cooking food,
especially, that its great value becomes evident; and such stone pots are
not an unusual feature among ordinary Indian relics wherever found,
although wherever the art of making pottery existed the majority of the
cooking vessels were made of clay.
Where large deposits of steatite occur there will frequently be found
traces of the ancient quarrying; and in the Peabody Museum is an inter-
esting series of rude stone implements and fragments of steatite from near
Christiana, Lancaster County, Pennsylvania, concerning which it is stated*
“these tools are believed * « * to have been used by Indians
of a comparatively recent time for the purpose of shaping the blocks of soap-
stone into dishes and pots, and are of interest in showing the use of very
rude implements for certain purposes by a race quite far advanced in the
stone age.”
It is from the graves of Dos Pueblos and La Patera, however, and from
the neighboring islands, that cooking vessels made of this material have
been obtained which in size and general excellence of workmanship excel
all others.
“FE. W. Putnam in 9th Annual Report Peabody Museum, p. 16; Cambridge, Mass., 1876.
93
94 COOKING POTS AND FOOD VESSELS.
The several illustrations and following descriptions of a number of speci-
mens will give an idea of the general character of these interesting produc-
tions of savage art. Figs. 32 and 33 represent the prevailing forms of the
HiGaoes
i WL ‘ —_ ef
RNY GS ES
cH oa SO Nee ae
: ee i
’ ; haty SNOT ON ee
\ tuea ton S ; NESENG
’ bs &
ay Sos cay \
Ca rout — > —— \ \
ies ~ See 2 \ )
- :
. | fisieg is
NAS
BRAY A. WSs ik
nN WSS Nee
Yj
Z i:
Uf:
q,
WES =
~~
Bee ee
iy ana — SS,
CED =e
LUE Lb feta = =
=
ep Steatite cooking pot, +.
large cooking pots. As will be seen by reference to the dimensions given,
the same variation in size occurs in this form of domestic utensil as was
noted when describing the large series of stone mortars. As a class they
are uniformly well made, being smooth upon both their exterior and inte-
rior surfaces, but while there is a gradual lessening of the thickness of the
walls, as they approach the opening or mouth, this is not always uniform.
The bottom, however, whether the specimen be globular or with a flat-
tened base, is always thicker than the rim at the mouth and the sides for
some distance from it. While the greater number of these pots or ollas are
globular in form, some examples have been found differing materially in
shape. Of this character were two found at La Patera, but not at hand
at the time these descriptions were prepared. Dr. Yarrow informs me that
these were pyriform in shape, very handsomely finished, and had not been
COOKING POTS OF STEATITE. 95
exposed to fire. On the outside they were quite smooth, and had been
colored with red pigment, which appeared to have been rubbed in. Their
nearest resemblance is to Fig. 33.
Of a series of thirty specimens collected from the ancient graves of Dos
Pueblos and La Patera, MG. 33.
the largest example is
” 2
ot Wry 2,
f
globular in form, the
bottom not being flat-
tened to any appreciable
extent. It has a small
level rim around the
mouth, and beneath it a
series of incised lines
forming half diamond
figures, with the points
directed outwards, and
others with no regularity
of direction. These lines Steatite cooking pot, 3.
are not now very distinct, but probably were well defined when the vessel
was new. This specimen measures in its greatest diameter 17.6 inches;
diameter of mouth, 7.5 inches; height, exteriorly, 13.6 inches.
A second example, differing only in size and in having the incised lines
more distinctly cut about the rim of the vessel, which is of the same
character as in the preceding, measures in its greatest diameter 16.3 inches;
diameter of mouth, 5.6 inches; height, exteriorly, 15 inches.
A third specimen, somewhat smaller, but with a rim and ornamenta-
tion of incised lines immediately below it, as in the preceding cases, meas-
ures in its greatest diameter 16 inches; diameter of mouth, 5.2 inches; height,
exteriorly, 13.4 inches.
The following example, besides being, in every dimension, somewhat
smaller, is interesting from the fact of having no distinctly defined rim, nor
trace of the V-shaped lines that constitute the ornamentation of these
utensils. This specimen measures, in its greatest diameter, 15.5 inches;
diameter of mouth, 5.8 inches; height, exteriorly, 12.5 inches.
96 COOKING POTS AND FOOD VESSELS.
One of the large pots of this series, when found, contained a number of
human bones. This vessel had the flat-topped narrow rim around the
mouth, common to many. ‘The measurements of this specimen are: Great-
est diameter, 15.2 inches; diameter of mouth, 6 inches; height, exteriorly,
13 inches.
A sixth example, still smaller in every dimension, except greatest
diameter, has the ornamental lines incised on the rim itself, and not beneath
it, as in the preceding examples. This specimen measures in greatest
diameter, 15.2 inches; diameter of mouth, 5.2 inches; height, exteriorly,
12.4 inches.
A seventh, of less capacity, has no rim or trace of ornamentation.
The measurements are: Greatest diameter, 14 inches; diameter of mouth,
5 inches; height, exteriorly, 12 inches.
A very interesting example of these large cooking vessels was taken
from the ancient graves at La Patera, and was half filled with human
bones. The mouth of this pot was closed by a lid which proved to be an
intervertebral bone of a large cetacean, measuring 11 inches in diameter.
The rim in this instance had no incised lines upon it. The measurements
of this vessel are: Greatest diameter, 13 inches; diameter of mouth, 5
inches; height, exteriorly, 11.8 inches.
Another of these vessels, represented by Fig. 33, in perfect condi-
tion, and still much blackened beneath by contact with fire and smoke, has
a well-defined rim with incised marks extending obliquely across it. The
bottom of this vessel is flat on the inside, and concave exteriorly ; thus
making the base comparatively thin over a portion of its extent, but quite
thick at the obtuse angle of the base and sides. This specimen measures as
follows: Greatest diameter, 14.2 inches; diameter of mouth, 5.3 inches;
height, exteriorly, 10.3 inches; height, interiorly, 9 inches. Locality: Dos
Pueblos. (Peabody Museum, 9209.)
As a form intermediate between the large specimens, with a com-
paratively small mouth considering the greatest diameter of the vessel,
Figure 82 may be taken as a representative example. This pot is not
as regular in outline as is usual, and apparently less care has been taken
with the exterior finish. The inside, however, is quite smooth. The bot-
COOKING POTS OF STEATITE. 97
tom is flattened, and on the interior is covered with a thin coating of as-
phaltum. The dimensions of the specimen here described are: Greatest
diameter, 10 inches; height, exteriorly, 6.3 inches; diameter of mouth,
6.6 inches. Locality: Santa Cruz Island, California. Collected by Paul °
Schumacher. (Peabody Museum, 9273.) ;
Besides the several examples of the larger sizes of these vessels for
cooking food are many of quite limited capacity, and which present many
marked variations from the typical form, as represented by Fig. 33. This
vessel may, indeed, be considered as an intermediate form, although some
of the smaller specimens are but miniatures of the larger, as we stated
when considering the stone mortars.
Fig. 2, Plate VI, represents a cooking vessel from La Patera in no
important feature differing from the preceding, and is here brought particu-
larly to notice as exhibiting the principal means employed in repairing a
broken vessel of this character, so that it might be subsequently utilized as
a receptacle for food. In the middle of the side exposed in the figure,
there will be noticed an extensive fracture extending to the base of the pot,
which is irregularly flattened. About one inch from the rim that surrounds
the mouth of the vessel is a small hole drilled through the side, and on the
other side of the fracture a second hole, but at a greater distance from the
rim. Between these, a shallow groove has been cut, joining the two per-
forations. The inside of the ressel has a corresponding groove. Into these
there has been poured melted asphaltum, which, when hardened by cooling,
has formed a band of cement, holding the fractured edges together. Ht is
not improbable that, previous to applying the asphaltum, a cord, either
of some fibrous vegetable substance, as bark, or possibly a strip of skin
or tendon of an animal, was first used to draw the edges together, the
asphaltum poured over it, and thus added strength gained. A vessel thus
repaired would, of course, be no longer available for cooking food, as the
necessary exposure to heat would soften the luting; but rendered water-
tight by this material they were valuable as receptacles for food, whether
solid or liquid Dr. Yarrow informs me that several of these ollas were
dug up, the bottoms of which had been partially fractured, probably by
Opie
98 COOKING POTS AND FOOD VESSELS.
heat. They had a warped appearance, and no attempt had been made to
repair them.
Fig. 14, Plate VI, represents a flattened, shallow cooking pot, quite
similar to the preceding, but somewhat smaller. It is even more irregular
in outline, and the bottom not flattened. The rim is well defined, level,
and slightly overlapping the sides on the outside, and still more so inte-
riorly. The characteristic V-shaped incised lines are very prominent.
The measurements of this vessel are: Greatest diameter, 7.8 inches; height,
exteriorly, 3.7 inches; diameter of mouth, 6 inches.
Fig. 13, Plate VI, shows the outline of a symmetrical and beautifully-
designed example of these smaller vessels. Quite unlike the generality of
these steatite cooking pots, this specimen has a small but carefully-flattened
base, from which the sides extend upward with a gradual increase in their
curvature, and then contracting suddenly, giving something of a flattened
top in excess of the mouth of the vessel. There is a well-defined rim pro-
jecting above the level of the surrounding surface, but this has no trace
remaining of incised lines, such as are common in this class of stone pots.
This specimen contains three large masses of red paint,* and is much dis-
colored by it, both outside and within; but beneath this can readily be
traced, upon the exterior surface, especially the bottom, abundant evidences
of long and frequent exposures to fire. The measurements of this small
specimen are: Greatest diameter, 6 inches; height, exteriorly, 4 inches;
width of base, 2.5 inches; diameter of mouth, 3.3 inches.
Fig. 3, Plate VI, represents a still smaller specimen, differing mate-
rially from the preceding in having the mouth of nearly as great diameter
as its largest transverse measurements. There is a well-defined rim, formed
by a deeply-incised line extending around the opening of the vessel at a
uniform distance. This specimen is much more decomposed upon its exte-
rior surface, from exposure to the fire, than any of the larger pots, and is
also much encrusted with black scales of what appears to be an admixture
of asphaltum and ashes or soot. This specimen, in size and general out-
line, closely resembles a series of small vessels of serpentine found asso-
* These masses of paint may have been placed in the pot for transportation simply, as these ves-
sels were utilized in that way by the members of the party making the excavations. *
COOKING POTS OF STEATITE. 99
ciated with the large mortars and cooking vessels, to which we will shortly
call attention.
Closely allied in use, although widely different in shape, are certain
slabs of steatite of various sizes, for which the name “ plate” has been sug-
gested. These were called by the men employed by Dr. Yarrow Tortilla
plates, they seeming to understand what use they had been put to by the
Indians. These interesting utensils, as represented by the series collected,
generally exhibit traces of exposure to fire upon the under surface, which
is convex in many of the specimens. This indication of exposure to fire,
taken in connection with the position of the one large hole drilled in each
specimen, and the presence of a shallow rim extending around the sides
of some of the quadrangular specimens—in some instances omitted on
the end opposite that which is perforated—point conclusively, we think,
to the fact of their having been used as pans for baking, being practically
the same as modern “ eriddles,”
which at this time are largely made of the
same material.* In this connection, it is well to add that the hole at one
end was doubtlessly used, in connection with a crooked stick, as a means
of drawing them from the fire.
Of a series of ten specimens, from the same general locality, each has
a hole so placed as to give nearly or quite the maximum surface for spread-
ing the food to be cooked. When a slab of steatite has been chosen for
making one of these pans de novo, it is quite flat, regular, and usually quad-
rangular in shape, somewhat tapering at the perforated end, and with a
carefully wrought rim slightly raised above the general surface. Such
specimens have a slight convexity of the under surface. Many of these
utensils are, however, evidently fragments of the larger steatite pots, such as
we have just described. The curvature of many of these pans is the same
as the sides of the larger examples of the cooking pots; and as they are quite
irregular in outline, without marginal rims, which is replaced by the greater
concavity of the upper surface, and have the hole for the supposed hook-
handle variously placed, as determined by the outline of the slab, it is safe
to infer that they are utilized fragments of large cooking pots.
* Sir. Schumacher proposes the name of comali for these stones, on which the tortillas, or thin
cakes of bread made from various vegetable substances, were baked, somewhat after the manner of tho
Southern hoecake.—¥. W. P.
100 COOKING POTS AND FOOD VESSELS.
Fig. 34 represents a carefully wrought and highly finished example of
these stones for cooking food. Nearly rectangular in shape, one inch in
thickness, and with more prominently raised margins than the others,
this specimen may be considered as typical of this form of domestic uten-
sil. It shows distinctly on the under side, and upon the end without the
rim, marks of the fire by the blackening of the surface. This example
measures at the upper or perforated end 7 inches in width; the sides are
10 inches each in length, and the width at the broader end is also 10 inches.
Fig. 34. Another of these cooking uten-
sils, while similar in general outline,
is even smoother upon the upper
side, and has the marginal elevated
ridge extending around the four
sides, which are slightly curved out-
ward, the perforated end being most
nearly straight. This specimen is
quite thin, and slopes toward the
edge at one of the lower corners,
giving it the appearance of having
become warped. It measures 6
* inches in width at the upper end;
Ste — = care pang stone, J. is 12 inches in length on one side,
and 11.5 inches on the other; width at the lower end, 10 inches.
Another of these cooking utensils is of a much plainer pattern, and
is probably a fragment of a large pot, squared and smoothed along the
margins. The upper surface is concave. The upper or perforated end is
narrower than the other, and the perforation, which is about .75 of an inch
in diameter, is quite sloping at the circumference, being in general ap-
pearance a repetition on a larger scale of the countersunk holes in the
so-called ‘‘ twisting stones,” and in many gorgets. One of the lower cor-
ners has been broken off, leaving an even, oblique fracture. The measure-
ments of this specimen are as follows: Width of the perforated end, 2.5
inches; of the sides, which have a uniform outward curve, 9 inches; width
of the end, 4.5 inches.
BAKING PANS OF STEATITRE. 101
A fourth specimen is of the same general outline, but somewhat
larger. It has a small concavity on the upper side and may be a frag-
ment of a cooking pot, but probably it has been made from a slab of soap-
stone direct, as was Fig. 34. There is on this specimen a series of parallel
lines, perpendicular in direction, deeply incised on the edge of the upper
or perforated end. This ornamentation, if such it be, occurs on no other
of the ten specimens of the series here described. The measurements of this
specimen are: Width of the upper end, 4 inches; length of the sides,
which have an outward curve, 10 inches; width of the lower end, 3.5
inches; of this and the oblique margin, 7 inches.
A large specimen of these baking pans of steatite, from San Miguel
Island, California (Peabody Museum, 9261), collected by Paul Schu-
macher, is of greater dimensions than any of the preceding, and, having a
very deeply curved surface, may possibly have formed originally a part of
a large cooking pot; but if so, of one of even greater capacity than Fig.
32. This specimen has not a raised rim, but otherwise resembles Fig.
34 of this series. The measurements are: Width of the upper end, 5.5
inches; length of the sides, which are straight, 11 inches; width of the
lower end, 9 inches.
An example of somewhat smaller size is interesting as showing that
considerable value was placed upon these utensils. The perforation, near
the middle of the smaller or upper end, having been destroyed by a
fracture, which detached a large piece from one corner, a second hole has
been drilled in the middle of the projecting half of the remaining end.
While this gives quite an irregular outline to the article, the available sur-
face for baking has not been lessened. This specimen has a worn sloping
edge, and the depth of the concave surface renders it probable that it was
a fragment of a pot. The measurements are: Width of cooking surface,
8 inches; length of same, 7.5 inches; width of projection having the per-
foration, 3 inches; length of same, 2 inches. It was obtained at Dos
Pueblos by Mr. Schumacher. (Peabody Museum, No. 9225.)
An example of still more irregular form, in the Peabody Museum, in-
dicates that the constant exposure to intense heat caused many of these
baking utensils not only to crumble about their edges, but to break into
102 COOKING POTS AND FOOD VESSELS.
many pieces. ‘The specimen here referred to was originally probably quite
symmetrical, as one side is comparatively straight. The other, however, is
very irregular and splintered. The original perforation has in this speci-
men, also, been broken away, and a second made at a short distance from
it. ‘This example has a much more curved surface than any of the others,
and bears every indication of being merely a utilized fragment of a cooking
vessel. It was collected at Santa Cruz Island, California, by Mr. Schu-
macher,
An irregularly shaped and comparatively flat example of these
domestic utensils, also from Santa Cruz Island, was probably made directly
from a slab of steatite quarried for the purpose. It is somewhat boat-shaped
in outline, with the sides slightly higher than the middle, but with the
ends more nearly on a level with the lowest portion of the main surface.
The hole is quite near the middle of the slab, being farther from the end
than is usual. This specimen measures 10 inches in length by about 6
inches in average width.
A small example, showing no signs of exposure to fire, is quadrangular
in shape, without a raised rim, and with a countersunk hole in one corner.
Its general appearance sug-
gests that it is a fragment of a
still larger specimen, which
has not been used since its
detachment from the original.
It measures 4.5 inches in aver-
j age width; length, 6.5 inches,
and is from Santa Catalina Isl-
and, California. Collected by
Paul Schumacher. (Peabody
Museum, 9268.)
Fig. 35 represents an example of stone implement that at first glance
is apparently of the same character as the preceding, but as the convexity
of both surfaces is pronounced, and there is no trace of exposure to fire,
the use of the implement in question is not demonstrated by any of its
features. Whatever may have been its use, which doubtlessly was other
BAKING PANS OF STERATITE. 103
than a culinary one, the specimen is interesting as showing how readily
one well-known form merges into another. This was also collected by Mr.
Schumacher on Santa Catalina Island. (Peabody Museum, 9269.)
These cooking utensils of steatite from the coast of California and the
adjacent islands must not be confounded with the beautifully wrought
circular and quadrangular plates found in the interior of the country.
The latter are usually decorated with incised lines and marginal notches,
and we are not yet warranted in considering them cooking utensils ;
their elaborate workmanship and regularity of form rather suggesting
that they were designed for other and more ornamental purposes than the
perforated slabs we have just described.
An implement of steatite, said to have been lately found in New
Jersey, is, in all respects, similar to the smaller comali here described ; its
size alone renders it doubtful whether the proposed name is in this case
properly applied. That it was used simply as a heating-stone with which
to bring water to a boiling point, after the well-known method of many
savage tribes, is not probable, as it is too small to be of much use in this
way, and it is not so well adapted to that purpose as are the perforated flat
pebbles of irregular shapes and sizes which occur in great abundance in
the immediate vicinity of where this wrought steatite implement is said to
have been found. The latter have been considered, we think with good
reason, as heating or boiling stones, although they have also been regarded
as perforated sinkers.
[Among the articles received by the Peabody Museum from Mr.
Schumacher’s explorations of 1877 on the islands of San Clemente and
Santa Catalina, are numerous small plates made of steatite, similar to
those described above by Dr. Abbott. Several of these are rudely orna-
mented by deeply incised lines or by raised surfaces, while others show
transitions to implements of other characters, particularly to the grooved
stones which have been called ‘“ arrow-shaft straighteners,” and some even
pass into small, oblong, cup-like vessels. From a study of these specimens
it appears that many of these stones, having one or more holes, were used
for purposes where a heated stone was required, and that the hole was
simply intended to afford the means of taking the stone from the fire.
104 COOKING POTS AND FOOD VESSELS.
Such stones would be very serviceable in heating water in water-tight
baskets, and for other similar purposes; while if a hot stone was required
for the purpose of straightening an arrow-shaft, or any other piece of wood,
those having a deep groove running transversely on what may be called
the under side of the stone would serve admirably for such purpose. Some
of these that are grooved on one face have the opposite surface deeply
excavated, thus forming a small receptacle, showing an economical use of
the stone.
One specimen, also of steatite, is of a peculiar shape, and without any
marks of exposure to fire. This has the general outline of one of the small
pestles with a knob at its smaller end and a groove about the larger, but is
hollowed out from one surface, making an oval-shaped cup. This article is
rudely worked, and its whole appearance is such as to give the idea that it
had been attached by cords to some other article. To strengthen this sug-
gestion a small depression has been drilled on one side, as if it had been
at first thought necessary to make a hole through the side for the purpose
of assisting its attachment, and the idea was afterwards abandoned. The
measurements of this article are: Length, 5.5 inches; width, 2 inches;
cavity, | inch in depth. (Peabody Museum, 13492.)
Another of these stones (P. M., 13168) is about 4.5 inches long by 1.75
inches wide and .75 of an inch thick. One end of this specimen is roughly
pointed, and has a small hole bored from both sides. On one surface of the
stone are two deeply cut grooves in the form of a letter X. If found on our
eastern shore this article would be unquestionably regarded as a sinker, and
it is very probable that such was its use, though it shows signs of having
been exposed to fire, but that may be entirely due to its having been made
from a fragment of a cooking utensil.
Among the specimens in this lot are several which were probably used
as baking stones. Of these the following are specially worthy of note :
One (P. M., 13165) is nearly symmetrical and regularly finished;
5.5 inches long, 5 inches broad at one end, and 4 inches at the other, with
the sides shghtly and regularly curved throughout its length. On the nar-
row end are three carefully bored holes, the central one being .5 of an inch
in diameter, and nearly a third larger than the two others. These holes are
FOOD VESSELS OF STONE. 105
not countersunk, and are nearly of the same diameter throughout. On the
under or slightly convex surface, and on each side of the central hole, two
smaller holes have been started and carried nearly through the stone. The
upper surface of this stone, which is about .5 of an inch thick, is slightly
concave.
Another specimen (P. M. 13166), of about the same size and shape
as the one just described, has a hole, about .75 of an inch in diameter, in
the centre, near the front or narrow edge. Running transversely ou the
under surface is a lozenge-shaped raised portion about .5 of an inch wide in
the centre and standing out from the surface about .25 of an inch.
A third specimen (P. M. 13167), of nearly the same size as the others,
has been very carefully cut out and regularly finished. The hole in this
is in the centre of the front end, and has been carefully worked out. On
the under side a ridge has been left along the front and hind edges, and
running longitudinally upon this surface from ridge to ridge are eight
deeply cut grooves.
A fourth specimen, though showing by the changed character of the
steatite that it has been exposed to continued heat, seems to be of too small
size to have been of much value as a baking stone. It is very regularly
cut, and all its edges are carefully and squarely finished. The hole placed
in the centre near the front edge is of the same size throughout and nearly
half an inch in diameter. This stone is 2.75 inches wide at its front margin
or narrowest portion, and increases to 3.5 inches measured on the opposite
border, and is of a uniform thickness of .25 of an inch. Continued around
the stone are two raised portions, with a deep groove between them, form-
ing a band .75 of an inch thick, and thus materially interfering with its use
for baking purposes.—F. W. P.]
Foop VESSELS AND PAINT cUpPS.—Accompanying the large mortars,
with their pestles, the cooking pots, and plates or pans for baking, which we
have already described, are a number of smaller vessels, usually made of a
different mineral, and quite artistically shaped, and sometimes ornamented.
As in modern wares, we give, for convenience, special names to certain
forms, as vase, cup, bowl, and mug, so we might readily separate these sev-
eral forms under like headings, but it is doubtful if such designations would
106 COOKING POTS AND FOOD VESSELS.
really give a clearer idea of their probable uses, it being more than likely
that these various forms of stone vessels, whatever their size or shape, were
not intended for a more extended range of use than as receptacles for food,
whether cooked or raw, and for such pigments as were in use for decorating
the persons of their owners. Some of the smallest examples, indeed, may
be simply toys for children. Whatever their use, it will be seen, on refer-
ence to the illustrations and to the detailed descriptions, that much care
has been. given to their manufacture and an unusual degree of taste exhib-
ited in the design of very many.
Of a series of nearly thirty specimens collected by Drs. Yarrow and
Rothrock, Mr. Henshaw, and Mr. Schumacher, all but seven are made of
serpentine; the others of fine-grained sandstone.
Fig. 12, Plate VI, represents a beautifully wrought example of a bowl,
or, as we suppose, receptacle for food. ‘This example is circular at the rim,
and gradually curves to a flattened base of very limited surface. The bot-
tom and sides of this bowl are of nearly uniform thickness, and the interior
and exterior surfaces are equally well polished. The ornamentation con-
sists of two deeply incised lines near the rim, with an intervening space of
the same width. The space referred to is highly polished, and stands out
in bold relief, surrounded by the dulled surfaces of the incised lines.
There is no trace of exposure to fire on this bowl, and no special indica-
tions of wear or long usage, unless the slight chippings about the rim may
be considered as such. The measurements of this vessel are: Diameter
at the top, 5.2 inches; height, exteriorly, 2.8 inches; thickness of sides, .2
of an inch at the rim, and somewhat larger at the base.
A much larger but very similar example of these bowl-shaped vessels
is of unusual interest, as it shows that, although badly broken, the specimen
was made available for some uses by carefully mending it by the use of
asphaltum poured into holes and connecting grooves, as already described.
(See Fig. 2, Plate VI.) In this specimen, however, instead of a single
fracture, closed by a single fastening of asphaltum, the vessel has been
broken into three pieces, and subsequently held together by six connecting
grooves and eleven perforations, showing conclusively that great value was
placed upon these serpentine bowls, and that the labor of making them
FOOD VESSELS OF STONE. 107
was so considerable that every practicable means, however laborious, was
adopted to preserve them, even when so greatly damaged as was this
specimen. The measurements of this bowl are: Diameter at the mouth,
7.5 inches; height, exteriorly, 4 inches; thickness of sides of the bowl,
varying from .3 to .4 of an inch.
Fig. 10, Plate VI, represents a very beautifully wrought serpentine bowl
of somewhat smaller capacity than Fig. 5, varying also in being less in
diameter, but of greater depth. The degree of polish and general finish
is the same. The ornamentation consists of a single shallow groove near
the rim. This example is interesting as showing one of the uses to which
such vessels were put, it having still in it two masses of red pigment, which
it contained when taken from the graves at Dos Pueblos. This bowl
measures 4.2 inches at the rim in diameter, and slightly exceeds this below
the mouth of the vessel; height, exteriorly, 2.7 inches. The flat surface of
the rim is .25 of an inch in width, and has numbers of transverse incised
lines, probably intended as an ornamental design, which are now, however,
scarcely discernible.
Fig. 8, Plate V, represents a very symmetrical but perfectly plain
bowl that closely approaches a typical mortar in its appearance, and is of
the same hard sandstone that most of the mortars proper are made of.
This specimen has the sides and base, which is flattened, of nearly uniform
size, and both the interior and exterior surfaces are very smooth, but not
polished. On the rim are two shallow depressions, of less than an inch in
length, each of which have been filled with asphaltum, upon which shells,
or fragments of abalone shells, have been placed as ornaments; being
the same decoration that we noticed on some of the mortars. This
specimen measures: Greatest diameter, 5.3 inches; height, exteriorly, 3.2
inches.
Fig. 1, Plate V, represents a remarkable specimen of workmanship in
stone, especially when the conditions of the maker and the character of his
tools are considered. It is wrought out of a dense serpentine, and excels
in finish, the rim being strictly circular, and not simply approaching to it,
while the flaring sides of the vessel decrease uniformly in thickness.
The base is flattened, and large enough to permit the vessel to stand firm
108 COOKING POTS AND FOOD VESSELS.
and steady. The rim slopes outward slightly, and overlaps the interior
surface, and is noticeably sharp and unworn on the edge. There is no
trace of ornamentation by incised lines, or other decoration. ‘This speci-
men measures, in greatest diameter, 5.2inches ; height, exteriorly, 2.5 inches;
breadth of rim, .35 of an inch.
Another form of these food receptacles is the oval or boat-shaped,
examples of which also occur in the series of stone vessels from California.
It is not clear that this shape has any connection with a particular use, and
it is not one peculiar to the Pacific coast. A specimen from Massachusetts, :
figured in Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, No. 287, p. 36, Figure
143, is distinctly boat-shaped, with a small projecting handle at each end,
and Dr. Rau there refers to others from the Atlantic coast States as being
of this general pattern.
Numerous objects made of steatite have been found in New Jersey
and have been examined by the writer. The similarity of some of them
to implements of this material from California and the adjacent islands
has been noticed One marked instance, among several, is the occurrence
of a beautifully wrought oval dish, 22 inches in length and 9 in width, which
in finish and symmetry quite equals any from the Pacific coast. Frag-
ments of several small boat-shaped vessels have also been met with, but the
great majority of those from New Jersey, seen by the writer, have been
circular in outline and of much ruder finish than the average stone vessels
from the Pacific coast.
A specimen from Santa Barbara, collected by Mr. Bowers (National
Museum, 20207), may be considered, perhaps, the typical form of boat-shaped
or oval vessels. This handsome specimen of savage art, in finish and design,
excels all others in the collection, although there possibly may be no more
skill required in shaping an oval than a circular vessel. Be this as it may,
the evident intention of the artistic workman has been accomplished, and
in every detail the vessel is complete. This specimen is made of steatite,
and is prettily veined with black upon gray and brown tints. It is highly
polished upon every part, and has the sides of uniform width. The base,
which is curved longitudinally, is somewhat flattened transversely, and is
of double the thickness of the sides. The ends are curved; the sides and
FOOD VESSELS OF STONE. 109
base gradually merging into each other so as to give a uniform surface,
both within and without. In addition to this curving of the ends there is
also at one end a prow-like projection which is very symmetrical, and
greatly adds to the boat-like appearance of the specimen. Extending
along either side and starting from this projection is a raised rim that is flat
upon its surface in front, but somewhat curved upon the sides of the vessel.
This rim has been originally marked by numerous closely arranged incised
lines, extending transversely across it. These are now nearly obliterated in
some places, and are not distinctly seen, except on careful examination.
This specimen measures, in extreme length, 9.5 inches ; in width, 4.9 inches;
height, exteriorly, at the middle of sides, 2 inches; at the projecting end,
3.1 inches; at the curved end, 2.9 inches.
Another boat-shaped utensil was found in “ Bonanza No. 1,” La Patera,
in close contiguity to the canoe mentioned in Dr. Yarrow’s report, but was
unfortunately broken in transit to Washington. It has, however, been
mended, and is in the National Museum. It is about twice the length of
the one just described, which it resembles, though it is without the promi-
nent prow.*
-Fig. 15, Plate VI, represents an irregularly oval bowl, of excellent
workmanship, so far as uniformity of width of sides and general smoothing
of the surfaces extend, but the want of symmetry is very marked. The
rim is now quite smooth and flat, and its undulating character, in connection
with the unsymmetrical shaping of the bowl itself, is apparently not the
result of fracture, but intentional. This seems the more probable, as a
faintly discernible incised line runs parallel to the rim for a short distance
on one side. A shallow indentation on each side of the rim has the ap-
pearance of grooves for asphaltum, such as we have already noticed
on the large sandstone mortars. This specimen measures, in extreme
*Another specimen of these finely finished boat-shaped utensils was found in a grave on Santa
Catalina, by Mr. Schumacher, and sent to the Peabody Museum, in 1877. (P. M., 13270.) ‘This vessel is
#.5 inches long, 2.75 inches wide, and 3.25 inches deep at the ends, which are .5 of an inch higher than the
sides. The sides are .25 of an inch thick, and the vessel is hollowed toadepth of 1.5 inches. The mate-
rial is steatite. The perfect construction and shape of this vessel afford almost convincing evidence of
its representing the boats of the islanders. The still later exploration of the island of Santa Catalina
has furnished, among other articles, a large boat-shaped vessel over two feet in length. This was ob-
tained at the ancient quarry on the island, and is of particular interest, as it is not a finished piece of
work; the exterior having been cut into shape while the interior is only partly excavated.—F. W. P.
110 COOKING POTS AND FOOD VESSELS.
length, 7.3 inches; in width, 6.2 inches; height, exteriorly, varying from 3
to 3.7 inches.
Fig. 6, Plate VI, represents a well-defined oval bowl or vessel which,
perhaps, would be more properly classed with such small specimens cf simi-
lar general finish as will be subsequently described as cups. This example
of the oval-shaped specimens bears much resemblance, except in size, to
the preceding, being carefully wrought on the sides and base, and carefully
polished both on the interior and exterior surfaces. The rim, however, as
in Figure 7 of same plate, is quite undulating; the lowest part being on
the sides, as in the other. There is no attempt at ornamentation by the
usual incised lines or any other means. The measurements of this vessel
are: Extreme length, 4.1 inches; width, 3.1 inches; height, exteriorly, at
the ends, 2.3 inches.
Fig. 5, Plate VI, represents what may be considered the most special-
ized form of the stone pots and vessels taken from the ancient graves at
Dos Pueblos. The bowl proper, if it may be thus considered, is admirably
wrought, of uniform thickness of sides and base, which is scarcely flattened,
aud with a well-defined flat rim projecting inwards to a greater distance
than is usual among this class of domestic utensils. On the rim, in three
equidistant positions, are traces of asphaltum. The one peculiar feature
which widely separates this specimen from all others is the handle-like pro-
jection. The measurements of this interesting specimen are: Diameter
varying from 4.3 inches to 4.5 inches; length of handle-like projection, 1.5
inches.*
Associated with those above described, and more numerous, it would
appear, from the relative numbers of the two series taken from the one gen-
eral locality, are several shallow bowls, or saucer-shaped vessels, made of
* A smaller specimen of these ladle-like cups received frcm Mr. Schumacher, from the island of
Santa Catalina (P. M., 13292), has a handle nearly 3 inches long, while the cup part is about 2.5 inches
in diameter, and is excavated to the depth of 1.5 inches. A still smaller and spoon-like, rather than
ladle-like, specimen from the same locality (P. M., 13147) has a short bluntly pointed handle of about
an inch in length projecting from the bowl portion, which is about 2.5 inches long by slightly more than
1 inch in width, and an interior depth of one-half an inch. The thickness of the bowl of the spoon is
not over one-eighth of aninch. The shape of the short handle is such as to convey the impression that
it was inserted into a longer one of wood. Both of these articles are made of steatite, without attempt
at ornament, except that on the larger one a slight groove has been cut partially round the lip of the
bowl.—F. W. P.
FOOD VESSELS OF STONE. 111
different materials, but mostly of serpentine. While many, and perhaps all,
of these specimens have been manufactured de novo, several strongly sug
gest the probability of their being the bottoms of larger vessels, such as
have been already described, which have been utilized, by giving an even
and uniform edge to what were the fractured sides of a deeper bowl or cup.
Others, again, are certainly things of themselves, and in no way referable
to other patterns of stone vessels.* In some instances, as Fig. 3, Plate VI,
there is a trace of ornamentation of a primitive kind in the one incised line
extending along the rim; but as a class they are not symmetrical in outline,
nor do they exhibit any care in the finish. Their appearance is strongly
suggestive, especially the smaller specimens, of being mere playthings for
children ; which is the more plausible from the fact that our present Indians
still fashion, both in clay and stone, similar articles as toys for their children.
One of the smallest, however, and also the rudest (Fig. 9, Plate V), still has
some of the characteristic red pigment adhering to it, and such vessels pos-
sibly were not considered too small for toilet cups for adults. Figs. 4, 6, 7,
8, 9, 10 of Plate V, and Figs. 3 and 4 of Plate VI, represent a series of these
saucer-like vessels, and scarcely require detailed descriptions. As they are
represented on the plates reduced to a uniform scale of one-fourth their
diameter, reference to special measurements is unnecessary t+
The presence of pigment in one specimen, as already referred to, will
scarcely give us a clue to the intended uses of the shallow vessels; but,
whether for adults or children, there are so many possible suggestions that
can be made by reference to similar forms in our own homes that it is
scarcely necessary to give them any definite name or ascribe as probable
any one or more special uses to them.
In addition to these, which as a class were probably used more in con-
Gloucester County, New Jersey, are two steatite saucers of the same shape as the larger examples of
this pattern from California. As no others of this form have been found, or at least appear in any of
the large private collections in the State, it is presumable that this saucer-shaped pattern was but
little used by the Indians of the Atlantic coast, and even the genuineness of many of the steatite articles
which are said to have been found in Gloucester County may well be questioned.
tSeveral much smaller specimens of these little paint-cups have been received from Mr. Schu-
macher’s later explorations on the islands, and are now in the Peabody Museum. One is hardly over
an inch in diameter and less than one-half an inch in depth. Several others, made of steatite and of
serpentine, vary from this size to 3 inches in diameter.—F. W. P.
1} COOKING POTS AND FOOD VESSELS.
nection with food and cooking than as toilet-cups or for the preparation
of toilet materials, is a small series of very beautifully-wrought bowls, or,
more properly, cups. ‘These vessels are noticeable from the fact that their
depth is equal to or greater than the transverse diameter.
Fig. 7, Plate VI, represents a beautifully-wrought example of these
carefully-fashioned cups. This cup is well polished on its exterior surface,
but is comparatively rough within, and exhibits clearly the marks of the
flint knife used in hollowing out. The rim is narrow and slopes inward,
and is well defined by a deeply incised line or groove extending around it.
This specimen measures 3.5 inches in diameter at the mouth and is 3.2
inches in height. The sides are quite thin and the bottom is .6 of an inch
in thickness.
[In relation to ornamented vessels of the general pattern desctibed
by Dr. Abbott, three examples cut out of steatite, and received recently in
Mr. Schumacher’s collection from the island of Santa Catalina, are worthy
of special mention.
One of these (P. M., 13316) is of the shape shown in Fig. 7, Plate VI.
It has a diameter of 5 inches, measured from side to side, and is 4 inches in
height; is excavated to the depth of 3 inches and has a diameter at the mouth
of 3.5 inches. On the outside of this cup or bowl is the following ornamen-
tation: A raised band, about one-quarter of an inch wide, is continued
round the cup, one-half an inch from the edge of the lip. Round the bot-
tom portion are two deeply-cut grooves, about half an inch apart. Between
the band above and the grooves below, on the bulging sides, are three
eroups of X-like marks. This specimen does not show any indication of
contact with fire.
A-much smaller cup of the same shape (P. M., 15143) has a similar
band about the lip, but in this case so near to the edge as to be in part upon
the upper surface of the lip. Below and in part on the bottom of the cup
are four deeply-incised lines, forming three raised bands between them.
On the sides, in two groups, with a smooth space of about an inch between
them, are series of irregularly-cut, oblique lines. One of these groups con-
tains sixteen lines and the other twenty. The inside of this cup is discol-
ored by red pigment and was evidently used for toilet purposes.
SMALL CUPS OF STONE. Tks
A still smaller, globular, and symmetrical cup (P. M., 13146), about
2.5 inches in diameter by 1.5 high, is smoothly finished on the outside, and
ornamented by four rows of shallow indentations, like the punch-marks on
rude pottery. These marks extend from the lip to the central portion of
the bottom of the cup. On one side, close to the lip, there are six dots or
small pits uniting with two of the downward lines.—F. W. P.]
A cup nearly resembling the one shown on Plate VI, Fig. 5, is much
smaller and a trifle less bulging at the sides, thus making the diameter of
the mouth and the greatest diameter of the cup more nearly equal.
Fig. 1, Plate VI, represents a form varying in some respects from the
last, and approaching both the typical mortar and the bowls. This cup
is carefully carved in steatite, and still shows the flint-knife marks and
scratches over its entire surface, which has been smoothed but not pol-
ished. The general outline is symmetrical, and the sides are straighter
and thicker than in any other of the specimens of similar pattern. The
measurements of this stone cup are: Greatest diameter, 3.5 inches; height,
exteriorly, 2.8 inches; thickness of sides varying from .3 to .35 of an inch.
Fig. 11, Plate VI, represents a symmetrical and beautifully-finished
example of serpentine cup. ‘This specimen varies in its pattern from the
others described, but more nearly approaches Fig. 7 of same plate, except
in size. On the base and sides are still seen the tool-marks, which subse-
quent polishing have but partially obliterated. At the rim, which is some-
what less in circumference than the base, there is a narrow incised line,
but no further markings of a decorative character. The rim itself is level
and highly polished. A faint trace of red pigment in the deeper tool-
marks on the bottom shows that the cup has been used as a receptacle
for this material. The measurements of this specimen are: Diameter of the
mouth, 2.6 inches; of the base or greatest diameter, 3 inches; height, exte-
riorly, 2.5 inches.
Fig. 9, Plate VI, represents a diminutive example of these small ves-
sels, which closely resembles the preceding, but is of much smaller size.
Broad and flattened upon the base, the sides curve upward and inward to
a narrow edge, which shows in one portion of its extent a narrow, incised
line. Below this, on the sides of the cup, are a few very faint lines,
8 CI
114 COOKING POTS AND FOOD VESSELS.
extending at right angles to the rim line. Much of the edge of the cup
is fractured, but enough remains to indicate that when new it had consid-
erable decoration, consisting wholly of delicate lines or scratches. Their
regularity and uniform width and depth distinguish them from the ordi-
nary tool-marks, which are still discernible over the whole exterior surface.
The measurements of this specimen are: Greatest diameter, or that near the
base, 2.2 inches; diameter of the mouth, 1.85 inches; height, exteriorly,
1.4 inches. This specimen, like Fig. 10 of same plate, contains a mass of
red paint, and has doubtlessly been used as a toilet-cup exclusively. Stone
cups of even less capacity have been found in Indian graves along the
Atlantic coast, with similar masses of pigment in them.
In connection with the large series of stone vessels of various patterns,
and doubtless for many and varied uses, it is desirable to call attention to a
very interesting wooden vessel, which, while somewhat similar to certain of
those of stone that have been described, still varies materially in its general
character, although it was probably put to much the same use as many of
the former.
Fig. 36.
Wooden vessel, 4.
Fig. 86 represents the wooden vessel to which we have just referred.
It is irregularly quadrangular in shape, the sides being quite straight and
parallel, but the ends are unequally curved outward. The sides are quite
thin and of uniform width. The bottom, while flat upon the outside, is
curved interiorly. At one end, and much nearer one side than the other, is
a narrow handle projecting from the vessel about 2.5 inches. This wooden
VESSELS OF WOOD AND OF SHELLS. TS)
ladle or dipper, as it may be called, has been figured and described by Dr.
Rau as ‘fa wooden bailing-vessel, with a short handle, fitting in a rectangu-
lar hole cut into the vessel.””* A careful examination of the specimen leads
me to consider this last statement a mistake, and that the handle is part
and parcel of the ladle or dipper, and was carved at the same time with
the body of the implement from the one piece of wood, and is not an addi-
tion thereto. It would be of great interest to know the exact date of the
carving of this interesting specimen; for if made previously to the intro-
duction of metals, it reflects great credit on the skill of the stone-age work-
man, as it is apparent that, although more yielding, wood is probably harder
to shape and hollow with flint knives than is stone ; but with whatever tool
this vessel has been made, it reflects credit on the skill of the maker.
This wooden vessel or ladle measures 5.8 inches in length; 3.6 inches
in width at the top; and is 2.4 inches high, measured exteriorly. Locality:
Santa Cruz Island, California. P. Schumacher. (National Museum.)
Besides the vessels of stone and this of wood, there occurs a form of
dish, or receptacle, which is simply a utilized shell of the abalone (Haliotis).
Fic. 37.
Dish made of a shell. 5
To render these available as dishes the series of holes or “eyes” in
the shell has been carefully closed with asphaltum, and a convenient dish
is thereby obtained (Fig. 387). A large shell of this kind, taken from
* Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, No. 287, p. 88, lig. 314.
,
116 COOKING POTS AND FOOD VESSELS.
the graves at La Patera, was filled with seeds which Dr. Rothrock* has
shown to be those of the Salvia Columbaria. These utilized shells do not
appear to be altered in any way other than as mentioned above. Dr. Rau,t
in referring to the occurrence of shells in ancient Californian coast graves,
remarks, concerning the ancient inhabitants of this locality, ‘that they util-
ized the unaltered shells of Haliotis, Cardiwm, Pecten, Patella, Spondylus, and
Panopea as the receptacles for asphaltum is demonstrated by a number of
shells, still filled with that substance, which were obtained from graves on
the Santa Barbara group of islands.” Shells of the above-named genera
were also found by Dr. Yarrow’s party, and contain various substances,
principally the red and black pigments. Dr. Yarrow also informs me that
Fig. 38. some of the Haliotis shells found were
placed, on top of the crania in the
oraves.
In connection with the small re-
ceptacles of various kinds, should be
classed the cups made from vertebree
of large fishes, inasmuch as the ma-
jority of such bone cups, of which
many have been found in the graves,
are filled with substances evidently in-
= tended for use in savage decoration.
Cup made fpmwverteves cre teh: One of these cups, of about the max-
imum size, is represented in Fig. 38. Similar cups made from fish-bones
were evidently used for other purposes, as shown further on, where a
peculiar ornament is described as partly made from a vertebra of a fish.t
*See page 80. tL. c., p. 67.
{The explorations of the Santa Barbara Islands have brought to light several more of these singu-
lar cups of various sizes. It is of interest in this connection to recall to memory the “large drinking-
cup made from the vertebra of a whale” which was found on the Isle of Eday, Orkney, and figured in
Witson’s Prehistoric Annals of Scotland, vol. 1, p. 118.—F. W. P.
THE METHOD OF MANUFACTURE OF SOAPSTONE POTS.
By PAUL SCHUMACHER.*
Iy my investigations among the remains of the aborigines of the Pa-
cific coast, south of San Francisco, I was always rewarded by finding
the olla,t one of the most beautiful utensils of genuine aboriginal work-
manship. The pot is usually of globular form, with a narrow opening on
the top; sometimes pear-shaped, and others of the Mexican form, with a
wide opening. [Illustrations of the principal types are given in Bancroft’s
“Native Races of the Pacific States,” Vol. IV, page 693, from my own
drawings. The stone of which this utensil for culinary purposes, and some
other articles of our Indians were worked out, has been well known and in
use for like purposes since the classic times of Theophrastus and Pliny.
The Magnesian stone (“ayvirzs Aifos) and the kind quarried at Siphnus
and Comun, the /apis ollaris of a later period, of which in ancient times
vessels were hollowed out in the turning-lathe and carved, coincide in
nature and composition with the pot-stone of our Indians. The stone is
a steatite, usually of a greenish-gray color, sometimes showing hexagonal
prisms in stellated groups, with pearly lustre and greasy touch, especially
when reduced to powder. It changes in some portions of the same ledge
into a more flaky and micaceous character, while in neighboring deposits,
as at Santa Catalina Island, it exists crystallized in stellated groups of well-
developed hexagonal needles of glistening apple color, which are easily de-
tached from the weathered surface. The living rock is not as bright or
shining as are the fragments of pots that had been exposed to heat; it loses
its greasy character the more a utensil has thus been in use, and the color
* Extracted in advance from the 11th Annual Report of the Peabody Museum.
t Olla, from the Latin olla, a pot; Mexican pronunciation dya,
117
118 MANUFACTURE OF SOAPSTONE POTS.
is changed to a bright metallic lead color. Some years ago I showed a
potsherd, the color of which had thus been changed by fire, to a mineral-
ogist, who pronounced it Magnesian mica.
The first information I gained of the locality of quarries of pot-stone,
or where pots were made, was from a venerable Spanish lady while exhum-
ing in Nipomo rancho, San Luis Obispo County, in the spring of 1874.
She recollected a narrative of her mother, according to which the Indians
had brought ollas in canoe-loads from the islands in Santa Barbara channel
to the mainland, which they exchanged for such necessities as the island-
ers were in want of.* Two years later, in Santa Barbara County, I re-
ceived similar information from an old Mexican, then my guide. While
making researches among the islands, at the joimt expense of the Smithsonian
Institution and the Peabody Museum, I gained the assurance, during my
short stay on Santa Catalina, that the stone exists in certain places on that
island, but did not then succeed in finding the quarries. But during my last
expedition to that locality, made at the expense of the Peabody Museum, I
made the discovery, finding pits, quarries, and tools, together with unfinished
articles. I noticed that the softer stone usually obtained in the pits, which
is of a more micaceous character, was used for pots, while the close-grained
rock of darker color, serpentine, was mainly used for the weights of digging-
sticks, cups, pipes, ornaments, ete.
While in camp at Little Springs, my attention was first arrested by a
small mound of silvery hue, which same hue also extended over the
adjoining ground. The mound is in front of a large outcropping rock of
pot-stone, which I found to be an impressive witness of the tedious labors
of the aborigines, it being entirely covered with marks where pot-forms had
been worked out or left in various stages; some even were only begun and
abandoned, while others were nearly worked out in rough outlines, but
still united with the living rock. At the foot of the bluff is a burrow in
which, and among the débris forming the mound, many potsherds, a broken
pot of which the outside had already been well worked and even the hol-
low started, and a pot-form as broken from the mother rock, were brought
*This statement is corroborated by Dr. Yarrow, who was informed of the same circumstances by
the Senora Welch at the Dos Pueblos ranch, the principal articles of barter given in exchange for th
ollas being grass-seeds, furs, skins, acorns, and roots of different kinds.—F, W. P.
ANCIENT SOAPSTONE QUARRY. i 119
to light, with many tools of hard slate in the shape of chisels, and scrapers
of quartz.
From the Little Springs we followed the canon to the northward, and
crossed the pass, easy of access from this side, into Pots Valley. It is a wide
hollow canon, in which pot-stone, silicious slate, and “‘float”-quartz are found
abundantly. The pot-stone is found especially below the small spring,
which makes out near the base of a very conspicuous, isolated, large rock,
which stands nearly in the centre of the valley; while the slate, of which
the chisels are made, crops out boldly, higher up near the pass. Several hun-
dred yards below the spring, at the ravine to the right going down, is found
a pit; and the ledge of pot-stone close by forms a face in the ravine, which
shows the same marks of the chisel as at Little Springs. About eight dis-
tinct marks cover the lower face, while others are obliterated by subsequent
mining. One, having only been commenced, shows the outlines of a pot-
form in a circle worked to a depth of only an inch, and measures 16 inches
in diameter Between this place and the second ravine, about 50 yards to
the northwestward, is another pit of larger dimension—about 15 feet in
diameter and still 5 feet deep—where, too, among the débris, potsherds and
quantities of slate fragments and quartz are found; some of which had evi-
dently been used in working the mine and making the pots — Besides these
places there are many more pits in the valley, and a quarry especially prom-
inent about four hundred yards to the eastward from Pots Valley boat-land-
ing, close to the steep ocean shore. In fact, on entering the canon by the
pass, as we did, when the grand rock near the spring, the lesser cliffs, and the
scattered boulders can be overseen, I was struck, on examining the locality
through a field-glass, by the discovery of so many silver-hued mounds, the
débris of pits, the rock quarries, and the open-air workshops, so that I
believed I had found the main factory of the ollas of the California abo-
rigines. Hyen those not interested in aboriginal remains cannot fail to
notice the manufacturing propensities of the people that formerly roamed
here, and the locality was appropriately named.
In examining the slate quarry I found the rock had been first broken
into accidental shape and size, and such pieces as were best adapted for
chisels were then selected and trimmed. The scrapers, usually made of
120 MANUFACTURE OF SOAPSTONE POTS.
milky quartz, found in abundance all over the island, are sometimes quite
well chipped, but oftener simple flakes. I will mention here that we de-
tected among the chisel-marks on the living rock, as also on several pot-
IME eS) sherds, distinct signs of metallie tools having been
5 used. These were probably of iron, and like those
which we frequently found in the burying-ground on
the Isthmus.
Fig. 39 illustrates a chisel made of slate (P. M.
13411), half its natural diameter, and Fig. 40 a scraper
made of quartz (P. M. 138412), of natural size. I also
Fre. 40. give a sketch, Fig. 41, of
a part of the bluff near the
boat-landing, which gives a
better idea of how the rough
work of detaching the rock
was carried on.
After the pot-form had
been worked out, it was
broken from the living rock
by working under it and by
| the gradual pressure of the
TOS
ef OY SS SS
x ess S =
Che a Soo SS —
ae Us Pts
f = ze ‘Le
SA
chisel around the base. The
detached pot-boulder was
Ns
NAN ay
SOHNE GL GUE out until a certain thickness
next rounded into proper
form; it was then hollowed
of the pot was reached, and was finally carefully finished with the scraper.
As the thickness of the olla increases toward the bottom—it usually thick-
ens from about half an inch at the rim to one and a half at the bottom—it
requires skill to attain this evenly. No mechanical apparatus was used
for this purpose (as shown by certain irregularities in the form of the pot),
but simply the touch of both hands in antiposition, one gliding outside the
already finished surface, while the other worked inside toward the guiding
ANCIENT SOAPSTONE QUARRY. UZ
hand. In this wise, with some practical experience, a greater accuracy is
attainable than at first might be supposed, especially if the work proceeds
Pia. 41.
Sketch of a portion of the steatite ledge, showing the method of detach-
ing the pot-forms.
from a known thickness, to which reference can be taken, which is here
the case, as it progressed from the rim.*
*Tt is of special interest, in connection with the manufacture of these pots on the coast of Cali-
fornia, to note that the Indians of the Atlantic coast adopted the same method, though the pots made
were of a different shape, being generally oval and shallow, and haying knobs for handles at each end.
This interesting fact Lrecently had the opportunity of observing on the land of H. N. Angell, in the town
of Johnston, near Providence, R. I. At this place Mr. Angell has uncovered an old soapstone quarry,
from which hundreds of these pot-forms have been taken in former times, as shown by the deep excava-
tions made in the soapstone ledge, and the remains of the pot-forms, the broken vessels, rude stone
implements, etc. Since this note was written other ancient quarries of the same character have been
found, particularly one in Virginia and another near Washington.—F. W. P.
ARTICLES MADE OF WOOD.
By C. C. ABBOTT.
ATTENTION has already been called to a beautifully made vessel of wood.
(See Fig. 36.) Its size, shape, and general appearance are such as to indi-
cate that it was put to some useful purpose ; but such examples of the use
of wood, instead of steatite or sandstone, for making domestic implements
of any kind are, as yet, of rare occurrence ; and, so far, we cannot deter-
mine whether or not their origin dates previous or subsequent to the
period of contact of the native Californians with the Spaniards. If these
specimens of wood-working are of comparatively recent date, of course
much of their interest is gone. That they should be of recent date, either
from the fact of the known rapid decay of wood, or their general absence
from localities where stone implements occur, does not necessarily follow;
for it is well known that wood was largely used by savages both for
making weapons and domestic implements, and that under favorable cir-
cumstances, such as might readily occur at times, wood has proved to be
as imperishable as stone.
It may not be out of place to here call attention to a curious wooden
implement. which was found under circumstances indicating great age.
This artificially shaped implement of wood, as it appears to be, was found
on the east of the Connecticut River, near Hartford, Conn.* It was found,
apparently i situ, in a deposit of blue clay, over which extends a deposit of
loam of several feet in thickness. The writer of the article in the report,
to which we have referred, infers that the clay-bed wherein the implement
was found is not a river deposit, but “an older formation than the loam,
but not so old as the unmixed clay in the neighboring hills,” and also “ that
the implement, having been found partly imbedded in the clay, and having
* Smithsonian Annual Report for 1876, p. 445.
122
TOY BOATS.
presented characteristic marks of condition identical with those of other
associated wood similarly placed, its burial was coin-
cident with that of the other wood.”
Admitting the inferences drawn, as above stated,
to be correct, and there is little reason to question
them, it is evident that wooden implements are of
very great antiquity ; and the examples found in the
graves of Dos Pueblos are probably as old as any of
the associated stone implements and weapons, though
the fact that many articles obtained from the early
Spanish visitors to the coast were found in some of
the graves of course throws a doubt on many of the
objects being of a greater antiquity than the period
of Spanish contact.
Fig. 42 represents a canoe-shaped wooden vessel,
which may be simply a toy boat, as has been sug-
gested, or a receptacle for food, such as some of the
saucer-shaped stone vessels are supposed to have
been. At one end of this article a hole has been
drilled either for suspending the object, or, if a toy
boat, for attaching a cord, whereby the little vessel
might be drawn over the water. It is difficult to de-
termine to what extent toys, as miniature representa-
tions of articles in common use, were made by this
and other extinct tribes of Indians, although it is
well known that such toys are made by some exist:
ing tribes. Whether an article for use or a toy, Fig.
42 represents a well-finished piece of work, particu-
larly if made solely by the aid of flint or obsidian
knives.
Fig. 42 is of actual size, and other similar boat-
shaped articles have been collected of both larger and
“ywoq Lo} Wepoo AA
‘OP OTA
smaller dimensions. This specimen was collected by Schumacher from a
grave on Santa Cruz Island, California (National Museum, No, 18178.)
124 ARTICLES MADE OF WOOD.
Another example of wood-work, which was obtained from the graves
at La Patera, consists of a series of small slabs of red-wood, so joined as
to form a triangle, with a broad base, made of several pieces of the same
wood. ‘These are joined together by rivets of asphaltum. Holes have been
drilled at the several junctions of the strips forming the object, and these
have been filled with asphaltum, which overlaps so as to form rivet-heads,
thus holding the structure together. This is practically the same plan as
we have seen was adopted in mending the steatite vessels.
A wooden sword with an ornamented handle is described in another
place, and is probably one of the best pieces of work of this material.
Objects of wood manufactured in ancient times by the Indians of the
Atlantic coast have not often been found, and we can only recall the large
wooden mortars formed by hollowing a section of a trunk of a tree, and
portions of canoes or ‘‘dug-outs.” One of the latter, of great antiquity,
was discovered* “while digging a canal on one of the rice plantations on
the Savannah River.”
Those who were personally engaged in excavating at La Patera and
Dos Pueblos were struck with the almost entire absence of articles of wood,
the principal object being represented by the almost decayed canoe at La
Patera. This was of red-wood, which it is well known is almost as inde-
structible as red cedar, and yet it was nearly rotted away. Some of the
burial places were indicated by red-wood posts which had almost entirely
decayed.
*JonEsS, Antiquities of Southern Indians, p. 53.
SMOKING-PIPES OF STONE,
By C. C. ABBOTT.
From the general character and use of smoking-pipes and the proba-
bility that every Indian either fashioned his own or obtained it by special
barter—that is, not from a professional pipe-maker—it is not strange that
so little in common is seen in the ordinary stone and clay pipes found in the
Eastern States. In the region once occupied by the mysterious Mound-
builders there have occurred, in their numerous earth-structures, certain
pipes representing entire animals, or heads of animals and of men. These
are small, and generally have a thin, flat base, through which extends a
small perforation. This flat base, projecting more or less beyond the carved
object constituting the bowl of the pipe, was probably used as a mouth-
piece; but such a form, however, cannot be considered as exclusively Mound-
builders’, and it is known that that people also had other pipes of widely
different pattern. In all these patterns of smoking-pipes there is either a
combination of bowl and stem carved from one piece of stone or so shaped
in clay; or a bowl only, to which a stem of other material, as a hollow
reed, was attached. An extensive series of specimens, however, shows such
great variation in the two patterns that the opinion, elsewhere expressed,*
that a division might be made of stemmed and stemless bowls, is not war-
ranted. It is certain that but few pipes, however carved or otherwise
decorated, can be referred without doubt to a particular tribe of Indians or
section of our country. The small ‘‘animal” pipes of the Ohio Valley are
nearest to being peculiar to a certain people; and next, the pipes from Dos
Pueblos and neighborhood, which are of quite a uniform type, being cylin-
drical tubes, or, more properly, “of an elongated, conoidal shape.”
*Nature, vol. xiv. June, 13876,
125
126 SMOKING-PIPES OF STONE.
Sixteen of the pipes collected from the graves at Dos Pueblos and La
Patera by Dr. Yarrow’s party are represented on Plates VII, VIII, IX, and
it will be seen that they are more uniform in design and finish than the
same number of pipes from any other locality would prove to be. Their
principal variation is that of size; the largest specimen measuring 104
inches in length; the smallest, 34 inches. They are made of steatite, tal-
cose-slate, or of serpentine.
Fig. 8, Plate VII, may be taken as a type of this peculiar pattern of
smoking-pipes. Like the majority of the series, this specimen is made of
steatite. It has a smooth, uniform, perfectly plain surface, circular at the
larger end or mouth, which orifice is margined with a narrow, slightly-pro-
jecting rim. From the mouth of the pipe extending backwards for about
one-third of its length, exclusive of the bone stem or ‘‘ mouth-piece,” the
diameter is very nearly uniform; thence it decreases gradually to the
smaller end or base, where the diameter is about one-third that of the
opposite end. As a mouth-piece, for the more comfortable contact with
the smokers’ lips, there is a section of long bone of a bird, securely
attached by means of asphaltum, which attachment is aided by the rough-
ness of the bore at this part of the tube. This pipe measures 9 inches in
total length, and has a diameter of an inch and a half at the mouth.
Fig. 2, same plate, does not materially differ from the preceding. It is
a fraction of an inch less in length, and has no projecting rim at the mouth.
The diminution in diameter, unlike the preceding, is uniform from end to
end, the variation being from 13 inches to half an inch. There is in this
specimen, also, a bone mouth-piece, fitted very closely to the pipe, but the
asphaltum used in securing it is wanting, and there is no trace of any con-
siderable quantity having been used.
A curious feature of this specimen is the presence of a fragment of
hoop-iron, about 2 inches in length and 1 in width, placed obliquely in the
mouth of the pipe, and projecting from it about one-fourth of an inch.
From accumulation of rust apparently, more than through design, this piece
of metal has become quite securely fixed.
Fig. 4, same plate, represents a third specimen of plain steatite tube-
4
Py ikke é,) 1
Vis Divi il:
ah ' : jolt
. veer; o' asl
Grint? 2 Pel has
i) oe eh, ayy
tidiart
. ce
rF
Pe
n
t
{
i 1
'
pA
i
i
Pal
‘F
-
:
it
j
tila }
are ‘eo pey
*
-
ip a
'
1
i
a
4
'
i . i
+
Vt bay
Hit mis)
| re
rene?
(gPPU Asien)
~
1
q
.
i
i
i
t
i
.
if,
va
t
a
os
U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY WEST OF 100™ MERIDIAN ) Reed
VOL. VI ARCHA‘0
TUBULAR PIPES. 12H
pipes. It is not as symmetrical as the preceding and is more nearly cyl-
indrical in shape Interesting features are the presence—in this case, at
some distance from the mouth—of a small piece of hoop-iron, that is also
rust-bound, and the fracture at the small end, where a piece has been
broken off and the orifice subsequently closed by a mass of asphaltum. In
such condition, it is difficult to conceive of any use to which it might be put.
Fig. 1, same plate, represents a beautifully-wrought and highly-fin-
ished pipe made of serpentine In shape and finish it is like the preceding,
and is somewhat larger than the two perfect pipes represented on the same
plate. The base has been slightly broken and the bone stem or mouth-
piece is wanting.
Besides these four large specimens there are five others of the same
general pattern, varying somewhat in size, but not in shape or finish.
Among them is the largest pipe of the lot, measuring 104 inches in length.
This specimen is made of steatite, is smooth but not polished, and orna-
mented at the mouth with two parallel, narrow, raised rings. It: still
retains a fragment of the bone mouth-piece, secured by asphaltum. The
others present no noteworthy variation from those already described.
Fig. 1, Plate VIII, represents a smaller specimen of the same pattern
of smoking-pipe as that given on the preceding plate (Fig. 1). It is made
of dark, greenish-black steatite, is highly polished, and ornamented with a
slightly projecting, narrow, marginal rim at the mouth. This pipe has ¢
well-preserved bone mouth-piece, secured by asphaltum. It is very nearly
6 inches in total length. The diameter of the mouth is 1 inch; that of the
base, one-half of an inch.
Fig. 2, same plate, represents a pipe in all essential features the same
as the preceding. The sides are thicker, and there is less difference in the
diameters of the mouth and base respectively. The bone mouth-piece is
slightly curved; a feature of interest, if it is not an accidental one, as this
curvature gives the bowl of the pipe a slight upward position, when the
stem is held between the lips, thus approaching the relative position of stem
to bowl in the ordinary forms of Atlantic coast stone pipes and of modern
smoking-pipes.
128 SMOKING-PIPES OF STONE.
Fig. 4, same plate, represents a still shorter and broader specimen of
the same pattern of pipes. This example is made of light, bluish-gray
steatite, and formerly had a high polish. The diameter of the mouth is
14 inches; that of the base, one-half an inch. We have in this instance
these proportions brought more nearly than in any of the preceding to the
same proportional measurements of most of the pipe-bowls found in the
Atlantic coast States and in the interior of the country.
Fig. 7, same plate, is of a much softer mineral, without polish, and
is somewhat irregularly shaped. The capacity is greater than some others
of the same exterior dimensions; but the sides of the pipe, although of
less width than usual, are of uniform thickness. It is not as carefully
finished as the other pipes found in the graves. A fragment of the bone
mouth-piece still remains in the base of the pipe.
Figs. 3 and 5, same plate, represent the two smallest examples of
these tubular smoking-pipes. They are of the same general appearance,
but one is more artistically finished than the other. Fig. 8 has a narrow
raised rim about the mouth, and two incised lines extend obliquely down
nearly the whole length of the pipe. These lines are cut in opposite direc-
tions and cross each other near the base of the pipe. It is probable that
they are intended as an ornament. Fig. 5 does not show the slight con-
vexity in outline noticed in Fig. 3.
Fig. 3, Plate IX, represents a dark-blue steatite pipe of high polish,
but wanting the regularity of outline so marked in the majority of these
articles. This example is not circular in section, but distinctly flattened.
It is slightly convex on one side, while the surface shown in the plate is
slightly flattened. The base has a roughened mass of asphaltum surround-
ing it, through which projects the broken bone mouth-piece. This exterior
mass of asphaltum, which has much the appearance of an acorn-cup, is not
a common feature of these pipes. Usually that material is simply used
as a means of securing the bone to the base of the pipe; but in this case it
is apparently intended as an ornament also. So considered, we have in
this example a decorated pipe, and thus dissimilar to those previously de-
described. Although there is little now to indicate the fact, it is probable
U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY WEST OF 100™ MERIDIAN
VOL. VII ARCHA0 LOGY. PLATE IX
‘Tue Hecotyre Provrine Co. 220 Devorsmrr Sz. Bostox
STONE PIPES FROM SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA.
FULL SIZE.
TUBULAR PIPES. ‘129
that this exterior mass of asphaltum may itself have been covered with
minute fragments of abalone shell, which were extensively used for deco-
ating many objects in common use.
Fig. 1, same plate, is another example of a plain pipe that has an
exterior coating, in places, of asphaltum, as shown in the figure. A very
interesting feature of this specimen is the remains of two bands of asphal-
tum, each nearly an inch in width, one within a short distance of the mouth
or larger end; the other just above the middle of the pipe. Of itself, this
material could scarcely have been considered an ornament, and probably
was used to secure the attachment of pieces of shell or other material.
Fig. 2, same plate, represents a very elaborately ornamented pipe.
Like the preceding, it has asphaltum encircling the body of the pipe near
the mouth or larger end, which is’ further ornamented by a well-defined
rim, having on it a series of closely-made, incised oblique lines. The
asphaltum, in this instance, is in a series of narrow bead-like lines, and
nota nearly uniform mass, as in the preceding. Near the middle of the pipe
there is, in bold relief, a broad band, bounded on each side by a narrow
one. This central band is itself ornamented with nearly equi-distant,
deeply-incised cross-lines, forming diamond-shaped figures that are very
pleasing in effect. When we consider that this pipe was probably deco-
rated at the mouth of the bowl with brilliant fragments of pearly shell, and
that the body of the pipe is highly polished, it is seen that it was really an
artistic production. Of the series here described it is the most noticeable
' specimen, except in the one feature of length and corresponding massiveness.
Fig. 4, same plate, represents another example of an elaborately-
carved pipe; but although even more has been attempted than in the pre-
ceding, the workmanship is inferior, and this failure to execute artistically
the evident design makes the specimen of far less pleasing appearance than
the preceding. The prominent feature of the carving consists of a series
of eight prominent ridges, with concave interspaces of different widths.
The continuity of these ridges is broken by an irregular transverse incised
line that is duplicated over one-half of the series of eight ridges, as seen,
in part, in the illustration.
9oI
43.
Fia.
retained
in the
SMOKING-PIPES OF STONE.
majority of the
Stone pipe.
Fig. 43 represents a very marked
specimen of these tubular pipes, not
in being highly decorated or elabor-
ately carved—it is, on the contrary,
perfectly plain in this respect—but
in its variance in the direction of the
usual character of the pipes found in
the interior of the country and along
the Atlantic coast, where we find, as
arule, the bowl and stem of smoking-
pipes, not in a continuous line, but
atanangle. Ofall the pipes here de-
scribed, this comes nearest to the form
for comfortable smoking as judged
from a modern smoker’s standpoint.
The bowl proper projects at an angle
of about 45° when holding the stem
or smallerend in a horizontal position.
At the junction of the bowl and stem,
on the under or outer side, is an
elongated oval hole cut in the pipe
very near the surface, leaving a nar-
row exterior band by which by means
of a cord the pipe could be readily
suspended to the dress or person of
its owner when not in use. At the
bottom of the bowl, on one side, is
an elongated oval hole, which has the
appearance of being a flaw in the
mineral rather than the result of ac-
cident when shaping the specimen,
or of long usage. It has been closed
with asphaltum. This pipe has also
the characteristic bone mouth-piece
specimens. It was collected by Mr.
TUBULAR PIPES. 131
S. Bowers at Santa Barbara, Cal., and is now in the National Museum.
(No. 20218.)
Although there is not the same artistic skill displayed in the shaping,
finishing, and ornamentation of these pipes, that is exhibited in the carving
of the animal pipes of the Moundbuilders and of some more modern
Indian tribes, the ingenuity exercised in successfully producing these
elongated, conoidal-shaped pipes was very considerable, and a study of
the series as such with reference to the probable method of drilling or other-
wise perforating these stone tubes is desirable.
The material of which they are made, whether steatite, talcose slate,
or serpentine, is not difficult to work, and is, we believe, more easily cut
and worked when newly quarried than after long exposure. From the
fact that many large vessels of the same material were made by the same
people, and that many of these pipes are of unusual lengths, it is probable
that newly-detached masses of bed-rock were chosen exclusively. Even
at present these articles are easily cut with flint flakes, and the material
readily yields to the rotating motion of a flint drill. Presuming that the
makers of these pipes were not in possession of any metal implements,
which, in fact, would scarcely be better adapted to the purpose, it is prob-
able that in the pipes we have an explanation of the uses to which some
of the flint knives already described (Plate 1V) and the large drills, as Figs.
13 and 14, were put.
From the finished exteriors of Fig. 6, Plate VIII, and Fig. 5, Plate IX,
it will be seen that the pipe was first shaped, and subsequently drilled,
inasmuch as these two specimens are symmetrically finished, and even
polished; yet the drilling has been only partially completed; in Fig. 6, .
Plate VIII, being scarcely more than an inch in depth; in the longer
example, for about one-third of its length. These specimens are instruc-
tive, in reference to the method of manufacture, in thus showing that they
were first shaped; and the series of short incised lines, extending longi-
tudinally, yet crossing each other at irregular distances, are evidently tool-
marks. The stone, thus cut from time to time, and subsequently rubbed,
would soon be reduced to the desired shape, but the final polishing has in
every instance failed to wholly obliterate the last marks of the flint knife
that probably was used.
132 SMOKING-PIPES OF STONE.
Having progressed thus far, the drilling was commenced ; and to effect
this it would appear that a stone drill, and not a hollow reed, was used.
The tool-marks, especially in the unfinished cavities of these two speci-
mens, are very distinct, and the hole is conical in shape, without a trace
of a projecting nipple at its base, as when a reed with sand and water
is used. Such a drill as that represented by Fig. 13 would, I think, readily
effect a perforation throughout the entire length of either of these speci-
mens without being materially dulled by the operation.
The perforations are not of uniform diameter throughout. In all there
is a marked difference in the diameter of the hole, from the mouth of the
bowl extending downward about two-thirds of the length of the pipe, and
the remaining third was apparently bored by a slender drill from the base
until the hole through that portion met the longer cavity, which is the
bowl proper. They are thus somewhat like other pipes found in the inte-
rior of the country, and approach in character modern smoking-pipes, as
they only require an angle at the junction of the two perforations to make
them practically the same.
Considering that the stem or mouth-piece, in all cases of bone in those
here described, is in a direct line with the bowl, it is not very easy to
determine how such pipes could be used in smoking tobacco or other veg-
etable substitutes, if such tobacco or other material in any way resembled
that used by smokers of to-day. There appears to be no way of retaining
the material burned unless the smoker rested on his back and smoked in
that star-gazing attitude; or worse, threw his head backward at a dangerous
angle with his body, and thus essayed to draw comfort from the cumbrous
stone pipe, that needed the additional strength, in many cases, of his arm to
support it.* Still no other use than that of smoking-pipes can be suggested
for these implements; although as such they are far behind the not less
remarkable productions of the Moundbuilders and Indians, whose works in
the same direction, so far as convenience and, we may add, luxury are con-
* Bancroft, in his ‘‘ Native Races of the Pacific Coast,” states, vol. 1, p. 394, that the Central Cali-
fornians ‘‘use a species of native tobacco of nauseous and sickening odor.” And also that ‘‘they burned
the avalone shell for the lime, to mix with their tobacco, which they swallowed, to make them drunk.”
Mr. Schumacher has, with other notes sent to the Peabody Museum, given the following: ‘The
pipe is a funnel-shaped tube like a thick, enlarged modern cigar-holder, with an opening usually over an
inch at the wide end, which narrows to one-third of an inch toward the other one of corresponding
decreased thickness. The hole was drilled from both ends, but only to a short distance from the smaller,
TUBULAR PIPES. 133
cerned, have hardly been improved upon by the still later productions of
civilized nations.
We have spoken of these tubular smoking-pipes from Santa Barbara
as peculiar to that locality, but in so doing the intention was to assert their
being the only form from that locality, and not that the same form did not
oceur elsewhere, as in the interior and in the Atlantic coast States. With
one exception, these Dos Pueblos pipes are straight, 7. ¢., with the bowl and
stem in line, and not at an angle, and such straight or tubular pipes have
also been occasionally in use elsewhere. Some, if not all, of the shorter
stone tubes found in the Eastern States were smoking-pipes, and tubes of
clay, stone, and copper, found in mounds in Ohio by Professor Andrews,
approach in many respects the Santa Barbara pipes, although they have
some important differences. The curator of the museum, in commenting
on these specimens from Ohio, remarks :* i
* These tubes of stone, clay, and copper described by Prof. Andrews approach so
near to the long tube-like pipes made of stone and still used by the Utes, that I can-
hardly refrain from classing them with pipes. The principal difference consists in these
tubes having what would be the mouth-piece made by the termination of the pipe itself,
while in the stone tubes that are unquestionable pipes the mouth-piece is probably
made by inserting a hollow reed or a bone. These tube-like pipes have been found in
number in the old burial places of California, and there has recently been one received
at the Museum, which was collected in Massachusetts. Dr. Abbott has also found
fragments of similar pipes in New Jersey. In Squier and Davis’ ‘Ancient Monuments
of the Mississippi Valley, several of these stone tubes are described, one of them iden-
tical with one collected by Prof. Andrews, and the authors of that work suggest that
these tubes may be pipes.”
Those found in New Jersey by the writer} are of stone and of clay ;
and while the one of stone (64 inches long, with a circular, uniform, and
tov)
direct hole drilled through) is exteriorly much the same as a California
pipe, there is not that variation in the diameter of the perforation to which
and the month of the pipe was then enlarged by scraping parallel with the longer axis. As a mouth-
piece, which protrudes about an inch, a piece of a wing or leg bone of some bird was inserted and tightly
secured with asphaltum. The pipe was usually made of steatite, and is sometimes neatly finished.
Among the Klamaths of the present day a pipe of a like form is smoked; and it amused me to see them
bending back their heads to bring the pipe in a vertical position so as not to lose any tobacco (which I
fonnda sickening narcotic, they smoke still the native tobacco, Nicotiana attenuata) while taking along
draught which was inhaled to longer enjoy the short opportunity, as the pipe must be passed on.”
See, also, note on page 25 of this volume, referring to Dr. Rothrock’s discovery of N. Clevelandi on the
shellheaps.—F. W. P.
*Tenth Annual Report Peabody Museum, p. 73. Cambridge, 1877.
tNatnre, vol, xiv, p. 154, with figures,
134 SMOKING-PIPES OF STONE.
I have referred as characteristic of those from California. Those of clay
are also of uniform diameter, but they are too small to have been avail-
able for smoking; and yet do not appear to have been simply pipe-stems,
which they somewhat resemble. While, therefore, the stone tube, which
had a perforation of half an inch in diameter, may have been used as a pipe,
the clay specimens must have been for some other purpose. On the other
hand, an unquestionable pipe from New Jersey* is practically of the tubu-
lar pattern, inasmuch as the hole for the insertion of the stem is directly
opposite the main orifice, or mouth of the bowl. Pipes of this shape are
not uncommon in New Jersey, but the hole for the stem is, as a rule, in
the side of the bowl, near the base, and not through the latter. When
in the side the stem is at an angle, and we have the common eastern form;
when in the base, the bowl and’stem are in line, and we have an excep-
tional form in the East, but which on the Pacific coast is the common form.
It may therefore be concluded, I think, that while tubular pipes are char-
acteristic of the California coast Indians, the smoking-pipes of the interior
and Atlantic coast tribes were of a very different pattern; and that among
the relics of both occur certain tubes of stone, and in the interior, of clay
(and copper), which, while having the general appearance of tubular
pipes, were in all probability used for other purposes, such as “ medicine
tubes,” for example, to which I have elsewhere referred in detail; and,
also, that pipes in no way distinguishable from those obtained at Santa
Barbara were also in occasional use among other and far distant tribes.t
*Smithsonian Annual Report for 1875, p. 341, fig. 179.
tAmong the articles received. by the Peabody Museum from the last exploration of the islands of
San Clemente and Santa Catalina by Mr. Schumacher, are a number of these tubular pipes, most of
which are made from a different material from those found on the mainland. At first I thought that
these pipes were made from mixed clay, and should be classed as articles of pottery, but a careful exam-
ination shows that they are made from a natural clay-rock, which is of a red color and very soft. That
they were cut from a mass, and not formed by hand while the material was in a plastic state, is shown
by the condition of several unfinished and broken specimens. One of these red clay pipes is of large
size, measuring 9 inches in length, by 2} in diameter at the opening of the bowl. One of the smallest of
the lot shows signs of having been bored out in a different manner from the others, perhaps by a metallic
tool, and is only 2 inches long by 1} in diameter. Another, which is 1} inches long and not quite an
inch in diameter, has two grooves cut around, forming a rude ornamentation. With these is a small
pipe cut from steatite, and only 3 inches in length, which shows the peculiar circular lines within the
bow], and equal diameter of the boring, that indicate a metallic tool.—F. W. P.
gels a0) tnt i
wave Hew 4 «il
ei ui. it a Fuk tt Val
ferent evil WY cen
out sel tee wll
J Plldouih ai sit i.
ix. Mfialy ail te
a an Shits Te ee
Hie W,- weia yi i
ehh
hel
j = tj!
¥ aaiytTas ij if
7 Aub ‘e; ais
sedis , ee Pe
a Fata AUpahy ait?
= tne
fiapuidy
pong
pe
eed tne hayy | *penuy
= at Wiring Vile
pet a 1 i
mid lazing sie
i
othe bik rand
29TH
+
ort he ih. 7 i
OW tJ ithe Tclis.>
edie ted NUN An
7 pclae dei wi) ibs rth!
te ore
:
;
he
at
i!
:
fa
i eiaheyd
i. Orem
4" Say
‘
.
ii
er era ey
a
io ped
if
pitiives
/ '
u t by
De TA
Raney
Lea Sy
om a
a
if
i
hoa
ii te
7
+
Vitel ees tay &
sah Fn
PERT APE
i? bik
fa 3 i
Eergptit
vy ‘ ,
ten fag
cis Tab tal
q '
a jv
i 7
a) shh: ee
VOL. VII ARCHAOLO GY.
Tue Henoryre Prine Co. 220 Devo
U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY WEST OF 100™ MERIDIAN
WHICH ES | WHORLS, -HnC:
FIG. 1. BRONZE HEAD MOUNTED ON WOODEN HANDLE, FROM PERU.
FIGS. 2. 21.0F STONE, FROM VARIOUS COUNTRIES.
FIGS. 22 .38.0F STONE, SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
48 DIAMETER.
PLATE X.
PERFORATED STONES.
PERFORATED stones, of the character of those considered in this chapter,
have been found in such abundance on the mainland and islands of
Southern California that they are now prominent objects in all collections
gathered from that region. Many have been taken from graves where they
were associated with other articles, while many more have been obtained
from the ancient refuse-heaps and shellmounds, particularly from those on
the islands.
Similar stones have been found in other parts of the world, and have
been classed as hammer-stones, weights for digging-sticks, club-heads, net-
sinkers, or as spindle-whorls.
The particular uses to which these California stones were put will prob-
ably always remain conjectural, though it is evident that the wants or neces-
sities they were intended to supply must have been very common, since they
are found to be widely distributed among uncivilized tribes. As it is more
than probable that the same wants, under similar conditions, gave rise to
the same means of satisfying them, we are justified in looking to the use
made of similar stones by savage tribes of recent times for some expla-
nation of the purposes to which they were applied by the Indians of Cali-
fornia. In this connection it is of interest to note that it is to the negro
tribes of Africa we must look for information in relation to one class of these
stones. Mr. William J. Burchell, in the account of his travels in the interior
of Southern Africa,* has given a figure of an implement used by the Bush-
men, and the following information in relation to it: ‘‘ We were visited by
PMOMAIVES ie Seeks. OU search of wild.roots ie, /*)) .*
The other carried what my Hottentots called a graaffstok (a dese Ady
to which there was affixed a heavy stone to increase its force in pecking up
* Vol, ii, p. 29, and figure on p, 45, 1824, oi
136 PERFORATED STONES.
bulbous roots. The stone, which was 5 inches in diameter, had been cut
or ground very regularly to a round form, and perforated with a hole large
enough to receive the stick and a wedge by which it was fixed in its
place.” The Rey. J. G. Wood also gives a figure of a digging-stick in his
account of the Hottentots,* of which he writes: “This is nothing more than
a stick of hard wood, sharpened .at one end, and weighted by means of a
perforated stone, through which it is passed, and which is held in its place
by a wedge. With this rude instrument the Hottentot can break up the
ground faster than might be imagined, but he oftener uses it for digging up
wild plants and unearthing sundry burrowing animals than for any agricul-
tural purposes.” Mr. E. L. Layard, in his remarks on the Stone Inple-
ments of South Africa,t mentions that perforated round stones, of various
sizes, found all over the country, are said to have been used by Bushmen
of late days for the purpose of weighting their bulb-digging sticks In the
same journal are recorded the remarks by Mr. C. L. Griesbach, on the
weapons of the Kaffirs and Bushmen of South Africa,t as follows: “A
singularly-shaped tool is employed by the Bushmen, consisting of a rounded
stone perforated for the passage of a stick, which is used for digging up
roots, and may also be employed as a weapon.” Prof. J. W. P. Jenks, of
Brown University, pointed out to me, among the specimens in the museum
of the University, a large perforated stone, weighing over three pounds,
which he had received from Southern Africa, with the statement that it was
used by the natives as a weight to their wooden spades—“ the person dig-
ging letting the stone fall down the handle of the spade, the force thus
imparted to the blade driving the spade into the earth.” I take this state-
ment, however, with some allowance, as Professor Jenks was not sure that
his informant had seen the stone used as he described. On Plate X, Fig.
18, is represented one of these African stones now in the Peabody Museum
(6761), which was received several years since from the South African
Museum, with the following description attached: ‘Stone perforated by
tribes of Bushmen, now extinct, and used as a weight to give greater force
to the blow of the wooden stick used in digging up roots and bulbs.”
* Natural History of Man, vol. i, p. 254.
t Anthropological Journal, vol. i, p. ¢ (Proceed. Ethn. Soc.), 1871. tZ.c., p. cliv.
SIMILAR STONES FROM AFRICA AND INDIA. 13370
That these stones were used for any purpose for which they were
handy, or easily adapted, is confirmed by the following statement by Mr.
Stevens :* “In the Christy collection are some perforated stone disks, 54
inches in diameter, used for crushing or grinding grasshoppers, spiders, &c.,
by the Buchuanas of South Africa, who regard these insects as forming
a valuable article of food. When digging wild roots they put this stone
upon the digging-stick to give it greater weight. A specimen of such a
digging-stick, with the stone attached, is in the Museum of the Missionary
Society of London.”
In illustration of the common use of the digging-stick in Africa, the
following myth, expressing the Zulu theory of the origin of Apes, is of in-
terest: “‘The Zulus still tell the tale of an Amafeme tribe who became
baboons. They were an idle race who did not like to dig, but wished to
eat at.other people’s houses, saying, ‘We shall live, although we do not
dig, if we eat the food of those who cultivate the soil” So the chief of
that place, of the house of Tusi, assembled the tribe, and they prepared
food and went out into the wilderness. They fastened on behind them the
handles of their now useless digging-sticks, these grew and became tails, hair
made its appearance on their bodies, their foreheads became overhanging,
and so they became baboons, who are still called Tusi’s men.”+
Mr. V. Ball has shown ¢ that perforated stones of the same character
as those found in Africa and America were also formerly used in the cen-
tral provinces of India, and gives a figure of the single specimen which had
come under his notice. This stone was found on the surface at the Mofani
coal mines, and is described as ‘‘
a water-worn pebble of basalt weighing |
pound 10 ounces. The central perforation is bevelled away to both faces.”
The figure shows the stone to be from 4 to 44 inches in diameter and 14 inches
in thickness, with a central perforation nearly two inches in diameter on either
face, and about three-fourths of an inch in the centre. In every respect
this stone is identical with many specimens from California. Mr. Ball sug-
gests that as it was too heavy for a spindle-whorl, it may have been used
* Flint Chips, p. 95. + Tyler, Primitive Culture, vol. i, p. 376.
£On an ancient perforated stone found in the Satpura Hills. Proceedings Asiatic’ Society of
Bengal, March, 1874, p. 96, pl. v.
138 PERFORATED STONES.
as a hammer by being held in the hand, or as a ‘“ knuckle-duster, or for
flinging, like a quoit, at small animals.” Mr. Evans* mentions another
specimen from the central provinces of India, found in 1866, and recorded
in the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal for that year.
At the sites of the ancient lake dwellings in Switzerland, numerous
perforated disks of stone, pottery, and horn have been obtained in connec-
tion with the many thousand relics which these old dwelling-sites have
yielded to Dr. Keller and the other archeologists who have so carefully
investigated them. With these more or less flattened disks and, sometimes,
conical and bead-shaped articles of stone and pottery, there have been found
other perforated stones more like the majority of those of medium size from
California, which, like their American representatives, are generally made
of hard stones, often of circular pebbles, and highly polished. In general
terms, these disks and perforated pebbles from the Swiss lakes have been
called net-sinkers, spindle-whorls, and, occasionally, hammers. It can
hardly be doubted that many of the pottery disks and those made of
sandstone and other soft materials, which are generally flat and not very
thick, were spindle-whorls, whilst some of the irregularly-shaped exam-
ples of soft stone and of easily-perforated pebbles may have been used
for weights of various kinds and as net-sinkers; but it is not likely that
perforated stones costing so much labor, as did many of these disks,
would have been made simply for net-sinkers, when any beach pebble
or piece of stone could have been easily notched so as to answer the
same purpose, as is clearly shown by figures in Keller’s Lake Dwellings.t
I may also add that similar notched stones are very common at many stone-
age fishing-stations in the United States, and are generally classed as net-
sinkers.
On Plate X, Figs. 2, 3, 4, 5 represent four of the thirty examples of
flat disks from the stations of St. Aubin and Concise, on Lake Neuchatel,
now in the Peabody Museum. These are of the form that seems best
adapted for use as a spindle-whorl. Fig. 5 may represent an unfinished
specimen, as it has the appearance of a stone that has been ground flat and
bored, but not yet finished on its edges.
* Ancient Stone Implements of Great Britain, p, 207.
t Plate xxiv, figs, 1-and 2, Lee’s translation, 2d ed,
SIMILAR STONES FROM THE SWISS LAKES. 139
M. Troyon, in his report on the researches made at Concise in 1861,*
mentions that there were obtained ‘twelve stone disks, from 13 lines to
2 inches in diameter, and from 2 to 8 lines in thickness, which have a fun-
nel-shaped hollow on each side or face. The incomplete hollows on two
of them enable us to perceive the workman’s mode of procedure. He com-
menced by cutting away the stone by gentle strokes of an angular instru-
ment, working first on one side of the disk or plate and then on the other,
and when the two hollows met he finished the boring by turning a punch—
of silex, no doubt—rapidly round and round, until he had smoothed away
all the inequalities left by the first operation. The use of these plates or
disks of various kinds of rock is doubtful as yet. ‘They may have served
as spindle-whorls or as weights fora net. A small pebble, oval in form
and pierced on both sides so as to be suspended from a string, would seem
rather to indicate the latter as their use.”
A typical “ spindle-whorl of very hard stone,” from the lake of Varese,
is figured in Keller’s Lake Dwellings.t Another of sandstone, from the
lake of Bourget, is represented in the same work.t
Of the irregular or rude forms of perforated disks found in the Swiss
lakes, and corresponding with many found in the United States, there are
some from the lake of Neuchatel, which are described in M. Louis Ro-
chat’s report, translated by Mr. Lee, by whom the figures are reproduced §
Of the specimen represented by his Fig. 5, M. Rochat writes: ‘An .
irregularly-shaped pebble, pierced with a great hole If intended as a
hammer, it must have been a very inconvenient one.” M. Rochat also
doubts the adaptability of many of the perforated stones as spindle-whorls.
Certainly such rude and eccentric specimens as his Figs. 4 and 5 represent
can hardly be regarded as anything more than simple stone weights, possi-
bly for fish-nets, for which purpose it seems more likely they were used
than the larger and carefully-made implement figured by M. Figuier|| as a
net-sinker. Professor Desor had previously figured just such a specimen
as the one last mentioned, and stated that he believed “ such stones to have
* Translated in the Smithsonian Report for 1861. § UZ. ¢., pl. ciii, figs. 3, 4, 5.
+ Lee’s translation, 2d ed., pl. clxii, fig. 13, || Primitive Man, fig. 79,
+ PI. cliii, fig, 5.
1.40 PERFORATED STONES.
been spindle-whorls rather than weights to fishing-nets.”* The form of
the implements just mentioned is like that represented on Plate X, Figs.
17, 19, 38, &e, the stone being of considerable thickness and the hole
countersunk on each face.
I now have to note another form of these stones from the lake dwell-
ings in the Atter See (Upper Austria) as described and figured in Mr. Lee’s
second edition of Dr. Keller’s Lake Dwellings.t .This stone very closely
resembles the one from California represented on Plate X, Fig. 34, and, like
the California specimen, it has the hole of nearly the same size throughout.
Count von Wurmbrand’s description is as follows: “There was a very
peculiar round stone ball of polished serpentine found here, which had a well-
formed hole in the middle for a handle. It must have been too costly for
a net-sinker, or for any object of daily use. We may probably consider it
as a weapon or a mace.” With these views as to this stone being probably
the head of a mace I am inclined to concur, and also to consider of the same
character the specimen found at Robenhausen and described by Dr. Keller.t
Of this last Dr. Keller writes: ‘A very singular stone implement. It is
made of tough stone like. serpentine, with a round hole in the middle”
The figure given represents this implement as a thin flat disk, about four
and a half inches in diameter, with a sharp cutting edge, and a hole in the
centre about three-quarters of an inch in diameter. The very close resem-
blance of this stone with one now forming the head of a club from Queens-
land, which will be described farther on, is such as to suggest the proba-
bility that it was used in the same way.
Such perforated stones as are now under consideration are, apparently,
not very abundant in the north of Europe, though there are fifteen speci-
mens in the Peabody Museum, obtained from Denmark, contained in the
‘Rose Collection.” Several of these are represented on Plate X, Figs. 6,
9, 11, 13, 14, and 17. Of these the two represented by Figs. 14 and
17 are thick oval stones, with countersunk holes, and in every way like
examples from the Swiss lakes and from California, and also like the one
*An iilustr ation of one of these stones is given in the translation of Professor Desor’s Memoir,
contained in the Smithsonian Report for 1865, p. 365.
t Abstract of an account by Count yon Wurmbrand, p. 624, pl. exe, fig. 6.
{Lake Dwellings, Lee’s second edition, p. 58, pl. xii, figs. 4, 5.
SIMILAR STONES FROM DENMARK. 141
described by Professor Nilsson* as a hammer-stone, ‘‘in which the usual
indentures have been carried through the stone.” Another specimen (Plate
X, Fig. 11) is made of a very hard and heavy black stone, probably basalt,
with a straight perforation through its longest diameter. It is difficult to
consider such a stone as this as having been made for any other purpose
than as a weapon of some kind, and the small hole suggests that the stone
was fastened to a handle by means of a thong of hide. Mounted in this
way it would form a formidable weapon like a “ slung-shot.” Two other
specimens in the collection, one of which is beautifully polished, must be
regarded as of the same character as the one first described. Fig. 8 of the
plate represents one of the rudest specimens in the lot, and consists of a dis-
coidal pebble of quartz schist, which has been perforated. A stone like this
may have been used as a net-sinker, or for any ordinary purpose where a
small weight was required, as it seems too rude and rough for a spindle-
whorl, and it is not heavy enough for a-club-head or for a hammer. Two
of the Danish specimens, Plate X, Figs 9 and 13, are identical with the
thin flat examples from the Swiss lakes, and may well be considered as
spindle-whorls. With them should be classed the bead-like specimen
represented by Fig. 6, which is probably made of baked clay. In con-
nection with these Danish specimens, I was much interested by finding
four which illustrated the method of manufacture, and showed that much
labor was expended in the production of the largest and best’ made of
“these perforated stones. These examples showed that the desired form,
either spherical or discoidal, was attained by first hammering the stone
roughly into shape and then polishing. A close examination of all the
larger pertect specimens from Denmark shows that they were thus finished,
and that they were not simply perforated pebbles. The same is the case
with most, if not all, of the best finished of the California specimens. One
of the Danish stones appears to have been ornamented by numerous incised
lines, but this is the most weathered of the lot, and, although made of a
hard stone, its long exposure to atmospheric action has so disintegrated its
surface as to nearly obliterate the markings. Several of the Californian
stones show similar rude attempts at ornamentation by incised lines
* The Primitive Inhabitants of Scandinavia, English edition, 1868, p. 16, pl. i, fig. 12.
142 PERFORATED STONES.
In Great Britain numerous perforated pebbles or artificially-shaped
stones of quartzite and other hard materials have been found, several of
which, identical in shape and size with some from California, have been
beautifully represented by Mr. Evans.* He classes them as a group under
‘“‘ Perforated Hammers,” which, by an easy transition, passes into “ Perfor-
ated Axes,” all of which have the common character of a perforation pre-
sumably for the purpose of hafting the implement. While there can be
little doubt as to the use of many of these British perforated implements,
both as axes and hammers, the series runs, as in other localities, into sev-
eral forms of doubtful use ; and in the case of the hammers passes into
the simple pebble, either with a straight or a countersunk hole, which may
or may not have been used as a hammer. Perforated disks of stone, some
of which are ornamented, have also been found in Great Britain, and are, I
think, properly classed as spindle-whorls by Mr. Evans, who gives figures
of four of this character.
It is of interest to note that Dr. Schliemann found many perforated
stones during his extensive explorations at Hissarlik. Among his photo-
graphs there are twenty-five or thirty of them represented, and in his vol-
ume numerous references are made to “ quoits,” “
p)
weights,” and ‘‘ hammers”
of hard stone of various shapes, though the majority represented in the
photographs appear to be oval and circular pebbles. Thus, for instance,
he writes: ‘‘ Large and small hammers, axes, and balls, with a hole through
the centre ; i Z * quoits made of granite and other kinds
of stone, with a hole through the centre for throwing them.” ‘The ham-
mers do not all possess a perforated hole; upon many there is only a
cavity on both sides about one-fifth to two-fifths of an inch deep.” ‘Are
clumsy hammers of diorite, but occasionally also hammers of the same or
of green stone very prettily worked; some of them have a wide hole at
both sides and a narrow one in the middle, and I cannot understand how a
handle could have been fixed into them.”+
In arecent conversation with General di Cesnola, he informed me that
he had found two similar stones during his explorations in Cyprus. These
“Ancient Stone Implements of Great Britain, pp. 204-5, figs. 155, 156, 157, and on p. 372 are
figures of four typical spindle-whorls.
t Troy and its Remains, pp. 163, 238, and 252.
CLUBS WITH HEADS OF STONE. 143
were of serpentine, and about the size of the largest flattened specimens
from California. He was unable, however, to give any information as to
their use, but was surprised at finding only two during his explorations of
over sixty thousand tombs.
As there is as much evidence that circular perforated stones were used
by savages of modern times for heads of clubs, as there is of the use of the
same kind of stones as weights for digging-sticks, it is very likely that many
of the ancient stones were designed for weapons, as has already been sug-
gested by several writers and noted in the preceding pages.
The rudest form of these clubs armed with stone is that described by
Sir John Lubbock,* as used by the Australians. It, however, differs from
all others, inasmuch as the club-head is not made of a perforated stone,
but of two stones placed on opposite sides of the stick, and held together
by a mass of gum. It is also stated that this club, or, as he calls it,
“hammer used for killing seals and other animals and for breaking: shell-
fish,” has a “handle from twelve to fifteen inches long, pointed at one end.”
In contrast with this rude implement or weapon is one in the Peabody Museum
(No. 13945) received from Queensland,t Australia. This consists of a handle
of hard wood three and a half feet long, one inch in diameter at its largest
end, and tapering gradually to a sharp point. Two and a half inches from
the large end there is fastened a disk of hard dark-colored stone, four and a
half inches in diameter and three-quarters of an inch thick in the centre,
where it has a straight perforation, and through this the handle passes.
This stone is finely polished and worked to a sharp or cutting edge, which
has been slightly abraded by use. The stone is prevented from slipping
down the stick by three rings apparently made of split and braided bam-
boo. Above the stone is a similar ring, over which and covering the stick
for the whole space above the stone, is fine braided work ending in a
tuft of bright-colored feathers. Such an article as this might well be con-
sidered as a sort of baton; but after holding it in the hand for a moment
it becomes evident that it would be as formidable as a weapon as it is orna-
mental as a badge of office. The elaborate finish of this weapon certainly
* Prehistoric Times, p. 441.
tI do not find any account of similar weapons from Queensland, and it is probable that this one
was originally from New Gninea or some adjacent island.
144 PERFORATED STONES
precludes the idea of its having been intended as a digging-stick, though
its pointed end would allow of its being so used. Mr. Evans* mentions
similar weapons from ‘“‘the southern part of New Guinea and in Torres
Straits” as “sharp-rimmed perforated disks of stone, mounted on shafts
so as to present an edge all round.” In referring to the weapons of the
Tahitians, Sir John Lubbockt+ states that they had ‘pikes headed with
stone,” which perhaps would imply a similar weapon to that above
described. Mr. Stevens also statest that “similar drilled stones§ are used
for arming clubs by certain savages, and one, fixed to the end of a stick,
from the Solomon Islands, is in the Christy Museum. Mr. Robert Day,
jr., of Cork, possesses another of these stone-headed clubs from San,
Cristoval.”
While the proofs of these pages were in my hands I had the good for-
tune to receive from Mr. Appleton Sturgis, of New York, a club-like pike,
of the character of those mentioned by the authors quoted in the preceding
paragraph, and as the stone with which this weapon is armed so closely
resembles many of the hard, circular, perforated stones from California, the
weapon is of great importance in suggesting a very likely use of stones of
this character wherever found. Mr. Sturgis informs me that this weapon
was received with eight others, now in the American Museum, from the
Island of New Britain, and that the others vary from this simply in the
length of the staffs and the size of the stones, the latter being in a few
instances from half to three-quarters of an inch greater diameter, and the
longest staff is about five feet in length. The one before me (Peabody
Museum, No. 20,000) has a staff of hard wood, which is four feet four
inches in length, the largest end of which measures two inches across the
top, but this size is gradually reduced to one-half of that diameter three
inches down the staff, at which point the perforated stone is firmly fixed by
means of a very tenaceous gum. The staff below the stone is of a uniform
diameter of 1 inch, with the exception of the last ten inches of its length,
which form the long sharp point of the weapon. The stone is hard, and
* Ancient Stone Implements, p. 193. t Prehistoric Times, p. 477. $ Flint Chips, p. 95.
§ Mr. Steveus is here writing of the larger drilled stones, which have generally been called net
sinkers, and calling attention to the necessity of caution in classing all the ancient specimens as such.
STAR-SHAPED CLUB-HEADS OF STONE AND BRONZE. 145
while it is not polished its rounded surface has become very smooth and
black from use. The perforation was made by drilling from both sides of
the stone, and the hole is a little more than half an inch wider on each face
than in its centre, thus leaving a space between the staff and the stone
which has been filled, above and below, with the gum by which the stone
is held in its place. The stone is three inches in diameter and one and a
half in thickness. The only attempt at ornamentation on this weapon con-
sists of a single circle of small pieces of shell placed in the gum on each
side of the stone.
Another instructive implement of modern times, taken in connection
with the former use of these stones in California, is an Eskimo implement
in the Blackmore Museum. This is described by Mr. Stevens* as ‘con-
sisting of a stone ball with a drilled hole, through which a strip of raw
hide is passed to serve as a handle.”
Closely allied to the larger of these perforated stones, which were
probably used as club-heads, are the two found in Scandinavia, which are
furnished with several projections. One of these is figured by Professor
Nilsson.t It has four points and an extreme width of about eight inches.
The central perforation is straight and about one inch in diameter. Such a
stone mounted on a strong handle would prove a weapon of no mean order,
and it is classed by Professor Nilsson as a battle-axe, though, as he states,
he and others once considered it as an anchor.
This form of perforated stones leads tothe star-shaped club-heads of Peru
and Chili, of which several have been described, made both of stone and of
bronze. Mr. Thomas Ewbank, in his account of the antiquities of Chili and
Peru,t describes and figures two of these heads of war-clubs, or six-pointed
maces, made of bronze, and mentions another made of nearly pure copper.
These were all found in a grave in the province of Cusco. They are about
the size of the one from Scandinavia, which is made of stone, and figured
by Professor Nilsson. ‘The hole for the handle is about one inch and an
eighth in diameter. One of these bronze mace-heads has one of the rays
longer than the others and sharpened like a hatchet.
* Flint Chips, p. 499. - t Primitive Inhabitants of Scandinavia, p. 75, pl. ix, fig. 189.
tIn U.S. Naval Astronomical Expedition to the Southern Hemisphere during the years 184952,
Lt. J. M. Gilliss, Supt., vol. ii, p. 138, 1855.
10 OI
146 PERFORATED STONES.
Closely resembling these is the weapon* from an ancient grave at
Ancon, Peru, of which a representation is given on Plate X, Fig. 1. This
club is provided with a handle of hard wood, which is twenty-one inches
long and seven-eighths of an inch thick at its larger end, from which
it tapers gradually to a sharp smooth point. Between three and four
inches from the thick end, a bronze (or copper?) head with six rays is
attached and held in place by narrow strips of cloth, now evidently some-
what changed from their original position. The bronze head has a straight
perforation a little larger in diameter than the wooden handle, so that it
requires the thickness of the cloth to keep it in place. This bronze head
is about one inch thick, and the rays are of an equal length of one inch,
with flattened sides and rounded points, some of which are a little battered
by use. With a weapon like this a powerful blow could be given, and
although the pointed end of the handle has suggested the possibility of its
having been used as a digging-stick, it seems more likely that its primary
use Was as a weapon.
Mr. E. G. Squiert has figured a similar six-pointed bronze club-head
in his description of articles found in ancient graves at Chimu, of which he
says: ‘Several varieties of bronze war-clubs are found here as elsewhere.”
On one of the two plates of antiquities in Gay’s History of Chili there
is represented an elaborately made club-head of bronze, which has seven
projections.
In the large private archeological collection belonging to Mr. William
S. Vaux, of Philadelphia, there is a singular club-head of copper or bronze
from Peru. This is 34 inches in diameter and # of an inch thick, measured
through the hole, which is straight and 1 inch in diameter. Its marked
peculiarity consists in the six rounded projections, each of which repre-
sents a human head, the face on one side and the hair on the other, which
features are reversed on alternating projections.
In the American Museum, New York, there is a seven-pointed club-
head made of stone, also from Peru. This is 54 inches in extreme diameter
and 1# inches thick. The hole is slightly contracted in its centre, and is
1} inches in diameter.
*Peabody Museum, No. 8767, presented by Mr. Alexander Agassiz. t Peru, p. 177, 1877.
SIMILAR STONES FROM SOUTH AND CENTRAL AMERICA. 147
In Mr. Vaux’s collection, also, there are two of these Peruvian club-
stones with points. The largest is from Huatasani, near Lake Titicaca.
This is made of a granitic mineral, and has six rounded projections. The
hole is straight and a little over an inch in diameter. The stone is about
14 inches thick and 4$ across, measured from opposite points. The other
specimen is made of a much softer stone, and is from Solida. It is of the
same shape as the first, but is a little smaller.
Mr. Evans* also mentions “‘a perforated spheroidal ball of hard red
stone,” of which he says this is ‘of a different type from any of those which
I have described, and which came from Peru. It is about 3 inches in diame-
ter, with a parallel hole an inch across. Around the outside are engraved
four human faces, each surmounted by a sort of mitre. It may be the head
of a mace”
In the Peabody Museum there is another of these stones with rays.
In this instance the stone is very much weathered, but it is considered
by Mr. Wadsworth to be andesite. 'The rays, ten in number, are short and
thick, and do not project over one-quarter of an inch. They were evi-
dently formed by notching the original circular outline in ten places at
nearly equal distances apart. This stone is 33 inches in greatest diameter
and 14 inches in thickness. The hole is countersunk, and only half an inch
in diameter in its centre, where there is a sharp ridge, while at each face its
diameter is 14 inches. This specimen (P. M., 9699) shown on Plate X,
Fig. 16, is from Puntas Arenas, Central America, and was received with
another (P. M., 9698) from the same locality, also represented on the same
plate, Fig. 19. As will be seen by the figure, this second Central American
specimen, which is made of a piece of compact andesite, is circular in out-
line. It is 2? inches in diameter and 13 in thickness. The perforation is
14 inches in diameter on each face, and tapers to the centre, where its
width is half an inch less than on either face.
Mr. Vaux’s collection contains four perforated stones from Costa Rica,
which are of unusual interest. One of them is made of lava, and is 3
inches in diameter by 24 in thickness, and the periphery is so cut as
to form a row of eight bosses. The perforation in this stone is about 3
* Ancient Stone Implements of Great Britain, p. 207.
148 PERFORATED STONES.
of an inch in diameter in the centre, and widens towards each face. The
second stone is cut from a piece of colored lava of about the size of the
first, but has a slightly smaller hole, and the surface is so carved as to form
three rows of rounded knobs. The third specimen is nearly spherical,
about 24 inches in diameter, with a small perforation widening to about an
inch in diameter at each end; although the stone of which this is made is
very hard, its surface has been carved to represent a human head with the
eyes, nose, and mouth. The last of these interesting stones is of a white
marble-like material of about the size and shape of the last mentioned, and
has the surface very elaborately ornamented with deeply-cut and confusing
lines, so characteristic of Central American work, among which the profile
of a human face can be distinguished.
It is evident that all these specimens have been made from blocks of
stone worked to the required size and shape. The elaborate ornamenta-
tion of several, their small size, and their small perforations, all point to
these stones having been used as weapons rather than as weights to dig-
ging-sticks or as net-sinkers, while, in size, they are rather large for spindle-
whorls, for which purpose they are also not adapted by the character of
their perforations.
Mr. Darwin* states that near Santiago, Chili, he was “shown one
of the perforated stones which Molina mentions as being found in many
places in considerable numbers. They are of a circular, flattened form,
from 5 to 6 inches in diameter, with a hole passing quite through the cen-
tre. It has generally been supposed that they were used as heads to clubs,
although their form does not appear at all well adapted for that purpose.
Burchell states that some of the tribes in Southern Africa dig up roots by the
aid of a stick pointed at one end, the force and weight of which is increased
by a round stone with a hole in it, into which the other end is firmly
wedged. It appears probable that the Indians of Chili formerly used some
such rude agricultural instrument.”
* Voyage of a Naturalist, New York ed., 1846, vol. i, p. 345.
tMr. Bollaert,in his volume on Antiquarian and Ethnological Researches, etc.,in South America,
London, 1860, p. 178, in referring to the stone mentioned by Mr. Darwin, changes this supposition of Mr,
Darwin’s into the statement that these stones ‘‘ were fixed on the ends of sticks, and formed a rude agri-
cultural instrument.” Of this he seems to have had no evidence, and it does not appear that he even
knew of these stones except through the statement of Darwin.
SIMILAR STONES FROM CHILI AND PERU. 149
In Molina’s work on Chili,* referred to by Mr. Darwin in the preced-
ing quotation, I find only the following mention of these circular stones :
“Tn the plains and upon most of the mountains are to be seen a great num-
ber of flat, circular stones, of 5 or 6 inches in diameter, with a hole through
the middle. These stones, which are either granite or porphyry, have
doubtless received this form by artificial means, and I am induced to
believe that they were the clubs or maces of the ancient Chilians, and that
the holes were perforated to receive the handles.” Thus Molina does
not give any use for the stones from actual knowledge, though he par-
ticularly mentions that the Indians at the time he visited the country, about
one hundred years ago, used a spade of hard wood, ‘forcing it into the
earth with their breast.”t Elsewhere he again states:{ ‘One of their
strongest men then attempts to harrow it by means of a machine formed
of two large sticks of hard wood made sharp and fastened together, which
he forces into the ground with his breast, and thus covers the seed.” Among
a people still having such primitive agricultural methods, it does not seem
probable that the weighted digging-stick would have gone out of use if
once employed, and though these large perforated stones may at some time
have been used as weights to digging-sticks, yet the fact that they were
not so used, a hundred years ago, by a people at that time retaining so
many of their old methods of work, renders it probable that the stones were
intended for some other purpose, or, if not, that they were used by a people
anterior to the Chilian tribes occupying the country at the time of the
Spanish discovery.
Among the specimens in the Peabody Museum is one from Chili (7079)
and another from Chimbote, Peru (J0001), which, judging from their size
and the shape of their perforations, may possibly have been weights to dig-
ging-sticks, as suggested by Mr. Darwin. ‘They are both represented on
Plate X. Fig 21isthe one from Chili. It is not perfectly regular in outline,
but was evidently worked out of a block of granite. It is about 4 inches
in diameter and 2? in thickness. The hole is very large, being a little over
2 inches across on either face of the stone, and 14 inches in diameter in the
centre. There is evidence of considerable wear on one side of the stone, as
if caused by a long-continued vertical movement.
* Translation, American edition, 1808, vol. i, p. 55. t Vol. ii, p. 14. t Page 185.
150 PERFORATED STONES.
Fig. 20 represents the Peruvian stone, which is the largest and heaviest
of all these perforated stones that I have met with, weighing three pounds
thirteen ounces. It measures 5$ inches in its greatest diameter, and has a
thickness of 25 inches measured on one side of the hole and 3 inches at the
opposite side. The hole through the stone is 14 inches in its least diame-
ter and 2 inches across its outer margins. This seems to have been made
from a natural granite pebble. Its whole surface, with the exception of-a
few abrasions, is very smooth and polished, as if by long-continued use, and
the same is the case with the perforation. Such a heavy stone as this
would add great power to a digging implement, while it seems rather. heavy
and clumsy for a club-head, for which purpose one of smaller size and more
nearly symmetrical would probably be equally effectual. A smooth circu-
lar stone made of serpentine (?) in Mr. Vaux’s collection, and found near
Lake Titicaca, is better adapted for a club-head than the large one men-
tioned above. ‘This is about 3 inches in diameter and 14 thick, with a hole
1 inch wide.
As allusion has been made to the probable use of perforated discoidal
stones as spindle-whorls, particularly in reference to some of those found in
the prehistoric sites of the Lake Dwellers, it may not be out of place here
to call attention to several discoidal and conical pieces of terra-cotta, bone,
and wood, which are unquestionably spindle-whorls, and closely resemble
in shape many of those to which allusion has been already made in this
chapter. Indeed, Figs. 2, 3, 4, 9, 11, and 13 of Plate X correspond in size
and outline with several of these.
The whorls to which I refer, some of which are attached to the spindles,
are from Brazil and Peru. Some of them are of prehistoric date, while
others were obtained from the present Indian tribes of those countries.
The largest of those obtained from existing tribes is one (P. M. 7705) from
Brazil, about which Mr. O. A. Derby writes to the Peabody Museum as
follows: ‘This constitutes the spinning-wheel of the Brazilian Indians, and
is still in general use. The cotton is rolled out loosely and attached to the
notch at the longer end of the spindle. Then by rolling the shorter end
along the leg it is set revolving and thrown to the floor, where it spins like
a top while the cotton is played out between the fingers.” The stick
SPINDLE-WHORLS. 151
forming the spindle is made of a hard wood, and is 23 inches long.
The greatest diameter of the stick is just below the whorl, which is held
in place by the increased size of the spindle, 4 inches from the lower
end. The whorl is made of bone 4 of an inch thick, perfectly circular in
outline, and about 25 inches in diameter. The hole through which the
spindle passes is 4 of an inch in diameter and perfectly straight. The upper
surface of the whorl is ornamented by eight incised lines forming four leaf-
shaped rays, which start from the margin of the hole and meet a well-cut
circle a quarter of an inch from the outer edge of the whorl. All these
lines are filled with a black pigment. This is in every respect a well-made
and symmetrical implement, and when set in motion spins well.
Very much like the disk of bone described above are portions of six
pertorated disks from a prehistoric station near Santarem, Brazil These
are now in the Peabody Museum (7972), and were collected by the late
Prof. C F. Hartt Although these specimens are all broken, and now
consist of halves and quarters of the original disks, they are of great inter-
est, owing to their fine finish and elaborate ornamentation. They are all
made of a compact red claystone. The largest shows a disk 384 inches
in diameter, 5 of an inch thick in the centre, and a little less at the edge.
The smallest is 24 inches in diameter and 4 of an inch thick. One is orna-
mented on both sides and the others only on one. The ornamentation on
all consists of well-cut lines forming circles, spirals, and groups of lines
crossing each other, all symmetrically arranged. ‘The specimen with incised
lines on both surfaces has those on one face more like hieroglyphics than
simple ornamentation, and they bear some resemblance to the carvings on
rocks in South and Central America. With the ornamented bone disks
for comparison, it is almost impossible not to consider them as spindle-
whorls. In the same collection also are two perforated disks of terra-cotta
(7984). One of these is only ¥% of an inch thick and 14 inches in diameter,
and is ornamented by a single incised line, making a circle about a quarter
of an inch from the margin. The other is 2 inches in diameter, and about
twice the thickness of the smaller specimen. The peculiarity of this con-
sists in its having a double groove cut on its edge.
In the large collection of Peruvian antiquities in the Peabody Museum
152 PERFORATED STONES.
are numerous examples of spindle-whorls with and without the spindle.
One of them (8594), taken from a grave in Pisagua, Southern Peru, is
made of bone, and is about 4 of an inch thick and 2 inches in diame-
ter. Another of about an inch in diameter is of terra-cotta. This is
conical, with a flat, smooth base, and is $ an inch in thickness. The conical
portion is ornamented by two circular depressions and a waved line in relief
near the apex. Another specimen of terra-cotta, in the shape of a trun-
cated’ cone, is 1 inch in diameter and about 4 of an inch thick. This is
without ornamentation, except that it has been coated with red pig-
ment. This whorl was found in a grave in Southern Peru, still attached
to its spindle, which is a slender stick 9 inches in length. A figure of
this is given in the Eleventh Report of the Peabody Museum. In con-
nection with these Peruvian spindle-whorls should be mentioned many
small bead-like articles of various shapes, and made of dark baked clay,
nearly all of which are elaborately ornamented with deeply-cut lines,
forming circles, frets, and numerous other figures, which are generally
painted white or red. With these are other specimens made of stone. If
these peculiar relics had been found by themselves probably all archeol-
ogists would have classed them as beads. They are all small, being a half
inch in diameter and from a quarter to an inch in length. They have,
however, been found in such numbers mounted on the central portion
of slender and pointed pieces of wood about eight to ten inches in length
as to prove that they were made for that purpose, and as many of the sticks,
with such bead-like articles, have more or less fine-spun thread wound over
them, I believe them to be spools for thread.
There is also in the Peabody Museum a spindle-whorl of terra-cotta
collected by Mr. Derby at the prehistoric burial-place on the island of Pac-
coval in the Amazon. This is spherical in shape, about 1 inch in height,
measured through the hole, and 14 in transverse diameter. It is orna-
mented by incised lines over its whole surface.*
*Dr. Rau has given figures of two highly ornamented spindle-whorls of terra-cotta from Mexico,
on page 87 of his important volume on the Archeological Collection of the Smithsonian Institution,
and there has recently been received at the Peabody Museum a collection of similar whorls from
Mexico. These are of various sizes; some are ornamented by carefully-carved lines and are well fin-
ished, while others were made in clay moulds, in which the ornaments had been cut and samped, as
shown by several moulds found with the whorls.
SPINDLE-WHORLS. 153}
The Indians of Peru now seldom, if ever, make the elaborate spindles of
old, and are content with rude spindles with rough wooden whorls, of which
there are several examples in the Peabody Museum, presented by Mr. Alex.
Agassiz. These are of interest in comparison with two similar spindles with
wooden whorls, which were presented by Mr. John Blake, who took them from
an ancient grave in Southern Peru. Though the recent wooden spindles
are rudely made, the wooden whorls upon them are of the same forms as
in ancient times. Several of them are discoidal and others are conical in
shape. They are 14 to 2 inches in diameter, and from about 4 of an inch
to 2 inches in thickness. Two of them even have a slight attempt.at orna-
mentation, inasmuch as four groups of four lines each are cut upon the
under surface.
- Turning our attention now to the perforated stones which have been
found in various parts of North America, we find that several have been
discovered which are similar to those we have mentioned from other parts
of the world.
Mr. C. C. Jones* has given a figure of what is probably a spindle-
whorl, found in a stone grave in the Nacoochee Valley, and remarks that
it closely resembles the spindle-whorls found at Meilen and other places in
Europe, though he is ‘inclined to the belief that it was probably suspended
as an ornament.” ‘The specimen figured by Mr. Jones is about 14 inches
in diameter.
In the Peabody Museum is a similar article consisting of a flat circular
piece of white clay (11492) found by Mr. Charles B. Johnson on his farm
in Lee County, Virginia. It is 14 inches in diameter. The hole through
it is countersunk, and is about one-quarter of an inch in diameter. There
is a slight groove cut around its periphery as if for a string, though it may
be simply an attempt at ornamentation. This disk may have been used
as a spindle-whorl, for which it is well adapted by its size and shape. It
is, however, no larger than many disks of shell, such as we know are used
as beads or ornaments, which are often found by hundreds in the burial-
mounds of the Southwestern States.
Mr. Morgan, in his far-famed volume, ‘The League of the Iroquois,”
* Antiquities of the Southern Indians, 1873, p. 235, pl. vi, fig. 11.
154 PERFORATED STONES.
p- 381, gives a figure of a fire-drill, consisting of a wooden shaft about 4
feet long and an inch in diameter. To the upper end of the shaft there is
fastened a string with its bow, and towards the lower end there is ‘‘a small
wheel” to add to its momentum. As Mr. Morgan states that this form of
fire-drill is ‘‘an Indian invention of great antiquity,” it may be possible
that some of the perforated stones which have been found were used as
whorls to such fire-drills. The heavy stones with small straight perforations
would seem to be the form best adapted for this purpose.
A disk of sandstone, about 24 inches in diameter and one-third of an
inch thick, with a slightly countersunk perforation of nearly half an inch in
width, is probably a spindle-whorl. This stone (P. M. 1583) was found in
a mound near Mount Sterling, Ky. It is rudely ornamented by an incised
circle on each face about a quarter of an inch from the edge of the stone;
and on one face there are four short lines cut from the circle towards the
central hole at equal distances apart. The hole is smooth as if from long
use; and if we have any right to draw deductions regarding the use of
implements of prehistoric people from the knowledge we have of the use
of apparently identical implements among present or recent nations of
probably about the same stage of culture, we should consider this perfo-
rated stone from Kentucky as a spindle-whorl. There is now sufficient
evidence that our Moundbuilders made woven fabrics of comparative fine-
ness, and the finding of spindle-whorls in the mounds and ancient graves
should not cause surprise. Indeed, the discovery of so few stones that
can be so classed may indicate that, like the present Indians of Peru, this
ancient people probably commonly used perishable whorls of wood.*
On Plate X, Fig. 15, is represented a ‘‘chungke stone,” with a small
central perforation. The specimen is made from quartzite, and, while
agreeing in other respects with many well-made ‘“‘ chungke stones,” which
are so common in the Mississippi and Ohio Valleys, the perforation rather
* Since the above was written, the Peabody Museum has received ten small perforated stones
which were taken from six different stone graves of the Southern Moundbuilders, near Nashville, Tenn.
Several of these stones, from their small size, may possibly have been ornaments; but others which are
larger seem to me to be spindle-whorls. Most of them are made with care, generally of limestone, and
are smooth and symmetrical. They vary in diameter from 1 inch to 1.7, and in thickness from half an
inch to one and a fifth. The hole in some, particularly in the larger specimens, is straight, and is .3 of
an inch in diameter; in others it is countersunk on both faces.
PERFORATED PEBBLES. 155
indicates that it was put to a different use, though this would not prevent
its being used for the game of ‘“chungke,” as described by Adair. This
stone (P. M. 2299) was found in Marion County, Tennessee. Dr. Rau also
figures two similar stones from Ohio.
Another of these perforated stones (P. M. 7803) is from Southeastern
Missouri. It, also, is made of quartzite, but is not over one-half the diam-
eter of the one from Tennessee. The outer portion is smooth and sym-
metrical. The concavity on each face begins close to the outer edge of the
stone and terminates in an irregular perforation of about three-quarters
of an inch in diameter. The irregularity of this stone is such as to suggest
that it has been subjected to hard usage of some kind. Allied to this is
a stone found in Chatham, Mass. (P. M. 2689, cast), which is probably sim-
ply a perforated pebble of a little over 2 inches in diameter, through which
a hole has been pecked from both sides. Two similar perforated pebbles
are represented on Plate X, Figs. 7 and 12. The locality from which the
latter were obtained is not known, though they are probably from New
England. They are cf special interest, as being of the same character as
one recently received from the island of Santa Catalina, which is the rudest
of the perforated stones from California.
In the large and important collection or stone implements secured by
Dr. Abbott in New Jersey are two small perforated stones. One of these
is a sandstone pebble from 14 to 2 inches in diameter, with a hole about
an inch in diameter, which was evidently bored, and not pecked, as in the
stones last mentioned. The other is about an inch in diamcter, and is made
from a piece of steatite circular in form ‘The hole in this was also made
by a drill. It is slightly countersunk, and is a quarter of an inch wide in
its smallest part. It is very difficult to assign a use to these rude speci-
mens. ‘They may possibly be classed as sinkers, for which the heavier
one would answer very well, though probably no better than a notched stone,
which could be made with much less labor. The smaller one, however,
may equally weli be considered as a bead or ornament.
Mr. Jones, in his volume on the Antiquities of the Southern Indians,
has described and figured * a number of perforated pieces of steatite which
* Page 337, Plate XIX,
156 -PERFORATED STONES.
he thinks were used in various ways as sinkers by the Southern Indians.
Of these he writes: ‘ All of the perforated sort I have seen, with one ex-
ception, were formed either of soapstone or of clay. Consisting generally
of flat or rounded pieces of soapstone irregular in. shape, they vary in
weight from scarcely more than an ounce to a pound and upwards. The
perforations are from a quarter of an inch to an inch in diameter, and
are indifferently located either in the centre or near the edge of the stone.”
It seems very probable from their abundance on the banks of the Sa-
vannah River and other streams in Georgia that Mr. Jones has assigned
the proper use of these perforated stones. A similar piece of steatite, with
a central perforation (P. M. 2754) is shown on Plate X, Fig. 10. This is
from Kast Tennessee, and the hole seems to have been made by cutting
and gouging with a sharp point of stone, the marks of the cutting imple-
ment being still plainly visible.
Dr. West, of Stewart County, Tennessee, has recently presented to
the Peabody Museum a perforated stone (18397), found on his farm,
which, in size and shape and character of the large countersunk hole, resem-
bles many of the stones from California, but it was made either of a very
soft material or is greatly decomposed, and now has a greater resemblance
to the rings of clay found in the Swiss lakes than to a club-head. It is
nearly 3 inches in diameter and 14 in thickness.
Although perforated stones of the character represented by Figs. 22
to 38, on Plate X, are so common among the remains of the former inhab-
itants of Southern California, | have not seen any of the kind among the
numerous’ collections of stone implements obtained from localities east of
the Rocky Mountains. There is, indeed, one specimen in the American
Museum, New York, which is without a special label, and may possibly
have been found in the Atlantic States, though, as I understood two years
ago, it was no longer possible to determine the locality whence it was ob-
tained. I have, however, been informed by Mr. N. Vickary, of Lynn, that
he had within a few weeks seen one of these stones in the possession of a
farmer in North Amherst, Mass., who had several years since ploughed it up
on his own land. As Mr. Vickary was looking at the California specimens
at the time he made the remark about the Amherst stone, and pointed to
WEIGHTS FOR DIGGING-STICKS. 157
one between three and four inches in diameter with a large countersunk
hole, as being “just like” the one he had seen so recently in Amherst, I
have no doubt as to the character of the stone. Dr. Abbott has also re-
cently informed me that there is in a private collection in New Jersey a
perforated stone between three and four inches in diameter, which was
found in Burlington County in that State, and is in every way like the
smooth and well-made examples from California.
From the foregoing account of perforated stones of various kinds from
other parts of the world we can better understand the peculiar character
and probable use of those from California, but before describing these in
detail I shall quote the views of Mr. Paul Schumacher, whose researches
have added so largely to our information of all that pertains to the archee-
ology of the Pacific coast of the United States.
In his account of the shellheaps and graves of the Santa Barbara
Islands and adjacent mainland,* Mr. Schumacher states that he was told by
an “old vaquero, with some Indian blood,” that a perforated stone he had
considered as a club-head was used ‘‘as a weight to the shaft of a wooden
spade * * *, the half-breed was very positive, and earnestly tried to
impress on us the idea by roughly making the implement used by his
ancestors as a spade” Myr Schumacher gives an ideal figuret of this im-
plement, which consists of a stick with a flattened and pointed narrow
blade, which passes into a rounded handle or shaft, near the upper end of
which is placed one of the circular perforated stones.
In a short paper published after his explorations of the islands in 1877,
made under the direction of the Peabody Museum, Mr. Schumacher gives
his views about these perforated stones more in detail, as will be seen from
the following quotation from the Eleventh Annual Report of the Peabody
Museum :}
‘* WEIGHTS FOR DIGGING-STICKS.—These implements—as are so many others that
have a hole, a notch, or other means of fastening a line—are often considered as sinkers.
One of the less frequent types of net sinkers, indeed, resembles the weight for a dig-
ging-stick, but yet there is as much difference between the two as between a mortar
and anolla. The sinker is of a different material; is coarsely finished; the hole is much
* Bulletin of the United States Geological and Geographical Survey of the Territories, Vol. III,
No. 1, p. 41. tL. ¢., PJ. 22, b. f{Cambridge, 1878, pp. 265-268.
158 PERFORATED STONES.
smaller and narrower in the middle; and is hardly ever drilled, or finished by drilling,
but simply pecked.” My first impression, on finding these perforated stones, was that
they were the heads of war-clubs, to which those of a pear-shape especially seem to
answer. By examining a large number of fragments, however, I found most of the
stone-rings had been broken in two, parallel with the hole, which could not be caused
by the side pressure of the club, but by a wedge-like action against the inner sides.
The suggestion that these stones were weights for digging-sticks, such as are still in
use among the Hottentots, I received from an aged half-breed while working on Santa
Cruz island in 1875, and [ have since become convinced that such was their use. If we
examine a stone-ring which has done some service, we find the hole shows a polish and
fine striz running lengthwise, and wear on one end of the ring imparted by the hand
while in use and in carrying the digging-stick where it naturally would rest, with its
projecting stone weight, against the hand. I found some of the weights thus deeply
worn, and by mounting one on a proper stick it fitted nicely to the grasped hand. I
also noticed a specimen, among the many sent to the Peabody Museum, in which the
hole had been enlarged in full width but in one direction only—making an elliptic hole—
worn by the digging-stick while worked, when its own weight could only act against
the sides of the stick corresponding to the flattened ends of the wooden spade. There
were two methods by which the hole in the stone was made, both of which are illus-
trated by numerous specimens in the collection. In one instance the weight, almost
exclusively of steatite, but occasionally of a harder stone, was first roughly worked
into the desired ball or a more flattened disk; the hole was then chiselled from both
sides until it met; 1¢ was then drilled out to an equal width throughout; and the weight
was finally finished by working the outside in a symmetrical form. The more elab-
orate weights, however, were finished in outline before the hole was bored. The hole
was made, no doubt, with a flint point; the striw are deep and the width of an unfin-
ished hole decreases towards the centre. A drilling apparatus might have been used,
for the streaks of the drill are well defined and in full circle, which could hardly be
attained by turning the borer simply between the hands.
“Among the weights for digging-sticks we find many of small sizes and inferior
make, which could not have been of any practical use for this purpose, and often deviat-
ing so much in form as to make it doubtful if they were designed as weights. The
same deviation from the practical size we find sometimes among mortars—not meaning
the paint-cups—the pestles, and frequently among the comales (the flat stone plates for
baking tortillas) which were formerly extensively in use, judging by the many speci-
mens collected. Such articles we may safely bring under the head of children’s play-
things, in whose graves they are usually found.”
Thus on the evidence of the half-breed Mr. Schumacher is strongly
inclined to consider that at least one use of the perforated stones was
identical with the use of similar stones by the natives of Southern Africa.
It is therefore important to note that the present Indians do not make any
use of stones of this character, and that unless we give full credence to the
story of the half-breed we are surrounded by the same mystery regarding
these perforated stones in California as in Chili, though we know that in
BOLAS-STONES. 159
California they were used for some purpose after contact with the Spaniards
during the sixteenth century, as they have been found in connection with
iron and other articles of European manufacture.
Mr. Powers, in his work on the California Indians,* gives a figure of
two otf these perforated stones connected by a cord, of which he writes:
“In the accompanying sketch t are figured two implements, which may
have been only net-sinkers, but are said by an old pioneer to have been
used formerly as bolas are in South America, being tied together with raw
hide and hurled at the feet of an enemy to entangle him and throw him
down. To me it seems more probable that they were used rather like a
slung-shot.” From the statements I have made in the following pages it
will be seen that I incline to the belief that many of these perforated stones
from California were used somewhat after the method of ‘‘slung-shots,” or
as club-heads fastened by pieces of hide. I may mention, however, that
Lieut. A. W. Thackara, of the U. 8. Navy, who had just returned from the
Strait of Magellan, informed me that at Sandy Point he saw one of these
perforated stones, which was about 4 inches in diameter, and he was told by
an old resident of the place that it was a bolas-stone. Unfortunately the stone
he saw was not then actually forming part of a bolas, and I have uot noticed
any account of perforated stones being used by the Patagonians for that
important weapon. There is a bolas in the Peabody Museum, and another
in the Peabody Academy of Science at Salem. Each of these is made by
enclosing three round imperforated stones in strips of raw hide, which are
braided and united together.
On page 433 of the same work, Mr. Powers writes: ‘In the collection
of Mr. A. W. Chase, of the U. 8. Coast Survey, there are spindle-whorls of
stone. Some of these were found in mounds raised by extinct tribes, and
others found among the Klamath Indians and the Noamlakki in gravel-
mining claims. The Indians of this day use no such implement for any
purpose whatever. Near Freestone, Sonoma County, I saw in possession
of the finder what was probably a spindle-whorl of pottery, the only
instance of the kind I know of.”
* Page 53. tOf weapons of war of the Yurok.
¢ Dr. CUNNINGHAM, in his Notes on the Natural History of the Strait of Magellan, 1871, p. 148,
describes the bolas as made of either two or three round balls of stone, iron, or brass covered with
leather.
160 PERFORATED STONES.
IT also find in Mr. Powers, instructive and valuable volume on the hab-
its of the California Indians the following references to the digging-sticks
as now used. In his account of the Indians of the Eel River Mountains
(p. 130), he writes: “Armed with her ‘woman-stick’, the badge of her sex,
which is a pole about 6 feet long and 14 inches thick, sharpened and _fire-
hardened at one end.” Again, when writing of the Modok (p. 256), he
says: ‘ With a small stick, fire-hardened at the end, a squaw will root out
a half bushel [of kais roots] or more in a day.”
From the foregoing it will be perceived that the digging-stick of the
present Indians is not weighted, and although one tribe may have had very
different methods of work from others adjoining, it seems hardly probable
that such an implement as a weighted digging-stick would have gone entirely
out of use in fifty to a hundred years, had it been common before then;
though the negative fact that the perforated stones are not now used at all
is no more an argument against their having been used as weights to
digging-sticks than for any other purpose. In connection with the form of
digging-stick described by Mr. Powers, the use of similar implements by
some of the Pacific Islanders is of interest, and I, therefore, quote the fol-
lowing from Sir John Lubbock’s ‘“ Prehistoric Times”:
“The digging-sticks [of the Figians] are made of a young mangrove tree. They
are about the size of an ordinary hay-fork, and the lower end is tapered off on one
side after the shape of a quill toothpick. In digging this flattened side is kept down-
wards. When preparing a piece of ground for yams, a number of men are employed
divided into groups of three or four. Hach man being furnished with a digging-stick,
they drive them into the ground so as to enclose a circle about two feet in diameter.
When by repeated strokes the sticks reach the depth of eighteen inches they are used as
levers, and the mass of soil between them is thus loosened and raised.”—Page 455, quot-
ing from Williams, ‘‘ Figi and the Figians,” vol. 1, p. 63.
The only instrument for tillage used by the Maories of New Zealand was ‘‘a long
narrow stake sharpened to an edge at one end, with a short piece fastened transversely
at a little distance above it, for the convenience of pressing it down with the foot.”—
Page 462.
The Tahitians for cultivating the ground “had instruments of hard wood, about
five feet long, narrow, with sharp edges and pointed.”—Page 471.
On Plate X, seventeen of the perforated stones from California are
represented under Figs. 22 to 38, and on the upper half of the plate,* which
*This plate was arranged, as will be seen by the position of the pins upon which the stones were
hung when photographed, to be printed in such a manner as to make what is now the right side of the
POSSIBLE USES OF THE CALIFORNIA STONES. 161
is divided by the Peruvian club, with its bronze, star-shaped head, are shown
a number of perforated stones, of various sizes and shapes, from North and
South America, Europe, and Africa, all of which have been specially referred
to in the preceding pages. It is, therefore, only necessary to call attention
to the very close resemblance between several of these foreign specimens
and those from California, as for instance Figs. 14 and 17 from Denmark,
Fig. 18 from South Africa, Fig. 19 from Central America, Fig. 20 from
Peru, and Fig. 21 from Chili.
At the time this plate was photographed comparatively few stones
of this class had been collected in California; hence several interesting
examples from later explorations, which would have added much to the
value of the plate in showing their great diversity in size, shape, and orna-
mentation, are not included Several of these are, however, shown in the
following figures in the text.
A careful study of the hundred examples of these stones from Cali-
fornia, now before me, has confirmed my belief that they were used for
various purposes by the old Californians, and that while some may, possibly,
have been used as weights for digging-sticks and for net-sinkers, as Mr. Schu-
macher believes, it would certainly be going too far to include all the speci-
mens in these two groups, even should we agree with Mr. Schumacher in
regarding many of the smaller specimens as toys for children. Dr. Yarrow
has kindly given me his views as to the probable use of these stones, the
substance of which is as follows:
It seems inconceivable to me that any one who has examined carefully any num-
ber of these larger perforated stones can for a moment hold to the theory of their being
primarily used for digging-weights. That they may have been occasionally used as
such is possible, but their probable use was more likely similar to that to which the
Eskimos put their perforated stones—as a club, with a loose or flexible handle.
If they were used for digging-sticks, how is it that not a single example of these sticks
has ever been found, not even a trace? For instance, at Dos Pueblos we found ollas,
mortars, pipes, cups, iron hatchet (Spanish), China cup and saucer (modern), a few
articles of wood, and perforated stones in juxtaposition; is it not likely that digging-
sticks as a necessary article for use in the next world would also have been found if in
such common use as is indicated by the great number of the stones in question? I see
plate its top. The reference numbers to the figures have the appearance of having been placed at ran-
dom over the plate, but the nearest number to the upper margin of each figure is its indicator, notwith-
standing the fact that in several instances the number is close to some figure to which it does not refer,
ll cr
162 PERFORATED STONES.
nothing improbable in the statement that these stones may have been used as net-
sinkers. A net large enough to fish outside the beach on this coast must have taken
a long time to make, and may have been the property of the town, or of several indi-
viduals, and it seems to me that the same care might have been devoted to the neces-
sary stone sinkers that was given to the construction of the net.
Among these hundred specimens from California are several which, by
their battered and fractured surfaces, show that they have received hard
usage Others are smooth, and many are even highly polished over a more
or less extended surface. Still others are rudely ornamented, either by
incised lines similar to the markings on pottery in the early stages of the
development of the ceramic art, or by deeply-cut grooves. Of a few there
are only fragments, and as the fractured portions of these are often as much
weathered as the rest of the stone, there can be little doubt that these exam-
ples were broken while in use. Most of these broken specimens are halves
of stones, which, apparently, have been broken by a pressure exerted in the
central perforation, thus causing the stone to split. A few, however, are
fractured transversely to the perforation, as if caused by a blow the force
of which was exerted upon the outer edge of the stone. In shape and size,
and in the character of the perforations, there is great diversity, and
although the intermediate forms prevent a strict classification, the specimens
now before me can be approximately arranged in several groups by their
shape, such as conical, globular, and flattened.
The first to be described is from the island of Santa Catalina (P. M.
13420). This is made from a piece of chlorite-schist, which has been ham-
mered and ground into a shape unlike any of the other specimens. It has
a flattened base and a somewhat conical top above its five flattened sides.
The surface of the stone has been rubbed very smooth, and considerable
labor must have been expended in manufacturing this implement, the use
of which is problematical. It is 4 inches in diameter by 25 in height, and
weighs forty-five ounces. The hole, which is through the centre, was bored
probably by a stone drill, and this was most likely mounted so as to give
a full revolution, as the well-defined and continuous circular lines made
by the drill can be seen. That the hole was made entirely by the drill is
shown by the circular strize coming out flush with the surface of the stone
at each end of the hole. The boring of the hole was started from the flat-
DESCRIPTIONS OF THE CALIFORNIA STONES. 163
tened portion or base, where it is § of an inch in diameter, and carried
through the stone, gradually decreasing in‘size to 3 of an inch at the opposite
end. The size and weight of this stone are against its having been used as
an ordinary spindle-whorl, though it would be none too large for use as a
whorl for a bow-drill. The hole is too small to allow of the supposition that
it was a weight to a digging-stick, and the same objection would apply
to its having been mounted ona handle asaclub We seem, therefore,
reduced to regard this either as a net-sinker, a whorl to some large fire-
drill or boring implement, or as a club-head which was fastened to a handle
by means of a withe or a strip of hide.
Of the conical forms there are several modifications. One (P. M. 13422),
which is of impure steatite, was found in ‘“ Pots Valley,” the locality on the
island of Santa Catalina where pots and other articles of steatite were
extensively manufactured. This specimen is 1$ inches high and 3 inches
in diameter, and while it might be classed with the group that I have called
flattened or ring-like, as its transverse diameter is twice its height, yet it is so
decidedly conical in shape that it seems most appropriate to mention it in
connection with the other more or less conical forms. The concentric striz,
formed by the boring implement, are very distinctly seen on the sides of
the hole, which was started by pecking from both sides of the stone and
afterward bored, making a perforation which is only $ an inch in diameter
in the centre, while it widens to about twice the size at each face of the stone.
From this brief description it will be seen that this stone, with its half-
inch perforation, so far as can be determined from known uses of similar
stones, would have to be classed as a club-stone, a whorl, or a sinker, and
to me it seems best adapted for use as a club-head fastened by thongs to a
handle.*
Of the globular-conoid form, there are two specimens from the island
of Santa Cruz, which are of nearly equal size, and both have large holes.
They are probably made of an impure and rather hard steatite.
Figs. 44, 44a, and 45 represent one of these specimens of actual size
* Since this chapter was written I have received the account of Mr. Bower’s explorations on the
island of Santa Rosa, Report of the Smithsonian Institution for 1877. Mr. Bowers there states that he
found a ‘‘conical disk, which was probably used in spinning.” - From the context I judge that this
“conical disk” is of stone, and probably similar to the one I have described above.
164 PERFORATED STONES.
(P. M. 9296). Fig. 44 does not show the exact outline of the stone, as the
artist has tilted the specimen forward so as to give a view of the upper
end of the hole, and thus
represented the stone as
more globular than a
direct view would have
shown. Fig. 44a is a
diagonal view of the un-
der side of the stone,
showing the nearly
Wi .
slip ay A) = straight and smooth per-
Yad tty Qa, Y, TIF 5
Bg y pee foration, and also several
A f (7Z
of the small punctures,
seventeen in number,
which form an irregular
Perforated stone from island of Santa Cruz. row around the lower
portion of the stone, as seen in the three figures. Fig. 45 is a view looking
directly into the hole from the under side, where it is 14 inches in diameter,
Bee while at the top, as shown
in Fig. 44, the hole is 4
of an inch smaller.
The other specimen
(P. M. 9298) from Santa
Cruz differs from the one
just described in being
slightly more conical in
outline, and in having a
groove cut around the up-
per margin of the hole,
thus forming a rim not
quite a quarter of an inch
wide. The surface of each
of these stones has been
Perforated stone; side view of hole of Fig. 44. carefully smoothed.
DESCRIPTIONS OF THE CALIFORNIA STONES. 165
Another example (P. M. 13692) of this form is from the island of San
Miguel. It is 34 inches in diameter and 24 inches high. The hole is of
the same size and shape as in the two preceding specimens. Portions of
the surface of this stone are
much battered, and several
fractures have resulted from
the hard usage to which the
implement has been sub-
jected. The mineral is much
decomposed, but is probably
basalt. The fractured por-
tions and the sides of the
hole are, like the rest of the
stone, very much weath-
ered.
These three stones are
so admirably suited by their
shape, size, and large per-
DS LSS ESS,
SSS ae
forations, for hafting and POnrora tod atone cibti enioe OE Fig. 44.
for use as heads of clubs that I am inclined to consider them as such; and
the fact that two of them are rudely ornamented is favorable to this view,
as is also the rough usage that one of them has received.
Among the most remarkable of the conical forms are three which,
while they vary slightly in outline, are yet so much alike that they form a
little group by themselves, and their close agreement in size is so remark-
able as to suggest that they were made after a particular and established
pattern. Two of these are from the island of Santa Cruz and the other
is from the island of Santa Rosa. Dr. Rau, in his account of the arche-
ological collections in the Smithsonian Institution, figures (p. 90, fig. 320)
another specimen-of the same type, but does not give the locality whence
it was obtained, though it is probably from the island of Santa Cruz.
There is also a specimen* in the Smithsonian collection from Santa Cruz
* The specimen here alluded to may be the one figured by Dr. Rau,
166 PERFORATED STONES.
(S. I. 18289) which varies but slightly in size from the one in the Peabody
Museum from that island. Like another specimen from the same island
Bie oe (P. M. 9297), it has a slight rim cut round
‘ the hole at the pointed end. One of these
stones, of which only a half is preserved,
is shown in section by Fig. 46. The two
other specimens now before me, and the one
I measured belonging to the Smithsonian
Institution, differ from the figure here given
only in having their greatest diameter
nearer the base, and hence are not so globu-
lar. The measurements taken of these
Be cHonesnommieiholon?: "several specimens are of interest in show-
ing their close agreement, and are as follows:
1. P.M. 9295, Santa Cruz; height, 4 inches; diameter, 4$ inches; weight, 43 oz.
2. .S2T.7= 18289; - <6 a ut
24 be 6 4a 6c
oS a
Oo Pe WE 29297: ott eC Sa Fora us 47 (Fig. 46.)
4, P. M. 13810, Santa Rosa; “ hp ae oe ge) me weight, 40 oz.
The perforations in all four are very nearly of the same diameter,
and in. the three other specimens are more nearly straight than in the one
shown in section by Fig. 46. The diameter of the holes measured across
the opening on the lower face is about 1# inches in each, while, measured
at the opposite end, it is $.an inch less, and in the centre it is from 1 to
14 inches. In two of these stones, which weigh forty and forty-three
ounces, respectively, the sides of the perforation show many fine longitu-
dinal striations and a smoothness of surface indicative of long-continued
use, as does also the smooth and polished surface about the upper or pointed
end. Mr. Schumacher has suggested that the polished portion on many of
these stones was occasioned by carrying the stone in the hand when, as he
considers, it was fastened to a digging-stick ; but it seems to me impossible
to account for the polishing in that way, as many of the specimens exhibit as
high a polish in the little fractures just within the margin of the hole as on the
surface about it, which certainly could not have been caused by handling.
The high polish given to many of these stones, generally on only half
the surface, particularly on those made of the dark steatite and allied min-
DESCRIPTIONS OF THE CALIFORNIA STONES. 167
erals, was probably purposely produced asa finish. Others, however, as is
the case with the large specimens now under particular consideration, were
evidently burnished by long-continued rubbing while in use—such as
would be caused, for instance, by the stone being attached to a handle by
means of hide or leather which enclosed its pointed end; and as the three
stones now before me have their most prominent or bulging part more or
less battered as if by use, while the polished portions are not injured, we
may have a good reason to regard these particular stones as club-heads.
The great uniformity of the four stones of which I have given the
measurements is also favorable to the theory that they were designed as
club-heads of an established form, while the amount of labor bestowed
upon them is against their use for inferior purposes.
The next group to be considered consists of three cylindrical stones
with large perforations. One of these is of a hard material—probably
quartzite
and, like so many other examples, bears considerable polish at
one end and a slighter finish about the margin of the hole on the opposite
end. This implement is slightly over 24 inches thick, and is 34 inches in
its transverse diameter. The sides are but slightly bulging, and as the
smallest diameter of the nearly parallel perforation is a little over an inch
and a quarter, they are nowhere over an inch in thickness. As in the
majority of the specimens, the hole was made by working from both ends
of the stone, and the central portion was afterwards considerably enlarged.
It is from the island of San Clemente, whence it was obtained with eigh-
teen others of different shapes by Mr. Schumacher, and is numbered
13521 in the Peabody Museum. There are no perceptible signs of bat-
tering on the surface, and while the worn and smooth sides at the nar-
rowest portion of the hole, which has been made slightly oval, apparently
show that it has been in long-continued use on a handle of some kind,
there is no more reason for considering it as a club-head than as a weight
for a digging-stick, if any of these stones were applied for the latter pur-
pose, as stated by the half-breed Indian to Mr. Schumacher. If, however,
we accept the theory that special wants of man will result in the use of
corresponding methods of supplying them among people of the same degree
of development living under similar conditions, we must accept the prob-
168 PERFORATED STONES.
ability of these stones being in part applied to the same purpose in Cali-
fornia as elsewhere; and as they are known to have been used for several
purposes, among others as weights to digging-sticks, in other parts of the
world, some may have been so used in California, as stated by the Indian
to Mr. Schumacher. Still, the simple statement of this Indian should not
be received without due caution until it is confirmed by other evidence.
The second stone of cylindrical form (P. M. 14799) is from the island
of Santa Catalina, and is of talcose slate, or ‘“‘serpentine.” In diameter it
is a quarter of an inch larger than the one just described. The hole is
also slightly larger, tapers but little towards its centre, and shows signs of
long-continued use. The surface at one end of the hole is highly polished.
In weight this stone is about equal to the one last described, and they
were both probably used for the same purpose.
The third example of this group (P. M. 14801) was found with the one
last described; but it differs from it in several particulars, and is of much
smaller size, as it is only 14 to 2 inches in diameter and about 2 inches in
height, measured from end to end of the perforation, which is rudely made,
and tapering, and in its narrowest part is only one-half of an inch wide. It
is of the same kind of steatite as that of which the large cooking-pots were
made, but is not formed with the degree of symmetry characteristic of
most of the specimens; and unless made for some such purpose as a net-
sinker, its small size and rude workmanship may indicate that it was a toy,
or, perhaps, the first attempt of an inexperienced workman.
From the graves on the island of San Clemente Mr. Schumacher ob-
tained twenty-two of these perforated stones, one of which (P. M. 13520,
Fig. 47) is unlike any of the others, inasmuch as it is oval in form, and
has a groove about a quarter of an inch wide and half as deep cut around
the central portion of its surface. As in so many of the other specimens,
about a third of the surface of one end around the hole is much polished,
and this part is stained by the red pigment, of which a considerable quan-
tity was obtained from the graves. The stone is hard quartzite, and must
have been difficult to work into its present symmetrical form. The per-
foration does not show signs of having been made by boring, which would
have been a difficult matter, and it was probably made by pecking and
DESCRIPTIONS OF THE CALIFORNIA STONES. 169
scraping. The hole tapers from both faces, where it is about 2 inches in
diameter, to its centre, where it is not over an inch wide. The central
ridge in the hole, caused by the meeting of the tapering perforations from
both surfaces, has been worn smooth, and is even polished, showing that
there was more or less movement of the stone upon its handle. The greatest
diameter of this implement is 44 inches, and its thickness, measured through
the perforation, is 24 inches. The use to which this stone was put is, of
course, conjectural, but the polished portion on one face and the encircling
SS eee
Perforated stone from the island of San Clemente.
groove may be connected with the method of mounting it on a handle, and
it seems proper to class this specimen with the large ones of conical shape,
already described as club-heads.
Specimens of the next group, of which there are now before me no less
than twenty-four, are more or less depressed globular in shape, and vary
in size from 2 to 44 inches in diameter, and from 14 to 34 inches in thick-
ness. In weight they vary from a few ounces to over 34 pounds. They
are all well made, generally symmetrical, and of various minerals. The
perforations vary in size and shape, and while there is a general resem-
blance in the lot, it will be necessary to subdivide the group for the pur-
170 PERFORATED STONES.
pose of description. Several of these are highly polished, and a few are
ornamented by incised lines. The amount of labor which must have been
bestowed on many of them in order to give the perfect finish which they
possess, and the fact that some are rudely ornamented, suggest their having
been devoted to an important use; and while some may possibly have been ~
weights to digging-sticks, and others whorls, as a group they seem better
adapted for club-heads than for any other purpose.
The largest (ig. 48) and best made of these globular stones 1s from
Fig. 48.
ANLTEPYZ
\ AY \
(er
Pavtheiok ess +
\
Nex.
Perforated stone from the island of Santa Catalina.
‘Pots Valley,” island of Santa Catalina (P. M. 13419). It weighs fifty-
eight ounces, is of steatite, and has been smoothed and finished with care.
Its symmetry is as near perfection as could be expected, and around the
upper or polished end of the hole there is a slight rim, about an eighth of
an inch wide, formed by a groove. This portion, which I call the top of
the stone, is highly polished, the polishing also extending down the sides
and including about one-third of the surface. That this polishing is the
DESCRIPTIONS OF THE CALIFORNIA STONES. 171
result of use is shown by the partial obliteration of the groove forming
the rim. The stone is 45 inches in diameter and 34 inches in thickness.
The perforation starts from each face with a diameter of 13 inches, and
tapers to the centre, where it is only 1 inch. The sides of the hole are
smoothed by the action of the handle. Such a carefully-finished and sym-
metrical implement as this would hardly have been made for use as a
digging-stick, and it seems eminently proper, notwithstanding its size, to
regard it as a club-head. That it was not used as an ordinary hammer is,
I think, shown by the sides not being battered.
Another specimen (P. M. 13358) is from the same island, but was
found, with twenty-three others of various sizes and shapes, in a refuse-pile
or shellheap. It is of nearly the same size as the one last mentioned, and
is made of the same material. It differs from that, however, in not being
so symmetrical, and the hole is a quarter of an inch greater in diameter.
There is an irregular incised line encircling the hole on top, and this por-
tion of the stone is highly polished. Its most interesting peculiarity con-
sists in the fact that the perforation is worn smooth on one side only, while
the rest of the hole is nearly as rough as when the stone was first put to
its use. This peculiar wear of one portion of the hole would be favorable
to the view that this stone was a weight to a digging-stick, as Mr. Schu-
macher suggests.
A third stone (P. M. 13155), of the same material, and originally of
about the same size, but having an old fracture, from which cause nearly a
quarter of the stone is missing, was found in a grave on the same island
with the last two mentioned. Like the others, this is polished around
one end of the hole, which is very smooth from use, and is 14 inches in
diameter in its smallest part.
In the preceding descriptions I have noted the fact that two of the
large globular-shaped and most of the conical specimens have grooves
cut about the holes at the polished ends; but this is not the case with any
of the others, though several that are yet to be mentioned are rudely
ornamented.
Another specimen (P. M. 18358), from the shellheap of Santa Catalina,
is also of steatite, and is a little smaller than the one from the grave,
172 PERFORATED STONES.
being about 3 inches thick and 34 in diameter. The top is polished, and
the hole is smoothed by long-continued use. It differs from the last three
described in the character of its perforation, inasmuch as the hole is straight
and of nearly a uniform diameter of about 14 inches from end to end.
Another of these, also from a shellheap, and of ‘“serpentine,” is fash-
ioned from a block of stone that was not quite large enough to enable
the worker to carry out a symmetrical design of the size he desired, and
hence there is left a flattened and indented portion on one side. This is of
about the same size as the specimen last mentioned ; but the hole is much
smaller and tapers from both ends to its centre, where it is only three-
fourths of an inch wide; and although the sides of the hole are consider-
ably worn the marks of the boring-tool are visible.
Still another from the shellheap is made of dark talcose slate or ser-
pentine, which is capable of receiving a high polish, as is shown by the
lustre covering about a third of the surface of this example. This stone is 24
inches thick and 34 in diameter, and in shape, approaches the much-flat-
tened forms which will be described further on. The polished surface of
one end extends over the edge of the perforation, which is also very much
worn and smooth throughout, and was made by boring and pecking from
opposite ends. <A longitudinal section through the -perforation shows that
the diameter in the centre of the hole is 1$ inches, and that it is regularly
increased to about 1 inches at each end; and yet the wear on the sides
is nearly the same in the widened portions at the ends as in the centre,
which could hardly occur if this stone had been simply placed on a rod of
wood, for in that case the wear would have been confined to the narrowest
portion of the hole, as is the case with many of the specimens. If, on the
contrary, the stone had been fastened by a material like leather, or even by
strips of raw-hide or other more or less pliable substances, passing through
the hole, the wear would be nearly equal on all its parts, as is shown to
have been the case in this specimen.
The two smallest of these depressed globular forms are from the island
of Santa Catalina. One is from Pots Valley, and is made of basalt. Only
one-half of this specimen was found. It is 12 inches thick and 24 in diam-
eter. The perforation was made by working from both ends, though its
DESCRIPTIONS OF THE CALIFORNIA STONES. 173
narrowest part is within half an inch of one end of the hole, and is not
over half an inch in diameter. The fragment is much weathered, but is
evidently a portion of a carefully-worked and symmetrical implement.
The other and slightly smaller example is from the shellheap, and is made
of steatite. This is a symmetrical little stone, and would naturally be
called a spindle-whorl. The hole has been bored from both faces, is one-
half an inch in diameter in its smallest part, and does not show any signs
of wear.
One of the specimens from the island of San Clemente is made of
basalt, and is of the same thickness as the one just described, and about
half an inch greater in diameter. The surface is much decomposed and
somewhat battered. The hole is five-eighths of an inch in diameter in the
centre, and widens to about an inch at each end. This would have been
serviceable as a whorl, a small club-head, or as a ‘“slung-shot.” Three
others from San Clemente do not differ in size and shape from those
already described from Santa Catalina. One is formed of a brown cellu-
lar basalt; another is of steatite. Of these two, only half of each was
found. That of steatite shows as much weathering on its fractured portion
as on other parts of the stone, and the part that was formerly polished is still
smooth. The third example (P. M. 13521) is of large size, being about 23
inches thick and 44 in diameter. It is of a hard and somewhat cellular
basalt, and weighs forty ounces. The perforation was made from both
ends, and has been worn to a slightly oval shape in its centre. The sur-
face about one end of the hole is polished as in the examples made of
softer material.
On the island of Santa Cruz Mr. Schumacher collected a number of
these perforated stones of depressed globular form, most of which are in
the Smithsonian Institution, and not now before me. One of them, how-
ever, is represented on Plate X, Fig. 22. The particular interest attached
to this specimen is due to the probability that it was fractured and a large
piece broken from one side. The fractured surface was afterwards smoothed
over. ‘The sides of the hole are nearly straight. Two others from Santa
Cruz are in the Peabody Museum (9299, 9390). They were made of a
compact basalt, though now it is considerably decomposed. ‘The hole is
174 PERFORATED STONES.
in each about 14 inches in diameter. In the larger specimen, which is 24
e, and
the sides of the hole are now parallel and considerably worn. In the
inches thick by 34 in diameter, the perforation was made by borin
other, which is 1? by 2% inches, the hole is slightly bell-mouthed at each
end, though its sides are nearly straight.
There is also in the Peabody Museum (13761) a beautiful example of
these perforated stones from the island of Santa Cruz, found by Mr. 8. Bow-
ers. It is more flattened than the others, and differs from those heretofore
described in being polished on both ends, and even a portion of the inter-
vening surface shows polishing in places. The hole is slightly bell-mouthed,
with straight sides, and is highly polished throughout. A deep notch on
one side near the hole, caused by a flaw in the stone, is as much polished
as the surface adjoining, which, as mentioned in other instances, seems
favorable to the theory that these stones were sometimes fastened to shafts
by hide or leather thongs. Certainly the polished surface on this stone
could not have been brought about simply by handling, for the natural
cavity on its side and the edges of the hole through its centre could
not have been reached, much less rubbed smooth, by the skin of the hand
during any ordinary use of the implement as a weight to a digging-stick.
This specimen is 2 inches thick by 84 in diameter, and the hole is 14
inches wide.
From the island of San Nicholas numerous examples of these de-
pressed globular stones have been obtained by Mr. Schumacher; two of
them are in the Peabody Museum, and others are in the Smithsonian Insti-
tution. On Plate X, Figs. 33, 34, 35, 36, and 38 are taken from San
Nicholas specimens.
Fig. 34 represents one now in the Smithsonian Institution (18420).
It is of a soft stone, probably a clay slate, and is 2 inches thick by 24 in
diameter. The hole tapers from both ends.
Fig. 36 is taken from another Smithsonian specimen (18444). This
is symmetrical, and is well made from a hard stone, probably basalt. It is
about 24 inches thick and 34 in diameter. The hole, as is well shown in
the figure, is deeply countersunk on both faces.
Fig. 33 is from one in the Peabody Museum (9353), and is very much
CALIFORNIA STONES WITH OVAL HOLES. 175
like that represented by Fig. 36; but, while it is a little smaller, the hole
is larger, measuring about ¢ of an inch across the central portion, from
which it widens towards each end. The material is probably basalt, and
has been worked into a symmetrical implement. Though not polished, as
are so many others, one end is much smoother about the margin of the
hole than the other. The central portion of the hole has also been worn
smooth.
Fig. 38 shows another (P. M. 9354) of the same material as the last.
It differs from the rest in having the hole 2 inches wide at the surface on
one face, and, as shown in the figure, the tapering is not so gradual to-
wards the centre as is usual. Inthe centre the perforation is a little over
an inch in diameter. At the other end, the hole is not over 14 inches wide.
The surface adjoining the widest end of the perforation has been consider-
ably battered as if by use.
From the island of San Miguel I have seen three specimens which
were collected by Mr. Bowers and are now in the Peabody Museum
(13692). As these were received from the Smithsonian Institution, there
are probably others of the same character in that museum. The three
before me are made of what is probably basalt, although its character has
been so greatly changed by decomposition as to appear now more like a
sandstone. They are each about 2 inches, or a little more, in thickness,
and vary from 34 to 4 inches in diameter. The smallest part of the hole
is, in each, about an inch in diameter, and it increases in width at both ends,
though in the largest the sides of the perforation are straighter than in the
other two, and the hole is more nearly of equal diameter throughout.
In all the specimens described in the foregoing pages the perforations
are circular in form. There are, however, six of these stones that have
come under my notice in which the holes are oval. They are all of soft
material, and it seems probable that the shape of the hole in each is due
entirely to the wear of the sides of the stone in a particular direction,
owing to some peculiar method of use. Two of these stones with oval
holes are shown on Plate X.
Fig. 23 is a representation of one now in the Smithsonian collection
(20367), and was obtained at Dos Pueblos by Mr. Schumacher. It is
176 PERFORATED STONES.
made, as Mr. Wadsworth has informed me, of tale schist, containing grains
of chromite. The talc, being very soft, has worn away and left the chro-
mite projecting. The thickness of this specimen is about 14 inches, and its
diameter is nearly 3 inches one way and a quarter of an inch less the other.
The stone has been carefully fashioned and the sides of the hole are straight
from face to face. The diameters of the hole are 1 inch and 14 inches.
Fig. 24 represents one obtained by Mr. Schumacher on the island of
San Nicholas (P. M. 9352). It is of dark steatite, and of nearly the same
size as the one from Dos Pueblos, being 14 inches thick and about 24 in
diameter. The hole is an ellipse, 1 inch by 14 in its diameters; its sides
are perfectly straight, and show many parallel and longitudinal striations.
One face is smoother than the other, though it is not polished. That shown
in the figure is uneven as if broken by use. Asa weight to a digging-
stick this stone is too light to be of service except to a child, and the great
amount of use it has had is not favorable to that conclusion. As a whorl
it is also obviously not adapted; and it seems more likely to have been
used for some purpose which required that it should be moved loosely up
and down on a shaft of wood or bone. Another, with an oval hole, is
from the island of San Clemente (P. M. 13525). In this the perforation
is not quite an inch wide by 14 in length, and has straight sides. This
specimen is 34 inches in diameter, but its original thickness can only be
approximated, as it has been broken, and probably is not now over half
its original thickness, the fracture having been nearly transverse to the
perforation. The character of the fracture, which is an old one, favors
the view that this stone was used as a club-head.
Another specimen from San Clemente, also collected by Mr. Schumacher,
is of steatite, and is 14 inches in thickness and 2? in diameter. The ellip-
tical hole has two straight sides, and is { of an inch wide by 14 in length.
One face of this stone is more level and smoother than the other.
A third specimen from the same lot as the last (P. M. 13522) is also
of steatite. It is 2 inches in thickness and 34 in diameter. One face is
flattened, perfectly smooth, and slightly polished. Surrounding the hole
on this face is a depressed portion, about half an inch wide, which is per-
fectly smooth. The perforation is egg-shaped in outline, and of the same
CALIFORNIA STONES WITH ORNAMENTATION. 177
size throughout, as in the others. The portion of the stone nearest to the
small end of the egg-shaped perforation is not so thick as the rest, and
this may have caused the peculiar shape of the hole, which was probably
circular at first and afterwards worn into its present shape by use.
The last of those with oval holes is from the shellheap on Santa Cata-
lina Island (P. M. 14804). It also is of steatite, and of the flattened form,
1 inch thick by 2? inches in diameter. The surface of the stone is decom-
posed, but there are signs of one face having been polished. In this speci-
men the perforation, which is 14 inches in its largest diameter, has parallel
sides, and passes through the stone at a slight angle.
Among these Californian stones which have been described on the
preceding pages are a few that have a more or less well-defined rim about
the hole on the end which is polished, and this I have considered as a slight
attempt at ornamentation, though in some of the conical forms it may also
have been made with reference to the mounting of the stone upon a handle
of some kind. Be this as it may, there are now to be mentioned nine
of these stones, five of which are from the shellheap on the island of Santa
Catalina, one from Pots Valley on the same island, two from the island of
San Clemente, and one from the mainland, all of which are undoubtedly
ornamented by incised lines more or less deeply cut and of several designs.
Similar rude attempts at the first stage of savage decorative art have been
_ noticed on the dishes, cooking-pots, pipes, etc., by the same people, and
will also be mentioned further on when describing the several masses of
pigment found in the graves of the former inhabitants of California.
The two specimens from San Clemente (P. M. 13522) are of the de-
pressed globular pattern. One is of steatite, 2 inches thick and 34 in diam-
eter, with a straight circular perforation 1 inch in diameter. One face is
smooth, but can hardly be called polished, though the stone is considerably
weathered and this may have destroyed the polished surface. The orna-
mentation on this stone consists of a simple line cut around the central
part of the surface.
The other specimen from this island is made of a talcose schist, contain-
ing grains of chromite, which stand out on the weathered surface of the stone.
This stone is 2 inches thick by 3 in diameter, and the straight perforation
12c1
178 PERFORATED STONES.
is about 14 inches in diameter. There are still some traces of the polished
surface on one face of the stone, and on this face four pairs of nearly paral-
lel lines, about a quarter of an inch apart, extend at equal distances from
the margin of the hole to about the central portion of the sides of the stone.
From Pots Valley Mr. Schumacher obtained a small perforated stone
of steatite, which in two places on each face has small notches cut from the
margin of the hole. This stone is only 1 inch thick and 2 inches in diam-
eter. The hole was made by boring from one face through to the other,
and tapers throughout. At the smallest end it is a little over half an inch
in diameter.
Of the five specimens from the shellheap on Santa Catalina Island, one
is aring of serpentine, highly polished on one face, and over this polished
portion are ten nearly obliterated short lines diverging from the margin of
the hole. The hole has straight sides, and is about 1 inch in diameter.
The stone is 14 inches thick and 24 in diameter.
Fic. 49.
Ss
MS
4 ae WN
i ada Pei
~ AERP mrergauaen TSMC
=e ‘ vo Wh if
RS
SS
WSs
Perforated stone from island of Santa Catalina.
A larger stone of steatite 24 inches thick by 34 in diameter, and with
a nearly straight hole about 14 inches in diameter, has a similar ornamen-
tation on the polished end; but in this instance there are about thirty lines,
each about half an inch in length, diverging from the margin of the hole
(P. M. 13358).
CALIFORNIA STONES WITH ORNAMENTATION. 179
One of the largest and most nearly symmetrical of the ring-like stones
is from the shellheap, and is made of serpentine. This specimen (P. M.
14798) is 24 inches thick and 44 in diameter. The perforation is nearly
of the same size throughout, with straight sides, and nearly 14 inches in
diameter. As will be seen by Fig. 49, there is a deeply-cut line around
the centre of the stone._ All the surface above this line is highly polished,
while the portion below it, though smooth, is without a polish.
A much smaller example (P. M. 14803), cut from a block of steatite,
was found in the shellheap, and was broken in three pieces. This is 13
inches thick by 2 in diameter. The hole is three-quarters of an inch across
in the centre, and widens towards each end to about an inch. The ends
50.
are smooth, but not polished. Seven Fie.
deeply-cut grooves, at nearly equal y
distances apart, run around the sur-
face of the stone and thus form six
ridges, above the upper of which is
a wider portion around the hole, and
on the bottom the space left is about
twice the width of that on the upper
portion. The character of this orna- -=
mentation is well shown by Fig. 50. perforated
The last of the five from the shellheap is of a depressed globular form
with a large perforation. This ornamented specimen (P. M. 13358) is also
of steatite. It is about 25 inches thick and 33 in diameter. The hole was
made by working from both ends, and the central ridge was afterwards
removed, the hole being now nearly straight, and 14 inches in diameter.
Both faces of the stone are polished, and on nearly one-half of the surface,
extending diagonally from the margin of the hole on one face to the mar-
gin on the opposite face, are six sets of nearly parallel lines with cross-
lines between them, making six bands of a lozenge-shape pattern, as will be
seen by reference to Fig. 51. Between these bands are plain spaces.
A specimen from Santa Barbara, now in the Smithsonian Institution
(20362), collected by Mr. Schumacher, and of which Fig. 52 is a representa-
180 PERFORATED STONES.
tion of one face, of natural size, is of steatite, and has four of the lozenge-
figure bands extending from the hole to the sides of the stone.
The methed of
making these perfo-
rated stones is well
illustrated by three
specimens obtained
\ by Mr. Schumacher
\ in Pots Valley, isl-
and of Santa Cata-
lina. One of these
(P. M. 18425) is a
pebble of indurated
mica — schist. The
natural surface of
about half of the
Perforated stone, with incised lines, from island of Santa Catalina. pebble has not been
disturbed, but the remaining portion has been hammered into the shape de-
sired, leaving the stone about 2 inches thick by from 3 to 34 in diameter.
Taken by itself this stone would probably be con-
sidered as simply a rude hammer, but studied in
\ connection with the two other specimens, show-
\ ing further stages in the process of manufacture,
Ne
,and compared with perfectly made examples of
! the same material, I have not the slightest hesi-
{ . . . . . .
tation in considering it as showing the first stage
bey in the manufacture of a perforated stone of ordi-
BK
Perforated stone, with incised lines, 4 .
ean eCatarBarbora: shown by a mass of serpentine of the same di-
nary size. The second stage of manufacture is
mensions as that of mica schist just mentioned. This mass still has its
original surface on one face. All the rest of the stone has been pecked
by a pointed implement, after having been first brought nearly to its
present form by blows which detached larger masses than the secondary
pecking. The stone is now in the stage immediately preceding its perfo-
METHOD OF MAKING THE CALIFORNIA STONES. 181
ration. The third stage, or the perforation of the stone, is exhibited by
the third example, which consists of a mass of serpentine about 4 inches in
diameter and 24 in thickness. This has been hammered and pecked into
its present shape, and has the perforation begun from both sides. These
two cavities, which are each } of an inch deep and 14 in diameter,
have been made by pecking with a hard stone. A borer, made of quartz,
such as are shown by Figs. 14 and 15, could now be easily used in com-
pleting the perforation thus begun, or the hole could be made by con-
tinued pecking, and the central portion then enlarged and made even
by a borer or by cutting. The perfect specimens show that all three of
these methods have been followed. After the stone has been perforated,
the last stage in its manufacture would consist in simply rubbing the sur-
face on another stone until the desired smoothness was obtained.
The next group of these perforated stones consists of numerous speci-
mens which differ from those I have designated as of a depressed globular
form simply in being still more flattened. They are of many sizes and of
several different minerals; some approximate the globular form so closely
as to be equally well classed with either group, while others are of extreme
flatness, and the series runs into small stone rings that may have been
used entirely as ornaments, and as such could be appropriately classed with
the stone beads described further on.*
For the purpose of description, I shall further subdivide these flattened
stones into several groups, and first I wish to call attention to the symmet-
rical circular stones made from masses of basalt and other hard minerals,
with double bell-mouthed holes. These vary in size from 1 inch in thick-
ness by 24 in diameter, to 2 inches in thickness by 44 in diameter. Three
of this group are represented on Plate X.
*Mr. Bowers, in his report on Explorations of Santa Rosa Island, in the Smithsonian Report for
1877, p. 319, states that among the specimens obtained from the graves and shellheaps were ‘perforated
disks from the size of a silver half dollar to 5 or 6 inches in diameter. These were used in games. It
required either three or four to play a game with these disks. Two individuals, standing at a given
distance, rolled the disk rapidly upon the ground between them, while one or two others stood at the
side with sharpened sticks and caught the disks as they were whirled rapidly by.”
A game similar to this was in vogue by the Indians of the coast, as mentioned by Bancroft (Wild
Tribes, Vol. I, p. 393), but it was played by a hoop, through which an attempt was made to throw a stick.
It is to be regretted that Mr. Bowers has not given his reasons for the statement he has made, which, in
its present form, can only be received as offering a possible use of some of the stones.
182 PERFORATED STONES.
Fig. 387 on the plate is from one found by Dr. Yarrow’s party in one of
the graves at Dos Pueblos It is of basalt, now very much decomposed,
and apparently was long used. Its present weight is nineteen ounces. It
is nearly 2 inches thick by 4 in diameter. The hole is larger than usual,
being 2 inches in diameter at each face, whence it tapers toward the centre,
where it is 1$ inches wide.
Fig. 29 represents a similar stone from the island of San Nicholas, and
is now in the Smithsonian collection (18426). This is about 14 inches in
thickness by 4 in diameter.
Three of like character (P. M. 13521), varying from 34 to 44 inches in
diameter, were obtained by Mr. Schumacher on the island of San Clemente.
A smaller specimen from San Nicholas is represented on Plate X, Fig.
28. This stone has been much changed by decomposition, and the character
of the original perforation is from this cause much altered in shape.
Another specimen, now about 25 inches in. diameter, collected by Mr.
Bowers on the island of Santa Rosa (P. M. 13809), is so much weathered
and decomposed as to make it impossible to decide upon its original shape,
which may possibly have been globular.
From the island of San Miguel Mr. Bowers obtained a small example
made of basalt and not much decomposed. <A large fragment has been
broken from one side, and the fractured surface exhibits as much weather-
ing as the rest of the stone. ‘This example is about 1 inch in thickness
and 25 in diameter
Closely allied to the several last described are some which consist sim-
ply of flattened and more or less oval pebbles of basalt, and other hard
rocks, that have been perforated by pecking the hole through from both
sides. Stones of this class may have been used as sinkers, and they seem
to be better adapted for that purpose than for any other of the several uses
attributed to the various forms of these perforated stones.
The largest of these perforated pebbles measures 4 inches in its longest
diameter and 2 inches in thickness. The hole is 2 inches in diameter meas-
ured across its ends, and 14 inches in the centre. It was obtained at the
island of San Miguel by Mr. Bowers (P. M. 13692). A similar stone, but of
smaller size, is from San Nicholas Island, and was collected by Mr. Schu-
PERFORATED PEBBLES FROM CALIFORNIA. 183
macher. It is now in the Smithsonian collection, and is represented on
Plate X, Fig. 35.
Another specimen closely resembling the last, but not over an inch
thick, is shown by Fig. 31 of the plate. This was found on the island of
San Nicholas by Mr. Schumacher (P. M. 9350)
Two others in the Peabody Museum (13521, 13524) are of the same
character as the last, but somewhat larger, being 34 and 4 inches in diame-
ter. These were collected on the island of San Clemente by Mr. Schu-
macher.
Fig. 27 of the plate represents another perforated oval pebble from San
Nicholas Island, also obtained by Mr. Schumacher (P. M. 9355).
A perforated pebble from Santa Rosa Island was obtained by Mr.
Bowers (P. M. 13809). This is 14 inches thick and 3 inches in diameter.
Another, still smaller, was received from Mr. Schumacher, and came from
the island of San Clemente. It is 1 inch thick and 24 inches in diameter
(P. M. 13523). j
A pebble somewhat triangular in shape, 14 inches thick and 43 inches
in its longest diameter, has a large and evenly pecked hole through its
centre. This hole is 1$ inches across its narrowest part and widens to 2
inches at each face of the stone. This sinker, as I am inclined to regard it,
is represented of 4 its diameter on Plate X, Fig. 32. It was found on San
Nicholas Island by Mr. Schumacher, and is now in the Peabody Museum
(9349).
Another rather irregularly-shaped specimen is shown by Fig. 50 of the
plate. As will be seen by the figure, this stone has a five-sided outline,
which is probably in part the natural shape of the pebble. It is a little less
than 4 inches in diameter, and not over # of an inch in thickness. This
may be a sinker. It is from the island of San Nicholas, and is in the Pea-
body Museum (9356).
I have now to notice twenty or more of these flattened stones, which
differ from the others in their mineralogical character and in the shape
of their perforations. These are of steatite, serpentine, and allied min-
erals, with one exception, which is apparently made of a very soft clay-
stone. They are all smooth, and several are polished. In most, the hole is
184 PERFORATED STONES.
straight; in a few, it is slightly tapering. Three of the lot show the con-
centric striz on the sides of the hole made by the boring instrument; in
all the others, the sides of the hole have been more or less worn, and, in
many, longitudinal striations can be seen. One has evidently had hard
usage, and probably about half of it has been lost by a blow, which caused
a fracture diagonally across the stone. This stone is 4 inches in diameter,
and the hole, slightly oval, with straight sides, is about 1 inch in width.
The specimen was obtained on the island of San Clemente by Mr. Schu-
macher (P. M. 13524).
A finely-polished example (P. M. 13597), circular in outline, but of
unequal thickness, is made of serpentine. It is 34 inches in diameter and
14 in its greatest thickness. The hole, made by boring from one side, is 1
inch across on one face and tapers to # of an inch at the opposite end.
This was obtained by Mr. Schumacher from a grave at the same place
where Dr. Yarrow excavated on the mainland near Santa Barbara, and is
of particular interest from the fact that the whole surface of the stone is
polished.
Two others, of the same material and size as the last described, are
from the island of Santa Catalina; one (P. M. 13362) is from the shell-
heap, and the other (P. M. 13421) is from Pots Valley. They differ from
the Santa Barbara example in having larger and perfectly straight holes 1
inch in diameter, and in being polished over half of the surface only.
Two smaller specimens of steatite (P. M. 138359, 14800), which seem
to have been exposed to heat, are from the shellheap on the island of Santa
Catalina. They are symmetrical and well made, with large straight holes,
which have been much worn and are now over 1 inch in diameter. A still
smaller specimen (P. M. 13359), also from the shellheap, and made of
steatite, is 24 inches in diameter and 14 in thickness. The hole was prob-
ably bored, and is slightly tapering from one end to the other.
One of the same diameter as the last, but not quite so thick, and with
a hole not quite as large, is also of steatite, and was obtained by Mr. Schu-
macher on the island of San Clemente (P. M. 13523).
A smaller specimen made of steatite was obtained by Mr. Schumacher,
CALIFORNIA STONES OF IRREGULAR SHAPES. 185
probably from Dos Pueblos or La Patera, and is now in the Smithsonian
collection (20365). It is represented by Fig. 53.
A fine specimen, made of serpentine, and polished over half its sur-
face, was found in one of the graves on Santa Catalina Island, associated
with articles of European make. This is 2 Fic. 53.
inches in diameter and 1 inch in thickness.
The perforation is straight, ? of an inch in di-
ameter, and is much worn (P. M. 13156).
Another specimen of steatite from a grave
on Santa Catalina may well be called a stone
ring, as it is 24 inches in diameter and only half
an inch thick, while the hole is about 1 inch
wide (P. M. 13293).
Fig. 54 is a representation, of full size, of
Perforated stone from near Santa
the smallest of these regular circular stones. It Barbara.
is from Santa Catalina (P. M. 13350); is made of steatite, and has been pol-
ished over its whole surface. This little ring, which might as well be classed
with the stone beads or ornaments as with the group Pig. 54.
of stones now under consideration, is only 14 inches in
diameter and not quite $ inch thick. The perforation is
4 inch in diameter.
Among the perforated stones formed from basalt and
other hard minerals are some which are simply perforated
pebbles of oval shape. In the lot now under special Fen eee vies
consideration, made of softer materials, are many of irreg- Catalina.
ular and of oval forms, which seem to have been made simply by perfo-
rating pebbles, or irregularly-shaped fragments of stone. The largest of
these is shown on Plate X, Fig. 25. This is of serpentine, and is polished
over its whole surface, with the exception of a narrow band around the
edge, which is slightly battered, as if by use. The hole is 14 inches in
diameter, with straight and polished sides. The stone is 34 inches in diam-
eter by 1 inch in thickness. This specimen was obtained by Mr. Schu-
macher on the island of Santa Cruz (P. M. 9301).
Fig. 55 represents a small and somewhat oval pebble of steatite,
186 PERFORATED STONES.
which has been perforated, and has a deeply-cut line running around one
side, as if an attempt had been made to cut the stone in two. This speci-
men, which is shown of full size in the figure, was found by Mr. Schumacher
in one of the graves at the isthmus on the island of Santa Catalina.
Six others of these small steatite
pebbles of irregular shape are in the
Peabody Museum. They are from 2
to 24 inches in greatest diameter and
from } of an inch to 1 inch in thick-
ness. The perforations are 1 inch or
less in diameter. They are all from
the island of Santa Catalina; some
from the graves and others from the
shellheap.
An irregularly-shaped stone, which,
Perforated stone fron: ihe island of Santa
Catalina. probably, should be considered as +
large bead of steatite (P. M. 13656), was found by Mr. Schumacher in a
grave at the isthmus on Santa Catalina Island. It is 1 inch thick and
14 in diameter. The hole was made by boring, and is nearly ? of an inch
wide. - There are a few deep scratches on one side, and two notches are cut
on the margin of the hole on one face.
From the island of San Miguel Mr. Bowers obtained a perforated circu-
lar mass of clay, which is the only example of the kind that has come under
my notice from California. It is 2? inches in diameter by about # of an
inch in thickness, and has a hole, with straight sides, nearly 1 inch in
diameter. The use to which this specimen could be put is beyond my
powers to define. The soft and easily broken substance of which it is made
seems to preclude the idea that it was designed for the same purpose as the
others, and as it has not been burned we cannot regard it as a support to a
cooking-pot, as similar clay rings were probably used by the Lake-dwellers
of Switzerland.
Another interesting specimen, unlike those I have already mentioned,
was obtained by Mr. Schumacher from the graves at Dos Pueblos. This is
shown of full size by Fig. 56, which represents the stone as seen from one
PERFORATED PEBBLES FROM CALIFORNIA. 187
end. The hole in the centre, as will be seen in the figure, is very small,
and was made by boring from both faces. The mineral is probably ser-
Fra. 56.
pentine. As the specimen belongs to the Smithsonian
2 SA SOAMOQKY,
%y
Institution, and is not before me as I write, I cannot
give a more detailed description.
Among the perforated stones found by Mr. Bowers
on the island of San Miguel are three (P. M. 13691)
oval pebbles, which have not only been perforated,
but their sides have been more or less flattened. One | | ~—
Perforated stone of peculiar
of, these, a worked pebble of basalt, is shown of actual shape from Dos Pueblos.
size in Fig. 57. This has been worked smooth and flat en both faces, as
well as on the sides, and its perforation is large, regular, and smooth,
though slightly tapering to PC kat
the centre. This stone is 1
inch thick by about 23
inches wide and 34 in length.
The second specimen is
a granite pebble, about 4 of
an inch thicker, $ inch wider,
and 1 inch longer than the
last. The sides are not so
even and the hole is not so
large nor so well made. Mr.
Evans, in his exhaustive
work on the Stone Imple- Deron aU RcuplodronnalnaGt sa Miguel.
ments of Great Britain, has figured* a very similar perforated pebble,
which was found in Cambridgeshire, and mentions several other English
specimens of this character.
The third example is also a granite pebble, with a perforation # of an
inch in diameter at its contracted part. It is thicker than either of the
others, and the ends of the stone have not been flattened.t+
The last of the perforated granite pebbles which I have to mention
*Page 204, fig. 156. ae
+ Since this page was putin type, Mr. Evanshas kindly given to the Peabody Museum a perforated
pebble from the north of Ireland which closely resembles this California stone.
188 PERFORATED STONES.
(P. M. 13596) is in shape like a large hen’s egg. Its long diameter is 44
inches, transverse 33, and measured through the hole, it is 34 inches. The
perforation is 15 to 13 inches at each end and tapers to ? of an inch in
diameter at the centre. The surface of the stone does not exhibit the least
signs of battering, and the perforation looks as if it had not been made to
the full size intended.
There now remain to be mentioned three rough pieces of steatite from
the island of Santa Catalina, which may be rude sinkers. One of these
(P. M. 13361) was found in the shellheap by Mr. Schumacher, and is shown
FIG. 58. a of full size in Fig. 58. This stone is of un-
equal thickness, but nowhere exceeds $ an
inch.
The second piece of steatite (P. M. 13423)
was found in Pots Valley. It has the appear-
ance of a water-worn pebble of irregular shape,
and a large piece has been split off from one
face while in use. The perforation was made
by pecking on each face of the stone, and
where the two pits meet the hole is not over 4
of an inch in diameter. This rude specimen
is very much like the two represented on Plate
REZ
Rude sinker from the island of Santa
Catalina. 1 inch thick and 3 by 34 inches in diameter.
The third rough piece of potstone (P. M. 13426) was also found by Mr.
Schumacher in Pots Valley. It is apparently one-half of a large rude sinker
like those from ‘Tennessee, of which one is shown on Plate X, Fig. 10.
X, Figs. 7 and 12, though larger, as it is about
Two perforated stones, of which figures are given (p. 189), were found
in the shellheap on the island of Santa Catalina. They are unlike any that
have been recorded in the preceding pages, and probably were intended for
entirely different purposes, but as so many forms of unknown use have
been mentioned in this chapter it will not now be out of place to include
these at its conclusion. Fig. 59 represents an ovoid piece of talcose slate,
which has been carefully and symmetrically shaped, as will be seen by the
figure. It is flat on one surface and slightly convex on the opposite, and
the edges are smooth and rounded. This stone (P. M. 13387) was broken
PERFORATED STONES OF SINGULAR SHAPE. 189
in several pieces, but all were secured except a small portion of one side.
as shown in the figure. In length it is 54 inches, in width 33, and in thick-
to} 2 ? 4)
Fie. 59. Fig. 60.
ny]
My
iy
Ze
pe ee
PES
St
BAZ
=
br
KY
Perforated stone, of unusual shape, Perforated disk, with notched edge, from the island of Santa
from the island of Santa Catalina, 4. ' Catalina.
ness is nowhere over 4 of an inch. The hole through the stone is about 135
inches in diameter, and the sides are smooth and rounded to each face.
The other unique and singularly-shaped stone (P. M. 13375), obtained
by Mr. Schumacher at Santa Catalina Island, is of steatite. The two faces
are polished and regularly convex, and the hole, which is perfectly straight,
is g of an inch in diameter and 4 of an inch in length. The thin edge of
the stone was probably of a regular outline at first, but was afterward cut
and notched in sucha manner that its present shape will be best understood
by reference to Fig. 60.
MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS MADE OF STONE.
By C. C. ABBOTT.
Unner this heading we have brought together descriptions of several
implements and other articles made of stone, the uses of some of which it
is impossible, at present, to determine. Certain suggestions as to the use
of a few can be obtained from the evident adaptability of the articles them-
selves to certain purposes, or from the knowledge that articles of a similar
character are still in use by savage tribes.
Fig. 61 represents a perfect specimen of a large tube of stone It is
made of a comparatively soft clay slate of a dull gray color. This tube
measures 104 inches in length, and is almost perfectly cylindrical from end
to end, with a variation of an $ of an inch in diameter. At the end having
the groove about it (Fig. 62), the perforation is? of an inch, while at the
other end (Fig. 63) it is one inch in diameter. The exterior surface of
the tube is perfectly plain, except a possible attempt at ornamentation at
one end, where the surface for a width of about 1 inch is slightly depressed.
This may, however, have been connected with the use or uses to which
the implement was applied. The hole has been partially drilled, as seen
by the well-marked circular striz, which extend one-third of the length
from the larger end of the tube. In the remaining two-thirds of the per-
foration there are irregular deep grooves or cuts apparently made by a
sharp flint implement. These incised lines are very close to each other,
but do not quite cover the whole surface, and the circular striz cannot
be detected on the intervening smooth spaces. It is thus evident that
the perforation was made by two different implements, or that the wider
orifice was drilled by a revolving borer, after a perforation of uniform calibre
through the entire length of the tube had been made by the cutting tool.
These stone tubes have been the objects of much conjecture on the
part of archeologists. To two of the suggested uses, in all probability, they
190
TUBES. 19]
were never put: that suggested by Schooleraft, of their being telescopes
Fie. 61, for the better observance of eclipses; also, that they were
trumpets for producing far-reaching sounds, or as veritable
musical instruments On the other hand, the suggestion,
based upon certain passages in the writings of various early
travellers in North America, that they were medicine-tubes,
scems to us the one plausible explanation of these labori-
ously-wrought stone implements. Fie. 62.
Mr. C. C. Jones,* in describing
certain specimens of these tubes,
_varying in no important feature from
that here figured, remarks that—
“These authorities confirm our im-
pressions that tubes—like those we have
been considering—were medicinal in their
uses, and materially assisted the primitive Sent SS
physician—at once quack and conjurer— Actualsize ofupper end of tube.
in performing his wonderful cures. * * * By the circular open-
ing at the larger end, the seat of pain could have been conveniently
covered. The weight of the instrument: Fre. 63.
enhanced its efficiency and rendered
more facile its preservation in the de-
sired position. While under treatment,
Indian patients were compelled to assume
more than a recumbent position. They
were obliged to he flat down, now on
the back, and again on the stomach. If
we go one step farther and suppose the
cavity next to the flattened end [in our
specimen, simply smaller, but cylindrical]
filled with punk, dried tobacco-leaves,
Tube of stone, 3. or some combustible material, the other Actual size of lower end of tube.
end of the tube being firmly applied to the part affected, which had been pre-
viously searified, we will perceive, when the contained substance was ignited, how
readily this tube would have answered the purposes either of cauterization or cupping.
In the one case the particles of burning matter dropping through the central opening
would have blistered and burnt the diseased spot; while in the other, the active fire
kindled in the upper portion of the tube—the ashes by a simple contrivance being pre-
vented from falling through the narrow portion of the bore below—would have created
and iaintained, during its existence, a vacuum in the lower part of the tube, thus
causing the blood to flow freely from the incisions made in the flesh.”
* Antiquities of the Southern Indians, p. 364, New York, 1873.
192 MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS MADE OF STONE.
While this description calls particular attention to the contracted bore
at the middle of the tube—a feature that is scarcely noticeable in the speci-
men here figured—it is certain that the specimen from Dos Pueblos is
equally available for the purposes mentioned in the above quotation.*
Stone tubes, and allied articles made of clay, are not characteristic of
any one locality in North America, although the most elaborately wrought
and largest specimens have been found in or near the mounds of the
Ohio Valley and throughout the known, or supposed, range of the so-called
Moundbuilders. As is the case with very many forms of stone implements,
the size largely determines the probable use; and we here find that these
tubes of several inches in length, and with a tapering bore, are undoubt-
BeLes edly simply smoking - pipes; while other short
tubes with a uniform bore were merely orna-
ments. Indeed, a regular unbroken series can
be made, from the diminutive bead to the beauti-
fully drilled and polished tube a foot or more in
length.
It has been suggested that inasmuch as cer-
tain Indian conjurers and medicine-men pretend
that disease is caused by the presence of cer-
tain foreign substances in the body or affected
part, such as small animals, birds, bones, peb-
bles, feathers, worms, ete., which they withdraw
by sucking, these tubes would afford a ready
means of concealment for such things.
Figs. 64, 65, 66, and 67 represent four speci-
mens of probably one class of implements, to
Plummet-shaped implement of < : ; :
stone. which various names have been given, and which,
considering the slight variations in their shapes, may have been put to sev-
eral and widely different uses. It is quite impracticable to determine the
one particular purpose for which any one of these specimens may have
been made, especially as nothing connected with their discovery throws
any light upon their history. Fig. 64 (8. I. 21875) is made of serpentine,
*In this connection see a quotation from Venegas on page 25 in relation to the use of medicine-
tubes by the Californian Indians.—F, W. P.
PLUMMET-SHAPED IMPLEMENTS. 193
has been smoothed rather than polished, and is noticeable, like the following
(Fig. 65), in having a well-defined groove at one end, and simply termi-
nating in a blunt point at the other. This specimen is broader for its length
than the majority of those I find recorded from the Fig. 65.
various localities throughout the country where these
implements occur. If it were not for the terminal
tapering point this implement would be identical with
the generality of so-called “sinkers” found on our
Atlantic coast; and for any of the purposes suggested
to which such an implement might be applied it is diffi-
cult to see what advantage this slender ungrooved
termination would give.
Fig. 65, from a grave at Santa Barbara (S. I.
21873), differs from the preceding in being much
more slender in proportion to its length. This varia- |
tion in shape possibly arises from their being shaped
from ordinary oval water-worn pebbles, the carefully-
wrought ends being completed. he pebbles other-
wise were not materially altered in shape or reduced in
bulk. This specimen is made of greenstone, and,
like the preceding, is carefully smoothed, but not
highly polished; but many, both of this and other ma-
terials, have been brought to as high a polish as was
possible to produce on the mineral. The presence of
the groove at one end of both this and the preceding
indicates that but one end was intended to be attached
Plunnnet-shaped implement
to a cord, whether that cord was a fishing-line or a of stone.
plummet-string, as has been insisted upon by various writers.
[Three other of these implements from the graves at Santa Barbara, col-
lected by Mr. Bowers, and now in the Peabody Museum (13591), are made
of a talcose slate, and are in general character like the two figured above;
one being long and slender like Fig. 65, though slightly longer originally,
but now broken at one end. The two others are more like Fig. 64 in
being short and thick. One of these is broken at one end, and it is now
13 cI
194 MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS MADE OF STONE.
impossible to state if that end were pointed or not. The other, though
~much battered on its sides, is perfect at both ends, and, like the majority
of similar implements from the Atlantic coast, is only provided with a stem-
like portion at one end. The number of fractures on the surface of this
specimen, evidently the result of use, leads to the suggestion that imple-
ments of this character may have been used in some way as light hammers
or club-stones as well as for other purposes—IF’. W. P.]
An implement, ir every way similar to the one shown in Fig. 65, is
described by Stevens* as ‘a plummet-like object of tale, grooved at one
end, and with the other end worked to a corresponding blunt point ; Ohio.”
Fig. 66 represents what I judge to be an implement for much the
same purposes as the preceding; and yet if fin-
ished, it is difficult to see how it could be used at
all unless held in a net-work or skin bag. The
specimen is as carefully shaped and smoothed as
either of the others. It is made of serpentine, and
was obtained by Mr. Schumacher near Santa
Barbara (S. I. 15182).
In an article in the American Naturalistt on
these so-called “ plummets,” the author suggests
that “they might have been used as sling-shots, a
string being attached to the weapon and to the
wrist, while the implement itself was grasped in
the hand.” This refers to the specimens, like the
preceding, which have a groove at one end; but
suggests to the writer the possibility of such a
Plunimet-shaped implement. of
stone. specimen as Fig. 66 being encased in skin and
fastened to a flexible handle, thereby making a war-club, that, properly
wielded, would have been a formidable weapon. In the absence of all
information that might throw light on its use, we consider it best to class
this specimen, although wanting the all-important groove, with the pre-
ceding plummet-shaped stones.
“Flint Chips, p. 500, fig. 92, London, 1870.
t American Naturalist, vol. vi, Nov., 1872. Notes on ‘‘ Plummets,” by J. G. Henderson.
PLUMMET-SHAPED IMPLEMENTS. 195
Fig 67 represents an allied specimen from Dos Pueblos of these un-
grooved, pear-shaped weights. It is made from a fragment of coral rock,
and apparently pecked or hammered into shape; but
this is by no means certain, and an interesting feature
of the specimen is the uncertainty of the method employed
to thus correctly shape this material. The whole sur-
face is quite rough, and exhibits no attempt at polishing
at any point.
A similarly-shaped implement, made of serpentine
and well finished, was obtained by Mr. Bowers at San
Miguel Island (P. M. 13671)
A photograph of a series of these ‘ weights,” col-
lected by Mr. Schumacher at various localities in Cali-
fornia (P. M. 7635), represents seven specimens of
various shapes, but all of one general form. One of
these, 7 inches in length, is quite similar to Fig. 67, but
is not as acutely pointed-at one end, and is more bluntly
terminated at the other. These specimens are all
labelled ‘ Spindle-whorls, or weights for distension of
thread.”
An editorial note at the conclusion of Mr. Ien-
derson’s paper, from which I have quoted, gives, as it
Plummet-shaped imple-
LJ , ,
seems to me, an admirable résumé of our present knowl-
ment of stone
edge of this class of implements, and I quote it entire:
* These ‘plummets’ or ‘sinkers,’ as they are more commonly called in New Eng-
land, are of quite common occurrence in the vicinity of Salem, Mass., and we have in
the collection of the Peabody Academy a number of specimens varying in size from an
ounce or two to several pounds in weight, but all made on the general pear-shaped pat-
tern, though they exhibit about as many modifications within the shape, as shown by
the hundreds of varieties of the pear itself. Local archeologists here in general con-
sider them as ‘sinkers, principally from their shape and from the fact that they are
more often found along the seashore than in the interior, though not unfrequently met
with at a distance from the coast. The very large size of some of the specimens would
perhaps indicate some different use from any proposed by Mr. Henderson, and in fact
some of them run so decidedly into the group of implements classed as ‘pestles’ that it
is almost impossible to draw the line between the two groups, which are well marked
by their extremes. The peculiar shape of these instruments has also caused them to
196 MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS MADE OF STONE.
be regarded as weights used to stretch the thread in spinning. This supposition is ren-
dered very probable by the fact that stone weights have been used in spinning, and from
the statement (made to me, in conversation, by Dr. Palmer, of Washington, I think)
that similar stones are still in use among the Indians of the Northwest. As it is gen-
erally accepted that the Mound Builders were informed in regard to the spinning of
fibre of some kind, and certainly of the twisting of materials which they could manu-
facture by some process akin to weaving, the use of these implements as weights seems
very probable, and as household implements they would often be more or less elab-
orately finished or carved. For my own part, I have for some time considered them as
representing, to a greater or less extent, according to size, material, shape, and finish,
Ist, pestles; 2nd, sinkers; 5rd, spinning-weights; 4th, ornaments. That their principal
use was as ‘plummets’ may be perhaps questioned, as there are far too many of them
found, and of too great a variation in size, to lead us to infer that they were used mainly
for that purpose. Though if it were necessary, in ancient architecture, to establish a
perpendicular line, the implements were at hand as ‘weights’ with lines attached.—
F. W. PUTNAM.”
Inasmuch as the specimens here figured were all found in graves im-
mediately on the sea-coast of California, and near a creek that doubtlessly
afforded excellent fishing, I am disposed to consider that the Dos Pu-
eblos specimens were probably more or less elaborately finished sinkers
for fishing-lines.
[Since the preceding pages were written by Dr. Abbott large collections
from the graves and shellheaps on the coast and islands of Southern Cali-
fornia have been received at the Peabody Museum. Among the numerous
Fi4. 68.
Sinker made of stone, with asphaltum at the ends.
articles made of stone are several which, there seems to be little doubt,
were used as sinkers, and by their shape are allied to the implements Dr.
Abbott has described on the preceding pages. Two of these are of great
interest, as they still show the method by which they were fastened to fishing
nets or lines. They are all, however, of coarse material and finish, being
ARROW STRAIGHTENERS AND SMOOTHERS. 197
made of the same hard stone used for many of the pestles and mortars.
Two of these sinkers, collected on the island of San Miguel by Mr. Bowers,
are more or less cylindrical, and somewhat pointed at each end. The smallest
(P. M 18672) is represented of full size by Fig. 68. Both of the stones
were fastened to lines or nets by means of asphaltum. This asphaltum has
preserved a portion of the twine which was wound around each end of the
stone, and it is evident that in this way the string was held in place on the
sinker, which was thus easily attached to a line or net. The larger (P. M.
13673) of these two interesting specimens is about 8 inches in length by
nearly 2 inches in its greatest diameter, and is somewhat flattened on one
side. A small stone of the same shape and material as the one represented
by Fig. 68 was probably used in the same way as a sinker, but there are
now no signs of asphaltum on its ends. This little sinker (P. M. 13295) is
only 24 inches in length by ? of an inch in diameter at its centre, from
which it tapers toward each end. It was obtained from the island of Santa
Catalina by Mr. Schumacher. From the same island Mr. Schumacher also
collected a small plummet-shaped stone (P. M. 13274), 24 inches long by
1 inch in thickness, which differs from the last in being pointed at one end
only, and this pointed portion is very smooth, while the rest of the stone is
rough and with an irregular surface-—F. W. P.]
Figs. 69 and 70 represent a top and side view of an interesting form
Tic. 69.
“ Arrow-straightener.”
of implement which is supposed to have been used in straightening arrow-
shafts, by Mr. Schumacher, who collected the specimen (S. I. 18341) fig-
198 MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS MADE OF STONE.
ured on Santa Cruz Island, and I translate what he has written concerning
it, as follows:*
“The aboriginal warrior was well aware of the advantage of a straight arrow-shaft
over a crooked one, and when, therefore, nature did not provide the desired perfection,
ingenuity was resorted to, by which it was attained. The way it was accomplished I
learned from living witnesses, and by the many implements found which were used for
the purpose of straightening the arrow-shaft. The twigs were cut into the proper
length, worked by scraping into the desired thickness, and were left to dry in the shade.
When partially dry such bends and crooked parts which resisted the common practice
of straightening were subjected to the action of the arrow-straightener. This utensil
Fic. 70.
“Toy view of arrow-straightener.”
is made of steatite, a rock that well resists the destructive power of the fire to which
it is subjected during the process of straightening the shafts, and retains the heat long.
It is usually oval in shape, and slopes toward both ends and sides, and has a flat base,
upon which it rests when in use. Across its ridge passes a groove (sometimes two and
even three), corresponding in its width to the thickness of the arrow-shaft, while in
depth it varies, often to twice its width, according to the service it rendered, by which
the grooves ure deepened and its width enlarged. The sizé varies from the one illus-
trated to about 5 inches in length and 24 in width. [Which is the size of the one rep-
resented by Figs. 69, 70.] Into the groove of the heated implement the crooked part of
the shaft is pressed, and by heating, or steaming, the wood becomes very flexible, and is
easily bent and straightened, which position it will retain when cooled off. It is the
same principle now employed in the manufacture of furniture, wagon-wheels, ete., of
bent wood, brought into almost any shape by the process of steaming.”
In a conversation with Dr. Yarrow regarding these implements he
informs me that he has seen similar stones used by the Indians of Southern
*Archiy fiir Anthropologie, vol, vii, page 263 et seq.
ARROW-SMOOTHERS. 199
Utah to polish their arrows. The stone, however, was not heated, but held
in the hand and rubbed up and down the shaft of the arrow with consider-
“arrow-smoother” would be
able rapidity. He therefore thinks the term
better than ‘“arrow-straightener,” and thinks that the longitudinal strize in
the grooves are such as would be made by rubbing the arrow-shaft with
the stone. Many of the specimens also—especially those of serpentine—
show no action of fire on their surfaces. In all that I have seen the grooves
retained their polish, which, probably, would not be the case had they been
exposed to fire. The shape of many of these articles is obviously intended
to conform to the hand; and to hold one of these stones in the hand, heated
sufficiently to straighten an arrow-shaft, would not be an easy task. Admit-
ting that they were not held in the hand, their shape seems to pre-
clude the idea that they could be retained in any particular position with
any degree of fixity One specimen obtained by Mr. Schumacher is in the
form of a double cone with rounded points; sucha shape as this could hardly
have been chosen to serve as a straightener. An examination of Figs. 69
and 70 will indicate the different points regarding side wearing of grooves
and shape of implement. Professor Powell has informed me that he has
seen Indians straighten their arrow-shafts by heating them and then hold-
ing one end of the shatt between the teeth, straightening with the fingers.
Sometimes a bone ora horn straightener is used, but the shaft, not the im-
plement, was heated.
These grooved stones are not peculiar to the Pacific coast. Mr. C. C.
Jones* gives a figure and description of a similar implement from Georgia,
which has two grooves crossing each other at right angles. The writer has
met with a single specimen from New Jersey that could safely be classed
with these Pacific coast implements. This form of implement does not
appear to occur in Europe, but Evanst figures a ‘rubbing-stone” found
in one of the Wiltshire barrows, and refers to others. He says of them,
“These instruments vary but little in shape, size, or character, being usually
of a truncated half-ovoid form, with a rounded groove along the flat surface,
and formed of sandstone.”
* Antiquities of the Southern Indians, p. 366, pl. xxii, fig. 1.
+ Stone Implements of Great Britain, p. 241, fig. 185. London, 1872.
200 MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS MADE OF STONE.
Figs. 71 and 72 represent a specimen from Santa Barbara (S. I. 15188)
which, though closely allied to the preceding, varies in two particulars ;
the principal one being the hole through it at one end; the other differ-
ence being the much shallower groove. The perforation in this instance
probably has nothing whatever to
do with the use of the implement,
but was intended simply to enable
a cord to be securely attached to
the stone that it might the more
easily be carried, and the danger of
being lost lessened when not in use.
[The later collections made by
Mr. Schumacher for the Peabody
Museum embrace many of these
erooved implements of various forms.
Need
FON
4 /} a
i}
They are nearly all made of steatite,
which in several is more or less
changed in character by heating.
The largest (P. M. 13288) of a lot
of sixteen now before me, from the
shellheaps and graves on Santa
views. Catalina, is 8 inches in length and
3 in width. This stone has a flat base and pointed ends, increasing in
thickness to the centre, across which is a deep groove. Another speci-
men of about the same size and shape (P. M. 13388) has a_ hole
through one end for suspension. Another example is also furnished
with a hole at one end. This last (P. M. 13428) is of the same
length and width, and, seen from above, of about the same outline as the
one represented by Fig. 70, but it is much thinner, and the under surface
is hollowed so that the deep groove on the upper has but a thin portion of
the stone under its central part. A specimen from the island of San Cle-
mente is of a similar shape, and also has a hole for suspension. Still others
of the Santa Catalina specimens (P. M. 13332 and 14797) have been made
by cutting the groove across the bottom of irregularly-shaped little vessels
POLISHING-STONES. 201
of steatite, the articles thus serving a double purpose. One of these im-
plements (P. M. 13335), evidently made from a fragment of a large olla, is
of particular interest, as it has two deep grooves cut upon the rounded
surface. These grooves, while at right angles, do not meet, and only one
of them could be used at a time. One circular and roughly cut mass
of steatite, from Santa Catalina (P. M. 13414), has a deep groove across
one surface, while the opposite is roughly cut out and forms a small cup
about 1 inch deep and 2 inches in diameter. A triangular piece of steatite
(P. M. 13339), with a hole in one corner, which may also have been used
as a small comali, has a groove a little over 3 inches long on one surface.
From these examples it is evident that while implements were often made
with care for the particular purpose for which these stones were used, it
was far more usual to make the required groove in any piece of steatite
that was at hand. Several of the flat pendants, similar to those mentioned
further on, are also provided with grooves which sometimes cross each
other (P. M. 13168 and 13420), and although some are too small to be
of use for smoothing arrow-shafts, they may have been used for simi-
lar purposes. One oval and water-worn pebble of hard sandstone, from
a grave on Santa Catalina Island (P. M. 13170), has a roughly-cut groove
across its centre. The structure of this stone would not allow of its being
used in a heated state, and this fact, with the roughness of the groove, may
indicate that its proper use was for sharpening or rubbing articles of bone and
shell. Stones similar to this are known from the Atlantic States—F. W. P.]
Figs. 73 and 74 represent a piece of pumice-like stone that bears con-
siderable resemblance to an ordinary celt or ungrooved axe, such as are
common on the Atlantic coast. Six and one-half inches in length by nearly
34 in width, this specimen has a flattened base worn smooth by rubbing,
and on its superior surface it is very evenly and uniformly sloped from a
dorsal ridge. This ridge at one end slopes downward at the same angles
as the sides; while the base in front slopes upward at about the same
angle. Another trace of use, besides that of a rubbing-stone for skin-
dressing, which was very likely the principal use of the implement, is
noticeable in a few deep and narrow grooves along one edge. These re-
call the grooves characteristic of the so-called sharpening-stones of the
202 MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS MADE OF STONE.
Eastern States; but it is very doubtful, considering the very friable charac-
ter of the mineral, if this specimen was ever used in any way connected
Fig. 73. with the sharpening or pol-
Ce OnE Cais
== =
ae Ey. oF
ishing of other stone imple-
ments, although it might
have been employed in
polishing articles of bone,
shell, or wood.
In the collection made
by Dr. Yarrow’s party are
two sandstone celts, one of
which, from La Patera, is
Polishing-stone, ? 4.
of peculiar interest, as it still has adhering to its base a quantity of asphal-
tum, showing that by the use of this material a handle had been attached.
TG, 74. The edge of this speci-
é men is still well de-
fined, and shows a
considerable degree of
Polishing-stone,? side view, 4. polish. The material
is a moderately dense sandstone, but, as-exemplified by the celt itself, not
capable of sustaining much hard usage. Although quite symmetrical in
shape the specimen can in no wise compare with similar celts of porphyry
and other minerals found in the Central and Eastern States.
The accompanying specimen from Dos Pueblos, being devoid of any-
thing like a cutting edge, and smoothed but little, if any, upon its sides,
might readily be considered a chance-shaped water-worn pebble were it not
that its sloping edge gives some indication of having been once a polished
cutting edge now crumbled away. The mineral is now so light, porous,
and friable, that a cutting implement could not be made of it; but as these
conditions are probably the result of long exposure to intense heat, this
stone implement may originally have been as well formed as the other.
[Among the many interesting articles obtained by Mr. Schumacher in
Pots Valley (the place where the extensive manufacture of the soapstone
pots was carried on) on the island of Santa Catalina, there is a large
GROOVED STONES. 205
grooved axe (P. M. 13451) identical in form with many found in the Atlan-
tie States, and, so far as I am aware, the first implement of this character
from California. It was made of a very hard stone by pecking, hammering,
and polishing, in the same way as those on the Atlantic coast were formed.
Fig. 75 isa reduced representation of the axe,
and shows its peculiar shape. The specimen
is 10 inches in length, 3$ in width along the
groove, and 15 in thickness at the groove.
Seu Ns
AS
ae
ANN BaRE
\
The head is slightly bulging and the lower
portion is poimted. The surface of this imple-
i Ni
Se
ment is smooth and greasy to the touch, owing
to the particles of steatite which have become
firmly united to the stone. This fact, taken in
connection with the place where it was obtained,
is pretty conclusive evidence that the imple-
ment was used for working upon the steatite
in the manufacture of the many articles made
from that material, and, although it would be
naturally classed with the stone axes, its use
was unquestionably more as a pecking than a
cutting instrument—F. W. P.] Hf
: - > ine DRG
Figs. 76 and 77 represent examples of com- A .
aay .
mon grooved pebbles, such as occur every- ike
x
where where stone implements are found. As
|
is the case with several other patterns of stone
implements, a great many uses have been sug-
gested for these stones, and it is very likely Wa
from their general adaptability that they were in Grooved axe of stone, 1.
some instances used as weapons and in others as implements for several dif-
ferent purposes.» Consequently they have been designated as club-heads,
slung-shots, net-weights, sinkers, and hammer-stones. They are known as
net-weights and hammers in the Hastern States, and occur in great abun-
dance in New Jersey. That they were in common use as net-sinkers is shown
by the fact that numbers of them are still occasionally found in the heds of
204 MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS MADE OF STONE.
creeks, as though the net had been lost or forgotten, or possibly carried
away by a freshet. The perishable net having long since rotted away,
Fig. 76. the girdled pebbles alone are left
if to mark an ancient fishing-station.
On the other hand, single speci-
mens found on the upland show,
as a rule, considerable battering
WN
/
Wr
of the edges, and thus as clearly
i
\
Nee
indicate that they were used as
hammers, while it is possible
SM 5
ik. 1 en ed
that some of the more elaborately
\
/
7.
ay
wrought specimens were weap-
ons, especially those that are oval
= Z rather than circular in outline.
Grooved storie: Grooved pebbles, such as are here
figured, are described by Evans* from Great Britain, by Nilssont from
Scandinavia, by Jonest from Georgia, by Rau§ from Rhode Island, and
by the writer
| from New Jersey.
Fig. 78 represents a simple hammer-stone,
with no other trace of usage or work upon it
than the well-battered edges. It in no way
differs from like specimens found along the
Y Atlantic coast. From their abundance on the
former sites of arrowhead-maker’s workshops it
would appear that these small hammer-stones
ASS: were in some way used in the manufacture of
Grooved stone. chipped-flint implements; at least their associa-
tion with cores, chips, broken specimens, and unfinished arrow-heads leads
to this conclusion The specimen here figured and other smaller ones ac-
companying it are all of a hard stone, but like many of .the Dos Pueblos
specimens appear to have been subjected to great heat. Those that are
* Ancient Stone Implements of Great Britain, p. 211, fig. 159. London, 1872.
t Stone Age in Scandinavia, pl. xi, fig. 216. London, 1868.
{ Autiquities of the Southern Indians, pl. xix, figs. 7 and $. New York, 1573.
§ Smithsonian Contributions, No. 287, page 27, fig. 107, Washington, 1876,
|| American Naturalist, vol. vi, p. 226, fig. 883. Salem, Mass., 1872.
HAMMER-STONES. 205
smaller and more nearly globular, like many from California, were possible
sling-stones, though the history of this weapon is so involved in obscurity
that it is scarcely safe to classify any globular or grooved pebble as such.
It must be remarked that two of the Fic. 78.
specimens, found in the graves, bear
no marks of use, nor do they appear
to have been artificially brought to
their present shape by any pecking or
grinding, and they may be simply
water-worn pebbles.
[A large amount of material, illus- 33
trating the various forms of hammer-
stones and sinkers, has been received
from the ancient village sites in Cali-
fornia since Dr. Abbott wrote the above. :
Among the most interesting is a round {SIGINT HOO.
grooved stone of the size shown by Fig. 77, that still has a portion of
a cord made of twisted fibres, which was wound round the stone in
the groove and held in place and preserved by asphaltum. This stone
(P. M. 13291) was taken from a grave on the island of Santa Catalina.
The presence of the small cord secured by the asphaltum is pretty good
evidence that this stone was used as a sinker. Another form of sinker is
probably represented by a stone nearly 3 inches long and 24 wide, which has
a deep notch at each end and a groove cut from side to side on one surface
within an inch of one end. This sinker (P. M. 13499) was found by Mr.
Schumacher in the shellheap.at San Clemente. Another-stone which was
probably used as a sinker was found in Pots Valley, Santa Catalina Island
(P. M. 18429). It is an oval mass of basalt, much changed by long expo-
sure, about 6 inches long and 3 in its opposite diameter. The groove extends
lengthwise round the stone.
Among the specimens which, most likely, were used as hammers, are
several circular masses of flint from Santa Barbara (P. M. 13580), and
three pieces of hard stone from the island of San Clemente. Of these last,
one (P. M. 13514) is evidently simply a water-worn pebble weighing four
206 MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS MADI OF STONE.
pounds, upon opposite faces of which “ thumb-and-finger” cavities have
been pecked out, and, to still further aid in holding this large stone, por-
tions have been broken out into which the ball of the thumb and the lower
joint of the second finger nicely fit when the stone is held in the right hand.
One of the two smaller of these hammer-stones (P. M. 18517) has evi-
dently been carefully worked into its present cylindrical shape, while
the other was used as found. They both show the marks of long-continued
service in their battered ends. Several specimens of hammer-stones of
different sizes, with the thumb-and-finger pits similar to those so com-
mon all over the country, are also in the later collections received from
California.
In relation to the different uses towhich grooved pebbles may have been
put, it is of interest to note in particular three specimens now in the Peabody
Museum. Two of these were obtained by Mr. J. A. Allen, of Cambridge,
while among the Sioux Indians on the Yellowstone several yearsago One is
a large oval pebble weighing three pounds and nine ounces, with a groove
cut across it a little nearer to one end than to the other. Around the groove
extend two pieces of some easily bent wood, tightly lashed together by
sinews, and with their ends lashed, by a cord made of twisted and braided
sinews, to two pieces of tough wood, which are flattened on their inner sur- -
face and rounded on the outer, forming the substance of a handle 13 inches
long. Over this wooden frame, and also covering the stone except about
its lower third, was stretched a piece of raw-hide, which was firmly sewed,
with a strip of the same, along the back of the handle and over the top and
front of the stone, and further tightened by several stitches on the under
side, where the stone came nearly in contact with the ends of the wood that
forms the handle. By this Method this large stone was held firmly in its
place, and as the handle was simply lashed to the portion that passed
over the stone and held in place by the elastic hide, a heavy blow could be
given with the stone without causing much of a jar to the arm that wielded
the implement The stone itself, while much battered on the exposed end,
is perfectly smooth over the rest of its surface, and as many of the grooved
circular stones found throughout the country show the same effects of use
on one end only, it is very likely that they were mounted in a similar way
HAMMER-STONES. 207
as hammers. Others, however, exhibit battering at both ends, and may
have been secured to a handle by a withe passing round the groove, thus
leaving both ends of the stone free for use. The Sioux hammer or club,
which is here described, is furnished with a small loop for suspension,
at the end of the handle. The other Sioux hammer is much smaller,
the handle being only 4 inches long, and the stone weighing less than a
pound, but it is secured to the handle in the same manner as the large ©
one. Mr. H. W. Henshaw, while among the Apaches, saw several clubs
of a similar character to the Sioux hammers or clubs here described;
but he informs me that they were made as follows: A piece of raw-
hide was slit towards its centre, forming several ribbons extending from
the central portion, in which a smooth stone was placed and the ribbons
were folded over and sewed with sinews; the ends of the’ ribbons
were then wrapped around a short handle of wood, to which a wrist-loop
was attached.
The third grooved stone, to which I have alluded above, is used for
an entirely different purpose, and is one of the valuable contributions to
the Peabody Museum received from Dr. Edward Palmer during his eth-
nological researches in Mexico conducted for the Museum. This stone
weighs just a pound, and is suspended by a small string, which passes round
the groove, to one end of a balance-stick 16 inches in length. On the
other end of the stick there is a simple loop of string with a few notches
cut in the wood indicating various weights that could thus be readily
determined by holding the stick by a string in its centre, thus forming a
rude and primitive balance or “steelyard.” Dr. Palmer states that this
balance is in common use by the Indians and half-breeds of San Luis
Potosi—F. W. P.]
Fig. 79 represents a circular thin plate of serpentine quite carefully
worked upon both sides, and perforated by eight holes, placed nearly equi-
distant around the edge. (S. I. 20421, Santa Barbara, Schumacher.) For
want of positive knowledge in the matter, this and similar specimens are
classed as ornaments. Such an ornament was perhaps fastened by the aid
of the marginal holes to that portion of the dress covering the breast, and
when newly made and exhibiting a high polish might justly be considered
208 MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS MADE OF STONE.
as a decoration, even by civilized eyes. Smaller but otherwise similar speci-
mens of circular stone ornaments, found in the interior of the country and
along the Atlantic coast, are as a rule ornamented with lines, rows of dots,
Fig. 79.
semicircles, carvings of
the human face, and other
designs. These usually
have but asingle perfora-
tion, for suspension sim-
ply. The most perfect
of these, found in New
Jersey by the writer, has
a human face quite ar-
tistically cut upon it, but
the incised lines and de-
pression representing the
Disk, with SeTeranione!
mouth are so shallow that some bright pigment
was probably used to make the design of the
artist more plainly visible. Of the same gen-
eral character as the preceding is the large
oval slab of steatite (S. I. 20422), with a single
CESS =
cant
2
ae eS
ZN
perforation, and ornamented with lines run-
ning obliquely across it, and in portions of it,
in opposite directions, thus dividing the sur-
face into small diamond-shaped spaces. This
specimen, Fig. 80, is much larger than the
generality of these oval pendants, and other-
wise differs from eastern specimens in having
the edges unworked and somewhat irregular. go
It measures over 7 inches in length by 4 inches EBLE IER! EMOTES Sn
in greatest breadth, and is the largest of its class of which I have knowledge.
ORNAMENTS. 209
A large specimen, of the same general character of ornamentation, but with
two perforations, is figured in the Smithsonian Annual Report for 1875
without any history being given of its origin other than that
it was found in New Jersey.* <A beautiful specimen, ap-
proaching Fig. 80 in size, but much more carefully finished,
is figured and described by Dr. Rau,f from Connecticut.
Squier and Davis have also described a similar specimen from
Ohio,t and the writer one from New Jersey.§
Fig. 81 represents a small pendant made of serpentine
without any incised lines upon its surface. It is carefully
made and well finished, and its size suggests that it was per-
haps a central pendant to a necklace. This was found ina
grave on the island of San Clemente (P. M. 13504).
Figs. 82, 83, and 84 represent, of natural size, three other forms of
Pendant of Pendant of
stone. stone. stone.
several small ornamental pendants found in the graves on the island of
Santa Catalina during the explorations of Mr. Schumacher. Like most, of
these small ornaments of stone, they are made of serpentine and ‘of talcose
slate.
Of the same general character as these pendants are certain thin
pieces of stone which are perforated, and may be considered ornamental
stones. The two specimens from the graves at Dos Pueblos, here figured,
* Annual Report of Smithsonian Inst. for 1875, p..331—foot-note—fig. 169. Washington, 1876.
tArchzological Collection of National Museum; Smithsonian Contributions, No. 287, p. 52, fig.
205. Washington, 1876.
tAncient Monuments Mississippi Valley, fig. 136, No. 14. Washington, 1847.
§ American Naturalist, vol. vi, p. 226, fig. 82. Salem, Mass., 1872.
1401
210 MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS MADE OF STONE.
are of serpentine, very thin, and highly polished. Fig. 85 is a semilunar-
plate, one-eighth of an inch in thickness, and without any attempt at orna-
mentation. Atthe middle of the curved margin is a small circular hole, very
neatly drilled, and of nearly the sume size throughout. The perforation in
this specimen was drilled only from one side, and probably by the aid
of one of the slender spiculee of flint, such as has already been noticed and
figured on a preceding page. Opposite the hole in this specimen, at the
middle of the straight margin or base of the gorget, is a shallow notch,
which may have been a hole drilled through the centre of the stone, when
a perfect disk, which subsequently has been broken in half, and the frae-
tured edge carefully smoothed down. We have frequently found frag-
ments of various patterns of ornamental stones thus preserved by drilling
a new hole for the suspension of the specimen after being broken. A small
oval pendant from Santa Catalina (P. M. 13153) is an illustration of this.
In this case four. holes have been used at different times, only one now
remaining perfect. :
Fig. 86 is a fragment of a quadrangular ornament of the same gen-
eral character, having two perforations, which vary greatly in size.
Such perforated tablets of stone are common over the
whole of North America, and much conjecture has been
indulged in as to their probable use; but there is little reason
to suppose they are other than simple ornaments. Speci-
mens found in ancient graves in New Jersey show, from
their position, that they were placed upon the breast of the
Stone ornament. —eornse when buried; and from this it is safe to infer that they
were simply ornaments.
Allied to the above are the separated laminze of a square piece of mica
neatly perforated by numerous small holes, to secure, we presume, its at-
tachment to the clothing. Similar small pieces of this mineral occur on
Indian village sites in New Jersey, and have been often found in graves and
mounds in other parts of the country. Like the Dos Pueblos specimen,
many are thus perforated. Another use for these plates of mica, when large
enough, is believed by some to be that of mirrors. In treating of the South-
ern Indians Mr. Jones * remarks of this material, ‘large plates of isinglass
* Page 376.
ORNAMENTS. 211
are frequently found in the sepulchral tumuli of Georgia, associated with
articles of use and ornament, the property of the dead at the period of the
inhumation. * * * Being thick, and readily reflecting the opposed
image, they answer tolerably well the purposes of looking-glasses.” The Cali-
fornia specimen is quite too small, being but little more than an inch square, to
use as a mirror, and it is seldom that a fragment occurs in New Jersey larger
than 3 inches each way. As this mineral is usually so charged with other
materials that it seldom reflects an image, it seems more likely that its bril-
liant display of prismatic tints was the cause of its adoption for ornaments.
Other specimens of ornamental wrought stones are cylindrical and
pointed, such as shown by Figs. 87 and 88, which have well-defined heads
and points; the former having acare- Fre. 87.
fully-drilled hole. The specimens,
indeed, suggest a needle; but we are
Fig, 88.
Fie, 89.
inclined to consider them pendants,
probably placed on strings of beads
es: 3
forming necklaces. Two specimens
from Dos Pueblos are perfect. They
are made of serpentine, dark in color,
hi ghly p olish ed, and symm etrical. Stone pendant. Stone pendant. Stone ornament.
One isa little larger than the other, and proportionately thicker. They
measure, respectively, 15 and 14 inches in length.
Associated with these pendants is a curiously wrought and perforated
stone, Fig. 89, that has much the appearance of four beads which have not
been cut apart. The illustration so clearly exhibits its peculiarities that
further description is unnecessary. The mineral is the same as the small
needle-like pendants. Fic. 90.
(Another carved stone, which must
for the present be classed as an orna-
ment, is shown of its full size in Fig. 90.
This carving, which is of serpentine, looks
Ornament of stone.
as if designed to represent the rattle of a
rattlesnake. It was found by Mr. Schumacher in Pots Valley on the island
of Santa Catalina (P. M. 13439).
212 MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS MADE OF STONE.
From a grave at the isthmus on the island of Santa Catalina, at a
place called “‘Cabrillo’s Rancheria,” Mr. Schumacher obtained an interesting
ornament (P. M. 13269) cut from a piece of steatite.
__ The shape and markings of this stone are well shown
” in Fig. 91. The tablet is about a quarter of an inch
thick, and is slightly concave on its ornamented sur-
face and smooth and convex on the opposite. The
incised lines on the surface of the stone repre-
sented in the figure are continued on the edges,
and at one end are two very small holes through
which a string has been passed for fastening or sus-
pending the ornament. At this end of the stone, as
shown in the figure, a small portion of finely-woven
cloth has been preserved by contact with an iron
implement, which was found much decomposed in
the grave. Thus, while this ornament was unques-
Ornament of stone with
cloth attached. tionably of Indian workmanship, it was retained by
its owner as a valued article after European contact had furnished the tribe
to which he belonged with ornaments of glass and implements of iron.
A triangular piece of steatite, about 3 inches long, and possibly a por-
tion of a large pot or olla, had formerly a small hole at one corner, probably
for suspension. From this corner two deeply-cut lines, a quarter of an inch
apart, run parallel across the convex surface of the stone, and from each
of these lines several others, about an inch long, run out obliquely.
This example of rude ornamental art came from the island of San Clemente
(P. M. 13490).
A fragment of what was probably a pendant of steatite, 3 or 4 inches
long, is ornamented on each side with numerous longitudinal and trans-
verse lines. This was found by Mr. Schumacher in Pots Valley (P. M.
13438).
In a grave at Johnson’s Place on the island of Santa Catalina, Mr.
Schumacher found an oval piece of polished serpentine (P. M. 13275)
nearly 2 inches long and # of an inch wide. This stone has a notch cut at
each end and a groove about its centre, and on one side there are two
PEBBLE ORNAMENTS. 213
furrows, each an inch in length. Perhaps designed for a similar purpose
as the last-mentioned ornament, or implement, is a little pebble (P. M.
13513) of steatite, about 14 inches long and 1 in width, which has a small
deeply-cut groove around its centre. With this little pebble is another
stone from San Clemente which may be classed with it (P. M. 13502).
It is made of an impure steatite in the form of a cylinder, 14 inches long
and nearly 1 inch in diameter, and has a groove around it about half an
inch from one end. Another stone, of singular shape and unknown use,
from a grave on San Clemente Island (P. M. 13500), is a piece of serpen-
tine which has been carefully cut, but not polished, into a three-cornered
form, with sides about 2 inches long, one of which is straight and the
other two are concave.
Fig. 92 is an outline of a nearly regularly hexagonal-shaped stone
which was obtained near Santa Barbara by Mr. Schumacher, but of which
a description was not taken while the specimen was J ee
temporarily in my possession. It is now in the Smith- :
sonian Institution.
Another class of stones, of which many examples
have been found during the later explorations on the
islands, corresponds to the smooth ‘‘slick stones” of the
AtlanticStates. Theyare of various sizes and shapes, and Hemsenmnaned SEories
are generally made of smooth pebbles, one face of which has been rubbed
flat. Many of them are very small—being less than an inch in length—
while others are so large as to have some resemblance to large flat grind-
ing-stones, of which several examples are also in the collection from Cali-
fornia. Similar small stones are now used by the Indians of Mexico in
giving a polish to their pottery before it is burnt, as shown by the collec-
tion made by Dr. Palmer; and those from California may have been used
for polishing the many articles made of serpentine and allied minerals.—
EW P|
Water-worn pebbles, when found of the desired globular and oval
shapes, were undoubtedly used as ornaments, and occasionally some of
these little pebbles were made into pendants by grinding the stones to a
slight angle at one end and making a hole through the narrowed portion.
214 MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS MADE OF STONE.
Other specimens show no trace of alteration of their natural surface, and
their use as ornaments becomes somewhat doubtful. Might they not rather
have been the toys of children? A single specimen in the collection, how-
ever (Fig. 93), throws some light on the use of the smaller pebbles. This
Fie. 98. specimen is an admirable imitation of an acorn, and consists of
i a small pinkish pebble of quartz carefully inserted into a por-
i, 8) tion of the vertebrae of a fish, which has been rubbed or cut
down in size until it resembles an acorn-cup in shape. With
these pebbles and the “acorn” ornament, there are five speci-
mens of fish vertebree of different sizes, but much larger than that
nament. illustrated in Fig. 93. With one exception, they have been
much cut or ground down to their present cup-shaped condition.
In some of the graves at Dos Pueblos, and at other places, were found
small lots of ordinary quartz crystals of moderate size. These have in no
way had their natural surfaces intentionally altered; but the sharp defining
lines of the several faces of each crystal have been worn away, indicating
that for a long time they have been subjected to violent rubbing action as
though constantly jostled together ina bag. For what particular purpose
these quartz crystals were gathered cannot be determined, but they may
have once formed the mysterious contents of the bags of ‘‘ medicine-men,”
or the choice play-things of children.
[A number of peculiar implements unlike any heretofore described, to
my knowledge, have been obtained from the graves in the vicinity of Santa
Barbara, and the adjacent islands, but until implements of similar forms are
noticed in actual use, or are found under such conditions as may suggest
their application, it is hardly worth while to do more than call-attention to
them. That they are implements and not ornaments is apparent from the
signs of use which they all more or less exhibit. Among the most inter-'
esting of these are several hook-like implements which vary in size and
also somewhat in their form, but they all have a hook-like projection at
one end, with the opposite end more or less thickened, as if intended for a
handle. Fig. 94 is a representation of one of the three largest. It is made
of serpentine, and has been highly polished. The hook-like projection on
the under side has been broken off the specimen figured. A top view of this
HOOK-LIKE IMPLEMENTS. PRS
implement, showing its width, is given in Fig. 95. This was presented- to
the Peabody Museum by Dr. Yarrow, and was obtained by Mr. Bowers in
the vicinity of Santa Barbara, Fre. 94.
as was also another, which is
made of steatite (P. M. 11074),
and is about one-third longer
thanthe one figured. Another,
in size between the two above
mentioned, also made of stea-
tite, is of a more decided hook-
shape than the others, having
a pointed projection 14 inches
long. This specimen (P. M. Hook-like implement of stone.
13276) was found in a grave at the isthmus on the island of Santa Catalina
by Mr. Schumacher, who also obtained three much smaller examples of
these peculiar implements (P. Hig. 96:
M. 13154) from other graves
at the same place. Fig. 96
is a representation of one of
the small specimens, which
are made of the same kind
of slate of which some of the
pipes and other articles were ~ Hook-like implement of stone, top view.
manufactured. The one figured is the best finished and only perfect one
of the lot. This has been polished, and has a small hole drilled through
the portion I have called the “handle.” It also Fra. 96.
differs from the others in having the ‘‘ hook” on
the under side much smaller. The second speci- -
men of this lotis nearly 24 inches long, and has a
pointed projection 4 inch long, forming the hook.
The third specimen was much smaller, probably — Hook-tike implement of stone.
less than 14 inches in length, but only the hook portion was found.
Designed, perhaps, for a somewhat similar use as the preceding is the
small implement (P. M. 13503) made of serpentine, which is represented in
216 MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS MADE OF STONE.
Fig. 97 This was found in a grave on the island of San Clemente by Mr.
Schumacher. It is a thin piece of serpentine, less than 4 of an inch in
Fra. 97. thickness, with a smooth surface and rounded edges.
= The under portion has been partly cut away to the
\ depth of about $ of an inch, as shown in the fig-
iE PF ure, leaving a corresponding projection at each end.
Implement of stone. Around the centre of the stone, which is slightly con-
cave at this point on the upper surface, a small string has been held in place
by asphaltum, as shown by minute portions still adhering to the stone.
Another kind of implement, as I am inclined to re-
gard the specimen, notwithstanding its general appear-
ance is rather that of an ornament, is a thin piece of slate,
not over § of an inch in thickness, and is represented
by Fig. 98. This was found in a grave on the island
of Santa Catalina by Mr. Schumacher (P. M. 13440). - A
mass of asphaltum on one side of the stone at the per-
forated end may indicate-that the implement was inserted
in a handle, in which case the object of the perforation
is not apparent, and it is more likely that the asphaltum
is due to accidental contact. The deep notch at the oppo-
\ \ y) \/ site end of the stone has evidently been utilized to a con-
Implement of stone. siderable extent for some purpose which has caused the
formation of several little parallel grooves and many striz, and even,
on one side, the wearing away of the stone to a considerable extent at the
base of the notch.
Fie. 99
Serial Gin:
‘<i Ne
RO i Wh iy
WA
ww) GL
SSS SS
Implement of stone.
A much larger implement (P. M. 13378), made of serpentine, is shown
by Fig. 99. This also was found in a grave, either the same or near the
PECULIAR IMPLEMENTS. PANT
one containing the implement last described, and although so unlike the last
in shape it seems to have been similarly used. The small notch at one end
of the stone exhibits the same kind of striz and grooves at its base as in
the other specimen, and the stone has been worked down to a thin edge at
that part. The opposite end of the stone was deeply notched to near its
central portion (further than shown in the figure, as the asphaltum partly
covers it), which is here nearly ? of an inch in thickness. The implement
has, however, been broken in this portion, and one side is now missing,
the fractured part being covered with asphaltum.—F. W. P.]
SCULPTURES.
Tue former Indians of California were unquestionably superior work-
ers in stone, and often finished their weapons and utensils made of that
material with care, but they cannot, as a people, be regarded as sculptors in
the ordinary acceptance of the term. Yet we find that they had made a
beginning in ornamental art, the further development of which was prob-
ably prevented by the intrusion of the white race. Both north and south
of the Californians, sculpture early attained its highest development on the
continent. Thus on the Columbia River and northward on the coast we
find tribes, here and there, who were, and in some instances still are, skillful
workers in stone, bone, and wood, and also sculptors of considerable ability.
The results attained were in great part the imitation of natural forms, but
with these were combined the grotesque, and a peculiar style of grouping,
which is often expressive of savage humor, with a symmetry of design
and execution that could hardly be attained without long experience in
the art. At the south, in Mexico and Central America, we also find a
similar barbaric art, in very many respects agreeing in its forms with that
of the north; but here, associated with a comparatively high plastic art, we
have massive work in stone, and the sculptors not only taking isolated
portions of the human body for their model, but often treating their subject
in a conventional manner, and generally surrounding the chief objects in
their design with 4 profusion of ornamentation which, though detracting from
the force of their work, is evidence of the high stage they had reached in its
mechanical execution. The Californians were without knowledge of the
plastic art, and therefore, like their northern neighbors, could not derive
ideas from that; but like them they were provided with soft or easily
worked stone, and it is in a variety of serpentine, capable of a high polish,
218
SCULPTURES. 219
and in the easily cut steatite of the region, that their best work in carving
was done. é
In the preceding pages attention has been called to rude ornamenta-
tion on various articles made of these soft stones. Generally this has con-
sisted of parallel and cross lines cut upon the surface of the stone, like the
rude ornamentation on early pottery, but by a reference to Figs. 2 and 4 of
Plate IX it will be seen that ornamentation by carving in relief was not only
attempted on the two pipes represented, but was successfully accomplished.
It is, however, to sculpture “in the round” that I wish particularly to
refer, in connection with three examples which have come to my per-
sonal knowledge as the work of the Southern Californians.
Taken in connection with the marked difference which exists between
the crania from the island of Santa Catalina and those from the other isl-
ands of the group, as will be seen by reference to the special account of
the crania further on, for which I am indebted to Mr. Carr, it is of interest,
and perhaps of some ethnological importance, to dwell upon the fact that
these three carvings are from the island of Santa Catalina, or the island on
which the dolichocephalic people, whom I believe to be of northern ances-
try, were the leading type.*
All three of these sculptures were collected by Mr. Schumacher during
his several trips to the island, but of one, now in the Smithsonian Institu-
tion (No. 18360), and of which Fig. 100 is a representation, I only have
the record that it was obtained on Santa Catalina Island. Of the others,
however, we have the special information that they were taken from graves
at Johnson’s Place on the island. In the several graves opened at that place
were found the fine boat-shaped dish of steatite, one of the hook-like imple-
ments, and several other well-worked stones, with articles of bone, shell,
* Mr. Schumacher, in his account of the exploration of San Nicholas Island (Bull, U. 8. Geological
and Geographical Surveys, vol. iii, No. 1), mentions that he found sculptures in serpentine representing
sea-lions, fishes, and birds; and in a letter to me he states that these carvings were sent to the Smith-
sonian Institution. It is therefore probable that they are the carvings now in the National Museum,
to which Mr. Henshaw has kindly called my attention. These, Mr. Henshaw states, are two (20426,
20427) representations of cetaceans, one (20428) of a seal or sea-lion, and two specimens (20387, 20400)
of objects which he regards as of doubtful determination. These specimens are, however, now labelled
“Santa Barbara,” and while I can hardly doubt that they are the carvings referred to by Mr. Schu-
macher, their authenticity must be ascertained before they can be regarded of importance in relation
to any difference that may have existed between the tribes on some of the islands and those of the
mainland about Sarta Barbara.
990) SCULPTURES.
and wood, red paint, and glass beads; the latter giving conclusive evidence
that the burial of at least one of the bodies was after the period of Euro-
Fie. 100.
pean contact. Only two
skulls were obtained from
these graves, and their
measurements can be had
by reference to Nos. 18286
and 13287 of the Cranio-
logical Record of the Pea-
body Museum. One is
dolichocephalic, and the
other is orthocephalic.
|! The first of these sculp-
Fragment of a carving in SRR ee eee an tures is only a fragment,
as will be seen by reference to Fig. 100, which is one-half the diameter of
the original. It is, like kee Is
the others, cut from a
bluish-gray steatite, and
probably represents the
hind quarter of some ani-
mal. It is not nearly so
good a piece of work as Carving in stone, representing a whale.
the two others, but it may have been of a more difficult design.
Fre. 102. The smallest of the three
; sculptures (P. M. 13272) is
shown of its full size in Fig.
101. It is a very good
representation of a whale,
with its square head, flip-
pers, low dorsal fin and flat
tail. It is well and sym-
metrically cut, and the sur-
face has received nearly as
high a polish as the material
Carving in stone, representing a whale, 3. would allow.
SCULPTURES. 221
Fig 102 represents, of one-half the length of the stone, a much larger
piece of sculpture (P. M. 13271), which, judging from the prominent dorsal
fin, is probably intended as a representation of the cetacean known under the
name of ‘“fin-back.” The flippers are not so prominent as in the smaller
sculpture, but they may have been broken, as their ends are not smooth like
the rest of the carving. The tail is well formed. In order to fully pre-
sent several little points of resemblance to the animals intended, which are
observable when the sculptures themselves are viewed from different posi-
tions, several views of each would be necessary, but the figures on the pre-
ceding page are correct in outline.
IMPLEMENTS AND WEAPONS MADE OF BONE AND WOOD.
By C. C. ABBOTT AND F. W. PUTNAM.
THE range of variation in the forms of implements made of bone,
wherever found, is much more limited than that of stone. As weapons,
with few exceptions, they were not so effective as similar forms chipped from
flint or obsidian. On the other hand, for certain purposes, bone was found
particularly well adapted; and for these, the world over, it has been largely
used. The articles made of bone represented by the collections from Dos
Pueblos and the adjacent islands, include nearly every form characteristic
of other localities, and embrace needles, awls, fish-hooks, harpoon-points,
knives, swords, and, also, a variety of ornaments. :
Figs. 1 to 3, Plate XI, represent three beautifully-wrought bone fish-
hooks, of a peculiar pattern, with sharp points and barbs. These hooks are
flattened, and are longer than wide. The outer, or convex, outline of the hook
is rounded, but the concave, or inner, line is flat and sharp at the angles.
Extending lengthwise with the straight portion, or shank, is a deeply-cut
groove for attaching the line. This was further secured by the liberal use
of asphaltum, as shown in Figs. 2 and 3. The barbs in these specimens
are, judged by fishermen of to-day, on the wrong side for a good fish-
hook, and the point is much too near the shank. By having the line so
fastened that the point of tension is at the notch at the base of the shank
(see Fig. 1), instead of at the extreme end of the stem, the defects of the
design of the hook would be somewhat remedied, as the barb would be
forced down, so that it might possibly catch itself in the lower jaw of the
fish that had taken the hook; but, however used, although well made, it can
hardly be considered as a well-designed fish-hook. These specimens were
collected by Mr. Schumacher on Santa Cruz Island (8. I. 18188 and P. M.
13707).
999,
wwe
U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY WEST OF 100™ MERIDIAN
VOL.VIT ARCHEOLOGY. PLATE XI
Tae Eecorrz Peng Oo. 220 Derewsmee 2= Boston
\RTICLES OF BONE, SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
FULL SIZE.
FISH-HOOKS. 223
Bone fish-hooks of somewhat different patterns occur in various parts
of the world, as more rarely do similar hooks made of flint. Nilsson* fig-
ures a bone fish-hook from “one of the old peat-bogs in the south of Scania.”
The barb in this specimen is on the inner side and near the point, and while
it is not finished more artistically than the California specimens, it is, cer-
tainly, a better fish-hook.
Another interesting form of fish-hook, although made of shell, can be
appropriately noticed here. It was first discovered by Mr. Schumacher on
the island of Santa Cruz; and that gentleman has, in Vol. VIII of the
Archiv fiir Anthropologie, given a description of the implement itself, and
also of the method of its manufacture. It is made of the thick portions of
the shell of Haliotis, which are first cut into circular pieces of an inch or
more in diameter, and then perforated, the margin of the hole forming ulti-
mately the inside of the hook. This is then cut and rubbed into the required
shape, and that portion of the shell, between what is to form the shank and
the barb of the hook, is finally cut away, and the hook is made complete in all
its parts by polishing. In arranging the plate of ornaments of shell from
Dos Pueblos and La Patera, these fish-hooks were included, as they were at
first thought to be ornaments. Plate XII, Fig. 27, is a photographic repre-
sentation of a piece of shell after it was bored, and Figs. 24, 25, and 26,
three of the hooks of different sizes, and of slight variation in form. J'rom
the later explorations by Mr. Schumacher and Mr. Bowers many speci-
mens of these shell fish-hooks have been received, illustrating the sev-
eral stages of their manufacture. The largest one is 22 inches in length
and 1 inch wide at the middle of the shank. This, with several smaller
specimens, came from Santa Catalina (P. M. 14846). Many specimens
were also obtained from the islands of San Clemente, San Miguel, and
Santa Cruz, and from the mainland about Santa Barbara, accompanied
by the stone implements used in their manufacture.
A form of bone implement used in capturing fish and large marine
animals, and one which is found in many and widely separated coun-
tries, is the barbed harpoon-point, such as shown by Fig. 103. One of
this character, from which the figure is taken, was obtained by Mr. Schu-
*Stone Age in Scandinavia, 2d ed., London, p. 21, plate 11, fig. 30.
224 IMPLEMENTS MADE OF BONE.
macher, and is in the Smithsonian collection (No. 20527) labelled “Santa
Barbara”. This harpoon-point, nearly 9 inches in length, is made of a
Fie. 103.
Bone harpoon or fish-spear, 4.
portion of a rib of a cetacean. ‘There are now no distinctly defined tool-
marks upon it. The slight curvature of the implement is that of the bone
in its natural condition. As shown in the figure, it is lone and rather
slender, of nearly uniform width, tapering at the basal portion where it
was inserted into a shaft, and somewhat acutely pointed at the barbed
end. At a distance of lic inches from the end is a well-defined barb 35
of an inch in length.
Harpoons of bone similar to the above are quite common in Green-
land, and also in Northern Europe. Nilsson* mentions that implements,
“sharp pointed, with barbs on one side, are occasionally found in our ancient
peat-bogs in Scania.” Usually these harpoons have more than one barb.
Dr. Raut figures specimens from Alaska and Michigan, with three barbs, and
in both instances there is a perforation at the base for securing the shaft.
Some of those found in Scandinavia were simply notched for the attach-
ment of a cord which was also fastened to the shaft, but not so as to keep the
point and shaft together when the weapon was withdrawn from the body of
the animal struck. Of such an one, Nilsson remarks, ‘this harpoon-point
appears, like those from Greenland, to have been fastened to its long shaft
in such a manner as to be disengaged therefrom, when it stuck fast in the.
harpooned animal, because above the point of attachment is a projection
over which the strap or line seems to have been tied.” Nilsson further adds:
“Tt is very remarkable that among the objects which Messrs. Christy and
Lartet have found in the caves of Perigord, and which may be consid-
ered as being among the most ancient traces of man in Europe, are harpoons
of bone, which seem to have been helved in the same manner”; and also
*Page 29, plate iv. tPage 64, figs. 240 and 241.
HARPOONS. 225
‘a great number of bone harpoons, more or less like this one [and that from
California] are to be seen in the British Museum, all from Tierra del Fuego
labelled Heads of Fishing-Spears used by the Natives of Tierra del Fucgo.
We thus see that these bone points are really fishing-harpoons. They are
alike both in length and shape, and there is therefore every reason to
assume that they were destined for nearly the same purpose. - But we are
not aware how they were used in Tierra del Fuego, whether they were shot
from a bow, thrown by the hand, or used for striking, because we have not
seen in the British Museum or elsewhere any specimen having a shaft.”
To the above remarks of Professor Nilsson is added an important foot-
note, which we also copy, as follows:
“Captain Werngren informs us that the savages in the islands of the Pacific are
in the habit of fishing sometimes with hooks and at other times with well-made nets,
and that they occasionally shoot the fish with arrows from their canoes; when the fish
rise they pierce them with their javelins, then jump overboard and secure their prey.
It seems that the harpoons of this kind found in Scania may also have been used by
fishermen, while sitting in their boat, to shoot or transfix the fish, especially as these
harpoons have been discovered at the bottoms of bogs which have formerly been small
lakes, where the skeletons of gigantic pike are occasionally found, which may have
been proper objects of such fishing with harpoons.”
Harpoons of bone, such as above figured, are not common on the
Atlantic coast, but smaller ones have been occasionally found in the shell-
heaps. The Southern coast tribes used another material for making a simi-
lar weapon, and Mr. OC. C. Jones, jr.,* quoting from Brickell’s Natural His-
tory of North Carolina, informs us that ‘‘the North Carolina Indians have
Fish-gigs that are made of the Reeds or Hollow Canes; these they cut and
make very sharp, with two Beards, and taper at the Point like a Harpoon.”
Barbed harpoon-points made of bone are evidently of rare occur-
rence in Southern California and on the islands, for notwithstanding
many articles made of bone have been received from the later explora-
tions by Mr. Schumacher, we have only seen from California the har-
poon-point, figured above, and one other, also in the Smithsonian
collection, which was obtained at the same time. On the Northwestern
coast, implements of this character are in common use to this time, both as
javelin and arrow points. Sometimes these bone points are permanently
* Antiquities of Southern Indians, p. 329.
15 cI
226 IMPLEMENTS MADE OF BONE.
fastened to the shaft, and in other instances they are fitted into sockets and
held to the shafts by strings. In some thirty specimens, principally from
Alaska, belonging to the Peabody Museum, there are many varieties and
sizes of barbed points of bone with their accompanying shafts; and in
many instances the barbs are on one side only of the bone, though they
are often several in number. These bone points vary much in size, and
are from 1 to 6 or 7 inches in length. One bone implement 8 inches long,
which evidently once fitted into a socket, has a hole at its base for the
string, and is of special interest from the fact that it has three barbs on
each side, and also has the point of the bone tipped by a sharp point of
shell. To accomplish this the bone point was cut away so as to allow the
shell point to be firmly lashed, and at the same time to place the lashing
below the surface of the bone. Similar bone points are in the Museum,
and are like those described and figured in Mr. Dall’s instructive memoir on
the “ Tribes of the Extreme Northwest.” There are also three long bone
points in the Museum from Terra del Fuego. ‘Two of these bear a close
resemblance to two of the figures given by Mr. Dall. The rudest very
closely resembles Mr. Dall’s No. 16063 with a single barb, while the second
has two barbs on each side; and although at least twice the size of Mr.
Dall’s 13023a, itis of the same pattern. The third is about 10 inches long,
and has thirteen barbs on one side. In the New England shellheaps there
have been found many small, pointed and barbed bones, which may have
been arrow-points, as they are very much like the arrow-points of bone
from the Northwestern coast.
Bone was also largely used by the California Indians for certain do-
mestic implements ; and these, as has already been remarked, are in many
respects identical with implements of the same material found elsewhere.
Fig. 9, Plate XI, represents a very beautifully-wrought pointed bone, with
a double groove and triple collar at the head instead of a perforation or
eye, as if for the attachment of a thread. Articles of this character may
be sewing implements, and in that sense needles; but they so closely ap-
proach what are apparently awls or perforators that it is difficult to dis-
sociate the two forms. This implement was found at San Miguel Island
(S. I. 18322).
POINTED TOOLS. 22
Figs. 10, 11, 12, of Plate XI, represent specimens of what may be per-
forators, or awls, pointed at each end; but after a study of a number of fish-
hooks from Alaska, in the collection of the Peabody Museum, which have
long barbs made of pieces of bone pointed at each end, and so lashed to
a wooden shank as to permit the projection of the pointed ends of bone
above and below the lashing, we are inclined to regard these double-pointed
bones from California as the barbs of large fish-hooks. At all events,
they could not be distinguished from the Alaskan barbs were the latter re-
moved from their lashings. Those from California vary in size, and to a
slight extent in quality of finish, but they are essentially the same form of
implement. The same material, however, is not always used. Many of
the smaller ones are of much denser material, and appear like, and may
possibly be of, ivory; while others, such as Fig. 12, are simply splinters of a
very porous bone, subsequently smoothed, sharpened, and pointed. On the
one represented by Fig. 12 there are traces of asphaltum. Fig. 11 is made
of a dense material like ivory, and is very beautifully worked with remark-
ably sharp points at each end. It was collected by Mr. Schumacher, and
is labelled ‘Santa Barbara” (S. I. 20539).
Figs. 13 to 17, inclusive, of Plate XI, and Fig. 104, of the text, repre-
Fig. 104,
Pointed implement of bone, 4.
sent a series of perforators of the same general character, though with some
variation in the details of finish. Fig. 14 has been drilled at the base; but
the perforation is of such large size that it was more probably intended for
suspending the implement when not in use, thereby avoiding the risk of
loss, rather than as an eye toa needle. Indeed, the great width of the
base, of itself, indicates that the point only was used, like the one shown
in Fig. 15, which is not perforated at the base, but has had, apparently,
a head of asphaltum. Perhaps that substance was used to attach a handle
to the implement.
Figs. 16 and 17 are probably awls, or perforators, though their shape
suggests the spear and arrow point. Fig. 16 is simply a splinter of bone
228 IMPLEMENTS MADE OF BONE.
with one end ground to a sharp point; while Fig. 17 has been worked over
the entire surface and is pointed at each end. These specimens were col-
lected on the mainland. Fig. 104 represents a long pointed implement from
the island of San Clemente (P. M. 13533).
Figs 18 to 21, Plate XI, inclusive, are taken from specimens found at
Dos Pueblos'and La Patera, and represent other forms of perforators. They
are all more or less worked fragments of long bones of mammals and birds,
with more or less well-defined points. Fig. 18 is cylindrical, tapering, and
worked over its entire surface. The fragment is too small to determine any-
thing concerning it. Fig. 19 is identical with the larger bone awls wherever
found. Jones, in his work on the Southern Indians,* figures a similar speci-
men, of which he writes: ‘It is made of a deer’s tibia, and is 74 inches in
length.” Similar specimens are in the Peabody Museum from the Swiss Lakes
and other places. Fig. 19 was longer in its entire condition than now, as
the base is broken off abruptly. The surface is much decayed, but the
specimen appears to have been very carefully polished over its entire surface.
Similar perforators of bone are not uncommon in the Atlantic States, espe-
cially in the shellheaps on the sea-coast, and many of like character have
been found in the burial-mounds of the South and West. Fig. 20 is a frag-
ment of a bone implement similar to Figs. 13 and 14, except that it is
cylindrical. The entire surface has been worked with great care and
gradually brought to a point, as in Fig. 13. - Fig. 21 is a fragment of an
implement similar to Fig. 19.
In most collections of implements or weapons, be they of stone or
bone, there will be some specimens of an indefinite character; and it is not
surprising that articles of curious shapes, and others of no apparent use,
should occur in the graves at Dos Pueblos. Figs. 22 and 23, of Plate
XI, are examples of this kind, and consist of masses of bone which have
been cut and ground down as shown by the figures. Figs. 24 and 25
are probably mouth-pieces used in connection with the ponderous smok-
ing-pipes of stone, already described, and are simply the hollow bones of
birds.
Fig. 105 represents a section of a bone of some mammal which has
* Page 292, pl. xvi, fig. 1.
TUBES AND WEDGES. 229
been hollowed and somewhat worked on the exterior surfaces; but it
offers no evidence in its present condition of having had any particular
use. It is introduced here as a Fic. 105.
bone tube. Dr. Rau* has re-
marked of a somewhat similar
specimen, that it ‘‘ may have been
a receptacle or a part of a tool,
an unfinished whistle, or, perhaps,
an appendage to the dress. There paper ce pone:
is a possibility, too, that it was the sucking instrument of a medicine-
man, made to replace one of the stone tubes which are known to have
been employed among the Californians in curing the sick.”
Figs. 106, 107, and 108 rep- Fic. 106.
resent a form of massive bone £&
implements of a wedge - like
shape, varying in length from
3 to 6 er more inches, and com-
mon in the graves and on the Wedge-shaped implement of hone, 4.
shellheaps of the islands and mainland. They appear to be made from
portions of the ribs of large cetaceans. They are all bluntly pointed,
but many have smooth cutting edges, and Fig. 107.
the rounded portion is often very smooth.
A few have their thick or blunt ends much
battered, as if they had been used as wedges;
but in most, the thick ends are square and
even, and as some of these latter are slightly
curved from end to point, it is possible that they were fastened to handles
of wood and used as knife-blades Other implements, somewhat similar
Fie. 108. in shape, but much larger, may
Wedge-shaped implement of bone, 4.
have been used as clubs or
blunt-edged swords. Of the
latter form is one 15 inches
Wedge-shaped implement of bone, 4. long, which was obtained by
* Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, No. 289, p. 66.
230 IMPLEMENTS MADE OF BONE.
Mr. Dall on San Miguel Island (P. M. 13737), and several others of nearly
the same size obtained by Mr. Schumacher on the island of San Clemente
(P.M. 13539).
Another form of implement, of which there are several examples
among the later collections from San Clemente, is a sort of polishing bone
(P. M. 13532) identical in shape with those from the sites of the ancient
habitations on the
Swiss Lakes. These
——:
_ =” vary in length and
Smooth bone implement. width from the exam-
ple here represented (Fig. 109) to three times that size. They are smooth
and often highly polished at each end, and appear to be made from the
small ribs of cetaceans and other animals.
An interesting pin-like article, shown in Fig. 110, was obtained by Mr.
Schumacher from a grave prenes eee HM
on the island of San Cle- are
mente, and is of particular
importance from its resem- raat: A bone pin.
blance to similar articles made of shell, often found in the mounds of
Tennessee.
The later collections from the islands have also brought to light sev-
eral implements made of the hollow bones of large birds. One of these
from San Clemente (P. M. 13531) is represented by Fig. 111. Mr. Schu-
macher thinks that implements of this character were ‘‘ marrow-extractors.”
Fig. 111. They are made simply
: iat = ss by sharpening one end
‘“‘Marrow-extractor” made of bone, 4. of the bone, as shown
in the figure. In this single example the opposite end has a groove cut
&
around it as if for the attachment of a string.
Many other bone implements more or less allied to those here described
have been received from the later explorations. he most interesting of these
are three thin-pointed bones (P. M. 13129), each perforated at the broad end
by a small eye, and which, there is hardly any reason for doubting, were
used as needles.
SWORDS. 251
The early writers who have left us brief accounts of the weapons of
the Californians have mentioned that they had swords made of bone and of
wood, and of these materials are several found in the graves, both by Dr.
Yarrow’s party on the mainland, and by Mr. Sehumacher and others on
the islands.
Fi
In shaping this weapon the natural curvature of the bone was retained;
g. 112 represents a sword made from the ribs of a large cetacean.
the convex Fie. 112.
portion was
erounddown &&
to form the Been made pone; a
cutting edge, and the back was left of a uniform thickness of about half
an inch. Toward the point the bone has been ground away on each side.
This sword is 17 inches in total length, and the portion cut out for a handle
is 25 inches long, with a terminal knob or hilt of about 1 inch in length.
The handle certainly suggests that either the owner of the sword had a very
slender hand, or else, what is perhaps more likely, that the indented portion
of the bone was for the purpose of attaching a wrapping of hide or some
other substance in a manner similar to that on the sword-like clubs of bone
of which there are two examples from Alaska in the Peabody Museum.
This sword was obtained by Mr. Schumacher, and is now in the Smith-
sonian collection (No. 20477). In massiveness it has some resemblance
to the Alaskan weapons referred to above, but it is in some respects a
transition form between them and the thinner-bladed swords of which the
next figure is a representation.
Several specimens of these swords with thin blades were found in the
graves explored by Dr. Yarrow’s party, and others were collected on the
islands by Mr. Schumacher. They vary in length and width, and each is
made from a bone of _ Fie. 113.
the lower jaw of a por- —
poise. Fig.113repre- ¢
sents the shghtly con- Bone sword, 4.
vex side of one of these swords, the opposite surface of which is concave—a
character due, entirely, to the natural shape of the bone, which has been
232 IMPLEMENTS MADE OF WOOD.
but slightly altered, except toward the point, where it has been cut or ground
away so as to make a rather sharp point and double edge, which is better
adapted for thrusting than for cutting. The later explorations on the islands
have furnished so many specimens of these weapons as to prove that they
were formerly in common use. From the graves on the island of Santa
Catalina alone over twenty specimens were obtained by Mr. Schumacher
(P. M. 18125-15126). Several of these have small holes on the margin of
the bone at the “hilt,” and it is hardly to be questioned that these blades,
made of porpoise-jaws, were mounted in handles, very likely of wood. _ One
small jaw about 6 inches long (P. M. 13392) has been worked into a regu-
lar dagger, and when furnished with a handle must have been an efficient
weapon. Similar dagger-like blades made of other kinds of bones are also
in the Peabody Museum; one obtained by Mr. Bowers on the island of
Santa Cruz (P. M. 13766) is a good example of these.
A fine. specimen of a wooden sword was obtained by Mr. Schumacher
from a grave on the island of Santa Cruz, and is now in the Smithsonian
collection (No. 18312). It is shown, of one-quarter of its length, in Fig.
Fig. 114.
Wooden sword, with an inlaid handle, 4.
114. The blade is very thin and not quite 2 inches in width at its widest
part. The total length of the weapon is 183 inches, of which the handle
forms about one-fifth. The blade is well and symmetrically pointed, and its
edge was formerly sharp. It is probable, however, that the weapon was
used, like the thin swords of bone, more for thrusting than for cutting.
Additional interest attaches to this weapon on account of the elaborate
ornamentation of the handle, as indicated in the figure. Many pieces of
brilliant abalone shell, each about #5 of an inch wide and = of an inch long,
are arranged side by side, in seven rows on each side of the handle. This
inlaid work is neatly done, and the pieces of shell are held in place by a
thin cement of asphaltum, the whole forming a piece of ornamental work
of considerable excellence,
INLAID WORK. 233
On Plate XII, Figs. 30, 31, 32, are shown pieces of shell set in asphal-
tum, which, very likely, are the remains of a similar piece of inlaid work,
and Mr. Schumacher has sent to the Peabody Museum a portion of a
handle of wood inlaid with shell very like that of the wooden sword
above described. This fragment (P. M. 13127) was found in a grave, at
the isthmus, on the island of Santa Catalina, and a note attached to the
specimen indicates that Mr. Schumacher considers it to be the remains of
a handle of one of the swords or dagger-like weapons of bone, which was
too far decayed to be saved.
Several other articles made of wood were found by Dr. Yarrow’s party,
but they were so much decayed that only fragments could be saved They
are, however, in a few cases, of interest as showing the important use made
of asphaltum. In one instance, two pieces of wood, probably a portion of a
canoe, had been jomed by a withe of bark or hide, and melted asphaltum
had then been poured over the place to make it tight and firm. In another
piece of wood a sort of asphaltum bolt had been formed.
MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS MADE OF BONES.
7 By C. C. ABBOTT.
THe production of measured sounds, both by means of the voice and
by a variety of instruments, principally as an accompaniment to certain
motions—often as violent and ungraceful as the sounds are shrill and cacoph-
onous—is common to all savage races. Such sounds we are led to call
“music,” thinking we have in them the origin of the developed harmony
of civilized races; and such movements we call “dancing,” as nearest re-
sembling that graceful amusement of modern times and of advanced
peoples. In thus tracing back the triumphs of modern civilization to the
customs of savages, we find, in certain of the rude productions of the Pacific
coast tribes, the primitive forms of our modern fife and flute.
Musical instruments of this simple pattern are, or were, common, prob-
ably, to all the native tribes of America. Bartram,* in writing of the South-
ern Indians, remarks, ‘These people like all other nations, are fond of
music and dancing: their music is both vocal and instrumental; but of the
latter they have scarcely anything worth the name; the tambour, rattle-
gourd, and a kind of flute, made of a joint of reed or the tibia of the deer’s
leg; on this instrument they perform badly, and at best it is rather a
hideous melancholy discord, than harmony. It is only young fellows who
amuse themselves on this howling instrument.” It is probable that the
‘music ” obtained from the whistles and other instruments found in the
graves in California was of a similar character to that described by Bar-
tram.
Fig. 115 represents a large example of what we must consider a bone
whistle, although, in its present condition, it would not be of use, even in
* Travels through North and South Carolina, Georgia, and Florida, Dublin, 1793, pp. £02-3.
234
a musician’s hands.
Fie. 115.
ieee sn
Bone whistle,
WHISTLES.
235
As will be seen in the illustration, the end farthest
from the lateral hole is closed, the material, as usual,
being asphaltum, applied in a soft state, which closes per-
fectly the irregularly oval opening of the bone
at this end. The opposite opening is more
nearly circular, and is now without any ob-
struction. The two ends have been cut or
sawed off, and the edges are very smooth and
even. The instrument, therefore, was never
longer than at present. It is made of a por-
tion of a leg-bone of some large mammal, and
is 63 inches in length. The lateral opening,
which is nearly an inch nearer one end than
the other, is $ inch in diameter. The exter-
nal surface is smooth and even somewhat
polished.
Fig. 116 represents a smaller, but otherwise
Fic. us. similar whistle. In this instru-
ment, however, the end nearest
the lateral opening is closed with
asphaltum, and there is a ridge of
asphaltum within the tube oppo-
site the side hole. This is an im-
portantfeaturein this style of whis-
tle, as we shall see when refer-
ring to a more modern imple-
ment of a similar character. The
closing of one end, however, in
the instruments above noticed,
and in others from the graves, is
an important difference between
the two forms. This smaller
i specimen measures 345 inches in
ad) length. It was obtained by Mr.
Bone whistle.
Bone whistle,
236
MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS MADE OF BONES.
Schumacher at Santa Cruz Island, and is now in the collection of the Smith-
sonian Institution (No 18323).
In most respects similar to the above, and yet differimg in the one
Fig. 118.
of Sioux In-
dians, 3.
important feature of being open at each end, is a longer and
more slender bone whistle, which, although apparently perfect,
will not give forth any sounds, however carefully, gently, or
violently it may be blown. This whistle is represented in Fig.
117. As is shown by the dark shadings in the figure, it has
been coated with a black pigment, and has a glossy surface.
It is made of a long bone of some animal, and is simply an
irregularly oval tube, open at each end. At about 2 inches from
one end there is a square hole cut in the bone, and directly
beneath this lateral opening there is a transverse ridge of asphal-
tum. It measures 64 inches in total length, and is also from
Santa Cruz Island (S. I. 18162).
Fig. 118 represents a ‘‘war-whistle of band of Big Dogs, a
society among the Sioux. It is used in making the charge”
(P. M. 7883). As will be seen on comparing the two illus-
trations, there is an identity of pattern between this Sioux
whistle and the preceding. It is simply the wing-bone of a
bird, probably of the sand-hill crane, and, like the preceding,
has a lateral opening, opposite which is a rounded ridge of
gum occupying about one-half the hollow interior of the im-
plement. When blown with a quick, strong blast, there results
a very keen, piercing, fife-like note of great power. Persons
accustomed to the use of various wind instruments, in experi-
menting with this whistle, have been able to produce a louder |
and more piercing note than upon an ordinary fife. If the
similar ‘‘war-whistles” found on the Pacific coast produced as
shrill notes as the Sioux whistle here introduced for compari-
son, the opinion of Bartram concerning those of the Atlantic
coast Indians is applicable to them; the sounds produced being
‘“‘a hideous, melancholy discord,” and the whistles ‘howling in-
struments.”
DOUBLE WHISTLES. Dor
Associated with these simple whistles are other musical implements
made of bone, but of a somewhat different pattern, of which Fig. 119 is a
Fie. 119.
Bone fife.
representation. This specimen is probably made from the femur of a bird.
It is very white, highly polished, and uniformly hollowed out As will be
seen on reference to the illustration, there Fe
are four holes instead of one, and so it may
be called a fife or flute, for doubtlessly
these four holes were intended to pro-
duce a series of sounds different from the
shrill notes of the whistles. This was ob-
tained from a grave by Mr. Schumacher
at the same place where Dr. Yarrow’s
party were at work (S. I. 20532).
[From the graves at the isthmus, on
the island of Santa Catalina, Mr. Schu-
macher obtained eight whistles of a differ-
ent form from any found during the early
explorations, and from a grave on the isl-
and of San Clemente he secured another
of the same kind. These instruments
are made from the tibizw of the deer, two
of the bones being required to form the
perfect instrument. As shown in Fig. 120,
the two bones were placed side by side
and held in position by a large mass of
asphaltum at one end, and by carefully
winding thin strips of bark around the
bones. This lashing of bark was cov-
ered by a light coating of asphaltum, and
extended nearly the whole length of the
238 MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS MADE OF BONES.
instrument. Inside the tube, formed by scraping out the cellular por-
tion of the bone, and opposite the lateral opening, a mass of asphaltum has
been placed in such a position and of such size as to leave but a small space
above or below the lateral opening. In using this instrument both tubes
were probably blown into at the same time. ‘The figure of this interesting
double whistle gives a better idea of its character than can be conveyed by
further description. On some of the specimens large pieces of shell have
been partially embedded in the mass of asphaltum, probably for ornament;
and on one there is a small string of shell beads wound round the base of
the whistle (P. M. 13116-21, 183529, 14830). A single whistle, also, made
of the tibia of a deer, but with the mouth-part at the opposite end, was ob-
tained by Mr. Bowers on Santa Cruz Island (P. M. 13769). The graves at
the “Isthmus” were particularly rich in small whistles (P. M. 13122-3)
made of bones of birds, and having a single lateral hole, which in some
was near the mouth-end, and in others near the centre of the instrument.
Most of these have one end of the bone closed with asphaltum; in a few
both ends are open. They are all provided with the asphaltum ‘‘stop” op-
posite or just below the lateral opening. Many of these small whistles are
more or less coated with asphaltum, and several have been ornamented
with small shell beads, like those shown in Figs. 3, 4, and 5, of Plate XII.
Whistles of this same character, of which Figs. 116 and 117 are representa-
tions, were also obtained from the island of San Clemente (P. M. 13530)
by Mr. Schumacher, and on the mainland at Santa Inez (P. M. 138822-3)
by Mr. Bowers.—F. W. P.]
ae
i o's
; 7 Cc
i
Wy
‘
yeahs
PAL
i
U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY WEST OF 100 MERIDIAN
VOL. VI ARCHA‘0 LOGY.
PLATE XIV
Tue Heciomvre Penemic Co. 220 Devorsmine Sz. Boston.
FABRICS, BASKET WORK &C. SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA.
FULL SIZE.
TEXTILE FABRICS, BASKET-WORK, ETC.
Ir is probable that of the natural materials which man has adapted to
his requirements, he early made use of the flexible twigs of trees, stems of
reeds, stalks of long grasses, and the tough, pliable leaves and roots of
various plants, which he bound together, and in different ways united, for
temporary or permanent convenience. However long the time may have
been for the progress of primitive man to the state corresponding with that
of the lowest form of savagery as now known, he, apparently, had then
everywhere acquired the knowledge of the use, and adaptability to his
requirements, of many natural materials. The particular kind of vege-
table fibre, or of bark, grass, etc., that has been or is now used, of course
has varied with the natural conditions surrounding man in his distribu-
tion over the world, and while one race or nation has made use of palm-
fibre, another has used flax, and so on through a long list of plants.
Among the earliest traces of textile substances in the remains of the
settlements on the Swiss Lakes, flax has been found in such quantity, and
made into so many articles, as to prove that its use was general and
extensive, although other materials, such as bast, grasses, and reeds, were
also utilized. What the flax was to the lake-dwellers of Europe, the several
species of Agave and Yucca are to the present Indians of all the great south-
western portion of our continent; and other plants are similarly used by
man in other regions.
Mr. Davidson* has given an account of the twine made by the Indians
of British Columbia, of which he writes:
* Proceedings California Academy Science, vol. v (1874), p. 400.
239
240 TEXTILE FABRICS.
“The twine is well made and strong, and is formed from the fibrous covering of the
tall, rank nettles which abound around all their villages. They collect the nettles, strip
off the leaves, dry the stalks, and when brittle beat them until the woody parts are
separated from the fibre. a 2 a They also make twine from the inner
fibrous bark of the Epilobium-angustifolium.”
Of the Indians of California Mr. Powers* likewise says:
“There are two plants used for textile purposes. One is a kind of tule-grass or
small bulrush (Juncus), which they hetcheled with flints or with their finger-nails,
bleached, and wove into breechcloths. For strings, cords, and nets they used the inner
bark of the lowland milkweed (Asclepias). When it is dry the Indian takes both ends
of a stalk in his hand and crushes it in his teeth, or else passes it over a stone while he
gently taps it with another, then strips off the bark and twists it into strands, then
- into cords.”
Dr. Palmer has, also, during his several explorations under the direc-
tion of the Peabody Museum, collected much information in relation to
the plants used for textile and other purposes by the Indians from Utah
to the Pacific Ocean, and has recently published a summary of his obser-
vations, from which I extract the following:t+
“ Vucea baccata.—This is one of the most useful plants to the Indians of New Mexico,
Arizona, and Southern California. Its fruit is eaten while fresh and in the dry state.
It grows from 2 to 18 feet in height, and becomes a tall tree further southward, vary-
ing in diameter from 8 to 20 inches. The bodies of these plants are very fibrous. The
Indians and Mexicans, when in want of soap, cut the stems into slices, beat them into
a pulp, and mix them with the water in washing, as a substitute for soap, for which it
answers finely. The leaves are generally about 2 feet in length, and are very fibrous.
In order to remove the bast, the leaves are first soaked in water, then pounded with a
wooden mallet, at the same time occasionally plunged into water to remove the liber-
ated epidermis. Then if not sufficiently clean and white it is returned to the water for
a time and again put through the beating process; generally the second course is suffi-
cient. The fibres of the leaves being strong, long, and durable, are adapted for Indian
manufactures, and the savages of Southern California make therefrom excellent horse-
blankets. All the tribes living in the country where this plant is found use it to make
ropes, twine, nets, hats, hair-brushes, shoes, and mattresses.
“The Diegeno Indians of Southern California have brought the uses of this
plant to notice by the various articles they make from its fibres to sell to white set-
tlers. In preparing a warp for the manufacture of saddle-blankets, it is first loosely
twisted; then when wanted it receives a firmer twist. If the blanket is to be orna-
mented, a part of the warp during the first process is dyed a claret brown, oak bark
being used for that purpose. The loom in use among the Indians of to-day is original
* Proceed. Cal. Acad. Sci., vol. v (1874), p. 373; also, Tribes of California, p. 426 (1877).
t American Naturalist for Oct. 1878, p. 646.
PLANTS USED BY INDIANS. 241
with themselves, and not borrowed, as some suppose, from the Spaniards. It is a sim-
ple affair, consisting of two round, strong, short poles, one suspended and the other
fastened to the ground. Upon these is arranged the warp. Two long wooden needles
with eyes are threaded with the filling, which is more loosely twisted than the warp in
order to give substance or body to the blanket. Each time that the filling is thrust
between the threads of the warp by one hand, the Indian female, with a long, wide,
wooden implement in the other hand, beats it into place. This tool resembles a carving-
knife, but is much larger and longer. One edge is thin, and in this is made a number
of teeth or notches not so sharp as to cut.
“VY. whipplet.—This plant in bloom is one of the finest garden ornaments, very com-
mon over most parts of California. The young flowering stems, while in their tender
condition, are eaten either raw or roasted by the Indians. The seeds are gathered,
ground into flour, and eaten. The leaves yield a very soft white fibre, which is capable
of being made into very nice thread. Indians use this fibre to form a padding to their
horse-blankets, the outer part of which being made of the fibre from the Yucca baccata
is very rough. A wooden needle is threaded with twine made from the same fibre, and
the lining is firmly quilted to the saddle-blanket, forming a soft covering, without which
it would injure the animal’s back.
“Agave deserti.—This is on the whole one of the most useful of natural produc-
tions to the Indians of Arizona, New Mexico, and Lower California. The heart of the
plant, after being roasted, is a nutritious article of diet. From it is distilled a strong
liquid called mescal by Mexicans; the seeds are ground into flour and eaten; the leaves
are long and very fibrous, and are cleaned like those of Yucca baccata. Sometimes
after the leaves are dead and quite dry they are pounded until the epidermis is separated.
The fibre thus cleaned is not so smooth and white as that first soaked in water, but
very strong and durable ropes, mats, nets, and sewing-thread are made therefrom.
This is a very abundant plant, covering many thousands of acres of land unfit to grow
anything more useful.
‘‘ Willow trees.—Those along the Colorado River, Arizona, yield abundance of long,
soft bark, from which the Indians on this stream make ropes and twine for domestic
purposes, as well as sandals and mats. The females generally dress scantily; only that
‘part of the body from the waist to the knees is hidden from view. This custom is
observed by most of the Indian females living along the Colorado River. They strip
off the bark from the willow trees and bury it in blue mud for a few days, after
which it is taken out, washed clean, and dried. It is now soft, pliable, and easily
handled. Being cut into requisite lengths, they are fastened very thickly to a belt of
the wearer. ,;
“Anpocynum cannabinum.—The Indians of Southern Utah, California, and Arizona
use the fibre prepared fromthe stems of this plant to make ropes, twine, and nets; and
before the advent of Europeans it was used in the manufacture of various articles of
clothing. In order to remove the fibre the woody stems are first soaked in water, the
bast with the bark is then easily removed. The latter being washed off leaves a soft,
silky fibre of a yellowish-brown color, which is very strong and durable. I have seen
ropes made of it that have been in constant use for years.
“‘ Urtiew holosericea.—The fibre of this plant is used by the Indians of Southern Cali-
fornia to make their bow-strings. In order to separate the fibre, the plant has to go
16 cI
242 TEXTILE FABRICS.
°
through the same process as hemp, its fibre resembling that of the latter, being equally
strong and durable.
“Cowania mexicana.—This tree betore the advent of Europeans was the great
source from which the Nevada and Utah Indians obtained the materials for their dress
goods. The outer bark is rough, but the inner is soft, sillky, and pliable, and of a
brownish color. It is removed in long strips, varying in width, a desirable quality in
a bark that is used in the manufacture of clothing, sandals, and ropes. These articles
were formerly made by braiding strips of bark together, or woven with the hand-loom.
Females made skirts from strips of this bark by braiding a belt, to which they sus-
pended many strips of the same material, hanging down to the knees like a long fringe;
the rest of the person was naked in summer. Mats were also made from this bark,
which were used as beds.” :
Turning our attention now to the textile fabrics found in the graves
at Dos Pueblos and La Patera, and on the islands, we find that they corre-
spond with the native work of the present tribes of Central and Southern
California, and, with the exception of the linen cloth found in the Swiss
Lakes, that there is a marked resemblance between the articles from the
graves in California and those from the lake habitations of Switzerland,
as can be seen by comparing specimens side by side in the Peabody
Museum.
From the graves of California several examples of the ancient fabrics
have been preserved in consequence of their having been charred by
partial burning, probably at the time of their burial, while a few other
fragments have been found in the ashes of ancient fires on the shell-
heaps of Santa Catalina Island, or have been otherwise preserved under
exceptional conditions. Other specimens, again, have been preserved by
contact with iron and copper articles placed in the graves, which, of
course, show that such burials followed European contact. Not only have
unquestionable fabrics of native work been preserved by contact with
iron and copper, but also other fabrics, woven of linen and of wool, in
regard to some of which there can be no doubt that they were made after
European contact. The latter, however, may have been in part the work
of native weavers after the missions were established on the mainland by
the Jesuit fathers.
One very interesting lot of articles (P- M. 13189) taken from a grave,
at the isthmus on the island of Santa Catalina, by Mr. Schumacher, con-
FABRICS PRESERVED BY CONTACT WITH COPPER. 243
sists of a large copper dipper, 8 inches in diameter, with its contents and
attachments, which have been preserved by the action of the copper.* At-
tached toa portion of the bottom of the dipper, on the outside, is a fragment
of the skin of some animal with long light hair; over this, in patches, are
fragments of a thick coarsely-woven woollen cloth. This woollen cloth,
which may or may not be of native make, was probably wrapped about
the body of the person buried, and also over the dipper, which was placed
on the head over the basket-cap. With the cloth is a fragment of a net
with meshes nearly an inch in width, made with a mesh-knot which is
identical with that in the pieces of nets from the Swiss Lakes. This is
evidently of native workmanship, and the material is probably the fibre
of the Yucca made into a tightly-twisted cord of two strands. Inside
the dipper, about its edge, is a piece of stout linen (?) cloth, and under
this cloth, in the bottom of the dipper, is a small basket of native work,
identical in material, shape, and method of manufacture with the small
baskets of the present Indians of some parts of California. (A piece of
similar basket-work is shown on Plate XIV, Fig. 3.)- Inside of the basket,
which was unquestionably placed on the head as a cap, are fragments of
the human scalp with well-preserved straight black hair. In the dipper,
and in some places still attached to its sides, are the remains of a long
string of small shell beads like those figured on Plate XII, Figs. 4-6.
There are about 50 inches of this string still intact; and as twenty beads
occupy 1 inch in length, there are at least 1,000 of them now with the
dipper, and many more were taken from the same grave. In addition to
the articles already mentioned are three fragments of twine, of two strands
and about one-eighth of an inch thick, probably made of twisted bark-fibre.
In other graves at the same place copper articles have preserved frag-
ments.of similar fabrics, and, in addition, on one copper platter was a hand-
ful of the long stems of a species of Juncus, such as were split for the basket-
work. Other fabrics (P. M. 13135) of interest, from these graves at the
isthmus, are a small coil of fibre made from the inner bark of some tree, a
mass of twine of two strands, made of the same kind of fibre, well twisted
“See page 33, where Dr. Yarrow mentions that a similar copper vessel was found over a skull at
La Patera.
244 TEXTILE FABRICS.
and about a tenth of an inch in diameter, and two pieces of bark rope,
about half an inch in diameter, composed of three large strands. One of
these pieces of rope, 4 inches long, is wound with a fine twine, which is
probably also made of the bark-fibre.
A piece of cord, about 10 feet in length, was obtained in a charred
condition by Mr. Schumacher on the island of Santa Cruz. This (P. M.
9311) is made of three closely-twisted strands, apparently of bark-fibre,
though it may possibly be the fibre of a Yucca.
The graves on Santa Cruz Island have yielded to Mr. Schumacher
several fragments of twisted and plaited fabrics made from the long, flat
and tough eel-grass (Zostera). A piece of rope of this character (P. M.
9309) is now about 6 inches long, and was made by bending a cord of
two thick strands upon itself, then by twisting all together a strong rope,
half an inch in diameter, was formed. The most interesting of the articles
made of eel-grass are several small pieces of coarse plaited work. In
these pieces the strands in one direction are of a simple twist, while those
in the opposite direction are divided, one half passing under and the other
half over the single strands.
During the excavations at Dos Pueblos and La Patera, Dr. Yarrow’s
party were fortunate in obtaining the remains of fabrics of several kinds,
which, although very brittle and much decayed, are represented of their
natural size in the photographic copy, Plate XIV. Of these, the piece
marked on the plate as Fig. 2 is of special interest, from the manner in
which it has been woven, for it seems to me that this example, so far as it
goes, is confirmatory of the statement made by Dr. Palmer, that the Indi-
ans of Southern. California possessed the hand-loom. The substance of
which the cloth is made is probably the fibre of a species of Yucca. A
loose mass of slightly-twisted fibres, apparently the same as those of which
the fragment of cloth is made, was also obtained by Dr. Yarrow, but from
another grave. What I consider as the warp in this specimen are the
fibres which run from right to left in the figure, while the woof is made
of two strands crossing the warp in such a manner that the strands alter-
nate in passing over and under it, and at the same time enclosing two alter-
nate strands of the latter, making a letter # figure of the warp, united at
NETS. 245
the centre of the w by the double strand of the woof, as is well shown
in the figure.
Fig. 5 of the same plate is a small piece of a net made of a fine-twisted
fibre, very likely of the Yucca; and Fig. 6 is a piece of a similar net from
another grave, both at Dos Pueblos. The illustrations are such perfect
representations of these specimens that further description is unnecessary,
and I will simply call attention to the resemblance which these fragments
of nets have to the fishing-nets from the ancient graves at Ancon, in Peru,
and also to those from the remains of the Swiss lake-dwellers; the mesh-
knot in all being the same.
Fig. 1 of the plate represents a fragment of what I take to be a coarse
cloth made on a hand-loom. Its condition is such as to make it impossible
to determine the fibre, though it is probably that of the Yucca. That this
piece of cloth was made after contact with the Europeans is evident from
the fact that a small bead of blue glass is woven in the cloth, as shown on
the left of the figure.
Among the fragments from the graves at Dos Pueblos are two bits of
twine, probably of twisted Yucca-fibre, which are formed by evenly braid-
ing four strands, and not simply by twisting, as noticed in the case of the
rope made of eel-grass. It is also of interest to note that the fragments of
net from Dos Pueblos are in close contact with a mass of fur, as shown in
Fig. 6, as if the net had been lined with the skin of some animal.
Figs. 7-10 of the plate are taken from portions of a utensil evidently
made for holding liquids. There are other parts of the same vessel,
found in a grave at Dos Pueblos. The various portions of this utensil
show it to have been a bottle-shaped basket made of grass and reeds, and
covered inside and out with asphaltum. Fig. 7 shows a piece with the
asphaltum still in place on a portion of the outside, while on the ieft of
the figure the impression of the basket-work lying between the two coats
of asphaltum can be seen. In Figs. 8 and 10 the asphaltum has been
broken away from the outside, leaving the remains of the charred basket-
work. Fig. 10 is a piece of the curved bottom of the bottle; its base is at
the right of the figure. In Fig. 9 is shown a portion of the asphaltum.
The surface represented was in contact with the inside of the basket.
246 ASPHALTUM-COVERED BASKET-WORK.
The top of this vessel is also preserved, and shows that the basket. had a
narrow bottle-shaped neck of about 1 inch in diameter, on which was a
flaring mouth 2 inches wide, thickly coated with asphaltum. Portions of a
similarly-made vessel were also obtained by Mr. Schumacher from a shell-
mound on the island of Santa Catalina (P. M. 13399). On one of the
fragments of the latter there is a large circular piece of abalone shell, which
is held in place by the asphaltum.
Mr. Henshaw has called my attention to the following statement by
Humboldt,* relating to the Indians about Santa Barbara at the time of the
establishment of the missions in 1769: “They constructed large houses of
a pyramidal form close to one another. They appeared benevolent and
hospitable; and they presented the Spaniards with vases very curiously
wrought of stalks of rushes. M. Bonpland possesses several of these vases
in his collections, which are covered within with a very thin layer of asphal-
tum, that renders them impenetrable to water or the strong liquors which
they may happen to contain.”
Mr. Bancroft,t in his account of the Indians of Southern California,
also mentions, on the authority of Mr. Reid, that “the vessels in use for
liquids were roughly made of rushes and plastered on the outside and in with
bitumen or pitch, called by them sanot.” It is undoubtedly the remains of
such vessels as these that were found by Dr. Yarrow and Mr. Schumacher.
I now have to call attention to the few remains of baskets that have
been obtained from the California graves. It has already been mentioned
that among the articles preserved by the copper dipper taken from a grave
on the island of Santa Catalina, there was a small basket found in it,
which was evidently used as a cap, and was still in a good state of preser-
vation. Portions of similar fine basket-work were also obtained from other
graves at the same place (P. M. 1313), and a few fragments were found in
a charred condition in the shellheap on the island (P. M. 14854).
There is also in the Peabody Museum (9312) a small fragment of a
basket, identical in character with the one found in the dipper. This was
* New Spain, vol. ii, p. 297.
tNative Races of the Pacific States, vol. i, p. 408. The account by Mr. Reid is from the Los
Angeles Star. A similar basket, made water-tight by a covering of pitch, was obtained from the Ute
Indians by Dr, Palmer,
BASKET-WORK. 247
found by Mr. Schumacher during his early explorations on the island of
Santa Cruz.
Dr. Yarrow’s party were fortunate in saving a few fragments of baskets
found in the graves at Dos Pueblos and La Patera. They were very much
decayed, but two are shown on Plate XIV, Figs. 3 and 4. The basket, of
which Fig. 4 represents a portion, was probably filled with the small black
seeds, or chia (Salvia Columbarig), which must have formed an important
article of food with the old Californians, judging from the abundance of
the seeds in the graves. These seeds were placed with the dead in various
receptacles, such as stone pots, shells, and baskets as in this instance.
That basket-making is a very old art cannot be doubted, and while it
was probably practised to a greater or less extent by all, or nearly all, the
Indian tribes of America, it is of importance to note that these oldest known
baskets from the graves in California are not only made in the same man-
ner, and with the same materials, as those now employed by the present
tribes of the State, but that they are the same in method of construction,
and of closely-allied materials, with those from the graves and tombs of
Peru, as shown by many examples in the Peabody Museum.
Mr. Schumacher has sent to the Peabody Museum an account of the
manufacture of baskets by the present Indians in Southern California, with
an instructive series of specimens representing the materials used, and also
the basket-work in its several stages.- As this account is applicable to the
method employed by the former tribes of the coast, I copy the following
from his manuscript, and also introduce two illustrations taken from his
drawings :
“The manufacture of baskets I also observed among the Techahet, a tribe of the
Cahuillos, at Agua Caliente, Los Angeles County, California, while making researches
for the Peabody Museum during the last year, and also on a previous occasion in North-
ern California and Southern Oregon while in the employ of the United States Coast
Survey. Substantially the same method is employed in these several regions, though
the material slightly differs, and likewise existed in former times among the Coast
Indians of California, as is demonstrated by fragments found in their graves.
“The Techéhet use the reed-grass (Juncus robustus), which I found growing in the
small fresh-water marshes and creek-eddies at the beginning of the desert, and the tall
thin grass ( Vilfa rigens) found thriving with the Yucca, which flourishes in such great
varieties in that neighborhood; both are used in the dried state. The former species
is used for binding the body of the basket, which is made of the latter. The reed-
248 BASKET-WORK.
grass is split, and some of it is dyed in different shades, usually brown,* with which to
produce the figures, mostly straight-lined or zigzag. The grass of which the body is
made is worked in its natural state. The
basket progresses from the centre of the bot-
tom, as shown in Fig. 121,.which represents
that part of natural size for baskets not ex-
ceeding a foot in diameter, while the thickness
of the coil of larger ones is slightly increased by —
adding more of the grass of which it is made.
The beginning of the stitch, for which the hole
is made by a common bone needle or borer, is
shown in Fig. 1224, and is made by fastening
one end of the binding by the succeeding over-
lying stitches, and is thus neatly disposed of
on the inside of the basket. Fig. 122 b shows
the manner in which the coils and _ stitches
are arranged and the way they are bound
together. When the length of the binding is
used up, the end is similarly secured as at the
beginning, Fig. 122¢, or, at the finishing of the basket, under the preceding stitches.
The shape of the basket is easily formed by lengthening or shortening the cireuits of
Fre. 122. the coil, and by changing the stitches
a b c slightly towards the side of the con-
; cavity to be formed. In forming the
bottom of the baskets the split twigs
Ne
ir 5 9
Acs of a shrub [probably Rhus aromatica]
PAN are generally employed in place of
PROB
the Juncus, probably for the greater
strength. Often this material is
used for the sides as well as the
bottom, but generally the Juncus is
used after about a dozen or twenty
coils have been made. The Juncus
is also used without splitting, from
which is made a coarse basket with
loose meshes similar to a net, but with-
Method of winding the grass in basket-work. out knots.”
(FS
The Indians from Southern Mexico to Northern California make for
their use hair-brushes of very much the same character, and as several of
these brushes have been found in the California graves a brief notice of
*Dr. Palmer informs me that the Indians of Southern California make a black dye by steep-
ing in water plants of the Sueda diffusa, and that a yellowish brown dye is derived in the same way
from plants of the Dalea Emoryi and D. polyadenia. Both of these dyes are, according to Dr. Palmer,
used by the Indians at Agua Caliente for dyeing the rushes of which baskets are made. See also Dr.
Palmer’s notes on plants used for dyeing, in American Naturalist for Oct. 1878, p. 653.
HAIR-BRUSHES.
them will not be out of place here. As will be
seen by reference to Fig. 123, these articles of
the Indian’s toilet closely resemble in shape our
modern shaving-brushes. Those from the graves,
not only at Dos Pueblos and La Patera, but also
from the islands of Santa Cruz (P. M. 9305 and
13847) and San Clemente (P. M. 13188) are all
made of the same material, after the one pattern,
and vary little in size. On comparing the mate-
rial with the root-fibres of the plant commonly
called soap-root in Southern California, it will
be seen that the brushes from the graves were
made of the little fibrous rootlets, and that the
Indians of old times used the plant as those in
California do to-day. Dr. Palmer (in Amer. Nat.
Oct. 1868, p. 649) writes of this plant as fol-
lows: ‘‘ Chlorogalum pomeridianum, common soap-
root of California, and called by Indians and
Mexicans Amole. It produces a large bulb,
which yields a great quantity of saponine, very
good for washing, for which purpose it is much
used by poor people and the Indians of Califor- i 1
nia. The rough covering of the root is formed |||
into bunches, tied up, and used for hair-brushes
by the Indians.” As the fibres, when pulled
from the old roots, are somewhat like so many
long separate bristles, some method had to be
devised by which they could be held together
at one end and allow the other to be used as a
brush, and for this purpose the ever-ready asphal-
tum was adopted by the former Indians of South-
ern California. All the brushes which I have
seen from the graves have a handle of this sub-
stance like the one represented in Fig. 123.
Fig, 123,
SE gh GEEZ ZA
GEL YA Rigo Z Z
Le
Brush made from soap-root, with
handle of asphaltum,
250 HAIR-BRUSHES.
At the present time the Indians of the region about White Water, in
Los Angeles County, also make hair-brushes of the tough fibres of the
stalk and root of the Agave, which are bent and tied upon themselves,
bringing the ends of the fibres together to form the brush portion, the
handle consisting of the part where the fibres are bent and tied. A brush
of this character, about 4 inches long, is in the Peabody Museum (No.
oD)
14943). Dr. Yarrow informs me that brushes of this character are used
by the Pueblo Indians, especially by the squaws, for washing the hair.
Similar hair-brushes are now made from the same material and are in
common use by the Indians of Mexico (P. M. 17687), but they are made
with more care than those from California, often having a mass of soft
fibres surrounding those which are thicker and stiffer in the centre of the
brush, and they are also generally bound with twine made of the Agave
fibre, in such a manner as to tightly bind the fibres together and form a
handle of about one-third or one-half of the brush. This binding is also
often ornamented with a figure in bright colors. Dr. Palmer has brought
from the Pah Ute Indians hair-brushes (P. M. 12103, 9419) of a similar,
though ruder, character. These are made of the coarse fibres of the Agave
Utahense. A handrul of the fibres are securely bound with sinew which
passes two or three times around the bundles 2 or 3 inches from the end
to be used as the brush, and this binding is smeared with pitch. One of
these brushes is made of fibres about a foot in length. The Brazilian
Indians also make brushes, for the hair and for other purposes, of this
shape, but of a different material.
. U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY WEST OF 1002 MERIDIAN
VOL. VIL ARCHA OLOGY. PLATE Xil
Tue Heuoryre Printing Co. 220 Devonsntme St Boston
SHELL ORNAMENTS SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA.
FULL SIZE.
ORNAMENTS.
Unner this heading I have brought together, for brief description, a
large and varied collection of articles obtained from the graves on the
coast and islands of Southern California, nearly all the forms of which
were found by the officers of the Survey during the excavations at Dos
Pueblos and La Patera, and are represented on Plates XII, XIII. In fact
nearly every large collection which has been made on the coast and islands
since Dr. Yarrow’s party first explored the region about Santa Barbara, so
far as I am aware, shows that the forms of the articles and the materials
used for their production are, with slight variations here and there, the
same throughout the region designated. Particularly is this the case
with the objects made of shell, of which material the Californians have
been lovers from the time of the burial of the ‘‘ Calaveras skull” (in which
was found a shell bead identical with those found at Dos Pueblos) to
a few years ago, when a horse could be had in exchange for a single
shell of Haliotis rufescens. It is well known that since the settlement of
the State some shells, particularly Dentalium, in their natural condition,
and others which were cut and ground into various shapes, had, like the
‘“wampum ” of the early days in New England, a well-understood standard
of value in all transactions of trade with the Indians.
While from the shells of mollusks, as here intimated, ornaments of
various kinds were made in great number by the California Indians of
former time, other materials were also used to a considerable extent for the
same purpose, particularly stone, from which were made beads, pendants,
and other articles for personal ornament; and even asphaltum, so often men-
tioned in the preceding pages in connection with its varied application, was
also employed for ornamental purposes. The claws and teeth of animals,
and objects made of bone, were also choice possessions and articles for per-
sonal adornment. In addition to these were the little trinkets, of which
251
252 ORNAMENTS FOR IMPLEMENTS AND UTENSILS.
fragments only have been found, though possibly some of these may
have been children’s toys. I have also included under this general term
of “ornaments” the materials used as paint, which, judging from its
abundance in the graves, was largely employed to decorate the bodies
of the Indians of ancient as well as of recent times.
The fact that the Indians of California, in common with savages gen-
erally, often decorated their implements and utensils with the same mate-
rials which they employed for personal ornament, is proved by articles
collected from the graves; as, for instance, the decoration of the rims of
the large stone mortars, on which, held in place by asphaltum, are pieces
of the pearly shell of Haliotis, or, sometimes, the perfect shells of two or
three beautiful species of Cyprea ; C. spadicea particularly being employed
on the mainland. Another method of ornamenting the rims of these mor-
tars consisted in cutting away the dorsal portion of the shells of Cyprea and
fastening them to the mortar, by their cut surface, with asphaltum, so as to
exhibit the lips of the shell, with their serrated edges. Such a cut shell is
represented on Plate XIII, Fig. 52.
On a previous page a figure has been given of a wooden sword, the
handle of which was inlaid with small pieces of pearl shell, and on Plate
XI, Figs. 30, 31, 82, are represented portions of such inlaid work of shell,
which probably once formed part of a handle of a sword buried with its
Fie. 124, owner in a grave at
La Patera. Mention
ih
y hi /
Ane
Tie) has also been made
of a portion of another
inlaid handle of a
sword from a grave
on Santa Catalina Isl-
and.
Fig. 124 is an
engraving of another
Handle with shell ornaments. handle, very likely of
a knife or sword, found by Dr. Yarrow’s party ina grave at Dos Pueblos It
consists of a mass of asphaltum placed over the wooden handle of the imple-
ORNAMENTED IMPLEMENTS. 253
ment, which has decayed except where preserved by direct contact with the
asphaltum. Around the upper part of this handle, and partly embedded
in the asphaltum, a string of beads has been twice wound. Both ends of
this string are shown in the figure. These beads are small disks of shell
resembling, except in size, the one shown on Plate XII, Fig. 6. Dividing
the handle lengthwise into two equal portions, are two rows of the small
shell beads set in the asphaltum, as seen on the under portion of the
figure. Between these rows, on each side, there are two perforated disks
of Haliotis shell partly embedded in the asphaltum. The end of the han-
dle is flat and smooth, as if there had once been a piece of shell on that
portion.
From the same locality as the interesting handle just described was
obtained the circular mass of asphaltum of which Fig. 125 is a representa-
tion of natural size. This mass is flat on its under aetna
surface, convex above, and about half an inch in
thickness. In the centre above, as shown in the
figure, there is a circular, perforated piece of Haliotis
shell, and around this are two rows of the small
shell beads like those shown on Plate XII, Figs.
3, 4,5. This probably once formed the end of a
handle similar to Fig. 124; but it may have been
of the same character, on a larger scale, as the lit-
tle ornament obtained by Mr. Schumacher from a ie
End of a handle? with shell
grave on Santa Catalina (P. M. 14550). This lat- ornaments.
ter consists of the articulating portion of one end of a leg bone of a small
mammal, cut off nearly flat; the cut surface being covered with a thin
coat of asphaltum, in which are embedded six small shell beads like those
‘in the larger specimen above figured. This little globular ornament is $
an inch in diameter.
In connection with the description of the whistles on a preceding page,
it has already been stated that small shell beads were fastened by asphal-
tum, on some of the instruments, simply for ornament.
A very interesting little ornament from Dos Pueblos is shown on
Plate XIII, Fig. 68. This consists of three teeth of a small rodent,
254. ORNAMENTS OF TEETH AND CLAWS.
held side by side in a mass of red paint mixed with an adhesive sub-
stance, of which mention will be made further on, and in the mass are nine
minute shell beads arranged in three rows, as seen in the figure. The upper
portion of this peculiar little pendant is perforated for the passage of a
small string. Fragments of two other, in all respects, similar little pendants
were obtained from the same grave with the one figured on the plate.
A few shark’s teeth were obtained in the graves opened by Dr. Yar-
row’s party, but they do not now exhibit any signs of having been utilized ;
though the fact that a tooth of a shark found in a grave on Santa Catalina
(P. M. 14856) has two holes through its base is proof positive that, in
common with many other ancient people, the Californians used such teeth
for ornaments.
From a grave on the island of San Clemente there was obtained a
little pendant (P. M. 13538), which I think is made from a small tooth of a
cetacean. ‘This tooth has been rounded, and has a groove cut about one
end. In its present state it is 15 inches in length and $ an inch thick.
The present Indians of the Rocky Mountain region, as is well
known, have necklaces in which the claws of the grizzly bear and other
large animals form the most conspicuous objects. Such a necklace,
from the mouth of the Yellowstone, is in the Peabody Museum (7885), and
consists of fifteen large claws of the grizzly bear, alternating with large
beads of blue glass, all of which are strung on a piece of soft deer-skin.
These claws have been slightly altered from their natural shape by cut-
ting away portions of the bone at the perforated end, and also by scrap-
ing the under portion so as to make a flat surface, which, with the bone
and skin at the perforated end, has been covered with red pigment.
In the graves at Dos Pueblos were found several perforated claws of
animals, probably bears and panthers. Some of these have been slightly
altered in shape, like those of the grizzly bear above mentioned, and
it is reasonable to suppose that they once formed part of a necklace.
On Plate XI, Figs. 5, 6, 7, are represented three of the claws from Dos
Pueblos, one of which has not been perforated. Fig. 8 of the same plate
is from a specimen found on Santa Cruz Island by Mr. Schumacher (8. I.
18202), and still has the horny covering. Dr. Rau has figured one of the
ORNAMENTS OF BONE AND STONE. 255
same lot, which he has identified as the claw of a panther (J’elis concolor).
The Peabody Museum (13398) also has two claws like Fig. 7 of the plate,
which were found in a shellheap on the island of Santa Catalina, and also
several claws of a different animal (P. M. 13303), from a grave on the same
island. Fig. 4 of the same plate represents a piece of bone, which has been
cut in such a manner as to imitate a claw, the upper portion being enclosed
in a mass of asphaltum.
Ornaments of bone seem seldom to have been made by the Cali-
fornians, and with the exception of the vertebral epiphyses of cetaceans,
of which disks there are a few examples with central perforations, and
a few fragments of worked bones, which may have been either ornaments
or implements, I can only refer to the carved bone, probably representing
a claw, as indicating the occasional use of this material for ornamental
purposes.
While bone was rarely employed in the manufacture of ornaments,
stone was often used, and numerous articles, particularly in the form of
pendants and of beads, were made by the Californians of early times.
Several such objects have already been mentioned under the heading
of ‘ Miscellaneous articles made of stone,” and a number of beads made
of stone are described further on by Dr. Haldeman. It is therefore only
necessary here to mention that similar specimens to those described by
Dr. Haldeman, and figured on Plate XIII, have been found during the
later explorations on the islands of Santa Catalina, San Clemente, and San
Miguel. Several of these beads, although made of the same minerals, are,
however, much larger than those from Dos Pueblos and La Patera.
Portions of two well-made rings of talcose slate (P. M. 13152) were
found in the graves at the isthmus on Santa Catalina. The stone is care-
fully worked down to a thickness and width but slightly exceeding 4 of an
inch, while the diameter of the ring is 2 inches.
As already stated, by far the largest number of articles that can be
classed as ornaments were made of shell, and for these the shells of two or
three species of Haliotis, and of the large bivalve, Tivola, were well adapted.
As they were easily obtained on the coast, they were used more than all
other kinds for beads, pendants, and other articles of ornament. As will
256 ORNAMENTS OF SHELL.
be seen by the figures on Plate XIII, other shells were, however, used for
special purposes, particularly several univalves, from some of which the
lips, and from others the central spiral portion forming the columella, were
cut; in both cases the object made being a pendant. Other species of
small univalve shells, like the Olivella, Fig. 66, Plate XIII, were used,
nearly in their natural state, as beads, the apex being ground off for the
purpose of stringing. Small rings were also made by cutting through the
shell, around the natural hole, of the limpet shown on Plate XIII, Fig. 67.
Such rings are thus far known to me only from Santa Cruz Island, where
they were collected by Mr. Bowers (P. M. 13776), although the shell figured
on the plate was found in a grave at Dos Pueblos. Of the shell beads gen-
erally, in the form of short and of long cylinders, perforated lengthwise,
it is only necessary, here, to state that they were principally made from the
thick shells of Tivola. Some are, however, nearly spherical. Beads were
also made in immense numbers by cutting the small circular pieces from
the body of the shells of the little Olivella biplicata (Plate XII, Figs. 28,
29), a species to which Mr. Stearns has particularly called attention as
having an important bearing upon the question of the-route of trade or of
migration of Indian tribes from the Pacific coast.*
Referring to the notes on the shell beads by Dr. Haldeman on a subse-
quent page, I shall simply here introduce a figure of an Indian woman of
Central California, for the purpose of calling attention to the profuse use of
shell money as ornaments by the California Indians even of the present
time, and to state that the shell disks strung and hung about the neck of
‘Captain Tom’s wife” are of the same kind and made of the same species of
mollusk shells as those found in such abundance in the graves on the coast
and islands. This figure, 126, is kindly loaned by Prof. J. W. Powell, from
the volume on the ‘“ Tribes of California” by Stephen Powers.t+
*Mr. R. E. C. Stearns, of San Francisco, has for several years paid particular attention to te
interesting subject of ‘Aboriginal Shell Money,” and has published several important papers contain-
ing a great amount of valuable information, particularly relating to America. In his paper above
referred to, American Naturalist, June, 1877, p. 344, he has covered the subject of California shell
money in a brief and admirable manner, and the paper should not be overlooked by all interested in the
subject. See, also, an important and suggestive note by him on p. 473 of the same journal.
Dr. L. G. Yares, also in the same volume, p. 30, gives a short notice of shell ornaments from
California.
+ Contributions to North American Ethnology, Vol. III, Department of the Interior, U. 8. Geogr.
and Geol. Survey of the Rocky Mt. Region, J. W. Powell in charge, Washington, 1877.
ORNAMENTS OF SHELL. 257
Mr. Powers* has given an interesting account of the shell money of
the Nishinam tribe, with a notice of the comparative value of the several
forms and the names by which they are designated. He states that ‘Cap-
tain Tom,” a Nishinam, was provided with Fra. 126.
nearly half a bushel of shell money and trin-
kets, having a value of $458. From this
statement it is not singular that the shell or-
naments should be found in such abundance
in the graves. Plate XII, Fig. 40, from Dos
Pueblos, is a disk like those about the neck
of Captain Tom’s wife, Fig. 126, and is by
As
rex}
the Nishinam tribe called “hawock.” They
iE
are cut from the large, thick clam-shell, Tivola,
JSF
which is, according to Mr. Stearns, peculiar
to the southern coast of California.t The
small pieces of shell attached to the woman’s
girdle, as seen in Fig. 126, are like the thin,
more or less triangular pendants, made of the
HELMICHO! SSC. \\ \\ \\ \"
shell of Haliotis, from Dos Pueblos and La 4 nishinam woman of Central Califor-
Patera, shown on Plate XII, Figs, 36, 37, "awhebell umoy and cmanoas
38, and are called “uhllo.” According to — vicinity of Santa Barbara.
Mr. Powers, the perforated shells of Olivella biplicata compose the “cheap
jewelry” of the women, and are known as “‘colcol.”
A glance at Plate XII will convey a general idea of the forms into
which the thin shells of the Haliotis, or “abalone,” are cut. Many of these
are circular pieces of various sizes, with a single central perforation, as
Figs. 34, 35, 48, or with two holes, as Figs. 10, 11, 16, 44; others are square,
or nearly so, with one, two, or even four perforations, as Figs. 8, 12, 13,
14, 42. Fig. 15 varies from this shape by being deeply notched on two
opposite sides. Other pieces, which were probably securely sewed to some
garment, have the holes for the passage of the thread near the edge, as
Figs. 33, 39. Another form, also probably intended for close attachment
* Contributions to North American Ethnology, Vol. III, p. 335.
t This clam having been identified for me as Tivola crassatelloides, I have retained that name in
these pages. Mr. Stearns, however, refers it to the genus Pachydesma,
If 4k
258 ORNAMENTS OF SHELL.
to some article, as a belt or head-dress, are the small thin pieces represented
by Figs. 17, 18, 19, 20. Still another group were probably strung as
pendants; such are shown in Figs. 21, 22, 23, which are made with care,
while more common forms of pendants are shown by Figs. 36, 37, 38.
These irregular pendants are made by simply perforating, at one end, any
piece of abalone shell (all parts of which are utilized), and thus easily
making a brilliant and more or less pearly ornament. Many of these irregu-
larly-shaped pieces are six or more inches in length and from one to three
inches in width; others are of sizes between these large specimens and
those shown on the plate. All the forms of these articles are often more or
less notched or marked around their edges, as shown in Figs. 9, 13, 35, 42.
Another: kind of pendant was sometimes made from the thick shell of the
Tivola; such a one from the island of San Clemente (P. M. 13527) is of an
oval shape and nearly three inches in length. Another similar pendant, but
less regular in shape, is cut from the shell of a Pecten (P. M. 13301), and
was found in a grave on Santa Catalina Island.
A number of specimens of singular little pendants (P. M. 13397),
unlike any others I have seen, were found by Mr. Schumacher in a shell-
mound on Santa Catalina. These are from § to ? of an inch in length and
about 4 of an inch in greatest width. They are apparently cut from a
small univalve shell in such a manner as to retain the natural curvature of
the shell, which gives a concave portion to one-half of the pendant.
On Plate XIIT are shown a number of pendants of a different charac-
ter. Fig. 65 is made by detaching the overlapping thick rim of the shell of
a large Haliotis. This form of ornament is very common in the graves,
both on the mainland and islands. The pieces vary according to the size
of the shell from which they were cut. Often such a piece as that shown
by Fig. 65 has been cut into three or more portions, of which Fig. 53
would represent one, and sometimes these shorter pieces are perforated
at each end. Many of these pieces are ornamented along one edge by a
series of carefully-cut v-shaped marks about a tenth of an inch long.
Another form of shell ornament, and one much less common than any
heretofore mentioned, is made from the columella—the central spiral por-
tion—of a univalve shell. Such a columella roughly cut from a shell, evi-
ORNAMENTS OF SHELL. 259
dently for the purpose of making a pendant like Figs. 58 and 59, was found
at Dos Pueblos, and is represented by Fig. 60. A columella of this character
was ground down to the required size and shape and made into a pendant
by boring a hole through the large end. In order to make this pendant
still more attractive, the spiral groove was filled with asphaltum, or a mix-
ture of that material and red pigment, as is the case with the specimen rep-
resented in Fig. 55. Sometimes the spiral groove was so nearly, or even
wholly, obliterated in the process of grinding the columella into shape, as to
make it necessary to enlarge, or even to recut the groove, in order to make
a place for the much-loved asphaltum. Pendants of this character are shown
in Figs. 54, 55, 56, 58, 59. Still another form of ornament, made from the
columella of a different shell, is shown in Figs 61, 62, 63, 64 of Plate XIII.
In making these, great care has been taken to obtain a smooth and sym-
metrical ornament. The spiral whorls of this shell are loose and open, so
that a natural tube exists throughout the length of the spire; at the same
time the spiral groove in this central portion is very narrow; consequently
it has been artificially enlarged for the insertion of the asphaltum, which
thus winds spirally about the shell, as is well shown by the black bands in
Figs. 63 and 64. As the natural orifice at the large end of the shell seems to
have been too large for properly adjusting and confining the ornament as
desired, this difficulty was overcome by inserting a small shell of Dentalium,
as shown in Fig. 63, or by making a little plug of shell, which was carefully
fitted and bored, as shown in Fig. 61. A fourth form of pendant was made
by cutting out the serrated lips of the shells of Cyprea, as shown by Figs.
47, 48, 49, 50, 51. Fig. 52 of the same plate represents one of the species
of Cyprea used for this purpose, from which the dorsal portion of the shell
has been cut.
Fig. 57 shows a long and slightly (naturally) curved and rounded piece
of shell cut from the great clam ( Tivola) of the coast. This is a common
form of ornament, and pieces of this shape, generally with a flattened sur-
face on one side, at each end, have been found of various lengths, most
of which are perforated lengthwise. The drilling of the small hole through
so long a piece of hard shell must have been a difficult operation, and one
which required great skill and patience, as many of the pieces are 4 to 5
260 TATTOOING AND PAINTING.
inches in length, while the hole is no larger in diameter than an ordinary
pencil-lead. From the shorter pieces of this character, the passage is easy
to the small cylinders of shell, and to the beads.
Mr. Bancroft, in his volume on the “‘ Wild Tribes of the Pacific Coast,”
has mentioned many instances of tattooing and painting the face and various
parts of the body by the different tribes of California, as noticed by the
early writers; and Mr. Powers, in his “Tribes of California,” has shown
that the custom is still followed; particular designs, principally tattooed
on the chin and cheeks, being characteristic of each tribe. From the
prevalence of the custom in modern times, and resemblances in other
respects, we have every reason to believe that the former tribes of the
islands and coast of Southern California followed the same method of
adornment of the person; and that red and black paints were used to a
very great extent by the earlier tribes is conclusiyely demonstrated by their
abundance in the graves which have been explored.
Mr. Bancroft quotes from Mr. Hugo Reid that red ochre was used by
the Indian women of Los Angeles County to protect their complexion from
the effects of the sun. Dr. Yarrow also informs me that at the present
day, in New Mexico, Arizona, and Southern Colorado, the Mexican women
and Pueblo squaws smear the face with the juice of red berries and some-
times with a paste of white clay. This procedure is said to protect the
complexion from the sun, and also to greatly improve the appearance of the
skin. Mr. Bancroft also quotes a passage from Viscaino, who saw natives
on the southern coast painted blue and silvered over with some kind of min-
eral substance. From the graves of every locality thus far explored on the
southern coast and adjacent islands, masses of red ochre* have been ob-
tained. These masses are sometimes loose and crumbling, but more often
they are cut into various shapes. Many are in the form of square, oblong,
round, and conical pieces of about 1 inch to 3, or 4, or more inches in length
or diameter. Sometimes several of these cakes have been found carefully
placed ina small stone pot, made of serpentine or steatite, or in one of the
small stone mortars. In several instances large Haliotis shells have served
*This has often been mistaken for cinnabar. I submitted specimens from Dos Pueblos to Dr. M.
E. Wadsworth, of Cambridge, and he has kindly given methe following note in reply: ‘‘ The specimens
of the so-called cinnabar are red ochre (Hematite, ferric oxide).”
RED PAINT. 261
as the receptacles of this valued substance. In addition to being carefully
cut into various shapes, these cakes are often ornamented with lines and
Fig. 128.
2 —<<=$==>
Cake of red paint. Cake of red paint.
punctures. Several of these cakes from the graves at Dos Pueblos and La
Patera are shown of actual size in Figs. 127, 128, 129, 130, and 131.
Fig. 129. Fig. 130.
Cake of red paint.
Small pebbles, with one face cut and artificially smoothed, often more
or less discolored by the red ochre, have been taken from the graves, and
Fia. 131.
Cake of red paint.
it seems probable that they were used for rubbing the paint when mixed
with water, or other substances, before being employed.
262 MIXED PAINT.
Another kind of paint, bluish-black in color, is also abundant in the
graves. This is a prepared material, and is sometimes found in small ir-
regularly-shaped masses, which were probably hardened while in shells, or
in such a little ball as Fig. 132, from Dos Pueblos, or still more carefully
Fig. 132. moulded into conical forms and ornamented with punctures
SS like some of the cakes of red ochre. More frequently, how-
ever, this prepared paint, when taken from the graves, is in
receptacles of various kinds. The very small cups made of
serpentine are often filled with this paint, and the little conical
Ball of black paint. eups formed from the vertebrae of large fishes seem to have
been often used as receptacles for this particular kind of paint. These
little vessels have already been referred to, and are figured on a previous
page. By far the most common receptacles for this paint, however, are the
smaller shells of Haliotis, several common bivalves, and the larger limpets
of the coast. The paint itself is probably that mentioned by Viscaino as
blue and silvery, and consists of a mixture of wad with some resinous sub-
stance. In its present state it can be softened by heat, and if burnt gives
off a peculiar pitchy odor. At first I supposed that the wad was mixed
with asphaltum, but this does not seem to be the case. A mass of the wad*
in its natural state (P. M. 13139) was found by Mr. Schumacher in a grave
at the isthmus, on the island of Santa Catalina, and its determination by Dr.
Wadsworth led to the proper understanding of the character of the black
paint.
*Of this mass Dr. Wadsworth says: ‘‘The black material given me is wad or hydrous oxide of
manganese (bog manganese), with some hematite, specular variety.”
U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY WEST OF 100™ MERIDIAN.
VOL. VII ARCHAi0 LOGY. PLATE Xill
sce
ae
‘Tue Henwrrrs Province Co. 220 Devowsmne St. Bostow
ORNAMENTS OF STONE, GLASS &C. SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA.
FULL SIZE.
BEADS.
By S. 8S. HALDEMAN.
Beaps have been extensively used in ancient and modern times by
savage and civilized nations, which gives them a value in ethnology. Upon
the western or Vesperian continent certain forms are spread from ocean to
ocean, particularly such as are made of molluscous shells, and constitute
wampum. Among the materials used are seeds, nuts, and other vegetable
productions; fossils with natural perforations, such as encrinites; worked
stone, burnt clay, metal, bone, claws of beasts and birds (the latter some-
times made into rings by inserting the points successively into the open
bases until the ring is closed); teeth of men, deer, bears, wildcats, peccaries,
monkeys, alligators, sharks, &c.;* wing-cases of beetles, and the shells of
mollusca, univalves of various sizes being strung entire,t the larger, together
with bivalves, being shaped into disks, cylinders, and irregular pieces used
as gorgets. Besides these, during the last three centuries, Venetian glass
beads have been widely spread, their varieties of color, form, and size mak-
ing them attractive. ven when these occur in mounds and graves, they
are not to be regarded as older on this continent than the Columbie dis-
covery, notwithstanding several of the patterns are ancient Egyptian, As-
syrian, and Phenician, whence the manufacture was somehow inherited by
modern Venice, perhaps in connection with Rhodes, where Greeco-phenician
*The Caribs of Guiana ‘‘decorate themselves with beads made of fishes teeth.” ... Henry Bo-
lingbroke, A Voyage to Demerary, 1807, p. 145. ‘* Women [of the Indians] wear a little apron of glass
beads,” p. 153.
The Fingoes of S. Africa use wolf teeth as ornaments. Mrs. Harriet Ward, Five Years in Kaffir-
land, 1648, vol. i, p. 251.
An Abyssinian necklace in my collection is composed of European beads, cowries (Cyprea shells),
a triangular plate of brass, two small copper coins, small spheric brass buttons, carnelian, date seeds,
numerous cloves pierced through the side, a fragment of wood, a bit of cane, and an Arab phylactery.
+See Lartet and Christy, Reliquiz Aquitanice, B. plates v and xi. C.C. Jones, Southern In-
dians, chapter xxii, pl. xxx,
263
264 BEADS OF COPPER AND STONE.
examples occur as early as B. C. 500-850, a period suggested to me by Mr.
A. W. Franks, of the British Museum.
The early date of A. D. 1500 is connected with the appearance of beads
on the western continent, for in that year Cabral discovered Brazil and pur-
chased supplies with ‘‘ beads, bells, and such trinkets.”
The beads collected at Dos Pueblos and La Patera include some inter-
esting examples.
(1.) The first of these is a stout bead of the rare material copper,
probably native,* bent from a beaten strip originally 14 millimetres in
width, this forming the length of the bead. The diameter is somewhat less
than the length, the form cylindric, with the edge of the terminal angles
rounded off. Plate XIII, Fig. 8, actual size. Copper beads formed of
curved flakes occur in mounds of the Mississippi region,t and in graves
in Kastern Pennsylvania.
(2.) Several dark gray, cylindric, or barrel-shaped specimens of tale
slate from 4 to § inch long, and from $ to 3 in diameter; perforation from
$tozinch. Plate XIII, Fig. 3. Dos Pueblos.
(3.) A single specimen of polished stone resembling a pale-green feld-
spar, 4 of an inch long, shaped like the preceding figure. La Patera.
(4) Resembling black serpentine with yellowish veins; cylindric, sur-
face polished; length about 4 inch, diameter nearly + inch, Plate XIII, Fig.
7. Ihave a larger ancient Peruvian specimen (8 inch) of polished, light-
blue stone, but with the perforation contracted at the middle. See descrip-
tion of No. 8.
(5.) Blue fluorite, some with pale bands; subcylindric, varying in
length from 3%; to # inch. In some of the shorter examples the hole is coun-
tersunk at both ends, Plate XIII, Figs. 1, 2, 4,5, 6. La Patera and Dos
Pueblos. Mr. Lorenzo G. Yatest mentions beautiful cylindric beads of what
he thinks a magnesian silicate, banded or mottled in white, brown, and
*John k. Jewitt (Adventures, ed. 1824, p. 170) mentions copper arrow-points at Nootka, 1803.
+R. J. Farquharson, Exploration of Mounds near Davenport, Iowa. Proceed. Am. Assoc., vol.
24, 1875, p. 297, pl. 6. Jones (Southern Indians, 1873, pp. 47 and 520) mentions gold beads and copper pen-
dants as occurring in Georgia. In a mound in Ohio alot of about five hundred copper beads were found
and,are now in the Peabody Museum (8992), where are also several other lots from mounds in the South
and West. See Tenth Report Peabody Museum, pp. 60, 65, 1877. Small beads of copper were used by
the ancient Egyptians.
{American Naturalist, Jan. 1877, pp. 30-31.
BEADS. 265
yellowish. With these we may compare allied stone specimens collected
by Mr. E. A. Barber in the ancient pueblos of the Pacific slope *
Shell beads for ornament or money have been and are still in use, either
unaltered, or ground into shape, varying greatly in length, from short disks
to long cylinders, made on the coast from species having the requisite thick-
ness of shell, or from fresh-water mussels (Unio) in the interior. Mr. Yates
mentions that the disks represented by his figure B (about 3 inch in size)
are valued by the Indians at eighty for a dollar.
The most popular Atlantic species of wampum-shell was the clam
(Venus mercenaria), and on the Pacific the Tivola crassatelloides, of which
the former has parts where the white is varied with blue, and the latter with
blue externally and brown within, giving a pleasing variety to the resulting
work. Mr. Yates figures a specimen (C) made of Haliotis and shaped like a
keystone, resembling a mound example in silver (but without a curved side)
figured by Brett.t
(6.) Includes disks about -%; inch thick and 1-14 in diameter of white
shell. In some cases the perforation is out of centre, but not marginal.
Plate XII, Fig. 40. Dos Pueblos and La Patera. Mr. Yates figures a
Californian bead like the preceding, about 4 inch in diameter, with the
hole countersunk on each side, a form which occurs in mounds in Mis-
souri and West Virginia, and Mr. Thomas Masterson (Columbia, Pa.) has
it from graves in Tioga County, Pennsylvania.t There are also many
hundred of these in the Peabody Museum from the burial mounds and
caves of Tennessee.
(7.) Disks, short cylinders, and nearly spheric forms of shell, the sur-
face disintegrated by age (Plate XIII, Figs. 34, 35). In one spheric
specimen, about 4 an inch (12 millimetres) in size, the hole is bushed at
one end with a small (3 millimetres) cylindric bead as if to diminish the
size as made by the boring-tool. La Patera.
(8.) Shell cylinders (Plate XIII, Fig. 38) from about an inch to nearly
2 inches long and x’ to vz in diameter; surface decayed; largest specimen
* American Naturalist, May, 1877, p. 273, fig. 6a.
t Indian Tribes of Guiana, London, 1868, p. 440.
+ See Mr. Stearns on “Aboriginal Shell Money,” American Naturalist, June, 1877; and Dr. Rau on
the Archzological Collection of the National Museum, Washington, 1876, p. 69.
266 BEADS.
bushed at one end, but narrowed about the middle by the shape of the
boring-tool, the workman being satisfied with any perforation that would
permit a string (commonly a sinew) to pass. An irregularity of perfora-
tion in which the two parts are not in line is common in perforated stone
beads, and often to such an extent as to forbid the passage of a needle.
The smallest of the shell cylinders (about x‘ inch diameter and 17 long)
has a perforation but little more than a millimetre (or less than ye inch) in
diameter, and the difficulty of making it must have been very great. Cut
from Tivela. La Patera and Dos Pueblos.
(9.) Several curious subeylindric beads, cut from Tivola, and exhibit-
ing the blue and white coloring. The longest is 15 inches long, about 4
diameter in the middle, and tapering to each end except on one side, which
is rectilinear. The perforation (of about 1 millimetre) is so small that it
would be difficult to pass a thread, and probably on this account a rounded
notch occupies the middle, where more than half the thickness has been
cut away as if to free the perforation and permit threads to be passed from
each end and knotted separately or together at the middle. In a second
specimen the notch nearly reaches the perforation ; in the third the notch
is quite superficial, and does not reach the centre.* In some cases the
notch may be due to the fact that the borings from each end did not meet.
Plate XIII, Figs. 42, 43, 44, 45, 46 La Patera.
(10.) Slender blue subcylindric shell beads made of Tivola. Plate
XIII, Figs. 36, 37. La Patera and Dos Pueblos.
(11.) Small thin wampum disk beads (Plate XII, Figs 3, 4, 5), from
about $ to 4 inch in size; cut from univalve shells, and therefore slightly
concave and convex on the opposite sides. One specimen is not completely
rounded, and the unfinished perforation has been commenced on one side.
A few are flat as if worked from the solid shell. Plate XII, Fig. 6. La
Patera and Dos Pueblos.
* Other examples of this form received since the beads, were examined by Dr. Haldeman show
that the notches were subsequently filled with asphaltum even with the surface of the shell. One
specimen with the asphaltum fillmg removed from the notch, and shown under the figure, is represented
by Fig. 42 of the plate ; and a second specimen with a bunch of asphaltum in place, the outline of
which can be distinctly seen by using a lens, is shown in Fig. 43, Figs. 44, 45, and 46 exhibit the three
specimens referred to in particular by Dr. Haldeman, in two of which the notch has been but partly
cut to the intended depth.—F. W. P.
‘BEADS. 267
- (12.) Akin to the preceding, 4 to 3 inch, convexity and concavity
greater, giving the appearance of little saucers.* Plate XII, Fig. 7.
(13.) Whitish cup-shaped fragments about % inch in size. Plate XI,
Figs. 28, 29. They are roughly shaped from the univalve shell of Olivella
biplicata, specimens of which (Plate XIII, Fig. 66) occurred with the beads ;
hole central, varying in size. Similar beads have been figured by Yates.t
The shell itself, with the apex ground off, is strung for ornament by the
natives of Oregon.
(14.) Several small univalves (probably Oliva), 2 inch long, with the
apex rubbed off to allow them to be strung lengthwise. Plate XIII, Figs.
39, 40, 41. Dos Pueblos. Small allied specimens treated thus are found
upon the string in old Peruvian tombs.
A small Marginella (M. apicina) of the Atlantic coast occurs in graves
in New York and in mounds in Western Virginia, Tennessee, and Missouri,
the side of the apex being rubbed off to make an opening. The occurrence
of an Atlantic species in Missouri shows an extensive commerce.t The
popularity of a small white oval Venetian bead among the aborigines may
depend upon its general resemblance to such small marine univalves.
(15.) Dentalium indianorum and D. hexagonum (as labelled by the late
Mr. Anthony): Santa Barbara, La Patera, Dos Pueblos. Mr. Yates (already
cited) figures a species, and says they are imported from Europe for trade.
In the Adventures of John R. Jewitt, we are told that at Nootka the ife-
waw “forms a kind of circulating medium among these natives, five fath-
oms being considered as the price of a slave—their most valuable species
of property.” He describes the laborious native method of fishing for them.
This was in 1803.
(16.) Apparently very small perforated wampum disks (14 to 2 milli-
metres diameter) aggregated in little cylinders, but too regular for hand-
* The small shell beads, referred to by Dr. Haldeman as belonging to his groups 11 and 12, have
proved to be a very common form in California, and the later explorations have resulted in the collec-
tion of many thousands from the graves, particularly on the Santa Barbara Islands. From the graves
at the isthmus on Santa Catalina alone Mr. Schumacher has sent to the Peabody Museum (13282) nearly
@ bushel of these small beads.—F. W. P.
+ American Naturalist, Jan. 1877, p. 30, fig. G@;‘ the shell, fig. r.
{See Dr. Rau on Ancient Aboriginal Trade of North America, in the Smithsonian Report, 1872,
pp. 372-83.
268 BEADS.
work. ‘They are probably branches of a recent crinoid or other radiate.
Plate XII, Figs. 1, 2. Dos Pueblos.
(17.) Cones of brown asphaltum roughly moulded as if by hand, about
2 inch long, the base about 4 inch in diameter, the truncate apex $ inch
or more, with a small hole down the axis, but not reaching the base. Plate
XITI, Figs. 9,10, 11, 12,13. They seem to belong to the class of pendants
used on fringes, and being probably moulded upon the string which was to
suspend them: the decay of this would leave an opening. Abundant in
the excavations at La Patera and Dos Pueblos,* but an uncommon form of
ornament. Some of these clove-shaped asphalt ornaments were found by
Dr. Yarrow’s party, in the holes of which were small pieces of what were
supposed to be dried grass.
Glass beads from $ to 1 inch in size, of various shapes and colors
(transparent, translucent, opake), were found abundantly in the excavations
at Dos Pueblos and La Patera. These, with perhaps some exceptions, are
Venetian, green and red being the predominant colors.
Among the articles shipped in England for trade on the Northwest coast,
Jewitt (already quoted) mentions, as part of a cargo in 1802, “looking-
glasses, beads, knives, razors, &c., which were received from Holland”; and
when Cabral discovered Brazil in 1500 he mentions using beads in trade
with the natives They are found in Indian graves on both sides of the
continent and in many interior localities.
(18.) The figure (Plate XIII, Fig. 18) represents an oval bead of white
glass or enamel, which occurs in graves at Dos Pueblos and Santa Cruz
Island. Another specimen is modern Ute, got in Colorado by E. A. Bar-
ber, 1875. My. W. H. Holmes, of the Geological Survey of the Territories,
found one with the polish nearly removed by time among the deébris of
ruins on the Mancos River, Southwest Colorado, and both Drs. Rothrock
and Loew, of the Geographical Surveys West of the 100th Meridian,
have found them in ruined pueblos in Colorado—a possible evidence that
this deserted locality was occupied since the Columbic discovery, although
it must be admitted that the specimens may have been dropped by recent
Indians. :
* These singular ornaments (?) have also been collected from graves on the island of San Miguel
by Mr. Bowers (P. M. 13728).
BEADS. 269
(19.) Known as the “
4
coralline VAleppo”; has a great range over the
world. It is a spheric or cylindric Venetian bead of many sizes, externally
red, with a white, whitish, yellowish, or pink interior; spheric. Length,
$ inch diameter, or little more. A single bead, among others, from Dos
Pueblos and La Patera. A specimen (# inch long, 2 diameter) was found
by Mr. W. H. Holmes in 1875 near the trail on the Mancos River, South-
west Colorado.
(20.) Akin to the preceding, outside red, inside black. Dos Pueblos
and La Patera. Plate XIII, Fig. 22.
(21.) Small yellow; glass fresh looking. Same locality
22.) Small white; fresh. Same locality.
(23.) Two beads about 2 inch long, 3 in diameter, of deep blue glass,
one alone retaining its polish, with four pentagonal facets at each end, meet-
ing in a central, transverse zigzag line. Same locality. I have this variety
from graves near Columbia, Pa.
(24.) A five-sided dark glass bead, § inch long and wide, surface some-
what worn. Plate XIII, Fig. 32. Dos Pueblos.
(25.) Fragment of a large deep-blue oval bead somewhat oxidized and
the fracture not fresh; medial diameter 3, length probably 13 inches. Dos
Pueblos.
(26.) Spheric, ? inch diameter, of dark-blue glass; polish deteriorated.
La Patera. A smaller specimen of the same character is represented on
Plate XIII, Fig. 28.
(27.) A trifle smaller than the preceding, surface with more polish,
mottled with light brown; these parts oxidized upon one side. Plate XIII,
Fig. 33. La Patera.
(28.) A flat bead of bluish translucent opalescent glass, 4 inch diame-
ter. Plate XIII, Fig. 26. La Patera.
(29.) Various specimens from La Patera and Dos Pueblos, exhibiting
oxidation of the glass from lying in the soil, perhaps for several centuries.
Three of a conical shape are represented on Plate XIII, Figs. 16, 17,
23, and three others of an oval form in Figs. 29, 30, 31.
(30.) A blackish purple cylindric bead about an inch long and 4 inch
diameter. La Patera.
270 BEADS.
(31.) Small ruby-colored beads of irregular shapes, spheric, oval, and
facetted. Plate XIII, Fig. 24.
(32) Spheric, ruby-colored, 4 to 3 inch in size, marked with white
foliate lines. This and the next example are of well-known Venetian pat-
terns. Plate XIII, Fig. 25. Dos Pueblos and La Patera.
(33.) Slender, about 3 inch long, dark blue, hooped with raised lines
of white or yellow. Plate XIII, Fig. 27. La Patera.
(34.) Two star-pattern, polychrome, cylindric beads. Plate XITI, Figs.
14,15. A pattern called “rosetta” at Venice, where spheric and cylindric
forms of it are still made. The larger is nearly 1 inch long and 2 diameter.
They are composed of glass or enamel of several colors, one surrounding
another, so that they are visible only at the ends, until these are rounded
or ground in sloping facets, when all the colors appear. The inner colors
are arranged to form a star or zigzag line in section, the edge of the rays of
which often appear through the translucent exterior color in longitudinal
lines of a paler blue when the exterior of the bead has this color, and the
outer rays of the star are white. The Venetians seem to have inherited the
art of making them, for they are known to Egyptian and Phoenician an- .
tiquity; they occur in graves in Europe and America. On this continent
they have been found in Canada, New York, Pennsylvania, Florida, and
California. The Smithsonian Institution has specimens from New York,
Santa Barbara, Cal., and one from a mound in Florida, in connection with
which I have given various details and bibliographic references.* In the
archaic specimens I have seen in Europe and America the outer layer is
blue, the modern Venetian examples being blue, red, green, and yellow, the
last striped with black.
The Smithsonian Institution has recently secured a collection of about
five hundred varieties of modern Venetian beads. That Institution and
also the Peabody Museum at Cambridge have many specimens from abo-
riginal natives and their graves, and collectors would do well to add to those
collections from all sources. Interesting examples occur in the Cesnola and
Egyptian collections of the Metropolitan Museum, New York, and my own
* Since published in the Smithsonian Report for 1877, p. 203, fig. 1.
BEADS. 201
cabinet includes specimens illustrating this branch of the ethnology of
various ancient and modern nations.
(35.) Numerous glass beads of various shapes and colors from La
Patera and Dos Pueblos. Plate XIII, Fig. 19, cylindric, pink color; Fig.
20, round, green; Fig. 21, cylindric, green.
IRON IMPLEMENTS AND OTHER ARTICLES OBTAINED
BY CONTACT WITH EUROPEANS.
THE ancient cemeteries thus far examined on the coast and islands of
Southern California, furnish indisputable evidence that the native tribes,
whose remains are found in that region, not only came in contact with the
early Spanish explorers of the coast of California, but, also, that they, for a
long period after they were known to the white race, continued to bury
their dead in the same manner and in the same tribal or village cemeteries
as before. In consequence of this continued use of a burial place, and the
admixture which has taken place by the disturbance of old graves to make
room for the new, it is now impossible to separate, in most instances, the
articles which came from the very old graves from those of comparatively
recent date, so that while a large number of the graves are known by their
contents to have been made since European contact, others in the immediate
vicinity belong to an indefinite period of the past.
The only object of metal which has the appearance of being native
work is the single copper bead obtained by Dr. Yarrow and figured on Plate
XII, Fig.8 This may be of native copper, and perhaps was obtained by
trade or warfare with other tribes. Articles made of copper, bronze, brass,
silver, and iron are, however, of very frequent occurrence in the graves, and
many such were not only of unquestionable value to the Indians with whom
they were buried, but also to their previous white owners. The peculiar
forms of the bronze cups, goblets, platters, and many other articles, leave
little doubt of their having been brought from Europe during the early
years of Spanish exploration. Of a later period, probably, are the silver
spoons and four-pronged forks; the brass thimbles, which have been per-
272
U.S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEY WEST OF 100™ MERIDIAN.
VOL. VI ARCHA OLOGY. PLATE XV
IMPLEMENTS OF IRON, SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA.
REDUCED ONE SIXTH.
7
ire h
er
on
PARE
‘ ee
ABSENCE OF POTTERY. 273
forated and strung for necklaces, many of the glass beads, and particularly,
the tin can found at Dos Pueblos. The majority of the articles, however,
are of old Spanish forms, and among them should be particularly mentioned
the brass buckles, portions of bits and other parts of the accoutrements of
horses. Some old china cups, and a piece of red pottery stamped and
glazed, with numerous brass buttons and other objects, have also been found
in the graves, but they do not furnish any particular evidence as to the time
they were obtained by the Indians during the three hundred years of con-
tact which they had with white people of various nations. A small leaden
crucifix was also found at Dos Pueblos, near where the comparatively mod-
ern china tea-cups were found, and was very likely obtained from one of
the Missions.
Of ordinary pottery, similar to the bowls more or less common to
nearly all the Indian tribes of the region east and south of the southern
coast of California, a few specimens have been found and are in the Smith-
sonian Institution and the Peabody Museum. A few fragments in the Pea-
body Museum (13738) were obtained by Mr. Bowers on the island of San
Miguel, associated with a bronze cup. <A bowl was found by Mr. Schu-
macher (P. M. 13215) on the island of Santa Catalina, in one of the graves
at the isthmus, in which were also many articles of iron, bronze, brass,
&c., of European make. This bowl has the appearance of rude, wheel-
made pottery, and is unquestionably of a late date. As far as can be
proved from the large collections made by the officers of the Survey, and
the gentlemen who have explored the region under the auspices of the Smith-
sonian Institution and the Peabody Museum, the Indians of the coast of
California have always been without the art of making vessels of clay.*
Many articles of iron have been found in the graves, particularly in
those on the isthmus of Santa Catalina, from which were obtained several
axes of early form, an old-fashioned grubbing-hoe, knives, heads of board-
ing-pikes, a small sword, nails, pieces of gun and pistol barrels, small can-
non-balls, and many other objects of like character. Among the most inter-
esting of these implements of iron are a few which show that they have been
* Recent letters from Mr. Bowers and Mr. Schumacher confirm the statement here made, that all
the pottery that has been found on the islands and also on the mainland opposite is of late date and
insignificant in amount. See foot-note, p. 14.
18 OL
274 ADAPTATION OF EUROPEAN ARTICLES.
adapted to native requirements and customs. Of such is a fragment of a
short knife-blade, probably made out of a piece of hoop-iron, which has
been inserted in a wooden handle by the use of asphaltum. This was found
at La Patera; and from the same place is an iron nail over the head of which
amass of asphaltum has been placed, so as to permit the nail being held
in the hand, probably for use as a boring instrument.
From Santa Cruz Island there was obtained a small triangular piece
of iron, like an arrow-point, which was inserted in a piece of wood and
probably served as a knife (P. M. 9313). This iron point is represented of
actual size in Fig. 8 of Plate IV, for comparison with the stone knives of
the same shape.
Another adaptation is shown by Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4 of Plate XV. These
short blades are probably made from hoop-iron, in imitation of the short
swords of bone of which a description has already been given. They may,
however, have been forged into their present shape by the early traders with
the Indians, for the purpose of supplying a desired form of implement. At
all events, they are tolerably common in the graves; and that they were
highly prized seems to be shown by the fact that they were either enclosed
in a cloth or a fur-lined scabbard, or that they were carefully wrapped in
these materials at the time of burial. The photographic figures on the plate,
taken from specimens from La Patera, are good evidence of this, inasmuch
as the fur and woven cloth, preserved by the action of the iron, can be dis-
tinctly seen. Another of these iron blades, also from La Patera, is repre-
sented by Fig. 133. At the time of its burial, this blade had also been en-
Fic. 133. closed in cloth, the remains
of which can be traced on
the sides near the rounded
Iron sword, 7. end and in such a manner
as to lead to the belief that these blades were not inserted in wooden han-
dles, a view which is sustained by the fact that of all the specimens of this
character in the Peabody Museum not one shows signs of having been in
contact with wood, although many other of the iron implements have por-
tions of the wooden handles preserved.
In connection with the adaptation of foreign metallic articles to their
IRON AXES. 275
own native designs, should be mentioned an ornament from the isthmus
(P. M. 18205), which is made of two thin concavo-convex and circular
pieces of copper or bronze, 3 inches in diameter, perhaps once forming orna-
ments on an old Spanish horse-bridle. These pieces have been fastened
together with native-made twine passing through holes which have been
roughly punched at the edges of the plates, so as to form a double-convex
object. One surface of this has been coated with asphaltum and closely
covered with seven concentric rows of small shell beads. In this manner
a large ornament, with a hole for suspension, has been formed, closely resem-
bling the little article made of bone, and the larger one of asphaltum, which
were also ornamented with shell beads, and of which descriptions have been
given under the head of ‘‘Ornaments” on a previous page.
Fig. 134 represents a small iron axe found in a grave at La Patera.
Several axes of this and allied forms were also found Fic. 134.
in the graves at the isthmus on the island of Santa
Catalina.
Another form of iron axe from La Patera is shown
on Plate XV, Fig. 5, and is of particular interest, as
the oxidation of the iron has preserved the form of the
feathers over the surface shown in the figure, and the
structure of cloth on the opposite side, in such a way
as to prove that this valuable article was either care-
fully enclosed in a fabric made of coarse cloth and
feathers, or was in contact with such materials forming
part of the dress or coverings of the body with which it
was placed in the grave.
It will be remembered that several of the copper
axes found in the mounds in lowa, a few years ago,
. , Iron axe of European
furnished undoubted evidence that they had been make, }.
wrapped in cloth at the time of deposit, and it seems very natural that
all valuable articles, particularly cutting-tools of metal, should be depos-
ited with care by the surviving friends for the use of the departed
in his future state. To the firm and wide-prevailing belief that such
276 BURIED RECORDS.
articles as were of value on earth would be required in the after-state, we
owe the opportunities that are now given us, not only of learning much
of importance in relation to many nations of whom history does not make
mention, but also of carrying back the record of tribes and nations of
modern times far into the dark prehistoric past.
OBSERVATIONS ON THE CRANIA FROM THE SANTA
BARBARA ISLANDS, CALIFORNIA.
By Lucien Carr,
Assistant Curator Peabody Museum American Archeology and Ethnology.
Tue series of Crania from the Santa Barbara Islands numbers about
three hundred and fifteen specimens,* and is divided somewhat unequally
between the Peabody Museum of Archeology at Cambridge, Mass., and the
Army Medical Museum at Washington City. In the former of these institu-
tions there are over one hundred and thirty skulls representing Santa Cruz
of the northern, and San Clemente and Santa Catalina of the southern,
group of islands, while in the latter and larger collection are to be found
numerous specimens from the mainland, from San Nicolas of the southern
and San Miguel of the northern group of islands, as well as from Santa
Cruz. Thus it will be seen that, to a certain extent, these collections sup-
plement each other; and although it is with the former that I shall chiefly
have to deal, yet, thanks to the publications of the Army Medical Museum
and to the personal kindness of its curator, Assistant Surgeon George A.
Otis, U.S. A., there is abundant material for a comparison of the results
arrived at by a careful study of the crania from each one of these different
localities. To simplify this as much as possible and at the same time to
make future reference comparatively easy, the average measurements are
here reproduced and tabulated, not only according to the place from which
the crania were originally obtained, but also according to the collection in
which they are now to be found.
*This estimate is limited strictly to adults from the islands. In it the specimens in the Army
Medical Museum are put down at one hundred and eighty-two, though, in point of fact, they largely
exceed that number. My estimate was taken from the Check-list published in 1876, since which time
that collection, including the crania found on the mainland, has probably been doubled.
277
278 OBSERVATIONS ON CRANIA
TABLE I—MEAN MEASUREMENTS OF CRANIA FROM THE SANTA BARBARA ISLANDS, CALIFORNIA.*
3 a :
: Sells B |
Fy Locality. & g = 4 4 a e e | 3 Depository.
E gq |2if]2|-3/a/818)/4
5 EE PL EE Ue ey et I ee teh oe
A A 5 el |) fo teh Et Eb)
1 | Santa Cruz.—Males.....--..----.--- | 73] 1,302] 177] 140°) 134 | .789 | .750 |...... | Army Medical Museum.
2 Memales:S2 ose. ssa 62) 1,175 | 170] 1385] 128 | .791 | .752 |...-.- Do.
3 | San Miguel.—Males..-....-..--.-.--. 18) | 13185 L763 |) 140) 131 e794 ve 38) | ee. - 2: Do.
4 Females...---...-.--- 18} 1,246) 172 | 187 | 128) .805 | .747 |...--. Do.
5 | San Nicolas.—Males ...-.-.-.---.-- 7) |) 2826) |) 1819), 137.)),, 132%) 760%) <.1730) | 22-2. Do.
6 | Hemales!-\-=22--25-s2-- 4] 1,253) 173] 140] 124] .808 | .718 |..-.--. Do.
7 | Santa Cruz.—Males..........-.----.| 45] 1,365 | 178] 188] 182|.776|.741) .90 | Peabody Museum.
8 Hemalesfeeasas =e aise 35 | 1,219] 172 | 1384] 128|.778) .748| .86 Do.
9 | San Catalina.—Males.........--...- 26 | 1,470 189 | 183] 130] .704 | .690| .95 Do.
10 HMemnles assesses a= ) 12] 1,279| 178) 130) 124 |.729| .696| . 92 ? Do
11 | San Clemente.—Males..-.......-..-.-- 9} 1,452] 186] 137] 131] .740 | .702 94 Do
12 Females ...-....--- 6] 1,315} 179) 185] 125] .754|.706| .90 Do,
13 Average of males.......--...- ) 178} 1,372) 181) 1387] 181°) .760 | .725 | .93
14 Average of females ........-..- 137 | 1,248] 174] 185] 126|.777|.727| .89
15 Average of the whole .-...----- Jesse 1,310 | 177 | 136 | 128.768 | .726 |, .91
Maximum ...... -..2.--.--+/-- | 815 | 1,747] 195| 154] 145 j.-.-..]....-. 1.05
PMinIMUMyeeesesescess esas eae |e O90} e157 |eloon| eel Gl Soe eee -80
RANE Osea eect nese seen mee 757 38 32 PRY | ioaacel eeticad 25
*These measurements are given as follows: Capacity in cubic centimetres ; length, breadth, and height in
millimetres.
Historically speaking, there is but little that can be learned about the
people who formerly inhabited these islands, and with whose skulls we have
been making somewhat familiar. In the brief summary that Mr. Putnam
has elsewhere given, this coast is shown to have been occupied by numer-
ous tribes, living in different villages, speaking different languages, or dif-
ferent and scarcely intelligible dialects of the same language, and closely
resembling, in these respects at least, the Indians of the Atlantic seaboard
at the date of the first settlements in Virginia and New England. This,
with now and then a small and imperfect vocabulary, comprises the sum
and substance of all that the early chroniclers have told us about these
people for the two centuries immediately succeeding the discovery of this
country by the Spaniards, and it is so very meagre and unsatisfactory that
we turn, with a certain sense of relief, to the study of their crania and of
the other contents of their tombs in the hope that some further light may
be thrown upon a subject that otherwise must forever remain shrouded
in darkness. But while this revelation of the spade and pickaxe—infal-
FROM THE SANTA BARBARA ISLANDS. 279
lible so far as it goes—enables us to reproduce truly the phase of civiliza-
tion to which these people had attained, it does not aid us, except per-
haps in a negative way, in forming a correct opinion as to the precise
period of time at which they lived and flourished. Indeed, so far as the
evidence of the graves is concerned, there is no reason for assigning a very
great antiquity to any of these remains.
Among the crania themselves there is, of course, nothing to indicate
that they represent different phases of civilization; and the implements and
ornaments of native manufacture, found buried with glass beads, brass rings,
cannon-balls, and other articles of European origin, do not differ, either
in degree or kind, from those taken from graves in which there is no such
evidence of intercourse with the whites. As the one class of interments
undoubtedly belongs to the people inhabiting these islands subsequent to
the Spanish conquest, there can certainly be no good reason why the other
should not be assigned to the same people, though, of course, it is possible,
and even probable, that, taken together, they cover a period of time of
long duration. Indeed there can be but little doubt of this, in view of the
decayed condition of many of the skulls—so much so that their removal
was impossible—and of the fact that the articles of European workman-
ship were found in graves of a comparatively late date. How long these
people were in possession of these islands before the coming of the
Spaniards, we can never know; but we do know that, be that period
long or short, so far as the testimony of the graves is concerned, there
was, from first to last, no advance in any of the arts by which we are
wont to estimate the progress of a people in civilization. Bearing these
facts in mind, we shall be better prepared to examine some of the points
in which these crania are found to agree or disagree among themselves and
with those from the mainland, and thus, perhaps, to arrive at a more cor-
rect understanding of the ethnology of this section of the Pacific coast.
Assuming, for the present, unity of race in the people formerly inhabit-
ing these islands, and dividing the skulls according to the features that dis-
tinguish the sexes, it will be seen that there are one hundred and seventy-
eight that are probably those of adult males and one hundred and thirty-
seven of adult females. The average capacity of the former is 1,372°°, and
280 OBSERVATIONS ON CRANIA
of the latter 1,248°¢, showing a difference of 124° in favor of the males.
The largest skull in the collection—Peabody Museum No. 13550, from
San Clemente Island—has an internal capacity of 1,747°°; while the small-
est*—Army Medical Museum No. 1327, from Santa Cruz—is less than
two-thirds of that size, reaching only to 990°¢. Of the whole number there
are sixteen that range above 1,500°°, and fifteen that fall below 1,100°¢.
The mean of the whole, or, more properly, the mean of the averages from
the islands, is 1,310°°, which is less than that of the American Indian,
1,376°°, as given by Dr. J. Aitken Meigs,t the Tennessee Moundbuilder,
1,341°,f the Eskimos of Greenland,§ 1,392¢¢ and of the Northwest coast,||
1,404°¢; but is somewhat larger than the ancient Peruvian,{ 1,230¢°, and
the Australian,** 1,224°°. Proceeding a step further in our classification,
we find that the index of breadthtf is .768, and of height, .726, which
brings the entire collection within the class of orthocephalif{ and of platy-
cephali; 7. ¢., the average cranium is neither long nor short, but occupies
the middle position between the two, and its breadth is greater than its
height. These resemblances and differences, however, can be seen to better
advantage when the measurements are brought together in tabular form,
and, to this end, I have arranged the following table, which may be found
* Check-list, Army Medical Museum, p. 49, Washington, 1876.
t+Catalogue of Human Crania in the Collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia, by J. Aitken Meigs, p. 10.
¢ Eleventh Annual Report of the Peabody Museum of Cambridge, p. 224. Jones’ Aboriginal
Remains of Tennessee, p. 110, Washington, 1876.
§ Check-list of the Army Medical Museum, Washington, 1876.
|| Check-list of the Army Medical Museum, Washington, 1876.
{ Fourth Annual Report of the Peabody Museum, p. 18, Cambridge, 1871. Dr. J. Aitken Meigs,
l.¢., p. 17, Philadelphia, 1857.
**The Native Races of the Pacific Ocean; a paper read before the Royal Institution of Great
Britain, by Prof. W. H. Flower, of the Royal College of Surgeons of England. In this connection it
may be well to say that, in measuring the internal capacity, Professor Flower used mustard seed, the
Army Medical Museum, No. 8 shot, and the Peabody Muscum, selected pease. To any one familiar with
the discrepancies in the results obtained by using these different methods of measurement, it is needless
to say that absolute accuracy cannot be claimed for either one of them, though all three can be made
to approximate sufficiently close to the truth for purposes of comparison, especially when taken in con-
nection with the length, breadth, and height.
tt The index of breadth = breadth x 1000.
length
formula will give the index of height.
{tI adopt the classification of Dr. Thurnam and other English authorities:
I Dolichocephali, or long skulls with index at or below .739.
Il. Orthocephali, or oval skulis with index from .740 to .799.
Ill: Brachycephali, or broad skulls with index at or above .800.
Substituting the height for the breadth and the same
FROM THE SANTA BARBARA ISLANDS. 281
not wholly devoid of interest, though it is not claimed to be of any great
value as the basis for an inductive argument. It is limited, as will be seen,
to crania from North and South America, and, as far as possible, the dis-
tinction based upon sex has been kept up. This, however, has not always
been possible, as in some instances the records from which I have copied
have made no difference in this particular, but have massed the two sexes
together and given the mean measurements conjointly instead of separately.
Where this is the case the comparison is to be instituted with the mean of
the whole number of crania, as given in No. 15, Table I, or it may be
omitted altogether without any very great sacrifice of craniometrical lore ;
but in all other instances males are to be compared with males and females
with females. By pursuing this latter method, approximately accurate
results may be obtained.
TABLE I1—MEAN MEASUREMENTS OF CRANIA.*
as) ce me}
a |e
aa | A g
é Locality. Weod Sales i Pe = z Remarks.
5 eae| an a los $ ° Saal lated
2 2 2 a c=] a I ce a=
Ei | a l@e|s|/e]/s|e|8
S oS Oo il A q
a a 12) H A q B 5 a
1 } Santa Barbara.—Males ....... .-.--- 178 | 1,372) 181} 187 | 181 | .760 | .725| .93 | Islands.
2 Females .------.--. 137 | 1,248 | 174] 185 |) 126 | .777 27) .89 Do.
| 3 | Lotal Santa Barbara. .--..---..---+- | 315] 1,810) 177) 136 28 | .769 | .726| .91 Do.
| 4| Santa Barbara.—Males ..........-.- 46| 1,285] 175] 138] 183] .777 | .754]...... Mainland,
| emales seco -c-ne- 40) | 9151959 |) 970) | el S5n me L29 e7 930 ne GSH | scones Do.
6 | San Luis Obispo Bay.—Males.....-. 10 | 1,288 | 174) 139] 133) .789| .761|...... Do.
7 Females .-.. =O 1, 137 160 | 140 | 130 | .863 | .807 |...... Do.
8 | Navajo.—Males...........-.--.----. |} 17} 1,428) 174] 141 | 137 | .817 | .786
9 j Females 5 | 1,348] 170) 142) 182 | .839 | .781
10 | Apache.—Males. .--.- 19 | 1,355] 170) 146) 132 | .861 | .776
11 Females 10 | 1,267] 166) 140) 123 | .847 | .742
| 12 | Greenland Eskimo.—Males ......--.. 55 | 1,433 | 186) 1382] 141 | .710 | .755
| 13 ‘Females ....--- 21| 1,275| 180] 127] 133] .709| .741 :
14 | Alaskan Eskimo.—Males ........... 31| 1,449| 177] 148 | 131 | .935 | . 743
15 Females.... ..- 10 | 1,281] 170) 141 127 | . 836 | . 747
| 16 | Pah Ute (Shoshonee).—Males ..-.--- 13 | 1,323 | 178| 136) 128 | .771 | .720
17 Females... --. | 3] 1,212] 175) 136} 127 | .773 | .725
18) EO: IM leg eee orienta aes BH) | pesoocda 187 | 139 | 189 | .743 | .743
| 19 MOMMA ES yee eer sis are Sh eee 179 | 132 | 131 | .757 | .731
| 20 | Tennessee Mounds.—Males......... 43 | 1,401 | 164] 146] 145 | .891 | .886] .95 | Flattened posteriorly.
21 | Females ...-.. 34} 1,301 | 159] 142] 140] .893/.871] .90 Do.
| 22 | Pernvian.—Mixed.--.....--..--..... 50 | 1,204] 155] 143] 126] .924 | .814 92 Do.
| 23 | Algonquin, Canada.—Mixed ........ B2i\enceeets 184] 141 | 136 | .766 | .739
24 | Algonquin, New England.—Mixed...| 30 |_-.-.-.- 179 | 136] 136 | .759 | .759
|
*In this table, Nos. 4, 5, 6,7, 8,9, 10,11, 12,13, 14, 15, 16,17 are taken from the Check-list of the Army Medical Museum.
Nos. 18, 19, 23, 24 are taken from Prehistoric Man by Dr. Daniel Wilson, London, 1876. Nos. 20, 21, 22 are from the records
of the Peabody Museum, and are not intended for comparison save in those neasurements that have not been allected by the
posterior flattening to which the crania have been subjected, such as capacity, width of frontal, and, iater on, the facial
measurements.
282 OBSERVATIONS ON CRANTA
Up to this point in the effort to assign the typical skull from these
islands to its proper class the averages of the two collections of Washing-
ton and Cambridge have been taken. In what follows, however, owing to
a difference in the methods of measurement employed, my observations
must be limited to the collection in the Museum at Cambridge. For-
tunately this is quite large, and as the crania from the islands, as well
as from the mainland, now in the Army Medical Museum, agree very
closely, both in shape and size, with those now held in Cambridge from
the same group of islands, it is safe to assert that the conclusions drawn
from a study of the one collection will apply with equal force to the other.
Supplementing, then, the results heretofore obtained from a consideration
of the two series by the additional measurements taken of the specimens
in Cambridge alone, and continuing the process of classification, it will
be seen that the mean breadth of frontal,* at the narrowest point on the
temporal ridge, is 91". This is a little less than that of the Peruvian from
the coast,t though the average capacity of the skulls now under considera-
tion is greater. Its deficiency in this quarter, as well as in breadth, seems
to be more than compensated by the increased development of the occipital
portion of the head. In one hundred and twenty-two out of one hundred
and fifty-one specimens examined, or 81 per cent., the distance between the
temporal and frontal bones, measured along the line of the spheno-parietal
suture, was found to be more than half a centimetre, thus forming what Dr.
Broca calls the Ptéreon in H, which, according to the same high authority,
is the normal condition in European skulls. In thirteen it was less than
half a centimetre; in one the two bones were in contact, and in fifteen there
were small, extra (‘‘epipteric”) bones in the upper part of the great wing
of the sphenoid. Turning now to those peculiar conditions that strike the
eye, but of which no measurement can give us a correct idea, we find that
in fourteen of these crania wormian bones were developed in the lambdoidal
*TIn the Eleventh Annual Report of the Peabody Museum, p. 368, the mean frontal diameter of one
hundred and three ‘‘crania from Santa Barbara” is put down at 98™™, This was a clerical error, as
the diameter is much less. Information received since the publication of that report assigns most of
these crania to Santa Cruz Island, and in Table No. I they will be found correctly placed and the meas-
urements accurately given.
tAverage of Tables II, III, IV, V, VI, and VII, in Fourth Annual Report of the Peabody Museum,
p. 14 et seq.
FROM THE SANTA BARBARA ISLANDS. 283
suture, five of them being in the form of epactals or “Inca” bones. In
two the interparietal suture was still open, and in three, or 2 per cent.,
metopism, or persistence of the frontal suture, was present. Among Ku-
ropeans this latter peculiarity is stated to exist in one in seven, or a little
over 14 per cent.
In thirty-five, or 23 per cent., of these skulls, there is evidence of pos-
terior flattening, due without doubt to cradle-board pressure, though in no
case was it sufficient to interfere with the accuracy of our measurements.
As a rule, it is limited to a slight flattening of the parietals at the obelion,
much as if asmall slice had been taken off the skull at that point. Rarely,
if ever, does it extend down as far as the inion, though the lambda is not
unfrequently included. Sometimes one or even two, and in one instance
three, small depressions were found on this flattened surface. These may
have been caused by some unevenness in the wad or pillow upon which the
child’s head rested. In only four specimens (and in these it was so slight
as scarcely to exceed the limits allowed in cases that merely show a marked
want of symmetry) was found that form of occipital flattening so common
among the Moundbuilders’ skulls, in which one or the other of the parietals
is pushed forward and the whole of the posterior portion of the head is
forced out of shape. In three of these it was the right parietal that had
been so deformed. This was probably accidental, though it is worthy of
remark that in a large majority: of the crania from the mounds in Tennessee
that have been so flattened, it is the same side of the head that has suffered.
In a hundred of these, taken at random and including males and females,
it was found that fifty had the right parietal so distorted, twenty-eight the
left, while in twenty-two the skull was either normal or the pressure had
been so evenly applied as not to cause any perceptible difference. In one
case two crania taken from the same grave* were found to be distorted to
about the same extent, though on opposite sides. This is believed to be
decisive of the point so far as the Moundbuilders are concerned, and it is
hardly probable that any special significance should have been attached by the
Santa Barbara Indians to the results of a process that is shown to have been
accidental among the people among whom the practice was far more common.
* Peabody Museum, Nos, 17281 and 17282,
284 OBSERVATIONS ON CRANIA
The great difference in the position and extent of this flattening, as seen in
these two peoples, is believed to have been caused by the character of the
board on which the baby was strapped, and possibly it may also have been
influenced by the length of time during which the child was so confined.
A solid board, to which a child is strapped, neck and heels, affords but little
room, for growth or expansion in any part of the body with which it comes
in contact, while on the contrary a frame-work of twigs,* such as is some-
times used, even now, by the squaws, as a bottom to their cradles, fur-
nishes just as little resistance to the growth of the child. In the one case
the back of the head, pressing upon a hard, inelastic substance, is absolutely
prevented from attaining its full development in that particular direction,
while in the other, its growth is more or less interfered with, it is true, though
to nothing like the same extent. Both of these forms of cradle are to be
found to-day among the Indians of Arizona and the California coast, the
former being in general use near military posts and in other quarters where
planks or boards suitable for the purpose can be easily obtained. Among
the wild Indians, however, or those situated at some distance from the white
settlements, and beyond their influence, the latter or aboriginal form is still
preservedt in much the same shape in which it probably existed among the
people whose crania I am now considering. Separating these crania
according to the islands from which they were obtained, this process or
custom does not seem to have been confined to any one of them in par-
ticular. The dolichocephali of Santa Catalina practised it as extensively
as the orthocephali and brachycephali of Santa Cruz, though among neither
was the deformation so general or so great as among the Moundbuilders
and Peruvians.
Thus far my observations have been confined to the calvaria alone,
and the measurements are believed to be sufficient to give a correct idea
of their outlines and dimensions, with some of their individual peculiari-
ties. The facial measurements are now to be considered{; and as they are
regarded as of much importance in indicating racial characters, I have pre-
* A Pah Ute cradle now in the Peabody Museum, No. 12112.
t Dr. E. Palmer is authority for this statement.
t These and other measurements of the crania in the Peabody Museum were taken by Miss Jennie
Smith, assistant.
FROM THE SANTA BARBARA ISLANDS. 285
pared a table of them, and, for the sake of comparison. have included the
same measurements upon a series of crania from the mounds of Tennessee.
TABLE IT.—FACIAL MEASUREMENTS.
g F
Belg :
Beil Gall he E
Locality. on ° ao] I a) °
An 2 4 def puss 3 6
5 3 sf — a | ad 3
2 ey | he aS
E Biele|ai|s| 2
4a 4/Aa|/o|]A4]H]N
aM | aN bal OFUZ.— Males once ceicew ene eaiecininweiceisam'= meine seie meres eleistsinieists eiclaiaieieieicieieicl=ie= 45} 101 91 49 69 | 135
2 USES Sh cacceiiatoccomsbdeocenddachoccotdoocttHososadeSSrseanesee 35 | 101 93 49 65 | 126
| 3) Santa Catalina.— Males 2 -. -. 20. noo oon nn oe ese nnn eens eens n = 26 99 93 49 73 | 135
4 Females 12 99) 95 53 70 | 127
oa |poanG@lemente.—Malesmoncsencaseses Sas esancing saves ancl cinecslselnneinaes cia ae aia cis (== 9 97 92 47 | * 71] 135
| 6 (ReMALOS see eee eee nee nes canta en se 6 97 93 47 68 | 128
| 7 | Tennessee Mounds.—Males..........---.--.---------0----2-+ 43 98 90 50 74) 139
8 PReminlesenceety sane eee ee neces afore sein dase ieee sais 34 98 92 51 69 | 129
| 9 | Average from Santa Barbara Islands.—Males. -.....-..--..----------+----+-20-- 80 99 92 48 71 | 135
10 Mem ales )seer ene soe tens ae ale ae eee 53 99 93 49 67 | 127
| 11 | Total average from Santa Barbara Islands............----.----------------0---+ 133 99 93 49 69 | 131
2 | Total average from Tennessee Mounds .........-...-----------------seeeee eee 77 98 91 50 71 | 134
By reference to the above table it will be seen that the average length
of face* in our typical skull is 69™™, and that the zygomatic diameter
amounts to 131™", in both of which respects it is somewhat smaller than the
average Mound skull. The enathic indext is found to be 99, the nasalt
49, and the orbital§ 93, or, translating these numerical expressions into their
scientific equivalents, that the face is mesognathic, mesorhine, and mega-
seme. ||
Summing up these results and adding those peculiarities that are appar-
ent to the sight, but of which the calipers cannot take cognizance, we find
* Measured from the centre of the nasal suture (Nasion) to the alveolar point.
tIf the index is between 98 and 102, the face is mesognathous; if below 98, orthognathous; if
above 102, prognathous. Ina very well-formed English skull the gnathic index is as low as 92.—Flower,
Native Races of the Pacific Ocean.
The general mean of all races is given by Broca as 50. Those skulls in which the index varies
between 48 and 52 are said to be mesorhine; if below 48, leptorhine, or narrow-nosed ; if above 53,
platyrhine, or broad-nosed.—Recherche sur V Indice nasal, Revue d’ Anthropologie, Tome I, 1872.
§ The general average of all races is given by Broca as 86, or mesoseme; if above 89 the skull is
megaseme, or has a large open orbit; if below 83, it is microseme, or has a low orbit.
|| These terms are some among the valuable contributions of Broca to science. For a full account
of these contributions and of the methods of arriving at the facial indices, etc., see Mémoires de la
Société d’Anthropologie de Paris, Reyue d’Anthropologie, and Bulletins de la Société d’Anthropologie
de Paris, etc., in which these papers have at different times been published.
286 - OBSERVATIONS ON CRANIA
that the typical or average skull of this collection is small and low and
of medium length as compared with its breadth; that it has a retreat-
ing forehead, a prominent occiput, and is slightly scaphocephalic or roof-
shaped along the sagittal suture. Its chief development is in the occipital
region; so much so, indeed, that a plane perpendicular to the horizon
drawn through the auricular openings would divide the skull into two
unequal parts, of which the posterior portion would be much the larger.
The face is small and narrow, even: as compared with the Peruvians. It
is more prognathic than the white man, though it by no means reaches
the extreme in that respect. The nasal opening is of medium size, while
the orbit is large The malar bones are broad and slope back from the
median line of the face, differing widely in this respect as also in the
prominence of the nasal bones from the Greenland Eskimo, whose face
is flat.
Tried by any craniometrical standard, this cannot be said to be a high
order of skull; but if judged by the contents of their graves, this people,
except in their ignorance of the manufacture of pottery, had reached a
phase of development equal to anything found.on the eastern slope of the
continent. Certainly their work in chipped and polished stone and in shell
is not surpassed by anything yet revealed by the mounds; while their large
stone mortars (portable mills), and their steatite ollas and comalis used for
cooking purposes, indicate an advance in the domestic arts that, so far as is
yet known, is peculiarly their own.*
Compared with the other collections of crania in Table I, it will be
found that in the indices of breadth and height this skull approaches some-
what closely the Pah Ute and what Dr. Wilson calls the Algonquin (Canada)
type, though smaller than the latter in every way, when its measurements
of length, breadth, and height are considered absolutely and not relatively.
From the broad, high, square head of the Moundbuilder, with its rounded,
dome-like crest, it is separated by an impassable barrier. Between the Es-
kimo of the Northwest coast and those from Greenland, considered solely
with reference to the index of breadth, it occupies a medium position, though
*See introductory chapter by Mr. Putnam, pages 17, 18, for the reasons for placing the Califor-
nians in the “lower status of barbarism,” notwithstanding their want of knowledge of the potter’s art.
Also, pages 14 and 273 in relation to the abseuce of pottery.
FROM THE SANTA BARBARA ISLANDS. 287
its relations with the former are, perhaps, closer and more clearly defined. It
is true the one skull is decidedly orthocephalous while the other is brachy-
cephalous, and that in the entire lot of three hundred and fifteen crania from
the islands only 45 per cent. reach the very moderate grade of brachyceph-
alism of the typical Alaskan, and under these circumstances it does seem
like straining a point to claim that any resemblance at all exists between
them; still, as a matter of fact, there are individual crania in this collection
with an index even higher than that of the Alaskan; and, from the most doli-
chocephalous to the opposite extreme, they shade into each other by a series
of almost imperceptible gradations. With the typical cranium of the Green-
land Eskimo, Nos. 12 and 13, Table II, however, the differences are of a
more radical character, as, besides being smaller in every way, the one
skull is platycephalous, or broader than it is high, and the other strongly
hypsicephalous, or higher than it is broad. These conditions seem to be
very general in the two collections, as out of the seventy-six Eskimo crania
there are eight, or 11 per cent., in which the breadth is greater than the
height, while of the three hundred and fifteen crania from the California Isl-
ands, there are but eighteen, or 7 per cent., in which it is not so. In the facial
bones, too, especially those of the nose and cheek, these skulls are found
to differ as essentially as in the size and form of the calvaria. In view of
these fundamental differences it is impossible to assign these crania to one
and the same class, even if our comparison be limited to the dolichocephali
from Santa Catalina; and for the same reasons, so far as they relate to
the indices of height and breadth, the same remark will apply a fortiori to
the averages of the two branches of the Eskimo, as given in Nos. 12, 13,
14, and 15, Table II. hat they indicate a difference in species, using this
term in the sense in which it is usually employed in Zodlogy, it would be
premature to affirm, as the range of individual variation, even among peo-
ples of a presumably pure race, is found to be very great, and affords a
convenient alternative to any one desiring to escape this conclusion. That
they do, however, represent a very marked differentiation—call it species,
race, variety, or what you will—is believed to be beyond cavil; and this
may be admitted, be it understood, without carrying with it the full accept-
ance of the polygenistic theory. The uniformity with which the Greenland
288 OBSERVATIONS ON CRANIA
Eskimo, the Algonquins of Canada, the Moundbuilders of the Cumber-
land Valley, and the Peruvians from the coast adhere to their respective
and widely differing types is decisive upon this point; for while it is unde-
niably true that in a collection composed exclusively of either kind of these
crania there will usually be found a percentage, be it great or small, of
skulls that differ from the ‘‘typical” form, yet it is equally true that, after
making all due allowance for the range of individual variation, the one
form will be found to be so overwhelmingly predominant that the presence
of any other at once suggests an intruder or gives good reason for doubt-
ing its authenticity.
Upon this point it is probable that a study of the present collection
may throw some light; at all events a comparison of the series from the
different islands with each other will show how sharply marked are these
differences, and within what narrow geographical limits they sometimes
occur. Taking the collections from the islands, and those from Santa
Barbara and San Luis Obispo Bay—stations on the mainland—as a whole,
and it will be found to be, as stated above, decidedly orthocephalic; but
if the specimens be divided according to the cephalic index there will result
fifty-five dolichocephali, two hundred and nineteen orthocephali, and one
hundred and twenty-four brachycephali, as in the following table:
TABLE IV.
a a |
=n
Locality. ae Gene lk
a = °
) Ss ‘3 Db
2 & ) a
1 a )
5 aie | 2
a A ° a)
|
Th) GER Onn seaeqcnos SSeS SnOSR ASOD ECOOSEECOBE SRO SC HICETaCHOHOSO SO BEACON CCOS ETE SOcoe dee ASabcbkonaoGnSd 7 53 17 |
oulSanta Catalinaj=ssssesessaedeee-scone= SeUEE oie coe ccuon Ges sores cussebence snes seen see ce ene 31 8 0 |
s11SaniClementel-- eee scecece BSE BO EERE COCOBOS COBDS OIC ES CaS HO DEO CE SnOT OD SBS SOtSCbOOSSSaGsacusaéucosds 6 9 0
49 | FOanta: OruZincsescicccescias ecenceisiccs 5 75 54 |
Dap SAMUMl SuClee ete ce m= [seein =me = 0 17 16 |
6: | ‘San Nicolas. .---<..2-... SanHeS caSSodaaoHEentnostnoadod addochesbacnosnoabosbsco asbbadackSconesnasce 1 6 4
7 | Santa Barbara, mainland 4 44 26
8a sSantlouisiO bisporbayyecesssessesseesccsiesenscienasel: cosieeim aceccsecs soca meeeesnmeee see cca etse aaa 1 7 7
55} 219] 124
Examined with reference to the individual variation, and it will be
found that the cephalic index ranges from .654, Peabody Museum, No.
FROM THE SANTA BARBARA ISLANDS. 289
14249, from Santa Catalina, to .890,* Army Medical Museum, No. 1351,
from Santa Cruz. This is certainly a wide gap to be bridged over, and yet
so closely are these skulls connected with each other that if the space sep-
arating them be measured by intervals of 10 each, there are skulls in the
Cambridge collection alone that will cover each one of the intervening
steps. Regarded from this point of view, it would be difficult, if not im-
possible, to draw any line of distinction between these crania, and say that
here one race ends and another begins; but if we proceed a step farther
and subdivide these skulls according to the islands from which they were
obtained, we shall find other factors entering into the calculation that can-
not be explained save on the hypothesis that different races occupied ‘these
two groups of islands at the time represented by this collection. Take,
for instance, San Miguel of the northern group and Santa Catalina of the
southern—extreme cases, it is true, but all the better for my purpose. In
the collection from the former of these islands there are sixteen brachy-
cephalous and seventeen orthocephalous crania—not a single dolichoceph-
alous specimen among them; while in the latter there are thirty-one do-
lichocephali and eight orthocephali, but no brachycephali. Eliminating
the orthocephali as common to both, and we have in one case sixteen short
skulls against thirty-one that are long in the other. This condition of affairs
is not reconcilable with the theory of a difference in cranial forms among
people of the same race. If it were, then we ought to find on each of these
islands crania belonging to the opposite class ; 7. e., among the dolichocephali
there ought to be some brachycephali, and vice versa. Especially would this
be the inference in view of the fact that on each of these islands we do find
orthocephalic skuils, a form that is supposed to have resulted from an ad-
mixture of the other two, and also because on Santa Cruz and the other
islands the three forms are found, but in different proportions. If, on the
other hand, it be admitted that a difference in the form of the head indi-
cates a difference in race, then the presence on these two islands of one
distinctive form of cranium to the exclusion of its opposite takes its place
at once as a fact in the natural order of events. So, also, in those cases in
*There is one cranium with an index of .901 from the mainland; but I prefer to confine my fig-
ures to the collection from the islands.
19 OE
290 OBSERVATIONS ON CRANIA
which the two extremes of crania are found together, or in which their
coexistence is a legitimate inference, the presence of the stranger is ex-
plicable on the theory of adoption or intermarriage, or by any of the
other customs by which the Indians in other portions of the country were
in the habit of recruiting their ranks. The third form, orthocephalic, or
intermediate would then follow as a result of the union of the two ex-
tremes. Plausible as is this explanation, it acquires additional force from
the fact that it accords with the historical account of the existence of
numerous tribes along this coast, speaking different languages, as given
in all of the early chronicles, and especially since this account is confirmed
by the philological researches of Mr. Albert 8. Gatschet,* who shows that
the people formerly living on the mainland opposite Santa Cruz, spoke a
different language from those living immediately to the south, just opposite
the southern group of islands. Basing his conclusions upon the very in-
complete vocabularies that have come down to us from the Spanish Fathers,
and also upon the more recent and satisfactory researches of Dr. Horatio
Hale of the United States Exploring Expedition, and of Dr. Oscar Loew,
he calls one of these tongues the “Santa Barbara” (a dialect of which was
also spoken on Santa Cruz of the northern group of islands), and the other
he claims as a dialect of the widely-extended Shoshonee stock of lan-
guages. With this conclusion I certainly do not take issue, for though it
does not by any means definitely settle the question as to what language
was originally spoken on Santa Catalina Island, yet it does show that the
language in use on the mainland, opposite, differed from that spoken by
the Santa Barbara Indians, who lived on the same shore, immediately to
the north, opposite Santa Cruz. As the people on this island spoke the
same language as those on the mainland just opposite, it is not improbable,
to say the least, that the inhabitants of the southern islands spoke the same
language as the people living on the coast opposite them, and therefore
differing from that spoken on the northern islands.
Thus it will be seen that these lines of argument reénforce each other,
and the difference of race between the people inhabiting these two groups
of islands, rendered probable by a study of the languages, is made com-
* Annual Report of the Geographical Surveys west of the 100th meridian, Lieut. George M. Wheeler,
U.S. Army, in charge, p.330. Washington, 1876. See also map in Contributions to American Eth-
nology, Vol. III, in which the same linguistic distribution is adopted. Washington, 1877.
FROM THE SANTA BARBARA ISLANDS. 291
paratively certain by the presence of the two different forms of crania under
the peculiar circumstances under which they are shown to have existed.
While admitting fully this conclusion, and believing that the original
inhabitants of Santa Catalina were of a different race from those of Santa
Cruz, I do not wish to be understood as asserting that they were of the
same race or spoke the same language as the people living on the mainland
opposite. Indeed, the evidence of the crania is decidedly opposed to this
view, and in this respect there is a very marked difference between the
people found on the two groups of islands. Between the crania found on
Santa Cruz Island, and those from Santa Barbara on the mainland (Nos. 1, 2,
7, and 8, Table I, and Nos. 4 and 5, Table II) there is little or no difference.
Practically they are of one and the same form, and belong to a series that
may be styled orthocephalic, with a very strong infusion of brachycephalism.
This is as it should be among peoples shown by their idioms to belong, prob-
ably, to the same race. But between the crania from SantaCatalina and those
from the mainland there is no such uniformity. The one skull, as has been
shown, is decidedly dolichocephalous; and ‘while it is impossible to say
what the typical form of the Shoshonee skull may eventually turn out to be,
yet so far as now known it is decidedly orthocephalic (Nos. 16 and 17,
Table IL),* and differs but little, if at all, from the average cranium of the
northern group of islands. This difference in form marks a break in the
line of argument that connects the inhabitants of Santa Catalina with the
Shoshonees of the mainland, and while it increases the doubt as to whether
these two peoples spoke the same language, it does not affect the conclusion
as to the difference of race between the inhabitants of the two groups of
islands. In other words, the question is not, who were the people of Santa
Catalina, and what language they spoke, but, were they of the same race
and did they speak the same language as the inhabitants of Santa Cruz?
Granting, then, the existence of two different races on these two groups
of islands, and the question at once arises as to which of the two is the more
ancient Upon this point nothing is known historically, and we are therefore
reduced to a study of the crania for a solution of the problem. In themselves,
as has been said, they do not help us, but in so far as they indicate relation-
*The Pah Ute are classed as ‘‘Shoshoni” on the Map showing the Distribution of the Indian
Tribes of California, to illustrate Reports of Stephen Powers, esq. Washington, 1877.
4
292 OBSERVATIONS ON CRANIA.
ship with the tribes from the mainland they throw a flood of light upon the
matter. Referring again to Table II, it will be noticed that there is a great
similarity between the collections of crania from the northern group of
islands and those from the mainland. Especially is this noticeable in the
case of the Pah Ute, a member of the great Shoshonee family. All are
orthocephalic or of a low grade of brachycephalism; and this form, so far
as known, prevails up and down the coast, and as far inland as the hunting-
erounds of the Apache and the Navajo. Nowhere except on two of the south-
ern group of islands, and on them in differing proportions, do we find the
dolichocephali in such numbers as to justify the conclusion that they were
ever the prevailing race. Everywhere else they are, when found at all, in
such limited numbers as to give the impression that they were the survivors
of a people in course of rapid extinction rather than the precursors of an
incoming race of conquerors. Even the prevalence of the orthocephalic
type of skull, on the northern group of islands, and its presence in such
large proportion on the Santa Catalina group, where the dolichocephalic
type so distinctly prevails, taken in connection with the powerful leaven of
brachycephalism and the small percentage of dolichocephalism on the main-
land, speaks of battle and defeat and the wholesale appropriation of women
by the victors. Read in the light of history, we probably have here the
story of a contest in which the original dolichocephalic possessors of the
soil were worsted by their brachycephalic invaders and driven back, some-
what as the Basques were in Northwest Spain, until they were finally cir-
cumscribed within the narrow limits of San Clemente and Santa Catalina,
with nothing but the broad expanse of the ocean between them and the
Hawaiian Islands, hundreds of miles away. Here, unable to retreat farther,
shut in between “the devil and the deep sea,” they were found at the time
the Spaniards overran California, and here they lingered—a miserable
remnant—until about the beginning of the present century, when they were
removed to the mainland by the Catholic Fathers and collected around
the different Missions. In this new home and with their mode of life
changed they were soon reduced to a condition of peonage in which con-
querors and conquered alike became the ‘‘ hewers of wood and drawers of
water” to a superior people.
APPENDIX TO PART i, VOL. VIL
TRANSLATION FROM THE SPANISH OF THE ACCOUNT BY THE PILOT
FERREL OF THE VOYAGE OF CABRILLO. ALONG ma WEST COAST OF
NORTH AMERICA IN 1542.
WITH INTRODUCTORY NOTES BY H. W. HENSHAW.
In the following pages is presented a translation of the diary of the voyage of
Cabrillo made in 1542 along the west coast of North America. Although accounts of
this voyage appear in Spanish, notably that of Herrera, of which Burney * gives a
brief résumé, it is believed that it is now for the first time published in English. t
The translation was made by Mr. Richard Stuart Evans from a volume which
consists of a collection of documents made, by Buckingham Smith, from one of the
public libraries at Madrid. The full title of the volume is as follows: Coleccion | de
varios documentos | para la historia de la Florida | y tierras adyacentes. | Tomo I. |
En La Casa de Triibner y Compania, | Nim. 60, Paternoster Row, | Londres.
The chief value of this manuscript to the student of ethnology and archeology
is due to the fact that it contains an account of the earliest contact of the white race
with the Indians of California. Additional interest is given to the narrative in its
present connection from the fact that the intercourse of the Spaniards with the natives
was principally with the tribes inhabiting the Santa Barbara Islands and the adjacent
mainland, or the people to whom the first part of this volume relates; while the de-
seriptive portion of the narrative is closely connected with the places where were made
*A Chronological History of the Discoveries in the South Sea or Pacific Ocean, by James Burney.
Vol. I, pp. 220, 225.
+ The following is a list of works, kindly furnished by Mr. H. H. Bancroft, of San Francisco, Cal.,
which contain more or less extended references to Cabrillo’s voyage: Brown, Explorations of Lower
California, pp. 18-19.—Capron, Hist. Cal., pp. 2, 121-2.—Farnham, Life and Adventures in Cala., p. 127.—
Findley, Directory, I, p. 314.—Forbes, Hist. Voy., p. 448-9.—Fuguet, La Cal., p. 9-26.—Gleeson, Hist.
Church, I, p. 70-2.—Greenhow, Oregon and Cal., pp. 61-3.—Herrera, Hist. Gen., dec. VII, lib. V, cap.
Il-IV.—Hutchings, Cal. Magazine, III, p. 146; IV, p. 547; V, p.265.—De Mofras, Explorations, I, p. 96;
Montanus Neuwe en Onbekende Weereld, p. 210-1.—Murray, Travels in North Amer., II, pp. 79-80.—-
Payne, in Loi Mex. Geog., I, pp. 199-209.—Rouband, H., Les Régions Nou., p. 26.—Saint Amount, Voy.
Cal., p. 393.—Sutil y Mex., introd., XXIX-XXXVI.—Taylor, in Cal. Farmer, April 18, 1862; May 4, 1860;
May 15, 1863; Aug. 14,21, 1863.—Clavigero Storia, I, p. 154-5.—Laet, Novus Orbis, p. 306-7.—Tytler,
Hist. Discoy., p.78-9.—Burney’s, Voyages, I, p. 221-5.—Humboldt, Essai Politique, I, p. 329.—Marchand,
Voy., vol. I, p. viii.
’ »P 293
294 INTRODUCTORY NOTES.
the investigations of the expedition, the results of which are given in the present
volume.
Notwithstanding the accounts given of the natives and their habits are often
meager and unsatisfactory, it is chiefly to this narrative that the ethnologist must turn
for information bearing on the history of the Indians of California prior to the destruc-
tive influences of civilization, especially fatal as they appear to have been among these
inoffensive tribes.
The diary throughout presents evidence that the supposed narrator, Ferrel, was
a sailor, probably with but little education, and by no means overzealous in gath-
ering facts concerning the tribes encountered. Hence, not unnaturally, the events
chronicled with most minuteness are the number of leagues sailed each day, the ap-
pearance of the coast, depth of water, and direction of the winds; in fact, those matters
appealing more particularly to the interest of the mariner, while incidentally appear
his observations on the natives and the manner of their reception of the strangers.
These, however, when combined are sufficient to enable general deductions of consider-
able value to be made.
The account, in the main, appears to have been intended as a straightforward
and honest narration of events, and, although statements occur that it is difficult or
even impossible to reconcile with the now known facts, the discrepancies apparently
result from a commingling of things seen and accounts imperfectly understood from
the Indians, but probably fully believed, and are, perhaps, not greater than was to have
been expected from the attending circumstances. As, for instance, when cows and
sheep are spoken of, in the course of the narrative, the account must be considered
somewhat apocryphal, and attributed to the natural desire of the Spaniards to discover
as many good things as possible in the new land, so as to enhanee its value as a pos-
session of the Spanish Crown. It should be remembered, too, that all the information
received from the Indians was obtained wholly by signs—an extremely hazardous
method at best, and one peculiarly lable to confuse and mislead the unskilled.
To present Ferrel’s narrative without an attempt to identify and fix with precision
the various points visited and named by the Spaniards, was deemed little less than use-
less, and accordingly an effort was made in this direction by Dr. H. C. Yarrow and the
writer. It was soon perceived that to accomplish this in a satisfactory manner our
efforts must be supplemented by the aid of some one who was personally and intimately
acquainted with the coast and who also possessed a sufficient degree of nautical knowl-
edge to follow the not always perfectly intelligible courses Jaid down. For this no one
could be more fully qualified than Lieut. Commander H. ©. Taylor, of the Navy, whose
long service on the west coast in connection with the labors of the Coast Survey has
made him perfectly familiar with nearly every cape and anchorage from the Columbia
River to Cape St. Lucas. Commander Taylor entered with a hearty codperation into
the work, and it is to his aid that the results here given are largely due.
As discovery and exploration formed important objects of Cabrillo’s eenediien
the plan followed by the Spaniards naturally was to coast along close enough to land
to afford a good view of its nature and capacities. The dangers of an unknown shore,
with its rocks and shoals, were fully guarded against by anchoring each night, which
course added materially to the closeness of the examination, while the small size of the
vessels and the danger of parting company made this precaution doubly necessary. It
VOYAGE OF CABRILLO. 295
follows that the coast was examined with a considerable degree of minuteness, and a
fair percentage of the anchorages made are described with sufficient accuracy, even
when considered without reference to the distances and latitudes given, to enable them
to be identified. Examples are Cape St. Lucas, Puerto de San Pedro [Magdalena Bay],
Isle of Zedros [Cerros Island], Isla de Juan Rodriguez, or de Posesion [San Miguel],
Cabo de Galera | Point Concepcion], and others.
While perhaps of itself of no special importance that each and every point visited
by the Spaniards should be determined, the certain identification of a sufficient number
-of these to enable a proper check of latitudes and distances to be established was all-
important, since only in this way could the most northerly point reached by the discov-
erers be ascertained.
That the latitudes designated throughout the narrative were erroneous to a greater
or less degree has been well known, but no systematic attempt appears to have been
made to ascertain the amount of error and apply the corrections. Burney prefaces his
résumé ot Herrera’s account of Cabrillo’s voyage with the statement that they—. e., the
“material parts of Cabrillo’s navigation ”—‘ afford no other than a general agreement with
the present charts,” seeming thus to imply the futility of any attempt to closely follow
him. It is probable that had Burney’s acquaintance with the coast described by Cabrillo
been more intimate, his attempt to trace the route and follow the distances given would
have met with greater success, and the above statement have been correspondingly modi-
fied. However, when giving the probable identity of the island of Santa Cruz and
Cape Mendocino, he notes a probable discrepancy in the reckoning of about two degrees
in excess. This result it is found necessary to reduce by about half a degree. ;
Upon applying the latitudes laid down in the diary to such points as could be
fixed beyond reasonable doubt, it was found that after leaving Cape St. Lucas, for which
the nearly correct parallel of 23 degrees was given, an error of about three-quarters of
a degree at once crept into the results. Thus the Point of Trinidad (Cape Tosco), the
first anchorage after rounding the cape, is placed in 25 degrees instead of, as correct,
about 244. This error was found to increase at a tolerably regular rate until near Point
Concepcion, and to the northward the discrepancy reached its limits of a full degree and
a half.
It was occasionally found necessary to make considerable allowances in the dis-
tances given between the various ports and islands touched at, as well, too, in the
dimensions of several of the latter, which are too large. Itis quite possible, however.
so far as the latter are concerned, that certain of them have decreased in size very mate-
tially since the date of the narrative, and that in this way the statements made are to
be reconciled with the present state of things. In support of this supposition, as
Lieut. Commander Taylor informs me, it is a well-known fact that at least one islet,
the existence of which was attested by its presence on an Admiralty chart of less than
fifty years ago, has been entirely swept away by wind and wave, its former site being
now indicated only by a corresponding shoal.
It is to be remarked, too, that very great precision in respect to distances was
hardly to be expected, and, indeed, was evidently not intended by the Spaniards, since
the statements in leagues are frequently qualified by the term “about.” Assuming, how-
ever, the league to represent three nautical miles, it will be found necessary to make in
most cases nothing more than a reasonable allowance for errors, while not infrequently
296 INTRODUCTORY NOTES.
the correspondence will be seen to be remarkably close. In the general facts indicated
by the descriptions of the shores along which the Spaniards sailed, there is to be noticed
a remarkable coincidence between the state of things then and now; and it thus appears
that the three centuries and more that have elapsed have witnessed comparatively slight
changes in the natural aspect of the country. This fact is of no little interest, since
the evidence thus afforded is directly opposed to the popular belief, especially as regards
the former presence of heavy coniferous forests along the shores and on the islands of
the southern portions of California. As indirect proof of this the possession by the
Indians of an abundance of large canoes has been frequently cited. But it by no means
necessarily follows that the trees which furnished the material for these grew on the
spot. In fact,the narrative of Cabrillo contains evidence implying the contrary, for in
several places attention is called not only to the canoes, but to the presence on the
shores of the islands and near San Diego of “thick and large trees” which “the sea
brought ashore”; this drift-wood, in fact, being to the explorers one of the chief indica-
tions of the “great river” flowing from the interior, for which they so eagerly sought.
These trees are described as like “‘cypresses” (probably redwoods), and as being ‘‘more
than 60 feet in length, and of such thickness that two men could not clasp one of them”.
The dimensions here indicated would, of course, more than answer the requirements of
the largest canoe, and doubtless we have in these logs the source of the islanders’ boat
material. The stranded trees mentioned probably came from the Columbia or some
other of the large streams to the northward, which now, as then, at certain seasons,
carry down immense quantities of drift. The islands are described as clothed simply
with cedars, as at present (that is, Juniperus), although it is likely that then, as
now, the canons furnished cottonwoods of large size. Nor does there appear to
be anything in the accounts of the other early Spanish explorers subsequent to
Cabrillo implying that any very marked change in the amount of timber along the
coast has taken place. Upon Vizcaino’s chart, it is true, “trees” are indicated
about San Diego, which locality is certainly not now a well-wooded one. From this
fact authors have argued an extensive deforestation here. But Ferrel not only notes
the presence of trees in this locality but is particular to inform us that they resembled
“ silk-cottonwood trees” (probably cottonwoods), which certainly never grow as exten-
sive forests. In fact, upon the Pacific slope the forests are usually composed almost
exclusively of the conifers, and had these been found, either about San Diego or upon
the islands, it appears almost certain that Ferrel would so have stated, especially as
he appears to have been careful to mention the presence of timber wherever seen,
usually, indeed, endeavoring to particularize the kind.
Nearly all the names bestowed by Cabrillo upon his discoveries are given upon
present maps ; but it is evident that none of them have been adopted with reference
to their original application, as they appear haphazard anywhere along the coast.
Vizcaino, in 1603, certainly renamed many of the points discovered by Cabrillo, and
most of the remaining appellations are probably traceable to the Spanish settlers and
priests, by whom they were doubtless given without the intention of perpetuating the
names of Cabrillo, or perhaps the slightest knowledge of their prior use by him. In
christening their discoveriés the early Spanish explorers, as also the priests and set-
tlers, kept in mind the same objects, viz, to honor the saints and the titled patrons of
VOYAGE OF CABRILLO. 297
the expeditions. Hence the remarkable duplication of names observable on all the
early eharts resulting from Spanish exploration.
The difficulties met by the Spaniards after leaving Cape Concepcion to the south,
which they did late in October, very faithfully reflect the experience of the mariner
of to-day on this coast. A succession of foul winds with cloudy weather and heavy
fogs are to be expected in the natural order of events, while, in addition, as is
evidenced by the account of snow-covered mountains thus early in the winter, the
Spanish explorers had to contend against the serious disadvantages of an wnousually,
early winter. Under such untoward circumstances, with their small and unwieldy
vessels, one being without a deck, upon a strange coast, with a crew worn and
disheartened by the privations and sufferings they had already undergone, and, added
to all, the loss of their captain, it is simply a matter for wonder that they carried
perseverance so far and achieved such remarkable results; for remarkable they must
be esteemed when are considered the means by which they were attained and the
circumstances which attended them. With reference to the latter, as remarked by
Burney, it seems singular that a voyage having for an object the examination of such
high latitudes should have been begun so late in the season, when, even with the
imperfect knowledge of the seasons on this coast possessed by the Spaniards, its
partial failure on account of winter’s storms might readily have been predicted.
It is in the account of the latter portion of the voyage around the Santa Barbara
Islands, and particularly after passing Point Concepcion, that the narrative becomes
more or less confused and difficult to follow, and that several conflicting statements
occur. Several of the Santa Barbara Islands were intentionally renamed, San Miguel,
for instance, receiving no fewer than three distinct appellations. Furthermore, the
Spaniards, in beating about, appear to have been misled by approaching the same
islands from different quarters, and thus to have been induced to rename as fresh
discoveries several of the group—facts which will sufficiently account for the some-
what confused statements that occur in the relation, and occasionally render it almost
impossible to fix with certainty the particular island mentioned.
Passing to that portion of the narrative which applies to the coast north of Point
Concepcion, it is easy to understand how the narrow Golden Gate, which permits
access to San Francisco harbor, may have been passed unperceived in a storm or fog,
But how it was possible for the Spaniards to overlook such a marked indentation as
the Bay of Monterey, to say nothing of the several minor harbors and anchorages of
this part of the coast, is beyond comprehension, especially when, as the narrative
states, they ran along all the coast, point by point, from Cabo de Pinos (Point Arenas)
to them (i. ¢., the San Lucas Islands, Santa Barbara group), and they found no harbor,
so that of necessity they had to return to the said island (San Miguel). To run along,
“point by point,” in careful search of an anchorage without finding one or more of
those indenting this coast, which, contrary to Ferrel’s statement, was well populated
by Indians, as indicated by recent archeological discoveries, seems so highly improb-
able as to demand some other explanation than the one of mere ordinary oversight.
It appears probable that, relying to some extent upon the fact that nothing like a bay
was observed on the upward trip, which, it will be remembered, was made with foul
winds, which compelled them to keep to sea much of the time, the downward passage
was really made hastily, and under the natural desire to speedily reach a known and
298 INTRODUCTORY NOTES.
safe port, where could be had the necessary water and provisions. Hence the declara-
tion that no harbor could be found was possibly made in all honesty and sincerity;
but, whether so or not, was evidently, from the care evinced in the statement, intended
to serve as an explanation, and, if necessary, an excuse, for the temporary abandon-
ment of the voyage of discovery.
With reference to the most northerly point reached by the Spaniards, there can
be no doubt but that the latitude “ about 44 degrees,” as given in the narrative, is con-
siderably too high. On the other hand, there is reason for believing that Cape Men-
docino, which has usually been considered as marking about the turning-point of the
expedition, is somewhat too low. Deducting a full degree and a half from the figures
above given, which, from a careful analysis of the distances sailed in connection with
the localities identitied, appears to represent the most. probable error, a point near the
southern border of Oregon is indicated, or 4245 degrees. It was just about here that,
the storm was encountered that caused them to finally put about and abandon the
further discovery of the coast. That Cape Mendocino was doubled there can be no
possible doubt.
Of the character and motives of the voyage of Cabrillo little need be said. Unlike
many of the expeditions sent out by the Spanish grandees, it appears to have been
prompted by a desire to extend geographical discoveries, with doubtless the primary
purpose of adding to the possessions of the Spanish Crown, and not by the insatiate
thirst for gold which urged the ‘“‘ conquerors” on their usual paths of rapine and blood-
shed. Cabrillo appears to have well deserved the character of “‘ good man” as well
as “skillful navigator” bestowed upon him by his contemporary Herrera, and his
conduct towards the natives was marked by a moderation and good-will that had their
full effect in securing for him from this naturally inoffensive and well-disposed people
a full return in kind. His untimely death doubtless had its effect in retarding the full
exploration of the coast, while probably his own account of the voyage, had he lived
to write it, would have been in every way more complete and satisfactory.
Throughout the narrative the identification of the localities visited by the Span-
jards as made are given in brackets, with, occasionally, such short notes as appear to
shed light upon the subjects mentioned, or as are rendered necessary by the doubtful
nature of the identification. These, however, have been made as brief as possible, the
diary being left to tell its own tale in its own way. It was deemed preferable to make
the translation a literal one, it being thought that whatever was gained by a rendition
into good English would be lost in other ways.
A sketch is appended to show the position of the burial places near Santa Bar-
bara in which excavations were made by the expedition, as also the location of many
other ancient burial-places and shellheaps* along the coast and on the islands, of which
the greater portion have been examined with more or less thoroughness. Numerous
as these are, it is probable that many more are still to be discovered.
It only remains to express the great obligation the expedition is under to Lieut.
Commander Taylor for the assistance which, not alone upon this, but upon other
occasions, his courtesy has prompted him to extend.
*The term ‘‘mound” as used upon the map is to be understood as applying only to shell mounds and
refuse heaps, and not to true mounds in the sense of the term as applied to the tumuli of the Mississippi
Valley.
Oren em
SATIN #° TTVOS
aloof S°7PIG2) JO WOKUT AY OYA UWoOLF
BALD SISPYUTUPLYT UL SPWDAL CYT,
ee ee ee
PPUNUOLO SOM Y [HINT PUM spunoyr -T LON
pryporuapy 4
<a
‘. (pnts)
aula © FOG OPY UPS sen, ey
€
Snr>,
(2 a} nq) $044 Ie S305 7
~asvoun 2) say Ip gary)
- BANQUoAnten] E-
purunypos <4
STI. ea ras ; 7 (2uapng op 07n?)
\ DLA e worming grany
{Ws Neck VE PINS
SSUNVTIST DNTATLIO ®
‘LSVO) VINUOUITVO HLAOS aos ye OS <a
Ml NO i ; Ve ake a vues
‘SHOW d IVRIAE PUP SCNAOK be:
SHOV Id TVR Pur SCN!
quansupy jo sanyo LuaMous
APM HALAS
sO OE AES NVICMTYANOOL SAL OSS SAMAMOS TVOIHdIVA9OND Ss ‘1
Bip) |
muah
t
eg
DEM WH TIS eee SE Ge
VOYAGE OF CABRILLO. 301
This port is in 28} long degrees, (a little over 28} degrees) ; the land is high and rugged
and bare; from California to this place we have seen no Indian.
Wednesday, on the 2d of the said month, they departed from this port, and the
wind was contrary, and they proceeded beating ; they cast anchor at an island which
is 4 leagues [actually 3] distant from the southeast side of the island of Zedros, and
they named this island San Esteban | Natividad]. With the extremity of the point of
the mainland running east and west, the coast is northwest and southeast; it is a
league from the mainland; from this point [Point Eugenio] the mainland turns the
coast towards the northeast and makes a large creek, so that the land does not appear.
Between the island and the mainland there is a good channel, and they had to pass
close to the island, for there are shoals which extend in a ridge from the point for a
quarter of a league. There is much vegetation on the water, which grows from the
bottom and is tangled beneath the surface [kelp]. This island [7. e. Natividad] runs
with San Pedro Vincula northwest and southeast; this island has 3 leagues in
compass. We were at this island with the wind contrary until the following Saturday,
the 5th of the said month of August. It has a good port on the side of the southeast.
There is much fishing with a hook, and many birds are found.
They departed from the island of San Esteban Saturday, the 5th of August, and
anchored at the island of Zedros [ Cerros Island], where they remained until Thursday,
the 10th of the said month, taking in water and wood. They found no Indians,
although they found some sign of them. ‘The leeward point of this island on the south
side is in 29 degrees, and it has on this south side good ports and water and wood, and
it is on this part bare, as it has only some small shrubs [so at present]. The island is
large and high and bare, and runs almost east and west [at present north and south],
and is on this side of the south 12 leagues in length [the island is much smaller than
is here given).
They departed from the island of Zedros on Thursday, the 10th day of the said
month of August, to pursue their voyage, and proceeded on the side of the mainland,
sailing to the north. They went this day about 10 leagues, and the following Friday
cast anchor in a port which they called Puerto de Santa Clara [Playa Maria Bay]; it
is a good port. They landed and found four Indians, who fled. This port is in 30
degrees scant; it runs with the island of Zedros, northeast and southwest, and this
coast runs from the port towards the creek north-northwest and south-southeast.
The coast is clean and soundable; the land is bare and is not rugged. It has plains
and valleys. They were in this port until Sunday, the 13th of the said month, on
account of foul winds.
Sunday, the 15th of the said month, they departed from this: port and went sail-
ing along the coast with slack winds, anchoring each night; and the following Tuesday
they cast anchor on a point which forms an inlet, which is in 304 degrees; it affords
very little shelter; they called it Punta del Mal Abrigo (Point of Bad Protection)
| Point Canoas}.
The Wednesday following they were sailing along the coast, and had a heavy
northwest wind, which was contrary, and they lay by at night without making any
progress; and the following Thursday they held on with heavy rains and adverse
winds and calms, so that they made no headway, and this following night they had
much wind from the west-northwest, and lay by; and the following Friday they pro-
302 VOYAGE OF CABRILLO.
ceeded with fair winds, and they found themselves to windward of the Point of Mal
Abrigo 6 leagues; and so they held on until the following Saturday, the 19th of the
said month, when they cast anchor off a small island which is half a league from the
mainland. It may be 10 leagues from the Point of Mal Abrigo; it is in 30} degrees ;
it has good anchorage and good shelter; they called it San Bernardo [@eronimo
Island]; it extends one league north and south [actually one mile]. The coast of the
mainland runs north-northwest and south-southeast, and is a clean coast. The land
within is of very good appearance and level, and there are good valleys and some
trees, and the rest is bare. They did not find these days a sign of Indians.
Sunday, the 20th of said month of August, they departed from the island of San
Bernardo, and approached Punta del Engaiio (Point Deception), which is seven leagues
from this island, which point is in 31 degrees. [This point noted, but no name on present
Coast Survey charts.|
The coast of the point toward the island runs north-northwest, south-southeast.
On Punta del Engado the land is not high, and appears in itself a good and level land.
The ridges are bare. We saw no sign of Indians; and so they continued sailing until
the next Monday, following the coast to the north and the northeast; and about 10
leagues from Punta del Engano they discovered a good port, in which they anchored,
and took in water and wood. It is in 314 degrees. It is a port suitable for making
some repairs for the ships, placing them under the mountain.
The following Tuesday the captain, Juan Rodriguez Cabrillo, went on shore and
took possession of it in the name of His Majesty and of the most illustrious Senor D.
Antonio de Mendoza, and gave it the name of Puerto de la Posesion [Port St. Quen-
tin]. He found a lake which has three large* t——; and they found some Indian
fishermen, who immediately fled. They took one of them, and, giving him certain
presents, they released him, and he went off. The land in the interior is high and
rugged and has good valleys, and appears to be a good country, although it is bare.
They were on shore here until Sunday, the 27th of said month, repairing the sails and
obtaining a supply of water; and Thursday they saw certain smokes and went there
with the boat and found about thirty Indian fishermen, who were peaceable, and they
brought to the ship a boy and two Indian women, to whom they gave clothing and
presents and let them go; from whom they could understand nothing by signs.
The following Friday, going to take in water, they found at the watering-place
certain Indians, who were peaceable, and these showed them a pond of water anda
salt pit which contained much, and they said by signs that they had not their habita-
tion there, but in the interior, and that there were many people. This same day, in
the evening, five Indians came to the shore, whom they brought to the ships, and
they appeared intelligent Indians; and entering in the ship they took note of the
Spaniards who were there and counted them, and made signs that they had seen other
men like them, who had beards, and who brought dogs and cross-bows and swords.t
* An equal blank in the original. Reference probably made to ‘‘three large” villages.
+ See also many other similar references beyond. As there was no expedition in the interior con-
temporaneous with Cabrillo’s it is evident that the Spaniards were misled as to the date of presence
of these ‘‘bearded” white men, of which they here for the first time received notice, as they doubt-
less were, too, in their evident belief that the Indians were eye-witnesses of what they narrated, the
sign-language here, as elsewhere, leading to error. Ulloa’s and Alarcon’s explorations in the Gulf of
VOYAGE OF CABRILLO. 303
The Indians came anointed with a white bitumen on the thighs and body and arms,
and they had the bitumen applied in the manner of slashes, so that they appeared like
men in slashed doublets and hose; and they made signs that five days’ journey thence
were the Spaniards. And they made signs that there were many Indians, and that
they had much maize and many parrots.* They came covered with deer-skins, and
some had the deer-skins dressed in the manner in which the Mexicans dress the skins
which they carry in the cutters. It is an advanced and well-disposed people. They
carry bows and arrows like those of New Spain, the arrows tipped with flints. The
captain gave them a letter, which they should carry to the Spaniards who they said
were in the interior.
They departed from this Puerto de la Posesion, Sunday, the 27th of the said
month of August, and sailing on their course found an island 2 leagues from the main-
land; it is uninhabited; there is a good port in it; they gave it the name of San Agus-
tin [ St. Martin]; it contains 2 leagues in circumference; and so they held on along the
coast with slack winds, plying to windward, until the following Wednesday, the 30th
of said month, which gave them much wind from the northwest, which made them put
into the island of San Agustin. In this island they found some sign of people, and two
cow-horns {see foot-note, page 307], and very large trees which the sea had cast there,
which had more than 60 feet in length, and were of such thickness that two men could
not clasp one of them; these appeared to be cypresses, and there were cedars. There
was a large quantity of this wood; it contains nothing else. Ifa good port, it is not a
valuable island; they were in this island until the following Sunday.
On Sunday, the 3d day of the month of September, they departed from the said
island of St. Agustin, and proceeded, sailing on their course, and the following Monday
they cast anchor about 7 leagues distant on the weather shore, on a coast running north
and soutii; and immediately they set sail and held on their course with fair and light
winds, on a coast running north and south until Thursday, the 7th day of the said
month of September, when they cast auchor in a creek which the land forms [Todos
Santos Bay|; and here ends the coast, which runs north and south and turns to the
northwest. On this creek there is a large valley, and the land is level on the coast, and
within are high ridges, and rugged land good in appearance. All the coast is bold and
with a smooth bottom, as at half a league trom land they were at anchor in 10 fathoms ;
here there is much vegetation on the water [kelp].
On the Friday following, on the 8th of the said month, they held on with slack
winds, plying to windward, and they found here contrary currents; they cast anchor at
a point which forms a cape, and atfords.a good shelter from the west-northwest; they
California, 1539 and 1540, the latter of whom sailed some distance up the Colorado, may have furnished
these Indians the first meager accounts of the existence of a race of men different from their own.
With little doubt, however, it was to the expedition of Coronado in search of the seven cities of Cibola
in 1540, discovered the year previous by Friar Marcos de Niza, that these special references were made.
The horses and strange weapons, as well as the savage warfare waged by Coronado against the oppos-
ing tribes, were well calculated to make a deep impression; and no one aware of the celerity with which
news is transmitted by means of Indian runners will be surprised that the full knowledge of such
important events had long before reached the coast tribes, but four or five hundred miles distant.
* The Pueblo Indians are now, and doubtless were then, in the habit of keeping birds in captiv-
ity, chiefly birds of prey, to obtain the feathers for ornamental and ceremonial purposes. The birds in-
dicated were doubtless not ‘‘ parrots,” whatever they were, as this region is entirely out of the range of
the parrot family.
304 VOYAGE OF CABRILLO.
gave it the name of Cabo de San Martin [apparently no name for this cape at present] ;
there is an edge of land on both sides; here some high sierras which come behind
throw out spurs and begin other small sierras. There is a large valley and many others;
in appearance it is good land; it is in 324 degrees, and isa clean port and soundable; it
runs with the island of San Agustin north and south.
Being at this Cabo de San Martin, they went on shore for water, and found a small
lagoon with sweet water, where they procured water, and at this watering-place came
forty Indians with their bows and arrows; they could not understand each other ; they
came naked; they brought roasted agaves to eat [probably either Agave Shawii or
Yucca Whipplei, both being indigenous to this region| and fish; it is an advanced race;
here they took possession ; they were at this cape until the following Monday.
Monday, on the 8th of the said month, they departed from Cabo de San Martin
and sailed about 4 leagues on a coast running from north-northeast to south-southwest, *
and thence the coast turns to the northwest. The land is lofty and bare; and the day
following they sailed also with foul winds about 4 leagues on a coast running from
northwest to southeast. On the land there are high and broken sierras ; and the follow-
ing Thursday they cast anchor at about 3 leagues in advance at a point which projects
into the sea, which forms a cape on both sides; they called it Cabo de Cruz; itis in 33
degrees; there is no water nor wood, nor did they find any signs of Indians.
Having departed from Cabo de la Cruz, they found themselves the following
Saturday 2 leagues from Cabo de la Cruz on account of the foul winds on a coast from
north-northwest to south-southeast, and on shore they saw Indians in some very small
canoes. The land is very lofty and bare and dry. All the land from the extremity of
California to this place is sandy like the sea-beach. Here begins land of another char-
acter, as it is a country of beautiful vegetation and better appearance, like orchards.
Sunday, on the 17th day of the said month, they set sail to pursue their voyage,
and about 6 leagues from Cabo de Cruz they found a good port well inclosed, and to
arrive there they passed by a small island which is near the mainland. In this port
they obtained water in a little pond of rain-water, and there are groves resembling
silk-cotton trees, except that it is a hard wood. They found thick and tall trees which
the sea brought ashore. This port was called San Mateo [San Diego Bay]. It is a
good country in appearance. There are large cabins, and the herbage like that of
Spain, and the land is high and rugged. They saw herds of animals like flocks of
sheep, Which went together by the hundred or more, which resembled in appearance
and movement Peruvian sheep, and with long wool. They have small horns of a span
in length and as thick as the thumb, and the tail is broad and round and of the length
of a palm.* It is in 334 degrees. They took possession of it. They were in this port
until the following Saturday.
Saturday, the 23d of the said month, they departed from the said port of San
Mateo and sailed along the coast until the folowing Monday, in which time they made
* The animal here described seems to have been the product of about equal parts of fact and
imagination. Without the wool the account would apply tolerably well to the antelope (Antilocapra
americana), which it probably was. The only animal with a woolly fleece indigenous to this region is
the mountain goat (Aplocerus montana), but this animal inhabits only the highest mountains, and hence
could not have fallen under the observation of the Spaniards. The last statement applies, too, to the
mountain sheep (Ovis montana), the remarkable horns of which are besides not at all indicated in the
foregoing description.
VOYAGE OF CABRILLO. 300
about 18 leagues. They saw very beautiful valleys and groves, and a country flat and
rough, and they did not see Indians.
On the Tuesday and Wednesday following they sailed along the coast about 8
leagues and passed by some three uninhabited islands.* One of them is larger than
the others, and extends 2 entire leagues, and forms a shelter from the west winds.
They are 3 leagues from the mainland; they are in 34 degrees. This day they saw
on land great signal smokes. It is a good land in appearance, and there are great
valleys, and in the interior there are high ridges. They called them Las Islas Desiertas
(the Desert Isles.)
The Thursday following they proceeded about 6 leagues by a coast running
north-northwest and discovered a port inclosed and very good, to which they gave the
name of San Miguel [San Pedro Bay]. It is in 344 degrees; and after anchoring in it
they went on shore, which had people, three of whom remained and all the others fled.
To these they gave some presents; and they said by signs that in the interior had
passed people like the Spaniards. They manifested much fear. This same day at
night they went on shore from the ships to fish with a net, and it appears that there
were here some Indians, and they began to discharge arrows and wounded three men.
The next day in the morning they entered further within the port, which is large,
with the boat, and brought away two boys, who understood nothing by signs, and
they gave them both shirts and immediately sent them away.
And the following day, in the morning, there came to the ship three large In-
dians, and by signs they said that there were traveling in the interior men like us,
with beards, and clothed and armed like those of the ships, and they made signs that
they carried cross-bows and swords, and made gestures with the right arm as if they
were throwing lances, and went running in a posture as if riding on horseback, and
made signs that they killed many of the native Indians, and that for this they were
afraid.t This people are well disposed and advanced; they go covered with the skins
of animals. Being in this port there passed a very great tempest, but on account of
the port’s being good they suffered nothing. It was a violent storm from the west-
southwest and south-southwest. This is the first storm which they have experienced.
They were in this port until the following Tuesday. Here Christians were called
Guacamal.
The following Tuesday, on the 3d day of the month of October, they departed
from this port of San Miguel, and Wednesday and Thursday and Friday they pro-
ceeded on their course about eighteen leagues along the coast, on which they saw
many valleys and much level ground and many large smokes, and, in the interior,
sierras. They were at dusk near some islands, which are about seven leagues from
the mainland, and because the wind was becalmed they could not reach them this
night.
Saturday, the 7th day of the month of October, they arrived at the islands at
*Tf the islands here mentioned still exist they doubtless are San Clemente and Catalina, the lat-
ter of which always appears to the passing mariner as two islands on account of a depression, which
has the effect of cutting it intwo. Both these islands, however, were unquestionably inhabited by a
considerable population, as is evidenced by the extensive collections of implements, etc., recently made
here, many of them of considerable antiquity. Failing perhaps to discover smoke or other signs of
human habitation, the Spaniards took it for granted they were ‘“ uninhabited,” and hence passed by
without landing.
tReference probably here made to Coronado’s expedition in 1540.
20 OL
306 VOYAGE OF CABRILLO.
daybreak, which they named San Salvador [Santa Cruz] and La Vittoria [| Anacapa, ]
and they anchored off one of them, and they went with the boat on shore to see if there
were people there, and as the boat came near there issued a great quantity of Indians
trom among the bushes and grass, yelling and dancing and making signs that they
should come ashore; and they saw that the women were running away, and from the
boats they made signs that they should have no fear, and immediately they assumed
confidence and laid on the ground their bows and arrows, and they launched a good
canoe in the water, which held eight or ten Indians, and they came to the ships. They
gave them beads and little presents, with which they were delighted, and they pres-
ently went away. The Spaniards afterwards went ashore and were very secure, they
and the Indian women and all. Here an old Indian made signs to them that on the
mainland men were journeying, clothed and with beards like the Spaniards. They
were in this island only until noon.
The following Sunday, on the 8th of the said month, they came near the main-
land in a great bay, which they named la Bahia de los fumos [Bahia Ona Bay ;
recently named Monica Bay] on account of the numerous smokes which they saw upon
it. Here they held intercourse with some Indians, whom they took in a canoe, who
made signs that towards the north there were Spaniards like them. This bay is in 35
degrees, and it is a good port, and the country is good, with many valleys and plains
and trees.
The following Monday, on the 9th day of the said month of October, they de-
parted from la Bahia de los fwegos, and proceeded this day about 6 leagues, and
anchored in a large inlet [laguna near Point Mugu], and they passed on thence the
following day, Tuesday, and proceeded about 8 leagues on a coast northwest and
southeast, and we saw on the land a village of Indians near the sea, and the houses
large in the manner of those of New Spain; and they anchored in front of a very large
valley on the coast. Here came to the ships many very good canoes which held in
each one twelve or thirteen Indians, and they gave them notice of Christians who were
journeying in the interior. The coast is from northwest to southeast. Here they gave
them some presents, with which they were much pleased. They made signs that in
seven days they could go where the Spaniards were traveling, and Juan Rodriguez
was determined to send two Spaniards to the interior. They also made signs that
there was a great river. With these Indians they sent a letter at a venture to the
Christians. They gave name to this village of el Pueblo de las Canoas (the Village
of Canoes). [Near Buenaventura. ‘Pueblo de las Canoas” has usually been identified with
Santa Barbara, but the distance places it below that point, while the beautiful valley de-
scribed certainly does not apply to the location of Santa Barbara, which can scarcely be said
tobe in a valley at all. The Santa Clara Valley and mountains agree exactly with the
description.| They go covered with some skins of animals; they are fishers and eat
the fish raw; they also eat agaves. This village is in 354 degrees. The country
within is a very beautiful valley, and they made signs that there was in that valley
much maize and much food. There appear within this valley some sierras very high,
and the land is very rugged. They call the Christians Taquimine. Here they took
possession ; here they remained until Friday, the 135th day of the said month.
Friday, the 13th day of the said month of October, they departed from Pueblo de
las Canoas on their voyage, and proceeded this day 6 or 7 leagues, and passed two large
VOYAGE OF CABRILLO. 307
islands which extend 4 leagues each one, and are 4 leagues from the continent. They
are uninhabited, because there is no water in them [the account is doubtless in error here ;
these islands must be identical with others mentioned farther on as inhabited] and they have
good ports. The coast of the mainland runs west-northwest; the country is level, with
many cabins and trees; and the following Saturday they continued on their course,
and proceeded 2 leagues, no more, and they anchored opposite a valley very beauti-
ful and very populous, the land being level, with many trees. Here came canoes with
fish to barter; they remained great friends.
And the Sunday following, the 15th day of the said month, they held on their
voyage along the coast about 10 leagues, and there were always many canoes, for all
the coast is very populous, and many Indians were continually coming aboard the ships,
and they pointed out to us the villages and named them by their names, which are Xucu,
Bis, Sopono, Alloc, Xabaagua, Xotococ, Potoltuc, Nacbuc, Quelqueme, Misinagua,®
Misesopano, Elquis, Coloc, Mugu, Xagua, Anacbue, Partocae, Susuquey, Quanmu, Gua,
Asimu, Aguin, Casalic, Tucumu, Incpupu. All these villages extend from the first,
Pueblo de las Canoas, which is called Xucu, as far as this place; they are in a very good
country, with very good plains and many trees and cabins; they go clothed with skins;
they said that inland there were many towns, and much maize at three days’ distance ;
they call the maize Oep; and also that there were many cows.* They call the cows
Cae; they also gave us notice of some people with beards, and clothed. They passed
this day along the shore of a large island which is 15 leagues in length, and they said
that it was very populous, and that it contained the following villages: Niquipos, Maxul,
Xugua, Nitel, Macamo, Nimitopal. They named the island San Lucas [Santa Rosa];
itis from this place to Pueblo de las Canoas 18 leagues; the island is from the conti-
nent 6 leagues.
Monday, the 16th day of the said month, sailing along the coast they proceeded 4
leagues, and anchored in the evening opposite two villages [Dos Pueblos]; and also this
day canoes were continually coming to the ships, and they made signs that further on
there were canoes much larger.
The Tuesday following, the 17th day of the said month, they proceeded 3 leagues
with fair weather, and there were with the ship from daybreak many canoes, and the cap-
tain continually gave them many presents; and all this coast where they have passed is
very populous ; they brought them a large quantity of fresh sardines very good; they say
that inland there are many villages and much food; these did not eat any maize; they
went clothed with skins, and wear their hair very long and tied up with cords very long
and placed within the hair, and these strings have many small daggers attached of flint
and wood and bone [many of which were excavated by the survey party, in 1875, from
the graves|. The land is very excellent in appearance.
Wednesday, the 18th day of the said month, they went running along the coast
until 10 o’clock, aud saw all the coast populous, and because a fresh wind sprung up
canoes did not come. They came near a point which forms a cape like a galley, and
they named it Cabo de Galera [Point Concepcion], and it is in a little over 36 degrees ;
*The animals here mentioned, and which were understood by the Spaniards to be cows, were
doubtless bisons, which formerly ranged to the eastern foot-hills of the Sierras, and accounts of which, if
not skins, must have reached the coast tribes. _Althongh cows were introduced into the New World by
Columbus, and into Mexico as early as 1525, it was not until many years afterward, upon the perma-
nent settlement of California by the Spaniards, that these domestic animals found their way here.
308 VOYAGE OF CABRILLO.
and because there was a fresh northwest wind they: stood off from the shore and dis-
covered two islands, the one large, which has 8 leagues of coast running east and west
[Santa Rosa, but with only 5 leagues of coast running as described], the other has 4
leagues [San Miguel, with only 2 leagues], and in this small one there is a good port
[ Cuyler’s Harbor], and they are peopled; they are 10 leagues from the continent ; they
are called las Islas de San Lucas. [Zhe name is here applied to but two islands, but sub-
sequently the whole group appears to have been thus designated.| From the mainland to
Cabo de Galera it runs west by northeast, and from Pueblo de las Canoas to Cabo de
Galera there is a very populous province, and they call it Xexu; it has many lan-
guages different from each other; they have many great wars with each other; it is from
El] Pueblo de las Canoas to El] Cabo de Galera 30 leagues; they were in these islands
until the folowing Wednesday, because it was very stormy.
Wednesday, the 25th day of the said month, they departed from the said islands,
from the one which was more to the windward; it has a very good port, so that from
all the storms of the sea no damage will be suffered by those within its shelter; they
called it La Posesion [San Miguel previously with Santa Rosa called las Islas de San
Incas]. This day they advanced little, as the wind was not favorable; and in the
middle of the following night they had a wind, south-southwest and west-southwest,
with rain, so that they saw themselves in difficulty, for it was a side wind and they
were near the land, and they could not double the cape on one side or the other [they
were probably between Point Arguello and Concepcion]; and the following Thursday
at vespers the wind sheered off to the south, and they proceeded on their course 10
leagues on a coast running north-northwest and south-southeast; all this coast is
inhabited and in appearance good land; this night they kept out to sea, for they had
a side wind, and the Friday and Saturday and Sunday following they were beating
about from one side to the other with foul winds, and could gain nothing, and they
were in 364 degrees, 10 leagues from Cabo de Galera [off San Luis Obispo]; and in
the same manner they held on Monday and Tuesday to the 31st day of the said month,
the eve of All Saints’ Day, beating about on one side and the other; and they wished
to approack the mainland in search of a great river of which they had notice, which
was on the other side of Cabo de Galera, and because there were on land many marks
of rivers, and they found no river. {The great river for which they were constantly on
the watch, and of which they evidently received confused and perplexing accounts from the
Indians, was probably the Colorado. Its proximity renders certain the supposition that
the Indians were well aware of the wonderful river, its whereabouts being evidently wholly
misinterpreted by the Spaniards.| Nor did they anchor here for the coast was very bold.
They found during this month on this coast the weather as in Spain, from 34 degrees
and upwards, and with much cold mornings and evenings, and with storms, dark and
cloudy weather, and the air heavy.
Wednesday, at midnight, on the Ist day of November, standing off, a heavy
wind from the north-northwest struck them, which did not let them carry a palm of .
sail, and by the dawn of day freshened so much that they could do no less than seek
shelter, and they took shelter under Cabo de Galera, and anchored there and went on
shore, and because there was a large town which they call Xexo, and wood did not
appear to be very much at hand, they agreed to go to Pueblo de las Sardinas [ Goletta
Anchorage], because there water and wood were very near and accessible; they called
VOYAGE OF CABRILLO. 309
this harbor of Galera Puerto de Todos Santos [Coxvo Anchorage]. The following
Thursday they went to Pueblo de las Sardinas, where they were taking in water and
wood three days, and the natives of the country aided them and brought wood and
water to the ships. This village of the Puerto de Sardinas is called Cicacut, and the
others, which are from that place to Cabo de Galera are, Ciucut, Anacot’, Maquinanoa,
Paltatre, Anacoat, Olesino, Caacat*®, Paltocac, Tocane, Opia, Opistopia, Nocos, Yutum,
Quiman, Micoma, Garomisopona. An old Indian woman is princess of these villages,
who came to the ships and slept two nights in the captain’s ship, and the same did
many Indians. The village of Ciucut appeared to be capital of the other villages, as
they came there from other villages at the call of that princess; the village which is
at the cape is called Xexo. From this port to Pueblo de las Canoas there is another
province which they call Xucu°; they have their houses round and covered very well
down to the ground; they go covered with skins of many kinds of animals; they eat
oak acorns, and a grain which is as large as maize, and is white, of which they make
dumplings ; it is good food. They say that inland there is much maize, and that men
like us are traveling there; this port is in 352 degrees.
Monday, the 6th of the said month of November, they departed from the said
port of Sardinas, and that day they made hardly any progress, and until the following
Friday they held on with very little wind. This day we reached Cabo de Galera ;
through all this course they could not avail themselves of Indians who came to board
them with water and fish and showed much good disposition; they have in their villages
their large public squares, and they have an inclosure like a circle, and around the
inclosure they have many blocks of stone fastened in the ground, which issue about
three palms, and in the middle of the inclosures they have many sticks of timber
driven into the ground like masts, and very thick; and they have many pictures on
these same posts, and we believe that they worship them, for when they dance they go
dancing around the inclosure. [See Introduction, Part I, page 27.]
The Saturday following, the day of San Martin, on the 11th day of the said
month of November, they proceeded, sailing along the land, and they found themselves
this morning 12 leagues from the cape, in the same place where they arrived first [i. e.
off San Luis Obispo\; and all this day they had a good wind so that they sailed along
a coast running northwest and southeast full 20 leagues; all this coast which they
passed this day is a bold coast without any harbor, and there extends a chain (cordillera)
of sierras along the whole of it, very lofty, and it is as high by the sea as on the land
within; the sea beats upon it [this description applies exactly to the coast between Cape
Saint Martin and Point Sur]; they saw no population nor smokes, and all the coast,
which has no shelter on the north, is uninhabited; they named the sierras las Sierras
de San Martin; they are in 374 degrees; the spurs of these and of the sierras on the
northwest form a cape which projects into the sea in 38 degrees; they named it Cabo
de Martin [Point Sur]. This same night of Saturday, at four o’clock in the night,
being in the sea about 6 leagues from the coast, lying by waiting for the day, with a
southeast wind, so great a storm struck them from the southwest and the south-south-
west with rain and dark cloudy weather, that they could not keep up a handbreadth
of sail, and it made them run with a small foresail, with much labor, all the night, and
the Sunday following the tempest fell upon them with much greater violence, which
continued that day and night until the following Monday at noon, and the storm was
310 VOYAGE OF CABRILLO.
as great as can be experienced in Spain. On Saturday night they lost sight of their
consort.
Monday, the 13th day of the said month of November, at the hour of vespers,
the weather cleared up and the wind veered to the west, and immediately they put on
sail and went in search of their consort at the turn of the land, praying to God that
they might discover her, as they much feared that she would be lost; they were
running to the north and to the north-northwest with the wind west and west-north-
west; and the following Tuesday at daybreak they had sight of the land, and they
were able to hold on until the evening, and they could see that the land was very high,
and they cruised along the coast to see if there was any port where they might take
shelter; and so great was the swell of the sea that it was fearful to behold; and the
coast was bold, and the sierras very lofty, and at evening they lay by at anchor ; it is
a coast running from northwest to southeast ; they perceived the land at a point which
projects into the sea which forms a cape, and the point is covered with trees, and is in
40 degrees [Point de Arenas].
Wednesday, the 15th of the said month, they had sight of their consort, for which
they gave many thanks to God, as they considered her lost; and they came up with
her and joined her at evening. They of the other ship endured more danger and risk
than those of the captain’s vessel, on account of its being small and having no deck.
This land where they were sailing is to appearance very good, but they saw no Indians
nor smokes. There are grand sierras covered with snow; there are many trees. At
night they lowered the sails and lay by.
On the following Thursday, the 16th of the said month of November, at daybreak,
they were upon a large inlet [Bodega Bay?], which came from a turn of the ‘shore,
which appeared to have a port and a river, and they went beating about this day and
the night and the Friday following, until they saw that there was no river nor any
harbor; and to take possession they cast anchor in 45 fathoms. They did not dare to
land on account of the high sea. This creek is in a little over 39 degrees, and it is
all covered with pines to the sea. They gave it the name of la Bahia de los Pinos
| Bodega Bay]. The following night they lay by until the next day.
The following Saturday they were running along the coast, and they found them-
selves at night off el Cabo de San Martin. All the coast they passed from this day is
very bold, and there is a great swell of the sea, and the land is very lofty; there are
mountains which rise to the sky and the sea beats upon them. While sailing near the
land it appears as if they would fall upon the ships; they are covered with snow to
the summit. They gave them the name of las Sierras Nevadas [the Sierra Nevada
thus christened], and the principal one forms a cape, which projects into the sea, which
they named Cabo de Nieve [not identifiable]. The coast runs north-northwest and
south-southeast. It does not appear that Indians inhabit this coast. This Cabo de
Nieve is in 382 degrees, and always when it blew from the northwest it made the
weather fair and clear.
Thursday, on the 23d day of the month, they approached on a backward course
the islands of San Lucas [the group collectively here meant], and one of them named
la Posesion [San Miguel]; and they ran along all the coast, point by point, from el
Cabo de Pinos to them, and they found no harbor, so that of necessity they had to
return to the said island, on account of having these days a very high west-northwest
wind, and the swell of the sea was very great. From Cabo de Martin to Cabo de Pinos
VOYAGE OF CABRILLO. aula
we saw no Indians, because of the coast’s being bold and without harbor and rugged ;
and on the southeast side of Cabo de Martin for 15 leagues they found the country
inhabited, and many smokes, for the land is good; but from el Cabo de Martin as far
as to 40 degrees we saw no sign of Indians. El Cabo de San Martin is in 374 degrees.
While wintering in this Isla de Posesion [San Miguel], on the 3d day of January,
1545, departed from this present life Juan Rodriguez Cabrillo, captain of the said
ships, from a fall which he had on the same island at the former time when they were
there, by which he broke an arm near the shoulder. He left for captain the chief pilot,
who was one Bartolome Ferrelo, a native of the Levant; and he charged them much
at the time of his death that they should not give up the discovery, as far as possible,
of all that coast. They named the island la Isla de Juan Rodriguez.* The Indians
call this island Liquimuymu, and another they call Nicalque, and the other they
call Limu. In this island de Ja Posesion there are two villages; the one is called
Zaco” and the other Nimollollo. On one of the other islands there are three vil-
lages; one they call Nichochi, and another Coycoy, and the other Estocoloco. On
the other island there are eight villages, which are, Miquesesquelua, Poele, Pisqueno,
Pualnacatup, Patiquiu, Patiquilid, Ninumu, Muoe, Pilidquay, Lilibeque.
The Indians of these islands are very poor. They are fishermen; they eat noth-
ing but fish; they sleep on the ground; all their business and employment is to fish.
In each house they say there are fifty souls. They live very swinishly; they go naked.
They were in these islands from the 23d of November to the 19th of January. In all
this time, which was almost two months, there were very hard wintry storms on the
land and the sea. The winds which prevailed most were west-southwest and south-
southwest and west-northwest. The weather was very tempestuous.
Friday, the 19th day of the month of January, 1543, they set sail from the island
of Juan Rodriguez, which is called Liquimuymu by the natives [San Miguel], to go to
the mainland in quest of some supplies of provisions for their voyage, and in leaving
the port a heavy storm from the west-northwest struck them, which made them put into
the other island of San Lucas, and they anchored off the island of Limun, to which they
gave the name of San Salvador [Santa Cruz], and they found it necessary to weigh
anchor again because it had no port more under the shelter of the islands, and the
wind veered round obliquely, and they sailed round these islands eight days with the
winds very foul, sheltering themselves by the islands from the bad weather; and on
the 27th day of the said month they entered the same port of the island of Juan Rod-
riguez where they were before. The greatest obstacle they had was because the
winds were not fixed, but went veering about from one to another. Those which are
most constant are from the west-northwest and from the west-southwest.
Tuesday, the 29th day of the said month of January, they departed from the island
of Juan Rodriguez [San Miguel] for the island of San Lucas [Santa Rosa here intended ;
although the confusion resulting from the Spaniards’ having named and renamed certain
ones of the group renders it difficult to fix them with precision], which is in the middle of
the others, to take up certain anchors which they had left in a storm, not being able
to raise them, which they took, and took in water.
* The three centuries and more that have elapsed have witnessed great changes in the appearance
of the island of San Mignel, evidently then well populated. It has become barren and desolate in the
extreme by reason of the drifted sand, which lies on it to the depth of many feet, and which will
doubtless always preserve the secret of Cabrillo’s grave,
32 : VOYAGE OF CABRILLO.
They departed from this island of San Lucas Monday, the 12th day of the month
of February, which they could not do sooner on account of the bad weather, which
gave them winds and much snow. It is inhabited, and the people are like those of the
other island. The Indians call it Nicalque. There are three villages in it, which are
called Nicochi, Coycoy, Coloco. This day they went to Puerto de las Sardinas [ Goletta
Anchorage], to take in wood and other things necessary for their voyage, as they were
not to be obtained on those islands.
Wednesday, the 14th day of the said month, they departed from El Puerto de
Sardinas, having taken a boat-load of wood, and they did not dare to remain longer
there on account of the great swell of the sea; they did not find so many Indians as
before, nor any fishing on account of the winter; the natives eat oak acorns and other
seeds and herbs of the field without cooking. From this place they proceeded to the
island of San Salvador [Santa Cruz], because they were there more secure from the
storms, that they might be able to make sail and run along by the sea.
Sunday, the 18th day of the said month of February, they departed from the isl-
and of San Salvador with a moderate wind to the northeast, and they ran along to the
southwest, because they were told that there were other islands toward the southwest ;
they were at dusk this day about 12 leagues from the island of San Salvador, and they
saw six islands, some large and others small. [The southern members of the Santa
Barbara group, of which there are actually but five; but Santa Catalina has the appear-
ance of being cut in two.| This day a sailor died, and the -foHowing Monday, at day-
break, they were at sea about 10 leagues to the windward of the islands, and with the
wind west-northwest they were standing off five days to the southwest, and after they
had proceeded about a hundred leagues they found the wind more violent and the sea
high ; and Thursday, the 22d day of the said month of February, they again stood in-
shore to endeavor to reach Cabo de Pinos [Point de Arenas], with the wind south-
southeast, which continued three days, and was increasing each day; and the Sunday
following, at daybreak, they gained sight of Cabo de Pinos, and they were this day at
dusk 20 leagues to windward on a coast running northwest and southeast, and it is bold
and without harbor; there was no smoke seen on the land, and they saw a point which
formed the extremity of the land which turned the coast to the northwest; in the mid-
dle of the night the wind suddenly shifted to the south-southwest, and they ran to the
west-northwest until day, and in the morning the wind shifted to the west-southwest
with great violence, which held on until the folowing Tuesday; they ran to the north-
west.
Tuesday, the 27th day of the said month, the wind veered to the south-southwest,
which held on all day ; they ran to the west-northwest with the foresails lowered, for
it blew violently; at the approach of night the wind shifted to the west; they ran all
night to the south with but few sails; there was a Mgh sea which washed over them.
The Wednesday following, the 28th day of the said month, at daybreak, the wind
shifted directly to the southwest, and it did not blow hard. This day they took the
latitude in 43 degrees. [Allowing the necessary error of a degree and a half, this would
place the ships somewhat above Cape Mendocino.| Towards night the wind freshened
and shifted to the south-southwest. They ran this night to the west-northwest
with much difficulty, and Thursday at daybreak the wind shifted to the southwest
with great fury, and the seas came from many parts, which harassed them much, and
VOYAGE OF CABRILLO. 813
broke over the ships, which, not having decks, if God should not succor them, they
could not escape, and not being able to lay by, of necessity they ran aft northeast
towards the land; and now, holding themselves for lost, they commended themselves
to our Lady of Guadaloupe, and made their wills, and ran thus until three o’clock in
the afternoon with much fear and labor, for they saw that they were going to be lost,
and already saw many signs of the land which was near, as small birds, and logs very
fresh, which floated from some rivers, although from the dark and cloudy weather the
land did not appear. At this hour the Mother of God succored them with the grace
of her Son, and there came a very violent rain-storm from the north, which made them
run all that night and the following day until sunset to the south, with the foresails
lowered; and because there was a high sea from the south it broke over them each
time by the prow, and passed over them as if over a rock, and the wind shifted to the
northwest and the north-northwest with great fury, so that it made them run until
Saturday, the 3d of March, to the southeast and to the east-southeast, with such a
high sea that it made them ery out without reserve that if God and His blessed Mother
did not miraculously save them they could not escape. Saturday at noon the wind
moderated and remained at the northwest, for which they gave many thanks to our
Lord. They suffered also in provisions, as they had only biscuit, and that damaged.
It appeared to them that there was a very large river, of which they had much
indication, between 41 degrees and 43, for they saw many signs of it. [Probably the
drift from the Columbia was here noticed, although all the smaller rivers of this coast carry
down more or less drift-wood.| This day, in the evening, they recognized Cabo de Pinos
[Point Arenas], and on account of the high sea which prevailed they could do no less
than run along the coast on the return course in search of a port. They experienced
much cold.
Monday, on the 5th day of the said month of March, 1543, at dawn, they found
themselves off the island of Juan Rodriguez [San Miguel], and they did not dare to
enter the port on account of the great storm which prevailed, which dashed the sea
on the entrance of the port in 15 fathoms; the wind was north-northwest; the en-
trance is narrow ; they ran into the harbor of the island of San Salvador [Santa Cruz]
on the southeast side; and the night before coming with a violent tempest, with only
two small foresails, the other ship disappeared, co that they suspected that the sea had
swallowed it up, and they could not discover it any more, even after daybreak; they
believe they must have been in 44 degrees when the last storm took them and com-
pelled them to fall off to leeward. [The allowance of a degree and a half would place
the highest point reached in about 424 degrees, or at about the southern. border of Oregon,
and it is believed that this is not far out of the way.|
Thursday, the Sth day of the said month, they departed from the island of San
Salvador, to stand in for the mainland in search of the other ship, and they proceeded
to Pueblo de las Canoas [ Buenaventura] and did not obtain news of the other ship; and
here they took four Indians.
The Friday following, on the 9th of the said month, they departed from Pueblo
de las Canoas and proceeded to the island of San Salvador and found no signs of their
consort.
Sunday, the 11th of the said month, they came near Puerto de San Miguel [Saint
Pedro Bay}, neither did they find here their consort nor any news of her; here they
314 VOYAGE OF CABRILLO.
waited six days; here they took two boys to carry to New Spain for interpreters, and
left certain signals in case the other ship should approach.
Saturday, the 17th day of the said month, they departed from the said Puerto de
San Miguel; the following Sunday they arrived off Bahia de San Mateo [San Diego
Bay| and found no more signs of the other ship.
Sunday, the 18th day of the said month, in the evening, they departed from this
bay of San Mateo, and the Wednesday following, on the 21st of the said month, they
arrived at Puerto de la Posesion [Port St. Quentin], and still obtained no news of their
consort; they waited two days without entering the port, for they did not dare to
enter it on account of the heavy northwest wind which blew, and, as it broke their
cable, of necessity they weighed anchor.
Friday, on the 23d day of the said month, they departed from Puerto de la
Posesion, and the following Saturday at midnight they arrived off Isla de Cedros
[Cerros Island], and being there the following Monday, the 26th day of the said
month, arrived the other ship off Isla de Cedros, at which they rejoiced much and gave
many thanks to God; this ship put into La Isla de Juan Rodriguez [San Miguel], by
night, passing over some breakers so that they expected to be lost, and the mariners
promised to go in procession naked to her church, and our Lady delivered them.
On Monday, the 2d day of the month of April, they departed from Isla de Cedros
on their return to New Spain, because they did not have a supply of provisions to
renew their attempt to discover the coast. They arrived in El Puerto de Navidad
Saturday the 14th day of the said month of April. ,
Came as captain of the ships, Bartolome Ferrel, chief pilot of the said ships, in
default of Juan Rodriguez Cabrillo, who died in Isla de la Posesion [San Miguel]. The
men came in the said ships.
Found without the name of the author, in the general archives of the Indias of
Seville, in the letter of the time, among the papers brought from Simancas. File 9 of
Descriptions and Populations.
Examined and approved.
MARTIN FERNANDEZ DE NAVARRETE.
Another copy in the collection of Munoz, vol. xxxvi, in which he inserts after his
certificate of approval: “At the head and on the cover of this narrative occurs three
times, De Juan Paez.” The differences which are noticed between this and that are,
4. 30° and 2. 5. Northeast southwest. 6. The last two names are united thus: Quan-
nuegua. 7. Anacoac. 8. Caacac. 9. Xuca. 10. Caco.
U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF THE ONE HUNDREDTH MERIDIAN.
Ist Lizut. GEO M. WHEELER, Corps or ENGINEERS, U. 8. ARMY, IN CHARGR.
PAR TL: TLT—(Vor. ViI—Arcrzovoey.)
THE PUEBLO RUINS and THE INTERIOR TRIBES.
BY
FREDERICK W. PUTNAM,
CURATOR OF THE PEABODY MUSEUM, CAMBRIDGE, MASS,
INTRODUCTION.
Durine the progress of the survey of the territory west of the 100th
meridian, several of the officers connected with the field parties in New
Mexico, Arizona, and Colorado had opportunities for collecting a number
of objects pertaining to the Indian tribes. 'They were also able to record
many observations of considerable archzeological and ethnological import-
ance and interest in relation to the ancient and present pueblos.
A few of the accounts were furnished by their authors for publication
in the annual reports on the ‘progress of the Survey, while others have
remained at the office in manuscript. As there is yet wanting a full and
correct account of the people who, while formerly more numerous than
now, still inhabit the great interior portion of our country, principally in-
cluded between the 32° and 38° of north latitude and from 104° to 118°
west longitude, every addition that is made to the meagre history of this,
ethnologically considered, important development of village life on the
western continent is of interest.
Whence came this once numerous people? How long since they
reached the high position of village and agricultural life? What has been
their influence on the history of American tribes? All these are ques-
tions which are yet without satisfactory answers. Of speculations there
have been many, but until a more thorough record of facts is obtained all
theories are comparatively worthless. As yet we-are hardly possessed of
anything more than the preliminary observations which lead us to the belief
that there is here an extensive field for research.
When an expedition, properly equipped, with no other than ethnologi-
317
318 INZRODUCTION.
eal and archeological work to perform, with plenty of time allowed for the
work, shall have been over the region, it will be time to offer theories with
some hope of their leading to satisfactory results. It is, therefore, with this
feeling of the importance of placing on record every reliable fact and obser-
vation possible, in relation to the present pueblo tribes, and the ruins of
the former more or less extensive towns, and probably communal houses,
that the observations of the officers of the Survey are here incorporated,
with short descriptions of a number of stone implements, pottery, and
other objects found in the pueblos and about the ruins.
Various objects were also obtained by the officers of the Survey from
the Indian tribes of the interior and are briefly referred to in the following
pages, though, owing to the rapid disappearance of these from Indian life,
their importance is such as to justify a more extended notice than it is
possible to give in this connection.
NOTES ON THE PUEBLOS AND THEIR INHABITANTS.*
By G, THompson, Topographer.
Iy figure and stature, the people of the pueblos are noble looking and
beautifully formed. Generally of medium height, they have complete
muscular development* without knottiness or sinewy appearance; their
chests are full and deep. Standing easily and lightly on their feet they
are erect and graceful. Their countenances are noble and dignified, and I
have seen among the men those who were as courtly, polished, and hospita-
ble in manner as a Spanish grandee of the olden time.
Judging from my own experience they are cordial and even jovial in
manner toward a stranger. Although probably of one people, each pueblo
has its own government. The Oraibe are offended if called Moqui, while
the Jemez ridicule the Pueblo of Silla, and believe the Jemez to have been
once the only great tribe, and delight to talk of their former numbers and
greatness. Notwithstanding the pursuits of this people are of a peaceful
and pastoral character, as warriors they have always been valued as allies
and dreaded as enemies. or proof of their stubborn and desperate courage,
one has only to learn of their resistance to Spanish usurpation, when many
a doughty Spaniard went under at Jemez, Ildefonso, and around Santa F°¢.
Our own government found them invaluable as allies to act against the
* During the field-seasons of 1572, 773, and ’74, Mr. Thompson had favorable opportunities for
visiting eight of the inhabited pueblos in New Mexico, and of making examinations of the ruins of
four of the ancient pueblos. While in Southern Utah, in 1873, he also met with indications of the
former existence there of a people who were probably of the same stock with the pueblo tribes. The
results of his observations were briefly recorded in a manuscript which is here printed.—F. W. P.
319
320 THE PUEBLOS AND
Navajos; and as a proof of their magnanimity, many Navajos are now
living in the pueblos, intermarry with the people, and are even admitted to
their ceremonies in the spring. Towards Mexicans they are exclusive,
and at Isleta they are not allowed to live in the pueblo. Each pueblo
has its own art or furnishes its peculiar product. Thus the Jemez do not
own a single sheep, but raise fruit and corn. Cochiti is noted for its
pottery, the Oraibe and Navajo are the weavers, while the Moqui are the
song-makers. At Jemez, during a dance, a Moqui song was sung in the
Moqui tongue, and it was learned that the song-leader of the Jemez went
each year to the Moqui to learn new songs, for which he paid ‘ money.”
On his return, previous to the time of the dance, he gathers the robust and
sweet voices of the tribe, when the song is repeated after him until all are
equally proficient. At the ‘‘ Pinon Dance” in Jemez we were admitted to
the dressing-room, and the leader was assiduously engaged in making the
performers perfect. They are singing at all times, and it forms the greater
part of their ceremonies. At Oraibe singing began with the first break of
the day, but did not, however, last late at night, as they evidently are early
to bed and to rise. At Nambé I went into one of the houses, and a singer
entertained my companion and myself with several songs, each with different
words, time, and melody, accompanying himself, with beating on a small
drum. One of the songs was so pleasing that I had him sing it three times.
They are keen at a trade; and, though holding to their price, are not extor-
tionate. They are honest and industrious, proud of working, and ridicule
those Indians who live in wigwams and are lazy. They are found to be
valuable workers in land office survey parties as flagmen, ete.
That they have a religion of some character, which is in some way
connected with the estufas, seems probable. These estufas are circular and
are found in all the inhabited pueblos and also in the ruins. They are gen-
erally regarded as sacred places, not to be entered except by a few. Ihave
understood that in some there was an inner room, which only one priest
once a year enters, and alone. At Jemez the use of the estufas seems to be
less restricted than in some other of the pueblos, and has more the char-
acter of a council-house. I have heard that in former time fires were kept
burning in the estufas, but it may be that the custom had more of a prac-
i)
THEIR INHABITANTS. 321
tical aid to every-day life than a part of their religion. This people have
many traditions among them, which are of interest in reference to this
matter, and some one should collect them.
Their belief is in Montezuma, who is to come to them again in the
morning at sunrise, and at Oraibe Mr, Gibbons told me the people went
upon the house-top and would sit looking to the east at sunrise. This has
led some persons to regard the Pueblo tribes as sun-worshippers. It may
be that they worship the sun and the moon, “the captain of the night,” and
the rain bringing the harvest. Mount Taylor they call “mother of the
rain;” and it is a sacred mountain, where, as Hosta told us, “they go to
pray to their gods that they may have rain and good harvests.” Upon the
summit of Mount Taylor is a small cave, which is used as an estufa. 'This
cave is closed with large rocks when their meeting is over. Near it were
found sticks of different patterns, ornamented with feathers, each pattern
indicating the tribe offering it, and the herders told us that little bows and
arrows, moccasins, plows, etc., were found after they had left. The Indians
neyer allowed the herders to come near them during the time, but dancing
and singing is believed to be the main part of the ceremony. Hosta hoped
we had disturbed nothing, as we would have found only acave. This cere-
mony takes place about the middle of June. These “mountain places of
worship” seem generally to consist of an inclosure, occupying the highest
part of the peak, and made of rocks piled up, against which earth is some-
times thrown. Leading from the inclosures are one, two, or three trenches,
about 18 inches wide and a foot deep. The herders told me that the Indians
danced in the trenches. Broken pieces of pottery, beads, and pieces of marine
shells were found near them. I found a little bow on Mount Taylor, some
pretty bits of marine shells on one of the Jemez peaks, and beads on the
White Mountain at Camp Apache. On the mountain peaks in lower New
Mexico there are indications of similar ceremonies having taken place as in
the north, but as we do not know of such ceremonies among the Apaches
it may be that these places in the south were simply “‘lookouts.”
According to the tradition which we heard, Montezuma was born at
Pecos, of a poor woman, a virgin; and as he grew up herded sheep; and
an eagle came and kept him company. After awhile the eagle would place
21 cI
322 THE PUEBLOS AND
himself before Montezuma as though he would have him sit upon his back.
At last Montezuma did so, when the eagle flew without rest to Mexico,
where Montezuma founded a great people. He is to return again, and at
sunrise.* The eagle is regarded with peculiar veneration by them in con-
sequence, and upon the roofs of the houses may be seen huge cages made
of logs of wood and covered, containing eagles; and their feathers are used
in the dances. I saw at Ojo Caliente an eagle so tame as to be loose about
the house.
Hosta said, when telling of Montezuma, ‘‘the old people still believe
all this, but the young people do not care.”
I could not discover any method of recording events, and their history
finally assumes the form of tradition. As a people they do not make many
inscriptions, although I saw quite a number on the lava rocks near Santa Fé.
Their trails are remarkable, extending as they do in a straight line
from one pueblo to another, and even traced from ruin to ruin. These
deeply-worn paths, even on the rocks, passing without swerving to right or
left, over valley, plain, or ascent of mesa—as though the trail was older than
the mesas, or before the canons, gnawed into the plateaus by erosion, had
reached their pathway—speak more powerfully than all else of how old a
people they are.
The character of the country and the habits of the people brought
Scriptural stories continually to mind. The Mormons regard them as the
lost tribe of Israel, and have, in their religious zeal, attempted their conver-
sion. ‘Tuba, an Oraibe, is a convert, and Jacob Hamlin, ‘“‘ Mormon Jacob,”
is regarded with great respect and affection. Mr. Gibbons told me that
it was once understood that the Moqui language contained Welsh words,
and when he went out to their towns Brigham Young sent?a Welshman
along to see if it were so. The Welshman gave a humorous report of his
success, which I cannot recall. .
*Asa general account of the Pueblo people would not be complete without a reference to the
‘“Montezuma legend” in some one of its many forms, the above rendering of the myth is here retained,
although the legend itself probably refers simply to one or more great leaders of the Pueblo tribes at
periods preceding the Spanish conquest. The name of the composite hero, and his final journey to
Mexico, are so evidently due to early Spanish interpretations and additions to the original legend, that
until the legend is known as it existed at the time of Spanish contact, its consideration is not of the least
ethnological importance.—F. W. P.
THEIR INHABITANTS. 323
Some of the Zuni are very white, and seem to be a class by them-
selves. We found them at Ojo Caliente, a sort of summer resort for the
Zuni. I saw an albino at Oraibe, and also one at Jemez.
The Moqui bury their dead upright, facing the east, in any convenient
place, and, I am told, with but little ceremony. The grave is closed by a
flat rock, and other stones are placed at the sides. A person not knowing
what these graves were would take them for feeding-places for sheep.
The grave-stones were not marked. The same kind of graves I saw near
Zuni. At Jemez there is a regular grave-yard, which is walled in, and the
eraves have headboards—probably due to Spanish influence.
The towns are generally of one or the other of two ground-plans.
The first being a single building, with one, two, or three sides, facing a plaza
inclosed by a wall. I believe it will be found that this manner of building
is used when the pueblos are in a plain without natural features of defense.
Such buildings are sometimes four stories in height, each story facing the
plaza, but falling back the width of the room below it. The Pueblo Pin-
tado probably had towers at the angles of the wall. At Tule Spring the
pueblo was a row of buildings facing the east and the spring. The second
class is laid out in streets, sometimes with a plaza, as at Jemez. The
present Pueblo of Jemez is built of adobe, while the houses of Old Jemez
are of stone.
The Moqui towns were very irregular. The present Pueblo of Zuni
has the appearance of being built on a knoll, but the hill is really the dirt
of the town, and as it accumulates the houses are carried up a story. In
the court-yard of the ruin of Pueblo Pintado are large mounds from the
same cause, and if dug over much of interest might be found. Isleta is very
fine in appearance. It contains a large Catholic church, and the walls are
covered with a light cream-colored stucco, adding much to its appearance.
I have never been able to find a fire-place in a ruined pueblo, and this
may go to prove that the method of making a fire-place of adobe in the
corner of the room after the walls are built, in the present pueblos, is also
the old one. At the ruins of the Pueblo Pintado many of the windows are
so small that they appear to have been loop-holes for defense.
In the inhabited pueblos sheets of mica are used in the windows as a
324 THE PUEBLOS AND THEIR INHABITANTS.
substitute for glass. The huge oval ovens for baking, sometimes placed
upon the roofs of the houses, give to the towns a peculiar appearance. I
never heard of any metal being found in the ruins. At the Moqui Towns
there is a ruin on a mesa.
There is no doubt that the people were once more numerous than at
present ; and I judge at one time there must have been quite an emigra-
tion, probably to portions of Mexico. Hosta told us that the Pueblo Pin-
tado was deserted at that time. There may have been through trails from
these towns to the Pacific Coast.
From personal knowledge there are indications at Pipe Spring, Utah,
of houses built of stones, and Prof. A. H. Thompson has informed me that in
the canon of the Escalante, and in the Colorado cation, there were remains
of stone houses; and Mr. Harris, a Mormon—some seventeen or twenty
years ago (I understood)—went with an expedition sent out by Brigham
Young into the country between Grand and Green Rivers, and found
stone houses two stories in height in a country where now there is no
water, nor has there been any within at least two hundred years. I judge
that just north of the Colorado was the northern limit of this people.
To the south, there is a ruin at the Hot Springs on the Gila, which is
south even of the ruin at Tule Spring and near Milligan’s ranche—no doubt
quite in old Mexico.
THE PUEBLO OF ACOMA.
By Dr. Oscar LOEW.
[From notes by G. L. McGee. ]
Acoma is about 45 miles south of Old Fort Wingate, N. Mex. It
is built on a barren sandstone mesa some 300 feet above the plain. As we
filed around the base of the rock, the Indians, on their high perch, shouting
in their peculiar wild notes, presented a scene more weird and savage than
anything that I have ever seen before. The town can be approached only
by two narrow and very steep paths. We ascended by the foot-path on
the west side over a drift of sand which the wind has piled against the
side to within 15 or 20 feet of the summit, and then by steps cut in the
solid rock we reached the town. This town is built in the usual style of
the pueblos of New Mexico. The houses are of adobe, and of two and
three stories. There are neither doors nor windows in the first story, except
in the roof, which is flat and reached by means of ladders. The town has
about 600 inhabitants, and is divided by three parallel streets. The surface
of the mesa on which the town is built comprises about ten acres. There
are from 60 to 70 houses, the doors of the upper stories of which open to the
south. The time was, unfortunately, too short to collect a vocabulary for
comparison with the other Pueblo languages. Some of the Indians were
able to converse a little in Spanish. Cooking is done in earthen pots of
their own manufacture. We noticed spoons made of horn and of wood.
Furniture is unknown, and the people sleep on sheep-skins spread on the
floor.
The bread is unfermented, and resembles very thin wafers which are
325
326 PUEBLO OF ACOMA.
rolled up. Most of the houses are clean and orderly, and some of them
are whitewashed inside. There is no spring on the mesa, and the water is
obtained from a large tank on the top of the mesa, which is filled with snow
in winter, and in which the rain-water collects during the rainy season.
This tank is about 150 feet long, 20 feet broad, and 4 to 5 feet deep.
The antiquity of the pueblo is unknown. The archives of the Mexi-
can Government show that a Spanish Jesuit Mission was established in the
place as early as 1687. The description of the topography answers to
this locality, although no particular name is mentioned. The Jesuits’ régime,
however, has ceased, probably within the last forty or fifty years. In but
very few of the pueblos have the Jesuits held their power up to the present
day. The church is still there, but there is no use for it, and the surround-
ing yard is occupied by sheep and goats. The church is about 150 feet
long, 30 feet wide at one end and 40 at the other. It has a tower about
40 feet high, and has two church bells, one of which bears the inscription
“San Pedro, A. D. 1710.” There is a grave-yard on the sandy portion of
the mesa. The sand may have been carried up and placed in a depression
at this point.
[The date, 1687, given above as the time when the Jesuit Mission was established
at Acoma is not justified by the annals of the order, as shown by the following note, for
which I am indebted to Mr. Ad. F. Bandelier:—“ Not long. after 1628, Fray Juan
Ramirez, a Franciscan monk, founded the mission of San Estevan de Acoma, naming
the place after Saint Sebastian on account of its rocky sides and the large number of
pebbles accumulated on and about it (por lo pedragoso). Fray Ramirez returned to
Mexico, and died there in 1664. His successor was Fray Lucas Maldonado, from Tri-
bujona, Mexico, also a Franciscan. In fact, up to the uprising of the Indians of New
Mexico, under Popé and Catité, in 1680, the Franciscan order controlled all the mis-
sions among the pueblos. On August 10, 1680, twenty-one Franciscan friars were
murdered in various parts of New Mexico, and among them Fray Meldonado of Acoma.
About twelve years later Vargas reconquered the territory, but for several years after-
wards there were occasional disturbances and bloodshed. In 1687 there were no
priests of any order among the pueblos.—Compare, Fray Augustin de Vetancurt
(Leatro mexicano, Mexico, 1698, part 4, Cronica de la Prov. d. Sto. Ev. de Mexico, p.101;
also, Menologio franciscano, p. 86).— Also, P. Joseph Stécklein (Der neue Weltbott, 1726,
vol i).”—F. W. P.]
THE PUEBLO OF TAOS.
By H. C. YARRow,* Assistant Surgeon, U. 8S. A.
WE were surprised to find that in this pueblo, in lieu of a single estufa,
or council-chamber, as is usual in other pueblos, each headman had a pri-
vate one of his own, there being five in all. For a small sum of money
we were permitted to view the one appertaining to the capitan de la guerra,
or war-chief, of the tribe. It was found to be a large circular chamber
under ground, the entrance being through a small trap-door on top, sur-
rounded by a circular stockade, containing numerous antlers of deer, and
having a narrow opening. Descending to the chamber by a ladder, it was
found to be probably 25 or 30 feet in diameter, arched above, and about
20 feet high; around the wall, at a height of 2 feet from the ground, was
a hard earthen bench. On the floor in the center was an oblong pit, 2 feet
deep and nearly 3 feet long. In this, it is said, the sacred fire is kept
burning, and we were shown some live embers beneath the ashes. Behind
the fire-pit is a sort of altar constructed of clay, in shape similar to the
accompanying figure -——~ '—; the use of this it was impossible to ascertain.
From a peculiarly sweet aromatic odor, which seemed to fill the atmosphere
of the room, we inferred that probably in their rites sweet-smelling grasses
or wood are used as incense. The war-chief informed us that it should be
considered a great favor to have been permitted to view the interior of this
estufa, as such a favor was seldom shown to an American, and never to
Mexicans.
The government of these Indians, who appear to be ruled by no single
* Abstract from general itinerary report for field-season of 1874. Annual Report of the Chief of
Engineers for 1875. Appendix LL.
3e7
328 PUEBLO OF TAOS.
individual, is somewhat interesting. The cacique, or high priest, is the
oracle and spiritual ruler, having the power to punish for irreligious acts
and to solemnize marriage ceremonies; in fact, his consent must first be
obtained before lovers may be betrothed. In the temporal affairs of the
people he seems to be clothed with no authority. It is pleasing to note the
great respect and reverence always paid to these aged men by the people;
and a singular custom among them is that of drawing lots by the young
men of the tribe to determine who shall support and take care of the cacique
each year, and the successful competitor is deemed very fortunate.
The governor, or alcalde, of the village is in reality the ruler in all
temporal affairs; he orders work, regulates the hours of labor, and in short
performs all the functions of a chief magistrate. Unlike the cacique, who
holds his office for life, the alcalde is elected yearly. The emblem of his
authority is a cane, which serves the double purpose of a writ when offend-
ers are to be summoned before the bar of justice, and as a weapon to inflict
such punishment as may be ordained. .
The capitan de la guerra, or war-chief, holds his office by hereditary
right, is responsible for the defense of the town in time of war, and leads
the fighting portion of the population. He seems to exercise the right of
supervision over the common pasture-field, or ‘“‘vega,” and likewise claims
the ownership of the hunting-grounds near the village. There are also
several minor officials who act as constables and police, called alguazils.
Although these people are ostensibly Roman Catholics, there is no
possible doubt but they are sun-worshippers, as each night and morning
the greater part of them are to be seen on their house-tops chanting hymns
of praise to this orb as he departs and reappears. These hymns are inex-
pressibly sad and mournful, though beautiful and melodious, and similar
in character to the droning song in a minor key of the negro; the words
appear to be a succession of monosyllables, with frequent repetition. In
the event of any occurrence of interest to the people, a public crier an-
nounces it from a house-top. We had an instance of this in our own case,
as before we were permitted to encamp near the village a council was held
to decide whether to treat us as friends or enemies. The decision being in
our favor, the fact was publicly made known in the manner indicated.
PUEBLO OF TAOS, 329
These people seem to be particularly fond of having near their houses
birds of different kinds, and a number of hawks and eagles were observed.
The latter bird is looked upon as having a sacred connection with Monte-
zuma.
The character of the Pueblo Indian is singularly at variance with that
of the other tribes of New Mexico, being affectionate and childlike, inno-
cent in manner and very honest, exhibiting none of that brutal and ferocious
element common to most of the nomadic tribes. These Indians are es-
sentially a pastoral and agricultural people, tilling the soil with energy and
industry. They claim a patch of land covering a radius of three miles
from the center of their town, and this portion of the Taos Valley is most
fertile, and a veritable garden-spot. On all sides were seen fields of corn,
wheat, oats, and barley, interspersed with large numbers of fruit-trees.
Mr. Miller stated that he annually purchases of the Indians about 6,000
bushels of fine wheat. They claim that they desire nothing from the gen-
eral government but protection against squatters on their lands, and appear
to be abundantly able to take care of themselves. It was particularly
pleasing to note the great degree of affection manifested by parents for
their children, and also that they do not make beasts of burden of their
women, as do the wild Indian tribes of the plains and mountains. Their
laws in regard to thieving, adultery, and other crimes are severe, and
offenders after trial are punished with commensurate severity.
Lieut. Cuarues C. Morrison, Sixth Cavalry, in his report* for the field
season of 1877, gives the following notice of the pueblo of Taos:
The next point of interest is the Taos pueblo, the most important,
excepting perhaps Zuni, of the Indian pueblos in New Mexico. Witha
history back to the first Spanish occupancy of the country, an existence
dating indefinitely long before that time, a prominent center, in whose
council chambers the plans of uprising took form in the first determined
expulsion of the Spanish from the country, it can but be regarded with
interest. Here they have raised their crops, herded their goats, manufac-
* Annual Report of the Chief of Engineers for 1878, Appendix NN.
330 PUEBLO OF TAOS.
tured their pottery, lived their apparently objectless lives for hundreds of
years, seemingly with no ambition other than the privilege of existing.
They have not changed; they are living proofs of the truth of the Spanish
reports concerning them over three hundred years ago.
The same two principal houses stand which Vargas attacked in 1692,
in all their quaintness, built of adobe, or sun-dried bricks, five or six stories
high, each story receding the depth of a room, without doors, entered from
above by ladders; they are faithful witnesses of the lack of change in this
section, while ruins of similar edifices point to the great changes that have
taken place farther south in the Territory.
We afterward passed through Picuris, an Indian town, dating back
probably as far as Taos; it is smaller and more squalid-looking, but as
intimately connected with Santa Fe’s early history.
[The pueblos of Taos and Picuris are on the eastern side of the Rio
Grande del Norte, in Northern New Mexico. |
THE PUEBLO OF SAN JUAN.
By H. C. YARRow,* Assistant Surgeon, U. S. A.
Tus town differs materially from the Taos town, being built around a
hollow square, the buildings rising two stories in height, instead of five or
seven. In the vicinity the Indians own most of the fertile lands near the
river, and raise excellent corn and wheat, and, besides, a great quantity of
fruit; peaches, apples, and watermelons predominating. At this season of
the year they abandon their villages and erect temporary structures in their
fields, in which they live, to watch over their crops and protect them from
unscrupulous trespassers. From the alcalde of the previous year an inter-
esting vocabulary was obtained. It may be interesting in this connection
to mention the Indian method here witnessed of thrashing grain. A
suitable piece of firm ground is selected, perhaps 20 feet in diameter, and
is carefully cleared of stones and gravel; water is then poured on it from
time to time, and a herd of goats is driven round and round until the sur-
face is as firmly packed as possible; a circle of posts is then driven into the
ground, and the whole is inclosed with ropes, on which are hung old bags
or rags. Into the inclosure ten or fifteen mares are introduced and driven
around in a circle, the straw containing the grain having previously been
spread out. Inavery short time the grain is beaten out by their hoofs and
is gathered into a heap, being afterward winnowed from the chaff when a
sufficiently strong wind will admit of it. These thrashing-floors are called
by the New Mexicans ‘‘era.”
[The pueblo of San Juan is about 40 miles south of Taos and on the
same side of the Rio Grande del Norte. ]
* Abstract from general itinerary report of field season for 1874. Annual Report of the Chief of
Engineers for 1875, Appendix LL.
331
THE CACHINA:
A DANCE AT THE PUEBLO OF ZUNI.
By FRANcIS KLETT,
Assistant, United States Geographical Surveys West of the 100th Meridian.
Tue illustration forming the frontispiece to this volume is from an
original sketch made during a visit to Zuni, New Mexico, in 1873.
The meaning of the word Cachina is unknown. Vocabularies of the
Zuii language show a great many words terminating in chee-nai, although
the preposition ca or ka is not observed. Davis, in his book, “ El Gringo,”
makes brief mention of the Cachina as a dance suppressed ‘by the
Spaniards when they first made a conquest of the country and forced their
religion upon the nation.” There is no doubt that the Zuni Indians are
very circumspect in regard to whom they permit to witness this dance, and
perhaps for this reason the Cachina has not before been described to my
knowledge.
The slow measure of the chant, the beating of drums, the rattling of
gourds, and of shells of the land-turtle partly filled with pebbles, are men-
tioned by many writers as common to many tribes and nations in America,
from the Atlantic to the Pacific.
The Cachina, according to the statements made by the prominent men
of the tribe, is rarely danced, and is seldom witnessed by outsiders. It is
only performed in time of great drought, and by order of the spiritual ruler
of the nation, the cacique, through his official mouthpiece, the governor.
The dancers approached the place selected for the performance headed
by a master of ceremonies, or leader, the men first, the ‘‘women,” who are
personated by young men, following, all in single file. Col. R. B. Marcy,
in his book, ‘Thirty years of Army Life on the Frontier”, pages 105-7,
332
A ZUNI DANCE. 333
describes a dance of the Moqui Indians, in which young men dressed as
women took part.
The costumes of the dancers at Zuni were extremely picturesque, and
there is but little doubt that the various parts constituting the same are used
only for this ritual dance or ceremony, since, during our entire sojourn at
Zuni, none of the various articles of dress used on this occasion were seen
to be worn by any of the tribe. The blankets, tilmas, serapes, tunics,
sashes, and feathers are of a far superior workmanship, fabric, and texture
to those used for everyday home or outdoor life, and even in the design
of their patterns and selection of colors show a superior artistic skill.
The costume of the leader, pictured in the center of the illustration,
consisted of dark-blue knitted worsted-leggings, covering the calf from
the ankle to the knee, leaving foot and knee bare. A sort of skirt, or kilt,
of rich and harmonious colors, worn around the waist, fell in graceful folds
from the hip to above the knees. A blue tunic, bordered with scarlet, with
long flowing sleeves, exposing the arm to the pit, completed the costume
proper. The only ornaments observed consisted of plumes made from
eagles’ feathers, dyed of a rich yellow hue.. These feathers were, apparently,
carefully selected from the down of young birds. Five or six feathers were
tied in a knot or bunch, and fastened to the top of the head, forming a fine
contrast with the long flowing jet-black hair. The insignia of the leader's
office were a staff, adorned with similar, but smaller, yellow feathers, and
a small earthen vase of basket form, painted and ornamented in black and .
brown, and containing flour. |
The male dancers, as depicted on the left in the plate, were rather
sparingly dressed in a small blanket, which extended from the waist to half-
way down to the knee, and leaving the right leg entirely bare. These
blankets were of a rich white woolen fabric, with a colored border of a
diamond pattern. A green and red sash held the blanket about the waist,
and to this was attached a bunch of white strings, which hung down the
right leg, and, behind, a fox skin, the tail of which nearly reached the
ground. On top of the head was a yellow plume like that worn by the
leader, and over the face was a mask made of hide and painted sea-green,
with a horse-hair beard attached. Around the neck was a skein of black
334 A ZUNI DANCE.
yarn with beads. Just below the knees were garters of the same color as
the sash, and to the one on the left leg there was fastened a turtle’s shell
containing pebbles. Garlands of hemlock and fir, interwoven with berries
and flowers, encircled waist and ankles. Hach held in his right hand a
gourd partly filled with pebbles, which were used as rattles. In the left
hand some of the dancers held a bunch of hemlock and flowers.
The costume of the dancers representing women is shown by the figure
on the right in the illustration. This consisted of blue worsted-leggings, a
dark-blue blanket-gown, and a white tilma or serape, cut in the shape of a
cape, with a wide colored border. On the head was a wig, very ingeni-
ously constructed and made of long, fine glossy hair.* Their faces were
also concealed by masks; and they had anklets of hemlock.
The dance itself is accompanied by a low rythmical chant and the
beating of drums, which are constructed of large ollas, with a goat-skin
stretched over the opening. The noise of the gourd carried by the dancers,
and constantly shaken by them in time, resembles the sound of the castanet.
The male dancers stood in a row, the “female” dancers facing them, the two
rows being about four feet apart. The leader placed himself at one end
between the lines, so that all who took part in the dance could see his move-
ments and regulate theirs accordingly. He started the chant, which the
others took up simultaneously, at the same instant lifting their right foot in
a kind of stamping movement to the time of the chant. During the inter-
vals between the verses of the song, the leader took a pinch of flour from
his vase and scattered it in the direction of the four principal points of the
compass, commencing at the east. This they believe will induce their tutelar
deity to send them rain. The words of the song could not be obtained,
and the information that it was in one of the Moqui dialects was only
reluctantly given. Information from Mexicans and Indians show that there
are various dances in use among the Zuni, and some are said to be of a
very obscene character.
During the field season of 1874, members of the survey had an oppor-
tunity of witnessing another interesting dance at the pueblo of Jemez,
* Similar wigs are worn by the “‘ female” dancers among the Moqui, and are mentioned in a descrip-
tion of a Moqui dance by Dr. T. G. S. Ten Broeck, surgeon U. 8. A. Schooleraft, vol. II, pp. 73-77.
A JEMEZ DANCE. 335
New Mexico. The dance is called Ko-petulé-tabli. According to Hosta,
an ex-governor of the tribe, whom Lieutenant Simpson mentions in his
book, Ko-petul¢-tabla means the Dance of the Firs.
The Dance of the Firs resembles very much that of the Cachina, at
least as far as the costumes are concerned, which are almost identical with
that of the male dancers of the Cachina, with the exception of the addition
of a peculiar head dress called tabla. This consists of a thin board, the
upper end of which is of pyramidal form, and the lower end is cut so as to
admit the head. A band passes over the forehead, and to this a kind of
coronet of feathers is attached. The board is painted white, and is orna-
mented with symbolic and cabalistic designs, such as lightning-sparks,
stars, and half-moons.
The female character is not represented, but instead a comic element
is introduced by the presence of clowns or jesters, called tab-oe, or misery,
as it was translated. These clowns do not really participate in the solemn
dance, but imitate the same in a grotesque manner on one of the flat roofs
in the neighborhood. They are dressed in similar fashion with the dancers,
but instead of fine blankets they wear dirty rags, and have garlands of
straw and sunflowers instead of fir and hemlock; their bodies are painted
white with black stripes, outlining the ribs and the bones of the arms and
legs, thus presenting from a distance almost the appearance of dancing
skeletons.
The words of the song are, like those of the Cachina, in the Moqui
dialect; the dialogue of the clowns in that of Silla.
The musical instruments are drums, gourds partly filled with pebbles,
and notched sticks drawn across each other. The movement is somewhat
different, beginning in the middle of the line and spreading towards both
ends, with-an occasional face about. This dance is performed thrice a day,
at sunrise, noon, and at sunset, and is a kind of thanksgiving celebration.
At the conclusion of the performance the jesters go from house to house
and are liberally rewarded by donations of fruit and all kinds of provisions.
At the same pueblo of Jemez, I observed a peculiar custom or game,
which I was told was always observed on the eve of the feast of San Juan.
The young unmarried men of the pueblo parade the streets before dusk in
BETA A JEMEZ CUSTOM.
gay attire on horseback or burros, according to their wealth. Upon dark-
ness setting in they appear again, this time entirely naked, and ride at a fast
gait through the streets, while the dusky maidens watch them with great
interest and show their particular favor by throwing water at and over
them. This sport creates a good deal of amusement and is kept up till
late at night.
REPORT ON THE RUINS IN NEW MEXICO."
By Dr. Oscar LoEw.
Amone the few regions that were found, on the discovery of this con-
tinent, inhabited by people far advanced towards civilization, New Mexico,
no doubt, occupies a leading place. The first notices of these people were
published by Cabeza de Vaca (1536), who, during his adventurous and
most remarkable wanderings from Florida to the Gulf of California, tra-
versed New Mexico from east to west. All the Spanish records, though
sometimes very untrustworthy, agree in one point—the large number of
inhabited towns. If the statements of the Spanish writers are founded on
truth, the number of these towns was ten times that of the present pueblos,
or Indian towns, while, by a close examination, we arrive at a number
only about four times as great. Some Spanish writers estimated the whole
pueblo population at about 50,000; others, however, that of a single prov-
ince at 25,000. As a proof of Spanish exaggeration, however, I may
mention Castaneda’s description of Acoma, a town which, according to his
estimate, was inhabited by 5,000 persons, and was built in three parallel
rows of houses. Now, I have visited this town and found the three rows of
houses still existing; they extend from one side of a steep precipice to the
other, occupying the entire width of the precipitous bluffs about 300 feet
above the plain. But these rows of houses, which could never have been
any longer, could not have held more than about 1,000 people. At. present
the population of the town is 800. Still it is an undeniable fact that New
* Abstract from the Annnal Report of the Chief of Engineers for 1875, Appendix LL.
22 OI 337
338 RUINS AND PUEBLOS
Mexico had a much greater Indian population formerly than now—a fact
clear to any one on viewing the numerous ruins. If asked how this reduc-
tion was brought about, we can give but three reasons, viz: First, the
change of climate that prompted emigration from certain parts of the
country; second, the wars with the Spaniards, whereby wholesale slaughter
was often ordered by the Spanish generals; and, third, a gradual mixture of
Spanish and Indian blood, whereby the Indians lost their customs and lan-
guage; Abiquiu, for instance, is such a town, where the characteristic
Indian type still prevails, although they call themselves Mexicans. Such
Mexicanized towns often received the name of a saint. The names of other
pueblos, in which the inhabitants were not a mixed people, were, in a num-
ber of cases, also abolished, and those of saints substituted through the pious
zeal of Spanish priests.
Looking over the names of towns mentioned in the Spanish reports,
we found ourselves in many cases unable to locate them, not even ruins
were found where, from the description, we would suppose they existed.
Not only was this the case with the towns, but we often encountered the
same difficulty with the provinces, as the name of each town in a province
seems to have been used to designate the latter; often the province is
named after valleys or after mountains. The truth is, the pueblos had no
provinces, each town having its own government; the maitre being elected
every year. Butif we would distinguish provinces, the language alone
should be used as a criterion.
Marata, Acus, Totonteal, Acha, Tabasas, Sumas, Jumanes, Conchos, Pas-
saguates, Jerez, Piros, are names of provinces, the positions of which are
difficult to determine; most of them were in Southern New Mexico. At
present there is no pueblo existing there, except, perhaps, Isleta, below El
Paso, which now belongs to Texas. But ruins are found here and there on
the Rio Grande, Rio Gila, Rio Francisco, Rio Blanco, Rio Bonito, &e.
Hubates and Tanos, comprise the region of the Placer and Zandia Mount-
~ains anda portion of the Rio Grande Valley below Albuquerque. Ruins
are quite numerous in these regions; for instance, those of Shi-na-na, San
Lazaro, Guika, San Marcos, San José, Los Tanques, Guia, and of some
buildings in the canon of the Rio de Santa Fé near Cieneguilla.
IN NEW MEXICO. 339
Cicuye, Querez, Cunames, seem to signify one and the same region be-
tween the Rio Jemez and Rio Grande. At present five pueblos still exist
here, but ruins of extinct towns are also seen near Silla and San Felipe.
Diego de Vargas also applies the name Querez to Acoma.
Taos and Picuris. ‘These two provinces are represented by two pueblos
at the present day.
Tutahaco. Castanedo mentions (1542) eight cities of this province, the
position of which is southeast of Mount Taylor. At present there still exist
five pueblos, also several towns in ruins on the Rio San José, west of
Laguna. The Mexican town Cebolleta was probably formerly an Indian
pueblo. Mr. G. Marmon, school teacher at Laguna, informed me that ruins
of a fortified place exist on the foot-hills of Mount Taylor near the pueblo
of Pojuate, or Povate. The name Tutahaco, used by the Spaniards for this
province, is not known there by the Indians, nor are the names Tiguez,
Cunames, and Cicuye. They call themselves Tse-mo-é or Si-tsi-mé; the
pueblo of Laguna, however, uses the name Kanayko to signify the inhabit-
ants of their town (Ko-stété), while the pueblo of Acoma is called A-ko.
I may mention here that there are two parties in this town (Laguna) the
Ka-paits, who cling to their old rites and ceremonies, and the Kayo-masho,
who have progressive, liberal, Protestant ideas. They are antagonistic to
each other, and would once have come together in battle had not Mr. Mar-
mon interfered at the right moment. The four other pueblos all belong to
the Ka-paits.
Tiguex was a province in the valley of the Rio Puerco, northeast of the
former, and was twice used by Coronado’s army (1540-1542) as winter-
quarters. At present, no pueblo exists in this region; ruins only—Pobla-
zon, for instance—are seen here and there. Castaneda reports twelve cities
in this province, and that it was rich and fertile, and full of fine grass. At
present the valley of the Rio Puerco looks. poor and barren.
Tehua, or Tegua, is a province which, if the Spanish reports are correct,
must have been situated in the Rio Grande Valley, about eighty miles south
of the present seat of this tribe. A Tehua town, Puara, is often mentioned,
but of which nothing is known at the present day; some old ruins near San
Felipe might be related to it. There are still seven villages belonging to
340 RUINS AND PUEBLOS
this tribe—six in the Rio Grande Valley and its vicinity, and one upon the
Moqui mesas in Arizona. How this emigration was brought about was
explained to me by Hosta, the former governador (maitre) of Jemez. These
Tehuas had inhabited San Cristobal, in the vicinity of the Placer Mountains,
but were driven off by Mexicans some hundred years ago, whereupon they,
the Tehuas, were invited by the Moquis to live with them. Three miles
above the Tehua town Tesuque is a town buried 3 feet below the present
surface of the river bank. ‘This stream, usually but a small rill, was once,
several years ago, increased to a tremendous torrent by a cloud-burst,
whereby much of the former river bank was carried off, and exposed a
number of buried houses in the vertical wall of about 20 feet in height.
The houses were of two stories, built of adobe, with walls double the thick-
ness used nowadays. The fire-places were easily recognized. All the wood
found was charred, and it would appear as though the houses were burned
before they were gradually covered with sand. It may be that a neigh-
boring hill had fallen in and thus covered the houses. In the vicinity,
about two miles northeast, | discovered a mass of charcoal 6 feet below
the ground, in a narrow gorge.
Quiviva.—This province occupies the territory adjacent to the Manzana
Mountains. Here we find the ruins of Abo, Quivira and Quarro; also several
Mexican towns, which, according to Spanish writers, were probably once
pueblos (Manzana, Chilili, Toreon). At Quivira, also, are seen the ruins of
a Jesuit mission and of habitations of Spanish miners. When Coronado
visited this province, it was, as he described it, very fertile; at present it
resembles a desert.
Cibola —This province embraces the Zuni towns, of which seven once
existed; at present there are four in ruins.
Tusayan embraces the six Moqui towns in Eastern Arizona. No ruins
of towns are seen here.*
Aztlan—This province.embraces a portion of Northwestern New
Mexico, the valley of the Rio San Juan and its tributaries. No pueblos
exist there at the present day, but ruins of former fortified towns are quite
numerous. ‘The discoverer of the ruins in the Cafion de Chaco is Lieuten-
*Mr, Thompson states that there is a ruin on a mesa near the Moqui towns. See p. 324.—F. W. P.
IN NEW MEXICO. 341
ant Simpson, who made a reconnaissance in 1849, while we are indebted to
Lieutenants Whipple and Rogers Birnie, both of the survey west of the
100th meridian, for the discovery of a number of interesting ruins on the
Rio Mancos, Rio de las Animas, Rio San Juan, Canon Largo, and Canon
del Governador. Some of the fortified structures had as many as five
hundred rooms. Over the surrounding plain, solitary round buildings
were profusely scattered. Lieutenant Whipple describes one of these ruins
as being fifteen miles distant from any water; the climate, then, appears to
have changed and become drier. Among the pueblos of New Mexico there
exists a tradition in regard to these ruins Hosta,* a very kind, intelligent
old Indian, denies that these ruins were the result of Spanish wars, remark-
ing that, the rain falling less and less, these people emigrated to the south-
ward long before the Spaniards arrived in the country, being led by Mon-
tezuma, a powerful man, who was born in Pecos, and had settled with the
Pueblos on the Rio San Juan. Montezuma was to return and lead the rest
of the Pueblos also to the south, but he failed to come back.
During the expedition of 1874 I had occasion to visit the ruins of
Pueblo Bonito,t at the head of Canon de Chaco. The ruins consist of one
large building with a yard surrounded by a wall, which forms a square,
the sides of which are nearly 200 feet long; the doors of the building open
on this yard. The walls are 14 to 2 feet thick, and are built of plates of sand-
stone, like those found in the immediate vicinity. The south and west
sides of the square are formed by a three-story building, which descends in
terraces toward the interior of the square. The lowest story is 7 feet high,
the middle one 9, and the uppermost 6. The exterior row has ten rooms
in length; these rooms are 20 feet long by 6 feet wide. Into some of the
apartments no ray of light could enter, and they were probably rooms for
* Hosta informed Lieutenant Simpson, in 1849, that the Pueblo Pintado ‘‘was built by Monte-
zuma and his people when they were on their way from the north towards the south; that, after living
here and in the vicinity for a while, they dispersed, some of them going east and settling on the Rio
Grande and others south into Old Mexico.”—Simpson, p. 77 (Senate document). This tradition seems
to me simply of value in expressing the belief held by some of the pueblo tribes, that the many ruined
towns were once the homes of the ancestors of the present pueblo tribes.—F. W. P.
+ This description does not agree at all with the Pueblo Bonito of Lieutenant Simpson, and it is
very likely that Dr. Loew has followed Mr. Gregg in retaining the name of Bonito for the large ruin at
the head of the cation, described by Lieutenant Simpson under the name of Pueblo Pintado, and by the
latter name it is generally known. In this connection see the notice of the Pueblo Pintado by Lien-
tenant Morrison, on page 366.—F. W. P.
342 RUINS AND PUEBLOS
provisions.’ The interior, or front, rooms of the first story were 20 feet long
by 9 wide. We made out altogether one hundred habitable rooms in the
building, forming two sides of the square. If we take it as probable that
every room was inhabited by a family of four persons, the former popula-
tion would have been 400. The rooms were all connected by openings in
the walls, 38 feet by 2; the window-openings were about 2 feet square.
The wood used for the construction of the doors and windows was juniper,
which grows profusely on the sandy mesas, requiring but little moisture ;
it is in a good state of preservation. As no steps were found leading to
the upper story, the ascent was probably made by ladders, as is still the
custom among the Pueblos of New Mexico. In the southern corner of the
yard are the walls of two cylindrical buildings, 20 and 30 feet in diameter,
having six pillars on the periphery, equidistant, most likely remnants of
the estufas. The bottoms of these buildings were about 3 feet lower than
the surrounding yard. Pieces of painted pottery, an article seen in many
localities in New Mexico, were found scattered about profusely. Similar
fragments were also found by the survey parties on the heights of the Sierra
Blanca in Arizona, on the Mogollon mesa, in the San Francisco Mountains,
on Mount Taylor, in the Canon de Chelle, and, in short, everywhere, in
deserts as well as on the forest-covered peaks.
I searched the surrounding ground for the former burial-place, but in
vain. No trace of former irrigating-ditches can be found in the neighboring
valley of the Chaco, but there are traces of a former road to Abiquiu, sixty
miles off, where ruins have also been found, two in the immediate vicinity
and three between Abiquiu and El] Rito. Dr. Yarrow made excavations m
these ruins, and in the old burying-ground about four miles below Abiquiu,
on the Chama.
The province of Jemez—One of the most interesting pueblos is Jemez,
on the river of that name, sixty miles southwest of Santa Fé. This town
has a language of its own, and one which is unintelligible to any other
tribe. About forty years ago the then existing pueblo of Pecos, on the Rio
Pecos, used the same dialect, but the inhabitants, becoming reduced in
numbers, joined the pueblo of Jemez, which is one of the most prosperous
in New Mexico, having fine fields, large irrigating-ditches, and extensive
IN NEW MEXICO. 343
flocks of sheep. ‘If you wish to see,” said the kind old Hosta, ex-gov-
ernador of the town, “what a great people we once were (que gran pueblo
los Jemez eran), you must go upon the mesas and into the canons of the
vicinity, where ruins of our forefathers are numerous. Our people were a
warlike race, and had many fights not only with the Spaniards but also
with other Indian tribes, the Navajos and Taos for instance, and were thus
reduced to this pueblo of Jemez, which now forms the last remnant.”
Hosta’s son led me to some ruins in the vicinity. A ride of six miles up
the river brought us to the junction of the two great canons, Guadalupe
and San Diego. Where the mesa between these canons narrows itself to a
point are the ruins of two pueblos, one upon the lower prominence of the
mesa, named Batokva, the other upon the mesa proper, called Ateyala-keokva,
and only approachable by two narrow, steep trails, the mesa everywhere
else being nearly perpendicular and 750 feet high. The view from the
mesa is picturesque and imposing in the extreme; far beneath, to the right
and left, a stream makes its way between the colossal walls of sandstone,
which are penetrated by trachytic dikes; upon the narrow width of the
mesa, near frightful precipices, are the ruins of a town of eighty houses,
partly in parallel rows, partly in squares and partly perched between the
overhanging rocks, the rim and surfaces of which formed the walls of rooms,
the gaps and interstices being filled in artificially. Nearly every house
had one story and two rooms; the building material was trachytic rock, as
found upon the mesa. Broken pottery, charred corn, and millstones for
grinding corn, were found in some of the rooms. The roofs had all fallen
in, and so also had many of the sidewalls, in the construction of which
wood was but little used. Pinon-trees have taken root within many of the
former rooms. Upon asking my Indian guide whether the former inhabi-
tants of this town were obliged to descend the steep and dangerous path-
way every day to the creek to procure water, he replied that there were
cisterns on the mesa, in which rain, formerly plentiful, was caught. He
then called my attention to some conical heaps of stone along the rim of
the precipice, which was the material for defense. Although the position
upon this mesa appears impregnable, the Spaniards succeeded in taking it,
probably forcing the inhabitants to surrender by cutting off water and
344 RUINS AND PUEBLOS
provisions. ‘When the Spaniards came up,” said this Indian, “the despair
of the people was great; many threw themselves headlong into the frightful
depths below, preferring suicide to humiliating death at the hands of their
conquerors. Suddenly the Spirit Guadalupe, who is the custodian of the
canon, made his appearance, and from this moment the people could jump
down without any danger, and since this remarkable episode the image of
Guadalupe has been upon the rocks.” On descending, I viewed this image,
which is a white figure, about ten feet in length, painted high up on the
vertical bluffs, apparently a difficult task for the unknown artist. The only
place from which the spot could be reached is a narrow prominence 30 to
40 feet below the picture. As there is a sort of halo around the head, such
as we are accustomed to see in pictures of saints, I believe this image to be
the work of a Spanish priest who desired to impose upon the people, for
which purpose he might have secretly made this picture, which to them is
a miracle. Again, in the valley, the Indian called my attention to a num-
ber of peach trees along the river-margin, which he said were planted by
the former inhabitants of Ateyala-keokva, but, from the fact that these
trees still bear fruit, it would seem that the impositions on the credulity of
these people by the Spanish priests are not of a very remote period.
The reports of the Spaniards frequently mention Jemez. Castanada,
who accompanied Coronado on his marches through New Mexico, as early
as 154143, speaks of two great provinces in that vicinity, Jemez, and
north of it Juke-yunke. He also speaks of strongly-fortified places difficult
of access, and of a town, Braba, that was called by the Spaniards Valladolid
on account of the resemblance of its situation with that of this Spanish
town. I think that from this word is derived the name Vailatoa, used at the
present day by the inhabitants of Jemez to signify their town. In the
years 1692 and 1693 two war expeditions took place, under General
Diego de Vargas, against the Jemez, who had destroyed the churches,
murdered the priests, and declared themselves free from the Spanish yoke.
In the Spanish account of these occurrences, it is mentioned that the In-
dians fled to a high mesa and there bombarded the Spaniards with a shower
of stones Trustworthy Mexicans told me that there are ruins of twenty-
five or thirty towns upon the neighboring mesas and in the canons, and
IN NEW MEXICO. 345
those of five large churches. In the vicinity of the Hot Springs (Ojes
Calientes), twelve miles above Jemez, in the Canon de San Diego, are the
ruins of one of them. The walls are fully 7 feet thick, and the interior
space 100 feet long by 35 feet wide, with a tower attached on the north
side. The destruction of this church probably took place in 1680, at the
time of the great Pueblo revolution against the Spanish priests and soldiers.
It may be added, with regard to the Pueblo people of the present day,
who hardly number more than 8,000 souls, that, taking difference of language
as a base, there are eight tribes, which occupy the following towns:
Zuni.—Luni, Nutrias, Ojo de Pescado.
Moqui—Hualvi, Tsitsumevi, Mushangenevi, Shongobavi, Shebaulavi,
Orayvi.
Tanos.—Isleta, below Albuquerque; Isleta, below El] Paso; Zandia.
Taos.—Yaos (Indian name, Takhe), Picoris.
Querez—Santa Ana (Indian name, Tomia), San Felipe, San Domingo,
Silla indian name, Tia), Cochiti.
Kan-ayko or Sis-stsi-mé—Acoma (Indian name, Ako), Laguna (Indian
name, Kanayko), Povate (Indian name, Kvishti), Moguino, Hasatch.
Tehua—Nambé, Tesuque, Ildefonso, Pajoaque, San Juan, Santa Clara,
Tehua (with the Moqui Pueblos in Arizona).
Jemez—Jemos (Pecos, extinct).
The language of the Kanayko tribe resembles closely that of the
Querez tribe; and, on the other hand, the languages of the Tanos and Taos
tribes are closely allied to each other. With these two exceptions the
languages of these tribes differ so much that, in order to understand each
other, those speaking them have recourse to the Spanish language.
*
REPORT ON RUINS VISITED IN NEW MEXICO.
By Lieut. RoGERS BIRNIE, JR., Thirteenth United States Infantry.
Tuer evidences that there were former inhabitants in localities now en-
tirely depopulated were numerous, being observed along the Canon Cer-
resal, Caton Largo, Canon de Chaco, and the San Juan and Las Animas
Rivers. Traveling through the Canon Cerresal, they were first observed
as rude walls built upon the rocks, at the top of the walls of the camion,
where these latter were from 150 to 200 feet in height.
On September 16, 1874, I visited, with Mr. Rowe, a topographical
station at the head of one of the branches of the Canon Cerresal, where we
found some very perfect specimens of old pottery, though no signs of any
habitation. It is one of the highest points in quite a large area, a small-
topped sandstone mesa about 100 by 40 feet, the upper terrace as it were
of a series, and well-nigh inaccessible. It is difficult to conceive for what
purpose this place could have been frequented, in the present aspect of the
country, situated as it is probably twenty miles from any permanent source
of water, unless, with the positions of the dwelling, it may tend to corrobo-
rate the idea that these people were driven out of the country by roving
tribes of Indians, and sought refuge in these naturally-fortified places.
Returning to the party from this station, we visited one of the stone
houses built upon the rocks above the side of the canon. The ascent to
the rock upon which it was built was by two pieces of wood about 10 feet
long, with notches cut for steps and forming a rude ladder. There were
*Abstract from Annual Report of the Chief of Engineers for 1875. Appendix LL.
346
RUINS ON THE LAS ANIMAS. 347
six rooms, some nearly perfect, the walls of rough stone and roof made of
pieces of cedar stretched horizontally and covered with earth; patches of
plaster remained upon the walls, but much of the roof had fallen in; the
ceilings low, not more than 7 feet above the ground; doors very small.
Broken pieces of pottery were scattered about.
On the next day I visited another of these ruins, making the ascent of
the rocks with considerable difficulty. Several small dwellings were found,
nearly covering the space upon the rock, which descended very abruptly
on every side. In one of these houses, just above a fire-place, and upon
sticks stretching across the room, supported by being imbedded in the wall
on either side, I found the leg-bones of a man’s skeleton; the remainder
must have been carried away, as I could not find any of the other parts.
Near the dwellings were several cavities in the rocks suitable for holding
supplies of water, although they seemed to be natural formations. ‘The
rubbish on the floor was an inch or two thick.
In the Canon Largo, a few miles from its junction with the San Juan
River, we found in the valley a curious mound that had every appearance
of having been constructed by man, from the heterogeneous substance that
composed it as well as its shape, roof-like, with sloping ends, being about
100 feet long by 50 feet wide at the base, and 25 feet high. At either end
were little circles of stones, and digging down through the sod a quantity
of black earth was found, as though the place had been frequently used for
fires.
The most extensive ruins met with were on the right bank of the Las
Animas River, about twelve miles above its junction with the San Juan. I
had been previously informed of this, my informant stating that he had
counted 517 rooms in one pueblo. On visiting the ruins we found what
had once been, apparently, quite a town, with two main buildings and
numerous small ones about them. One of the main buildings, situated
nearest the river, extended to and was built into a bluff separated a few
hundred yards from the river by a flat. The plan was rectangular, with a
small court on the south side, the court flanked on either side by two cir-
cular rooms or towers at the corners of the building; two more of these
rooms at the other corners, and three through the center and parallel to .
348 RUINS ON THE LAS ANIMAS.
the longer side of the building; the walls supporting the towers on either
side of the court were square-cornered, but had re-entrant angles. The
remainder of the building was divided into rectangular compartments,
apparently of three stories, the two upper ones nearly in ruins, on two sides
of the building, which was about 150 by 100 feet; the wall was quite perfect
and in places 25 feet in height still standing.* Entering a room nearly
altogether in ruins, it was found connected with an interior one by a door-
way 4 feet 4 inches by 2 feet 4 inches, cased with nicely-dressed soft
sandstone in pieces about the size of ordinary bricks; the walls were 2
feet 4 inches thick, many of the stones being marked with crosses (++),
&c., and some with inscriptions, though these latter were nearly obliterated.
The interior room was 14 feet 4 inches by 6 feet 4 inches, and the roof
fallen in. An entrance was found to a lower room, apparently one of the
lower story, through a door of about the same dimensions as the other men-
tioned; the lintel was composed of small, round pieces of wood well cleaned,
fitted, and bound together with withes; the dimensions of the room were 14
feet 4 inches by 6 feet, and 7 feet high; the walls, which were well plastered,
remained nearly intact, and were covered on all sides with curious figures
and signs scratched upon them. The floor must have been of earth; the ceil-
ing was supported primarily by clean pine or spruce beams about 6 inches
in diameter and 30 inches apart; these were crossed by smaller ones of the
same kind, and across these latter were split pieces, small and half-round,
and fitting closely together, supporting the earth above. The room was in
good condition, though sand had washed in and partly covered the floor.
No entrance could be found to the numerous other rooms constituting this
floor, except in one case where an interior wall was found broken through.
This room was like the other, but higher and without plaster, the floor
covered with débris fallen from above. Near the center of the building was
a rectangular shaft about 8 feet by 6 feet. Through a hole already broken
in the roof, and by means of a rope, I descended about 12 feet to a floor-
ing, the beams supporting which had given way and only part remained ;
*A heliotype plate, made from a photograph of the interior of the building here mentioned, is
contained in the Report of the Chief of Engineers trom which this account is taken, and is here alluded
to, as it gives the best presentation I have seen of the method of building the walls of these ancient
structures.—I’. W. P.
RUINS ON THE LAS ANIMAS. 349
a little below loose earth filled the shaft, but whether resting on another
floor or the ground I could not tell. No connection was found between
this and any of the rooms. I regretted that I could not reach the bottom,
as I had here hoped to find entrances to those rooms which appeared to
have none from the outside. Holes, as if for ventilation, but not large
enough to admit a man, and now filled with dirt, seemed to extend through
the exterior walls of the building in places.
The other main building, which is the larger of the two, is about 200
yards to the west of this, and quite remarkable in plan. What was proba-
bly the principal part is on the north side, the roof fallen in and much débris
about the exterior. We found a number of much larger rooms than in the
other building, and interior walls at least 30 feet high. This portion of the
building is about 200 feet long and regularly supported on the exterior by
buttresses; from either end two wings connect and run out, making the
interior angles about 100°; these wings extend about 150 feet, then their
extremities seem to have been connected by a circular wall, now entirely
in ruins, but showing the remains of a gate-way. Above the buttresses, on
the exterior wall of the main portion, the wall is quite perfect, and shows
a very pretty architectural design. The masonry is not only built with
courses of different thicknesses of stone, but also of different colors. There
is seen a projecting cornice, plain, composed of three or four courses of very
thin reddish sandstones, and again a course of nearly white stone, perhaps
a foot thick, both very even, and then other courses of different shades and
thicknesses alternate. In this building there are remains of three circular
rooms, one at each of the angles above referred to, and one in the center of
the court. A great deal of broken pottery was about, but confined to cer-
tain portions of the building, principally the extremities of the wings. Want
of time prevented me from making measurements and obtaining much accu-
rate data that I desired
Many years must have elapsed since these buildings were in ruins, but
some of the walls, where supported, are well preserved. Very heavy sage-
brush was growing in many places upon the mounds of the ruins. The
remains of a circular building were found midway between the two main
buildings, and it has been supposed that these circular rooms were places
a00 RUINS ON THE CHACO CANON.
of worship. But little analogy could be observed between these and the
Indian pueblo at Taos that I afterward visited; but stone ruins seen at
Nacimiento and near other (now occupied) Mexican towns were very simi-
lar, except as to plan, to those described, the ruins about the towns being
entirely different from any of the present habitations.
In many places along the San Juan River pieces of old pottery were
observed and remains of several small stone houses. In one of these I
found a very fine specimen of a stone hammer, of a natural oval stone,
with the ordinary groove cut about it for attaching the handle. A number
of important ruins. were also observed along the Canon de Chaco. None
of those so minutely described by Lieutenant Simpson in 1849 were visited
by us, as we did not follow his route only, perhaps, a very short distance.
The Navajo Indians ascribed some of the figures and signs seen in the
lower room of the ruins to Apaches and Comanches; but their explana-
tions were very vague, principally from the difficulty of understanding
them.
REPORT ON THE REMAINS OF POPULATION
OBSERVED IN NORTHWESTERN NEW MEXICO.*
By Pror. E. D. Cops, Palwontologist of Expedition of 1874.
Waite encamped on the Gallinas Creek, at the point where it issues
from the Sierra Madre, I occupied intervals of time in the examination of the
traces left by the former inhabitants of this portion of New Mexico. Had
time permitted, the exploration of these remains might have been much
extended, but under the circumstances a mere beginning was made. The
observations show that the country of the Gallinas and the Eocene Plateau
to the west of it were once occupied by a numerous population. Now
there are no human residents in the region, and it is only traversed by bands
of the Apache, Navajo, and Ute tribes of Indians. The indications of this
ancient population consist of ruined buildings, pottery, flint implements,
and human bones. Broken vessels of baked clay are frequently found, and
the fragments occur in all kinds of situations throughout the country.
They are usually most easily discovered on the slopes of the hills and hog-
backs of Cretaceous and Tertiary age, and, where abundant, generally lead
to a ruined building standing on the elevation above.
The hog-back ridges, described in geological report (Appendix G 1),
extend in a general north and south direction on the western side of the
Sierra Madre, south of Tierra Amarilla. They vary from two to four in
number, and stand at distances of from half a mile to three miles from the
mountain range. The Gallinas Creek flows between two of them near their
southern extremities for perhaps fifteen miles. At one point the hog-backs
*From Annual Report of the Chief of Engineers for 1875, Appendix LL.
vv
352 ANCIENT POPULATION IN
of Cretaceous, Nos. 3 and 4, approach near together, and the creek flows
near to the foot of the eastern front, or escarpment, of No. 8. The rock of
this ledge is a hard sandstone, and resists erosion; hence its outcrop forms
continuous sharp ridges, with distant interruptions, which are termed by the
Mexicans the cuchillas, or cristones. The hog-back of No. 4, being com-
posed of softer material, is worn by erosion into a succession of subconical
eminences.
My attention was first called to the archeology of the region by
observing that the conic hills just mentioned appeared to be in many
instances crowned with stone structures, which, on examination, proved to
be ruined buildings. These are round or square, with rounded angles, and
from 15 to 25 feet in diameter. The walls are 2 and 3 feet in diameter,
and composed of stones of moderate size, which have been roughly dressed,
or built without dressing into solid but not very closely-fitting masonry.
The walls remaining measure from 10 feet high downward. The floor
inside is basin-shaped, or like a shallow bird-nest, and frequently supports
a growth of sage brush (Artemisia) of the same size and character as that
growing on the plains below, and other shrubs. Sometimes they contain
pinion trees (Pinus cembroides) of 1 and 2 feet in diameter, which is the
average and full size to which they grow on the adjacent ridges and pla-
teaus. Within and about them fragments of pottery abound, while flint
implements are less common As these are similar in all the localities
examined, they will be subsequently described. A building more or less
exactly agreeing with this description was found on the summit of every
hill of a conical form in the vicinity. Their form is probably due to the
shape of the hill, as they were differently built on the level hog-backs.
None of the circular buildings were found to be divided, nor were any
traces of such buildings observed on lower ground.
The hog-back of Cretaceous No. 3 is the locality in question, only one
or two hundred yards distant from the eastern of the hills just described,
from which it is separated stratigraphically by a bed of lignite. At some
points this stratum has been removed by atmospheric erosion, leaving a
ravine between the hog-backs. Near the middle of a section of the hog-
back No. 3 a portion of this formation remains, forming a narrow causeway
NORTHWESTERN NEW MEXICO. 353
connecting it with the ridge just behind it. The eastern face is a perpen-
dicular wall of sandstone rock of about 300 feet in elevation; the western
face is the true surface of the stratum, which here dips about 45° to 55°
west by north. The top of the ridge varies in width from 4 to 11 feet.
In riding past the foot of the precipice, | observed what appeared to
be stone walls crowning its summit. Examination of the ridge disclosed
the fact that a village, forming a single line of thirty houses, extended
along its narrow crest, twenty-two of them being south of the causeway
and eight north of it. The most southern in situation is at some distance
from the southern extremity of the hog-back. I selected it as a position
from which to sketch the country to the south and west. (See Geological
Report, Appendix G1.) It is built on the western slope of the rock, a wall
of 12 feet in height supporting it on that side, while the narrow ledge form-
ing the summit of the ridge is its back wall. It is square, 3.355 meters on
a side, and has a floor leveled with earth and stones. Two stout cedar-
posts probably once supported the roof; their stumps remain, well cracked
and weathered. Bushes of sage, similar in size to that of the surrounding
plain, are growing within the walls. The second house is immediately
adjoining, and is surrounded by an independent wall, that on the lower side
of the ridge being still 12 feet in height. The length of the inclosure is
4.69 meters and the width 2.68 meters; full sized scrub-oak and sage brush
are growing in it. The stumps of two cedar posts remain, one 5, the other
8 inches in diameter. The third house adjoins No. 2, but is surrounded by
a distinct wall, except at the back or side next the precipice, where a ledge
of rock completes the inclosure. The latter is 4.02 meters long; it con-
tains a scrub-oak of 3 inches diameter, which is an average size for the tree.
Beyond these ruins is an interval of 69 meters, where the summit of
the rock is narrow and smooth, and the dip on the west side 55°. The
walls of an oval building follow, which inclose a space of 4.69 meters.
They are 2 to 24 feet in thickness, and stand 8 feet high on the western side ;
the eastern wall stands on the sheer edge of the precipice. A building
adjoins, with the dividing-wall common to the preceding house. Its east
and west walls stand on parallel ledges of the sandstone strata, whose
strike does not exactly coincide with the axis of the hog-back. Diameter
23 CI
304 ANCIENT POPULATION IN
of this inclosure 5.37 meters. A space of 15.4 meters follows, with preci-
pices on both sides, when we reach house No. 6. The eastern wall stands
5 feet high on the summit of the precipice, from which a stone might be
dropped to the ground, perhaps 350 feet below. Only 8 feet of the western
wall remained at the time of my examination. The inclosure is 6.04 meters
long, and not quite so wide, and is divided transversely by a wall, which
cuts off. less than one-third the length of the apartment. In one of the
opposite corners of the larger room is the stump of a cedar post 5 inches in
diameter. This house can only be reached by climbing over narrow ledges
and steep faces of rock. House No. 7 follows an interval of 42.30 meters.
Its foundation-wall incloses an irregular square space 4.70 meters long and
3.69 meters wide; it is 11 feet high on the western side, and very regularly
built and well preserved; on the east side it is 8 feet high, and is inter-
rupted by a door-way of regular form. From this a narrow fissure offers a
precarious hold for descent for a considerable distance down the face of the
precipice, but whether passable to the bottom I could not ascertain. — :
The crest of the ridge is without ruins for 52.34 meters farther; then
a building follows whose inclosed space is an irregular circle of 4.70 meters
diameter. A transverse summit-ledge forms its southern wall, but the re-
maining portion is remarkably massive, measuring 3 feet in thickness. Its
western wall is 12 feet high, and contains many huge stones, which four or
five men could not lift unaided by machinery. Several scrub-oaks of 3
inches in diameter grow in this chamber, and stumps of the cedar posts
that supported the roof remain. Here follows a row of ten similar ruined
houses, measuring from 3.35 to 6.24 meters in length. Of these, No. 13
is remarkable for containing a scrub-oak of 13 inches in diameter, the
largest that I have seen in the country, and the species is an abundant one.
In No. 14 the remaining western wall is 15 feet in height. There was a
good deal of pottery lying on the western slope of the rock, but of flint
implements and chips I found but few. All of these ruins contain full-
grown sage-bushes. No 18 is the largest ruin; the length of its inclosure
is 8.62 meters, and the width 6.71 meters; its west wall is 6 feet high; the
floor is overgrown with sage of the largest size. This building stood 51
meters from No. 17; 12.80 meters northward the ridge descends slightly
NORTHWESTERN NEW MEXICO. 3D9D
to the level of the causeway already mentioned. Here are five more
ruined buildings of the same average size as the others, interrupted by but
one short interval.*
From this depression, that part of the hog-back which is north of the
causeway rises abruptly in a perpendicular face. It is composed princi-
pally of two layers of the sandstone, dipping at 45° W., which are separated
by a deep cavity from a point 15 feet from the base upward. This niche
has been appropriated for a habitation, for it is walled to a height of 8 feet
from its base. The foot of the wall is quite inaccessible, but by climbing
round the eastern face of the precipice a ledge is found at the base of the
projecting stratum, which forms the east wall of the inclosure. This was
scaled by means of a staircase of stones, a number of which were in posi-
tion at the time of my visit. The remaining portion of the hog-back is
elevated and smooth, and the foundation-stones only of several houses re-
main. One of these contain two stout posts, of which 4 feet remain above
ground; the last house is near the end of the ridge, and is bounded by a
wall 10 feet in height, which forms its western side.
The walls of these houses are built with a mortar of mud, mixed in
many cases at least with ashes, judging from the abundant specks of char-
coal which it contains. It is not of good quality, and has weathered much
from between the stones. I could not discover any indications of the de-
struction of the houses by fire either on the stones or the cedar posts. The
latter doubtless lost by weathering such indications, had they existed, and
the combustion of the entire contents of such small domiciles could have
effected their stone walls but little. I found no remains of bones of animals
or men about them.
This town I called Cristone. The same hog-back recommences a little
more than a mile to the north, rising to a greater elevation, say 600 or 700
feet above the valley. The east side is perpendicular, while the dip of the
west side is 60°, and sometimes even a higher angle. On this almost inac-
cessible crest I could see from the valley the walls of ruined stone build-
ings, such as I have just described; but unfortunately my limited time
*Jn the Report of the Chief of Engineers from which this paper is taken, several illustrations
are given, showing the form and position of the houses described by Professor Cope. I regret that
the cuts cannot be reproduced here.—F. W. P.
256 ANCIENT POPULATION IN
prevented me from making a detailed examination of them. In the opposite
direction I observed a similar ruin on an outlying hill adjacent to the south-
ern portion of the southern hog-back. ‘This one is of larger size than any
of the others, but I was unable to visit it.
The position of these buildings is susceptible of the same explanation
as that of the still inhabited Moqui villages of Arizona, so interestingly de-
scribed by Lieutenant Ives in his report on his survey of the Rio Colorado
of the West, and of the route from its canon to Santa Fé. They were
doubtless perched on these high eminences for purposes of defense, and
they were conveniently located near a perennial stream, which permitted
them to carry on a system of agriculture no doubt similar to that now prac-
ticed by the Moquis. The inhabitants of Cristone felt, however, one disad-
vantage not known to the Moquis; they were, so far as present indications
go, without water on their elevated rocks, but were dependent for their
supply on the Gallinas creek I found no indication of cisterns which
should furnish such supply in time of siege, although they doubtless could
depend for a considerable length of time on rain-water, which they caught
and preserved in the many vessels of pottery whose fragments are now so
numerous about the ruins.
At this point the bluffs of the Eocene bad-lands are from nine to ten
miles from the Gallinas creek. Here also the slopes are in places covered
with broken pottery, and on the summits of some of the less elevated buttes
circular walls indicate the former existence of buildings similar to those
crowning the conical hills along the creek. The latter contains the nearest
water to these ruins. In other localities ruined stone buildings occupy the
flat summits of mesa hills of the bad-lands, often in very elevated and well-
defended positions. It was a common observation that the erosion of the
faces of these bluffs had undermined the foundations of the houses, so that
their wall-stones, with the posts, were mingled with the pottery on the talus
below. At one point foundation-walls stand on an isthmus, connecting a
butte with the mesa, of which a width of 20 feet remains, but which is fur-
rowed with water-channels. Here Eocene fossils, and pottery, including a
narrow-necked jug, were confusedly mixed together. At another point the
o)
narrow summit of a butte, of nearly 200 feet elevation, is covered with
NORTHWESTERN NEW MEXICO. 357
remnants of stone buildings which extend for a length of 200 yards. The
greater part of them had been undermined, and the stones were lying in
quantities on the talus at the time of my visit. At one end of the line the
bases of two rectangular walls, perhaps of towers, appeared to have been
placed as supports to the terrace. Very dry cedar posts occur among the
ruins, and three such, standing upright on the summit of the butte, mark a
spot as yet unaffected by the disintegration of the cliff. In another portion
of the ruins a row of large earthenware pots was found buried in the earth.
The slow movement of the marl-changes of level had already fractured
them. At another locality I took from a confused mass of ruins the tem-
poral bones of an adult person, the ilium of a child, ribs, and other bones.
At a remote portion of the ruins, on a remaining ledge, I found a square
inclosure formed of stones set on edge, three stones forming each half of
the inclosure. I excavated this for the depth of a foot without finding any
indication of its use. In some of these localities chips, arrow-heads, and
thin knives of chalcedony and white flint were found, with similar imple-
ments of obsidian. The obsidian knives are similar to those which I have
seen as commonly found in Mexico. .
At the head of the Canoncito de las Yeguas there are numerous low
hills of the Eocene marl, covered with pinon forests of adult trees. Ona
low slope of one of these I found the burial place of one of the inhabitants,
as indicated by his bones and trinkets, doubtless buried with him. His
tibia was a marked example of the platyenemic type. Close to them were
some good quartz-crystals, of course intruders in such a formation, a piece
of chalchuitl, an apparently transported scaphite, some implements of obsi-
dian, flint, &c, and a single perfect lower molar of a large mammal of the
genus Bathmodon, attached to a piece of the jaw, which looked as though
the ancient proprietor had not been ignorant of the peculiar products of the
neighboring bluffs.
In traversing the high and dry Eocene plateau west of the bad-land
bluffs, I noticed the occurrence of pottery on the denuded hills for a dis-
tance of many miles. Some of these localities are fifteen and twenty miles
from the edge of the plateau, and at least twenty-five miles from the Galli-
358 ANCIENT POPULATION IN
nas Creek, the nearest permanent water. In some of these localities the
summits of the hills had been eroded to a narrow keel, destroying the foun-
dations of the former buildings. In no locality did I observe inscriptions
on the recks or other objects, which were, probably, the work of the
builders of these stone towns; but I give a copy of figures (Fig. 135) which
Fig, 135.—Rock-carvings on the Rio Chama.
I found on the side of a ravine near to Abiquiu, on the river Chama. They
are cut in Jurassic sandstone of medium hardness, and are quite worn and
overgrown with the small lichen which is abundant on the face of the rock.
I know nothing respecting their origin.
It is evident that the region of the Gallinas was once as thickly inhab-
ited as are now the more densely populated portions of the Eastern States.
The number of buildings in a square mile of that region is equal to if not
greater than the number now existing in the more densely populated rural
districts of Pennsylvania and New Jersey. Whether this is the case to the
south and west I do not know, as I was unable to devote the necessary time
to the examination. I found, however, that without investigation it is very
easy to pass the ruins by unnoticed, since their elevated positions, ruinous
condition, and concealment by vegetation, render them almost invisible to
the passing traveler. In general, I may say that the number of ruins I
found was in direct proportion to the attention I gave the matter; where I
looked for them I invariably found them in suitable situations.
NORTHWESTERN NEW MEXICO. 359
Perhaps the most remarkable fact in connection with these ruins is the
remoteness of a large proportion of them from water. They occur every-
where in the bad lands to a distance of twenty-five miles from any terres-
trial source of supply. The climatic character of the country there has
either undergone material change, or the mode of securing and preserving
a supply of water employed by these people differed from any known to
us at the present time. I found no traces of cisterns, and the only water-
holders observed were the earthenware pots buried in the ground, which
did not exceed eighteen inches in diameter. There is, however, no doubt
that these people manufactured great numbers of these narrow-necked
globular vessels, whose principal use must have been the holding of fluids,
and chiefly of water. Nevertheless, it is scarcely conceivable that the in-
habitants of the houses now so remote from water could have subsisted
under the present conditions. Professor Newberry (Ives’ Report) is of the
opinion that a diminution in the amount of rain-fall over this region has
taken place at no very remote period in the past, and cites the death of
forests of pine trees which still stand as probably due to increasing drought.
It is, of course, evident that erosive agencies were once much more active
in this region than at present, as the numerous and vast canons testify, but
that any change sufficient to affect this process should have occurred in the
human period, seems highly improbable. In other words, the process of
cutting canons of such depth in rocks of such hardness is so slow that its
early stages, which were associated with a different distribution of surface-
water supply, must have far antedated the human period.
Nevertheless, if we yield to the supposition that during the period of
residence of the ancient inhabitants the water-supply from rains was greater
than now, what evidence do we possess which bears on the age of that
period? There is no difference between the vegetation found growing in
these buildings and that of the surrounding hills and valleys; the pines,
oaks, and sage-brush are of the same size, and, to all appearances, of the
same age. I should suppose them to be contemporary in every respect.
In the next place, the bad-lands have undergone a definite amount of
atmospheric erosion since the occupancy of the houses which stand on their
summits. The rate of this erosion, under present atmospheric influences,
360 ANCIENT POPULATION IN
is undoubtedly very slow. The only means which suggested itself at the
time as available for estimating this rate was the calculation of the age of
pine trees which grow near the base of the bluffs. These have, of course,
attained their present,size since the removal of the front of the stratum from
the position which the trees now occupy, so that the age of the latter rep-
resents at least the time required for the erosion to have removed the bluff
to its present position, but how much time elapsed between the uncovering
of the position now occupied by the tree and its germination, there is, of
course, no means of ascertaining. My assistant, an educated and exact
man, counted the rings in a cut he made into the side of a pimon (Pinus
cembroides) which stood at a distance of 40 feet from a bluff, not far from a
locality of ruins. In a quarter of an inch of solid wood he found 16 con-
centric layers, or 64 in an inch. The tree was fully 20 inches in diameter,
which gives 640 annual growths. The pinon is a small species, hence the
closeness of the rings in an old tree.
At present it is only possible to speculate on the history of the builders
of these houses, and the date of their extinction. The tribes of Indians at
present inhabiting the region at irregular intervals can give no account of
them. But it is not necessary to suppose that the ruin of this population
occurred at a very remote past. On the Rio Chaco, not more than thirty
miles from the Alto del Utah, are the ruins of the seven cities of Cibola, the
largest of which is called Hungo Pavie. These have been described by
General Simpson,* who shows that each of the towns consisted of a huge |
communal house, which would have accommodated from 1,500 to 8,000
persons. Their character appears to have been similar to that of the exist-
ing Moqui villages.
The ‘cities of Cibola” were visited by the marauding expedition of
Coronado in 1540, which captured them to add to the viceroyalty of Mex-
ico. - In his letter to Mendoza, the viceroy, Coronado states that the inhab-
itants, on the fourth day after the capture, “set in order all their goods and
substances, their women and children, and fled to the hills, leaving their
town, as it were, abandoned, wherein remained very few of them.” There
*Report of Lieut. James H. Simpson of an expedition in the Navajo country in 1849, Ex. Doc. Ist
sess. Thirty-first Congress.
NORTHWESTERN NEW MEXICO. 361
can be no doubt that the Eocene plateau and hog-backs of the Gallinas
offer hills of the greatest elevation in the entire region, and it is highly
probable, if the account quoted be correct, that some at least of the exiled
Cibolians found a refuge in this region, and may have been the builders of
Cristone. This would place the age of the ruins described at 335 years.
Of course it is possible that they represent villages contemporary with and
tributary to the seven cities.*
The inhabitants of the rock-houses of the Gallinas necessarily aban-
doned the communal type of building generally employed by their race,
and appear only to have considered the capacities of their dwellings for
defense. Yet the perils of life in Cristone due to the location alone must
have been considerable. Infant sports must have been restricted to within
doors, and cool heads were requisite in adults to avoid the fatal conse-
quences of a slip or fall. Intoxication must have been rare in Cristone.
There is no trace of metal in any of the ruins of the Gallinas, and it is
evident that the inhabitants were acquainted with the use of stone imple-
ments only. I have already alluded to their pottery. It is usually of a
bluish-ash color, but is occasionally black, brown, and more rarely red. It
is never glazed, but the more common kind is nicely smoothed so as to
reflect a little light. This pottery is ornamented with figures in black
paint, which are in lines decussating or at right angles, or closing triangu-
lar or square spaces. Sometimes colored and uncolored angular areas form
a checker-board pattern. The coarser kinds exhibit sculpture of the clay
instead of painting. The surface is thrown into lines of alternating projec-
tions and pits by the use of an obtuse stick or the finger-nail, or it is
thrown into imbricating layers by cutting obliquely with a sharp flint-knife.
Thus the patterns of the ornamentation were varied according to the taste
of the manufacturers, although the facilities at their disposal were few.
* Professor Cope here considers the Chaco group of ruins as the remains of the ‘‘Seven cities of
Cibola” mentioned by Coronado. In this he follows Mr. Morgan (North American Review, 1869). On
a preceding page Dr. Loew has included four ruined and three inhabited Zuni towns in the province of
Cibola, and the weight of evidence seems to be in favor of the Zuni group. Lieutenant Abert (Military
Reconnaissance, New Mexico, &c., 1848) identifies Acoma and six other pueblos with Cibola. Tor fur-
ther information on this point, reference is made to the authors quoted, and to the statements given by
Mr. Bancroft in favor of Zuni (Native Races, iv, p. 674).—F. W. P.
NOTICE OF A RUINED PUEBLO AND AN ANCIENT
BURIAL-PLACE IN THE VALLEY OF THE
RIO CHAMA™
By H. C. YARRow, Assistant Surgeon, U.S. A.
AN interesting discovery was made of an ancient pueblo and burial-
ground in the valley of the Rio Chama, about three miles east of Abiquiu,
on the top of a mesa, rising probably 100 or 150 feet above the level of the
river. This mesa lies at the foot of the Jemez range of mountains, and has
the appearance of a high foot-hill from the valley ; seen from above, it is
simply a promontory of land in the shape of a trapezoid, or frustrum of a
cone. At its base in each side were the only means of approach—two nar-
row, steep canons, worn away by the streams of water from the mountains
above. In case of war, these approaches could have been easily defended.
The front of the mesa is a sheer precipice, allowing of no ingress to the
town in that direction, and it would appear that the builders of it chose this
spot with a considerable degree of sagacity, and with a view to a good
defensive position, although we were unable to determine where, in case of
a protracted siege, the inhabitants could have obtained water. The Rio
Chama flows through the valley at the foot of the mesa, the road running
alongside of it. There are two arroyos, or ditches, in the sides of which
graves were found. ‘These ditches were formed in a similar manner to the
*This account is an abstract only of portions of Dr. Yarrow’s General Itinerary for the Field-
season of 1874. Annual Report of the Chief of Engineers for 1875, Appendix LL.
502
RUINED PUEBLO ON THE CHAMA. 363
cations, but subsequent to the occupation of the village. The town* was
built in the shape of a double L, having an open area, or court-yard, on
both sides, and with bastions or towers at the corners, one defending the
western canon-approach and the other the only entrance to the town. ‘The
front wall was 40 feet in length; the side wall, 50 feet; first rear wall, 30
feet; a prolongation of this, 40 feet; second rear wall, 80 feet; eastern side
wall, 50 feet; the bastions being 10 feet in diameter; the estufa, or council-
chamber, 20 feet. These walls had been built double, and the dwellings
were between, divided up into spaces about 10 feet square. Upon the sup-
position that each of the spaces were occupied by one family consisting of,
say, five individuals, and that the structure was two stories in height, we
may imagine the population of this town to have been in the neighborhood
of 250. If the houses consisted of five stories, like some of the pueblo vil-
lages of the present day, the population was doubtless much greater. The
stones composing the walls are black basaltic lava, and have probably been
brought from a considerable distance, as we were unable to discover any
large deposit of this material in the vicinity. At the present time these
walls are but 18 inches in height, and are gradually crumbling down, but
enough débris is scattered about to show that an enormous quantity of the
stone was used in the construction.
Interspersed with the stones are great quantities of broken pottery,
exhibiting the same peculiarities of markings and colorations as the frag-
ments found in other ancient dwelling-places in this part of New Mexico.
In addition to the fragments of pottery, we found chips of black obsidian,
of red porphyry, and carnelian, white and red; but not a bead, an arrow,
a lance-head, nor an axe-head of stone or metal, rewarded our long and
eager search, which may perhaps be accounted for from the fact that the
present Pueblo Indians have a great degree of regard and veneration for
ancient stone implements of all kinds, and treasure them with great care.
The estufa, or council-chamber, was carefully examined, and appeared
to have been similar in its character to those at present used in modern
* A diagram showing the ruins of the town and its position on the mesa is given in the Report
of Engineers from which this account is taken.—F. W. P.
364 RUINED PUEBLO AND BURIAL-PLACE
pueblos. These chambers are formed by digging in the ground a circular
pit from 10 to 20 feet in depth; a wall, in some cases of 2 or 3 feet in
height, is built around the rim of the hole, and on this branches of trees or
beams of wood are laid, forming a roof, which is covered with brush, and
earth packed firmly on top. At the pueblo of Taos each head man has an
estufa of his own, but in this ruin, and in other villages visited, only one
appears to have been in use.
After carefully examining the remains of the village, we set out in
search of the graves, and found that bodies had been buried within 30 feet
of the walls of the town. The arroyos, as already stated, had been washed
out by water, and the falling away of the earth disclosed the remains. The
first skeleton found was in the right-hand or eastern arroyo, some 6 or 8
feet below the level of the mesa, and had been placed in the grave face
downward, the head pointing to the south. As the body lay, we had a fine
section of the strata of earth above it. Two feet above the skeleton we
noticed two smooth black ‘ollas,” or vases, which, when dug out, were
found to contain charcoal, parched corn, and the bones of small mammals
and fowls which had, doubtless, been placed therein at the funeral-feast; and
the remaining earth to the surface contained nothing but pieces of charcoal.
Not a vestige of clothing, no ornaments, implements, or weapons were
found near the corpse, and apparently no receptacle had been employed to
contain it. By carefully digging away the surrounding earth with our
knives, we were fortunate enough to secure every bone belonging to this
skeleton, and it has arrived in Washington in good order, and is now in the
Army Medical Museum.
A further search in both arroyos revealed more bodies similarly buried,
and we secured several skeletons, but in some cases the crania were want-
ing. Three or four skeletons of children were also discovered, but the
bones were in such fragile condition as to crumble on exposure to the air,
consequently we were unable to preserve them.
There seems but little doubt that at one time this part of New Mexico
was densely populated, as in the valley of the Chama we have undoubted
evidence of the existence of the ruins of at least six or eight towns which
must have been sufficiently large, from present indications, to have con-
IN THE VALLEY OF THI CHAMA. 365
tained a total population of two or three thousand. General Simpson, in
his valuable report, has made mention of his discovery of quite a number
of these ruins south of the Jemez range on the Rio Chaco, a tributary of
the Rio San Juan, the most interesting being called the Pueblo Pintado.
This town, unlike those visited by our parties in the valley of the Chama,
was built of compact reddish-gray sandstone in tabular pieces.
NOTICE OF THE PUEBLO PINTADO AND OF OTHER
RUINS IN THE CHACO CANON.*
By Lieut. C. C. Morrison, Sixth United States Cavalry.
Our route lay to the south, our objective point being the pueblo Pin-
tado,t an ancient ruin situated on the south side of the Chaco Creek; creek
simply because it flows water in the rainy season, but perfectly dry nine
months of the year. Its southern and western walls are still standing,
showing in its present state at least four stories; the outlines of one hundred
and three rooms are easily traced on the ground-floor. The walls on the
east, south, and west sides have been at right angles to each other; that on
the northern front facing the water has been an arc of an arch, with three
large towers built so as to defile all the ground between the building and
the stream. In the interior has been a court with several circular rooms,
like the present estufas, or assembly rooms, of the Pueblo Indians of New
Mexico.
The whole structure is of stone and wood; no evidence of iron is found.
The masonry consists of thin plates of sandstone, dressed on the edges,
laid in a coarse mortar, now nearly as hard as the stone itself. MKvery
chink is filled. ‘The usual stone is from half inch to an inch thick, with
9
occasional layers of stone 2 or 3 inches thick occurring regularly every
15 to 18 inches interval, evidently to strengthen the masonry. ‘The exterior
* Abstract from report for the field-season of 1875. Annual Report of the Chief of Engineers
for 1876, Appendix J J. Z
+ Lieutenant Morrison states that this ruin has been referred to in former Annual Reports of the
Survey as the pueblo Bonito. He probably refers to Dr. Loew’s notice of the Chaco ruin, concerning
which see p. 341.—F. W. P.
466
THE PUEBLO PINTADC 367
face of the walls is as smooth as one built of brick ana beautifully v.abed.
At the base, 24 feet through, the wall at each story decreases in thickness
by the width of a slight beam, on which rest the girders of the floor, the
larger ones setting in the wall. There are no doors opening on the side
away from the court, and the only means of light seem to have been
through the inner rooms, and through some small port-holes opening out-
ward on the stories above the first. There are no perfect arches found in
the building; the only approach to such being the successive layers
over the windows, where the stones extend one beyond the other till one
stone can span the space. Usually the doors and windows were capped by
lintels of wood, which were slight round poles, with their ends, as were those
of the girders, hammered off, apparently by some stone implement. In
one of the circular rooms was found what appeared to be an altar, built out
from the side of the wall in the very center of the building; it was probably
here that their worship, since lost or perpetuated in an altered form in the
present Pueblos, was carried on.
The most striking peculiarities of the buildings were the wonderfully
perfect angles of the walls, the care with which each stone had been placed,
the perfection of the circular rooms as to their cross-section, and the great
preservation of the wood. With an architecture so advanced in other
respects, their glaring inability to tie joints in corners, each wall being
built up against and not united with the others, makes it comparatively
weak; indeed, it is to be wondered at that the walls are still standing,
depending as they do each upon its own base, without abutments.
Usually the Chaco is dry; doubtless at one time there was plenty of
water, for an apparent difference in the weeds and grass just above the
building indicates that the ground was once cultivated. We found no im-
plements other than a section of a metate, or hollow trough of stone, similar
to those now used by the Indians and Mexicans, in which they grind corn
and coffee. Innumerable fragments of pottery were found very similar,
although none perfect, to that made by the present Pueblo Indians.
A few hundred yards down the stream, as also above the buildings,
are found traces of other buildings, with, in some cases, the outlines of the
walls easily distinguishable. In the canon, which commences less than
368 RULNS IN THE CHACO CANON.
three miles below, are seven or eight other ruins, equally well-preserved,
on the cliffs above; these were, apparently, watch-towers.
South of the Chaco the country rises to a table-land, presenting on its
southern and western slope, for about 30 miles, but two places to descend
the cliffs, which are about 300 feet nearly vertical. On the southern face,
probably 120 feet above the valley, with no visible way of getting up, nor
could we reach them from above, we found several smaller buildings,
probably coeval with the larger ruins, built under the overhanging walls of
the cliff rocks.
On the level surfaces above were found numerous cisterns from 24 to
8 feet deep, hollowed out in the rock by the action of water, possibly aided
by the hand of man.
Descending from the table-land, we camped on a small drain, tributary
to the Chaco from the south. A mile north of us was the mesa Fachada,
an isolated mass which looks like a grand old church and marks the outlet of
the canon Chaco. On another drain just west of this we found another ruin
similar in the main features to the others, but differing in that it had a tower-
like room running clear to the top, inclosed in rectangular walls, so that the
perimeter of cross-section was a square on outside and circle internally,
the segments where the wall was thickest being filled up by rubble-
masonry. The ruin was on a slight elevation above the valley. From
opposite the face of the former ran a built wall of earth, with stone revet-
ment across the drain, possibly a roadway with bridge, more probably a
dam, 10 feet across the top, 5 feet high, and 15 feet across the base. Here,
as at the other ruins, was found much broken pottery. In one of the ruins
on the main Chaco drain, the topographer entered a room now almost under
ground from débris of the falling walls. It was entirely destitute of furni-
ture or tools of any sort, but was very interesting in that it showed the
manner of making the floors; also that the interior walls were plastered
with a mortar containing but little lime. In the walls were small square
recesses, as if for shelves. The ceiling, which was the floor of the room
above, consisted, first, of heavy poles about 5 inches in diameter placed at
intervals of about 3 or 4 feet; on these, transversely, were placed smaller
poles, and again across these in juxtaposition were laid small square poles,
RUINS IN THE CHACO CANON. 369
all held down by withes. There was no evidence of the people leaving
suddenly, for, though the hole was barely big enough to admit of a man
crawling through, and had only lately been unearthed by the rains, there
was no sign or trace of anything manufactured by man left behind; noth-
ing but the bare walls. In this we were much disappointed, for it was but
reasonable to suppose, if we could find a room in fair state of preservation,
that some articles of household furniture might remain.
24 CI
CLIFF-HOUSE AND CAVE ON DIAMOND CREEK,
NEW MEXICO,
By H. W. HENSHAW.
THe mouth of Diamond Creek, a tributary of the Rio Gila, is not
far from Camp Bayard, New Mexico. On the first day’s march up the
creek, when perhaps eight miles from its mouth, the attention of Mr. How-
ell and myself was attracted by a wall of cemented rocks, which evi-
dently had been raised to inclose a natural cavity in the rocks. The canon
at this point was very narrow, and the sides of volcanic rock rise perpen-
dicularly to a height of perhaps 600 feet. The wall, which was perhaps 30
feet above the valley, was 15 or 18 feet long, and composed of volcanic
débris plastered together with mud, and further strengthened and supported
by stout timbers, which had been cemented into the interior face. Two
principai openings had been left, one to serve as a doorway, through which
we entered by stooping slightly, the other, perhaps a foot in diameter, which
apparently answered the double purpose of admitting the light and serving
as a loop-hole for the discharge of arrows. The position and strength of the
wall indicated that the intention of the builders had been to provide a secure
retreat in case of attack. On entering we found ourselves in a small room,
about 14 feet long by 10 wide, out of which a second smaller apartment
opened, the two being separated by a wall similar in construction to the
first. The latter room had two small loop-holes or windows commanding
the pass below.
To the right of this structure, which had the appearance of having
370
CAVE ON DIAMOND CREEK. 371
served as a permanent habitation, and perhaps 20 feet above, was the
entrance to a large open cavern, and on making our way up to this we
found that the rock had been broken into the semblance of rude steps. The
floor of the cavern was inclined at an angle of fifteen or twenty degrees, and
covered to the depth of probably 2 feet with the excrement of rats. Near
the head we noticed a large pile of broken bows and arrows, upon which
some heavy stones had been placed. An effort was made to dig through
this in the expectation of finding skeletons, but, having only our hands
and the small pieces of sticks composing the pile, we were compelled to
desist without being able to satisfy ourselves whether the cave had been
used as a burial-place or not. The arrows were made of reeds, with
sharpened points of hard wood inserted in the ends. The points, however,
of a few were slotted and wound with sinews, showing that regular heads
had been used, one of which, of obsidian, was found united to its shaft.
It is safe to say that in this mass there were over a thousand arrows broken
into fragments of various sizes.
RUINS IN THE CANON DE CHELLE.
a
In the Canton de Chelle, New Mexico, there are many ruins of cliff-
houses and pueblos which were first brought to notice by Lieutenant (now
General) J. H. Simpson in his Journal of a Military Reconnaissance from
Santa Fé to the Navajo Country, made with the troops under command of
Brevet Lieutenant-Colonel Washington in 1849. Some of these cliff-houses
or fastnesses aré said to be at a height of 400 feet above the river-bed, and
are now without any evidence as to the means by which they were reached.
The Navajos who now inhabit the valley do not have any traditions relat-
ing to the former inhabitants or builders of these ancient places, all of which
have long been in ruins.
The most interesting of these ruins is described by Lieutenant Simp-
son in the following words:
‘Seven miles from the mouth we fell in with some considerable pueblo
ruins. These ruins are on the left or north side of the canon, a portion of
them being situated at the foot of the escarpment wall and the other por-
tion upon a shelf in the wall immediately back of the other portion, some
fifty feet above the bed of the canon. The wall in front of this latter por-
tion being vertical, access to it could only have been obtained by means of
ladders. The front of these ruins measures one hundred and forty-five feet,
and their depth forty-five. The style of structure is similar to that of the
pueblos found on the Chaco, the building material being of small, thin
sandstones from two to four inches thick, imbedded in mud mortar, and
chinked in the facade with smaller stones. The present height of its walls
372
‘ODIXHIN MAN STIAHO Ad NONV:
LNISNIONY
“NVICGISHIA fz OOT LO LS
?
avy
a ey
THE CASA BLANCA. 373
is about 18 feet. Its rooms are exceedingly small, and the windows only a
foot square. One circular estuffa was all that was visible.”*
Lieutenant Simpson gives on plate 53 of his volume a figure of the
ruin taken from a drawing made by Mr. Kern, and on plate 54 represents
in colors two fragments of pottery picked up at the ruins. This pottery is
of the characteristic ancient pueblo type.
During one of the early. expeditions of the survey a very fine photo-
graph was made by Mr. T. H. O'Sullivan of the ruin described by Lieuten-
ant Simpson, and is reproduced by the heliotype process as Plate XX of
this volume. This ruin has now received the name of the Casa Blanca, or
“White House.” The description accompanying the photograph states
that the Casa Blanca is 50 feet above the valley. Beneath it, by the river-
bed, are the ruins of other houses, whose people were probably wont to
retire by ladders to this high fortress in time of danger. The Casa Blanca
is two and three stories high, and would accommodate many families. It
is built of soft stone, split but not dressed, united by a mortar of mud, form-
ing a smooth wall, to whose exteral surface has been applied a very durable
white plaster or wash, the composition of which is not known. ‘The over-
hanging rock is here about 800 feet high, and, as will be noticed in the
plate, is furrowed longitudinally by the action of driving storms, and verti-
cally by the dripping from above.
* Senate Document, D- 104, and special edition published by Lippincott, Grambo & Co. 1852, p.75.
NOTES ON THE IMPLEMENTS OF STONE, POTTERY,
AND OTHER OBJECTS OBTAINED IN NEW
MEXICO AND ARIZONA.
Durine the several field-seasons, particularly those of 1873, ’74, and
75, a number of valuable and interesting objects were obtained in New
Mexico and Arizona, especially by the party to which Dr. Yarrow was
attached, that gentleman being constantly on the lookout for objects illus-
trative of the archeology and ethnology of the region through which he
passed. A portion of this collection was placed in my hands with a few
brief notes, which are here reproduced with slight descriptive additions.
Many other specimens, I understand, are contained in the collections of the
Smithsonian Institution. A number of the objects collected were beauti-
fully represented in water colors by Mr. H. J. Morgan, under the direction
of Dr. Yarrow, and a portion of these have been accurately reproduced on
the accompanying colored lithographic plates representing some of the
forms of implements made of stone.
Plate XVI* contains representations, of natural size, of seven imple-
ments which can well be classed as knives and spearheads. Fig. 1 is a
beautifully-chipped knife or spearhead obtained from the Pueblo of Taos
“Reference figures are not given on these plates; therefore, in referring to the plates, I have
in each case designated the figure in the upper left corner as Fig. 1 and counted to the right and down
the plate in natural order. The short description given of each object will make the reference clear in
doubtful cases.
374
EST OF 100TH MERIDIAN
PLATE XVI
CMENT'
5 OF STONE, ANCIENT PUF “1LOS
NEW MEXICO .1874..
Sinclair & Son
STONE IMPLEMENTS FROM NEW MEXICO. ast)
by Dr. Yarrow. It is made of a piece of translucent chalcedony, of a yel-
lowish tinge, exhibiting distinct bands when held towards the light. Its
greatest thickness in the center is not over one-quarter of an inch, and its
edges and point are thin and sharp.
Fig. 2 is a chipped implement, possibly an arrow point, with regular
serrated edges, slightly thicker than the preceding, and is made of a yel-
lowish jasper containing minute red spots. This implement was obtained
by Dr. Yarrow from the pueblo of Santa Clara, a few miles from San Ilde-
fonso, in New Mexico.
Fig. 3 represents what is probably a knife, with a long stem below the
notches for attachment to a handle, and was obtained with the last men-
tioned at the pueblo of Santa Clara. Its surface is quite smooth, as if by
long use, or weathering, the little ridges left in flaking seemingly having
been worn away. The material is chalcedony, with similar red spots to
those noticed in the chipped point with serrated edges.
Fig. 4—The specimen represented by this figure is not among the _
objects forwarded to me. It is very likely a slender dagger-like knife,
which was formerly mounted on a short handle.
Fig. 5 is a leaf-shaped knife of yellow jasper, about a quarter of an
inch in thickness in the center and chipped down to a sharp cutting edge
all around. In size, shape, and material this implement is like many that
have been found in other parts of the country. It is a common form in
New Jersey, as shown by the specimens like it in the Abbott collection
of the Peabody Museum. This was obtained by Dr. Yarrow at the pueblo
of Taos.
Fig. 6 represents a knife with a short stem, which has evidently been
made from a large flake of the jasper. The edges and the stem have re-
ceived slight secondary chipping. This is also a common form east of the
Mississippi. It was obtained by Dr. Yarrow at the pueblo of Santa Clara,
New Mexico.
Fig. 7 presents a form of large chipped implements common to nearly
all parts of the country, which, while adapted for cutting, are not yet fully
understood. They are often called large knives, spear-points, or ‘‘toma-
hawks”, and they may have been so fastened by the center to a handle as
376 STONE IMPLEMENTS
to have permitted the use of both points. This specimen was secured by
Dr. Yarrow at the pueblo of Ildefonso. Its worn and weathered surface
may possibly indicate considerable antiquity. It is made of hard brown-
ish quartzite.
A few other chipped implements from the same region as those figured
on the plate are in the collection before me. One of these is a small drill,
or perforator, the point of which is broken, with a broad flat base as if to
give a firm hold for the thumb and forefinger. It is of a light-colored chert,
and was obtained with the other specimens from the pueblo of Santa Clara.
A well made arrowhead, about an inch and a quarter long, of a light-
colored chert, with serrated edges, straight base, and notched on the sides,
is from the pueblo of Taos. From this place was also obtained a leaf-
shaped implement of about the same size, made of black obsidian. This
may be an arrowhead, but, although it is finely pointed at one end, it is flat
on one surface and the broad end is rounded and chipped, which gives it the
appearance of a scraper. At Coyote Creek, near Black Lakes, New Mexico,
Mr. J. C. Russell collected two chipped implements. One is of argillite,
44 inches long and about 1 inch wide in the centre, where it is $ an inch
thick. It is rudely chipped to a point at each end, and has a close re-
semblance to many of the rude implements from the Atlantic States. The
other implement is made of a piece of white chalcedony. This is oval in
shape, nearly flat on one surface and convex on the opposite. It is about
1? inches long and half an inch thick. The chipping has been principally
around the edges on the convex portion. Four small arrowpoints are also
in the collection, without a special label. One is of white quartz, nearly
three-quarters of an inch in length, with notched sides and straight base.
The others are of obsidian, two of which are broken. The perfect one is
less than half an inch wide and is three-quarters of an inch long. It has
serrated sides and a notched stem.
The grooved “axes,” eleven of which are represented on Plates XVII,
XVIII, and XIX, are of more than ordinary interest from their marked
peculiarities. Of these, eight, including six of those figured, are available
for description. Three of these seem to have had cutting edges, but they
are now so blunted that they appear to have been used more for giving
Nf
iV1
BRI]
BIVMUL
Fy \
IN Ty
W
FROM NEW MEXICO. Syir
blows than for cutting purposes They are of small size and may have
been mounted for use as implements of war, similar to the iron tomahawk
of a later date. Five others ought rather to be called axe-shaped ham-
mers than axes, for they evidently never were furnished with anything
approaching a cutting edge, and their rounded and fractured edges show that
they have long been used as hammers. In this respect these axe-like im-
plements differ widely from the sharp-edged axes of the country east of
the Mississippi, nearly all of which were cutting implements, and some
were probably used as weapons. These pueblo ‘‘axes” are highly polished.
They are made of hard materials* of various colors and form a pleasing
and striking contrast with the majority of similar implements which are so
abundant in the Atlantic States. Another prominent character is shown in
the manner of grooving the stones for the purpose of attaching them to
handles by means of withes. This peculiarity will be best understood by
examining the figures on the plates. It will be noticed that the grooves
are not simple, as is usually the case with axes from the Mississippi valley
to the Atlantic coast, but that they generally consist of two or three dis-
tinct indentures. In some, there is a principal groove which passes
round the stone, and a second consisting simply of grooves on the oppo-
site edges, as shown in Fig. 5 of Plate XIX. Another interesting variation
from the simple groove is seen in Fig. 2 of Plate XVII, which in addition
to the double cross-groove above has a deep notch on one side only. Fig.
4, of Plate XVIII, shows three well-defined grooves extending round the
stone. Occasionally an axe with two grooves has been found in the Eastern
States, but they are so rare as to be marked exceptions to the rule. Dr.
Abbott has figured such an axe from New Jersey. In these pueblo speci-
mens the but-end is rough or but slightly worked, while the rest of the
implement is highly polished. This may indicate that the head was
inclosed by some material when hafted.
Plate XVII, Fig. 1, represents, of natural size, an axe-like hammer with
a blunt or much worn edge. This is of a grayish actinolite, with dark
spots and lines, as shown in the figure. It was obtained by Dr. Yarrow at
*Dr. Wadsworth has informed me that these implements are made from highly metamorphosed
rocks composed now chiefly of actinolite. Most of them contain magnetic or tibaniferous iron, and part
appear to be altered diabases.
378 STONE IMPLEMENTS
the pueblo of Idefonso, New Mexico. Fig. 3, of this plate, is taken from
a somewhat larger implement of this character from the same place with
the last. The head of this specimen is broken off, as shown in the figure.
The fractured surface, however, is comparatively smooth, and the imple-
ment was probably used after its fracture. The two other specimens
represented on this plate I have not seen, but they are very likely given
of natural size, and are either from the pueblo of Ildefonso or that of Santa
Clara.
Plate XVIII, Figs. 1, 3, and 5, represent three small implements with
an approach to cutting edges, and double grooves. I have not seen the
original of Fig. 1 and cannot state the exact place where it was obtained.
Fig. 3 is the smallest of the axes in the collection and is from the pueblo
of Taos. Fig. 5 was also obtained at Taos by Dr. Yarrow. These last
two are made from a hard, reddish actinolite, which receives a high and
beautiful polish. Fig. 2 of this plate represents, of one-third size, the
largest of the grooved implements. It is 54 inches long, 24 inches wide,
and 14 inches thick Its edge is half an inch thick and rounded by use.
This beautiful specimen is of the same mineral as the others, and is from
Taos. Fig. 4, of the same plate, is remarkable from the character of its
grooves, and apparently has a sharper edge than the majority of the speci-
mens, but I have not seen the original and cannot give anything further
about it.
Plate XIX, Fig. 1. This specimen is not in the collection before me.
Fig. 5, of this plate, represents a beautiful little axe from Taos. It is of a
mottled actinolite, and is figured of full size. The notches on this imple-
ment, just below the groove, are so near to the cutting edge as to give the
impression that it was once much longer and has been reground after a
fracture.
Two other grooved implements are unquestionably hammers. One
from the pueblo of San Ildefonso is of the same hard mineral of which the
other grooved implements are made. This hammer is 3 inches long, 2
inches wide, and 14 inches thick. It has a well-defined groove, and the
edge is very much worn and rounded. The second has the appearance of
being made from a thin, oval pebble, of the same mineral as the last,
U.S.GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF 100T# MERIDIAN.
ROTM AT ART PI
LG TES UbUUT
IMPLEMENTS OF STONE, ANCIENT PUEBLOS
NEW MEXICO. 1874.
.
n>
Bia
f
*,
FROM NEW MEXICO. 379
upon which little work has been bestowed beyond making the groove. It
is in shape very much like the rude grooved sinkers, made of slate and
other soft materials, found on the Atlantic coast. In this instance, however,
the abraided edge shows the use to which the implement was put. It is
from the pueblo of San Juan, on the Rio Grande. A somewhat similar
but much thicker hammer, with the groove nearer the centre, was evi-
dently mounted so that both ends could be used. This was obtained by
Mr. H. W. Henshaw at an ancient pueblo north of Santa I°é, *n New Mexico.
On Plate XIX, Figs. 2, 3, and 4, are representations of three grooved
hammer stones similar to those found in other parts of the country. These
were very likely mounted in a similar manner to the Sioux hammer, which
has been described in detail on page 206 of this volume. These specimens
are not among those placed in my hands, and I cannot give anything more
regarding them than can be obtained from an examination of the figures.
Dr. Yarrow made every effort he could to obtain stone implements
from the Indians of the pueblos, and nearly all that have been mentioned
here were secured by him during the summer of 1874. He did not see
any of the axes and hammers in use, and, so far as he could learn, they
are not now made. Those which he obtained had been handed down
for a long period, and tle Indians were loth to part with them. None
were mounted on handles, but he was informed that they were formerly
attached to handles made of plaited skin and hair, like the Indian whip,
or were fastened by withes of wood, thongs of leather, hide, or buckskin.
Although grooved implements were carefully looked for by Dr. Yarrow
among the ruins in New Mexico, none were found.
A singular object of unknown use was found by Dr. Loew in October,
1874, ataruined pueblo below Albuquerque, on the Rio Grande. It is made
from a mass of pumice (Rhysolite), and represents an ideal shell. From the
end of the spire, which is formed of two whorls, to the furthest extremity
of the lip it measures 64 inches, and is 4 inches in its largest transverse
diameter. The aperture of the shell is cut to a depth of about half an inch.
In this median groove there is a hole about half an inch in diameter,
which has been bored almost to the centre of the object. Another hole of
the same size and character has also been bored into the spiral end, and
380 ANCIENT PUEBLO POTTERY
nearly meets the one on the under side. It may be that these holes were
simply the beginning of the excavation of the central portion of the object.
I cannot conceive any use to which this piece of sculpture could be put, unless
it was intended as an ornament. That it is a rude, and perhaps somewhat
conventionalized, representation of a marine shell there can be no doubt.
Thinking this was the case I submitted the object to Professor Hamlin, of
the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, who has kindly given me the fol-
lowing answer to my question:
“The maker of this specimen did not copy any known shell. The
narrow longitudinal aperture merging into the canaliculated spire corre-
sponds fairly to a cone like the well-known East Indian marmoreus, Lin.,
while the elevation of the spire may have been borrowed from the West
Indian species testudinarius, Mart., to which, on the whole, it is most like.
On the other hand, the sharp inner lip, situated where a wide and smooth
columella is found in cones and most other marine gasteropods, the sudden
bend in the lower part of the otherwise straight aperture, and the swollen
lower portion of the shell, where cones taper regularly in a straight line,
are, taken together, unlike a cone or any other known shell. The specimen
is, besides, several times larger than any described recent or fossil cone that
has been found in North America. It was apparently carved by one who
had a good general conception of a dextral gasteropod shell, and was con-
tent to follow that in his work rather than the features of any individual
specimen.”
Although the various members of the surveying parties noticed the
great quantity of fragments of ancient pottery found along the old trails
and in the vicinity of ruins in New Mexico, very little seems to have been
collected.
Mr. 'T. O'Sullivan, while at a ruined pueblo on the San Juan River,
New Mexico, in October, 1874, picked up a number of pieces of ancient
pottery, eight of which are before me. Two of these fragments are red and
the others are gray. The ornamentation on all is in black, and consists of
the characteristic geometrical figures and parallel lines. On one fragment,
between two groups of parallel lines which passed around the inside of the
bowl, of which this fragment is a portion of the side, there is a band,
FROM NEW MEXICO. 381
exactly an inch in width, which contains a series of connected half spirals
of symmetrical arrangement. On the outside of the fragment there is a
portion of a border which was made of lozenge-shaped and zigzag figures.
Another fragment from this lot shows that both sides of a bowl were very
prettily ornamented, and that its edge was also marked with squares, which
united with the black line forming the upper edge of the border on the
inside. As figures are necessary in order to give a proper idea of the pat-
terns of ornamentation on this old pottery, I must refer to such as have
appeared in several publications, particularly the plates in Lieutenant
Simpson’s volume and in the third volume of the Reports of the Pacific
Railroad Survey.*
A comparison of this ancient pottery with that made by the present
inhabitants of the pueblos shows that a great deterioration has taken place
in native American art, a rule which, I think, can be applied to all the more
advanced tribes of America. The remarkable hardness of all the fragments
of colored pottery which have been obtained from the vicinity of the old
ruins in New Mexico, Colorado, Arizona, and Utah, and also of the pottery
of the same character found in the ruins of adobe houses and in caves in
Utah, shows that the ancient people understood the art of baking earthen-
ware far better than their probable descendants now living in the pueblos of
New Mexico and Arizona. The gray clay seems to contain a large amount
of siliceous material, which, on being subjected to a great heat, becomes
slightly vitrified. The vessels made of the gray colored clay have appar-
ently received a thin wash of the same, upon which the black ornamentation
was put, before baking. The intense heat to which the vessels were atter-
wards subjected has vitrified this thin layer of clay, which now appears like
a thin glaze. The polish is probably due to smoothing the surface with
a stone before the thin wash was applied, as is now done by several
tribes in the United States and Mexico. The black substance, uniting with
the clay-wash, was burnt in and became a fast color. The red color was
produced by the addition of a large proportion of red ochre, or oxide of
iron, with the gray clay, and thus, according to the greater or less amount
of iron used, the clay is more or less red throughout. To some vessels a
* The latest contribution to this subject is contained in the Report by Dr. Hayden for 1876.
382 ORNAMENTATION OF PUEBLO POTTERY.
thin wash of clay, containing a large proportion of the ochre, was applied
before baking, which resulted in a deep red color, and in these the black
ornamental lines were burnt in with the ochre-clay wash. The same method
is probably followed by the present pueblo tribes, but as their pottery is not
so well baked the colors are not as permanent, and the vessels made are
generally far inferior in construction, as they are thicker and more porous
than the ancient specimens.
Among the many fragments of ancient pottery that I have examined
from the region named above, I have not seen a piece in which more than
a single color was employed in its ornamentation. With very few excep-
tions, in which the ornamental lines are.of a brownish color with a metallic
lustre, the pattern consists of black lines and figures on either the red or
the gray ground-color. In the modern vessels from the pueblos on the Rio
Grande, the prevailing colors are white and black over a red clay. In
some, however, the black figures are painted directly upon the red or pri-
mary. color of the vessel. ;
It is a little remarkable that, both among the ancient and present
pueblo tribes, the ornamentation on the vessels of clay should be so con-
fined to figures expressed in color. I do not remember having seen a
specimen of this class of smooth red or gray pottery on which incised work
appears, and I may further remark that, so far as my examination has
extended, I have seen, on pottery of this character, only expressions of geo-
metrical figures. On the recent pueblo pottery there is now and then an
attempt to represent natural forms, such as leaves, birds, and deer, but
this realistic ornamentation is poorly executed, so far as I can judge from
the limited material at my command. It is also worthy of remark that
while the present pueblo tribes, particularly the Zuni, often model vessels
and other objects in clay, to represent men, birds, and other natural forms,
so far as my knowledge extends only a single fragment of such a form
has been found under circumstances indicating antiquity. This single
exception consists of a portion of a small vessel which was made to
represent some quadruped. It was presented to the Peabody Museum
by Prof. N. 8. Shaler, and is marked as having been found on the Rio
Gila, in New Mexico. The gray clay of which it is made and the char-
PUEBLO POTTERY. 383
acter of its ornamentation have a close resemblance to some of the bird-
like vessels from Zuni, and it is not so well baked as the fragments of un-
doubted ancient pottery. Probably belonging to about the same period
between ancient and modern art with this fragment of animal form, is the
nearly perfect mug, made of gray clay and ornamented with black lines,
lozenge-shaped and other figures, which was ‘found by Mr. Francis Klett
in 1873 at the ruins of Pueblo Viejo on the Rio Gila.” In shape this is like
an old flat-bottomed beer mug with a handle extending the whole length
of the side. Portions of somewhat similar mugs have been found among
the fragments of ancient pottery, but, so far as I know, none of these had a
broad and flat bottom. 'The clay of which this vessel is made has been pretty
well burned and is hard and firm, its thickness, however, gives to the mug
arude and clumsy appearance, such as is not seen in the older specimens.
Another vessel, which I am inclined to regard as not very old, is a nearly
perfect bowl of red clay about ten inches in diameter, which is said to
have been obtained from a ruined pueblo in New Mexico. Although this
vessel is very well made, it has not been burnt to that degree of hardness
common in the ancient pottery, and its ornamentation is not so well done.
In favor of its comparatively recent origin is the fact that the black lines
are drawn over a white wash, as is the most common method of orna-
menting the modern pottery made at the pueblos in the vicinity of Santa Fé.
There have been often found at the ruined pueblos and old cliff-houses,
as well as in the mounds and caves of Utah, vessels made by coiling bands
of clay upon themselves, but of this form specimens do not appear to have
been collected by the surveying parties, although Professor Cope refers to
pottery of this character in the account of his explorations of an ancient
town given on a previous page of this volume. Many such have been
found in the mounds formed by the ruined adobe houses in Southern Utah,
and others were obtained by Dr. Palmer from caves in Utah. A number
of perfect vessels and many fragments from these places are in the Peabody
Museum.*
The most interesting object of clay obtained by the survey is the large
*Mr. Holmes has figured vessels of this character found in the cliff-houses, in his recent valuable
paper contained in Dr. Hayden’s Annual Report for 1876.
384 PUEBLO POTTERY.
olla secured by Mr. Francis Klett at Zuni, with which is the following mem-
orandum: “The olla was found at the pueblo of Zuni, where it was manu-
factured. Its age cannot be given. However, it is certain that it had not
been used for a long time previous to my visit, and was found stored away
among broken pottery and other objects.” This olla is 14 inches in greatest
diameter, which is at a line drawn through its upper third. From this
portion above it is symmetrically rounded to its shoulder to which is joined
the oblique neck, terminating in a slightly retroverted rim about its mouth,
which is 8 inches in diameter. Below its widest portion it gradually
decreases in diameter to within an inch and a half of the bottom, measured
vertically, whence it rapidly decreases to its round concave base of
only 4 inches diameter. The total height of the vessel is 12 inches. It
is very nearly symmetrical, the slightly irregular outline of the rim being
the only thing that catches the eye in this respect. There is much in the
style of the colored ornamentation on this vessel that has a general resem-
blance to what is called Pheenician art, particularly to some of the patterns
found by General Cesnola at Cyprus, which is of considerable interest
in the study of corresponding developments among widely separated
peoples. The vessel is made of a gray clay, is thin and light, and is
well baked, approaching in these respects the character of the ancient
pottery more than to that obtained from the pueblos in Eastern New Mexico.
On its inside and around the rim is a slight red wash, probably consisting
of avery thin mixture of red ochre and clay. Its base and about 3 inches
of its under surface are also red, but the color is much deeper than on the
inside. Above this red basal portion the vessel has received a thin but per-
fect wash of white clay, and this portion is divided into four zones, formed
by parallel black lines, painted over the white, which are evenly drawn
around the jar.
The upper of these zones is defined above by a narrow black line
just under the lip of the vessel, and below by two bands, each of which
is about one-fourth of an inch in width. These were painted on the
shoulder of the jar, and the very narrow white line left between them
adds much to the artistic effect produced. From some peculiar freak the
decorator has left a very narrow white border, where the two ends of these
PUEBLO POTTERY. 385
bands meet, carefully finishing the dark bands with this object in view.
All the other bands about the jar are continuous, and do not show where
they were joined. In this upper zone there are six geometrical compound
figures, each of which is a copy of the others. These are carefully painted
in black upon the white ground, and a small portion in each figure is filled
in by narrow parallel lines in red.
The second zone is wider than any of the others, and occupies a
vertical space on the jar of 34 imches. In this zone there is a proces-
sion of seven deer or elk, with branched antlers and male organs. These
animal figures are represented in profile, without any attempt at per-
spective, and with little regard to proportion. The antlers, ears, and legs
of both sides are shown by placing one in front of the other, and the
double hoof is represented by two short parallel lines, one of which is
over the other. The legs are remarkably straight and slender, the joints
being indicated by slight protuberances. A white portion is left around
the dark oval representing the eye, and another white crescent-shaped
portion is left on the rump. Extending from the nose to over the fore
legs is a dark line, outlined by the white ground, which terminates in
a triangular figure, the centre of which is red. This evidently is intended
to represent the heart and lungs of the animal and probably expresses
life. Under this line from the nose are four white blotches which seem to
have some connection with an idea of expressing a mouth and throat. In
front of each of these animal figures, which are drawn in black and brown,
there is a peculiar branched figure painted in red. This figure may be
intended to represent a plant, but its regular, geometrical design makes
it difficult to determine. It consists of five divisions branching from a
root. Three of these branches terminate in coils to the right, one to the
left, and the lowest branch of all is simple and short.
Between the two black lines defining the third zone, which is not much
over half the width of those above and below it, there are eight deer, repre-
sented in the same manner as in the zone above, but they are not as large,
and, in order to get the figures into the limited vertical space, the animals
are represented with very short legs.
25 OI
586 PUEBLO POTTERY.
The fourth, or lowest of the zones, contains six more of the animal
figures which are drawn in a similar manner and are of about the same size
with those in the second division above, except that the figures of the male
deer with antlers alternate with figures of females which are represented
without antlers and with young. The foetus is drawn in profile, standing,
with its head in the posterior portion of its mother’s body. The figure of
the young animal occupies the total length and width of the body of the
parent. Between these male and female deer are branching figures of the
same character and color with those in the second zone.
Altogether this vessel is a most interesting study and is of a style of
ornamentation entirely unlike any other that I have seen. It is probable
that others of a similar character will be obtained from the southern
pueblos, as it is evidently_a characteristic style of ornamentation.
A number of ollas and Jarge and small bowls were obtained at Santa
Fé by members of the Survey. These are all of a red-colored clay,
thick and heavy, and not very well baked. In every respect this class of
pottery is very much inferior to the large olla from Zuni described above.
They are generally more or less covered exteriorly with a thin wash of
white on which figures of various kinds are drawn in black, principally
consisting of circles, zigzags, lozenge-shaped figures and waved and parallel
lines. Some of the bowls have the ornamentation on the inside; in these
the interior is whitened and the outside is of its natural red color. In one
or two the ornamentation is in black, painted on the red ground. Several
of the vessels in this lot seem to have been slightly polished by rubbing the
partly-dried clay with a smooth stone before baking, as is done by many
Indian tribes. When well performed this method of polishing the vessel
gives a fine lustre which resembles and has often been mistaken for a thin
glaze, particularly in pottery from some parts of Mexico. None of this
modern pueblo pottery, however, has been so highly polished as that to
which I have alluded. On some of these modern bowls a rude attempt
has been made at a little naturalistic work, such as the figure of a bird or
of a vine.
With these ollas and bowls there are a number of small objects of the
same material and style of ornamentation, all of which were brought in
PUEBLO POTTERY. ; O87
from Tezuque, Ildefonso, and other pueblos in the vicinity of Santa Fé.
Among these smaller vessels are rude representations of birds with an
opening on the back.
The collection also contains several small bowls, mugs, and pitchers
made of red clay, some of which were probably designed after common
Mexican forms. Several of these were apparently coated, before baking,
with a thin wash of clay containing pounded mica, which has given to the
objects an appearance somewhat resembling gilt-bronze.
A number of solid terra-cotta figures were also obtained from Santa
Fé, among which are some ornamented with white and black, and others
are coated with the pounded mica, as described above. These small figures
represent birds, men on horseback, and nude men and women. Some of
these have a tendency to obscenity, which is very likely the result of
contact with the vices of civilization.
A water-bottle, of considerable interest from its shape, was obtained at
the pueblo of Ildefonso. This is made of red clay, like the ollas and bowls
of the same region, and is ornamented with black figures on a white ground.
Three of the figures rudely represent large birds, one in profile and the
others with the wings and feet extended to the right and left of the body,
and the head turned so as to be shown in profile, while the tail is expanded.*
The jar itself is evidently designed to represent a bird. The small neck
terminates in a mouth, which may be regarded as the head of the bird.
The tail is formed by a projection in the center of the jar opposite to the
mouth, and the two handles on the sides probably represent the wings.
When one of the smaller bird-like vessels is compared with this bottle its
general resemblance to a bird is readily seen.
Several pieces of lustrous black pottery were also obtained at Santa
Fé, and are supposed to have been brought in from the pueblo of Isleta on
the Rio Grande. Many of the objects made of this black pottery which
I have seen are imitations of ordinary cups and saucers, pitchers, etc., and
it is very likely that the knowledge of giving the black color to the clay
*Many of the vessels in the Cesnola collection from Cyprus are ornamented with similar rude
figures of birds, painted in black on a light ground.
388 OBJECTS FROM THE PUEBLOS.
was obtained from the Spaniards or Mexicans. In Southern Mexico a
similar black ware is made by the Indians and sold in the towns for ordi-
nary use. This, as shown by samples of the clay and coloring matter
brought to the Peabody Museum by Dr. Palmer, is made black by the
admixture of oxide of manganese. The black ware from Isleta, however,
is colored by a coating of plumbago. Among the black vessels are two
large ollas with covers, a shallow dish, and three small bird-like objects.
Lieutenant Russell, during the expedition of 1873, obtained from one
of the Moqui pueblos, in Arizona, an object carved in wood and rudely
representing a man. By the collector this was thought to be a doll or toy,
which is probably the case, but by others, as I understand, it is considered
as ‘‘a portion of a sorcerer’s outfit for producing rain.” The head, body,
and legs, are cut from a single piece of wood. Although the body and
legs are fairly carved, the head is represented by the conical termination of
the wood into which small pieces have been inserted, probably intended
for the ears and nose. The arms are made from separate pieces and are
attached to the body by pegs. In one hand is a piece of wood which
probably represents a rattle. The wood is painted red, yellow, green, and
black, in a symmetrical pattern. Around the neck there is wound a small
twig of pine. Hanging from the shoulders is a square piece of canvas
upon which a border of red and black has been painted. The space between
these borders on the outside has been covered with white paint. This
peculiar object is entered in the Smithsonian Institution catalogue, under
No. 31342, as ‘‘ Dressed and painted Rain God.”
Several of the little bows and arrows, ornamented sticks and other
objects, such as are mentioned on preceding pages, were found at one of
the ‘‘Sacred places” on the mesa upon which are the ruins of Old Zuni.
Of these objects only three are in the collection before me. They consist
of sticks about six inches long to which eagle-feathers have been fastened.
Since the above was written I have seen three similar objects, found by
Mr. G. Thompson on the top of Mount Taylor. One of them is a short stick
to which feathers are tied, another is a twig which has been smoothed at
each end, and the third is a short flat stick in which notches have been cut
on each side. Mr. Thompson informed me that there were thousands of
OBJECTS FROM THE PUEBLOS. 389
similar objects on the peak of Mount Taylor, and that he understood that
each tribe left offerings of a peculiar character at this ‘‘ Sacred place.”
In volume III, page 41, of the Reports of the Pacific Railroad Survey,
there is a short account, with a figure, of one of these so-called altars at
Old Zuni.
A number of articles of which extended descriptions would be of little
value, unless accompanied with illustrations, were obtained from some of
the Pueblos and from the Apache and Navajo Indians. Those before me
are as follows:
17352.* War-shield of Hosta, an old chief of the Jemez, whom
Lieutenant Simpson mentions as governor of the Pueblo of Jemez, and
of whom he gives a full length figure in his report. Hosta is represented
in this figure with a similar shield, the two differing slightly in their
decoration. The shield before me, which was secured by Mr. Francis
Klett in 1873, is made of thick leather and is painted on the outside.
Across the centre is a broad band of red; above this band the shield is
painted yellow, and below black. On the lower or black portion are two
stars with a red centre and four rays of a yellowish-green color. Around
the upper border and hanging down the sides is a piece of red flannel to
which numerous feathers are attached, as represented on Lieutenant Simp-
son’s plate. A cover of soft buckskin protects the shield when not in use.
On the inner side are two long bands by which the shield was fastened to
the arm or suspended from the shoulders.
17351. A similar leather shield was obtained by Dr. Yarrow at the
Pueblo of Isleta, but is more elaborately decorated. The colors used are
red, yellow, and green. The central design consists of a crescent on each side
of which are two figures terminating in arrow-points, such as are usually
regarded as symbols of lightning. Like Hosta’s shield, this has a fringe of
feathers fastened to red and purple flannel.
17350. A pair of child’s moccasins, from the Pueblo of Santa Clara,
New Mexico. Dr. Yarrow, 1874. These are neatly made, with soft buck-
skin uppers and a sole of undressed skin with the hair still remaining on
the outside. The upper leather terminates behind in a fringe, and in front
* These numbers are those under which the objects are catalogued in the Smithsonian Institution,
390 OBJECTS FROM THE PUEBLOS AND APACHES.
is neatly ornamented with a few green colored lines. These moccasins are
made as ‘rights and lefts.”
17337. A bridle made of braided strips of raw hide and _ horse-hair,
from the Pueblo of Nambe, New Mexico. Dr. Yarrow, 1874.
(47.) Eighteen iron-pointed arrows from Pueblo of Santa Clara, New
Mexico. These are furnished with thin iron points varying from 1 to 24
inches in length, on wooden shafts 2 feet in length, with three feathers.
In a bundle of thirteen arrows, marked Navajo, from near Fort Defi-
ance, all with iron points, are five with wooden shafts like those from
Santa Clara. The others are much longer; the short wooden shaft of 8 or
10 inches is inserted in a reed over 2 feet in length, giving a total length
to the arrow of about 3 feet. The feathers on the reed shafts are not as
long as those on the wooden.
17331. Apache bow, quiver, and ten arrows, from Arizona. Lieutenant
Wheeler, 1871. The bow is 4 feet 8 inches long. The quiver is made
from deer skin with the hair on the outside. The arrows are about 3 feet
long. Four of the points are of light hornstone, with deeply-notched base
and slight notches on the sides. These are held by gum in a notch cut in
the end of the short wooden shaft, and made secure by sinew, which is
wound round the shaft and over the base of the arrowpoint to the side
notches. The wooden shafts are inserted in reeds, the same as noted in
the Navajo arrows.
17327. Bow, bow case, and quiver, from the Pueblo of Santa Clara.
Dr. Yarrow, 1874. This is a beautiful bow, covered on the upper surface
and on the sides with raw hide lashed with sinew.
17333. Apache quiver of skin, Arizona. Lieutenant Wheeler, 1872.
17355. Apache saddle-bags, ornamented and fringed, New Mexico.
Lieutenant Wheeler.
17359. Two Apache tunics, made of buckskin, richly ornamented with
beadwork and fringed.
17356. Apache leggings, made of buckskin ornamented with bead-
work.
17345. Jicarilla Apache leggings and moccasins combined, New Mex-
ico. Lieutenant Wheeler.
NOTES UPON HUMAN CRANIA AND SKELETONS
COLLECTED BY THE EXPEDITIONS OF 1872-74.
By MARK SIBLEY SEVERANCE AND Dr. H. C. YARROW.
959, 964*. Cranium, with the skeleton of a pappoose, from a rock-grave,
Beaver, Utah. On a hill-side east of Beaver is a collection of Indian
graves of recent construction, half way up from the plain on which the
town lies to the top of a barren hill of volcanic nature. These graves
are formed of piles of lava rock, heaped to great size, and presenting
somewhat irregular forms on the declivity where they are built. No
particular shape nor direction could be discriminated, and no theory
deduced as to their probable erection with axes directed toward a
definite point of the compass. They were mere piles of irregular stones
thrown together as any wild tribe would be likely to throw them for
the concealment of property or the preservation of their dead. A growth
of stunted cedars covers the hill-side on which they lay, and supplied
the material for a part of their interior construction, as described below.
Westward from the site of the graves is a long view across the valley,
in which Beaver stands, to a rough range of sierras bounding the plain on
the west and to receding mountains beyond—a picturesque outlook for this
rude aboriginal burying-field.
The first grave opened was about 10 feet long, 8 feet wide, and 6 feet
high, with the longitudinal axis pointing nearly north and south, and the
* These numbers refer to the Catalogue of the Army Medical Museum, and also to the following
table of measurements,
391
392 BURIAL PLACE IN UTAH.
general rounded form of a mound. Two feet below the top was found a
layer of cedar trunks and boughs, somewhat regularly placed, inserted in
the sides of the grave and supporting the superposed stones, which were of
various sizes, from those of a few pounds to those of a quarter of a ton in
weight. A space about 6 feet long, 4 feet broad, and 4 feet deep had been
left below these cedar boughs, and in this were found the two skeletons
numbered 959 and 964 in the Army Medical Museum catalogue, being
those of a pappoose and a squaw, respectively. A buffalo-robe enveloped
the skeletons, which still retained much of the clothing in which the bodies
were buried. Around the skeletons, outside of the buffalo-robe, was a
heterogeneous collection of tin pans, tin cups, knives, forks, spoons,
blankets, and other articles of domestic use, with a looking-glass and care-
fully disposed piece of vermilion, for personal adornment in the Happy
Hunting Ground.
The skeleton of the squaw lay underneath, on its back, with the feet
pointing nearly directly to the west, and head slightly declined on its left
side; this declination was evidently merely a result of superposition, the
weight of the pappoose on the breast serving to deflect the head from the
upright position. The covering of the skeleton of the squaw had mostly
fallen to decay, while that of the pappoose was comparatively well pre-
served. The pappoose, from the nature of its burial, was the most
interesting skeleton secured. It lay, tightly swathed in a wicker-hood
peculiar to the Indians, on its back on the breast of the squaw, with feet
pointing westward like the squaw’s. A neat little pillow, 6 inches long
by 4 wide, and about an inch thick, lay under its head, within the hood.
A blue and white checked cotton shirt, covered its body, and a red flannel
blanket, of originally fine texture, enwrapped the whole skeleton. A string
of blue and white beads was about its neck, with a couple of nickel cents
suspended on a string. I regret to state that this small coinage was stolen
from the hood, as it lay outside my tent door in Beaver. My impression is
that one of the cents bore the date of 1856, so recent a date that the story
of the Mormons, to the effect that the skeletons were those of Pah-Utes,
who had died from natural causes, appears entirely worthy of credence.
The imperfect preservation of the wicker-hood and the envelopes of the
MOUNDS IN UTAH. 393
pappoose rendered it difficult to transport it intact as found, and the decay
of the epiphyses and other tender parts of the skeleton marred its symmetry.
The cranium is believed to be perfect.
960. Mummified cranium, of unknown tribe and date, secured in Gun-
nison, Central Utah, by Mr. Francis Klett, of the expedition of 1872,
from a rock-grave on a hill-side west of Gunnison, similarly constructed
to those near Beaver. The bones of the skeleton were too much scattered
for collection.
961. Unknown skull, from Camp Apache, Arizona, secured by Mr. G.
K. Gilbert, geologist, during the expedition of 1871.
962. Miscellaneous bones, from ancient mounds, Provo, Utah. Provo,
a prosperous Morman town, lies fifty miles south of Salt Lake City, ona
broad plain between the Wahsatch Mountains and Utah Lake. West of
the town, on its outskirts and within three or four miles of the lake, are
many mounds, of various construction and in different states of preserva-
tion. Mormon farmers have leveled some of them, plowed into others
on the edges, and removed from others the rich soil for use elsewhere; in
no case has there been a special attempt at exploring them. Those ex-
amined were on low ground, almost on a level with the lake and with
Provo River, a mile distant on the north. Overflows from both the river
and the lake sufficient to inundate the area of country occupied by the
mounds are not at all unlikely to have occurred during the long lapse of
time since the building of the mounds, though at the present time the
climatic character of the region is such that overflows are of rare occur-
rence; not infrequent to a mild degree, however, after the melting of the
snows in the lofty Wahsatch Range, from which Provo River issues. This
fact of periodic overflows is mentioned as bearing on the question of the
origin and use of the mounds in which the miscellaneous bones of No. 962
were obtained. Mounds of various sizes and shapes, in different parts of
the plain, were dug into and examined, and these miscellaneous bones
found at all depths, and in every mound entered, scattered without order,
and without evidence of careful arrangement or systematic distribution.
Some of the larger bones were found near the skeleton numbered 965.
963. Cranium, with part of the skeleton of a Pah-Ute brave, from a rock-
394 ROCK-GRAVE AND MOUNDS IN UTAH.
grave, Beaver, Utah. The particulars of the burial and finding of this
skeleton differ but little from those attaching to Nos. 959 and 964, already
described. The Mormons give Nabbynunck as the name of this brave.
The rock-pile, from one end of which the skeleton was taken, was
about 25 feet long, 20 feet broad, and 10 feet high, with the longitudinal
axis pointing north-northeast. It lay on the same hill-side, about 5 feet
above the grave of the pappoose and squaw already mentioned, the lower
edges of the two graves merging into each other. The southwestern corner
alone was opened, and the same character of structure discovered as in Nos.
959 and 964; cedar trunks and boughs supported the rocks and inclosed
the open space in which the skeleton was found The body lay on its
right side, with knees slightly bent and feet pointing in a northwest
direction. Decomposed clothing, an old gun-barrel fallen from its stock, a
bridle bit of Spanish make, several bullets, a cloth containing a mass of
red paint, and other relics were found near the skeleton.
965. Cranium, with part of a skeleton, found in the outer edge of an
ancient mound, Provo, Utah, about a foot below the level of the surround-
ing fields. Of unknown date and tribe.
Northwest of Provo, on the level fields mentioned in describing No.
962, half way from the town to Utah Lake, is a field containing a number
of mounds more or less perfectly preserved; some are entirely untouched,
except on the outer edges, where the Mormons’ grain patches encroach upon
them; others have been almost completely leveled with the surrounding
field. The skull had been dug up by a farmer while engaged in digging the
shallow irrigating ditch, and presented to Lieutenant Wheeler on his arrival
in Provo. Guided to the spot where it was exhumed by the farmer himself,
digging was commenced where he directed, and the remainder of the skele-
ton was brought to light after a few minutes’ work. Mounds 1 and 2 are
higher and less disturbed than Nos. 3, 4, 5, and 6, which are almost entirely
demolished. The excavation made in mound No. 1 was continued for
about 12: feet from the outer limit, with a breadth of about 8 feet. The
mound was 45 feet in width, 60 feet in length, and 10 feet high in the
middle. A few pieces of pottery and broken bones were also found.
Across the shallow ditch, and only a few inches below the surface of the
MOUNDS IN UTAH. 395
evound, the remainder of the skeleton was discovered, with many bones of
animals scattered near it in the soil. The skeleton was apparently lying
on its right side, with feet pointing about northwest. There was not a
remnant of clothing nor a trinket to testify to the age of its burial.
It is proper in this connection to remark that the Mormons tell of
an Indian battle about twenty years ago between two rival bands very
near this field of mounds, and of their opening the old mounds in order to
bury their own braves who fell in this fight. This may be true or not. If
so, the position of this skeleton on the very edge of the mound, and so
lightly covered, might point to its belonging to one of these recently-killed
Indians rather than to those of a more ancient date. The Utes and
Mormons coincide in their entire ignorance ofthe origin of these
mounds, which are scattered numerously through Utah. The former say
that their oldest men remember them in youth, and that their fathers had
told them nothing inregardto them. The fact of this recent fight and proba-
ble utilizing of the old mounds for modern burial is mentioned for the sake
of candor, and for the perfect understanding of all the facts in the case,
rather than to cast doubt upon the antiquity of this particular skeleton.
1171. Cranium of unknown race—This specimen was found in 1869 at
the abandoned town of Gran Quivira, seventy miles west of Fort Stanton,
New Mexico. Tradition ascribes to the Spaniards the building of this town,
and states it was abandoned by them on account of an Indian insurrection,
and that the town was built of cut and hewn stones and not of, the ordinary
brick adobes. The remains of a carefully constructed aqueduct are still
to be seen, and it evinces, from the skillfulness of its workmanship, a higher
order of civilization than that possessed by either the Indians or the present
race of New Mexicans. It has been rumored that at the abandonment of
this town much treasure was buried, and several attempts have been made
to recover it, but without success as far as known. Secured by Dr. J.
Symington, and presented to Dr. J. T. Rothrock.
1172, 1173. Crania of Mexicans removed from near foundation of the
old cathedral of Santa Fé, N. Mex. In removing a part of the founda-
tion wall of the old cathedral to make way for that of the new edifice a
number of skeletons and crania were exposed, and the two specimens in
396 CRANIA AND SKELETONS.
question were secured by Prof. KE. D. Cope and Dr. H. C. Yarrow. They
are supposed to be very old.
1174. Cranium of Pedro, an Apache Indian—This individual was the
leader of the massacre at old Camp Grant, Arizona, in the spring of 1874.
His head was brought into the San Carlos Agency three or four months
after by Indian scouts. Collected by Dr. J. T. Rothrock.
1175. Cranium, supposed of Ute Indian—Found on divide 20 miles
south of Colorado Springs, Colo., by Dr. F. F. Gatchell, and by him pre-
sented to Dr. H. C. Yarrow.
1176. Cranium of Apache Indian, secured at Camp Bowie, Arizona, by
Dr. Freeman, and by him presented to Dr. J. T. Rothrock.
1177. Part of cranium of supposed Ute Indian—Collected at Pagosa
Springs, Colo., by Mr. C. E. Aiken.
1178. Cranium of supposed ancient Pueblo Indian, from a burial-place
without the walls of a fortified town, discovered three miles east of the town
of Abiquiu, N. Mex., in the valley of the Chama River. See page 362
for description of this town. Collected by Dr. H.-C. Yarrow, Prof. E. D.
Cope, and R. H. Ainsworth.
1179. Skeleton, almost complete, from same locality as last. This speci-
men is the most interesting of any exhumed, for the reason that it was
found in situ, face downward, the head to the south. No coffin or sur-
rounding of stones had been used to inclose the body, but just above it
were found the remains of funereal urns, in which had been placed char-
coal, and the bones of small mammals and birds, showing clearly that food
had been prepared for the journey to another land. No ornaments of any
kind were found in this grave. It is interesting to note the peculiar flat-
tening of the occiput in this specimen. Collected by the same persons as
the preceding specimen.
It is greatly to be regretted that the crania of three other skeletons
could not be secured. The bones were found as they were originally
placed, but the crania had dropped out from the sides of the arroyas and
were probably covered with a débris of perhaps 20 feet in thickness. A
number of skeletons of very young children were discovered, but in such
conditions as to prevent removal.
397
EMENTS OF CRANIA.
MEASUR
crrtttressrtsssseessss> op-=---1 2g | zr] SOT | OST | SIT] 909 | See | SEs | OLE | OTE | ECE | 876 | 020 ‘L| SFL | SSL | 9ST| EST | 08ST | GLTT
“U}OASULY "HL
“prio {qoosaodury | puv ‘odo ‘qm ‘MoLIVX ‘DH | 68 | OOT| EST | 92T | SIL] 9SF| TPS | GGL | hE | TL4s|°"""|"""| FIG. |" "| OTL | SEL | TST | STSL | SLIT
“DUTPUVAL
FLY eorys9a yoy ‘yoogrodury |*-- "~~ - “UONTV “LO BOS -| oer cec[eeee[enee[eee- [eres foeee[ee sees |eeeefeees lore] gy yp [eee e LIL
‘UIOM-OWNT} PUL YooyToduy |--- "== "= Tm" BOOITFOM DLL} SL |*** "| OLT| ET ~""|G8% | 8hE | 908 | ZO} S08) 2G | 9ET| GST | 9ST | GIT |" ~~~” OLIT
-o[0g ‘ssuradg
opti0joy wor ‘qoozroduny |----** °° 77°77" MOTIVA "OD ALI sy OPL [7 "| SVL] FHL] SGT | GOST | SLIT
‘euozIny. ‘weyorg |""---7 "77°77" °7"* POOIgAOW “Le |---| ER IIE EIS OSO8) AO Bob ates piped (etka PLIT
od BEC ORRO SOIC IC DOD SOG EOS (1) FaOooes SFT | GOT | 9ET| TST | OLEL | SLIT
‘XOTL'N ‘QT vyurg wor |**-odop q “T pur AorIv x ‘OD “H SEL | LIL} OFL | 9LT | OOEST | CLIT
‘XOTT 'N ‘vata wery Wor | ~~ : soo" OOITIOT LL SET | SIT] LEL| SLT | O8ZE | TAT
*MIOA\-OUNT} §4ooyaadmy | *~ : Sees SOP? feces LET | OTL | SPL | O9T |" ~~~" | S8OT
. G REP IO gen SEL | GIT} OFL| CLT | OSct | L80T
An oes thes aaa 7) UP €8 | hT| SST] O&T | Sart} 129 | sss} chs] eee | 208} LT) SLL) 6SL | ShL| OL) GFL) 281) 09ST | 980T
wrrecscesessssooss MOTI “)H|6L | SEL] IST} 9ET | SET | LTS | OLE | 62s | GE} FOE | TIP| OSL} TTS | GEL} POL) OPT} OST) OST | S8OT
og BEEBE E0995 (0) aay) peed Bead boc | betel bod] Beker feSco Aber pei oc pascod Koea bood fon alee LIOT
Gaya) AGL 9 €l | CCRC OCECOD GOSS: Ayah Ae fabs A RB POOd OO POSE Ir Fel fq Bl [PO | OO] an | poaal peice) BSOC Rose PESECO| GSH 7 We POO [PH gl IPOS OOS sy ay 6
rrrretessssesssssscsees ope=s"""! 6) | OST] O9T| Ea | SIL | GF | OFE | GES] 66S} 69Z | GOP) LEL|FSL | 9ZT| BOL} Gat) TLT|OSTL | G26
se eeeteeeteeeeeeseceess opereeee| py z TLG
Cs reteetereeeess oper l ay, OLG
0 2 DB08 (0) yPO8CON (>) 696
“png ferro seeeeeess opertese fee 896
*ROOTTOC UNIS KOT tier nee mere oon meme eeciss Of) cecnee | sore fers 196
“JOTI OF, fAOWP-YVAA |v ANOTIVA "FT| 08 | OFT] EST] LZT | LIT| 909 | O98 | GES] CTE | BGs | E8E| GEL) OSL | EEL | STIL | SET] OST | OseT | 996
sroreserrsesesorcececss opsesse"| 1) LOLI GOL! Oar | SIL | OL | PZE | L0B| 908 | €8c | FGE| GOL} C98 | SAL | ATL | SET) O9T | SFLT | 296
‘od. terrececeserssccoserses oneess-9/G) 1 GL] SLT] PIL] TCL | POF | LEG | G3o| C08 | F8Z | STP} 90L}TOS | TET} GOT] AGT) TLL} GSTt | $96
‘opopMutoo WoyoPoYG | trtt tre Ope] LL | BEL] O8T| OT | OSL] FOG | 98] 8ZG | LEE | S63] 98E) SLL) 8F8 | GEL) GIL | SPL | TAT | SEPT | 896
smnyued9 Joouon ‘ souog |: ++++ gomMs0A0g 'g “THE Be 5a| Rood esel Saad bass Bool aoa.|| Kec hoa beool bose Soceod| bosdl we -| eee[e-+-|-+--=-| 29g
UIOM-LO VOM $4oo;LoduLy """ Q10QTID) “SED |8L |°7* GIP| STL} F98 | LEL| CoE} ST | ALT T96
1H ayoy f poyiommnyy joo Q9OP yy Sour || os [yt] ee heap lees : 096
‘qoogroduny Spy |i-7**7 7" +7" *** OOMUIOANDS '§ “W|"*-"|06 |09T|86 |66 | 8c hae |e (OL; Ost 696
Blasio] ml e/elelo] @)s) S/H) eB el Ble o |
Bla lSliBi/si/e/BisiBlelgiel S lelsSisie)/ 3s] &
BISl/SISlelEISISISISIB/ S| 2 ElB/a/3] a] sg
BIE(B/E/B/S EIElEls|F| & | Fl FlRIF| & | 8
m| S| ' 3 B B|8/8/68 8, yay
“SAVOY. *LOJOOT[OD JO OULU NT i) BIlB|&|o&) = & g
O 8 8 ma is . 9 8 Fy
e E E ,
i
—Jjo q4Su0'7T
—jo xopuy
unosngy qoowpopy Muay oy yp uoyn) ‘sobnd Biapoooed ay) wo pojpow MMA £0 BLO UONSDI TT
POAT
“7*(quoromLn) o[qong
-777|7-*+(pasoddns) 039.
oypordy
*-+-(posoddns) 039
-oroudy
treteeeeees og
sooccs s7o° TBOTKeyL
coco eA OH U (it
Semone QUOBCLY,
serteeresssog
reetseseeess og
Bop oS 77> ofBARNT
og
=o
-[--222s2222- 0g
veee|eerees tees og
“om
oJoeseeeseses-og
ooo ver
OPAC
“(UIQ ‘AOI
*}wmoay) WAoUyTQ
od
seestees on g-ta
‘(oyoudy dup
woay) wAoUyTQ
=O}
‘OUND
U. S. GEOGRAPHICAL SURVEYS WEST OF THE ONE HUNDREDTH MERIDIAN,
ist Lirut. GEO. M. WHEELER, Corps oF ENGINEERS, U. 8. ARMY, IN CHARGE.
PANG Te ND exe:
LINGUISTICS.
PREFACED BY A CLASSIFICATION OF WESTERN INDIAN LANGUAGES.
BY
ALBERT 8. GATSCHET.
399
Wasuineton, D. C., April 5, 1878.
Dear Sir: Your request that I should arrange the linguistic material
gathered by members of your Survey in harmony with the principles of
science, and preface it with an introduction appropriate to the subject,
gives me the welcome opportunity of presenting to the public the first
comprehensive classification of the extensive family of Numa or Shoshoni
dialects ever attempted, and hence I comply with pleasure. Portions of
the linguistic collection which are offered to scientists in your volume are
very valuable on account of their novelty. The Pa-Uta branch of Numa,
for instance, of which no less than six vocabularies are given below, is
a linguistic field new to investigators, and I do not know of any publica-
tion in existence treating of these dialects, with the sole exception of the
Chemehuevi.
Respectfully submitted.
ALBERT 8. GATSCHET.
Lieut. Geo. M. WHEELER,
Corps of Engineers, in charge.
26 OL 401
CLASSIFICATION INTO SEVEN LINGUISTIC STOCKS
OF WESTERN INDIAN DIALECTS CONTAINED
IN FORTY VOCABULARIES.
By ALBERT S. GATSCHET.
The languages spoken by the Indians of the eastern part of the
United States have in more recent times been studied industriously, and
partly reduced to writing, but of the languages spoken on the Pacifie coast
and in the western territories, scarcely more than a superficial knowledge
has been attained. The forty vocabularies, with the .appendix, given
below will therefore form a welcome addition to the linguistic material
published previously, and help to elucidate many points that heretofore
have remained doubtful. These word-collections were made by various
members of the Expedition during six field-seasons (1871 to 1876) from
information of trustworthy Indians, in portions of our territory widely
separated from each other. About two hundred of the most current terms,
comprising the words applied to the parts of the human body, for the
degrees of consanguinity, some objects of nature, the adjectives of color,
the numerals, the pronouns, and twenty verbs, were taken down with the
earnest endeavor to overcome the difficulties of fixing alphabetically even
the most unwieldy of the dialects studied.
Not only is the linguist aided by such evidence in establishing
phonetic and other grammatic rules for each of the dialects, but quite as
important must be considered the help afforded the ethnologist in investi-
gating tribal connections and affinities, and in studying the psychology of
Indian life. This latter purpose, however, can be attained only by a close
403
404 CLASSIFICATION OF THE VOCABULARIES.
and rigid comparison of the terms with others throughout all the dialects of
the same linguistic stock, which convey to our mind related ideas, or
even with terms taken from other stocks; and to reap all the information
that can be derived from this source, the etymologic dissection of the terms,
according to approved rules of Indian phonetics, is a point which cannot
be neglected.
The manual which served as a guide to the collectors of the forty
vocabularies was George Gibbs’ ‘Instructions for Research relative to the
Ethnology and Philology of America,” Washington, 1863. (Smithsonian
Miscellaneous Collections, No. 160.) Some of the collectors, especially
those of European birth, have also availed themselves conscientiously of
Gibbs’ scientific alphabet given below (pp. 22-24), while others have used
English orthography, being more familiar with it. To render linguistic
comparisons easy it certainly would have been preferable, had all used one
and the same scientific method of notation; for any subsequent translitera-
tion cannot always be made by others with a perfectly satisfactory result.
Persons born on the continent of Europe have some advantage over
English-speaking people in initiating themselves into the use of Gibbs’
system, or into any other scientific alphabet; for all of these are based
upon the value of the letters, as sounded on the continent of Europe, or
large portions of it. From this the historical English alphabet deviates
much, especially in its vocalic elements.
Where accuracy is sought for, scientific alphabets must be used in
writing down foreign unwritten languages, and each sound in them must
be represented by one and the same letter only. We may safely say that
in this collection the vocabularies of Dr. Oscar Loew form the nearest
approach to a scientific notation of the Indian dialects, the strange utter-
ances and the nasalized vocalization of which often seem uncouth or even
barbaric, and are repugnant to the ear trained to European speech only.
Study and experience can teach the correct use of any scientific alphabet ;
but there is another quality required of the successful Indian word-col-
lector, viz. “a good Indian ear”; this necessary adjunct is certainly more the
gift of nature than of studious concentration of the mind, for it is, in fact,
CLASSIFICATION OF THE VOCABULARIES.
405
a well-developed natural faculty for the apperception of sounds of a specific
character.
DIVISION INTO LINGUISTIC STOCKS.
The former unsatisfactory state of western linguistic topography has of
late been remedied effectually by an abundance of new and reliable data, and
therefore, availing myself of the labors of the most diligent of my predecess-
ors in this vast field, I am enabled to present the following classification :
LIST OF TRIBES AND THEIR DIALECTS.
Tribe and dialect.
Location.
Date.
Collector.
GG RT ED Cabin Coo poet!
. Pa-Uta of California
Camp Grant, Arizona ...---
Arizona. ....-..--
New Mexico dos
Tierra Amarilla, N. Mex --..
Utah and Nevada........-.
Hy KOMN 6Vieea ene setae
Las Vegas, Nev..-...-..---
--do
December, 1871...
September, 1873. --
June, 1873. .....-.
September, 1874...
August, 1872....-.
Summer of 1871...
September, 1871...
sont iasnacbbdocee
November, 1872...
September, 1875. ..
-.do
13. Chemehuevi .--.----.--..- ees CO see nents Serco
US WU peccedige ete eecactitees September, 1872...
15. Capote Uta.-.-.-....---.-- September, 1874. -.
16. Uinta Uta -------------- December, 1874 ...
17. Mogqui Pueblo July, 1873.........
IRE AAT eee or ceearce BsbessReanSs -| June, 1875. -
TRA DEUS aN ee oner seeerices Hececeanaseoste| Hood Bee CO eae
20. Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano). - - I. Sa OO eee es ae See ae ee 5 Gly Se
21. Tobikhar (of San Gabriel) ..........-. [Californias seeeceecseee mee oe: doteress
22. Kechi(of San LuisRey)-.-....--------|.-..d0. -....-.--------0----- April, 1876 ........
Pap JACI Ek cekceccebancnondes sare Sacco | CAC coerce Gneccescuceced September, 1871. --
JAS MONAve coco cai oso were tr nceet tendon Arizona and California. -.--- August, 1875......
PA AS Eee eee nen nsne-oreece eae ced pace oc anosteadacse
PL oad ECA on ee ee ee Boe October, 1872...-.-
27. Tonto or Gohun .--..----..------..--. September, 1873. --
28. Dieguene = —- = 29 =~ - owe nen August, 1875....-.
29. Yuma or Katchan.-....---.--..--..--- March, 1876..-.....
. Isleta Pueblo --.-....--- UV Boceescsecoccded
31. Tehua on Moqui Mesa..-- duly, 1873.........
32. Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo-- August, 1874......
33. Tehua, San Juan Pueblo...-.-.-----.- seed July, 1873.........
SLE AOS PE UCDO pee atas ramen tae aineeara nocd August, 1874.....
35. Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo.........---.|---- OY) cece ndabaccsonacessas DUN 1 S7 Sheets
36. Acoma Pueblo.-...-...-..--.--..----- Pets AO erat eeeae emcee eles November, 1873 . ..
37. Acoma and Lagana Pueblo ..-..-.....|.---dO --.---..--------- +--+ September, 1874...
33, Silla PieDlOp sees eee eens orl) cqcceprincnocesass assoc boar di sascecacnoude
Bo ANY (AUR UCN oo ee ate rated ana alata Colorado (original home | August, 1874.....-
. Kasud at Santa Barbara
Northern California).
\\@alifornias. 2-22 22.22.22
G.K. Gilbert.
Dr. O. Loew.
Do.
Dr. H. C. Yarrow.
Do. (W. Loring:
E. M. Richardson and Fred.
Theo. V. Brown.
Francis Klett.
Dr. W. J. Hoffman.
Dr. H. C. Yarrow.
Dr. O. Loew.
Do.
Do.
M.S. Severance.
Dr. H. C. Yarrow.
Do.
Dr. O. Loew.
Lieut. Eric Bergland.
E. M. Richardson.
Dr. O. Loew.
Do.
M.S. Severance.
Dr. O. Loew.
Do.
Lieut. Eric Bergland.
Dr. O. Loew.
Do.
Dr. H. C. Yarrow.
Dr. O. Loew.
Dr. H. C. Yarrow.
Dr. O. Loew.
Francis Klett.
Dr. O. Loew.
Do.
Do.
Do.
406 WESTERN LANGUAGES CLASSIFIED.
The forty vocabularies printed in this volume belong to seven linguistic:
stocks, and subdivide themselves as follows:
I. Tinné stock: four vocabularies, Nos. 1-4.
II. Numa stock: eighteen vocabularies, Nos. 5-22.
III. Yuma stock: seven vocabularies, Nos. 23-29.
IV. Stock of Rio Grande Pueblos : six vocabularies, Nos. 30-35.
V. Stock of Kera Pueblos: three vocabularies, Nos. 36-38.
VI. Wintin stock: one vocabulary, No. 39.
VIL. Santa Barbara stock: one vocabulary, No. 40.
AREAS AND DIALECTS OF THE SEVEN LINGUISTIC STOCKS.
THE TINNE STOCK.
The Tinné family of languages, or as it was formerly called, the Atha-
paskan, extends over one of the widest areas known to belong to any of
the American stocks. The hunting occupation and erratic habits of the
Tinné tribes confined them to inland countries, and nowhere do we see
them touch the sea coast, except at the outlet of Atna or Copper River and
around Cook’s Inlet, Alaska. The ancient and principal habitat of the
Tinné race, which we may call a truly northern race, was the western part
of British America and Alaska’s interior. The tribes found to reside or
rove within the boundaries of the United States or Mexico must have
detached themselves, in prehistoric epochs, from the main stock inhabiting
the ridges of the Rocky Mountains north or south of the Polar Circle, and
the endless rolling plains north of Saskatchewan River. We cannot here
undertake to enumerate all the northern Tinné tribes, nor those which have
migrated to the Pacific coast between Puget Sound and Mad River in
Northern California, but we subjoin a list of the more important Tinné tribes
now wandering through or settled in the south, as having special reference
to the vocabularies given below.
This southern branch of the Tinné race detached itself in early ages
from the Chipewayans or from such other tribe in their vicinity, to which
THE TINNE STOCK. 407
the dialectic affinities of both may direct us after a close investigation.
They followed the buffalo herds along the eastern base of the Rocky Moun-
tain ridge to the Pecos River, and then took possession of the arid regions
along the Upper and Lower Rio Grande and. the Gila River. Before the
Apaches were brought on Indian reservations, they mainly subsisted by
hunting and raiding, and through their rapacity have always been the
scourge and terror of the Texan, Pueblo, Yuma, Pima, Opata and Mexican
Indians, of the Spanish colonists settled in Mexico and on its northern
borders. Of all their tribes, the Lipans have reached the southernmost
points in their predatory excursions, and are now roving along the Rio
Grande; the Mescaleros and Chiricahuas have caused the most trouble to
the United States troops, while the warlike, self-reliant Navajos, numerically
the strongest tribe among the southern Tinnd, have acknowledged the
authority of the American Government only after long-contested struggles.
The southern Tinné tribes are all comprehended under the general denom-
ination of Apaches, a Yuma term meaning ‘“ men”.
Three of the northern or British Tinné dialects have of late been
elaborately studied and made public by the Rev. E. Petitot. But of the
Western and Southern Tinné we do not yet possess anything besides long
lists of disconnected words and a limited amount of grammatic data con-
tained in H. H. Bancroft, “Native Races,” IJ, part 2. All Tinné dialects
have a profusion of laryngeal and guttural sounds, some of difficult utter-
ance; phonetic rules exercise important functions in the southern as well as
in the northern dialects. The noun undergoes a few inflectional variations
only, but the conjugation of the verb is exceedingly rich in forms. The
negative particle fo or to.... ta (‘‘not”), in its doubled form, will be noticed
in a few compound words of the Apache vocabularies.
The principal Apache tribes are as follows:
Arivaipa, settled with the Pinal Apaches on San Carlos Agency,
Arizona. The population of both tribes is stated, in the Report of the
Indian Commissioner of 1877, to be 946. Their dialect was studied by
Messrs. G. K. Gilbert and O. Loew.
Coyotero, settled with the Chillon Apaches on San Carlos Agency,
and counting, in 1877, 1,560.
408 WESTERN LANGUAGES CLASSIFIED.
Chiricahua, on same agency, and with the Cochise Apaches number-
ing, in 1877, 285 ;
Mescalero, on Mescalero-Apache Agency, in New Mexico, west of the
Rio Grande; in 1877, 1,400.
Lipan, real numbers unknown, because roving; a few have been
gathered with Ténkawa Indians on a reservation near Fort Griffin, Shackle-
ford County, Texas. ;
Navajo, on a very spacious reserve in Northwestern New Mexico and
Northeastern Arizona, on the Canon de Chelle and other streams; in 1877,
11,868 Indians and 26 mixed-bloods.
Jicarilla, in 1877, 326, on Abiquitt Agency; 442 on Pueblo, formerly
Cimarron Agency, in northern part of New Mexico. Their dialect has been
investigated by Dr. H. C. Yarrow.
THE NUMA STOCK.
For the first time a considerable number of Shoshoni dialects is here
presented to the student of linguistic science. Equally useful for rapid
reference and ready comparison, this comprehensive table of eighteen
vocabularies will be of interest to the lexicographer as well as to the inves-
tigator of the phonetic laws of these dialects.
Instead of Shoshoni, the term Numa has recently been suggested as a
comprehensive designation for the whole race and its language. In its
several dialectic forms it means ‘ people,” ‘‘men,” and is found in most of
’ scientists will there-
our vocabularies under “man,” “Indian,” and ‘“ people;’
fore scarcely hesitate to approve its choice.
The Numa race of aborigines is an inland race extending over a large
portion of the great interior Basin from Middle Idaho southward to the Colo-
rado, the Colorado Chiquito, and the Rio San Juan; one of its subdivisions,
the Comanche tribe, has overrun the vast plains extending between the Ar-
kansas and the Rio Grande, while another branch has in early days occupied
portions of Eastern and Southern California. This is the only Numa off-
shoot which, as far as we know, has settled on the shore of the Pacific Ocean,
The interest taken in this great inland race is increased in a peculiar
manner by its linguistic connection with the Nahuatl languages of the
Mexican States. The Nahuatl race includes not only the various tribes of
the Aztecs and of the historical Toltecs, but also the cognate mountain
THE NUMA STOCK. 409
tribes to the north—Tepeguanas and Tarahumaras, Coras and Cahitas ;
further on the Yaquis, Opatas, and Eudeves, and the southern neighbors
of the Yuma race: the PApagos and Pimas in the Pimeria alta, of which
the southernmost part of Arizona forms a part, the Sobaipuris, and the
Pimas in the Pimeria baja, forming a portion of the Mexican State of Sonora.
Numerous discrepancies between the Numa tongues as the northern, and the
Nahuatl as the southern portion of the stock tend to obscure their common
origin, so that their affinity becomes apparent only after a close investiga-
tion of the subject. The coincidence of a number of radicals which can-
not be simply borrowed, joined to that of grammatic affixes or formative
syllables and to the remarkably vocalic character of all dialects in both
sections, removes the doubts concerning a common parentage, though they
are now separated from each other by a wide belt of territory, inhab-
ited by the Yuma, Tinné-Apache and Pueblo races. From all that it
would be, nevertheless, preposterous to conclude that the Aztec civilization
came from the north; but we gain the evidence that the originators of the
national Aztec legend, which professes this people to have issued from seven
caves in the north, were cognizant of the affinity of their nation with some
tribes living north of Anahuac.
As far as known, all Numa dialects (though not the Nahuatl) possess
a plural in the verb, the substantive, adjective and pronoun. They prefer
the deep vowels a, 0, u to the clear-sounding e and i; softening into i, ii,
and nasalizing of vowels is not unfrequent, and the phonetic structure of
these languages is, without exception, as sonorous and vocalic as that of
many Nahuatl languages. None of the dialects seem to incorporate the
subject- or object-pronoun into the verb, as it is done in Aztec.
As the result of information gathered of late from various sources I
present the following classification of this most important of our western
linguistic families:
A. Suosnont.—This appellation is most generally applied to the north-
eastern group of the Numa race, residing in Northern Utah, some parts of
Wyoming, along the Snake River of Idaho, and in Eastern Nevada. This
group comprises the following subdivisions :
Washatki, on Wind River, ranging towards Green River, Wyoming.
Hokan-tikara, or Diggers, on Salt Lake, Utah.
410 WESTERN LANGUAGES CLASSIFIED.
Tussiwehe, or ‘‘ White Knives,” chiefly residing in Eastern Nevada
Pavistso, or ‘‘Athlets,” in Western Nevada (on Pyramid Lake Reser-
vation), partly called Payutes.
Bannock, or Panaiti, now mostly located on reservations in Southern
Idaho.
Gésiats, commonly called Goshi-Utes, Goshoots, from Salt Lake to
Eastern Nevada.
Tuka-rika, ‘‘ Mountain-sheep-Eaters,” or Salmon River Snakes, Idaho.
B. Snaxe.—The designation Snake Indians applies to their former set-
tlements on Snake River of Idaho; it is confined now to the northwestern
eroup of the Numa race, ranging between Snake River and the Cascade
Range of Oregon, and comprises also most of the Indians of Numa origin
-settled on Malheur and Klamath Agency, Oregon.
Wihinasht, a term used by Horatio Hale to designate the Western
Shoshonis or Snake Indians of Owyhee River and west of it; this name
has now become obsolete.
Walpapi and Yahitskin, formerly hunting in southern and eastern
parts of Oregon; since 1864 they were partially settled on Klamath Re-
servation, around Sprague River.
To make a more detailed classification of groups A and B possible more
information must be obtained regarding their tribes and tribal subdivisions.
C. Pa-Ura—tThe section of country from which the Pa-Uta (Payute,
Pa-Yutah) have spread into several adjacent countries is Central and
Southern Nevada. The singular form of this name is Paiuta-at, meaning
a Payute man. It is their custom to live in small bands, and the most popu-
lous of these in Nevada are the following:
Pa-Uta, on Modpa Reservation, on Muddy River.
Paraniguts, or Pardnagats, in Pardniguts Valley; 171 souls in 1873.
Tsauwarits, in Meadow Valley.
Nudguntits, in Las Vegas Valley; 161°in 1873. This subdialect was in-
vestigated by Messrs. Francis Klett, Theo. V. Brown, and Dr. W. J. Hoffman.
Mowiats, on Cottonwood Island, in Colorado River.
Chemehuevi, or, as they call themselves, Tiintawats, mainly on Cotton-
wood Island. Vocabulary by Oscar Loew.
THE NUMA STOCK. 411
The Pa-Uta of Arizona are settled on Shivwits Plateau, in the Uinka-
rets Mountains, and numbered 284 souls in 1873.
The Pa-Uta of Utah Territory consisted, in 1873, of 528 Indians, divided
into eight tribes, among which that of the Kaivawits is the most populous.
The Pa-Uta (Pyedes, Piutes) of Oregon were partly settled on the
Malheur River Agency; the Report of 1876 gives 462 Indians.
D. Pa-Ura or Carirornia.—The Californian Pa-Uta hold the longi-
tudinal valleys of the Sierra Nevada in Mono and Inyo Counties. Their
language differs considerably from the Pa-Uta of Nevada, and, in fact,
from those of all other Numa tribes, and if a suitable national name were
found to exist, they should be distinguished by it from the other Pa-Uta.
The languages of the Panamint and Ké-at Indians have not yet been in-
vestigated, and hence they are excluded from the subsequent enumeration :
Pa-Uta of Bernardino County.
Pa-Uta of Owens River Valley, comprising also the majority of the
Mono County and the Kozabi Pa-Uta.
Pa-Uta of the part of Mono County, west of Owens River, between
36° 40’ and 37° 40’. They call themselves Nut’has. .
Pallegawonap, east and southeast of Tulare Lake, on southern spurs
of the Sierra Nevada, which they have conquered from the Yékuts Indians
in the valley.
Tillie and P’hallatillie, in southwestern portions of Kern County.
E. Ura.—tTribes of the Uta reside in Eastern Utah, Western Colorado,
and in Northern New Mexico. The valleys drained by Green and Grand
Rivers, afiluents of the Colorado, most probably formed the ancient habitat
of the race Exclusive of the nomadic Uta, the Report of the Indian Com-
missioner for 1877 gives 2,900 Uta Indians for Colorado, 1,207 for New
Mexico, and 773 for Utah; 134 Pa-Vants were not under an agent. The
singular form of the name is Utawat; the plural form, Utawdtsu. The Uta
dialects do not differ very considerably among themselves, and Mr. Edwin
A. Barber, who has given comparative tables, states that the Weminuche,
Capote-Uta, and the Muache speak one and the same dialect.
Some of the principal tribes are :
Pa-Vant, in Corn Creek, near Fillmore, Utah.
412 WESTERN LANGUAGES CLASSIFIED.
Uinta, on Uinta Valley Reserve; 650 in 1876.
Weber Uta, northeast of Salt Lake.
Yampa, on Bear or Yampa River. Their full name is Yampa-tikara, or
‘“root-eaters”; they associate with the Grand River (or Middle Park) tribe.
Weminuche or Wimint-ints, on Los Pinos division of the Confederated
Uta Reserve and north of Tierra Amarilla.
Muache, on Los Pinos Agency.
Tabewache, on Los Pinos Agency.
Capote, in southeast angle of Utah Territory, on Confederated Uta
Reserve and on Tierra Amarilla (Abiquiti Reservation), New Mexico. ‘This
dialect was studied by Dr. H. C. Yarrow.
Tash-Uta, in Arizona, north of the Moqui mesas.
F. Moqu1r.—The Moqui Indians, or, as they call themselves, Shinumo,
inhabit six pueblos or villages located on the top of four high, steep mesas
in Arizona, north of the Colorado Chiquito. They selected these bluffs to
be their natural bulwarks against the raiding Apaches, Navajos—perhaps,
also the Comanches—and they cultivate the few patches of agricultural
land situated below the precipitous cliffs. The Moqui language is certainly
Numa, but seems to contain many archaic words and forms not encountered
in the other dialects, and many vocables of its own. One of the Moqui
towns, the seventh in order, called Hano or Hanoki, speaks Tehua; the
inhabitants came from the Rio Grande. Mogui is an opprobrious nickname
taken from their own language, originally referring to one of the towns
only (moki: dead, stinking). Shinumo, hépi Shinumo, Shé-noma, or “‘towns-
people,” is the name they give to themselves, answering somewhat to the
Iroquois term énkwe hénwe, ‘real men, true men”. In Pacific Railroad
Reports, Vol. III, part 2, page 13, the Moqui and Zuni names of the seven
towns are given. Population, according to Report of 1874, 1,409; of 1877,
1,339:
G. Kavvuya—The various Kauviya tribes of California are settled in
a few portions of the counties of San Bernardino, San Diego, and Los
Angeles. Their dialects differ considerably from the inland Numa dialects,
and no less among themselves, as far as the coast tribes or “ Playanos”
are concerned. The term Kawovya is the orthography adopted by Oscar
THE YUMA STOCK. 413
Loew for the name of one of the “Serrano” or mountain tribes. This
group subdivides itself into:
Kauytiya, on the oases in Cahuillo Valley, at the Gorgonio Pass, at
Temecula, and in the Jacinto Mountains; written also Cahuillo and (in-
correctly) Coahuila.
Takhtam or men—called Serranos or mountain Indians by the white
population—in the vicinity of San Bernardino, Colton, and Riverside ;
dialect almost identical with Kauviya.
Dialect of San Luis Rey (de Francia) Mission, founded in 1798 ; for-
merly called Kechi dialect. Vocabulary taken by Lieut. Eric Bergland.
Dialect of San Juan Capistrano Mission, founded in 1776, formerly
called Netéla dialect; Oscar Loew calls it Gaitchim (houses). ‘The Juaneno
Indians inhabit six or eight villages in the interior.
Dialect of San Gabriel Mission, founded in 1771. Called Kizh dialect
with that of San Fernando Mission by former investigators; O. Loew calls
the tribe of San Gabriel: Tobikhar.
Dialect of San Fernando (Rey de Espana) Mission, founded in 1797.
Said to be closely related to the San Gabriel dialect.
H. Comancur.—A division of the Numa race wandering in company
with Kiowas and Apaches through Northern Texas and on both sides of
the Rio Grande. After many bloody contests with whites of Spanish and
Anglo-Saxon descent, portions of them have recently surrendered to the
authority of the United States, and have been settled on the Kiowa and
Comanche Agency, Indian Territory, where, in 1877, they numbered 1,545.
The ancient range of this tribe of equestrians extended from Nebraska and
Northern New Mexico to Durango and Zacatecas (22° Lat.), in Mexico,
and of about twelve subdivisions the national names have been trans-
mitted. Their language is closely related to that of the Shoshoni of Wyo-
ming, Idaho, &c., and kémass means estranged, severed off, separated; two
facts which indicate a comparatively recent secession from some Numa
tribe further north. They call themselves Némue, the living ones, the people.
THE YUMA STOCK.
The dialects which in their totality form the Yuma language extend
not only over the valley of the Lower Colorado, the western and interior
414 WESTERN LANGUAGES CLASSIFIED.
sections of Arizona, and over Southern California, but are spoken also in
the larger portion of the Californian Peninsula, and most probably through
the whole of it. The Cochimi vocabularies of Dr. William M. Gabb and
Mr. Robinia, of Guaymas, forming part of the Smithsonian collection of
linguistic material, furnish satisfactory proof that Yuma dialects are in use
in the Peninsula as far south as the 26th degree of latitude.
The seven Yuma vocabularies presented in this volume do not, however,
go beyond the latitude of the mouth of Colorado River. Readers will soon
perceive, in glancing over them, that in the eastern dialects the vocalic ele-
ment prevails largely, while it diminishes when going westward. Diegueno
(and Cochimf) have indeed elided their vowels to some extent, and thus ren-
dered their speech consonantic; clusters of consonants are gathering chiefly
in the final syllables. The Yuma dialects inflect the noun by means of
cases and postpositions, and the verb possesses a so-called plural form.
The term Yuma adopted for designating this linguistic stock was taken
from the Yuma or Kutchan tribe living at the junction of Colorado and Gila
Rivers, around Fort Yuma. The term Apache is frequently used in designa-
ting some Yuma tribes, as Mohave-Apaches, Tonto-Apaches, Yuma-Apaches,
and the Kutchan Indians call the Yavipai and Tonto: Apahuatche or
“fighting, warlike men”. Apache means man, Indian, and is composed of
ipa, epa, man, and a suffix -tch appended to substantives in the Colorado
River dialects of the Yuma stock. This word becomes Ap-ahwa-tche
through the incorporation of the term ahwa, ahiia, war, warfare; thus the
compound word Apahuatche distinguishes the bellicose, indomitable tribes
of the sierras from Apache as the more peaceable and numerous Indian
populations of the Arizonian valleys. Both terms are correctly applied to
tribes of the Yuma as well as of any other race; but to avoid the utmost
confusion in ethnologic, linguistic, and historic publications, we must con-
fine the terms Apache and Apahuatche either to Tinné tribes, as is generally
done, or drop them altogether.
A list of the dialects of the Yuma stock follows, to which are added
various historical spellings of the tribal names and the earlier habitat of the
Yuma tribes, before they were settled on reservations. The ending -pai,
-pa, occurring in most Yuma tribal names, means ‘“‘ people.”
THE YUMA STOCK. 415
Yavi-pai (Yam-pai, Yabi-pai) west and northwest of the Aztec Mount-
ains, west of Prescott, Arizona.
Kénino (Cosino, Cochnichno), a tribe inhabiting Cataract Creek, a
southern affluent of Colorado River, and calling themselves Avést-pai,
‘‘neople down below.” A locality called Kénino Caves lies in the Tonto Basin.
Tonto (Locos, Ké-un, Gohun) in the valleys of the Rio Salado and
Rio Verde, northern affluents of the Gila River. They call themselves
Tolke-paya, K6-un.
Marico-pa (Coco-marico-pa), an agricultural tribe, the friends and allies
of the Northern Pimas (Pimas altos), with whom they have inhabited the
Middle Gila River for centuries.
Hudala-pai (Walla-pai, Hawal-co) from Lower Colorado River to eastern
end of Black Mountains and to the Cerbat and Aquarius Mountains. Asso-
ciated with Chemehuevis. Their dialect has been investigated by M. S.
Severance and O. Loew.
Mohave (Hamukh-habi; Spanish, Mojave, Amuchaba), the most popu-
lous Yuma tribe; in portions of California desert and on both sides of
Lower Colorado, between Kutchan and Huala-pai. Studied by EH. M.
Richardson and O. Loew.
Kutchan (Yuma, Yuma-Cuchan; Spanish, Cutganes), a populous tribe
living in a wide circuit around Fort Yuma. Studied, in 1876, by Lieut.
Eric Bergland.
Cocé-pa (Cucd-pa) on mouth of Colorado River. Distinction has to be
made between the River Coco-pa and the savage Mountain Coco-pa.
Comoyei (Spanish: Quemeya, Comeya), including all Yuma dialects
spoken in the arid country between the Lower Colorado and the Pacific
Ocean, between 32° and 34° latitude. They are the Diegueno around the
roadstead of San Diego, the Comoyei in the country east of it, the Como-
yei near San Tomas Mission (Hta-ii'm, San Tomaseno, Kiliwi), and other
dialects and subdialects.
Cochimi, occupying northern and middle part of the Californian
peninsula. STOCK OF RIO GRANDE PUEBLOS.
The languages spoken by the Pueblo Indians of New Mexico (for
Moqui Pueblos of Arizona, see Numa Stock) have to be classified into three
416 WESTERN LANGUAGES CLASSIFIED.
linguistic families: Zuni, Kera, and Rio Grande. The Rio Grande Pueblo
languages cover an area somewhat larger than that of the Quéres or Kera
Pueblos, and offer many characteristic peculiarities not found to occur else-
where. A leaning towards the Numa dialects is perceptible in many
instances, though more in the lexicon than in the grammatic elements.
The most remarkable characteristics of these dialects, which have
prompted me to separate them from all surrounding ones, and to unite them
into one linguistic family, are as follows:
1. They agree most generally in their radicals in the following impor- -
tant terms: head (pe), hair, face and eye (tché), bone (ko, go, also. occurring
in forehead, arm), tooth, beard, neck (kawva, of Numa origin), hand, finger
and nails (ma), chest (po, pz), foot and toes (en, un). The majority of the
dialects also agree in the terms for man, woman, sun, water (pa, of Numa
origin), fire, wind, knife, hatchet.
2. All show a tendency towards monosyllabism; this tendency is even
perceptible in the Taos dialect.
3. The numerals from one to ten agree generally, but one, two, three,
and four more than the other numerals. Jemez shows the most discrepancy.
4. In corresponding words of the different dialects the consonants,
especially the mutes, undergo a sort of mutual alternation, or ‘sound-
shunting” process.
5. Na is demonstrative pronoun, personal and possessive pronoun of
first person, and, when connected with nouns, the definite article. In Taos
-nd seems to be a postpositive definite article.
6. Final -7 is found in most adjectives designating colors.
7. Some dialects use a strongly emphasized final syllable, -da’, -oda’,
in nouns designating relationship, animals, and phenomena of nature. It is
found suffixed to such terms, as suggest the idea of locomotion or change.
8. Syllables and words usually end in vowels.
Oscar Loew subdivides the stock into four groups of subdialects, to
which I have added Piro as the fifth.
I. 'Tano, comprising Sandia above Albuquerque, Isleta below Albu-
querque, and Isleta in Texas, near El Paso.
II. Taos, comprising Picuri and Taos; in Indian, Tékhe. Investi-
gated by Dr. H. C. Yarrow.
STOCK OF KERA PUEBLOS. A417
UI. Tehua (Tegua, Téwa), “houses”, comprising the pueblos San Ilde-
fonso, Los Luceros near Plaza del Alcalde, San Juan, Santa Clara, Pojoaque,
Nambé, Tesuque, and the Tehua town on one of the Moqui mesas.
IV. Jemez, comprising Jemez (or Gemez, Hemez, Vallatoa) and Pecos
Pueblos on Jemez River. O. Loew derives Vallatoa, which is the national
name of these Indians, from an ancient Spanish settlement in New Mexico
called Valladolid.
VY. Piro, of Sinecti, in Mexico, in the State of Chihuahua, near El Paso,
and on the border of Rio Grande (31° 40’); obtained by Mr. J. R. Bartlett.
The dialect given is not more closely connected with Tehua than with
Jemez, Tano, or Taos, but remotely with all. It shows that this stock has
extended far down south, along the Rio Grande, and may possibly be traced
further into the interior of the Mexican States. The majority of the words
—even some verbs—end in the accentuated -é, which is evidently either a
declarative particle or a demonstrative_pronoun.
STOCK OF KERA PUEBLOS.
The Indians speaking Quéra or Kera dialects are settled on a tract
on the Upper Rio Grande, where they hold both shores of the river, and
on its western tributaries: the Rio Jemez and the Rio San Juan in its
middle course. The dialects known to us do not differ considerably among
themselves, and hence should be appropriately termed subdialects. A few
words are held in common with Tehua, while others agree with terms in the
Zuii, Tinné, and Numa languages. The sounds I, th, b, d, f do not occur
in O. Loew’s collections, and r is rarely met with. But the structure of the
words shows a greater capacity for consonants than the Rio Grande stock,
and only one-half of the words end in vowels. The system of numeration
is in both families based on the number ten. Many of the adjectives given
terminate in -atse, a term corresponding to our adverb ‘“ very”.
A historical sketch of the Kera population (and of the other pueblos)
in New Mexico was published by Oscar Loew in Petermann’s Mittheilungen,
1876, pages 209-216, accompanied by an ethnographic map. Loew divides
the stock into a northeastern and a southwestern portion. ‘The former is
by him called—
27 OL
418 WESTERN LANGUAGES CLASSIFIED.
Quéres: it crosses the Rio Grande at San Domingo, a town formerly
called Ge-e-we (Simpson); the other pueblos on the western side of the
river being Santa Ana, formerly Tomiya; Silla (Cia), in Indian: Tséa;
San Felipe, anciently Kalistcha; and Cochitt.
Sitsimé or Kawafko is the name by which the inhabitants of the south-
western pueblos call themselves, viz. those of Moguino, Povuate, Hasatch,
Laguna, and Acoma. Acoma is the “rock pueblo,” the Acuco of the
Spanish invaders in 1540-1543, Vocabulary No. 36 was taken at Acoma
by Mr. Francis Klett, while O. Loew collected No. 37 at Laguna, collating
it afterwards with Acoma.
THE WINTUN STOCK.
The Winttin race of Northern California was not visited in its own
domain by any party of the Expedition; one of the members, while passing
through the south of Colorado, happened to find a colony of Winttin settlers
at Huerfano Park, and, seizing the opportunity, took down some 220 words
of their vernacular.
The Winttin and their congeners, the Patwin (both terms mean men),
hold the western part of Sacramento Valley from the river to the Coast
Range, and from Suisun Bay to Shasta City ; northwards from there they
extend over both sides of the Sacramento up to Mount Shasta, the Lower
Pit River Valley, and Upper Trinity River, and are also found on Feather
River. Of this extensive area the Patwin form the southern, the Winttn
the northern division according to Stephen Powers, to whom we are in-
debted for the first thorough ethnologic investigation of the Central Cali-
fornian Indians. Powers gives about twenty-five names of bands and
tribal subdivisions of the race, and supposes the Datjpum Wintun or “ Val-
ley Indians” on Cottonwood Creek to form the nucleus of the northern -
division (Overland Monthly, June, 1874, pages 530-540.)
The words of O. Loew’s vocabulary, when compared with the other
Winttn dialects, show most affinity with those of Teh4ma and Trinity River,
and hence we may safely conclude that the colonists seen by him had come
from the northwestern abodes of the Wintin race. The language is sono-
rous, not unpleasant to the ear, lacking d, f, and th, but showing instead a
THE SANTA BARBARA STOCK. 419
few sounds of difficult utterance. The plural is formed by the suffix -f, pre-
ceded by the reduplicated vowel of the radical syllable; this points to a
law of vocalic harmonization observed also in other Central Californian
languages and not unlike the one observed in the Dravidian and Uralo-
Altaic language-families of Asia.
THE SANTA BARBARA STOCK.
In want of a national historic name applicable to all the tribes that
speak these dialects, I have used the above as a momentary help. The
uncertainty in which we are concerning the geographic area and the sub-
divisions of this stock renders the publication of O. Loew’s vocabulary in
its present form doubly desirable, for none of the materials published here-
tofore could be fully relied on by competent investigators. The phonetic
habitus of the language is rather consonantic, and most words end in con-
sonants; the distributive plural in the verb and in the substantive is formed
by duplication of the first syllable.
In the Annual Report of 1876, Appendix H 16, I have given my reasons
for believing that San Antonio (Telamé) and San Luis Obispo may possi-
bly belong to this same family, for out of fifty or sixty words known, about
fourteen were found to agree with corresponding terms of Kasua, Santa
Barbara, and Santa Cruz Island.
As far as known the dialects are as follows :
La Purisima, spoken around the Mission La Purisima Concepcion de
la Virgen, on Sa Inez River, founded in 1787.
Santa Inez, spoken by the Alahulapas around Santa Inez Mission,
which was founded in 1804.
Santa Barbara, the dialect of the Silpalils, Aswalthatans, &c., along the
coast and around Santa Barbara Mission, founded in 1786 by the Padre Palou.
Kasua, the dialect of Indians living at Kasua or Cieneguita (‘‘little
marsh”), three miles north of Santa Barbara Mission.
Mugu, spoken at Point Mugu, on the outlet of Canada Creek, Lat. 34° 8’.
Santa Cruz Island, an isle once inhabited by Indians related to those
of the adjoining mainland. It is probable that dialects of the same family
were formerly spoken in the whole northwestern part of the archipelago,
though we have no historical evidence to that effect.
490) WESTERN LANGUAGES CLASSIFIED.
REMARKS ON THE MISSION INDIANS OF CALIFORNIA.
After the abolition of the order of the Jesuit Fathers, in 1767, the mis-
sions established by them in the Peninsula of California were abandoned,
and the order of Franciscans entrusted with the conversion of the natives in
Alta California, or what is now the State of California. From that epoch
down to 1833, the year of their secularization, twenty-six missions were
established by the Franciscans on the coast of Southern California, or at a
short distance inland. By persuasion and by military force they prevailed
upon the Indians of the vicinity and the interior to settle around the mission
buildings, and in concert with their families to work on certain days of the
week for their spiritual advisers. Some of the missions reached a high
degree of power, wealth, and influence, and the most flourishing of them
all was that of San Juan Capistrano.
To render their christianizing efforts more efficacious, many of the
Fathers acquired the language of their numerous Indian converts, and to
some of them we are indebted for the preservation in writing of dialects
which seem to have disappeared since. ‘They gathered Indians from many
districts of the interior; herewith the ancient distribution of the languages
became disturbed and changes in the extent of their areas were produced.
We know that a Yuma dialect, probably the Comoyei, was once heard at San
Luis Rey and further to the north; that the whole aboriginal population has
now disappeared from Santa Cruz Island; that Tatché Indians of the Yékuts
stock lived around San Antonio Mission; that Nopthrinthres Indians, also
of Yékuts origin, were settled at San Juan Bautista, among the Mutsun
tribes; that the San Luis Obispo vocabulary is largely mixed with Mutsun
words, and that the lexicon of the Mutsun tribes on the northern shore of
San Francisco and Suisun Bays became to some extent mixed with ele-
ments from the languages of the neighboring Indians.
But though at the present time the reduced Indian population of these
tracts shows a mixture of languages and indistinctly traceable linguistic
areas, many other tribes have remained in their old homes and retained
their paternal dialects. This can be said of the Dieguerios, of most Indians
of the Kauvitya branch of Numa, and of the natives at Kasud; and though
the ancient order of linguistic distribution has been disturbed, the diction-
CALIFORNIA MISSION INDIANS. 421
aries composed by some industrious Padres are of great assistance to us in
establishing the outlines of the areas as they existed at the beginning of the
nineteenth century. They give us five linguistic areas in which missions
were established, or four if we consider the San Antonio to form one stock
with the Santa Barbara. Going from south to north these are as follows:
Yuma, with a mission near San Diego (and one among the Maricopas
in Arizona).
Numa, with several missions mentioned above, under Kauvittya.
“Santa Barbara, with the missions of Santa Barbara, Santa Inez, &e.
San Antonio, with San Antonio, San Miguel, and San Luis Obispo
Missions.
Mutsun, extending from the vicinity of San Antonio to San Rafael
Mission, north of San Francisco Bay.
CONCLUDING REMARKS.
Having discussed the phonetic and other grammatic features of most of
the languages spoken of in your Annual Reports of 1875, pages 180-187,
and of 1876, pages 330-343, students of the forty vocabularies will have to
refer constantly to them, and, in fact, these ‘Analytic Reports” form an
essential and integral part of this present Introduction.
The linguistic material of this volume is a faithful reproduction of the
orthography of the original vocabularies.
To enable the investigator to comprehend fully the mode of pronun-
ciation in O. Loew’s vocabularies, I subjoin the scientific alphabet of Gibbs,
recommended by the Smithsonian Institution, and followed by O. Loew in
all but a few particulars. The few additions and changes made by him he
describes in the following remarks :
‘For nasal vowels I have substituted for n superior (a") the more con-
spicuous circumflex (a, 1), and the dumb nasalized sound between o and u
I have expressed by u. tch was preferred to ch; ny to the Spanish letter n.
The rh is the vocalic r occurring in Sanscrit,* and zz is s pronounced with
a buzzing sound. An apostrophe within or after a word indicates arrested
yocalic r of Sanserit, which sounds almost like r in bittern, slacternly.
422 GIBBS’ PHONETIC ALPHABET.
G. GIBBS’ ORTHOGRA PHY.*
VOWELS.
as long in father, and short in German hat (nearly as in English what).
o
as long in they (‘long a” in face), short in met.
He
as long in marine, short in pin.
o as long in go, short in home, whole (as generally pronounced in the
Northern States). :
u__as long in rule (00 in fool), short in full (00 in good). u as in union,
pure, &e., to be written yu.
& as in all (aw, au in bawl, taught).
a as in fat.
u_—_as in but (0 in love, 00 in blood).
ai as in aisle (“‘long i” in pine).
au as ow in now, ou in loud.
The distinction of long and short vowels to be noted, as far as possi-
ble, by the division into syllables, joining a following consonant to a short
vowel, and leaving the vowel open if long. Where this is insufficient, or
where greater distinctness is desirable, a horizontal mark above, to indicate
a long vowel, a curved mark a short one, thus: @, a, 2, é, &c. A nasal
syllable, like those found so commonly in French, to be marked by an
index, », at the upper right-hand corner of the vowel; thus 0”, a”, a”, wu”, will
represent the sounds of the French on, an or en, in, and un, respectively.
CONSONANTS.
b as in English blab.
not to be used excepting in the compound ch; write k for the hard
cr)
sound, s for the soft.
d asin English did.
as in English jie.
g asin English gig, never for the soft sound, as in ginger; for this use
Laur)
always /.
h as in English how, hoe, handle.
*Tnstructions for Research Relative to the Ethnology and Philology of America, by George Gibbs;
Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, No. 160 (1863), pp. 18, 19.
I! {5}
B
IS) Cal dt sl ap Ge tak id yey Te} fal
’ GIBBS’ PHONETIC ALPHABET. 423
as in English judge.
as in English kick.
as in English /ull.
as in English mimve.
as in English noon.
as in English pipe.
not to be used: for gu write kw
as in English rear.
as in English sauce.
as in English tight.
as in English vow.
as in English wayward.
not to be used: write ks or gz, according to the sound, in wax, example.
as in English you, year.
as in English zeal, buzz.
as ng in English singing.
as in English shall, shoe.
as Zin azure, s in fusion.
as in English church.
as in English thin, truth.
as th in the, with.
a surd guttural aspirate, the German ch in ach, Loch, Buch, and some-
times approaching that in ich, recht, Biicher.
a sonant guttural aspirate (Arabie ghain); other compounds, like the
clucks occurring in Chinook, &e., to be represented by ki, tkl, tk,
&c., according to their analysis.
494 FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES.
Tribe and dialect. 1. Man. 2. Woman. 3. Boy. 4. Girl.
ta-watz ........---
tow-watz
na-a-tse!-6 ......----- natsi .
ai-bits...:.-..-.-----| nantch
to-wats'ssce. sss ma-mats! .........- to-wats/-in.....------ Nan/Zits\--s-2 sess =e
-| to-wats-chee ...-.. mah-mats-chee .-..| i-patch-ee .......---. na-chits-chee . -..---
GS Uinta Utarecnsssessscese=asosaee tah-wahts ...----- mah-sah-wahts ---.| i
17 | MoquiPueblo...........-.. oes Baek ere econ! VAL ebO meee sete ce
18h ialchtamersce see eee ea seeee ace al muses a eee een
19) PIMavittyaseeseee sae ese sene |i malchantchies.s22e4 ln Ctchilsesasera=ce
20 | Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano) e | shumalesees. cesses
21 | Tobikhar (of San Gabriel) ...-.- Mf SepecetpoonoS | Ud) taoeacdosodoce
22 | Kechi (of San Luis Rey)-.----.-.
23 | Mohave
245 EM Oh aves assess erat: tee seen
204 Peoalapaiieessesse esate esas
2Gn Aauala pail tesaceisssesas=sc/ee sani
hinya/-aga, homar-hi/nchinger. -.
masahaya......--.--
gamutum ..--.....--
INO ERH) chas= peoneo bebcdeSbeSannteocctd] temoackesnon anbonudded bosnbanseodoadoscdones
hanya-aga.........
2ialehontoonGohunes=.s2sss— se eaaee mo-ho-ave . h-me’. -
20) PDieg ten Omecrys ses sea nes eee oe | UCC eee eens ---| limam
29 | Yuma or Kutchdn ...........--. G-pathee eee seenc sin-yo’ck........-- hoh-ma’l-eno-ka ..... hoh-ma/]-e-chin..----
SOM elsletaseueblomesescessesaeee sss Si-@-N-O jee eeeeeee kle-o-na-da’ ....-.. o-va-0-da/ . ..-..-.---| 0-pe0-0-de! t........-
31 | Tehua on Moqui Mesa.....- ---.
32 | Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo -..--
33 | Tehua, San Juan Pueblo ..-....--
B25 | PALETS TANG Op ooeceapeSHeSEeeaos seh-ah-nan-na. ..-.| klay-ton-ah ....--. oth-thah-sah-nah ....| kKlay-an-ah ......----
35 | Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo .....-- shi-o-tesh .......-- tioshweer cere Ici/-ush’-= 22 -5-2---.|;umMpekulomassesceces
B6q | Aicomaseueblovessemenases ste es hatcha-za.-...---- O-NO, wecsieeee seep (er ee Goapepesoonecdad
37 | Acoma and Laguna Pueblo.....- hatch-tche ...--... KO! cccesceeseeeeecs Latch: .asssccesscess| seen csessa cee cecensce
GE} SHI SC) Wssssaeqnesaneseccson hatch-tche, u-mo..| ku-e.-.....-....-.- NATE noe nnosaacEeesnd seadoaosedsepanboogsEs |
20 WAN te oes aacaaneeneecssecae u-cta... biig-ta-ela ..... ;
40 | Kasud at Santa Barbara......... oho-ikh enekemeesssesacece
* y, as consonant. +O=0 nasal. ¢rh = peculiar uvular r.
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES.
42
| me-pots .....-.....
me-a-po-witch-ee ..
pul-je-nis
ho-mari-qui/lvaé---.
mointz - ---
mo-am .
na/-na co-mas || ..-.
mo-oh . ...
nénah moodh || -
nu'n-na .---
.| na-vi yéh-ah...-..-
atailgh
en-thigh ...... ....
navi yia
.| ni-a/shun
6. My father (said | 7. My father (said | 8. My mother (said | 9. My mother (said
<2 LELOE IS by son). by daughter). by son). by daughter). HO: LAP LUE ETT
| mes-chée! .--------- tsché-ta .........-.| tsché-ta ........-.. tsché-ma .....----- tsché-ma...-...-.. mbieslas - cheu/-
a.
onteceoccoceoteccsne POCA ME Re Sood Losdenesoeseaannooce| Site caokooesdoosesy baoccodaansocoaosocd elt seseeas aca
| AU-VH --..--..-..-.| shi-tchi-ai.----..--]----.--.----.------- TET CINE Ey! Ssecosed lacnouSasqUSSOnEsoDoS shO-Kaemecee soe
| Ine ateal eG chi-kah-éh ......-. chi-kah-éh .......- GHin NGS esse ores | cena eee chee-alieeeeeeeee
en.
na/-na to-wats - - -
nina tah - wats-
chee.
.| nénah tah-ah-pol
ivo-u-shing-va. . -
nu/atchau
no-ual-eso/
ni-itchka
no-cong
h(er)chow-ya..--
.| hi/tchuik........
ni-gutch
en-va/ph
hin-sau-ve-e
22
§ shi: my, pron. poss.
|| mana, nina, nun-nu, (in Pueblos ; navi,) before names of relationship : my, pron. poss.
426 FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES.
: Tribe and dialect. 11. My wife. Eee i eas selva ae er co
Lt) PA vaipaenn seminaries asin tsché-at! ....-...-. tzi-zha/-ha.... .... tzi-zha/-ha. .
7 EN ES Coane pescqcoSnoosbenacod josdao0ssusscoasoaoT Shi-S2-SOse cena eae: |lesseecleesee ee seerinsers
|} 8S RES esse cesccseonsesecossacasas gha-Bbpes eee eens Shi-yl"p seen se se-tse’.-.--..---2 2...
Way FSicarilla ences ess oes ete chee-san-éh ..----. EINGGH BN San Sadesd badder quacon bdecosatos
) 5
6
7
8
9
10
11 | Southern Pa-Uta - --
12 | Pa Uta of California
13h |; Chemehueyiiesesnetese estas eae i bic bisho-anlseeceeea| cece se eee eee eee na/-na-@ ...-...------
IE UW sacaoesonsbeoroondubasescands na/-na pih-wan’....| na/-na to-wa’ts-in.-| na/-na to-wats/-in. .-.| na/-na nan/-zits ..-.-.
15, | Capote Uta....--....-..22..6.-2- nina pé-wee....--. MIN aLO-W AUS eer seem Ce eet ae nina pah-chits. .-..--
UGS ROSE POO. areesphne asonasnsbbe> nénah p’hew .------ né-nah to-wahts..-.| nénah to-wahts --... nénah pah-tchitch. -.
Li MogquirPuebloss= a... cece eicisee i-vul-ete...-.------ TET Soe OR COaHO SBE oH lederine odedosesaecaodgce Ten SeRasa daceassocc
18) Ralch tam iesassesscei serene se nu’-ingtava.....--. irLINE/ bacspRebobed [soon acbSad UoOSod GBaadH) boonddouscoodeséessdsd
1) AKO VAN ceaosseascuancce condes| boadadaa séassHpD0600 BOR NEMA KILED scgnond laste SogoonosS Soseemnd PESSaedoduasbebesescds
20 | Gaitchim (ofSan Juan Capistrano)! nishumake .--..---. PH EEK esrb Saocned |lbabcomudstouSeeodadKo# mi-shuameo see eeee es
21 | Tobikhar (of San Gabriel) .-.-.-|.-2- -.2-- 2225-.-2-- MEUKO as ces saee ee eeis eee eee eae Nia cure eeeeec ee eee
22 | Kechi (of San Luis Rey) ---..-- nun-nu Wi-ka..-..- nan-na ah-ko-wa-..| nan-na ah-ko-wa -.-.| na-tel-ma ....... ----
23) Mohaven-serinasee aloes sectestace nik-ni-ya’ga .....-- é-keeja ..... ...... é-keeja .... -..-.---- iiz/-homari ---..-----
DAG EM olay erases seems e ere a are nanya/-ak ......--- hintchien kee es see | seeenecne eer eases | seen eer eee
20) | PeUalapaivesssso en ean acess lonva-va.-.. ------ LER OM icceabe coon | jaedeonoSccaseanacecced| baopcoooosnoocscccess
265) Hualapai-.s: 2s2scosec c22n secs oe|caecesecoeet ees cease
27) \Lontoror Gohunisss-s2=n- see: na-man-ya ......--
28 | Dieguefio .-.....---- ---| nia/-uitch ...
29 | Yuma or Kutchdn en-que/r-ack......-
30i|TsletawPuebloyss------s---seos=- WINW-VO-0 es sclecall Ae roe nee ae ade mee | ee cleme o e ee ear | Ses eect enet ee Sperare Nmeerseace
31 | Tehua on Moqui Mesa ... ...--- navi ey-on-ke . ...---
32 | Tehna, Los Luceros Pueblo ..--. a-vi na-vi an-ick-ah .--.-
33 | Tehua, San Juan Pueblo .- -| navi e’, navia/ .
34) LaossPueblo-s-- see ccseiscsee ss an-no-wy-e ..--. ----
30) diemez or Viallatoa)Puebloz--secc| sane sjece cece ec nae [PUR Iino seam ney cae | Cea cul pe eee ec ner | Se ee erate ee
367) Acoma Pie blOssss ech. c ane sac noee| tases oe Sects etal: [Reece nee Sees eee es | Rae ea ne a eee ee | Saleeeetst stan Secor
37 | Acoma and Laguna Pueblo ..... sau-kve .......--..] sa-mut’e.........-.].--: SEcbbos beeen sshoos sa-ma-ak ....-.-----
38) /Silla Pueblo..----.2-5-eseeete =a sau-kve ........-.- BA-IMUb'-Oin- see sees |toeseeee ae eeneteeee sarma-ak .....-..-.--
39 -| net-go-rash net-te-hesh-big-ta . - -
Kasua at Santa Barbara. kta/nu .
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES.
15. My daughter
(said by mother).
16. My elder
brother.
17. My younger
brother.
---| kuin-yo-ay
chee-na-le-la-hé....
na/-na pai-bi'ts-in --
| nina tcha-kats. ..-.
nah-nah po-pah-
witch.
ie
~~) 1-Va-Va ~--- 2 ue
|
}
ni’-pre-it -..-
hintchi-enk - ..-...
ne-par-ah ....--. -.
| Na-vi pa-re’.---..-.
| pah-pab-nah....---
ba-bo-ye..--------.
sat-tum --
.| ni-pe/-ets. ...
na’-na sko/-chin -..
nina tcha-kats ..-.
nenah to-e-carim-
pah-witch.
ni-be’-et. --
na-kan-ye-nea ...-.
S0N-\aa esa
18. My elder sis-
19. My younger
20. An Indian.
ter. sister.
tS Risliwscseseyee seee a-pa’-ché .....--.
S| iShi-ti-sheaenar | see < seer eels sete
GUGiibass scossescad kinte essen e
she-la-e-keh-8 . ....| que-an-éh -...--.
na-mintz .-....-..-. ne/owh......---.
na/-na na-mi/-chin -
pah-chits
nah-nah po-patch..
no-ah-hal-le . ...---
hu/n-chee-ennéi . - - -
en-che’ng ..... fon
hin-to-te-e
navi ka-ka ......-
pab-chits -....
nenah _ to0-e-carim-
patch.
nebi-it .--
ni-pi-its ...-..-
no-ah-hal-le . ..
i-ny4aka ......
cu-cha/ng ... .-..
tai-o/-da/ .. ....-.
427
* Adopted from the Mormons, who founded San Bernardino in 1851.
428
Aan twne
Bee ee
Rowe S © Ow
15
ao wn
a
mm ww tv
a
o
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES.
Tribe and dialect. 21. People. 22. Head. 23. Hair. 24. Face.
ATI VAI pa tneen cece acemieaselesceee ha-kai’...-.. ...--- si-sit/-zin’! ......-.- Si-sit-zi/l .... .-2..2-- Shin-nipeseee reese e
ATER ER i coe Sac dpa uESsaSssaagonos bsposcabbedsatasacs si-tsin ......-- 2: GIGS Aas peesoosnas Eb Ms odencsncoscoscoas
INS Va] Om ecestecasscn~ = soca Ld ei onaneigseoqaeses tS1-tSin Seis asain Lo peRG SERBS eS Bascad| [GY nosocoospenossSSod
Southern Pa-Uta.......---
Pa-Uta of California. ..........--
Chemehuevi
Capote Uta
UintarUtasersscse secre esse eee
Moqui Pueblo. ..........-
Takhtam
Gaitchim(ofSan Juan Capistrano)
Tobikhar (of San Gabriel). .-.---.
Kechi (of San Luis Rey). .------
Hualapai
Hualapai
Tonto or Gohun
DiseuelOpeesssaaoseaayaanne sane
Yuma or Kutchén...---....--.--
Isletasbueblosessseesseseceecisees
Tehua on Moqui Mesa .......--.
Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo
Tehua, San Juan Pueblo
Mas ee UeblObseass acess ececen cee
Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo
eA‘coma Pueblo -.s2-c2s-fe-=s--
Acoma and Laguna Pueblo
Silla Pueblo
to-tsiv-av ......--...
tu-chiv-uf ...........
tot-sib-eh-wah.
tohts-sibi-wah. ....--
oCbgeE Gosekeunacesas LEY Seno poDoneas od NSE doemscaescacsca
Looncnedenuodaboosas TOMI KO Goren eter | MOLY Ceccanctsne =a
MOGKG-O esc eree ni-ynlu-ka/vama.--| ni-yuluk ..-..... --
ata/khum ....-..-- EVAN aonagée apodes NAL Se c6nh5, cHocaoc6
cece ee eee sec e eee eee apo-a’n podea se] OH Seco cabcana ion
ah-tah-ham......-. Wa} Diets sees Ta a seeeuaensoAecs
mah-ty’-erum . ---.| chook/-sha......-.-. MUL KOT eee ee
Sannen ce nesecrsmseac | UCNUK-SA veces MOLOLAresese ae
ko-au
fola
nasca-én ..-. -
-| nash-gain .
nash-gain
kan-ay-ko-me. - ha-tchen -
ha-tchan
*i=uas in but; 7. e., with dumb sound.
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES.
429
| mus-tach-ah
| muh-tach -.---.--.
nu-vuy-ye-e
| makuey’-um .-.....
| dowh-ku-ljeh-mo’y.
pap-fo-a
| tche-ko
| hie’-pén
25. Forehead. 26. Ear.
’ }
shin-ta --.--------- Shi-jate ese neanee eee
ta-Viss --.-=-=----- PL@N Asse or
kalyen-=-==—————— WILE Seca Seeceeand
tsits-sah-gah --.--- shits-shah.......--
| nan-kub-bah’
|
| nangavav ......-..
neaga‘y .......-..-
| na-na/-ka
| isma/bL-k&.........
schmallk
t’-a-khlo-at.......-
dah-se’h-ah-tah . --
vash-tyesh
vuy-pin -.
yo-pen
mat-at (pl.)-.--..--
28. Nose.
29. Mouth.
30. Tongue.
neabush
nepw lum-netle’-ule
atso’tchon
nn’-pus
ee’-tho
sesh./------
-| nu/-mu ---
shin-chiveesesciaces
mo-0/vim..........
mo-vi/-tum ...--.--
numu’/gum
amo/rpin
ho-An-na.....-...-. hush n.) -=-=-*)=-
shka-na, ho-ana.-.-| vuy-shin ...-....-.
ho-ana-an ....--. -. vuy-shin ......-..-
tu-mut (pl.) ------- 80-0 ...-..--.-----
ptu-gh .-.-........ nokh-sh ...-...----
tkh = guttural aspirate.
oohini-tChiee sssett| pl
te-umbab
ba-gni-bu-6
no‘/khitch
nu-ta/m-a.-.....-.
iya
-| hee-pah’-l&
nuve/gum
ano/nin....------
ipaylya .-.....--
anepa/ilkh
eh-pelh, eh-pal ..
hiatshi/n
ko-ateh..--
43
arf, WN
onaona
10
1
12
13
14
| 15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
| 25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
Tribe and dialect.
31. Teeth.
32. Beard.
33. Neck.
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES.
34. Arm.
schii-vo .--
TERE hhh poceemciaascroounRonbosda basbcocasseskecdsead
Southern Pa-Uta.-.- .--| ta-vaamb........-.
Pa-Uta of California. ....--.----- pO hE Seecesing Banooe
‘Ghemehtleviseescestecct === =r = tau-vamb..-.......
Wha aaancdpaasccades, Sdaseesccse
Capote Uta
Uinta Uta. .--
RENE ooscascagssnasrsoneosad
Gaitchim (ofSan Juan Capistrano)
Tobikhar (of San Gabriel)
Hualapai......----
iualapalse=sscee ss osielesh === ==="
Tontoior'Gohun= ec. ns-ce=---- =
Diegueno
Yuma or Kutchan
Isleta Pueblo
Tehua on Moqui Mesa
Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo--...-
Tehua, San Juan Pueblo.-..-.-..
Taos Pueblo
Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo
Acoma Pueblo
Acoma and Laguna Pueblo-.--.-
Silla Pueblo
Kasud at Santa Barbara. -....-.
ata/tam
s-tsia-tcha
stia-atch
-| nia/-gang-am
mon-chump .--.---
mosu-€vi .---------
mu-shuim
i-mushui
montsob
me-chu’k-wa
niul-tamam
mumuUshieess<-s =
nu-mu-sum
-| yutto-qué-thah’ -.-
sta-musha
sta-musha -
moa-tse-ke
poo-rets’
anga/-vu-um. .
ko/-rup
cdo-ree
kwuhr
kya/-pi
ne-mue
nake’-ile
molkdlum aes eee
aku’tchan ......-..-. ama/mam ....... .---
na/-kul-je..........-- chum-n6-su’k-a . ..-.
miul-i-klay-k6-mét...| hee-vee’
male/kay -......-.-.- isa/lya.......---..--
i -pukemeseeaeccesesee UL coon Seqooded
ee Sac eee cee neteeee hu-diseeresessecsescs
Bl kOrn-=
qual-go’-e
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 431
35. Hand. 36. Fingers. 37. Thumb. 38. Nails. 39. Body. 40. Chest.
mencce.cckeocheccoare 1
Nata co5-2-cscessse | la-shush 2
TES pmomccceneaoessse 3
shil-lah ..... .----- 4
wo sseeecessensse-> | 5
maw-of’h.-....---- | ma-co-y-yeuf ....-. ma-tawf ....-. .--- mia-cee-chomp’h ---| sa-peurf .... ......| ning-a-wap’h....] 6
Baccesecoscotonsseod best So ccassssacéssadl boosstetioaaadsessecd sooo gassosianaode 65) lbaescSassossouenseand pocmadcosbagdesdas 7
WATS Necacse sored Keesooceesecasossons| Cocedtceoceccotsscad| boeosdcccestos Sodecs| beses6as5cdcs paseouas bocsosontososesce 8
Poe acest) soteatecsacessscesed bocce sac cnoosaSscene| beeseriéceoneianococes| PesseochoachLcescosel Poeachenepooassaas 9
mu-ninch’ .-....--- | pan-a/-mah ..-..--.)..------------------|--- 2-2 eee eee eee ee fe eee cece eee eee en [ene ee eee ee eee eee 10
| mo-om ...-.- --.--- | ma-se/-um .......-- mato-0M ..-.-2-=- mase’-tchumb ..... ne-vu-am........ u
| ivin-t-la ..--. ...--. | ivu-yo’ge ...-. ..-. i-ma-tog-va. ------ i-mashi-tu ........ imu-na‘ve ....... 12
mu-uM ..-.--.----- | mashu-um...-.--.- mato’-rhon - ---.--- mashi-tsu-um -..-. nuna/ko-ovan . ..| 13
mohm => eco eense | ma-shum ..-..---.-- awa’-tum ma-chu’m) zet/-sum ..-.. ...--. ni-a/-bum......-. 14
MUCH ese ee jma-shinees sees a-wat-to-ma-shin --| sée-chu.....-..-... meb-in'se eee 15
mo, mo-ti, mu’-u. ..| mah-se/-uf........-| pe-em-tomb -.-..- 4 nin-onf --} 16
inakh-de ---- .-- -- | ma/-la-tehi ......-.| maku’m-la-tebi. ... .| ta-u/its-ka..- 7
Le Eee re alpitonupeereeeeee 18
SHEA 2 oe) eee cee eosodcece netau ........... 19
| nema/vutchaig -. | na-a/lum - ---| 20
VaAMAN oo. 22.2 ne | afu/nun .......... 21
lnm -==2=-2==5- sup-po-lep .-....-. chum-ta:..--.... 22
| saal-tho’rapa ..---.| sial-qtio-tho'rap& -.| saalta-ciibdtaih ..-. hee-mah/-ti ...... yut-6-ku/ré ...... 23
| hathbink -.--- ---- Hsaleo-hara bape | sees sar eso ae nee Balgo-lyO-hopessic-|taecenee sense men [Sama tacos secisceeine 24
sal ._-....... -... | saltifdya -........ | salgu-vete-e ..---- sete-ho/-a....-...-. tigo-oga......... 25
mooi nope soncccd cecostsondenacececad seactconcsecondconsd psc cccecadcuscpaneaE hi-wa/-ye..---..-] 26
Sli laee eee | sha-la-gay-te ......|-------------------. sha-la-huo’ ......-. LP eseesoagneecoad 27
Lsalph ..<----- 29: Cyne Sete oe ee ae eecanes ecdanod selke-shanu .... ..-. itchikh=--.=--.- 28
is-ra’hl-cheb-at-tah deta eeboyous ee-wah (heart) ..| 29
SOOCODECOS DEDREABCOS ma-shi-er.--...-..- po-au-va .-......] 30
mang-ko-shoyo’ ...| ma/lye ...-.....-.- THY sosnco posbes 31
SCO ES CLISU EE ROICOCOS man-yah . ........ So ooodesosusEonacs |e
mang-ku-so . ----.. ma-nya! ..-- alles oassoedace, oles)
qual-we ..--...---- | fay-tchal-was. -| pah-whedl-e - -... 34
Senay ROCEABODEODGOY | ma-e-sho ... and HEAW cscaso 6eseod 35
hamash-te..--..-.- kamiashté .--....-. Rammashite chichin: ha-titshé . ....... ska-nitzin ....... 36
is
| sh-ka-mas-tsi-..-.- sh-ka/-ma-tcha/-tchi sh-tsau-i-tch .- -| sh-kau-i-tsi....-- 37
| sh’-ka-mas-tsi ..... shka/-ma-p’..-..... sh-tsau-i-tch....... sh-kau-i-tsi...... 38
sem-ut (pl.)....-... ka-hait (pl.) ...----| tche-tche-muk..... ka-hat (pl.).-.--...] tu-um:-...-.. o..---| ten-en....-......] 39
Wiicortdd-. soenccce| pecocccsecoodse ctod| Peoceccodeccecsouced gsi/-khua-e .-.....- Bi-AMON aie eees cna KOU EDs. a ase eo 40
432
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES.
WAT ek wre
ee Oe On rd
PAN FSOCHMANIAARHNH ESO Hw
Tribe and dialect. di. Belly. 42. Female breasts. 43. Leg.
Avivaipa ....-.cce-s0--------0--- ghi-pitieeercense~e
ATIVAIPa <<. . ccc cncns---en-ee---- La csendiozecona nese
7h Ey necoan eeos -cocEaESoousses Ditheoscesecsse sees
icarillaneensestemericsseecivemcce =e shee-pee! .....--.--
Shoshoni shap ..-...- 4
Shoshoni sa-peurf ....-..-...| pee-ee/pe.--.-..-.- VOU-OOMeeaseececa se
em-pa/h
nam-bap’h
Pa-\Wiant nee c=
Southern Pa-Uta
Pa-Uta of California
Chemehuevi
Gaitchim (ofSan Juan Capistrano)
Tobikhar (of San Gabriel)
Kechi (of San Luis Rey) -
Mohave
Dieguetio
Yuma or Kutchan
Isleta Pueblo
Tehua on Moqui Mesa
Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo
Tehua, San Juan Pueblo
Taos Pueblo
Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo
Acoma Pueblo
Acoma and Laguna Pueblo. .....
Silla Pueblo
Kasué at Santa Barbara
.| né-sha-eh. - -
sa-pun
hee-tho/w
-| bi-he ..
.| nup-pe ..
pe-e, ta-to
api-p
yu-w/um, yu’-av
i-sha/-e ....
punga’van .-........
to-bu/-ram...-...--..
ne’- ...-
ahorkuk
nut-ta-je-.
hém-mé/h
methilya.....-.....-| i
methil
bata. --
i-uilgh
may-seel
sh-ka-stsi
shka/-tsi
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 433
45. Toes. 46. Bone. 47. Heart. 48. Blood. 49. Town, village. 60. Chief.
ie |
| shi-ka-kan-.......-- @-LZINS onesies shi-chifmessess sees sbh-ii-tl’ ........-... ti-chi(n)eeeee oer Mun-tan sees al
| kki-e’-shush --..... tsi oeee semen tC eee ece eae Bish eee ken cee eeeslemeen tears kato MA-t-AN .2c 0/22 2
[ike-tchw)eese soe LO) sermenciaodense Vivetese eae cn aces | bi nM cco ds Soca EN eee Ma-ta-nils--eese = 3
shee-kees-kan ... .| shit-sen-its-én ----- shits-séh .-.....--. UU Ne conbes coaceaue tchah-ém-bi-gih...| nan-tan.......... 4
ty-gwwn-up .--.- 5
.| towendum ...... 6
RAPA A SER RSeskco| | Gas ac COSHOAR ORE CEEH Doce ed Bece NE EES EE Can BES Sc RSS Ce poset cats SAAC eae nn AC erceiamnrs INcmeninis Sani Sees 7
| LOD0 8
-| capitano . 9
ne-ab’ . - 10
oodyadoudundécases di
Saeeees - | po-hina/ve.......] 12
avatkan........-.. to-ondum......- 13
tat-suro-wam. -.-- Vexbieasseseae sane TREN Te gsoeccosage: col] WOMAN cacseqosse TOFU D256 Saaasse| MEMO! praseeosece 14
| tah-see’-wee.----.. pah-w6-ke...--..-- mo-w0-gah .......- pah-puy’ .......... hane ceneeestacon ne-dbe....--..... 15
| piér-tomb ---.--.. GRRE /oneca sce seater Di-yoreen-- eee DAh-Apieeceseee sas khan-neh-and...... NeC-AV....-....- 16
| voko’-kve-kvo-shi.| ho-kia/-eo-ka ...--- ue/-nang-va ....... WEE Di possoqonnba:laasood onHaegaobatios mung-vi......... 17
| nomam......---.-- peste socnedens snc NONUM pees ee esse TUES UAT Boscaonobddl sscn codanoobespacbog Lelie Sescoscasoqe 18
AcGorecssenose cess TE GTS) me cenreod GRIN Saspcnceccoss [Phat ee ae ooo ssooddl lboodonsscoosebacbacel Nee oscocansodionel| lt)
cemnoecoedtene sotbed bocentoopecctenoties OTE poaccoel Ne la pee eeedsed occas bobotamendned || LU toc ondsscaaoal pes!)
tect encceccoscosceOe Pe cee sooemeseod|| NEN Gao ccseacesog [ES WEIN paenctsoound jacoucuacoddonossnee || OIE cooesadasal| Ch
| sas-lag ---....-....| put-te-ih ....... -. nu-shin.........- eh-8-wol..--..--.-- Kish...............| ter-chin’-was ....} 22
mé’qio-thorapa -..| yé-sé4k4 .......... hee’-w4h .......... nik-whatih .....-. abAachaie- sess k/-yApa..-:...--- 23
scestceeesteersasecd ua/niga.......-..-.|---..-....----------| neghoata -........| tsoko-arik.........)....---..---.-----| 24
Cid-Vaee nee ti-a/ga...--...--... Beeb es pcenaroeaead ER becanoce-no nce jaquauseccedSauensaus hanethalya .... .| 25
ROHR OSLO pind Koren] conees neck ce) back coecborodesoncasl haossees srcoedcpSsod boaspononosbaducooan||Scnos=epboqn 69005 26
mi-gay-te ...-.... kue-va-ta ..--..-.. y-hu-aya ....-..-.. hua-ta. ep |eerctatctere ma-ta-va - 27
Ponce Pbe er oek decane] Hecene cere CCE Eben TARE So ceseencall EU ehtnces seeoseel| WME Ob ease mpaolporcosecotercpopaull rs
em-may - kah - séh- | en-shah-sah-ra/ck -| ah-or eh-wah...... njah-whit/..-..--.. e-pah qua-tau-yah-| e-pab tah-hon- | 29
ra‘p’h. see. na‘h.
€-kO_....--- sezteeee Ueeccebecoseccecar Deas ress nae Thee eer eee na-ti-ai ....-....-.| uit-la-ve-da/ ..... 30
ting-ko’ ..- ....-..| k0-pe-ko -----..-.. VEKO osc oee oer a-Kom setseesecere peace usecase meee VON el yerHo! ecneeal| eil
| dng-hah..--.-..--. pech-ting ..-.-- -.- We oseteanssbedcad WAN cede deeduns om-wé-hea ...---.- tu-yoh...-...---. 32
Tie TO tee Cok cal Nia Toy yee ope nee fies ae eee eee TAS seteoues eens ou-ne!.s-.-- A deaihe WEAK seen oe eeae 33
ron Eccedee Se cue | tu-ah-fwal-e ----.. tom-o/-why-e ...-.. tksu-dh-meb ...... paib-an-oh ......-. chah-bac-ah-weh | 34
a-tchue!...-....... Nit slow eee s| Mel-eleer eee eae Chip sccecsscticosen:lbooodssusasodeseasepe Faish, Ui eee 35
spocreskoneeeece Je | keeeeresandebdesdsoy | ya-kirk-sén eae Ma-AtZG). 22-22 < |'bed-weun)(?) ese ee Oss Dine se eee 36
se-mutch .-------.- bash-gan .......-- se-uin-osh-ka...-... MA-t0\-- 2-22 eee << kau-aik .........- ho-tsen..--.....- 37
| se-mutch.-------.. hash-ga-shu .-----. uin-osh-ka....-. ..- ma-a-tse,..-..----- ha-ash-titch .....-. ho-tchen ......-. 38
may-shle-khleles -.| bak -..--..----.-.. O-RUS eens eee Ree canmeneedous po-la-kau-a..-..--- tchak-to......... 39
nechcccecereceecotecd BO eercn= PRR CROCE santugh...-....-.. Ml IES cogceca Hal lcnoccsnbodagcocddase shnogsh.........} 40
mw wp wp
i)
omnrtaunrk won et
(al
wero
(=)
14
Ss
bo bo po pw 9
CSHntaur ow =
PoOowwwww www w
SOON ADTDRANE SS
434
Tribe and dialect.
51. Warrior.
52. Friend.
53. House.
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES.
54. Skin lodge.
-| yan-eh-ko-gha,
it-yél/-(m)a-kowa.-
ya'-ti-e-khl .....-..
Arivaipa
Arivaipa
IRRASENO. sasseancesneencooBeonsos 600
Jicarilla......---
Shoshoni
Shoshoni
280 bapeeeeee eee annem
IEEE hl Cope pecee BOE ORSOCROSASSOe | tig-a!-boo..........
SouthernsPa-Utaressss---sosenecas)| --| mata/vik-yi
Pa-Uta of California .......-...--. | ihacitche sss =seees
@hemehteviteescesessscnse see | sumbu-an ..--..-.-
UE pendacneedousone, adessdsouesase | tig-a-bu --...------
CapoteiU tal seaceene-ei-= seca nah-wo-quoy -..--.--- tig-¢h-bu
Uinta Uta....-.. mnauch-nee-ay.....-- | tig-uf ...
Moqui Pueblo na-goi-ya.....---.--- i-kva/-tsi
CNN Ss seeeaccdodé abpseaobsanss HooSBasssosscaocHedase el poy emer sacra
GH Es cdaqoccactsconaaveadsoss [PAapoondedéneqéoouss
Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano) MOPCWee eee see
Tobikhar (of San Gabriel) ..-..... | ni-e/ya ..
Kechi (of San Luis Rey) .--..-.--. | ne-pe’-oh
INGEN GZ sae0" coo caste oboded Banas ooe quan-3-mee/ya...--- py eeh ate) Goes pecbee
IMonavonmcsteest caccee heey esas | pea eae ce meen mee | novo-aghk ........
Hnalapaikasepecestiisee ane eee dees | seers cesses eee | novoa/-haga ....---
HU alap alee cece cass csciectscacicisc| eeceteeeteeceasine tere [iat atetay erate ters ciatatcts liars
Montosor Gohulsecacenceweeesecnen |e see cece ee | no-a-ha.......-..-
Dieguefio...---... a nnooBHdaded paaaae Sean enee cent kungu-ay .-..-.-.
Yuma or Kutchén .-...-.......--. | e-pah vah-hin-nah- | mch - trah - k &h- |
quin-ne-mage week; me-to-so/-pos |
Tsletash Deblojesassee<--ee ee eee | kom-nin¥.oss~=. sso. | in-poey-va-e --..---
Tehua on Moqui Mesa ..--..----- | tibi-ta-han -.-....- | giema ..-..-....-
Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo ...-.-- nah-vish-son-da-roh .. kah-mah
Tehua, San Juan Pueblo ..-...--.. | akono’-tuyo’. - | k’-ema ... ..
AEROS IANO congasesogHQuUSSHyoded | ASeanEcesaHe sncacrade | poo!-wy-u
Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo. .....--.. parlactuieee ses ectaen ae | gya’-bo, Abo.....-.
JMO STOW Wickes sosageoch -ntOnS| Soszecocesceasnesac ceed | §’an-kin .......:...
Acoma and Laguna Pueblo ....... Kau-aipe .-.-....---- §-tau-gin ..........
SillasPnebloweca cl steicin's sss aesinaai| (soe seaeseneas eae | Sau-gin .. ........
1
tha-w:
nad-ht
Pate coeaeoseacs
ah
-| moh-iive-khan
coh-tstin-pin-e
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES.
58. AX, hatchet.
| 55. Kettle. 56. Bow. 57. Arrow. 59. Knife. 60. Canoe.
-—— \
| Ohsscs cosas sececs ikh-kefeeeeoeceenc Kaicrossaczec seen: pé-sen-di ..........
J------ ee erence eee TE Ee 0 Gogacitamed |IAN aea-sea castes pss losesetooscessoseccs
| taaticceee ere e eae HASKIN ence ccc jikcian's eters eee aie qei-< | tehe-nikhii--— = 32.
oh, 4.2225 -22tee2 | tsencOh ee ee eeeee =
| wit-to’-ah........- Oo-han’..<25.)-5.-<-
| pahm-buen.....-.. woo-kabini-num -.
|
Posaveaeccees Eee | See eee nee | ee na ee te eon [eae wee ane saeco
SrcrSecoacesanedeaid que-pan’-nump --..
| bambu-un .......-. vuka/ni-nanw mb -.
vui-tuya = Sakane ees ¢scccece Be a a6 G
eect eee = SomagsobacqQbaoaross parh-a’ba-anumb
kut-su’-buk . - | | ku/-pa-nab ......- a/-tum-pur -.
| pah-poon’-ab .-.. -- | que-pan-nump...-- wo-ni/tch....-..-.. Ca-noa ...--. ..-
timb-wim-bam-boon| | me-puch-pan-nump} t-weetch........-- ii-wee-sak .......
shi-vatch-kap-ta’ -- pi-kai-vua ......- AAD coosagsesomnn vu-nashi-vu ..---
feckeccecees ceeecre nepatchk .....-...| nohu...-.------..-|-----+---+--- --+---| MIgav -.--- 202-22 [eeeee eee eee
aca dectoeecarcerecee (OTR G8 2 ceed Vith gl socecececsencl poseosesocengnccses | PUG Che ycaceno sued pooobosconosebebes
Leah acct ees cccsssee gu‘tupsh i ene ee oc sesnScbaces bosecdeessescecncodtl PE is doncanaoandend Sscnesuoecdebeades
Shae eco oaesoece MNEs oo TUR hoodies Sasode| poonosoces todosse po ENON ocacosd onpd begocbacosisugcH6cs
ba-ca -......-.. --| nu-uj-i-ta-wah -.... huj-jel 2-25 2-2. acha (Spanish) ....| tuk-was........... Gill ecassqesoad
tiis-kee’/-nd Stee’-s& ha-quee’..----..-- guilhd-ché/wa ...
tashge’-ene Akh KvU-@ Accs sacle | ee cieieieseea so
kva-a ..- bood
ak-wa/ .........--
A-KV ale esec ale n=
akh-goa/ .... ...--- Sedo's
ahrk-to-ko-vickt...| quil-hoh ....-.--
Was Werecepeceeocec Shicyairererrerceccr tlat-6 ..........
kve-ushe-eo tchi-iyo ..-.......- pe-me-hele ....--
qua-gim-beh.----.] ah...-...._.-..... BU. sci otis oo ease ku-t-whe.....-.-.- tsee-Ohi ess oo2e a5 coo/-phe...-.-.-.
ko-a/-kum-be’....-. Cie en aaeeeeeer. El eceeerigaercennced Pte h /nocesos cccsad TSO cdeice Aoeeeade ko-f’-hem-be .-..
See Ae tsah-men..--.- -. | tsah-men..-...-....| quan-nah ...-. ..-..| tehay-ah-na .......| tsah-mu-no...---
| gin-ta -...-..--_... Cedcdeccecoacacaces| Bhti-aesesesteoaee = Wb eccoanesnacaaad kiush-ti ... ....-- tie’-to-ba ...-....
ata-Osh..-...-.---- shtiaka ...---. .... eshtua ..-....-.... o-cupain .----. ---. HEN Se So opsco0éped becsdaccaoueascec
|o-weewwn we nnneeen eee shtia-ka.......-.-. i-sto-@-.----.-.---- op-Kaun)--2-).\-----|) MiASH Pal -2--- cine |e onion iee eee
| PERE RE ESSERE eC EE hiu-shtia-ka .....-. ISH-10 2 ve aatse=e= oko-pan-a/ni ..-. .. [ete caeseoneco jaecan ceeaeace sacs
bo-lok --.-.. .----- KOL-BR vac daws 1 ence recep ace tche-ha-mos ......- tO-DOSD ie ciean cele to-le-tel-ok .--.-.
sama/yuin..--...-. OLA eee peerpecoced Vil codeccoctaciede | hooneobecdeddouEdade CE isadodetccddcd barcséenadoacaanod
* kh = German ch in lachen.
4395
436 FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES.
Tribe and dialect. 61. Moccasins. 62. Pipe. 63. Tobacco. 64. Sky.
1 | Arivaipa...... Geocoédeondncoatioed ké-or-kyé ....-....-. na-tos-t6 ...... .... a ya, DYS............
ON PATIVAIDS conse cdnecnse==easnensaaes (i oscoosesareatice nato-stse! ....... -- 3 -| ya-til-khil -.......-
SUIENGVaj Oseceaswessenesssscismennc ramet the Weecerses-neetcien nato-stse’........-- Bo ya-tekh-likhl ......
At SiCaVillawerccet=ccecesew=eseee a= TAG sacohipeds cbones nah-tso-séh LOS odn05065 ecaods
G | SIRGSIN TN opcocenseqansanssooasencd rossotocuncauobosseed WMO! seceeesine== >|) P2U-M 0-0 lessees! cece eae een ae aes
6) |[Shoshontecewescoe eves -cea-soe= == par-Tap......----.- ...| chung-oop..--..--- too-goom-py-afp - -
Of ESR peqoododes bandeSaoSonasodood becbodnasnoososoodonAs ZOOD-O0Pseasens =| {tOQUOD saecneeaoran | cosceceeeceremeceace
(FARA copaacsescoooce eHadcoanoodd Baccoddabocnoncbocaosd hocsaddéacnacéien sens noqnipsgcrseousdecas
OW PRa-Utaeccecsclesscccevcccsiseoreces|sesccaccscoscercnccess| seesnaceasiecccn sae |(CO-W-CA-KO00-2D saeal taeeniactetcines eerie
10) '(Pa-Viant- 2. -o.as-n05 ene socsn ema cms Reon oeecabooasacrLa sss) HGH secs Senatese CUE orcoado cosuas boondsecandonscdsesd
11 | Southern Pa-Uta......-..-.. Semper tchung-ub...-.-... to-kvab...-.....-. tu-u/mba-yav......
12 | Pa-Uta of California..........-.--. LOTS Dieters ates oles pa/-h'mo.....-..-.. to-u/vetava't ......
13)|\Chemehuevi.<sessie-== <5 sere snes $CHUNE-UD sense aac senaacaemeaatacneese= to-rhumb. ..-..---
Tee NU Diedacecnncndstococaceasdoaasgasa TERT coe cectooed tok-wap! ........-. ker-wat’-wa .....--
15)|\Capote Uta... 5-2. -+--.--+enesceene tsoots-e -.-.-.....- quap-e, toe-quap- | to-go-pé-yah ... --
we.
GN WantaiU tas. somes ees soceece esse tu-wum-pe-av ..--.
7a MOquieeueblos-cossssesoe sesso secs .| tok-bela! .........-
189) Palhtam soc ocnccceceserecss eee vcies tokuvtch .........
19)) Kauviyasersscccsccceccs Gorcoocdd tokovas ....-.-.-..
20 | Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano) nohu’-hukup ....-- nepiv ......-.. ----] tu/-ubitch .........
217 \(Tobikhar(ofSantGabriel) toes. se| seeeceee cee etcce eee ee | se eeeee nese eeeeeee Sorat seaeece eee | pL PU Dalleeeesteese
22 | Kechi (of San Luis Rey) .--------- Wal-loittcecccsee--o- | b-Chitiscc sso scee ss bi/-wat'..-.------<: tuk-was ..<...--...
PRD ANON) Os cecspescscocnseccicsaceesd hum-en’-y6 .....----- mal NGsasss.<ces-= CRONE oscecS Geatos WMYi-V ines seeenons
VY | ANG We lespocascosoopucdonnscesuned nima-haruya .-...-.. mail-ho! ........-.. BAI Eioseeaconcoscs amaya.....--.---.-
205 | POalapal setemceesecees sass eesee mahinyo’-0 ..--...--- mala(uve.-sscess—: HU-WVa esses amaya/a .--.-..-.
26h tH ualapaicesneansscesseeenaser esc ma-hin-yo!’......-...- mit OIGH()) Sosenssog| | VLA yeecaocarodebed spbacoscondoannbacad
2(e| ontoor Gohun-enss-sis---=s\censns NY VO sees eems ee ceer|| soenaeeeeereneecsece OVE osi=escisess eset OVE ocaqcase naod
PV OC ne Wi ssdhasdasposcedsosesosonod MOKUIN reeeriseer eas UD Peewestencscsice ns | sesne toca eee eseee MBYie see eects
29 | Yuma or Kutchdn................. ham-nay’-oh......--. mel-holhyee=-heetnae fah-00l/ceeceseneeeee MyYpronseseenosececs
30 | Isleta Pueblo..............--....-- Ka-AViw- =< cents ace see OG SoasesSccenins nava-puy-fl.-....-.
31 | Tehua on Moqui Mesa.........---- Pits Raseogoncacanasse OY-VOneese-iccee nas to-oba..------.-...
32 | Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo .....-.- arl-tohiessecacnce sere tsah-co ...--- mahb-koa .--- ------
33) | Tehua;San'duant Pueblo. --.----2.|--scsecesess sae eee ees Sa-KOWsce see ma-ko!-a..--.-..--.
S47 er aostPueplop--s~cjenanasiosa<s<sess ky-ah-bén-ah .....--. chak-wa-ap - el-tah-mén-ah--..--
35 | Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo.......-.| e-in-dnish .........-. fui-tsau-a - . Va-pi-.------- scene
30) -A'comarPNeDlOlastsse= sae -ce se ees a-sht sha-ako . O-Gk& ..--.---..--2
37 | Acoma and Laguna Pueblo atch-kan ho'-a-ka ........ acd
38) | Silla Pueblo. .--..--......----- i shia-ko ho’-a-ka ..........-
GET WEA AT oderneneepooseiaasdecnaabed k’-altse .......-- -2
40 | Kasn4 at Santa Barbara.........-. a/lapa ..-.--2e.e000
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 437
65. Sun. 66. Moon. 67. Star. 68. Day. 69. Night. 70. Morning.
1
2
3
choo-nah-th - ---..- Klee-nah-éh yis-kah2-- 2-2-3. 4
| tab-by’ - --- -| man-e’-goots po-eech’-i-co.... | 5
|Jo-==-0----------=-=- mai-ro-pitz .-..._-. 4 i eur-jeuk ...-...- 6
[idonse ce Neneweeeee tees sere cece ke 7
|RSS Seve serge | rece s wee d| Monee Se ee eee ee a pias 8
omScosocadscocnonans) b¢saccsosacsdecaocod srosaan: posectocescd tu-bit: 9
muck,
-| my-toge’ .......... TEAR Se Sag soac| Hecoon oenanosecoosigg to-ca/n ........--.. po-e/-chi-Co ..---- 10
miara-robits--..---- | po-tsiv’b ..-.--.-.- UEP oceopocosees tu-von ...-.-..... ui-tchuk ..-..-.. Halil
mu-a.............-| tatsi-nu’b ......... tave-va‘/no .......: ATA AMOS Me seers see een ccs 12
}miara-robuts .-..-- lmotety’ De = 2a (i cnasigdasadsndos|| CONES ooce caanas tashe/-ang’vh -..| 13
esoescace po-i’-tich ......-... i.......--...--| ta-wahn! ..........| wits-kuch’ ......| 14
toe-wah-nee .-....- witch-quo
two-gwan .-....... wee-chuch ...--- 16
GENS ite sasdhopsouge IciiD- Owens cia 17
H guits-guva ........ mota/va-em.-.--- 18
| -| $o’-o-vetum ...--.. tamyat-bik ........ tuk-meabs.--.---.. motul-akna/-a ...| 19
| shu/-ulum .......-..| tcho-on-temet .--.. tu/-uk-met ....-... omu/-poto’-okole | 20
ROE WM ipeecepoedsacd poku-tamet ..-..-. VAUKO re conscienscse yamden ..-.---.. 21
GA mm eceesoece 11) (incedbacnoscabe tuk-ma-che........ ha/-bas-bi/k-ke..| 22
| hum-o-say’ ..--..-. n’ydh sayn’-tik ....| teen/-yump’ ....-.. mé-tha/bé ...---- 23
anyato-o/ruk .-.... | tin-yamk ....... ---| anyal-bilk....... 24
.-| naval-iga. -. tu-uyga . 25
Dog waDOOOASSERSUSUoE|basosdoonoEsonedsacal| GoseeaadqocioeSon 26
na-she-ta .......--- WOE) Gad acoosages he-pa-teke---.--.- 27
DY eens ieee khil-shia’........-. numesab .-.-.--- 28
Ce LESSON: ; | hum-miis-ra/y -....| en-yam-mu’ck ..... vin-yam-muck... .| en-yih-pelk ..... 29
el-y |
-| p’-a/-i-da’ -.....-... a-khi-tlal -. Z 6 30
| ae jet ore teceeccossoos | a-gayoO ..-..---.--- i pooud 31
| tah-an ......-...---| po-Oh-sen-lo .....-. | &-go-yoh...-....--. a 32
| 33
thee-dy-ban -..-.-- pay-an-ye .......-. i-lu-wan (?) .----- 34
-| bo-shur ..-. se-ta-le - - --| 35
O2ZZatZ.------------ ka-stai ......-.... a na-tchim......-. 36
o-shatch.--........| tau-atch..-..-....- (SHi-Witesce ss. - = se-tcho-ma .-....-- na-tcha-ma .----- 37
o-satch ..-.....-..- tau-atch ........-. | Shi-ki-it ....--...-. sai-i-tcho ...-...... tcha-ma..-....... 38
GEM eeconceceze cr tche-petcha-nokhl -| tche-bu-e/ ......-.. hontche-be ----.- 39
a/-vueigh.....-.--- | -| sul-kukh .-....-.- vash-na/khiet -..| 40
*@ pronounced as the 4 of Gibbs.
438
Om w De
10
oOo oo
Tribe and dialect.
CATV ap ae seeociecceeaesiseeaasin= Wi-dl-O)saeeeieceesicees ktong-go -...--..-. tjing-go .-...----.-
7 SER ER Miocononeacsenredsoosanoaane OY-Bhiccsescee <a aens|iba-V.Ol ce eeeaee eee tu-nas-ni-kho
INA C DacnrenessecocesrenneceaHesne @1-8- PO serceciscssssies UE eantsacanSoie SIN) eoepesocsocos
OCCT ES eoecossaecontse peccooSeac Chice-B cesses eee tah-gos-téh........ shee-gos-teh..-...-
Shoshoniemecsmcsscesecce oat aca | Nee eaa eee ae cee er ecaee tah-mulnjeeeseee eee tads ee seesemeeccre
Shoslioniteeseweee sce settee see ee @UI-2Ap-i\s.s-ses< ese! tah-man\......3-.:. tah-arch.........-.
Ra U bal eras eer te salete sere ctete ce einer | Seneca nie ea sree
Pa-Uta wish-upa-pay
Pa-Uta WiSh-Up-Up-Pa------ | eee e ee eal ane er ee enone
LEDER me saomee Sabena sc iSenoona aaesccodasaacaseeecads
SoutherniPa-Uita s-- 2s - cece accitat tashe’-aba’
Pa-Uta of California .-. TR etoae
@hemehuevi=. 2-2-2220: <= s2- oe ti-gab-u-8
WEN aaccemaasscuacsooancascoeckine to-wur'-re .-
Capote Utar-sescceccece- sce ss 22 tab-é-e-iquay .-....-. tah-man-ch .-..-- .| talts-chee .........
Uinta Uta...... BSpiosacaesntioog6Ks te-ave-e-y-aky ....... tam-man .......... tah-ads --.....--..
MOQUi PUG] pm mamas sacle esses ma-shim-hi... -| ta-‘mung-va........ dala-a’ .-
Takhtam Velho sas2 onesies aeeess scat or enone: etche-tamyat ..---.
Kauvuya =a|tamyat-balchkonyes=: (see sect ence eect seom atsa-e..-..-..
Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano)| poyu/-ukuk.......--.|..----...----------- ta/-ashk .--........
Tobikhar (of San Gabriel) .... -- ASI-AM ALS emetrnsc fetes [ns Sele oie ees sae see OLOTI DG mse <ee sae
Kechi (of San Luis Rey) ...-.-.--. puj-hit-i/k-ke ........ JOINISS ese erie ta/‘m-me-vah
MIG E Oandccbdcbodebsasseusosnese n’ye’-tho/rubk. ....-- hétwah-soik ...-.. nik-d-pilk’.........
Mohave > anyal-havikeeeccs: o-.|caesestenen= ence eees nya-kabilk ..-.....
Hualapai tigu-vel-igaie-.2csc2-| sessewcees cere sees anya-atuyga
2 REN EY ooh Lae ey ae eae Sararraed Bt eee ee a 8) Fe a ae Pe ea oS Sad
onto ouGohunssccests ==. eee ce |e oeenee eee eeeaeeeeee e-tU-VO-hOyOG 5.5 esoeaes essence
DiOZUCNO ese secs nese eet UENO W 7 bosacodamosdacs sondassdanbSsandusnd oonadtaasctoossasad
Mumaior Kutehan o..--2es- <6 en-yah-yoursk....... no-co-tem-pilk. - .-. pil-kee-namp’h ..-.
sletayeuebl Osman cmeses= seer i-mi-enies see ne ress avre-lui ...........| ta-vi-ni-da/*.......
Tehua on Moqui Mesa .---...----- na-ki-eng ----.. ..-:. ta-ven-te -----..... yo-ke-tish .........
Tchua, Los Luceros Pueblo ......- Leh-Or-Omeesnensee eae tah-an-dee.-....... pan-u-e-ree .--..-.
Tehua, San Juan Pueblo -.....-..-. Na-te!-O) en sasce eens ta-an-de..22.-.-..- pa-yo-ere ......-.--
AUS JEG OS ee oedesancaasceuocbdes hah-lo-pay-an-e ...- -- hah-ld-wy-ché-wan | hah-lo-an-ye .
Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo. .-....-- ho-mak-ye..-......-. tem-tem-ho......- pi-eshpi-esee sass
Acoma Pueblo .... ..... .. CRJO-C8 ema cone cniceal some eetciseta setae ts | PE en ele eens
Acoma and Laguna Pueblo s-tchap-ka........... koi-mi-kai-shta. -..| a-to/-ma-tse........
EE GW. ceaSesseoneccossudcacd tchap yee seercscens =| ceee es eerceeaa aeietee ka-sha-it .........-
WAIN cescodcenobasasoseqcosabed Keno-ana ............ al’-tebo.-..--....-. ba-a-bela ....
Kasua at Santa Barbara.........-- Stas pane sen ses scene || see ase ees shi-sha/vuy.....--.
71. Evening.
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. .
72. Spring.
73. Summer.
74. Autumn.
tah-Keh-los-kéh....
te-ah’-bun......---
you-wan
nok-en - temp - ha-
churg-ah.
* da’ =suflix indicative of change or spontaneous motion.
>
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESPERN LANGUAGES.
| 75. Winter 76. Wind 77. Thunder.
|
hal rolesenesaa= TOM Ws cecocooosces d-1-01 Gener sens
khai-go ....-- a-tchiece-ne-eacee i-ti-nbio ss san- =e
Kkhai-co= = -s-sesa== Mi-V Ole asa seas EM Seer naeacee ess
hi-los-keh ..---.-.-- | nee-e-ldt] .--. ---- e-tich-nee’....-...-
tome. .---------.--. Joe een Sone Sstaaecs too-yah’-kay..-----
heo/-amb sees new-af® ........... o-warri-ar-rai...-..
| teme-o’
| akopuetche
yuim atsa-e.--.--- |
shovo/-ut
otcho’-tehibe
fut ae se
| khi-tchur
| hah-churg-ak - ta-
| han-wa/h.
to-ni-ni-da’*
te-tno-ti
-| o-wat/-sip --
ya-rhan ...........
to-oya-gave
ovari-a-an -
u-mu-e-gi...---.-..
| taertch ...........
|:Val-0:~-22-----2--= memlokon...------
| hung-al ....--.--- pong-ro’-oy.---- -.
ahifkaineene-es---- |bd-Cl eee eee ces tant
| sti-wul....-..---.. tau-su/m-ma..-...-
| matté-hy/ik ...... hb-kAth’ .......-.-
mot-ha’............ uka/tha ..........-
| Iatahe’ga.....--.- Vu-U/ga ..--..-.---
ga-ves-iti..-..-.-.- | VO-O%-O seers emacs
VEN eee seceeck oe shulgh-tau
| mah-tah-hy-ack .- .| hoh-ku/sk
| teh-ni-ree. -- ---.|
te-nu-Te ---...-...-
| gui-mi-gais-tai ----| gu-na-tchatch .-...
| gaish-tai .......-.- | ko-yo-tau.....-----
bo-me-she-na -.--.. | Vey oe ceeec cen
su-a/y-in.-....--... | sakh-ka't ...---.--
-| i-kve-ta-la .
ko-a-ni-da .
quan-tan
-| tehi-ko-eno ..- -
-| tseh-gom-weno - .. -
78. Lightning.
u-vo'ro-tu-non
tagu-e-gisi/va
-| tonanok-ovar . ---
-| U-nu/-no-pa-ga -..-
-| pah-lox-ké-seh ....
-| wahr-en-ton
da-lui-pi-ki .......-
tchi-ua-ano
pes-tats
po-tcho-oish-te ---.
vai-lo-ka
skunta/-hua
Slightly aspirated.
79. Rain.
natl-tin
kuh-nah-ckée
pa-yu-a/ve
ova nutsak
pah-er-wuhr. ....-.
numah ... aes
439)
80. Snow.
zas-nah-ckée ..-
tuck-e/-bit
neu-babe
nu-wa'p-py -
neovav
ner-wurp!
neh-wih-we
ne-wah-weh ..-.
ho-nau-é’ . .
pah-hah-nah-
patchk.
tlo-ri-da’ . -. -| pa-ni-da/ ........
i-kva-a-a ... i-o/Se tas ee eee
quan ....... TOON Sanosco ne
ti-kua-na.......... fti-p}-Ole natant sree
pah-ah-mi-wah....|..---..-.---.-----
Ode ean cconosd @e-0-Vii ...-..---.
I -ateyjesacaetseae a kau-e-ta-ta .--.--
ka-atcha ........-- kau-eta-ata....--
IGA deco ecnonoas Ake Oipscaociocssae
shtu/huigh ........ shka/lun ......--
440)
Tribe and dialect.
82. Water.
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES.
84. Earth, land.
J Sayehi seen ccecesoe seceemosnocc Su
Arivaipa - --
Shoshoni
Shoshoni
Pa-Uta .
22 AE enccadds ootSsob Spence ants
Southern Pa-Uta
Pa-Uta of California
Chemehuevi
Raivilya =: - sc. cecsacsteeseicessss ae
Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano)
Tobikhar (of San Gabriel). ..-.-..--
Kechi (of San Luis Rey)
Mohave
Mualapal: =. 3225222222252. 2s25-e ese
‘Hualap ati cases aectee ee cea seas
Tonto or Gohun. ..----.
Mies nen Sessa ssh eeceeee seems
Yuma or Kutchin
IsletasPucblotesasascce cscs cee esas
Tehua on Moqui Mesa
Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo. .--.--
Tehua, San Juan Pueblo
meaosuPneblossssee= ose cene ses :
Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo. ......-.
Acoma Pueblo
Acoma and Laguna Pueblo...-..--
Silla Pueblosesac aeons cette
aka
-| ke-ke
tesh-pa/h
para/-ashub
ku-tushiva
pare’-eshib
sue See sae SND eBitow tones os se) OV R-SUbsne eet ser
SSeS osmecan GMBH 2 See. WPS Se eee ase meemion
BUEN ABA HAGE AOS tsits...-....--.---.| ku-is-tsia-ma ..-.--
SonSSHascaas as NES pee ee peeer Lad Mbihehxs) cosmera sass
shik-shep-shu
tO-VID = sce cwccs
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES.
90. Hill, mount-
85. Sea 86. River. Si. Lake. 88. Valley. 89. Prairie. ain
| tu-G-sl -......--.. ti-en-chi.......-.. tu-8-kla™go ....... (n)go-skai.........| to-dé/-t8 ..-...---- tzitl, konis-chil -
pasoe Ss eeneoS Dohenonas| baccosSbesnecctonsss tsikhl-nas-a ...--
tsats-its-tsd his-kee-téh ---...
conssondoncs dgoag5edbsoseec oq CeoncossES to-yab-by.-..-----
ccones yo-no-ip -..-------- CUY-1D aes seem ene
ween ee wane nnn enn ne you-ah-bey kibe-.--.--<- 2...
ua-bee i
-| eu-a-be
oSaccesdar VNU MDs ere ete aisle | wines aclenwise eeisielete = | SAINV) cietema linia
otcoodascend MO= VAUD! een smatsiar|| nn ssieeeeecle(snmiel(r| CO VAN Or iclaicl=<1-\=1=1.
Kaliv@ieecslo- =
pet-ton-a-chit-
tsee.
Scoonccocd | UE 2tescsoorsdocend WH Vets onoo oconoaod Divaviewese eee
kha-silgh
| hah-tah’buck.-....
| po-shé-weh -
o-kku-e"
peh-ah-se’ pah-an-
| neh.
| pa’-shtyo
| e-o-matzén
| shkak-o’-e - --.--.--|
| shkauk-oye’
| bohe mem
vanis-.--
vanuitch
| otcho’-o
| wha’n-nish
| havee’-lya
pale yoh-co- pee tan,
-| koan-a/kva
.| mat-akva-ta
que-eh-dh-pu
tesh-kua ......---.
bavaika
gu/nak-chee - veel’-
chee-veeIk.
pa-(ap-o)-ah-pit- .
hi/-bee’
hal-tya/-te -... .| vuy-taya..-....-
amata-tchikvara ..| umate-te’.-..-.--
odcosadesqaocoUOsES hah-beek...-..--
DEEEY sppeeoabouosod na-p-yan, pe-yan-
PAIK Gardin BoodoouF ma-he®-kvi ....-.
PAOD Gecqogcebasd pe-@-na.....-....
B-KO-NO)steretelon-tel-t == KG-Oreree sees es
=-----||beh-an) .-- =.
si-na-tsats
si-na-tsats ..----.--
441
442
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES.
TAO ke wwe
wee
wonder Oo © &
—
Oe
PNYONYNNNY NNN NY PE RP
SCSoOoNIanrrHonrovononrna
ow wo wo
wors
33
Tribe and dialect.
91. Island.
92. St
one, rock.
94. Iron.
Shoshoni
Shoshoni
Southern Pa-Uta.-
Pa-Uta of California..-....-..----
Chemehuevi
Ra TLVAY a saeee eee ene cose ces
Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano)
Tobikhar (of San Gabriel)
Kechi (of San Luis Rey)
Mohave
Dieguefio. ......
Yuma or Kutchén
Tsleta Pueblo
Tehua on Moqui Mesa
Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo
Tehna, San Juan Pueblo
Taos Pueblo
Acoma and Laguna Pueblo
Sillnveocbloseesencesese ee see aaes
-| poya-re
pah-ro-no-quitch ....
pan-a-se-ah (Span.) -
pan-ah-se-ah (Span.)
po-yah-re ......----/
mah-im-pu
se’.
tséh, tseh-an-hah..
kau-wis...--- .- ;
k6-nahl/-yéh
Chal sae
uvi-ge'tya
o-wWi-i/-be
w-uil.--
eh-bee’
-| mina (Span.) .--.
oun-e-bit .......2
owap'’h
he-u-wal
| n’the’é-tah
| min-na/ (Span.) --
mina (Span.).. --
pesch
poo-e/-weo......---
-| pa-na-kat....-..---
-| pan-nah-kah...--.-
shi-ba
whim-je-hon..--.--
nan-qua-roo
sur-reh-wack-quer-
rah-quer-rack.
| ku-y-yo-a...--.----
ku-e-eko
ku-mash-got-gh --.
-| tche-mush-tchai. ..
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES.
443
yah-a't-ich ---....-
|
95. Forest. 96. Tree. ! 97. Wood.
| tai(n)-tala .....-...| tzin-tum-i.......--- tailecsee stint Se
| tSiteee oe eee tchish--.---:.--. -
Whaitese.seo-c= es |tchisheessacsj sess:
hizets-2 0s neeees | iChits pees see
ERR SSBORE a|EhO=pithese cesses
mah-howb!........ coquap ..-.-.------
[see zee a eae |e ae ee, Meee cu-quoeb .......--
pah ku-quub
mee O-pi't ...---
kokvab-----:---.-- VA A) coppseeenee
Soccetcccchocesnnad Reece ecasesoseecse liVOIV Osa eee aoe
Seana ee eta nee tae | Rose ese ne eee kokvabyee-o =e sos
Pam Recor ae Sasect ed | Mencdeteeccons recy SacaassespasEencnane
sow-wit-tee ---.-- pu-lum-chi-qiia-wé- 0-witch-chee ......
nee.
|
miah-twies-= feces | mah-uvf ......-. he hercopsenonedecad
si-he-vo ..-.-.--.- les-tavi------2==-: Isvoh-hoeeea se
pace beret recenae vua/mat ...........| kotchat .........
Pree nS oh | yee Stale Seyler kelauet .... ......
yumi’-itch........
|
wa-ah-um -. | pah-ot-ul-la kla-a-ut ...-....-
ha/-hach-motim® -<lsu-huh..--.--. =. .}4!-ee! -----..-...-:-
|
po’n
|
|
9S. Leaf.
pit-a-tzla
| tehil tu-tlishi .... .
Lh ocean ogpoaESe
tsets-sdh-wee-tan -
nan-kahk
| pi-quin-num ...
hi-homahlya
99. Bark.
100, Grass.
ogueb
hu-quib) ~---= =:
pau-a-hive ....-.
pau-a’/shump .---
ta-shaga ....
2 |phand essence
| Samot
.| chee-vee/-ly ....
vonat-kovoia’
| pen-yah-vee.....
pen-ya’-ve
bah-in-ne
ku-peo-vats-i-si- -
| a-shan-nyi-tse-6 -
tsa-ruk.....
tsu’-eg’e
36
444 FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES.
Tribe and dialect. 101. Pine. 102. Maize. 103. Squash. 104. Flesh, meat.
t a
1 | Arivaipa in-d0(1)-chil TY ai- Gare aia eta | pé(1)-kim........-. 9 14 (ee eo ORES Eee
2 | Arivaipa S| borGosnastice mes DbS -| na-ta .. pei-kan ..- i-t9l ese geese
SHENAVS] Oseesennseretene=seiece= eet te-stsin
40 icarillasrs= saan eee. ses te mares | e-yets-chin --.....-_-
5 | Shoshoni SenaGoScHSabeeDsosubssesodd SEE CS QCdeoc een aeeCobe
G;|)5hoshonive-cscss-==-\-== -| you-weemp..-.----.-.
7 al
8
9
mw
So
| Southern TEER Oi ccmereerneaseeaar
Pa-Uta of California .......-.----.
Chemehuevicens=-teecseslnsoase nese
a
one
gq
2)
Capote Uta -...-..--.--.---- o0aq
Wintai tans ss sen assesment
iMoquirbuebloseses=sesce ce ce- ===
Takhtamecesecess eas asisese Sees
Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano)
Tobikhar (of San Gabriel ---..---. ushi-a/gar ....-..-..
Kechi (of San Luis Rey) ------.--. Quin jie ese soceae| sec eeeecee seeeaaes calabas (Span.)... | wa'-e8.-.------.---
Mohave's2- 25 soos aciscee seen eaence he walivess=onence sees tee-chi-hi..-...... Mat-arrhe eae ché-thowg!........
24 | Mohave - tari/tcha akh-mata - .| imata.
Bee
SHAE
i=}
4
=
4
iJ
mp pw ~w
wonre So
to to
a ow
i i
ee
Ee
ots
BE
;
E
8
2
‘
BERBER EDRSco eS Saded Perarscecaosassacancad fyi easocedcocante loaner sosacaansccade ye-ma-ta/..........
Diegueno:< = 225522225 tscwe sees ese | Sac See 2b doeee ees cas eal eoe see etecesetacck [eects sue eeecerecee ko-kvaib .....-----
hah-ma/h-tah -.....) que-quivo’ ......-.
aS)
oa
ire]
S
5
+
i=}
°
5
Q
°
=
Ee
5
np
o
Yuma or Kutchén
TsletaPueblocss---s2cee-2225-5-48 T2iosees Jenoncsnesees i
Tehua on Moqui Mesa ..-.--.-.---. UE Send eeaep Geass
Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo ..-..-. toheesseer eens senses
Tehua,sand man Pueblo ...ces sees se tieccess cases ee eae
MaosuPueblowsseesseeses esas es cece tsa-an .
ceca! kuan-tesh
Acoma; Pueblo.s-2s 002 nen een Sones ne eeeeemeesaees
Acoma and Laguna Pueblo---..-.. hacnieseen creases
SillasPueblozss-eee sesesecsceeasese ha-ani 2ss2- ce eaeee
SEROAD OLEOOS SOaE Eng SecuEeEs ORES pe sedeeoco baad beseaccoceHSoboo asd loccecceseonccodessaa|| PE Oa eM) es oa
PoossnQocus Ue) Fy Nigeese: aSoad FC ioeemeonecooc a4 Posaddacasodcaoschedlik=» WEN ecaacocessad
wwww ww ow oo
TSA GR ONES
yy
g
®
N
°
5
<
p
i=
=|
Pp
>
3
©
Ls}
i=]
®
in
=
i)
wo w
oo
4
5
5
S
‘al
A
g
ES
&
A
5
eo
8
z
B
8
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES.
109.
| bon-gutz
sar-rich
oY erec cocose acces
| tsi-den
kia-no .
(a St eerecovecteced
kanti-shuku..-..--
-| to-tiesh -.-
kah-nen
oo-rets’-ey
par-pow
queo-ga/nd
pa-pa/o
pa-havits
pa-pau .-..
me-hwAta -.-
makho-hata
na-go/a
na-ka-tya/
namuil-khitch.....
mah-whi-vat, nab-
wha-tah.
ku-ai-da/
.| shu-na-av
ye-oge’
shi-nav
itsa/-a
se-naih-weh . ...-.-.
yo'-o-vits
ku-eu-e™
nah-
hah-tel-way,
tel-a-wah.
tab-boon’-zits . ..-.
hon-tsi
tah-wah-zits
tah-won-tits
i-shau-e -
kautchatch
.| to-vash-shtt-t-da/ -.
pay-en-a/
hu-mab-tin-eh
105. Dog. 106. Buffalo. 107. Bear. 108. Wolf. Fox. 110. Deer.
el'n-cha-ni..-....-. m-ba-cho .........-
| litcha-ne ..--. ---- m-bati (coyote) i acece ence et aaceee ease oer Lene ae da 3aa
khe-tcha-e- .-- -| mai-tso! ........--. Mal-Ouleewecches <== toha-tofsase- ese.
klits-teh-én - ....--
pa/shuput
shugat
suk/-kat,
ago/-aga
ago/-aga...-
peh-ah-nem. ....
kia-lesh
445
446
YA nro wH
Bee ee
BoM SO Oo
15
Tribe and dia‘ect.
111. Elk.
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES.
112. Beaver.
113. Rabbit, hare.
114. Tortoise.
Arivaipa
Arivaipa
| Navajo
Jicarilla
Shoshoni
Shoshoni
iy
2
g
a
PasViant. snes ess ses noes seces
Southern Pa-Uta -.-
Pa-Uta of California.
Chemehuevi
Uti e cet ecen eee succeecess qe nets
Capote Uta
Uinta Uta....
Moqui Pueblo
Takhtam
Kauviiya
Tobikhar (of San Gubriel)
Kechi (of San Luis Rey)
Mohave
Mohave
Hualapai
Hualspaicencns esse cease meee
Tonto or Gohun
Dieguefio
Yuma or Kutchin
Tsleta Pueblo
Tehuaon Moqui Mesa
Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo
Tehua, San Juan Pueblo
Taos Pueblo
Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo
; Acoma Pueblo .......--
| Acoma and Laguna Pueblo
i[Sillapeueblopiseresssese scenes:
lhWwintinvsess secs ete tee kee
| Kasud at Santa Barbara
Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano))
jase Sesto stigeee saates
| bashgat
| pah-winch-chee . ..
pah-wintch. -.-
-| cah-am
ti-et-gh
te’-tgh ...... .
pat-keles
-| khnalgh. ..
EN Banseecpaonacodsd
BY-BYi-- = cancels
cah-pet/
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 447
115. Horse. 116. Fly. 117. Mosquito. 118. Snake. 119. Rattlesnake. 120. Bird.
TaN ee ooncecccdes UN aacrensencosasey t0-Us-ta-sé ........ icHish-n6-Zho-2hé les | Mis Weeee essences os) seecieclaces selects 1
DUAR TS Sete Se en UY BAasonSs.0n0 Acs tchush .....-....-- tkhlish* -......-.. tkhlish-li-pa’ ...... t10)= <2 see ar 2
ANTE eR eaeceeecod he-Ka-GRE saan saein| cca siawwae seein eens tkhlish...... 22... tchat-il-kush...--- tSi-tiy/- oestrone) 93
[iklay. <2 22/0 ee (EGESEIN sees eeenee tsats-o-sdh ...... chos-ké-et-2h 4
bonse09 sean = ne Jaaaeesosesceascoces¢ TOO EOC) peécouo ool besesoecccacscossdas 5
wab-rup. ------.--- mo-pitz -.-.--- ----| mO-wurp -.-----.-. nin-eurnap 6
MOEN) Saas Seed percco So eSsaecenSCaS seedesoocadsee sacs col posersoanouescosened 7
CORSE OY) beast egonscsecaccase) HeconssseHeocrenoone] Seosessonsansocoasas 8
adeccdodcbondsbecoad semeoadsoeccosessed |\seascbooadadtoncuded 9
te-ahs ka-valh-ae- 2 | seo oo ee ee anes MO R-AD ee se tetas ese eee meee ees ae
kva-a/roy, pungu’.| mubits ..-.....---- TLO-f8 Verte aetna OOP On pene sctenee =
Kavayo ...---- ---- ivi ivi torho/kva
| o-a'rov’-h puyats ..-.......-. pitsi-tchi-rhi-in....| ui-tsits ..........
.| pas-seé-a
.| to-Ab-a-we
kah-vah - to-wav --. .| to-wap .. we-cheetch
kau-vai-o TONES Gosn6poco:| lspossanogsodaceasbns tsiiesessecese se
| pa’-akhkvat --..... | pi‘tehutcha ......- hauvauvam ....... MONK ease n-ne Cesc estee nee nces tepatch
| pa‘shogat ...--.... | @ava't .-. ----.--.]....- 2-22-22 pokauet........... SER cooncatosoce vi-gitmol........| 19
na-a/-atch ..-.----- kva-amol ..-..-.-- lu-gu/-utch ........| shu-ti’, pakha/ ....| sho/-ut ...........- ehe/n-mol .....- - 20
N\Kavay -2---- -s=- PM EChu kVA pee eee =a an a vakhorkhat -.--... sho!-ot .--......... khu/nikh.-....-. 21
pa/sh-a-kiit.-.. --.. o-al eaeeastemee aaa mum-muk ........ SO-whutioeee seer wa-guek-mal ... | 22
hatoo-waliway ----| hil-yi-md----....-. siim-poel’-gi B ROSB CROSSES BEG EO chee-ye’-ra .....- 28
ahato-o/love..-.... hiliagh-mo’ -.--- -- sambuilga -....... ONG scnoscocRspopac atsi-ye'ra........ 24
Pnoteacodscoosneaccs humburga..-..-... BoEnoaSHosauSaesodod IHNEN ydeaacaseena | 245
eaters Second beronceeccedcecstece beooscascqnccdgacced bowsbosstnocas coenns |lecoacnecossco606ss 26
m-burga..--..-...- PO ce eeteoDEEEOE oftbuel cocsenoasapace ti-sha’........... 27
sianed Cra eaSCec ane: mitch-kapul dj hecsqosacooasscosnon [EEA iscoocsacceaal| 43
hah-smaw ..--..--. soom-pulk’ . hah-vah’, ah-babh.| hah - see - quah | 29
(blackbird).
-| tehi-kni-ron -.-..-- tcha-ral ka-shi-ra .....-- 30
po-oyo .-- c coe Bb8OSOGNCe -| tehi-e .---.- .--.| 31
quan-yee .-. ....-. pun-yne .-..--. ---. quam-pun URES W) Sagoudaad 32
| Kavayo -- BHU-POLEe ee ann sane shu-go-e/ .........- mam-po.......-.... UO) Geogoncssncs 33
kah-ah-win ..-.. -- ftchee-ine nee 22 VSN-AD- LOM eee te) een neaie nei sono peh-tehin ......... su-leén-ah. ...-.- 34
Kka-vayo -..--.----- fu-ya, fu-yesh .--- | tso-ku-ye.-----.... pa/-ha-ly-a.-..---.- ki-a-pé-lo..-....-.. se-ye, 8e-yush..-| 35
CAVA OM ao = maaan ase ee een eer reccccesercoqsnces od kosocéoeccantonsaced| seeqosnasaccosasocdd lodSsoaccosacocticns 36
| KRVAY Ol 2-2 -o22--- teal it ene ces zal sac agee ten nee Se? pu ites: ose ree | eee eee eae kaya/-tanish. .... 37
Kavayo -... --...- CBA Die oe 2 Sasa Saal ee ae eeeeeeen Osa AB bye nm cacend bobaccerencceactoncd si-i-sek ...-.-..- 38
SlmikKUe pasos e-e Ral-itisesce ee ees ns ahi Soceccso. cogctond bostccntes paedacpoa Cake ettcte te tehil-tchil .....-- 39
kni-su’tap.-----... akhl-pes ...... .--.| pu/-a-w/ -.......... tso-ko/igh......-..| khsab........-.---| tchui-vue ...... 40
*kh = a harsh guttural.
448
RON He
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES.
Tribe and dialect. 121. Egg. 122. Feathers. 123. Wings. 124. Goose.
WATIVAIDA foe tee san sesiiaciecrcescce== 1-267 cece awn eee gt percooacaeéanabs LS oscecmasoncade NAS-6-86 ..----.----
PATIV AID dienes aennasae ieee eta Pantie hacen cocusdosbad 2 peocerigwecssocd! |S Socqocseccssas tod badasanaseooSdoanl
EN Siva] One inteaancels acters ster ocelot tsi-ti-yel-shi .........| ta!..--...--..----- ES Woeeaoetaggoace na-e-gli........--..
Opts 5 seeeossaceticesousgodaes oh-he-pee-a-g6.--.--- ta-abye rem eleva scales pee-tah-sdh....--.. see-géh-tso-ki ...-.
SSI A laesoSoocosdeEaeconoasSnsy pastas ospnSacunsdasded lssobstoscocsadascoce boesno ogansennnocuse lbooessloomoandecenbad
Shoshoni - Oba’n-unk . -
1 OI aS ar Sc Qc SSCS CoS eseCUSo06d Jacosnd coboudoocsoponing lbcaccnocnd caoboanoe| bacaGondnanoundectiod soanbesaseeasaboooe9
Pa-Uta.-
SEARO teaee oc SoSe SE neoan a EncoConcod IanO cdoaStiobonosdasond jsccoodeoan oo cetemcnd |Gobdscoocoebocntiaadd| scoodsccanosaosoande
PAN ANG! <2 scnen ass a= seamen see eee (NO-PU Dicewecicieases|(DCCiD(CQLONG) ances | vase seeeescenomsecica sae see sea eeaeeee
Southern Pa-Uta ................-- no-ba/ve....--...---- PU-LDy-essco-s=s es | VU SIAD ease ene ns ho-vanank -...-. .-
‘Pa-Utaiof California):----= .-.---0-||ANO'V 0.2 ---ee cee aes agash ......-./ asd bosunancsaescocesbed DU-f'0"b .- ocean en
Chemehueéyil-- cee es esse sec eee oe N0-ba/bihessonscseoee vuy-shi-aung --.--- VIRY-AM aN ye ees | ces aie
TOR epenesemtUaarERBaccpES Ho oanon | |ssanabenaa sascenosagsal boonéoocoacrupsadsad Soma chocsosedsanssod bacesacsocHoEssodudd
CapoteyUtay: sss eeo bse tesa ee: nab-pah-be ..-..-.-.. qua-sé-ab...-....-. weé-hee ..-.-..---. o-wabh-u-ru ........
(UintatU tanec. sssss<sese-ce ee eceee NO-pav ....-.--- .| We-Seh-av ........- que-seh-av ......-. ii-vab-muck --..--.
Moquivbuoblosmess=eesseceececees MEH NikeSnomguboasduod h0-ma-sha ..-...-.- Uovach Wersrelecsaee pa-vui-ga......-..-
Talchtam >=" ~.t esse oeeeoc see eee abanium ccsssccece: BD OUmece sae a
IGN E nescptonnees peansocoouandod Manyitiessssdeeeenees Vi Viol teeemerteee eee
Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano)| pa’-anum....-.------ UPOlhocns. wescee es
Tobikhar (of San Gabriel). -.....--. akha/khni-et .-...--. amamshan ...--..-
Kechi (of San Luis Rey) ..........| pa/n-nit .........-.- pum-pi’-ih......-..
Mohave -| chee-thige - .| See-vee-l& .......-.
IMO) TEA Yedecooogedaaancesedostocsc goyo-o'nya .......... Bi-vi/lya....-......
Hualapai. .| sakama - -.| se-gual-a
Hualapais 220. ee eec wae ae senn | con snes oS eae oe nae | sane es eee eeweenaeee
PontO;orGohunttocssossssass cess as |beeeeeeeracceee case INGUGResee elem ecln ates
Diegueno scene ossoseo eset ese sees CSTR Poceaoonconarand sebocd cocedconsacnds
Vuma or Kutchdén......----.-..--. naw-kee-lee-yau .. ..| e-pawh! ...:....... ie
: yoh.
Uslota Pueblo.-cs- se: -eeaeesee eee b’-a/-gue’, pa/-gue....| Ki-ye----.....--... Ei-a-val_.......-.-- gu-a-pu-nin.....-..
Tehua on Moqui Mesa .-.......---- NUS pense h emcees TRE Yue eecesoccos tchelse ance ttesae=s ho-pingy-sessens ec
Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo ....-.-- WoOh-ahe-- 22. sennccs cu Peace celesesicrac icon g-huyese eee cee po-keep-éh .....---
Tehua, San Juan Pueblo ......---. LUM eee een eleiiee at SU-fig-tte sees oe JRA site a8 Sabo saedd poaseSoncoScesanabss
TEESE CY} sods Sach Sodesccochases ee/-gan.......--. ---- COPE necsoncebadass beé-and ......-.... beé-and-lillo. -...--
Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo........- Vi-Le-lOsscnmenem seer sey-hua ......-...- ke-a-ta-ho-ho .-..-. hitla, gi’-a-tash. --.
TA‘COMS!PUCDIO Ne e<~ ons e ee ececes| nee SS CEESO TOES OOCH Eo) HOSHSS SG cS SSeoEREed lSccoodbeHsdncocacon||iesacascosenecossond
Acoma and Laguna Pueblo.....--- Slit oSecenconeaed ho-sin=seses ceases si-a/ta.....--..--.- ShicOble--\-~ enema
Silla Pueblo. .......-...
Kasué at Santa Barbara
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES.
125. Duck (mal-
lard).
126. Turkey.
| kan-wis-so/-il. --
| n4-mo/wh
| ol-khuosh-ko’-loigh
eee
kiji
a-shee-tah-tche-shit-
teh.
.| palomo (Span.)
127. Pigeon.
ye-chit-k1é
tehu-u-lah..-
128. Fish.
klok, kluk.... ....
shga/-ash
shga/-ash...--..---
tche-rut..----.--.-
129. Salmon.
130. Sturgeon.
tkhi-kets-tsi ....
chi/m -8-c001a
(trout).
449
450
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES.
5
aA oF wD hw eH
Bee ee
BoD S © oO
15
eS
mnmw pw w
Oo we
_
Tribe and dialect.
131. Name.
ATIVOID Aso ee ccaeea coe er eeee ras
Arivaipa ....
Navajo .........-
Jicarilla
Pa-Uta -
Winta Uta) ee ceceec cesses ss eee
Mog uiseueblomee-sseeesceeee ce eoee i-i
BONNE ick eSenncpodeeseensoase
ICC Be noaadbagssd sc: Gas SUONOUS
Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano) |
Tobikhar (of San Gabriel) .-...--. :
Kechi (of San Luis Rey) ---..-----
iIMohavesessseeracces sso aeeeteaos
Mohave ..- eee
Mualapaics-s-.esecosacieoaeeseeo eee
Hualapaieessest cra ecneseneieesose
TontororAGohunsenesceaese see
Diepnenosseeesee ees ageGEb soos
Yuma or Kutchén
nut-ta/h-oh ...-..--
| MOO] Ase: somes
Isleta'Pueblo:-2+2-.-==-+22---s-2e-
Tehua on Moqui Mesa. ..-..--..--.
Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo. ...-.-.
Tehua, San Juan Pueblo .-.....----
Taostbueblopess=2) seen ceeeaeeae
Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo.--.....-.
Acoma Pueblo ..-.. ..--..-
Acoma and Laguna Pueblo
SillagePneblosecssaceece ose eeaee
132. White. 133. Black.
(a3 Hanh FSi seSesoua bepoonnanaseedooeced
tle-kay-i ........ -| tikh-ikhl.......-..
sha-kai, sha-gai .. | tkhli-shin .-.......
Kick-ké--...-....- kKlee-sghée .-.. --.-.
to-sée-bit........-. to-e/-bit)3-<--- ==.
USI Pisa sagaddas| PICA aac on aoe
-| to-sagharum ..-. .. to-bagarum .....-.
toshava-nagi'te....| to-humunu-gi'te . --
LURES On Se opeasppcsed tobagar © -.---..-.-
tu-sah-gah-reh. ..-. to-qué-reh .....--.
to-sah-gah.........| to-que.--...---.--.
ikol-tsate ne eceee kolm-vi ....---.---
ye/ranka ........- tu-na/-ankum. -.---
tevish-niksh .....- tulniksh..--2.....<-
va‘i-khant.....--- | yevat-hant ........
TRULO elec tye DUI aiees-eirelaterele
wy-ch-hon.......-. loolenikejeeesrrese
mab-sAtm\:)--.---- | nay-eel’-ik ......-.
nimesam “| Svan hee eect
nimesav..-------5-: nya ghieoo- males ee
n-shava .....--.-. MEVEY, soesoustaoodeT
nomosha’b - . - - Mile hyeees see eee
huh-malk’ . | nee-eelk’ ... ...2--
THHORIN, oriempsoanes PO-Di-l: === =e eo == oe
bohle-Is sete icin Flee eee eee
USES) peer acoemaseoe DON-Creeceaenenaae
tals: 22sec shee lees hen-ti, fen-ti. --...-
fah-thun-ahyes sees |(iisees sete nena
kiu-shn-lo......-..- hO-Shuy cee sacle
tch-tsa-muts -. ....| mish-ts-s..--.....-
ga-shia, ka-muts...| mu-e-na/-ga-an ..--
Ncha-Vae eee fens tcho-lo-let .........
(of-NO Khia nesnscnn' akhi’ma...........
134. Red.
URE Seseepoccoos
tlitchi .... :
tkhli-tchi...2..--.
Klee-chée.-...-.-.-
an-ke’-bit ....... .-
anga’-garum ......
astavana-gi'te -
an-kah-gah-reh - --.
an-kar-eh ....... --
ba-lang-bu-e- -
khiri/-inkum.... ..
selniksh ..-...----
koya’-kvi-itch -.-..
kvaho’kha ....-.--
quat-toqu/at-is ..-.
agho/-athum -
kokhoa/t .... ..-.-
ko-ugan-e!
ko-ugan-e!......--.
tta/-SeN. .</. 22sec see
Se a
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. AB]
135. Light blue. 136. Yellow. 137. Light green. | 138. Great, large. 139. Small. 140. Strong.
WERPAN tedecosédd pssoésccsacesens G6b n-chi . .......-...-| a8-te-tz8....------. nal’-i-gytid...... 1
to-tli-sha...... .... ntch-kkha .......-. al-tse-se mal-putss- 55 cs. 2
=e5= Shee te-n0-tlish .... ... | ni-tsas ...... ...-.- al-tehi-si Ibi-tsiliy eee. 3
| tah-kleeatch ....-.| klee-tsd .......-.- TRUNSIEYS Seo cadeion TVS ocean oes ants-tsits-sdh...... nah-lgd ........ 4
em-bo’0-e-bit .----. | o-wele-bit .....-.-- | Sha-go’-e-bit .--..-- | peah-up! ........-. be-GitOh! iso. ecee <i aie nar-re/-ent .. .... 5
8-WalTa ....-.---.| pe@-Up ------ .----- mee-o!-pitz 6
BECO MOO OREO oor [eee eee eee e ee eee ee fee eee eee eee ee eee if
SEconaoo ses -| pea-up .........-..| ni-putz - 8
ere tael cea atsie cle sic «| ene min aeistespniatereeiaiate TCH OAS pesos sone hocouddacneecapenall ic)
SBCOG| BOSE SBOOROS SOO ah-ba/t .... ....-.|me-poodge’......-.
| Sava’-garum......- ova/-garum ------<-|.----.------2------. OIG Ssco0s gedoos mi-a/buts..-..-----
| puhivana-gi'te --- 7 oahani'te - -..------ | ts@-vue.---...----- TEEY cooappnouosee tu-utsi/-e ----...-.
savagar | Oa/sagar -..-.. .-- jipa-chetie----e-s-=— Ipa-aNbesasec cea mi-i/-obutch
| sah-wah-gah-reh ..| wah-kér-reh .... . | pah a a-vah-teh........-. un-pt-wit-chee ...
| | gah-reh.
| sah-Ahbr-eh..--..--- wah-ke ....--- .-- | sah-dhr-eh .-.. .--. | ab-wat ....-...-.-. | mé-pitch .--..-.--.
sas-kvan-bu-e -.-- | gas-ka-vi ..------.| vuel-pa/ ...........| tchai-o*..-..-.-...
ra‘-unkan ..-..... | khakhi’tchin akupmita/-o .....- anyi/-itchi.-....-.. okop6/-raukht...| 18
My Waklenicees eeccunetocsoeesseax amlauot .......--. inyi/-sikil .........| ivuak, ivo’k. .. | 19
| mulum-litch.....-. kono’kinitch ------ BUNTeE MG osooso Mocode olu/-umul ......--. a/lvitch ........ 20
(AEGIS See el hee ese mae |yueait ~~... 2. --| tehi-nuigh ......- hu-wrka ... .- 21
o-wo-ha’-vis .---.-- kun-nu-ka’n-is --..| wha-wo-ha-vis.... | itmm-nis....-....-. O-gul-ja.......---.. Ja-0-la-as ....... 22
h’-wih-soo'k ....-. | guath-tim .---..-- live iit soso soeceodes | wiltyih ..-....... hi-t6-wook’........ héth-péertim . ... | 23
havesug. -----..-- | ago-athum vataim ith-perum ....-- 24
ashu-uga..--...... ago-athega -| vate/ga gi-ge’-iga . ...--- 25
SPN aaa |----++2------------ S0SSo 05005 c > pods opSsgdsEanse sell PAD
ave-shu-ve .-..--- | kua-se .--..- .----- il-vi VGA cocccocsc0sos EAC) cocmes ososey gi-gye.......-. 27
kaposhu ..--.- ---- | akhoas ....--.--.-- kaposhu ...--- .--- Welar SoScscscsod pong Wille eceauousssad Ris 9) behe oepequocds 28
hah-vah-sook’ .... | quisk ....--..----- hoo-mark’(?) ... .-| mah-tai-ak ........ HE aoccHocosoaab spa/y-ruck .....- 29
| shu-li-? 2... -| ba-ku-i . --| na-tla-mfi-i .-- -| yur-u-u ... ---| kua/-mi-i Be |) ch!)
tcha-a-vuey { comiecne Hopahocoa lte-heysroseeeeeee NEBL arccsosipadd a-ki-ele........-. 31
tsang-weh..-.-. ..| tsen-e..-..-- .----- po-seé-we ..-....-. HEREC) Soscodueanog hien-yah-e. ..-..-. Nih=@ ps -ei-telat cies 32
| tsa-uay-.---.---.-- USES ploser one ceroce p’-0/-Si-vi.--------- ga-hay-i-...-.-..-- Whiten yalierrstab lie na-kye’..-.-.--- 33
| fodn-ah-zoon ..--- tchu-lee.--.- ==.) -. tchal-quay .....-.- yah-ah’........... yah-ah/-tel .....-. kee-ah-wah-lo ...| 34
va-yo-shulo - va-tin ..- -| 35
BRB CU CORE A BHOC ood Beseus bacnbeodocnand bossbabenoacben: Good tmoeaoameaonconne 36
gshta/-tim-atse -.. | tsi-ya -.-. ..-..-- tsu-is-tish .-...... tchats -..--.2-- 3
ku-ishk -.-.--..-.. ko-o-tchi-ni. --...- gsh-ti/m-atse ...--- me-tsi-a ...----..-. ro-osh-kish ..-....- tchi-shats ..-..-- 38
t82-TO .-..--.-..-.- a-te/-sha, .....:.- 39
khsu-lap-san shush-gal . 40
* Mcans also boy.
452 FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES.
]
Tribe and dialect. 141. Old. 142. Young. 143. Good. 144. Bad.
1G |PATIVvalpSecesceeeeestce aslo nme sie as tlejeeeeentee eleeitase un-di-nii-va ...-. -- un=(d)Zueeee eee dun-(d)zii-na ......
2 |PATIValpR ee aresssececss=seaes acne WEE R nt occoosseccascd | ha@-tla-te -... ....-- n-shd, ni-sho -...-. D-tCNO Sassen sesiace
6) SBR EN Gonocs sodon Hesocosoeorsice khaS-Gi9 eres es |oree secrete eee sees ee ¥2-U0 Sees eee to-ya-sh0-ta.......
aol Jicarilincesess seeeesa ce eee ee eee has-ke-yéh .-.....--. | tchich-kléh.......- ne-sy-im ...--. .... ne-t00n.---2---s-<e
bi |(Shoshonisessssessscssseseeseeras ee 4s00-go0!-pet-sy.--.--|------------2.2..--. tshantieaciesenceee Kegon bieeseecieeee es
6G) ||[Shoshonisecsesss-sesesessacecee ae IEE Wscococaesoossod arg(e)noo ....--..- ah-opéne .....-.--- eur-weur-peni.....
U NARA opencieséadooe eecoocEcudosey basececkcresepossccaod|| doctrescecesuocrsnd padobhosnemadsuastise| pcoansebcgnosceodeas
Og ER On Go epcGdenes SESS DUDDEd Hooash QoocaS CSSsas esed assmoSuoEcebadodécad lpocnodconsabbsaaddee| ponoscooSbagocoabaad
EA RE oenecias pa aoanneacdadoona acd paococnonosqeasscdoess eacatscesstnonchend DRAUD se scesdees cee |= seaceeeres eases
10
11
12 | Pa-Uta of California nanai-gvi'-e.... -..
13 | Chemehuevi ........-..--- abits-its
AAU ba eecmiscsccetececcens cise OconcSBaSSSgo5
16} ||\CapoteUtasc-5--2.celesceesen esse. na-nah-pi-witch-chee, ava-put-chee
16) Uinta Utarosc.sseecece sce eeece ns nan-Nap ------....--. to-wick-kah - -| att.-.. Katz-ing-whah..-..:
7p |EMoquiteuebloteccesse- se ee sees vuel-taka.....-..--.- Lebsafoem seer ore mie Juma/-shin t0-tO0Y0).-----c-sece
195|\“Pakhtam==-ssse-+-cossoe sacs ce eee votche’-vuetch ..-... mutu-tushint...... a/-aetchtak . .....- gekha/nishtak -. -.
AON Kani yacaseeseceess sees eee ee nakhalo-ol..........- pashualis .......- Bisa. Oy eeenee cece as mukan (sick) ......
20 | Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano); nakha/nmol ......--. amayomol Scosisbus Te iE es eeoocosade hitchi-guta........
21 | Tobikhar (of San Gabriel).-....--. era‘kh-bu .-.......-. pu-vatchun . ...... ti-hurkolsssseeese ma-ha/ikh --.......
22 | Kechi (of San Luis Rey) .-...--.-. nis-luo/-vul.........-- bis-wu'l-lis ........ eh-cha/-eh .... .... GLOl-ig sacs cseeiee
23) |(Mohave)-c--cos\en- cesses ae sees ees guraa/-ga..-... 2... miu-bigh) os. ce-== a/-howtk*..........| hé-chémi-yak......
Psi Mohave erccncceesae saseeteee ses Kvora-aga.......---. LD Biase cawisiee senor akhotk.-=-2..----- alalk sees ceeeer ees
25) |PHualapaivesses-s-sjcesees seo cereeee pata/-iga .....-....-. heme’-iga ......-.-- akha/nega ........ hiano-maga. ......
CAS AS RE nd BASE RSE a SSCS nSEaecsd| Hos ocosSSeo Soc oEeESo54 pooceboscoouansaccsed Bose casedoosanaced pootadcsctoaecacogad
2@y|,tontolor Gohun-..ccen-seses-eeno- Wel-he)cse-oncseesene DA wen etne caus sees Kane). oss. cece ee kal-ye’-ve -.-......
28)|(Dieguetio: ==... 2252222) owes TMS Wee ace eee itmam:.-22:---2252 Khan ss.2 222 eeeee se iku’-tsikh-litch....
29 | Yuma or Kutchan ...... -.-..----. neg-co-viack’........ wee-pee’-ug ......- hant-ne-quits......|.--------.--2-.----
30] Isleta Pueblo ..--.-.---. ..------- ku-au-ay-i.--...--.-- OEE EY nes eases UDI -leeeaneeeaseies ue-k-un ....- SJODORD
31 | Tehua on Moqui Mesa .--.......--- SN6-enOsesse eee shing .... .| 0-e-na-bo/-vimo ....) na-he’ ..........-.-
32 | Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo ......- tsen-ddch”..... ...--- tsam-bée .| he-wiid-ee ..... COr-pee. =... <-.e=5,
33 | Tehna, San Juan Pueblo..-....... e-nu-ke...-- 4l Dino tej. sac esa | nonosoeee sesame
Sd alePaosthneblows-cssaess=c esses sseie- thus-lee@esesesseoscss o-sas-leén-ah .| co-0-wap .- hél-moh ...........
35 | Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo.......-- Wa- Dijin secseimee cote o-ma . VWO-8. << -2ec VO-MNO isesnmetce sais
363 2A coma Rueblojsesesaceseis/saeee= hash-té ta-0-atz6 .......--- cOish-tau ....--..-
387 | Acoma and Laguna Pueblo ......- has-tchi-tcha ....-.-. mu-ti-atsa ........ tau-a/-e...-.-...--- tsiu-a-Sa....-...2.-
aoa Sllanb oe blovecesseeceaaclececesse es me-tchi-tcha .....--. vi-i-tchi-tcha ...... rau-a/-t84.--....--. tsiu-va-sa .....--. 5
GC) ARAITI nce Soeeocaoeeceeoesodenocsod lanaecaea Acaadsosccand ba-ui-nto .--......- toha-la -.--------.- tcheb-ka-la.......-
40 | Kasua at Santa Barbara.........-. pag-o/-uvash .-..-..-- | tupneksh ..... ..-. me-pshuma/vuish -| piukh-pan-.-....---
145. D
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES.
ead.
akha‘-niga
-| na-shi-em
hatchotiwik
hatchu-u1k........
hah-churg’
.| ha-tin-gun -
.| tsang-weh...-
-| takh-tcha ....
tagu-ay
ura’-u"t - -
taru’-utch
tu-wits-tu-quo-wits-
chee.
oro’-0
hee-peelk’
matai-mibuik
pilg-e-namb’
na-tli-ram
na-tchi-va
na-tsa/-ua ..-...-.-
a-to-ma-tse
ka-a-tche
-| De...
sientsu
146, Alive. 147. Cold. 148. Warm, hot. 149. T.
tai-en-da .......--- UZ-CA-ZO..-..-.-.--- cug-tik! ...22 25.26. Gil poccadobanasonos
inta/-hinta’ .--...-. @BS-C0S sen eee= =n ae Knvis-tuk.......--. Shibemscsceastecenss
BSacSseconcadacenues TOS-F AS: Cleans pee | DOUS-LO re arene =e ee ESD isa sin'claincte ors stati
hin-tah .... ...---- COS-KNLS es eten nasi COSCO Menasminncsniste
secbecesscnocasorate||sococccdasconsgoscus ear-rint!
NOW-WUg-gX.------ stoo-wint, stoo-wy .| ta-rowi..-.-.-..--.
eccase Soeeosa=(=| SHObt-O1Me 2s\<=ss== tOT-O10) -22~ sess =
HER SSRS CERO SSO-ARaC che-toid......-....| ta-roid ..-..-......
hi-no-me
hi-no-me
no’-0
150. Thou.
hi-shu-me
hi-shu-me
453
454
ecaonrianrunre
Pee eee
arwnnH oe
| 16
Tribe and dialect.
151. He. 152. We.
153. Ye.
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES.
154. They.
| Southern Pa-Uta
Shoshoni
Shoshoni
Pa-Uta-on.0-0---
Pa-Uta of California ...-.....-
Chemehueyis ses cicer-jeceiesermil=teteeisis
Capote Uta
LOR EWU) ioe Sane asco AsoooosecEoneS i
Mogqui Pueblo. -
Kauviiya
Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano)
Tobikhar (of San Gabriel)
Mohavemsscascescess esac saci masies
Hualapai
ISRIED SE) sos cchcadoreuescupnoneced
Tonto or Gohun
DiernehOme sas -sosasce neste es
Yuma or Kutchdn..-......--..----
TsletarRueblov essere. smisceseeiieee
Tehua on Moqui Mesa ..-..---....--
Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo
Tehua, San Juan Pueblo
Taos)/Pueblo..=--..-----...-<-
Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo
PA‘comajbuebloyecssec- a-eeee sess
Acoma and Laguna Pueblo. ....-.
Silla Pueblo
kay
ai-ge’, bam ..
hauvash-takht*
itcham .--
[AGN eecacasti ood
ita-mfi .--
BEAR Re Boca sana tchemem...-.-..-.
we ceies eee te nee tcha/-a-am........-
haveanosbens yo/muma .........
chum-mum
tee-yempi
a
suh-wach-en-yich’
na-tchim-ba,
-| netae-ro -
gikh-gu-u
-| f-ma-a’ ..
mamum-omo/ma”. . -
y-ah-was .....-.- 59
vuya/u-khumau . --
maw-sah-kah-veek’
tchim-ba-i"
ne-in-to-a
mit-tung-tn-dah- --
*“ Another man.”
ma-um, mang
omo’ma.
kitcha/‘mu;
huh-veek’
tchim-ba
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. 455
155. This. 156. That. 157. All. 158. Many, much. 159. Who. 160. Far.
We? esccceececotscese tam’-0-Wa ...-..-.--- Leh Ssanesecoocoe hon!liajeesceeleenert BARAT UE oe al
Pee eae coe S52 shosh® ....-:--.2~.|/tit!..--.- .---...-..|'mi-sad;ni-zzat....|/ 2
it-al-tso ........-.-- okh-ay-yui .-.-.--. Kkha-te.-----0..-26: ni-sad, ni-zzad...| 3
tah-ah-tst. ...--- -- Ud Ha oeessocadeas kah-un-chée .... -- ‘N-diheee eee 4
o-yate! .
ma-no-ni...... .--. 6
Seassbosscens Sesesc| bassssocostomendsess U
LaeoAcoossesasoacass aBbobpaSsosasespESd 8
rosedbssessasossaced |oconacosoesadcaspaas OUP ona a afm aw en ole ni seein ene ninieeeee || 19
a} dnche =<.) =
[ACh aaa reese ae) INAN-TO eee arian mah-nun-eh - ...--. ab-van ...-.-.-.--- GhYs) S -cobonudaos sae inne. dabobeoode 16
TSl Pocscen aceesccos| orateaccocenosessese sho-shoyo-ma/ .... | shfikh-pan-ta/ ...-. I St oaaseancsoases halk-ajeeesesewee 17
| TM Roe aeeaee| beoencocte se sacccsec puy ----------=---- EV mlb en nN conc |iscocmaseeccmeedse Se kopuyan ........ 18
Poth -ececrcaceonon| N Ne peecoceicces—oees Omum'-<---- --s--- mete-etchim....-. hakh-e ...........- MelP-leeaeeie tee 19
bansyitee eee eee Ma Se eres tcho’-o-onum..-. -- muyukum...-...-. aki ssecchectestoee vua/-am ......-. 20
imi esas ae- || DC- Caen ela LO i eccspeppacnaas O-VOIUN sess seer akim-be/ma...-.... po-a/ne ....:.... 21
HSN cesssckec ates | Preecace oStoocdasos pu-ta’-am.......--. mut-itch .....-..- WEAN 5 segesoneosamad Wii/-U Memes 22
wee’-than-yo .-.-. dis-san-0-wak ..... Th) accScd ona saOONSe GUY lhae enisae sory muk-kii-che/e...... hoo/-wee ..-..-- 23
ami-itchk . ....-. 24
ogu’‘tume......-- 25
SCece-ctcecnesc bse becccctesd eteo: Seer pay-te-me 27
TWO Eien ees FY eae ere khamerei 28
with-thaw’ -...- -- pe mene cemecccens cham-mil-yah’ .. ..| ah-taig’ .........-. may-kew’ ......... KKOITOW) 2-e == 29
{MMO oo s5ss5e2555 24 | ua-uim-hu -. -.-.. tchimba ...-.. .-- uay-am ....-. ..-. TEAL sca codos ku-au-ay ..-..-.- 30
ti-mai/-ye.......-.. TORY opcescednacoocd Vg cesbOS eeanea 31
-| heh-yan-yo - 32
VERO cosas onoaas a Uses) eee N88:
Peleas:Bs) 2. eke ojepcel see ece seats eee cee wah:tahyseeen. 34
ke-e-la, ge-la ...... ike-sheltccecr= === yam-ba-nio-o ....| 35
tsi-gan-o ..
t Means also name.
456
oCoDmWOnNt aon fF WD He
Hoe
HS
12
mpDnwnnwnnyn ny YH rEP eRe Ye Pe
aOnrWDnrFovonnt aan kf» wo
bo
ay
28
wowwwwwww ww rp
SCHONACACRHHHEH SSH
i
—
Tribe and dialect.
161. Near.
162. Here.
163. There.
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES.
164. To-day.
ATIVAND A eeeeeeane senor cetecens ase a
ATivaipdeeascchtecesa sa aeele Nora?
Capote Utasatccmcmnacscesesieeanen
Uinta tasenss ne eeecness ena oe ee
Moqui Pueblo. .-
Takhtamtere=amasessoseeanerees ses
Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano)
Tobikhar (of San Gabriel) ..-.--.--
Kechi (of San Luis Rey) --
Mohave
Mohave
Hualapai
Hualapai
Tonto or Gohun
Miegueiovs.sassse-sss2s=tese= see
Yuma or Kutchéan .
Tsletarbuehlosseseeesseteectee see
Tehua on Moqui Mesa
Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo. .---.
Tehua, San Juan Pueblo...-..---.
Taos Pueblo
Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo
Acoma Pueblo
Acoma and Laguna Pueblo-...-.-.
SillafPueblote-cenq-e-eoee ssn ees
Kasué at Santa Barbara. ........-.
alca-Kkha/-tye
a-han-déh
tcha-UDieeasseee a= ian, i-vay
ESA-Cicltemeeecte seer TUS yee nee
tcha-aibitch ...-.. -- ivantum -........-
sah-gaits-chee
sah-rat-chiv
hay-punsesseeeseen=s with-tha/ ....2....
yau-a-tim ......-...- TWN Ace cane QRGESAe
WHEY esa nGn qopaoses TGC aceodenaacne sans
he-ni-nah . ......-.. néh-wee -.-- ...---
iBT elepiashs sees BEAN peecisenceses
hau-e/ko .........--- INE eR SaeRonRSecS
hau-€-6 ...------.---- Giclees cesses sees
tcho-keyeeesteete eee PRO es escetoden
mutekhi=\...scci-<-5 == LalUO eine ae seie sien
mah-vah
aya/ka
---| yan-t-hti
.| tu-vé-ban .-
ka-la-shur
bo-somne --
en-yah-vah-thu’n - -
gu-puel a’lishan ---
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES. A457
165. Yesterday. | 166. To-morrow. 167. Yes. 168. No. 169. One. 170. Two.
| |
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
poten cecorecackoke= [seen ne enone eee eee Feel eee eee eee eee eee |ee eee eee ee eens Ree inet ree weed nn |
| chi-amo --_..-.---- | wéts-chu.....-.--- 15
K6-GVin enn aoa anna we-chuc ..--.- ---- 16
ta/-voko .---.-<.--- EA sceecce aaocoe 17
Tat leche ose Odea eee 4 i 18
LOK G-eneeei nena paye’pa -.......... 19
| tukum - | poto’-okole - 20
po-a‘na | hi-amne.....--.--. i : 21
US eee oserece | tuk-ko-mai.....--. 6-6 j 0j ii 29
té-nii-ya --....--..) yim-i-tham 23
tonaya --.--------- | yamba-tham .... ..| e_......--..--.--- Te Seecaace
| “ las
| maga-inya’-ham ---| hi-a’/gum ..
| tsan-yé -.... ......| tah-An-de -.---.- ..| ha-an......... 2...
| tsa-nde.....---..-. fade eos a ese a(R ease scysoroe eee =2 (YOu < scans ch ee
i
* ii = French u.
458
oa
oon fw
10
aBt
22
er woOn
Tribe and dialect.
171. Three.
172. Four.
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES.
173.
Five.
174. Six.
KShoshonieeesseseosse sseascericesse=
Shoshoni ...-:
Southern Pa-Uta
Pa-Uta of California ......--.-----
Chemehuevi.....--.---------------
CapoteiU tas --eaessscecr meee
Uinta Uta. -..-.---
Moqui Pueblo
Makhtamecenesscre sta sacrtionaa =
Kauviiya ...-.---------------- --
Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano)
Tobikhar (of San Gabriel).--. --.-
Kechi (of San Luis Rey) ..---.----
IW ROE accoececosraconodcooussoas
Isleta Pueblo
Tehua on Moqui Mesa --.-.
Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo
Tehua, San Juan Pueblo ...---.--
SUAS HRC D lOve aaa anaes eee
Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo. .---..--
Acoma Pueblo
Acoma and Laguna Pueblo. ....--.
Silla Pueblo
wat-su'-et ....-..--
wa-chou-i
voa/tsa-gve! ...---- manegi .-- =
vatchu’-e.....----- manuy .--..<.....-
wats-sii-ii-ne ...--- man-e-gin .....--.-
-| man-eh-gin ........
| tehibu-te .....-/.-.
ma-hatcham. -----
| mamu-kuanon .--..
maha/-ar .
|maha/r -
num-mu-quan-o. --
| therapk .
| sa-ta-be!.
pen-to
tsan-sem
yi'ti-paga
man-ék....
selkhakai
man-a/-get......-.-
-| auva/-khanuetch --
- Sup-léj-nam-e-hon -
nav-e-ti-ne.....--.-.
na-ve-tine .
MA- Vie -e= eee
kuan-sople --------
pa-va/he.......--.-
my-sayn/-tik..-..--
|
| miesh-tye -...-..-
.| shish-ta ---.
Sh-tsish---- 2 ssssee
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES.
175. Seven.
gu-sted-é
us-tsi-ki -----.---- |
| sus-tsit------ ------
cos-set-eh
tat-su’-it-----..--
moquesi- -.--------
nah-vé-chi-ii-ne... |
na-ve-kev-iine ---. |
tseng-ge-e ----
voatch-geve --
Vi-iga’ _--.---..--
hoa’-gesh-be
niok-hoak
|
mu-uga’
hamu’-geshbek. - ..
| mo-gesh-be
niok-hamuk
fol apie cee:
cuc-cumish
ko/-go-mish . ---
ko’-go-mish
se-tla-nit
so-oro-o-sii-ti-ne -.
to-wu'm-su-ii-ne .. -
tom-su/ - ene -svos’-
spinko.
hugu-tehiping-va..
shumu/-tsuvuy-gut
hugu-tehiping-va..
eretaters megaanseaspsode
s00s-quods-spinko -.
su-mah-rum-su-iine) t0m-su-iine .----- -| sooks-spingua. .-.
PeaVGueseansseecee pak-te ...---.-.-: shukh-ga-a ........
ma-akove’ ..-..--.- yoa/-hamatch...-. voa-hamatch-kopo-
auk.
kuan-vuitchiu. --.. nami-tchumi .---.- pata-sople ......-..
mahar-kabya’..-.. vehes-mahar ....-. puku-hurura ......
éllyou-thouk ...... rappowik...--....- rappowik - osayn -
ine-thwik.
pa-aya.--2----2.- ara/-aba/.--..------ ase/-entik-nitauk ..
hala-thu’ig.... -. yua/ruk ---*-.----- sitigi-a/laga ....-
hal-se-ye -- UO) ootidnencsoause uave-shi-tli .....--
nitchi-bab.....-- . selghiama/t.--..-.. miclehinveee eee ess
ham-hah-mok’ ....-) sab-hok’ .......... sah - hok’ - mike -
thim-tay-kay.
WORD) cocesc absense ti-te-hem ..-....... bi-uim eer w eee
Ves Oye ceeas arinson tem-e0.-.--.--------| te"-e"-vuy-i ...--.--
quen-nd ..-.-...-..| tah-Oneeecer eae tahn-wed.....-----
gua-no .......--.. CBr B) oe ceinnn l= « ta-d-vuy-i......--.-
QUGlwitiee eee aca | ta-go/-tah-mah ....| tah-wih-mah ....
ol Me etens se Meter eer aanee tie Non orate soar
ADV OCAnsee aes eee Neh} RoeecoceHccadd ish-k-atzizo..-.....
ma-yu-ka ......-.. Haieeeossocobecsoos gats-ishka-sitchi --
ma-yuka .......--:| gats.-..-......,. | gats-ishk’.........
ke-te-teles.....-... ti-kha-les ...-...... ti-kha-les-ket-et --
PEDO is ae were ideneie ot gel-shgo/mo .....-. TBE ocacecccaces
176. Eight. 177. Nine. 178. Ten. 179. Eleven. 180. Twelve.
| n-go-8ta ...--- ..-- N-6Z-NUN ......--- tli-da-ta......- no-gé-da-ta
|i0S@-p ieee mere eter ng-gos-tai ....-.--. gu-tes-mon ...-.-.- khla-ta-ta naki-ta-ta .....--
Si-pieeens encase nas-tai ......-----. nes-tua.-..-.-----. khla-ta-ta ........ nake-ta-ta.....--
nus-te-6 - co-nez-nan ......-. Klats-2t-teh-eh nah-keé-tsats-eh-
éh.
ny-wa't-su-it ...-.- shim-er’-o-me’n .--.) Shim-mer’ .-------- shim-mer-sim-or- | shim - mer - wat-
titch-ma-do-ick. ma-do-ick.
TESST Fefagsceesesiccs WRONG) Nie Sessnoos PHO CHUB E SES CR Sa eo SocrisooosouSsSss0)|| oJossee. so. scoes>
tom-su/-ene - Wy-
une-spinko.
voihagu-tchiping-
va.
voahama-tsuvuy-
gut.
voihagu-tchiping-
va.
wah-quos-spinko
wats-spingua. - --
ley-ga-a
voa-hamatch-
varm,
pata-vuy
rappOwik-ha-
wik-y-thow.
havik-nitauk ...-
hovak-tia/lik |...
niekh vab - gush -
baib.
sah - hok/ - mike-
hah-vick’.
ti-ui-se
te"-e"-vu-ve
tahn-weé-eh.....
ta-re/-vu-ye..-. -
tah-wah-nah ....
tavue’sh
di0-katzizo
gats-tinve-sitchi
gats-tio-ume. . --
ti-kha-les-bal-el-.
mas-khe-sgumu -
459
460
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES.
Tribe and diaicct. 181. Twenty. 182. Thirty. 183. Forty. 184. Fifty.
VATAV AID Maceaese|==eiaisas seem ele PMN adcconeaooaqeod TSN oocdioesaaces tiz-tin. .-.......-.- es-tla-tin ..-....---
JATIVAIPA|=---.--s—005~n--5-------- HEA AN a eroecacomoc rha-ge-tin ....---..| ti-im-tin ....-..---.- ash-tla-tin......-..
WERE Weccocetncccbascds ccoedansas MER MS pessmesoacss Tepanit secon sana benbineeeee eerie as-tla-tin .......--.
kah-tin..-.-.----- tints-tshin ....-..- ach-lah-tin ......--
Wam-l/-no'.--.....-.- pam-i/-no ...-.-..-. wat-su’-wee-my .-.| man-i/-gen-ny --...
wai-matshoui.....-- -| pahi-matshoui..... wachui-matshoni --| manek-matshoui -.
Wwamp-su’-ene ...--.-
Southern Pa-Uta-.-....--.---.------ voyha/-mashu ...-..-
Pa-Uta of California .....-.....-.. voaha-vanoy .--...---
Chemehueyil-=----)2-se--\e-n=- voyha’-mashu .......
-| wah-mas-seo....-.
(OintayUtasene-ccssacces asec a awam-su-iine .--.-.-..
Moqui Pueblo--.--.----.-..-..3--- shu-na-tf...........-
Ra kh tam itetetettslslstemsret=ecles voa-va’-hamatch. ....
NATL LY docecentemecectn\ssminectemen ae yvuys-nami-tchumi. ..
Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano)
Tobikhar (of San Gabriel)
Kechi (of San Luis Rey) -
Mohave
Mohave
Hualapaivess = ssseececteeeecce cers
Mu alapaieaerme as cece sees cea
Tonto or Gohun
LUE yarn OS osksenogcosesiseeoDseeene
Yuma or Kutchin
Isleta Pueblo
Tehua on Moqui Mesa ..--.....---
Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo
Tehua, San Juan Pueblo
Taos}Puehloes:--c--sesa- sce cesee
Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo. -
WA‘comayPuebloscsecetcesaceccce cee
Acoma and Laguna Pueblo. --..--.
Silla Pueblo
rappowik -takithou-
che-hawik.
ara’/bavik - takavuts-
havi‘k.
vava-hovak
uake-uave
selgh-hoa’k. - -
pam-su/-ene
pay-mashu’
pahi/-vanoy
pay-mashu’
piem-su-iine
pai-pak-te
paha-va'-hamatch -
pays-nami-tchumi -
rappowik-taka-
thouche-hamske.
ara/bavik-takavuts-
hamo’k.
yava-hamok
sah-hok’-bah-vick ..- -
yue’sh-ta
dua-k-atz
tiuve-gats
tio-a°-gats
bal-el-ti-kha-les. ...--
i-shgomsh-gel-shgomo|
ba-tcho-a-ti.-.--.--
poy-te-e?..-..----.
poh-wén-tah
po-un-ta-& -..-.-.-
po’y-oh-tah
ta-kva-ta
tsha-mia-katz ..-..
tche-me-gats
tchi-mia-gats.....-
ba-nokh!-ti-kha-les
masesh-gel-shgo’mo
wats-u/-ene tom-su/-
ene.
vatchu’-mashu -.-..
voatsa-vanoy..---.
vatchu/-mashu . ---
wat-su-to-wom-sii-
ene.
wats-su-e-su-line --
nale-pak-te ......--
rappowik - taka-
thouche-zumpapk.
papk’.
man-i/-gin tom-su’-
ene.
maniki-mashw’ . --.
manigi-vanoy
maniki-mashw’ ....
man-e-gin-to-wom-
sii-ene.
man-eh-gin-su-iine.
tchibu-shiki-pak-te
mahatch-vo! - ham-
atch.
namu-kua/na nami-
tchumi.
rappowik - taka-
thouche-the'rapk.
pan-to-ti
pa-non-te?-e"
un-an-tah
tsian-aua-gats
tian-aua-gats
tla-uit-ti-kha-les. - -
shumush-gel-shgo’-
mo.
tama-ana-gats
tam-aua-gats
tsan-sem-ti-kha-les
yi-ti-pa - gesh - gel-
shgo’mo.
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES.
185. Sixty.
461
186. Seventy.
nay-i-te’-wee-ny ---
niwa-matshoni----
nay-i’-une tom-su’-
ene.
nayvay-mashu
navahi-vanoy
navay-mashu
nah-ve-ii-ne-to-
wom-sii-ene.
nah-ve-su-iine
na-vai-shiki-pak-te
{Kuan -sople-nami-
| tchumi.
| rappowik - taka-
thoiche-mysayn-
| tik.
si-zin-ta-a
moh-lee-tah
mniesh-tye-kva-ta --
shish-ta-a-katz ---.
sh-tsis-ana-gats---.
tchis-aua-gats
se-ba-nokhl ti-kha-
les.
shgo’mo.
yiti-shgomsh- ge1- |
go-sti-tin
us-tsi-ki-tin
su/s-tsit-tin -
cos-sit-tin
tat-su-e’t-wee-ny --
moquesi-matshoui
tat-su/-ene tom-su/-
ene.
tatsu’-u-vanoy
nah - ve - tah-to-
wom-sii-ene.
nah-ve-kven-su-iine)
tseng-ge-shiki-pak- |
te.
| rappowik - taka-
| thouche - myko- |
wikai. |
sah-hok’-pah-keah’.
tcho-0-ti
tche-gin-te™-e"
say-wén-tah
tse’ gin-ta-%
cho/-tah
may-tyan-aua-gats.
may-tyan-aua-gats.
lo-lo-khat-ti-kha-les
187. Eighty.
188. Ninety.
189. One hundred.
190. One thou-
ni-wat-su/-it - wee/-
ny.
niantz-matshoui --
ni - wats - su’ - ene
tom-su’-ene.
voshu’-u-vanoy. --
wat-su-to-wom-sii-
ene.
wah -ats-sum- su-
iine.
nan-al-shiki-pak-te
voa/-otch - tchava/-
hamatch.
Trapp
Owik - tak a-
thouche - myko-
mokin.
sah-hok’-hay-pok’
hue’-re-ti - - -
Ka-ve-gin-te"-e"....
kah-weén-tah
ka/-vin
whe’-lee-tah .-----.
fol-kva-ta
ko-go-mish-aua-gats|
ko-go-mish-aua-gats
se-tla-nit-ti-kha-les
yi - ti- maskhesh-
gel-shgo/mo.
malanash-gel-shgo’-
mo.
‘n-go-sta-tin ...-..-
shim-me’r-0-men-ny
youweep-matshoui
sar-rum-su/-ene
tom-su’-ene.
kvaniki-vanoy ...
S0-0r-0-g0-mus-tom-
sii-ene.
sah-ar-rum-sum-su-}
une.
ma-yu-ka-aua-gats.
ma-yu-ka-aua-gats.
ke-te’-teles-ti- kha-
les.
sand.
ko-néz-na-tin ...... ko-néz -non-ko-|} 1
néz-ni-tin.
gu-tes-non-tin ..-.. mil (Span.)....-- 2
nes-tua-tin - dol lendedo cocanodaosad 3
co-nés-not-tin. --.-- yah-chet-tin-sas- | 4
quo-in-to-go.
shim-mer’-shin-mer)......------...--- 5
matshoui-matshoui| matsou-matshou-| 6
matshou.
peonconccossdssacdsd bossisanccosdosades 7
Boson cdcaocancocd anon lacadadcsasasscaces 8
RooHoS dodoce cecces os] lancdas Gocasocendas 9
EERE ossc6d cocl beoocadconianecosea 10
shu-mashu/-mashvw’ |.
shu/-u-vanu-va/mut -
shu-mashu/-mashu’
sooks-miah
mi-tia-noa-katz.-..
gats-ana-gats...-..| i
gats-aua-gats
to-go-me-sii-muh.
tom-sooks-mih -.
pe-ve-shiki-pak-te .| pakte-shiki-pak-te.| sum-mule’....... 17
monSnasebosentocoass hank-to!-omeceoec-|sescinceieeciceesees pls
pencsopastanocosessds namitchumi-nami-].-....-..........-] 19
tchumi.
pocecadosoasoscss5bn| bosees aceonooaSosddnllbsncosdcueRabiecada 20
paoscHacaasodasoan 35|badesnoasracsaudestel bbasosoaccasceocad|| C24
suple-set-a-hon-o ..|.........--..----- 22
rappowik - taka-| rappowik - taki-| rappowik-tak a-| 23
thotche -ellyOu-| thouche-rappo-| thotiche-rappo-
thouk. wik. wik- dchinja-
rappowik.
Poa saeitoee ees focee ara/bavik-hae- hae-|.......-.--..-----| 24
rabavi/k.
Bereasieecectoele ieee va/va-va/va........| guitvava-guitva- | 25
va'ga.
Fes eEBECB ENB N One nOSd ECoHaHSSaabebeConeed Hasersabassedcdans 26
hal-seye-uave .-.. - gu-tes-non-tin .....|..-.....-.-.-.---- 27
weenie seeteite sete ants Ren EROEER Caaounbs asaooraeasosecesse lire)
sah-hok/-hum-hah- | sah-hok’ sah-hok’..| sah - hok’ sah-| 29
mok’. hok sah-hok’.
ho=-aetissseo= seca ti-ui-ta-ti ...-. -----| mil (Spam.))---..- 30
kve-non-gin-te"-e" .| te-gin-te"-e"........ mil (Span.).-.-- 31
wag-én-tah ...-.--. tan-én-tah .--.--..- EE EEA 32
| tah.
gua-vin-ta-@ ...-... ta-gin-ta-a.........| mil (Span.)....-- 33
whe’-eh-tah ta/h-tah ........... ta/h-tel-lah ...... 34
hol-kya-ta. . .| ta-nao-kya-ta .| mil (Span.)...--- 35
ciento-(Span.).--.-
tapa/-esh-gel-shgo’-
mo.
462 FURTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES.
{ | 7
| | Tribe and dialect. 191. To eat. 192. To drink. 193. To run. 194. To dance.
i
1 | Arivatpa inl treneeerer |in-zhlish ..........
2) Arivaipa el/-khan-tash ..-... i-ghishveesessr
8) | INaWajo. <i. - 022s eee nn seme nn | | akkh-rhate-ti-tas ...| a-te-shish .........
Aa iCarillacenae=-eeceaeio=== | ah...-- -| e-tens-kah. .- tisch-klo/---.-2---<
5 | Shoshoni NOOK esse sas ee | Seer eae
Gi iShoshonievccctsessesi--—=5 eee MOQUeO}ss=sinlose =e Neur-Kitesse.-es=-
1) AE Oe eee pee o OG SEDER SE EEEO ea) PASSO 5000> \SaSccsGses| Faroaden006 aaqpeend | bescrodsacconsSac0ad pooncdaSonagacconboy
fo) SOR i een oeesco eo SuSesesese aod | Jescac rearesscs0cces4| Bacobastcdeueneseo dt| HobonszoccuecEndsda,] booodadobsuonsacon de!
GO) Deh he Se eecooseccsoseoceseacn <o | bacuabaeassanonescad |tocésoosen6
1) ERE /Eh he shoces eaaondooconoAaedses | pun-ker’-ro--..--.. weep-pi’..-..-----.
11 | Southern Pa-Uta..........-..---- | to- MO-Kevd geste eee eleele is VU TIN se ormepeaeese
12 | Pa-Uta of California ........--.---- \ poyo-ha/t...-.-.-- ne-ga't .......--...
39 (Chemehucviseccecscsceccloere cece =
| 14) Uta -------..--.--.. josteaneeeee
| 15 Capote Utaseecssese-scceeae sees te-ca/h-we.-.--..----
16} dU intar Utara. cee 8 peeeoe ene WEG Aass60 bearcene
17) Moqui‘Pueblo:c..s-s-2---2-2202- nish-ni, nish-a ..... whicik on eeeses seem evar sbikci-ni yee eee | eae eee
18 | Takhtam raukts .----- --- cee pa-akain ...... .. yakain'2 ees sicls tehatchokin ----...
19 | Kauviiya -. .--. | Du-vayak-nik ~.....- | m’-pa/-aka -| pini/-vaka. . ---| hentchen-enka
20 | Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano) | na/-atch-khon .----- -| pa/-a-an, pa-tchel--.| huk, hot-uk......-. pellé-e:2-s:eeeesese
21 | Tobikhar (of San Gubriel) .... . | kva-akh yamino..........-. ya-kela, ts -s0ecees
22 Kechi (of San Luis Rey) .-. .-.-. puh-i-kut --...---.-- Pabskut i se=-cs ces" hyal-jaeoewesseeeeas
(p23 Mohavere-secmeeee os) 2342-5 soe ctchér-méhm .... -.) hih-the/ya ........ |in'ebdsk:.=22 sess - a5
247M OhavG sesece ssc ooteinateee eae MAM 2522 -Gese eee
251 Pealapaillee=s scence ase a eee eae TENET) conon Ghseeseesd
26) |Hoalapaiessce~c<ce sean oe eee eae |nseeecneecese
27(|\Lontoyor Gohunsecs-: ceceses 3-224] TAD e elon
28) PDie@UeNO= = seacee= = aaysn- sees |(Ucisanteceyestece=
29 | Yuma or Kutchdén..... .......... |ah-mahm ..... .-
30\| TsletayPueblo..-..-.22:-2.--.-.-.-- | ku-ka)
31 | Tehua on Moqui Mesa .| te-hui-yam-i .-..-... | tai-shom-i .......--
32 | Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo Vanek O cesses nsaae yan-sung-ah
33 | Tehua, San Juan Pueblo -..--- -~ gan F-KONe een selene PL a- BW ase
4 eT AOS PP UCDO sess ee cay cee ee coo-cal-buyo...------ ap-pa‘h-zoh....-.-- cour ance a wees Ro ee Hosa GaEOCNCISS
| -| ab.
35 | Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo ......-. te-ku-el-yo, tse-le-le..| se-sh6-sho--------. me-neso -=---- --- | tcho-0-so ----------
36] Acoma Pueblo ..-. .....- 3 sl naii-yue-tan’,(9)\e =| pees coe ac cleueeecce|cee seer cee sereeeeeae | pash-co-a-tzan. -
37 Acoma and Laguna Pueblo.---.--- [Ob:sleeeseceseemee -| ni-esh-ga-si..-...-. ko-mi’/-tsa .-.-..--. |
SS SillaveuShlopwess ieee ace e see eee nob-si, tchup’e- -| ni-esh-ga-si.--.....| ko-mi-tsa.... .---- |
BG) AWatahiin =), suscsondoseeenmedeanuee | ibaa coon nee Duele eee rai shay |
40 | Kasua at Santa Barbara.--...-...-. shalshun .......----- sakmil ...--- wocees|(DAIpAbs-- oeeesen eee
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES.
195. To sing. 196. To sleep.
197. To speak. 198. To see.
199. To love.
200. To kill.
idn-ar, idn-a -| Tis-k1i -
1-tish-a ---------- te-shi-i
ko-te-trha-l | i-te-skush ; ti/sh-i2
hah-tish-éh--.----- | disch-kéh ......--- has-tseé ...... ---: desh-6.-----.------ Kasch-téh ..-...-.- din-scheé . ...--.
N00 Geeta Op-Wee! - - 82-5 2 a2) nna ne ee afin we ne eee anne ne ene ween nena ma-wash, mah-
gar-vic.
Sahm piteesece ese a-ar-son-t-We ...--.| par-ki.........-.
EX RECT ER Sopeidctd ecoasd poceduocanSSod joonboebescousSecdcod puck-i’ .......--
peshe’-toni --- -| aya/-vnay ...-.---. pa-kay ..-.......
| huvi-eru’t---..---.-. POU heeecss cocees yaro-hat .-..--.-.- avi-zzavi-tini’-emu’-| avatsat..........
no.
ium-pu/gara..----- aya/vuay...-...-.. pagarha ...... --
ah-pah-gah -----..- Dick Orecasecesoe ni pih-ke.....-5....
- um-bar-reh--....-- Ar-sen-te ..-.-..-.. pick-ke ...... ..
LES EW peceecc eee se | pe-hue’--------.=-- ya-a-ata/........-..| tish-ta-a .-......-.|..-..---.esess.----- MiNAjeacisle’slesecie =
sonedt cece scecthcce kumunikin . ..-...| vera’-verenkain ..-| hiekin.............|....-.-----.---.---.| meyka/n-akin ...
n’takha-moka ..-. hengup-ka ..-.-.- hengo’-taska ...... mem ta/huikyeectsccie-|ceiseisclsnceceie sree e penmeknik ...-..
elke sess ku-uple .----------. Parle cece cies =clteiste teleGvl arse cece ans |si-ssessceescecee MO!-TOs esse siee es
tche-e/a ---.-.....- ya-ta‘m-kuan....-. si-ra/ua -..--.-..-- -| muka/nakh . ....
ya/-o-weh.---..--- kup-kut ------. .--- mu/m-mul-kun.. - mu’‘k-ku-eh....--
shgi-yau
ah-swark’
yah-tah-huoh
| si-pat’-o
-| ihi-li-o .--
sa-quar-ro
tcha-koark
o-héh-an
tapu-yum
463
464
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES.
SoMONan fF, Wh
BeBe eee eee
CHONAIAATRHOHHHS
20
Tribe and dialect.
201. To sit.
202. To stand.
204. To come.
Shoshoni
Shoshoni .
Pa-Vant
Southern Pa-Uta. --
Pa-Uta of California
Chemehuevi
Capote Uta
(Uinta tae teeter sr eccissacesece ier
Gaitchim (of San Juan Capistrano)
Tobikhar (of San Gabriel)..-...--.
Hualapai
Tonto or Gohun
Diegueio
Yuma or Kutchan
UsletaPueblovsss->------ sso tenes
Tehua on Moqui Mesa
Tehua, Los Luceros Pueblo. ..-...-
Tehua, San Juan Pueblo
Taos Pueblo
Jemez or Vallatoa Pueblo
Acoma Pueblo
Acoma and Laguna Pueblo
SillasPneblosesssesnesessecese sees
‘n-ta .
GAL-TeO scene aiecs=se
Kar-Tohcsceoassececic=
o-sha-age!
oh-sé-ghee. .-----.---
tchi-go-ya
tchi-go-ya
ken-khla-a’
le’-ge-ene
‘n-ta ..
22i-274
to-balxh-aro’
hi/-o-wah
-| Ooraw-quoi .
pike-way.-......---
pike-gway’
pey-kve..
nekhnuma’-kain. - -
nitchika
gi-yamkam -
yah-moum’
te-a-to’-oye.--.-. --
weh-pe-tm-ah .....
FORTY VOCABULARIES OF WESTERN LANGUAGES.
aN
iS
Or
205. To walk.
206. To work.
207. To steal.
208. To tell lies.
209. To give.
210. To laugh.
211. To ery.
| pane-parhay -. -
nu?-uit
pual-na/laigh . --.
ma-1-zit......-.--
nay-sit
nah-is-ceé | .----
te-maya-ita . -.-.
teya-teyakin ---
hinta-akha/-aka .
ovo’-okhtch ..--
me-hue/khvua. --
té-wa/h-hé -.-
-| izzumkyook .. --
eyo’-otitch
pu-kitcha’
-| i-tu/-il.--
co-cheét-wuk. -..
tu-wish-er-er -.
tu-wish-er-eh..
atcha-ta’..... -
ya-ga/re
i-is-t6t
miit-woh-toy -.
-| kue/-nu-vete ---
matakhual
ach-yem-a-yoo/m.
a-tor-a-tai
an-to-ah-me --
ya-khan-to-ame’ .
en-chee-te/
eor-na
quot-chich .-.---
-| en-sem-ih-me . ..
en-3a-mo-me
en-tlat-é-yah .--
sin-yee/
koko-ata-ma --
i-holi-a
en-hay-iuh-me.- .
é-wam-ban-i ...| 7
hamgue’rgik --
guve/guk .....
yai-yu-da@....-.
na-telu’.....
hah-we-ni-me-
géh.
wee-ah.
pko-nu-momo’-
netch.
-| ye-An-net
.| key-en-ne
tchotlo’
in-nat-tehld .--
kee-ahne
ma/-Dilewetess etre
meakain
semka
-| Sas-s6/-um ..-.
chi-ko-warum .
tchego-varum .
tigu-va/tuga. ..
yéh-reh
kay-na-bay ....
nah-kee-6h ....
ca-tchique...-.
.| gush-gaits .. .-
gush-ga-itsi ...
watch-a
psa-guotsan ...
APPENDIX.
ADDITIONS TO THE VOCABULARIES, CONSISTING OF TERMS NOT INCLUDED IN G.
GIBBS’ LIST OF WORDS, AND OF A VARIETY OF PHRASES AND SENTENCES.
GENERAL REMARKS.
The long list of 211 English words, which has served asa guide for obtaining
Indian vocabularies during the last twenty years, is in its main features much older
than G. Gibbs’ time, for printed lists embodying most of its terms were issued in the
form of circulars by the War Department as early as 1804, and most of the vocabula-
ries published by Albert Gallatin were obtained from this source. If abstract terms
had been entirely rejected this old list would have been even more useful than it has
really proved to be.
The old list of words, as well as the more recent one of G. Gibbs, shows deficien-
cies which it is quite important to notice.in order to judge correctly of the merits of
the present collection of forty vocabularies. Of the true character of the Indian lan-
guages, and of the great differences observed among the various Indian languages,
the originators of the lists had a very imperfect idea. They did not specify with ac-
curacy the terms to be submitted to the Indian informants, and, therefore, some
Indian dialects closely related to each other strangely differ in the present collection
in some terms in which we expect them to coincide. Facts like these cannot be charged
to the word-collectors of the volume before us nor to their Indian informants. A few
examples will suffice to put this in evidence: 2
When asking for the terms bear, deer, rabbit, wolf, the investigator will get words
the real meanings of which he does not know; what he obtains he will know only when
he inquires for black bear, cinnamon bear, grizzly bear; for white-tailed deer, blue-
tailed deer, mule-deer; for white, gray, jackass- and cony-rabbit; for gray wolf,
coyote or prairie-wolf. The same may be said of the majority of classes of animals ;
in inquiring for snake, the word-collector usually gets the name of the snake species
most frequently found in the country visited.
The word feather will convey no distinct meaning to some Indians unless asked
for tail-feather, wing-feather, or down. In maize the terms for the various portions of
the maize-stalk must be obtained separately. Most Indian languages have different
terms for clear sky and clouded sky, for the moon as a divider of time and the moon as
appearing in four different phases, for cold, lukewarm, warm, and hot, when referring to
the weather, and when said of animal temperature or the temperature of the water.
Our term friend has no meaning to most Indians, unless you inquire for ‘com-
panion,” or ‘‘one who goes with you, or him.” The idea of warrior is obsolete now
among most tribes of the Pacific States. Valley as well as autwmn are unknown in
A467
468 APPENDIX TO LINGUISTICS.
that sense which we desire to convey, for valley is to them either a grassy plain, or a
cation, deep vale, dell, and their terms for autumn mostly refer to the temperature
of the weather at that season of the year. In most languages stone and rock, hillock,
kill, mountain, and ridge are considered separate ideas, and are therefore expressed by
terms differing widely from each other.
In inquiring for verbs, the sense of the query must be still more specific and unmis-
takable than in inquiring for nouns. Indians possess an infinity of verbs of going,
coming, walking, standing, falling, lying, speaking, seeing, according to the various
modes in which these acts are performed; nevertheless, it is true that some of their
dialects possess generic terms to express them, like the European languages. The
clearest and most definite information for comparative vocabularies can be obtained
here when we inquire for terms unmistakable, and therefore expressed by one Indian
equivalent only, like to bite, to pinch, to scratch, to cough, to breathe, to bend, to twist, to
swell up, to snap in two, to break in two, to break at one end, ete., with their passive, me-
dial, causative, reciprocal, reflective, impersonal forms wherever such are found to exist.
ARIVAIPA—VocABULARY No. 1.
Like all the other Tinné dialects, those of the southern branch of this family present
uncommon difficulties in rendering them phonetically. A long acquaintance with one
or several dialects is required to express any of them with accuracy by means of one
of the modern scientific alphabets. This remark applies as well to the present vocabu-
lary, taken by Mr. G. K. Gilbert, a geologist of the Expedition, as to Nos. 2, 3, and 4.
List No. 1 was obtained, by means of the Spanish language, from Concepcion, a
Mexican, who had been taken captive by the Arivaipa Indians in his childhood. He
spoke this dialect with fluency, but his Spanish was rather defective.
Mr. Gilbert’s sch is the German sch in Eschen; his tsch is a compound of ts and
English ch; ’n is a strongly nasalized n standing without a vowel; ii is the German ii,
and kh the guttural aspirate. Macrons (a, ii) often serve to mark emphasis, not quan-
tity of syllables.
Slin-sn6-sa, star (67); tzitl, hill, mowntain (90); inl-gitr, to rwn (193). These three words are but very poor approxima-
tions to their true sound. mba is prairie-wolf, coyote-wolf; klish-né-zho-zhé (118), lit., ‘‘snake without rattles; ka-di!
enough! that’s the end!
ARIVAIPA—VoOcABULARY No. 2.
Dr. O. Loew obtained this series of Apache words at San Carlos, Camp Apache
Reservation, collating it afterwards with the interpreter, Marcial Gallejos, a Mexican,
who had lived fourteen years among the Apaches. Here, as well as in the other vocabu-
laries obtained by Dr. Oscar Loew, the diacritical marks adopted by him for the t and
the nasalized vowels, as described in “Classification” above, had to be, in many
instances, replaced by i and by n superior: e", i, ete. Softened vowels were written
either a°, 0°, u°, or a, 6, ii.
Additional words and sentences: *
Tinipot, vVase~---cse seer ecicees pes-tus. iBean-plante ges s--hee eee ee mi".
HW olelerccereisee Soapweed (Yucca baccata).. .. koye-tsose.
Squirrel Mullein (Verbascum) .-.------ tseshi.
Crow, raven.......-..---..-..tchishuki. Sunflower (Helianthus). ..--..na-tlitso.
*Sentences partially extracted from ‘‘ Zwélf Sprachen aus dem Siidwesten Nordamerikas, von Albert S. Gatschet ; Wei-
mar, 1876. 8°.” Page 93.
ADDITIONS TO THE FORTY VOCABULARIES. 469
ARTIVATPA—VocaBuLarRy No. 2—Continued.
Many muoh- cans -sscosenacce tlao, tla-o.
Just now, presently .-.......- titchi2.
WATE 7" econ Se acecssaeccest tu-ntchi.
Beer made from Indian corn--tukhl-pai.
nal-tsos.
kat-il-tchir.
tkhli-vi-gil.
tkhli-tares-es.
.-te-ya.
----itkhin.
--tul-kay-a.
shi"-tsal-pay-e’.
i-pesh.
-kli-mil-tsa-se’.
--te-nush.
estla’.
-shi estla’.
ni estla’.
a-guan estla/.
shi to’-estla-ta’.
shi estla’-go.
-shi il-estli-khn.
The water is very far-.-.... ..n-sa"t to’.
The water is good ----.-...... to’ n-sho™.
Where is the water?...--. ....kha-e-la to’?
Whave wood e-2-2-222os2s 22-2 shi tchish ho-tli.
Ihave no wood. -..-- shi tchish e/-ti.
-shi tish-i" i-nte.
-’nte to-hasti"-ta.
He has a horse -.-----.--.---. an itkli hotli.
I have three horses. .----..--. shi itkhli rhage hotli.
Hejhasimest=2-025 252-2222" an pi-i-tsi hotli.
Ihave tobacco ......--..--.-- shi nato hotli.
Ihave many rocks - -- -shi tsé tkhlotash nil hotli.
I give you tobacco...--.------ shi nato shne’.
Iam a good man...-...--..--. ni shi ‘nte ken ni-sho.
To possess, own --
To want, require -...---...--- ashti®, zza-221.
To masticate -.- ---- tish-al.
Tobacco-bag. ---
ReQis2-22ces5 Sensrce~eeeeeeees
Hevis good.....-...-........-..ann” shd
The grass is good. .- ---t10 sho.
He knows nothing. --...-.----- i tu titsa takh.
TRdomotimowyessesesese sae to tistsa ta’.
I want nothing ....-...---.-.. to ashti" ta.
Mamvbunotyeeneasseese saree shi ‘nta-a sitsa.
---tld-o natltin.
‘nta haigo; na to-sho-ta.
The wind blows hard..-..---. nakate n’yul (or nal) itchi".
This mountain is very high-.-..tsikh] n’tcha hi.
I believe it is very near ...... shi akhane nzze.
I have seen many people ..--. shi shi" tau vatye.
Green, tu-tli-shi, occurs in 98, leaf.
Here, n-tsi-ge, No. 162, is the demonstrative pronoun this.
There, a-koy-ya, No. 163, is the demonstrative pronoun that.
Rattlesnake, No 119; compare the tribal name Lipan.
Prairie, ku-til-ko, No. 89, is given in other MSS. of Loew for
mountain, hill.
Hill, tsikhl-nas-a, No. 90, is given in other MSS. of Loew for
island.
NAVAJO—VocaBULARY No. 3.
Obtained by O. Loew at Fort Defiance, New Mexico, in June, 1873:
Cigar - 78. )- ieee ests cneees khlil
EO Qyseen mean anna ees tcha-tlo
Mulepecsoe see see es eee eee tchan-es.
Butterfly.-----..----.-..- ---- kha-nil-ai.
Bag .---- ------AZZ-1LZ.
Saddlasetee sees eae ee - -tkhli-vi-gel.
AWA Eee pee neoeeenerce --te-e-tits-khis.
De ee rere eed a Berea peed te-el-tokho-ka.
Coda en eae ear en kh-khat.
SOAP WEEM eee oe) eases na-tyes-kai.
Saee-brusitesee ose eee tsi-nil-tsil.
Resin, pitch --tche’.
R0Obpeese nea ee ae pe-ke-tlaL.
.-.tkhai.
toku-shi.
To eat -- ..es-tla’, a-te-tlikhl.
To sing... as-trhal, ko-te-trha-l.
To sealp .. tsetsetsokhiskhan.
I do not understand -. -. to-tisa-ta’.
Mj: mine, kha; kha-tsi-tsin, my head. Possessive pronouns
are constantly prefixed to the parts of the animal body.
| All, ital-tso’, No. 157; in other MSS. of Loew, sit-al-tso, cf.
al-tso’, we, No. 152.
JICARILLA—VocaBuLary No. 4.
“The Jicarilla tribe consists of about seventy families, averaging from five to six
persons to a family.
“This vocabulary was obtained from a very intelligent Indian, son-in-law of the
470 APPENDIX TO LINGUISTICS.
chief. After giving it he insisted upon its being read over to him for any corrections
that might be needed..— Dr. H. C. Yarrow.
Additional terms:
Jicarilla Apache (tribalname).Tan-nah-shis-en ‘‘men of the | Whisky .-......-------------- ikush-che-heh.
woodland.” Tobacco-pouch ......-----.---pe-nah-sis-en-déh.
Goatee (sort of beard) .-...--. shit-ta-gah. IB EN?) omeesonabonospascoeescoos cats-tz0.
MnuGkleshecscwscscatecesesieas shil-las-gos-e-téh.
SHOSHONI—VocAaBuLaARy No. 5.
This vocabulary contains: 1, words obtained from natives of Western Utah; 2,
terms copied from “D. B. Huntington’s (printed) vocabulary of the Ute and Shoshone
dialects,” subsequently verified with the help of the Shoshoni Indians visited in West-
ern Utah. Additional terms:
BEAT ssosee ease eaeln doosdaased oo-réts-ey; the generic term tits-o/-mo.
for beast. lay-pe’-ase (Chinook jargon : la
IBS THNG) be spastcHboosdospanenns tun-bip. piece.)
IBLOWilecemactese cea aeereen ners soop-she’-bit. IW Ge oeasc5, cansaencesbos woOshe pit-see.
JORIS Neca Gopcmoososnoonss so-bi/-gush.
1 oncacd Seasap uaDoSE basosoon yo-pe. tu-ww'p.
ANOPUNAS beware cia seen aae kit-tank-nook. --po’.
eoeliS NLM b Lthsteetcletaerersiets siete pan-gwitch-mo-wick. nar-ri/-no.
DOT pc oeseaanonanesscnoe my-beck! imperat. ofma-wash. tab-by ti/-wick.
Gojawayiliscassenseneepoeaesas me-a/-ro ! tab-by ti-ei-i.
SHOSHONI—VocaBuLary No. 6.
Obtained from Shoshoni Indians at Hyko, Nevada.
Goodiwater seco ese sseeeena-- a-op-ne pah, i-van pah. Mountain sheep .-....-..---.- na-ih.
Gunpowdere--s-steonsectes=o=- coo-chop. MUG ee pees eeree recast moo-retz.
1 OWE sBecbonogacacadeuaascsSdd 6-coomb. IOV ie aeeasarooengaeEsyaS Sons sigopitz.
Cottonwood tree (Populus wip, sa-wip IGS Ssoneae ----wa-ra-tatz.
monilifera). Blacksbeetlows-2.ses-sseesori- oh-o0-cooby-chatch.
Wal pass cassso5s Gooccsosse mi-ap’h. Grapesiseesecee seeceecsesess ya-ap’h, ya-if.
AEX: aoadiacicsoonsenaasaped o-embunk, Species of prickly greasewood moo-lou-nup.
Shingesssceccetereeecriosseees na-roo. Moctorieeeese esas -Soesaeaee po-war-rant.
Pantaloonss-co-2 sce-s0--ceese coos. Wihite;man 2. 2s2------- ~~ hyko.
LECH USE caodst dapeoasapadeneSaos pah-rap. Sick white man. . ------byko na-ram-me,
16 Pii oooosocence qcAgcAeSeo sacs ky-chotz. TOSthy- eno == ------ week-a-too.
Handkerchief ..............-- py-you. Neareen ne seen aee nn char-rip.
IB eltiece-see acces naaset eae ni-pop. Mined weemsacscisceeemetisie see eer toon-toombi.
Cloth eer ere saee ease eee mou-kof’p. A long way off -..--....---.-. me/-oneé.
Calicop crew crss che ees eees sou-quarup. A short distance.-.-.-.----.-- cha-ip.
Needle and thread sape-chanum
DRifle\eermasens es ees ateees COCUIP:
GumBbowiecceeetoscesceenceeet arche.
Carbine. .........-.--...-----.toom-pien.
Sunrisesacesse. secacesccceees tar-ri-pitz.
Midday... towai ta-wi. To strike a light -- - man-ik cone.
Box oh-wee’-coo-nup. To smoke tobacco .. quot-ki.
Paint : o/-omp. RO bTealceeeerses ses e eee co-po qtianak, manik copoqna-
Prairie-wolf, coyote. ..........shee-nap. ‘nak.
IND) eS eeeapaseeoSonbHAdadatse ker-ki.
Givesititomhimil oo. oe ee eee neen marang! I know it, over there .......-. 00-woo0-quaroi, poo-qwant-qua-
Giventitoimoe eres saserrerese = neur-’ne marang! roi.
MQ give rtitovhimera-- se sso =e neene marai. Ts heyPOmMois a=. sessecieceseses ooro-uns-kating ?
What time is it?.............. ah-noko-quit-youi ? iam) POMS fees aes lemia elt ae roo-ong-bau.
aWiherenistitites senses pe eec tee ah-ra-wa-co-do-jin ? Be quick now ..----.-----.-- be-tengass-oning, pe-teng-on
AWANQOT SC Setceos soneeaeeeess ah-ra-wa ? ing.
iWihereyisthe ttenmsi-eeseeia =e ah-ra-wa-qua-eeing ? Go home! go back!.........-- pi-equay-i-wan!
ADDITIONS TO THE FORTY VOCABULARIES. 471
SHOSHONI—VocasuLary No. 6—Continued.
Standjup oss 2- san seca win-e-wan! Do not tell him!.............. catch tenay !
Sitd oven We aes eee eee eee ker-kari-van ! Comestomoe)!iececinseeenice her-beur wa-king-o!
To ask to sin hoo-wee-tong-00. PROOMMU GH Rerereteeeraecreetiae ah-wan.
To ask to speak -.-...-....-... em-parang. Plenty of.............:....--.tee-weetz.
Tewillisin oyener eee weeto-wano. To give away withoutequiva- nawash marai.
Iam going to sleep -----opwi-i-wan, opwi-i-ban. lent.
ROMGTAVE eens -- --00-raw-quoi. By and by rain comes on ..... peki pah-gur-nap pee-pee-che.
I will not do it -.-----catcho wan.
PA-UTA—VocAaBULARY No. 7.
Vocabulary No. 7, with these additions, gives the Nuéguntits dialect of the Pa-Uta
Branch, spoken in Las Vegas Valley, Nevada.
zamitamop. Blanket ..-..-- sédasopndsose6ss ossowim.
kai-zot. RN Os aosrenactebadosduscecesds tiupe-wine-up.
hungitz. REV be ecaossesedacsan cobcndo0 carrau-oop’.
tepera-bi-ye. Carbine .....................-atch.
IMatchesscaseee asso asa snes mahi-gone. Ristolemereceeeceeciiecccce eT towittee-patch.
AS isece ceeeos eeemscescoesd paritchive. Suvarnwee sce wa eeie see piavee.
Old man .............--.--.---nap-po. RDU Klecécopacsoohe base oF zit-ny-ook.
REMARK.—The Pa-Uta will not tell a ‘‘Hyko,” or white person, their name for baby or anything else they hold dear,
believing it would bring ill luck to the object of their regard.
PA-UTA—VOCABULARY No. 8.
Same dialect of Pa-Uta as vocabulary No. 7.
SUOD leeee eee ae ceere! muck! cai-zat, cai-tchot.
Spring of water..--..- -pah-punip. he-ba-nub.
RUNG cesecsrenccncectemccancts na-rand. za-me-ti-moeb.
Pate re ae eee te-pe-ra-boi. kanap.
Blanket aa- essen tea naan mur-ro. haug-gize.
Book, printed matter. .-..-.--- poe-o-quat. zin-u-ak.
PA-UTA—VOCABULARY No. 9.
This vocabulary, with the additions subjoined here, gives a Pa-Uta dialect as spoken
at Cottonwood, a short distance northwest of Las Vegas.
hy-ko. Horse-flygace-riacccccuicietsester's i
tau-wats. Blanket ..-.
mamau-mitz. Beltjszeree -—
ta-toi Scabbard ..
se-me-ta-mup. Aa bCHesW a cwereacraleiieie = alel-foicine
- -he-ben-up. LG caceBe caseo, casadeuash68
pa-poon-up. Canteenna:-ceiasber aeaeses a
ki-chaw. : Pine (Pinus edulis) ........---te-wa.
cota - na-row. Mountain mahogany tree (Cer- he-bo-ma.
Wantaloonsiee na eons o 2 koos. cocarpus ledifolius).
RAM Peoree cecrecceceaoceneucce pack-up. Cedar-tree-- 2 oon... eee 2. saw’-we (nasal).
PA-VANT—VoOcABULARY No. 10.
“Many of the words given here are taken from D. B. Huntington’s (printed)
vocabulary of the Ute and Shoshone dialects, but were verified by myself from Indians
used as guides and others.”—Dr. H. 0. Yarrow.
By inadvertence this vocabulary was placed among the Pa-Uta dialects, while its
proper place would be with the Uta vocabularies, Nos. 14, 15, and 16,
29 CI
472 APPENDIX TO LINGUISTICS.
PA-VANT—VocABULARY No. 10—Continued.
Additional words and phrases:
TOA S6-polemiresacciesaeacicasaa a wahn-din’. Antelope ces: ssescee see eee wan-zi'ts.
Airow-point. - pan-no!’w-nup. Boat ...- .-0-bi/s-hock.
LiGiT Cen ona EeeeUpessecies wei/-tch (pronounced with | Bed ..-..-.. --Sham-n’p.
forcible expiration). Beads ..- . -tso.
Clock; lit., ‘‘sun-trap”’. ------ tab-by-nu/mp. Comb. - --nan-zu/r-inump.
Beaver-trap ----...-.-...----- pow-inch/-yeari-nump. Chair! 2222 s-).celseseee a seees car-ry/-nump.
“Wish-hunting”. 2.2.2.2. .--- pan-gwitch’ pushager. Cloud 3.222. eeese soeceseessee pah-ge/r-nump.
Red shirt an-ka/r tah. -.waap.
Yellow, or brass-colored------ wab-ke'r(alsopnamenofiaice- |i Caticeceaesen con cece ea een eee moo-chich.
lebrated Uta chief). Doctor: /.s22.=2-22--oaescssees poy-gan’d.
Oldimansesetes seen eee cna nan-i-peds. . -shin-no’b.
To be drowned; lit., ‘‘to pah-e-i-i’. _tu-shu/-kent.
water-die.” Arh _.tum-by/-00.
All gone.-----.---------------to-pie/-quay. Gone away; lit., ‘not stay- katz ka/-ra.
Gowwithime |e sare eee eee tam-my/-nah-wah ! ing.”
Liar .......-..-------------+-- tu-wish’-er-er. Tnterpreter eaceee) acs. ee 2 aneneuane
Ido not know ..........------um-pio!; katz poo’-soots-a-way. | What do you call this? .....--an-na/-neah?
SOUTHERN PA-UTA—VocaBuLary No. 11. (Additions inserted after Voc. No. 22.)
PA-UTA OF CALIFORNIA—VocanuLary No. 12. (Additions inserted after Voe.
No. 22.).
CHEMEHUEVI—VocABuLary No. 13.
The few additions to this vocabulary, obtained on Cottonwood Island, are as follows:
Worefin fen swansseecsccia=/aee ee mwakuw-uyon. Meittleyine eres seer eels make/nun.
Middle finger. ............---- ma-o/ran. Cottonwood tree-..----------- savib.
‘Ring fingertsosecss = seer eas mako/-avun. Mesquite tree ...-.- ...---..-- kuya/ramb.
UTA—VOCABULARY No. 14.
The author makes the following additions:
JANIS TA ogee a eceboncesesned mono-na-ai/-maik. Sit down'! -..--.---.-- -ka/-di!
PASTCEH ea ocee= ee --toi! | Sage-brush (Artemisia) - - Sho-wa/hp.
iBalsamlfine sen eine ease |saeleee a-wu/mpf. Sweetlelders- 2-25-2225 -1o--5=" kuw-nu/-wup.
Beli ee iee tetenies nicwacla aerate na/-nung-tsup. Shinh ee ec eet s- een eee tah.
Branch-lodge (hastily con- wick-y-up. Sunrise ..--.. - - -ta’-bi.
structed). TTOWSCISieos ners see ae cee eee eK O-SUL- Ds
Gooseberry bush ..-....-.---- po-su’-ge-wu/mpe. |) GaP ceodanctessssesonewasaces tu’-idz.
Haitieeacene ater saens sce atee? ka/h-tsop. | --a/-war-rah.
Hone ysuckl Giecse saa aeeie t= poh-ut-sum-ab. was-nu/mp.
iMoustachejeneses caesar esas mu-chu/mp. ka-nu'p.
Quakingiasp:scssscasee see a a tsi/ng-up. a-ku-si/b-0-ab.
CAPOTE UTA—VocABULARY No. 15.
Obtained from Chi-u-ma, the councillor or third chief of the Capotes, who under-
stands Spanish himself and was aided by an interpreter. The Capotes live near the
Jicarilla Apaches and intermarry with them.
Midnight os: -2. cceevec es. : to-wo-to-wah-e. Don’t understand! - .......-.. kats a-pu-suts-away !
How do you call it'?...........ah-gal-e né-ah ? What is your name?...---.... ah-gah-ah ne-ah ?
UINTA UTA—VOCABULARY No. 16.
Obtained from a young Ute Indian, Richard Komas, who was educated at Lincoln
University, Chester County, Pennsylvania, and died at Philadelphia in 1876. He was
thoroughly familiar with the English language. In comparing the Uta vocabulary
ADDITIONS TO THE FORTY VOCABULARIES. *473
inserted in “ Zwolf Sprachen,” taken from the same informant by Dr. O. Loew, some
differences in pronunciation will be observed.
We insert the following additions :
Cloth, dress, garment ---...---ta. Leather shoes or boots ......- pig-ah-wats.
Scalpjsessoseeee sees ecec ocean tohts-sibe-woov. Jackass-rabbit ....-...-.--.-. to-sah-cam.
Pon FUG wena nee een nena ah-och ; also,cup made of the | Little hare ..-....... .. tah-woots.
horn of mountain sheep. Goose, No. 124, Loew: ava/nursk.
Hand rence ose SmenneaceoDs mu/-n; also, stone-pestle. Yes indeed! .--..:. _-iiv-eh car-rim !
Canvas 'tent/-----------------5 pance-se-khan. ROVE Oeecemecr -quo-e.
Female breasts ---...-.----.--- pe-e, tato; also, milk. To tell lies ...... -mo-wa-pw-re.
Ax; lit., “large hatchet”... --. a-ya-timp pan-nump. IN fansapanesa - -ne-nah.
IVY ISK yee a eee tne ane an gkoon-ah-pah (translation of | Our ...... ..-.-.-.-..--..----- tah-me.
Span. aguardiente).
What is your name?.-.....-..an-neh-um neh-ere ? Tamia'soldier ..-..2.....2---: ne-ere sojur sut-que-ty.
Who are you?.._............. an-ah-rum ? in-a-rum ? Tam a friend to the Indian -..ne-ere nun-zu tig-av vo-vent.
MOQUI—VocCABULARY No. 17.
Vocabulary taken in Tsitsimodvi Pueblo, on the northeastern mesa. Additional
terms and specimen of verbal inflection :
Trail
Cloud
Mh yptath Olyesm aes se sei-= sis un-a-a.
Tis father. -- f-na-a.
DA ee ere nanau-e. Chickenghenteeceestectese sean kvoa/-ko.
Sheep Name, i-i No. 131, is doubtful; another list has nu’/h-th.
No more, enough
LEGO ee emer eceC meee n Ecce ce They eat ..- - -mi/wa nishni.
Thou eatest ishni. I do not eat...-..- .-ne ka nishni.
NG Gata eae ae ens bam nishni. Thou dost not eat ---um ka nishni.
WiGGS Veer eecmeceanneeeocece itam nishni. T have eaten .-- .na ne nishni.
VOC eee heroesoceenaoedsnos uma nishni. I have not eaten............-. na ne ka nishni.
TAKHTAM—VocaBsuLary No. 18.
Additional nouns, verbs, and sentences :
My eyelids ose aaseas een novutchavam. IMOIStfresats atesete nema kopinmishk.
My eyebrows -----. .-.---.-..-nuvayuhuyum. Quick ... --navi-ik.
MiysEneG<-nsectenn sono --nitei/ke. Sweet ...-..-. - pikhet.
Pot, vase (Span. olla) - --pa-at. The same one.. --hau/ktch.
Horse To possess, own . --yanumukain.
To smoke bivt.
Devil To scratch itakhn
House : To cough. - --koimuktch.
SO eee rede ee ccoeccosocztosccd ika. To spit ne/ahatch.
Hard Praesens hakopnutchu. TOISNCOZOjsae-e oe -eeeeeiecee: ahatchislin.
PE OC ee ges ae kopinhavak. LORV OM Greate metesstetetistemetser bishin.
I possess a horse ..-----.----- ne-ne/atchu-une. I stay in the house ........-.- ipin katchaka nikivin; nikivin
ka/tchaka.
KAUVUYA—VocaBuLary No. 19.
The formation of a plural in the substantive is shown by the following instances,
to which others are added in the ‘‘ Comparative Table,” inserted after Vocabulary No. 22.
BEST eerie Ecteeencece nakhantch,pl.nakha/nitchum, | Horse ...-..------------------ pashogat, pl. pashogtum.
nankha/nitchim. Coyote-wolf (Canis latrans) -. -isil, pl. istum.
NOLES epee cectrecosenescne ni/etchil, pl. ningitchum. tukut, pl. tuktam.
Boy ------ tiat, pl. tigitum. ki-yul, ki-ul, pl. kinlem.
Git] .-.- -nau-ishmol, pl. nau-ishmoilum. a-avat, pl. ava-atum.
Eye (my)- ---ne-abush, pl. hembush. pokauet, pl. pokanetum.
DOG ------ ---aual, pl. aualum, aualme. vigitmol, pl. vigitmoiluin.
TOU ieeeacsee nee coc Omen Oee ta/yut, pl. ta/vutim. panyit, pl. panyitum,
POUUOIBG oseoe vas lew mene ayil, pl. ayilum.
474
APPENDIX T0 LINGUISTICS.
KAUVUYA—VocABULARY No. 19—Continued.
The following nouns, all inanimate, do not inflect for number: house (No. 53),
bow (No. 56), arrow (No. 57), hill; stone, rock (Nos. 90, 92).
mivakha tuekat ?
Where are you going to ? ...-.mivikin ihitsakal ?
What do you want? ----- ---mi-ikhuan ?
Tam scared.....----- - ni yugekal.
We go together. - -umuntchu nitchi-im.
Why do you go?...........---mi-ikhon ihitsakal ?
ewan t Worle oo ae een nian entu vakha/-aka.
How are you? - -mi-iakhon e-okal? |
itidowmnll Res sccc eects ese == a ni-a/-atch ! |
I have seen you ........-..--.. junte-okval.
Ihave one dog ...-..-.- --pinyaukal auval
Tknow you...---......... --ene’-eninkal.
I teUsyOWeeee seein i/-i kue’-ekhkal.
Mdonib kno waeserrsccsesciescise hemakilbene’-nauk.
Mlikentmuchy esse emcees penyakon atsa-e.
Heelies = cseeseegeeere ce .---etaka.
BVivah GC18 mews sm seme siete ciation ne-etaka.
GAITCHIM (OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO)—VocABULARY No. 20.
The Indians speaking this dialect inhabit a number of farms and towns situated
on the coast of Southern California, near the San Juan Capistrano Mission buildings,
and in the Santa Ana Mountains.
No. 22.)
Cf. below: “Comparative Table” (after Vocabulary ’
Additional words, phrases, and sentences :
Milky way, galaxy -.....-..-- ohu/-ute.
Silversessas eee tence: sesinbur (Hnglish? ).
Gold teencs-anentacneeen ees: gono’knitch.
Dry gulch pa-al peya’-alinge.
Grapevine. -scsncceccisc esr) eee mokvui't.
TEINS teronedcsoonsogaatignaD[D puvu'y.
SmellNodorteccecesecerecceecs a-akhgap.
Coyote-wolf...... ...-.-.-.- ~- ano’.
GWrlld Smad ese como cte sen steals voltu.
Wheat fcawtentccissaceciesieacieciines non na’ - atchkhun; non
na/atchkonk.
Thou eatest --..----..--.----- om na/-atchkhun.
He eats, that man eats ....--.- vuna’l na/-atchkbun.
\WYOGCEH Soonpeandcssacaceoseqss tcha/-am tchem na/atch-khun-
von.
BVO! Rt noeece se qepscisneeineae roe omo’m na/-atchkhunvon.
They, those men eat.--...---- vuna/-alum na/atchkhunvon.
Dhave eaten -..-----2=-----.- non omu na/-atchkhungat.
I have not eaten.----.-....... non kai na’-atchkhungat.
Iam going to eat..........--. ati-i na na/-atchkhunlet.
WLOUSO serene sess s a gi, ki
Houses (collectively) ----..--- gish.
Mey hOuSOyeaseccsoee secon eee ni ki.
Thyshousessss-ece eee eee eee ekiom
His house --. pi ki vunal.
Ourhonsesmeessces= sees esis tcha/-am tchum ki.
Sourshonses\eacns <a aonoed oma ki.
mMheinshouses\saesssenee feces vunal tcha/-am tchum ki.
How many houses? ..-...---- hiktchum ki?
My house is large ......-..-- ni ki magat. =
Thy house is small ...........e ki olusekela.
Our houses are large .-...---- teha-am tchum ki mamtakara.
My house is in the mountains-ni ki pu kanvinga.
Emboredoqdbad SapceOSenHON mo‘num
----miknosho-om mongot ?
Wucied metche so-om mana’ ?
npEdaooos no/n-e kauvi’-ik mana’.
---hani ma-agotum tcho’-o-onum.
Tired, exhausted -......-.---- mo!-ik
ISIC a eceauasoesoocunsadades vuymkhant.
i heme’khmitch.
-. tchoro’khont.
polo’-oy.
IPrethyanss acess nape eecteeee gava/yovitch.
To cover up -yumu'le.
SP oubreake sper cone eee - -gera'pe.
Towind Weasescemecserees --tolo’-ue.
Moloseises= see eeweae sees tau-vashk.
pal ivi huikhnot pal geletch
poto.
non oik te/levtchok.
Water is better than wine. --.
I want to speak to yon (lit.,
“to see you’).
I have rheumatism
Did you not see my father ?...
RaseIaBACE non lamlunk.
kaiso-om nanai tele/vuak ?
The fish is in the ocean tusukha momnga.
(momt, ocean).
Iam going to cook beans. ..-. non kalelet tolo’vt.
The wind blows hard .......- hwngal khoyak po/manok.
Wait a moment! .......-.-... ni gua’te hi-ikmonga!
----mitcha/ so-om i-ik?
Thank you, lam well ...-.. -- non lo/-ovokon kai mitcha-i-ik.
How many horses have you? -hiktchumna-a/-atchumkalvon?
The moon is smaller than the temet magat, moil poto hu/ikh-
sun; lit.,‘‘sunislarge,moon nunga.
small is more.”
‘Titel Vow sseeete ens cesses non oya/-ak.
I know you ..-. non oyo/nank.
Ido not know .--.--....-..--- kai no aya/luek.
Ilike it much ...... ...--...- non oyma/mak po/manok.
Wamvatraid (=o atcaciamiee sas non shuvo’-ok.
gt hinkkwessen cence eaeecee non mushuvuvoik, non pushu’-
unpuvoik.
I own, have, possess ; lit., ‘‘It nobnimi-ikh.
is mine.”
(Perhaps \eseeeecseceesiseese see te/-espoko-oho’.
Behind eseeececcy ceases poma/-atchukh.
JBL spaseeanbHdoouO QDUeSSoS yemaik.
Together; lit., ‘‘One all” ---.supul teho’-o-onum.
To the right ...............--- o’plek.
Moxtheilefts esos snes oe e‘tchvuk.
47
ADDITIONS TO THE FORTY VOCABULARIES. 5
GAITCHIM (OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO)—VocasuLary No. 20—Continued.
A few instances will show the formation of the plural in substantives :
-shumal, pl. shushngalum.
tot, pl. to’-otum.
Horse - --------na-a/-atch, pl. na/-atehum.
Woman .-- Soda
Indian. ...........-.-.-..-..--atakh, pl. ata/khum.
Stone, rock
TOBIKHAR (OF SAN GABRIEL)—VocaBuLary No. 21.
When Dr. O. Loew visited the country around San Gabriel Mission in June, 1875,
he was told that only two old men able to speak their paternal language were living,
the rest of the Indians having exchanged their vernacular for Spanish. He visited
them both, and from one of them, Fernando Quinto, a nonagenarian chief, who seemed
to be near his dissolution, he obtained the vocabulary with additions. This old man
remembered having seen one of Colonel J. C. Frémont’s expeditions.
nonim kva-a’/kh. Ouribands esata sccescee= coe iyo/’m ama/n ue’.
--0a kya-a/kh. Your hands . - ue’ nuperko iyom aman.
pe-es kya-a/kh. Mheirhandseoscesieosssysscice: ue’ nuperko iyom aman.
khai ni kva-a‘kh.
--nonim kya-a/ron.
-- khai ni kva-a/ron.
--yamo ni kya-a/kh.
-khaipo ni kva-a/kh.
-onam aman.
-aman para.
aman hurura.
My first son
My second son .
mu piar varake.
Sua8es -ayan ni ikok.
Miyathinrd' son eect =nrl apayan ni ikok.
The water is good tiribit par.
I have two burros (mules). --..nona vauhe eni-in buroa/.
T have bought a burro no nahuat buroa’.
I shall buy a burro ne hua/ron naik buroa/.
My burros are white raua/nat nihin buro.
I shall eat .-.-
I shall not eat
T have eaten. -
KECHI (OF SAN LUIS REY)—Vocanuuary No. 22.
This vocabulary, taken at San Luis Rey April 24, 1876, differs considerably from
the one obtained at the same town twenty-five years ago by the Hon. John Russell
Bartlett (Pacific Railroad Reports, vol. ii, part 2 77), and seems to represent
, page 77
another subdialect. Cf. Buschmann, Spuren der aztek. Sprache, page 550.
Additions:
1 neces: emcee saseecacoce AMOsH-MOlAGs ee ee aL DOWiesiec eciscitectciiacinn se lstetoe chem-me-ka/-wah.
Go away! ---wak-ke-li-ni-yu ! - ok-sa/k.
Clonds --- ---ah-wa-wun-nik. ..chuk-ku-chuk-was.
GS ememecceccceme sceopeSe ee MGs Gast-1 een geal LO{SNCOZO eo erc een cae cl niecices nok-sa-eh.
COMPARATIVE TABLE OF TERMS OBTAINED IN FOUR NUMA DIA-
LECTS AND IN MOHAVE.
Substantives.
English Southern Pa-Uta. Pa-UtaofCalifornia Kauvuya. Gaitchim. Mohave.
| —rineras Vocabulary No. 11. | Vocabulary No. 12.| Vocabulary No. 19. | Vocabulary No. 20. | Vocabulary No. 24.
PRHOGfo ses eam eta ewe hoe cuenecce | seeeees occeacieen bere tulnik, pl. tulnik- | tehimutch-mutch -|magua/-kui niu-hata
| tchim.
| Sieeqs eee eee | nara/vongg -...--- pepeecccencenecrOae D2) -aibarmetelne = ae 2icle are okhe’-u-ut .-.. ---. amo-nio-hata ..-.-.
| Monuntammisheepes-+|magh--+--.-22--4--|\vonigal-a (Sp. bar-|||.----4-2--s-a-<-<0--||\ e-<02--2-e4-c sees amo’, avil-amo/ $235)
| riga). y
atjceee see eee aa Mie Secocseiccc mere. PEA-VUB ecw ace ai= kauvil, pl. kauvi-|-....-.--.---------- ‘amail paleeese assent
| lum.
(i eececereccencace tOkUDAvntse acne lesecase- tot ecae ae tukut, pl. tuktam .|.----.---.22.-2:... TUL) Kesebhetemac
Mouse .-. -| pu-uy-tchats -..-- | pu/-itch .......- Te AU ocx eoonen|mopdesesacedoneD “o5 BiG easenactoassned
Od epee dnl DERE teachin Peer bed CeCe Are POE Pee EE CETON PRE tee Soe Oates enee rs Pree Beerorctnce ere tako'pi-it.--:-..--. |
Scorpion .....---..- [Wa paeviteeensenos|peseaces eee se BUY ile seca ee s-|-comer een ae es MANi-1S eee eee
Tick, louse, dipteron | paatsiv..-..-..-- | eae peeve ae joaieciate| sete s asta ae ese Il laweaial seem cranes itsi-paya’.......-. |
Ant (small black)...| pase/-ab...-....-.. bee eere eer eee ANICETM estes tee ral yee ee nee veer horo!-olesesee ae
! | |
APPENDIX TO LINGUISTICS.
English.
Southern Pa-Uta. | Pa-Uta of Cal.
Vocabulary No. 11. | Vocabulary No. 12.
Kauvuya.
Vocabulary No. 19.
Gaitchim.
Vocabulary No. 20.
Mohave.
Vocabulary No. 24.
| Butterfly
Ant (large, red)
Ant (small)
Cricket
Grasshopper . --.---
Frog, toad
Spidersesss sce cnc-i-
Horned frog --------
Demented, lunatic --
Medicine man
Devil, spectre
Sagebrush
Cottonwood-tree - -.-
-| kvaroyuu
| po’-arhant..-. .---
hogu’vitsits ..--.-
sau-ivab, mugvu’e
| atrha’bits ......---
voa-atats .... ----
fata/bitseeee-=-—-
MoDUabiseac eel
Bunch-grass
Mesquite (screw
bean).
Mesquite (flat pod) .| o’-ob ....-.-------
RY stitee ea saatoonsas purhu-an ..--- ..-
Wore-arm'-~---7----- maheigon ..--.----
Calf of leg -- -| vuytsan.-
Buttocks .---.---. -- kyuitump
EN Ostrilee cate sceee movitob
Hyebrows..---....--- potungavum .....-.
Hyeballs.-....-..--. ashubotu/rugutsin.
TER EIGES- ooanae donnée béssacasnepaecancade
Shoulderiz*---sss-2|"oon ess osese se sees
MN ee nese ececiecain cs |tosancisse cee secon ce
Ml bOWrereee seme teciine|Sessec ce meceeecioce
(Wine saree eee = 1 tgcigapseessetacsae
ICO sesocaes Hobase kuitsab -...-...--
Grapepseseqse—eerei- i-Vabjoes-2osece er
(ONCE EGY soasda-qbo docs
Potatoes - ---
Cup wollacss 2 ae
Smallicup ec seee ee SSA SSO ARR OAREDS
Large cup, pot -.-..-- pa/mpun, himbuts -
Basket.....-.- Bc) 0
SUNTISG ease eee tava/va-aug ......-
Noon .-.-..........-| toroy-tavay ......-
Afternoon . vui-shu/ba-bué ..-
Sundownles cesses ogangunauk. ....--
Midnight -.-........ torhoi-tovan ......
kanga’vitsits . ..--!
| ya-rhua/s .-
-| hano-po/oka
tchamathu/lye - --.
mugit, kavuida -.--
| a/gish, hua/-tata ---
tavasi-vui
toki-tave’/nu
tave/’nu
tave-zzopa/b
| toshumi’b
\
vuy-it
vokhatchil, pl., vo-
a/khaslum.
.| eputcha/-vay-im -
seklalmolm - .-----
voyatehil
esua/notum
vo-e/-etum
vokhau’t, vokhau’-
kela.
novaya-vasek
nosho’-okum
nete‘melekum
mitiho’-ongum ...-.
idauk -...
itchibsk
hanigo’
kvalo-yau’va ......
aga/-aga
homonab
nya'badi .....-.-..
alkh-a!
aya’, ana/lya
matmaguilya - .-.-
salgo-nepa/-napa --
memovai'lya
hi-ue/ya
hi-ho’go-gopa
yoko’-ora’
hido-koyo-oya
him.
hiv-thu-uk
hitchi-e/ragik
kamtchul-gvili-
vinya.
ama/mudil (milk-
bread).
anya/-bilq’
-| anya/-too’/ruk......
anya/-tonaim .-
anya-hauvk
tinya/mbin-ve-uk. .
ADDITIONS TO THE FORTY VOCABULARIES. ATT
|
English Southern Pa-Uta. Pa-Uta of Cal. Kauvuya. Gaitchim. Mohave.
2 Vocabulary No. 11.| Vocabulary No. 12.) Vocabulary No. 19. | Vocabulary No. 20. | Vocabulary No. 24.
Daybreak: ------.-- TARTIGIED NR son och sa gackdoenmesodsesened Kereuadoosebas nesces| Keagseasbasmaaccsens
| Clouds ....-- ----.- | auva-puy-getu".--.] to/-umb’ .--. ....-- vue/-vunish .....-. tuvi-itch
RI Ven eee se aces parha SoeaeobND
ION teeceecs secones tibimag po-to/u-ul
Road, trail. po-o .----
{Sand @-cses eee: tovuib
Bad smell. ---------- TEETH coscasoo sd eecaee cosSodeassbns |boosgecepsoneccodas |bioussosostbasaennes huilyu-uik .....--.
Pain (in the bowels) | saroya-aya’....-.--. Kohe-gamat ...-.... TATE Gegg condendal boncooobeosodesenao hito/ravk.-.-...- i
totsiva-gang-aya!.-|..----.-----.---.--- emuk-nikal . .---.. ni-yw-u-huguki . -. . | techuksa/ravk......
Pain (in the head) --
Blanket -------
etnilia-mosaba .
| Handkerchief ..-. -- hamushu-guailpa. .
Suspenders .--.-.---| hani/-iba’..........
Pobittecsss-ce~-c--mn= emata-kohava .....
Pantaloons cnbecoedscecnaoo guar bemoctdod osu doedesds locouteboosbubscsonse memtoko-hava ....
1S tr ceceee coc tso-to-a! .-- mokupura..--..--.
Leather strap----..--| anga/siurub ..-----|.--.---------.------|----+ ayl-ulaisiess seein:
TSC AIGR LEYS cosocoed | MME) eodacasocce] beoaasooeccaonadebad| saagaoonsueqsodecsed Fecoccocedaascsayoon aghma/lia .........
Saddle ...-..---..--. kare/‘nump ---..-- nateno’-0 .....----- IGN Socopscode| Ponbcensctensd goonds hata-ghlal ...... --
Bridle-bit ------..-.-- tumpa/nurhump --| topa’sa-niga’/-am. ..| tamanyakalet .....|.......-.--.----.--- hati-a/nik .......-.
SE ssrces cotcesccd tayo’po-vonu'mp -- tirama/n .... ..-.-- WMV oodtcassod| besosadcodoadaboobob ahat-kagham . ..--
Stirrup s-sse==2==—-= tane-cmump----=-) NATA-Laral-A- cesar | eres eocecs lose scene |modecieane = cen esa me-aghdam . ...--.
MGS eecoss tencsasce nant-h .....- .-...- | tu-uhap ..-.-..----- ovuish-kha/got ....| va/-amot .---.. ..-. tchu-kve'va .......
Liste ee oneerccceeace pana-marhib --.-.- THEE EE op om Sead SeeocoescoosDasEscod bocosasdaacesceoesod shalda/-ab -.......-
Adjectives.
Siokqesesseseeeeeee=s narha/-mavitch...-|..-.....-------.---- FG) eenedoocsados peSoncoueadestassa5 itchapnok-.......-
Hard, strong --------[-----------2--------|--------0----- 2. ~~~ UNO) pccace noscaued bara/brhitch .-..-. hithperum ......-.
St eee secconccected PEEceseeceoncoroshod| bacseconSescasencced BecoaasceEs SooraasHe yi-makant .-.. .... mavyi/-ithum. ..-.--
Poor (not good) -- ala/-ebetitch. -
Poor (not fat).--...- okha!-ark -........
taruy-anv, kutu’tsi
gatch-narhami-uay
nanoksh ...,.-.---
| tatual
roakhish .....
kilia-ivok........
benesh-ga/-atch .. |
na/ngvitch ....--..
tomovit
potum-ga/-atch ....
ayu’-o
anva/khoy
emengev
vayakhant
avi'-hiu/omotum. .-
aM Uleeeae cisene noe
matchame’-buik . --
qnailgahauk ....---
thoma/-amk, tho-
lak.
tchagvoa/ro-motum
aha/yum ..-... ----
hero’-obk...--.----
hithpermutum - --.
kumu-vuil
kitcha/-kuithk ---.
aku/-utchum
ala’ gual
amathu‘liam
itchagno-motum. --
478 APPENDIX TO LINGUISTICS.
Verbs.
Southern Pa-Uta. Pa-Uta of Cal. Kauvuya. Gaitchim. , » Mohave.
English. Vocabulary No. 11. | Vocabulary No. 12. | Vocabulary No. 19. | Vocabulary No. 20.) Vocabulary No. 24.
penyaukal...... .. Pasty Yenesosaccd
henpas-khamka -.. ----| hathu-wilk........
pinsa/tchumink -..| mushuvu-voik, pu-| numu-bw/lya, ali-
shu-un-puvoik. e'ta.
pepw-ankal ......- bu/-ughe:---..--- tchabo-thoik ......
o/-okh-kal ......-.. Ukth-62¢ceanscse ee: Of OLC Dee ee seee
Tosbuntiesssscenssee pusha/rhaye....... Ty hy Gocpenalpsoocuodedoncaosadcs
Toburn (fingers, etc.)| kvashotsan. .| kutait, goss -.-....| ma/’-e -
To paint oneself ..-.| nan-a/-buv ---..--. ina/vishan
gutsu/narha ....... nava/gi-at,tukhit! | pake-tcho’-inkal -.| tchukh-e ........-. hi-hatche/yok-muk
vu-u/kuib ......-. ..| nata-gvuene-et ....| paputsakal.-....-. wall-eis2-2=/4ssevs06- hitchibsk ..-......
vu-ey-guts kva-toha’t ---. -. MAAN Kea re erates metalmietelaees ae mia eta a alate hin-ailk -..........
..| to-tu/nanang .. agmlapunab, bO-nal 2) 2a) sitet nieiae eae ale ola etaye = elmiel= .| techutch-gamk .....
LOUSAV-ManOVerN a) |Pommenitee sac se sleie sae| ne eieiere aries tae tcleierel= | tens ote mr aeleloeiie see he/-etauk..........
oshu’-guya’..--.-.. goshu-huvie’rutim | m’-kvuy-vuyka..-..| hu-ike..........-.. tchoho-ik ...-....-
BSBA SHES Sn se cho sone POHBAaSOPeIaaaeSeHOS pingi/liayka .......| sho/-oke ...........} shague/ilk.........
Bapocondusaaasooote OYT/=Ty ssjsseiniaielse sn !-||| CIPLVIS Kaa n.atcia <iat-| TN yel- Ose cece lseee LOK jena styeemieneree
LO-Of VAN Ge eco =e tu-gu-kokvat ...... pin-ge’-aka ........ KO-0:Osaneeshee eee tehiki/-auk ........
To smoke (tobacco) .| ko-o/ tokay ..-..--. pa-hmu"-it ........ | mbivo-ok.......... hu/-ushe......-.-...| athipa, a-o/vathib -
To make....-..<.--- tsarhay, uni/ga....| uabait pengulial .. valOWd!-0-0 scenestacee kitcha-ok ...... ...
Mowtake-cc---sesce ee hicOyMksesssees ae | ovate aaa se esaeeees |) POMP US anaerement Pal-O-0..-- ose --0ee-] Kita-Ole- 22222 wweene
TojSN6CZO: sec eee ce| secs seeceeceteee ee MW ViK aes sessile hatsi/-i-e -.........| atchu’-isk .........
Toishuti(the'door))=-|-s2-c-c 222 see see's tefmivuin' =. ses. MAK < Socccise canes = Kisape’-etum ......
Movopen\(the;dooy)a-|eeea-eete sees sect alke-vuin ..-.-....- hacd-e-6 ...--...-.-- ko-ta/-akkum ...-..-
tushuy, pa-a/ro-oy - tchutchukal. . tauva/-am ... 2
nava'gurha .....- 5 hena/mika ......-- - hamo’-o-otuk ....-.
oosctovasobad| bocadanocbsecoodtinad lkbcassboscetesononen pena/na-alkal......) tuvi-uw/nga..-.... .| kutchumule-.......
. i
Particles.
Poawocisiccbosss ste huvina/gue.....-..| kimuy-kan .......-] pesa/-onga.........| matara..-.---.....
wha, upa-a/n-i-i...| ive............2--- petwkesseesee sees pushu/n-nga.....-- Bu Vatessechocoose
tu-umbay-au ......| bamare ..-......-..| tuksa/milka....-..
PoESOHSHeuS Sonos lboestadsocuscoacoss hungay-kan .......| poma’-atchukh ---.).--.-..--.+---------|
With, together... -- ITE E Nese Abodea| Scab eoossocsisaccospod makamkainuk. - --- supul-tcho’-onum. | payahana ...-...-.
On‘other;side:yonder|'kvaya'ntovat).<2-.\|------2--0 =e qes-|eescenee sass ee cee ses gitchamgu-muk -..| akh-ke/-el .-....--.
ERD Wha yt 8 Sop SaShed HpSoeoceaeorao bashes PeccCVapSSCpaAaueA ae beancsceseeeeacooses ‘Oplekxtest sesece mae shal-yahana -
eLovtheefiseeee nent | soca tee cere he eye seme ren eee ne | Rom a etare eree eyneiae e'tchvuk .-...-..-- shal-gvathara ..-.
Also, too . . . 1 ispamoenonaTenod benuecdcansaceSaccod
Perhapsyocsseece= =e alye’-etum .....--.
BeAQDSDHEOSD DOHODOCH| Hoaond bhooodopebsbAd omMe/re! cise - i's
SHbdns pnd SESS onsd btoetodas ose sue gso se plithe~ ==. -.-2-.--
poendsasbescdecshey tcha-a/hama-hana -
: akhotk (good!) ----
tavis tehivil ........--..
! —_»
ADDITIONS TO THE FORTY VOCABULARIES. ©
479
WORDS OBTAINED ONLY IN SOUTHERN PA-UTA (No. 11) AND IN MO-
HAVE (No. 24).
English. Southern Pa-Uta. Mohave. English Southern Pa-Uta. Mohave.
2 | Vocabulary No. 11. | Vocabulary No. 24. Vocabulary No. 11. | Vocabulary No. 24.
Charcoal._..------- Vit wih casera eas | Rectan ammeter IW RO SSascecacosss pa-nyab.......-... mathe! ............
PAGING qadencceceese koshau-uy..---.--.| ham-o/lye .--.-.-.- || When? .--.------.- Seecasjeese see s-s-= | <a a-to/-0Mma? ===
|p BO Sen enn havingunab -.----- INUB ane Ssepesss aWhere\tieacceaan- = Ry ol Seedscopeoocs
Needle tsabi/ganump - .--. auga (Span.aguja).| jWihere:toytsecssa =| phar avant oemeeere nacncernsscee cere
Thorn .-- -| sara‘nump -- -| ho!-oshak. - - - 2a Wihat ticccst cece a. .| kutch, ku/-utche ? -
Wagoni--=- ----- -|hovis-----.------- |\careta (Spam). -- <1] Wich? 221. - cee -) maka/-ap?......-..
IBUEtOnSs===se=sann tapats-anump --.-- | matoko- havaki- | Which one? -| mak/anye ?
yatch. || How much?..-...-.. kalya-vi'?..--...--
Bottle ~----...2-2.- hayko-o'tsay -..-.-. hapuruy -.-..---- || How many are?..-. kalya-vi/ ?.........
LS Vescee coescsse |e ae toe Hoes nihamaroyekulye -|| Mine ...... .-..---- inye; inye’-pa.-...
Pistol.-............| tauvi-pi-atch ...--- oti-isha-hitau. .-.-. JUNC oceoadsondse WH bocenenessasned hebcospeacteoesecead
Paleessasen eae tsonakanak .....-- avoilpo.....-.-..--
SOUTHERN PA-UTA—VocABULARY No. 11.
The following instructive forms of nominal inflection are added to the vocabulary
and terms above; also specimens of verbal inflection and of conversational sentences.
The dialect is spoken in the southern parts of the State of Nevada.
1 GieG petcceuece-sceccee cera kva-arov, pl. kva-aroyim.
TIGNES) oepemerseeeopebeeceeece pa-a'tsiv, pl. pa-a/tsivim.
Sheep -- --nara/yungg, pl. nara/vunguts.
Hand eens eae = mo-un, pl. mo-ov.
Friend -.- --tukibun, pl. tukibuvum.
oyna -vuay, pl. yuayum.
Three - --paay, pl. pa-ayum.
10) eee cnc --------- ----mobuat, pl. mobuatum.
LE Reccecreceen bacco aeceae . --nuni tokay.
how atest .---+----2-0-----0 u-um tokay.
He eats..-.--..-......-...----i-ing tokay.
I have eaten.-----.--.-.......nuni tokayan.
I have not eaten----.......--- katchun tokayan.
What is this for?..--......-- hane’-aik ?
Wihatitime? --- <2 ..-.----- -<- hano’k?
How long ago? ..-..--.--..--. pi-gay ?
hini/nu!
SMITE te eee ene kaga/te!
Obie 20 Weceeneten see ees mani-ve/samang !
-ho-uruok.
I like (Pa-Uta) Indians.
My friend is sick
Where are you going to?
I have no more -.---...
Bring water! ..-.
The stone is hard-.--.
umi noni ha/-ushtui.
--nuni ha/-ustui nou’-nou’.
-- nuni tukibun narhami.
bance hara‘ru w/rukvay ?
--gatch aya-an urua-vava.
---pa yaru a/-in!
---tn-ump mutchunt.
How do you make fire?....... na aytoo kun?
| I don't know
Mam ype sai ere sce ceacionccel.. avan, pl. ava/-atum.
MING ccmeresonc boag assesses nos hun, pl. huna’m, huna/-arha.
WR OF caecacoseses ofsanesact Kanab, pl. kanabarha.
Cottonwood-tree......---..--. sovib, pl. sovibarha.
ISG) posceceasodecssodenacgRo gan, pl. ganigarha.
1OCEN To SoGouobbOne DagSDoSACAaS nanga-aik, pl. nanga-arhay.
ddd sessremeaceasenatceseeen karenump, pl. karenumparha.
1 enon anor En acobeactsade yu-uv, pl. yu-uv.
AYO CEs cpcesaateoacocscsadeoad mam tokay.
We eat together.......--..... mam tokay kavaro.
VAC ceemes UeCeencecocaraes mu-um tokay.
HUG CE sceeodocasicednosedonn mamu?® tokay.
MeWilleatrresseeease ace sees tekayan.
will nobieat! a. satteseciel- a= katchun tekavauva.
To write .... -. ----- --po-onum.
The friend is in the house - --. gan-upa ne mata/vikyi.
How many horses have you?.-hanopayok pung-gu-va?
hanopayok to o/rha-i?
How do you do?. hare/ru?
T have drunk much water . -..-pa-ay avan hiviga.
vamikw Gliese ceeen cele ac nou-vats ha-u/i.
The chief knows inuch -...-.. kapitan avan potu/tsu arha’.
BBS Ise BES AEA LES: kva-aiga.
hanok uruai? C
What is this? ....-........---hi-im pitchu/-ay?
Let.us see!..-.-.-.- - maka’ yvaukvon!
What lave you seen? himpu" poniga?
PAU VARI F ONC ees oneness ataaa -. tobik tchauk.
| Lhave eaten a horse.-.......-. nu® pung-gu tokava.
480
APPENDIX TO LINGUISTICS.
MOHAVE—VocABULARY No. 23.
Mr. E. M. Richardson, who obtained his word-lists among the ‘‘ Mojaves” on Sept.
14 and 15, 1871, gives the following directions for their correct reading: :
“The scanning marks (~
macron, ~ breve) show length and brevity of the syllable.
Letters in parenthesis are pronounced with a half sound only.
The circumflexed a (a)
is pronounced very broadly; e with the acute (e’) represents the French 6.”
Additions to his vocabulary are as follows:
pWihite man ercsas==sec men aan == hi-eeko.
Wihite woman). ----.--.--.-.-. hi-eeko hin-ya-ga
Mohave man).+--.-----:------ we/y-muckaba.
Ineianawomans.----.- -222---- = hah-wy-ah.
Ghinwe etree cece atone re seine ai yetto-quo-thah.
Perforation'in ear --...------- ho-sak
ID icocod eS s0seenesa ssseresSe% yaqua-o0-la.
Mustach@2emecrrors-lecse == -iac- ye-wom'-be.
Palm of hand ..-..-..-------. sal-sa-piy-yina.
ABTS ceasan dbeuseonacadeasaed sal-sa-vara-wesser.
miuck-ulu-ho.
--me-may’-i-poka.
me-may’-i-theé-la.
me-sow-whera.
rhow-wa.
Leather .......-----.---------e/h-youl
Willow lodge .----- -mabt-ky-aal.
BOR bese een sees 2 --quil-ho.
Hot weather - ab . -nik-a-peélk.
(OG ULES ecbencsesesuucscsosssd eé-qui.
Rapid (in rivers) . .-.-...----- ali.
MnO) Sandobadeadasacsdsenasee: hoo-wahl-yeh.
ABA no nooacdqaDomOaSHs - n’veé-1-mee.
PAMtOMD ec ces === - ah-see-yuk, n’ti-chee-heélk.
Maize -..- as .---teé-cha-hi, teé-cha-wa-soge.
Maize as horse-fodder . .-teé-cha male.
Grizzly bear...--............. meh-wAti.
Cinnamon bear ..-...--..----. méth-wat muk-kora.
Maggot --hee-eél-ka-noke.
Large feather -
Crackers, hard bri
--thou-may’.
--mo-theél-ya-roba.
Strap a-youl.
Matches owshi-qua-dka.
Beads ---- - chuk-6-00-la.
Cards - oto-wah.
ePencilice=---o- 5-1: .-itch-e-nyo-ra.
iNarrin PS ieeses eens iss-mahLkit.
didomobikmowe- sesso ene: stim--theék.
What is your name ?.
-.--kodch pé moda?
When are you going away ? -
-kén yado-ma ya ma?
| Ata short distance
[ebloneyyeennemenieeenane = see aweé-si-tyk.
Gunpowdereesses-es eee. €-pap-hom.
DOst)2 eee e een eee en\-- =o IN-POL-ta,
Cottonwood-tree.-....--.----- a/-hah.
\Walloweecsssssesceos --e-thow.
Bag eons wesceeseae ath-pah-hah-mahLyé.
Bell .... -n’yak-qua-row.
Handkerchief .....-.....----- pahni.
|Rbirtpeeece snes se tceree eee mitty-quo-haba.
ieindiantmantlemecee=sese eee tolu-cope.
Breech-clout22=.22 s-s--sse- 22s" wey-co-ba.
All of them -py-ya-hahn-ya.
SAN PONG c= -2ec esse eeeceesce py-kee.
By and by, presently -.-..---- ho-mé-ra.
ET OMWiNiS G1 Osea sere estrone chan-a-weé-kit.
Morentibeans!-asensesreceeacce ma-reé-ka cha-pok.
To eat bread.-.....-.-- --mo-theé-lya mahm.
Mojeat beef -2.2-----=- -- kee-quai-va a-thow.
To go back ......---- -0-beé.
ARO RCE e ccossonscomoasccod co-beé.
To smoke tobacco .--..------- o/-wa theé-pa.
Give me asmoke! .-........-. atheép !
To strike light, to make fire -.awah wha-lik.
‘Goodibye!Serecseea se seeecee= cory-yém-mah !
Tired, exhansted--.-.-.-..---- hip-powik.
TOS sass QSSOoSEEESShcoSeeHU ce chee-nahm.
Aba scopeceeeohaqsencs hee-peelk, he-peél-quoteh*.
IPLObb yee see seree eee ahowt-pah.
Ata great distance - ameé-gee-hum.
heé-par-nuk.
| Something..-....--....-- hah-you.
JNU ER NU Secceerensdocesassco how-tén-tah !
Good water=< <2. -- -<2-e-- ac aha *howt-ka.
Cleamawatercecsic=s=<)saeeee ahé quir-rige.
Give it tohim .----.....--.-.. ho-wahn k’yim.
Give it to me -in k’ayim.
| Beiquick its te seasee- ese eee coor’ codra!
I will give you something ....mAhnyér ha-yoii n’ayim que
miéahm.
MOHAVE*—VocABULARY No. 24.
Various additions to Dr. O. Loew’s vocabulary, and to his word-list above:
Kettle tashge’-ene.
Stove ...... --itchi-balyu/luve.
Fireplace. . --a-a/o-tagva’tove.
Flute --tal-tal’.
Jew’s-harp tro’-ompa.
asta-pecsecs eeccester teens anya/-ak.
AV Basontdde soseds Sasabtases anya/-hayuk.
-- hata, aha’t.
---himataravk.
—
Throat bone (hyoid) -.--..---- melage-ge/nya-han-a/lye.
HN; MONnSeNnse\aee eee eee itchimag.
* More linguistic material on Mohave and other Yuma dialects, collected by Dr. O. Loew and others, will be found in
my article ‘‘ Der Yuma-Sprachstamm,” published in Bastian and Hartmann’s Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, Berlin, 1877, pages
341-350 and 365-418.
ADDITIONS TO THE FORTY VOCABULARIES.
481
MOHAVE—VocABULARY No. 24—Continued.
ago/-atum (?).
hitonotha’.
-Iatago’-opa.
101G) a s--esoncacceseesoccceeses itcha-guera.
ANSI G See beeen eecorcascnosee vasha/-huera.
ICO e Secs eocsscchsontee avuya’.
Well (of water) -ahatchopa.
TInkstand -----: “ace OhESS, -itchanyo-ora-ahoia.
Lead pencil. -- ~~~... =<... itchanyo-oro.
Good -..--.- -.---- akhotk iBetten=-asesssen=="
TE? een aceocdosecmcodebscesacd i-ye’ma.
Thou goest..-..-.....---..-.- match mi-ye’ma.
WG) OCS seen eee amen nena hovatch-i-ye/ma.
DEG Or afan Sseeccoeeeeocescces iye-moto.
I have not gone
cons Hsecerans iye-motum tetchuma.
anya/-atch kalyavi'?
keno ma/-agum !
Where do you come from?..-.maki-i-mi ti-ika?
Take's seatuya. s2022------ <- inak!
These are my children. -inyepa inye ho-mara.
My eyes hurt me inyep i-ido theravk.
I want to talk to you.-..-..-.- ekotchun a/vaim.
My friend is in the house. ..-.enova/-atch ava’ liu-va/-aga.
The fish lives in the water. ...atchi intch aba liuva’-aga.
I will come to see you after a home’re eva/-ak ini-yova.
little while.
I did not cough
I am frightened -e-erk.
When do you return? kanyato’-oma takave/-ikva?
New as| there sessemenaaae er sne te epa-a’mpitchum.
What do you say?..- - gatug-mi?
My teeth are white. ..-.....--inyep ido namasa’ynm.
-o-otch mo-ot e-ep te’/tchuma.
JURE) eboqdosccsbsneddatososts ara-a/rum.
Shallowsenscsec sects isso heva/-abk.
---Wa,? ka-a-to’-otm ?
How often?.-
How nice !.
ha-uilk kalyavi/-i/a?
ka-atum akhotk!
inyetch-i/yema.
match miyema ma/-ama.
tcha-am ti-ye’ma.
--gutch mama! ama/?
What is the matter? gutch midam ?
Tet'usisee!-----.--- 2 =e. i-u/do!
| I don’t understand ....... .--. ya/nya a/romotum.
My friend, how do you do? ..-enova/-agh, kama-uy ?
iamiaw Olle e sees eraleetsials inyep evatch a/khotk.
T have three horses..--..--.-- inyepa ahat-o-o'love hamok.
Gethnp)!eccscsececsseaercrcer kumuvilk !
I will not tell you ...-...-..- noko namota.
SEN OWpy OU nleeiot=ale = eee nisto opa/-um.
Bring water! ...-.-..-.-....- aha gi yak!
The captain knows much...-. hama kavapuitan ataim shu-
ba-um.
The scorpion kills flies . ..-. mani/-is entch thiliagmo’ ta-
poyo.
| What are you talking about?.kutch him tchigvark me i/lyo?
You talk too much -......---. metchagvara me a/taik.
HUALAPAI—VocABULARY No. 25.
The following elements of verbal inflection are repeated here from the “ Analytic
Report,” page 562:
I shall eat; lit.,
I ate just now .--..---..-.--... kvimago vam.
I have eaten some time ago... kvimago kure’.
I will not eat .--..-.-.-- See? kvimago ta o/paka.
I will eat nothing .--..--..--. kyvimago tuya o/paka.
What do you want? ......-.-- kutchu kanaba?
HUALAPAI—VocABULARY No. 26.
Four additional terms are as follows:
--ya-ho'1.
Coat.......-.--.....-.....-.--i-kwa/-ya.
YUMA OR KUTCHAN—VocaBuLary No. 29.
Substantive nouns obtained in addition to the preceding vocabulary :
Eyebrows -----.2.-.----.----- ey-day-nu’s.
House, lodge .----.....-.-.--. va-no-kos.
Suriset ise 2- seen ase ee énya/-hab-buk.
Very far. --kor-row-poon’.
To love. --- --pah-may-kip.
Congh -.- -ah-okh’.
Wesert enn cece nasa es am-4h por-ta/h
Male OLpaIt Joes e esa mah-dahr.
Quail .....-. hah-ma/h.
White crane.............----- hah-mus-ra’hm.
Dove ..-- ReceGOOneCSe hoos ki bah.
Pelican --. --------.--ah-cah.
482 APPENDIX TO LINGUISTICS.
ISLETA PUEBLO—VocaBuLary No. 30.
The following additional material was obtained at Zandia:
Wea teecenaceesmesicercscee==e ku-kal. I have not eaten. -...-...----. ha-ro-ta/-a/-gar-me.
Ushallieat --<------- 22-2622. ko-o-gara. I shall not eat .....--..-------ha-ro-ko-0-gar-me.
Whaveleaten'’sse-ce=ciese ses = ta-tai-gar. Chictimee seme teaser meas .----nit-la-ve-da’, ta-voi-da’.
TEHUA, LOS LUCEROS PUEBLO—VocaABULARY No. 82.
Obtained from the former alcalde of the tribe, an old and intelligent Indian, who
spoke Spanish with fluency.
Govermor-s-.ees cee eaaseese ti-yoh. Man yspINU Chico esleletesiqcleriser- heh-yan-yo, nyan-gé-pe.
General, commander ......-- a-con ti-yoh. ARNT esonccossoos osadceoses téh-kah.
Farm, rancheria.....--..--.-- the-aih. IB Din EG eosea ose a REDSoSsene su-beé kung.
OTT theacesodase, Gaesescacons tah-an seh-ld. Very far off ka-e-nah-nah.
Sea; lit., ‘‘much water” -.-... po-shd weh. We, who have found it ....... to-a-quan-néh-hah.
TEHUA, SAN JUAN PUEBLO—VocABULARY No. 33.
Words, phrases, and sentences obtained at Tesuque, a pueblo distant about fifteen
miles south of San Juan and speaking the same dialect. -
Coy ote-wolf.2--<- 2-0 -</---s-= te’. WC loud Seeeencen eat eee o-kua.
Jd epgdeH onpacnececnecssseed ane, tsiu-e/no. WILLER:2- 22 se see) eases coe na-sa®,
Spiderzceceece -seeiedaseeoe- ee k’etup-uye. Sweet! so 205. asc enceesstceste a-bo.
Tt TE SeopeaconqcHoooEacoseopeor INN seaoceoubsdecsud osoasacs be
(ChtieSedSandosteeeacooaoosnccas (R620 Daten sea eae eae b’e-poi
B59) GooceretpacodeceseneEana . AWIGE cecmonsetoaoospececadas ta-ta.
LOS EB WAN@ oe en cassie teenine -tsure. @edarsineenesecstsnceisieteeeise hu.
Grasshopper - Redpepper; chile... .- ---n-- tsin-di.
Saddleteesssatesssr senses : WERotatoremearmscctsscr sane sesine sa-gom-be.
Stirrups IDLY soendcsass tcboos 6bauee tehua-tu.
IMG OE Re cheéadacssnoscsssesuced ISAS YS ceSobeysopsoeohoancasy ga
Blanket -- Honey. pun-ya abo.
Room Milk - - ua/-bo.
IB OXdawe =e nseee e mee acca | SIME Sam acsesSonSaces epauees kyva-ko-tsa®.
Musteessseee sees eas ese ace as na-yi. IEG asaspebnorseseneRbGboHG kva-a.
RKneem.secee aes ane aaiesaeas Something~— 22 <--2s--./at4= =e yuy-ha"-vuy.
The following terms are borrowed from Spanish: Wine, binto; gold, oro; jsield, nava; pot, vase, oya; mule, ass, bunto.
POMInishteesteeeree esc cseee es ta®-kiho-imbo-vay. RO WISUKG posse meas eee ae volihi-a/mbi-i. ;
O;PECCLVOsesse-=-coesceeieeee ay-ho-ni-ha*ii. TRoltravel eee sseesceeeeee cree kanyi-nama*-a*.
To accompany...-...----..---na-vinyo-tse-e. To hear, listen ./..-. .-.....--.0-to-na.
Mojaskyaees ene eens e eaters ae-ma-bay. Totbuyiicts<nsesasceeee ee see ee toku-ma*-a*; toku-me-kito.
Lojbegingessscmecress sees ba’re-bi-ire. Toisellee ey see scleseeerene toku-be’-keto,
HOGG). Boaoseseeacccosdesscae sa"-na-kokh-ki. To seek, search .............- o-tungva.
LOC Gites ee ene nee eee natin. To have searched. .-......---.. to-nungva.
Ihave a horse.........--...-.navim kava’yo ginya a%.* The fish lives in the water ...p’a p’o we’na ta’.
I have two horses .....-.-.-.-vuye kavayo ginya ai”. | Where is the water?........-- vehenya na p’o-i?
Dhaveno horse .-..-. -.-..-.- vuy gin kava/yo am be. | I want to drink water ........ navi (07 vi) p’e ri ma".
I have many horses. ..-.-..--- vayaku ing kaya‘yo ko. ; Lam thirsty ..-.-...-...--.-.- vi p’o ti ma osa-a.
I have three horses. .-....... poye kavayo navi ing mo. | ARNT io SSpocccodaoceasecones jkuando-o.
I have one horse only .--...- kayayo gingkvo. | The sun is very hot ..-..----- pi’ watan tsa’ wa; natan tsa/wa.
We have two horses.-......--- na-inta vuyie kava/yo ginyad". | The sun has risen .-----..---- na tam pi. :
Ihave nothing ....-...-...-.. ha moa wingkvo be’. | Ihave seen you ..-..-.---.--- yvuy mu na/re.
I have many friends. . - hehenya k’ema gingkvo. | DEENA Radeéooepsesussesnse=s mahe.
Ihave much meat-. hehenya pivi gingkvo. | hWihatasithisdicesseeeceseree hav-ay hi" na mo?
I have bread -...... - lavim pan sa | Much timber is in the mount- ua/-a nakana.
Ihave water ....... - navi p’o ti ma" | ains.
The water is good ...--....-. p’o hiwo'te; ov, p’o hewo’ntye | Ido not know ...--..-. - vo gihan gina.
na mo. These victuals are good hiwo'te na mo nako'ye.
* Nasalized vowels are marked with n superior, or a tilde, &.
7.
ADDITIONS TO THE FORTY VOCABULARIES.
TEHUA, SAN JUAN PUEBLO—VocasuLary No. 33—Continued.
Let us go fast ....-....-.-.--. yaho anyogi yamoy. I have looked out for my don- na bunto hehenyotatonungva.
I think there is hope -.-....-- nare an kha/ ma-intsi karinko. key.
I shall sell. ......-.--..-....-.tokub’e ne. Where is the donkey gone?...veheni to-o bunto nayi-i?
ieshallbuyesesssesese asec na roku ma? a". How old are you? .........--- henyo pa-ayo unkvo a-i"? or,
I am going to sell a donkey na rokube kito hi" bunto. henyo paya ngvo/ ayi?
(ass, mule). How do you do?.......-...... hay ho-o mii"? ov, hayun kawa/?
Iam going to buy a donkey.-n& vuy bunto lokume kito. Tam doing well ...........--. niera/0-omi'; or, hiwo/te 0-oma.
I will sell this donkey ---.---. na okube ta-a hii" bunto hi*i-i. | I have slept well ...... Rsceces hiwo-u vi huyo’ko.
I will sell two donkeys - na okube ta-a vuyie bunto. Good day!..-.. ..... --oseng-ge ta’ mo!
T have lost a donkey. --.-.----. na vuy bunto ti beri. My horses are white... - navi kava/yo tsa/-i-ge mo.
Tam searching formy donkey-na vuy bunto-o tungva mai". The horses are black - . --kava/yo fente,
TAOS PUEBLO—VocABULARY No. 34.
Taos is located in closer proximity to the homes of the Uta, Apache, and Navajo
Indians than any other pueblo of New Mexico; hence the tribe became extensively
intermarried with the above Indians. But this circumstance does not seem to have
influenced their language to any extent, if we can judge from the vocabulary submitted.
It was obtained from a Mexican adopted into the Taos tribe from his childhood, and
married to an Indian woman. A few additions are as follows:
MAT eeereren atta eee seh-ah-nan-na, shdy-en-em. | Moon; lit.,‘‘ the mother of kah-nah.
People .--. .----..-----.------1-e-Te, sow-ah-vé-hu. | the sky.”
Large town, city.......--.---- pah-ho mé-neh. hundertasspeeccasmnelccaccies tah-wéh-uf, tay-th-mah-a-wah.
Sun; lit., ‘‘the father of tah-tah. Hawk, or eagle............... chu-e-unah.
the sky.”
Morning call of the Sirviente of Taos.
The following metric lines, sung every morning by the town-crier of Taos Pueblo for gathering the
Indians to their daily labor, was communicated by the alcalde of the village to Mr. Alfred R. Conkling,
of New York City, one of the geologists of the Expedition. The town-crier goes out every morning
at seven o’clock to chant this strain of words, repeating it frequently, and another song is sung by him
in the evening to close the day’s work. For this service he receives the liberal allowance of three dol-
lars a month.
I wrote down the Indian text to the best of my ability‘and added the Spanish translation given
by the alcalde, presuming that it will render the original more faithfully than any English translation
of a text not yet fully understood.
Nokei méwa oha weimo
okue neiga, heyo eba dayo
hiya tawe yoho
pa nomtcha wi yaho
yoho mého yupé-o
i-a towe yaho pato
meho tawat. Huya!
Vaya a trabajar a priesa,
Vaya a trabajar, porque no esta tarde.
A donde te mando que andas haciendo,
Que negocio traes.
De donde vienes que aqui andas, amigo?
Si traes algun negocio por aqui, te pagamos,
Y si no tienes negocio, ahora puedes decir. A Dios!
JEMEZ PUEBLO—VocABULARY No. 35.
About twenty years ago the Indian population of Jemez was increased by that of
Pecos, who rejoined their congeners after leaving their old homes on Pecos River, now
in ruins.
The language of both tribes belongs to the same family, and some of the
existing differences have been recorded by the collector.
484 APPENDIX TO LINGUISTICS.
JEMEZ PUEBLO—Vocasunary No. 35—Continued.
Additional terms and sentences:
wawe', ua-ue!. Donkey, mule.. ..-...-.--- .--bo-nla (Span. burro).
--hanavela. BridlOmerecesecensseecmeceees giushtebo.
-p'o. Maize, grains of - --kiunho.
tisala. IMOSQ WO ecene eceeoeienecineee tso-ku-ye, tso-hu-ye.
Spidepejcccc-secceteseee ys lus. MheYiceestessecasceeceeeeceer o-vesh, 0-mesh.
Centipede tiamon. | To sing..-...--..-.--.-------.mos-tsa-ay, mos-ta-ay.
iBeetlesessesecsseoas 6 - hua/oda’.
TO\Cab ease eee cee senses een tekuelyo, tselele. Yesterday it was very cold... ho-tiimba ho-au no-o.
IT have eaten. - tse tekue/yo, ne-in tokve’yo. Ihave many horses -..-.----. ne gela kava/yo giyo.
Iam through (eating) ----.--.- vo-tse. I have three horses.-.......--. ta antcho kava’/yo giyo.
T shall eat -..--.-..--.- .-ta mo ho-o.
Jemez is a nice pueblo-
.-tekue’yo sa. I will see about it
- Vallatoa ho-au t-0. Iam going to see a friend -.-.uete tchapo nome-e.
The hair is very long. -yavay iya-oho fola ta. The trees are green....... --bfilo ba tishie’.
To-day it rains much - -- --kvalashur stiyu. How do you do?.............- akin e-e!?
To-day it is very hot.........-kvalashur ho-au nosh tila.
A‘COMA PUEBLO—VocaBuLary No. 37.
Additional terms and sentences:
MOWPULnN Dente saes ences tsoiak. Sick eee seta ctecocas ete cee eene tsiu-a-sa.
Nomovodyjencee soso e esse ishk. Smallivessesnsce ns seca cee tsu-is-tish, tsu-ish-ish.
Tips|.22--<5-5 -tchiga. (CUT eaase6. ctnonesnbossenoaass ga-ish-tai, yom-atse.
Coyote-wolf - - -tchoshk.
edo notleationcrassseets ase sae sa tsinobs’-kono. I do not understand .-...-.-- sa ts’-ish kan.
I have not eaten. ---Sa tsinobs’-ko be. I own three horses..-.-..----- tchome-e kava‘yo titsia hinome
etiuseabecssencessneeeeas ses sho tsau’-eta. | To-day itis very warm.-...... tek ato’m-atse.
SILLA PUEBLO—VocABuLARy No. 38.
Additional words and sentences :
Sickwestects-essest ese sseseee tsiu-a-sa. | Black........---.------------- mu-e-na/-ga-an, mish-ts.
Mipssesessscwses nesses osscees sh-kuika. Sanna a Soe ee nen eae sree ee ro-osh-kish, me/-kotch.
Coyote-wolf . shotsona’. RVers ZOOM sseemeeas seca saae ke-ran/a.
Male parts -. - hoshtian. bWiic hed eeerecinse eee eee tcha-ti-rau/a.
Female parts .......-.-..--.-. hapa-ani.
ARS GEN iSaocodchaecobbsquabodaTd 1chup’e, nobsi. A man is there .......-....-.- hatiku tcha nio.
Whayeeaten.+-.-s-2s-.52-s-=0 tchu miso be. I own three horses -..-.-.---- hino tchami kava/yo; lit.,
I did not eat tsote nobs’ ko pa. me three horse.”
Iam going to eat... she nobsi. Many people are there. -..---- no hano.
I am not going to eat..-...-.. tsote nobsh kin. Utirams| hard Sess es-e eee nau’a tsits.
The water is not good ..-..... tsate rau/a tsits. | I will see a house......-...--- tau a/tchin nu k’stse.
WINTUN—VocasuLary No. 39.
Additional substantives :
Cheskgiccceonasceeceereee khaba. | Mirsthiyin Feri. cece neces ae kurn-tse-sem.
ND OW secser\soe nese ee eee ees tsu-bik. | Secondifinger! 2: 2225.2 seen vene-bol-sem.
Shouldereeeesseeseseeeee cess khol-tsok. iibind fingers. -es te ecenee eat van-sem.
Hand listerce sa ssee eee eceeees sem, pl. sem-ut.
hom ieee cece sace teste sce kom-sem.
ADDITIONS TO THE FORTY VOCABULARIES.
KASUA—VocABULARY No. 40.
485
Obtained from Vicente Garcia, an old Indian farmer at Kasua, who spoke Spanish
well.
A few Indians only are left who speak this dialect.
We add the following terms,
sentences, and inflectional elements of the Kasua noun and verb:
Your (their?) hands -----.---- gasikh-pu.
My hand is strong..-....--.-- shush-alk pu.
The water is good ....-..---.-tchol 0’.
The horse is larger than the kauay-ga kha’shi go tchu-un
dog. (ikha-ak, large).
I see a nice tree .-.....-.----- po-nis anak pna’s (po’-n, tree).
I go on the mountain --- .-ite akti ne-alap (i-ite, here).
Silver is harder than gold --..kal-ut ishitch oloil plata.
I have black hair__---..-.---. sakhimai k’o-kuo’-n (ok, hair ;
akhima, black).
Seccs ule‘neneke sekuel
(kapit, bread).
How many horses have you? -apsht u kavay?
The woman makes bread il kapit
Oldiman@enesacessscseoee= sas
Oldiwwoman\s2------ = see eee ==
Thomtentesty-cnsceensseciee nes
Tishallieat eases -5---1--1s=-= ==
Lhave eaten......-..----..---
Thou hast eaten ........-.-..-
He has eaten
T buy a burro (mule)
T have bought a burro (mule).
T shail buy a burro (mule) ---.
} I buy a dog..----.-----------.
| Lhave bought a house.....--.
I have not bought a burro
(mule).
T shall not buy a burro (mule)
I do not know
pag-o/-vuash.
enekhe/-yuash.
psa-guotsan, ksa-kala/lan.
pietiets.
ga shu-un.
a shu-un.
gugsh gala’ shu-un.
gigh guga giala’ shu-un.
gsha/-a shu-un.
moe ga shu-un uash.
moe pa shu-un uash (vash).
moe sha shu-un uash,
ga shian il bulo; il: the Span-
ish definite article el.
ga shian auvash il bulo.
gsha/-a shia/n il bulo.
ga shian stsu-u".
ga shian auvash il a/-ap.
ke-a/ shian auvash il bulo.
ke gsha-a shian il bulo.
ke tcha/mon.
The fire is large ......-...-.-- kha-khi nt’.
INDEX.
Abbott, C. C., xiv, xviii, 49, 70, 93, 122, 125, 155, 190, 222, 234.
Acoma, 325, 337, 361, 418.
Acoma Pueblo dialect, 405.
vocabulary, 424-465, 484.
Acorn-like ornament, 214.
Agassiz, A., 146, 153.
Agave fibre, 239, 241.
hair-brushes, 250.
Aiken, C. E., 396, 397.
Ainsworth, R. H., 396, 397.
Alahulapas, 419.
Albinos, 323.
Allen, J. A., xviii, 206.
Alphabet, phonetic, 422.
scientific, 404.
American Museum, 146, 156.
Amuchaba, 415.
Animal claws and teeth, ornaments, 251.
Animals carved in stone, 219, 220.
Anthony, J. G., xviii, 267.
Antiquities of California, 30.
Antiquity of man in California, 10.
Apache, 19.
arrows, 56.
bow, quivers, and arrows, 390.
clubs, 207.
crania, 396.
family, 10.
leggings, 290.
saddle-bags, 390.
tribes, 407.
* tunics, 390.
use and meaning of term, 407, 414.
Apaches, 407.
Apahnatche, 414.
Apocynum fibre, 241
Arivaipa, 407. a
dialect, 405.
vocabulary, 424-465, 469.
Army Medical Museum, crania, 277.
Arrowheads from Pueblos, 376.
in human skulls, 39.
Arrow-shafts, method of straightening, 128, 199.
smoother, 199, 200.
perforated, 200.
straightener, 197.
Arrows of Pah Vant Indians, 58.
Asclepias fibre, 240.
Asphaltum, 51, 116, 127, 128.
mine, 40. »
ornaments, 39, 268.
used in ornamenting, 253.
vessels, 245, 246.
Aswalthatans, 419.
Athapascean, 19.
languages, 406.
Athlets, 410.
Australian crania, 280.
Avésii-pai, 415.
Aztec civilization, origin, 409.
legend, 409.
Baird, S. F., xiii.
Baking-stones, 104, 105.
Ball, V., 137.
Bancroft, H. H., 7, 10, 13, 20, 22, 26, 30, 70, 132, 246, 260, 293, 407.
tribes of California, 10.
Bandelier, A. F., 326.
Bannocks, 9, 410.
Barber, E. A., 265, 268, 411.
Bartlett, J. R., 417,475.
Basket covered with pitch, Ute Indians, 246.
making, ancient art, 247.
work, 23, 239.
covered with asphaltum, 245, 246.
Baskets from graves, California, 243, 246, 247.
Peru, 247.
method of making, California, 247, 248,
Bead-like objects, Pern, 152.
Beads, 153.
of blue fluorite, 264.
copper, 264,
feldspar, 264.
glass, 36, 38, 44, 263, 262, 269, 270, 271, 273.
serpentine, 264.
shell, 35, 36, 38, 256, 265, 266, 267.
stone, 181, 255, 264.
tale-slate, 264.
Beechey, 6.
Beetles’ wing-cases, 263.
Bergland, E., 405, 418, 415.
Birnie, R., 341, 346.
Blake, J., 153.
Boats, 26, 123.
Boat-shaped bowls, 108, 109.
Bog manganese, 262.
Bolas-stones, 159,
487
488 INDEX.
Bollaert, 148.
Bone awls, 226, 228.
clubs, 229.
Alaska, 231.
fish-hooks, 227.
implements, 40, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 230.
and weapons, 222.
Swiss lakes, 228.
marrow-extractor, 230.
mouth pieces to pipes, 126, 228.
musical instruments, 234.
needles, 230.
ornaments, 251.
rare in California, 255.
perforators, 226.
pin, 230.
swords, 231.
tube, 229.
wedge, 229.
whistles, 234, 235, 236, 237.
Bonito, 341.
Boscana, 3.
on the diversity of tribes in California, 3
Bowers, S., xiii, 31, 34, 38, 40, 45, 46, 47, 65, 82, 83, 108, 131, 163,
174, 175, 181, 182, 186, 187, 193, 195, 197, 215, 223, 232,
238, 256, 268, 273.
Bowl from the Atlantic coast, 108.
of serpentine, method of mending, 106.
with handle, 110.
Bowls, boat-shaped, 108, 109.
of serpentine, 107.
stone, 106.
ornamented, 107, 109, 110, 112.
oval, 108, 109, 110.
Bows and arrows, large number in cave, 371
Brass buttons, graves, California, 273.
in graves, California, 272.
Brett, 265.
Broca, P., 282, 285.
Bronze club-heads, 145, 146.
engraved, Peru, 146.
Bronze cup, 273.
in graves, California, 272.
Brooks, 6.
Brown, T. V., 405, 410.
Brushes, 38.
California, 248.
Mexico, 248.
Brush with asphaltum handle, 249.
Burchell, W.J., 135.
Burial, 29.
place, Rio Chama, 364.
places, 29, 41.
and shell-heaps, Southern California, sketch
map, 298.
Buried records, 276.
Burney, J., 293.
Cabrillo, death of, 311.
discovery of Upper California, 2
exploration on coast of California, 32.
journal of voyage, xix, 293, 299.
place of his death, 45, 46, 311.
Cachina dance, xiv, 332.
Cahitas, 409.
Cahuillo, 9, 19, 413.
Calaveras skull, 11, 251.
California Academy of Sciences, proceedings, 30.
California derivation of name, 299.
discovery, 1.
Indians, 278.
names given by Cabrillo identified, 299-314.
crania, 277.
peninsula, 1.
Californians, character, 1.
Chinese affinities, 6, 13.
contact of tribes, 18.
customs and costumes, 20, 21.
different stock, 4.
diversity of tribes and languages, 3, 6.
ethnical period, 17.
Malayan affinities, 6, 13.
Polynesian affinities, 6.
southern, 1.
Canoe, ancient, 124.
La Patera, 124.
of red-wood, 38.
Canoes, 21, 44, 233.
Cafion de Chelle, ruins, 372.
Capote, 412.
Capote-Uta, 411.
dialect, 405.
vocabulary, 424-465, 472.
Carpenteria, xiii, 45.
Carr, L., xiv, xviii, 277.
Carving in stone, 218, 219.
Casa Blanca, 373.
Cave, Diamond Creek, 370.
Cemeteries in California, their age, 272.
Central American culture, 8.
Ceremonial weapons of the Hub, 51.
Cesnola, 142. A
Chaco canon, ruins, 366.
Chase, A. W., 159.
Chemehuevi dialect, 405.
vocabulary, 424465, 472.
Chemehuevis, 410, 415.
Chia, 37, 38, 39, 40, 79, 247.
Chichimecas, 3.
Chiefs, 28.
Chillon, 407.
China cups and saucers, 42.
Dos Pueblos, 273.
Chinese affinities, 6, 13.
of American origin, 6.
Chipewayans, 406.
Chipped flints, 58.
implements from Pueblos, 374, 375, 376.
in handles, 51.
pebbles, 69.
stone implements, 49.
Chiricahuas, 407, 408.
Chisel of slate, 120.
Chiuma, Capote chief, 450.
Chlorogalum, its uses, 249.
Chungke-stone, 154.
perforated, Tennessee, 155.
stones, perforated, Ohio, 155.
Cibola, cities of, 360, 361.
Cinnabar, 22, 260.
its use questioned, 22.
Clarke, H., 7.
Claws of animals, ornaments, 254.
grizzly bear, necklace, 254,
Clay rings, 186.
Cliff-house, Diamond Creek, 370.
Club, Australian, 143.
Peru, 161.
stones, 194.
with bronzs head, from grave, Pern, 146.
Club-heads, 135, 203.
bronze, 145.
Chili, 145.
Peru, 145.
Scandinavia, 145.
Clubs, 143.
with stone heads, Christoval, 144.
description of, 144.
Island of New Britain, 144.
New Guinea, 143, 144.
Solomon Islands, 144.
Tahiti, 144
Coahuila, 413.
Cochim{, 414, 415.
Cochise, 408.
Cochnichno, 415.
Coco-marico-pa, 415.
Cocé6-pa, 415.
Columbia Valley, 8.
Comali stones, 99.
Comanche group, 413.
distribution, 413.
Comanches, 9, 19.
Comeya, 415.
Comoyei, 415.
Conkling, A. R., 461.
Cooking plates, 99, 100, 101.
irregular shape, 102.
Cooking pot, method of mending, 97.
with asphaltum, 97.
Cooking pots, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98.
ornamented, 95, 96, 98.
Cooking utensils, 38.
of stone, 36.
Cooper, antiquity of man in California, 11.
Cope, E. D., 351, 396, 397.
Copper bead, grave, California, 272.
La Patera, 264.
Copper beads, 264.
mound, Ohio, 264.
southern mounds, 264.
dipper and contents, 243.
graves, California, 272.
pan, 38.
Coras, 409.
Cortés, exploration of peninsula of California, 1.
Cosino, 415.
Conncil-house, 27.
Cowania fibre, 242.
Coyotero, 407.
Cradle-board, 284.
Cradles, 284.
Crania, 38, 39, 40, 391.
Alaska, measurements, 281.
Algonquin, 286.
measurements, 281.
ancient Pueblo, 396, 397.
Apache, 396.
Measurements, 281,397.
average size in different races, 280.
California, comparison, 282.
facial measurements, 284, 285,
INDEX. AR9
Crania, California, observations on, 277.
shape, 285.
table of measurements, 278, 281.
Camp Apache, measurements, 397.
classification, 280.
distinct forms, 287.
Eskimo, measurements, 281, 286, 287.
flattened, 283.
from rock-graves, Utah, 391, 393, 394.
Santa Barbara Islands, 277.
Gran Quivira, measurements, 397.
Huron, measurements, 281.
measurements, 280, 397.
Mexicans, 395.
Moundbuilders, 283, 284, 286.
Navajo, measurements, 281, 397.
Pah Ute, 286, 396.
measurements, 281, 397.
Peruvians, 284.
measurements, 281.
Tennessee mounds, 281.
facial measurements, 285.
Utah, measurements, 297.
Cranium, Arizona, 393.
Gran Quivira, 395.
mound, Utah, 394.
Cremation, 29.
Crinoid stems for beads, 268.
Cristone, name of ruined town, 355.
Crucifix, Dos Pueblos, 273.
Cuca-pa, 415.
Cunningham, 159.
Cup made from vertebra of whale from Orkney, 116.
of steatite, 104.
Cups made of vertebre of fishes, 116.
of sandstone, 106.
~ Serpentine, 106.
stone, 112, 113.
ornamented, 112, 113.
Cuyler Harbor, 45.
Cyprea, cut for ornaments, 259.
Dall, tribes of the northwest, 12.
Dall, W. IL, 6, 7, 12, 16, 34, 226, 230.
Dances, xiv, 29, 332, 334.
Dancing place, 40.
Darwin, 148.
Datipum Wintin, 418.
David, M. J., xviii.
Davidson, 6, 239.
Dentalium shells, 251.
used as money, 267.
Derby, O. A., 150, 152.
Desor, 139.
Diegueio, 19, 414, 415.
dialect, 406.
vocabulary, 424465.
Diggers, 409.
Digging-stick of Bushmen, 135, 136.
Hottentots, 136.
Digging-sticks, 157.
California, 160.
Chili, 149.
Pacific Islanders, 160,
Zulu myth, 137.
Dish of shell, 115.
Disk of serpentine, 207.
Dolichocephali, the oldest type, 292,
490 INDEX.
Dolichocephalic people of Northern ancestry, 219.
Domestic utensils, 23.
Dos Pueblos, xiii, 40, 45, 46, 73, 78, 79, 92, 93, 95, 96, 101, 107, 110,
123, 124, 126, 175, 182, 186, 192, 195, 202, 204, 209,
210, 211, 214, 223, 228, 242, 244, 245, 247, 249, 251,
252, 253, 254, 255, 257, 261, 262, 264, 266, 267, 268,
269, 270, 271, 273.
sketch showing excavations, 41.
Drilling implements, 66.
Dyes, plants used, 248.
Early man in America, xvii.
Epilobium fibre, 240.
Eskimo, 7, 8.
an early type, 12.
crania, 280.
Eudeves, 409.
European articles, adaptation, 274, 275.
in graves, California, 272.
Evans, 138, 142, 147, 187, 199, 204, 293.
Explorations in California, 30.
the vicinity of Santa Barbara, 34.
Fabric of cloth aud feathers, 275.
Fabrics, 239.
from California graves, 242.
of the moundbuilders, 154.
resemblance between California and Swiss lakes, 242.
Farquharson, R. J., 264.
Feather work, 275.
Ferril, journal of Cabrillo’s voyage, 293.
Figuier, L., 139.
Fire-drill, 154.
Fish bones and teeth, 37.
hooks of bone, 222.
shell, 223.
method of making, 223.
Fishing nets, 245.
Flax, 239.
Flint flakes, 65, 66, 69.
hammers, 205.
knives, 59.
Florida Indians, 14.
Flower, W. H., 280, 285.
Food vessels, 93, 105.
Forbes, 2, 6, 25.
Forks, graves, California, 272.
Foster, 30.
Franciscan friars, 326.
Franciscans in California, 2.
Frauds from New Jersey, 111
Gabb, W. M., 414.
Gaitchim, 413.
dialect, 405.
vocabulary, 424-465, 474-478.
Gallatin, A., 445.
Gallinas Creek, traces of former inhabitants, 351.
Games of Californians, 181.
Ganowanian family, 7. 8.
Garcia, V., an Indian at Kasua, 463.
Gatchell, F. F., 396.
Gatschet, A. S., xiv, 290, 401, 403, 446, 458.
Gibbs, G., 404, 422, 445.
Gibbs’ alphabet, 404.
orthography, 422.
Gilbert, G. K., 393, 397, 405, 407, 446.
Glass beads, 36, 38, 44, 263, 268, 269, 270, 271, 273.
Gohun, 415.
Goshi-Utes, 410.
Goshoots, 410.
Gésiats, 410.
Gran Quivira, cranium, 395.
Grass for basket work, 247, 248.
Gregg, 341.
Griesbach, C. L., 136.
Grooved axe, California, 203.
pebbles, 203, 204.
as hammers, 206.
stone for balance weight, 207.
stones, 200.
Hair brushes, 248, 250.
Brazilian Indians, 250.
California Indians, 250.
Mexican Indians, 250.
Pah-Ute Indians, 250.
Pueblo Indians, 250.
Hair, mode of wearing, 21.
of Californians, 243.
Haldeman, 8. S., xiv, xviii, 255, 263.
Hale, H., 290, 410.
Haliotis, cut for ornaments, 255, 257, 258, 265.
fish-hooks, 223.
shell dish, 115.
its value, 251.
Hamlin. C. E., xviii, 380.
Hammer, Sioux Indians, 206.
Hammerstones, 135, 138, 141, 203, 204, 205, 206, 379.
method of hafting, 206.
Hamukh-habi, 415.
Handle with shell ornaments, 252, 253.
Harford, W. G. W.., 34.
Harpoon point of bone, 223.
Harpoons of bone, 224, 225.
Alaska, 226.
rare in California, 225.
Terra del Fuego, 226.
canes, 225.
Harris, 324.
Hartt, C. F., 15, 151.
Hawal-co, 415.
Hematite, 260. =
in carved masses, 22.
Henderson, J. G., 194.
Henshaw, H. W., xiii, xiv, xvii, xix, 34, 46, 87, 106, 207, 219, 246,
370, 379.
notes to journal of Cabrillo’s voyage, 293.
Hoffman, W. J., 405, 410.
Hokan-tikara, 409.
Holmes, W. H., 268, 269, 383.
Hook-like implements of stone, California, 214, 215.
Hosta, 341.
war shield, 389.
Houses, 26.
Hta-ii/m, 415.
Hnuila-pai, 415.
Hualapai dialect, 406.
vocabulary, 424-465, 481.
Human bones in stone vessels, 37, 45.
femur, united fracture, 38.
hair, 38.
skeleton, ancient Pueblo, 396.
Caiioncito de las Yeguas, 357.
in canoe, 38.
papoose, rock grave, Utah, 391.
Rio Chama, 364,
skeletons, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 391,
pide:
Humboldt, 2.
Humphreys, A. A., xv.
Huntington, D. B., 448, 449.
Ilustrations, xv, xviii, xix.
size of objects represented, 47.
Implement of wood from Connecticut, 122.
Implements from the shell-heaps compared, 15, 16.
See bone, iron, stone.
stone, peculiar forms, 216.
wood, 222.
Indian cemeteries, 35.
crania, 280.
dialects, classification, 403.
graves, 34, 36, 40.
enclosed, 38.
marked, 35, 38.
towns, 42, 43.
Indians of California, 32, 33, 42.
INDEX.
- at time of European contact, xvii.
first contact with white race, 293.
Inlaid work of shell, 232, 233.
Innuit, 18.
Interior tribes, xix.
Tron, 126.
axes, 275.
from graves, California, 272.
implements, 37, 38, 39, 42, 272, 273.
knife, 274.
swords, 274.
Isleta, 323.
Pueblo dialect, 406.
vocabulary, 424-465, 482.
Ivory, its use questioned, 21
Jemez, 320, 323, 342, 417.
custom, 335.
dance, 334.
method of burial, 323.
Pueblo dialect, 406.
vocabulary, 424-465, 483, 484.
Jenks, J. W. P., 136.
Jesuit missions, 326.
Jesuits in California, 1.
Jewett, J. R., 264, 267, 268.
Jicarilla, 408.
dialect, 405.
vocabulary, 424-465, 469.
Johnson, C. V., 153.
Jones, C. C., 153, 155, 191, 199, 204, 210, 225, 228, 264.
Juncus for basket work, 247.
used for weaving, 240.
Kasné, 419.
dialect, 406.
vocabulary, 424-465, 485.
Kanuviiya, 413. ‘
dialect, 405.
distribution, 412.
group, 412.
vocabulary, 424-465, 473-478.
Kawaiko, 418.
Ké-at, 411.
Kechi, 19, 413.
dialect, 406.
yoceabulary, 424-465, 475.
Kechis, 9.
Keller, 138, 140.
Kera, 416.
* dialects, 417.
491
Kera Pueblos, stock, 417.
vocabularies, 406.
Kiliwi, 415.
Kizh, 19.
Fizhes, 9.
Wett, F., xiii, xiv, 332, 383, 384, 389, 393, 397, 405, 406, 410, 418.
Komas, R., Ute Indian, 450.
Konino, 415.
| K6-un, 415.
Kutchan, 414.
Ladles of stone, 110.
| La Patera, xiii, 34, 46, 70, 71, 72, 74, 78, 87, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 109,
116, 124, 126, 202, 223, 228, 242, 243, 244, 247, 249, 251,
252, 255, 257, 261, 264, 265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271,
274, 275.
sketch showing excavations, 36.
La Perouse, 2.
La Purisima dialect, 419.
Layard, E. L., 136.
Linguistic evidence, 9.
stocks, 403, 405.
| Linguistics, 399.
Lipans, 407, 408,
Loew, O., xiii, 7, 34, 268, 290, 325, 337, 301, 379, 404, 405, 406, 407,
410, 412, 415, 416, 417, 418, 419, 421, 468, 469, 473, 475,
480.
Loom, 244.
Loring, I’. W., 405.
Lubbock, J., 148, 144.
Maces, 145. >
Malayan affinities, 13.
family, 8.
Malays, 7.
Mannfacture of soapstone pots, 117.
| Marginella used as beads; wide distribution, 267.
Marico-pa, 415.
Maricopas, 19.
Matting, 36, 37.
| Medicine tubes, 25, 134, 191.
Meigs, J. A., 280.
Mescalero, 408.
Mescaleros, 407.
Mexican crania, 395.
Mica, 210.
Migrations, 7, 8, 14, 19.
of American tribes, 14.
Miller, D. A., 81.
Mission Indians of California, remarks on their dialects, 420.
Missions in California, 2.
Mohave, 415.
and Numa dialects, comparative terms, 453.
dialects, 406.
vocabulary, 424-465, 475-481.
Mohave-Apaches, 414.
Mojave, 415.
Mojaves, 10, 19.
Mongolian, a primitive stock, xvii.
Mongoloids, greatest development in North America, 20.
Montezuma myth, 321, 322.
Molina, 148, 149.
Mogui group, 412.
image, 388.
its meaning, 412.
language, Numa, 412.
method of burial, 323.
Pueblo dialect, 405.
Pueblos, 323, 412,
492 TNDEX.
Moqui Pueblo vocabulary, 424-465, 47°
More, A., 46.
T. W., 34, 40, 46.
Morgan, H. J., xv, 374.
L. H., 7, 9, 13, 17, 153, 154, 361.
origin of the American tribes, 7, 8.
tribes of California, 9.
Morrison, C. C., 328, 341, 366.
Morse, shell-heaps of Japan, 15.
Mortars and pestles, 70, 71.
in stationary rocks, 83.
Mound in cation Largo, 347.
Mounds, Utah, 393, 394.
bones, 393.
Mountain-sheep-eaters, 410.
Mount Taylor, objects from, 388.
sacred mountain, 321.
Mowiats, 410.
Muache, 411, 412.
Mugu, 419.
Musical instruments, 26, 234.
Mutsun, 421.
Nahuatl languages, 408, 409.
Navajo, 408.
arrows, 390.
dialect, 405.
vocabulary, 424-465, 469.
Navajos, 19, 407.
Nets, 44, 245.
Netéla, 413.
Netelas, 9, 19.
Né-um, 413.
New Jersey, spearheads, 53.
stone tubes, 53.
New Mexicans, 10.
Mexico, ancient population, 351.
ruins, 337, 346.
Nilsson, 141, 145, 204, 223, 224.
North American Mongoloids, greatest development, 29.
Nudguntits, 410.
Numa, 421.
and Mohave dialects, comparative terms, 475.
dialects, 401, 408, 409.
its meaning, 408.
language, classification, 409.
stock, 408.
its distribution, 408.
vocabularies, 405.
Nut’has, 411.
Obsidian, 51.
arrowheads, 58.
Olivella, ornaments, 256, 257.
immense numbers in graves, California,
267.
Ollas, 94.
Opatas, 409.
Oregon arrowheads, 54.
stone implements, 50.
Ornament made of teeth, 253.
Ornamented implements and utensils, 252.
sword, 232.
whistles, 253.
Ornaments, 21, 251, 275.
of asphaltum, 39.
bone, 255.
shell, 35, 38, 39, 44, 251, 255, 256, 257, 263.
stone, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 255.
O'Sullivan, T. H., 373, 380.
Otis, G. A., 277.
Pah Ute cradle, 284.
cranium, 393.
Paint, 22, 98, 107, 111, 252, 260.
black, 262.
carved cakes, 261.
cups, 105, 111.
mixed, 262.
rubbers, 261.
| Painting and tattooing, 260.
Pallegawonap, 411.
Palmer, E., 207, 213, 240, 244, 246, 248, 249, 284, 383.
Panaiti, 410.
Panamint, 411.
Papagos, 409.
| Pardnagats, 410.
Pardniguts, 410.
Parks, 46.
Patwin, 418.
Pa-Uta, 411.
dialect, 405.
group, 410.
its meaning, 410.
of California group, 411.
vocabulary, 424-465, 471, 472, 475, 479.
Pa-Vant, 411.
dialect, 405.
vocabulary, 424-465, 471, 472.
Pa-Vants,411.
Pavidtso, 410.
Pa-Yutah, 410.
Payute, 410.
Payutes, 410.
Peabody Museum, Cambridge, xviii, 30, 31, 51,
crania, 277.
Pebble ornaments, 213.
Pebbles for rubbing, 261.
grooved, 203, 204.
Pectens, cut for ornaments, 258.
Pennsylvania, rude stone implements, 93.
Perforated circular mass of clay, California, 186.
disks, 138.
pebble, Ireland, 187.
pebbles, 182.
Great Britain and California, 187.
pieces of steatite, 155, 156, 188.
stone, Central America, engraved, 148.
egg-shape, 188.
Eskimo implement, 145.
grooved, 169, 179.
Missouri, 155.
Peru, engraved, 147.
points, 146, 147.
Santa Catalina, 155.
stones, 135.
Africa, uses, 136, 137.
as Weapons, 148.
Austria, 140.
California, 157, 158.
description, 162.
not now used, 159.
ornamented, 141, 162.
uses, 161.
Central America, 147.
Chili, 145, 148, 149.
club-heads, 143, 144, 165, 170.
INDEX.
Perforated stones, cylindrical, 167.
Cyprus, 142.
Denmark, 140.
method of manufacture, 141.
ornamented, 141.
depressed-globular shape, 169.
flattened, 181.
from various parts of the world compared,
161.
Great Britain, 142.
Hissarlik, 142.
India, 137, 138.
irregular shapes, 183, 186.
Massachusetts, 155, 156.
method of manufacture, 157, 180.
New Jersey, 155, 157.
of conical form, 163.
" globular-conoid form, 163.
ornamented, 165, 171, 177, 178, 179, 180.
oval, 168.
Peru, 145, 149, 150.
polished, 170.
Scandinavia, 145.
star-shaped, 145.
Swiss lakes, 138, 139.
Tennessee, 156.
thin and singular shape, 189.
uniform size, 166.
used as bolas, 159.
with flattened sides, 187.
oval holes, 175.
points, Central America, 147.
rims, 177.
Perforators of stone, 66, 69. .
Pestles, 70.
Petitot, E., 407.
Peruvian crania, 280.
Peruvians, mode of wearing hair, 21.
P’hallatillie, 411.
Phallic emblems, 92.
Phonetic alpbabet, 422.
Pickering, C., 6, 13.
on the Californians, 6.
Picuris, 330.
Pimas, 409, 415.
Pinal, 407.
Pinart, A., 45.
Pintado, 323, 341, 365, 366.
Pipe of red clay, 134.
unusual form, 130.
Pipes, 37,38, 39, 40, 42, 44, 125, 126, 127, 128.
California, 24.
method of manufacture, 131, 132.
of different patterns, 134.
ornamented, 128, 129.
partially drilled, 131.
perforations, 122.
tubular from Massachusetts and New Jersey, 24.
Piro, 417.
Plates for basket work, 247, 248.
dyes, 248.
Plates of steatite, 93, 99, 100, 101, 103.
irregular shape, 102.
smaall and ornamented, 103.
transitional forms, 103.
Pliocene man, 11.
Plummet-shaped implements, 192, 193, 194, 195,
Polishing bone, 230.
stone, 201,-202.
stones, 213.
Polygamy, 29.
Polynesians, 7.
Pots of stone, 93, 117.
Pots ¥alley, 119.
Pottery, 16, 286.
absence of in California, 14.
ancient, New Mexico, 380, 381.
animal form, 382, 383.
black, 387.
California, 14.
Californian, of late date, 273.
canon de Chelle, 373.
Chaco ruins, 368.
comparison of ancient and modern, 381.
Eocene plateau, 357.
from Californian graves questioned, 35. _
from the shell-heaps compared, 15, 16.
making tribes, 14.
modern Pueblo, 386, 387.
New Mexican, decoration of, 382.
New Mexico and Arizona, 374.
New Mexico and Utah, method of making, 383.
on Gallinas Creek, 354.
on the San Juan, 350.
polishing and coloring, 381.
Pueblo, forms of, 382.
recent Pueblo, 382.
Rio Chama, 363, 364.
Rio Gila, 382, 383.
Santa Fé, 386.
superiority of ancient, 341.
Utah, 383.
Zuwi, 382, 384.
Powell, J. W., 60, 199, 256.
Powers, S., 4, 5, 20, 22, 25, 27, 50, 52, 83, 159, 160, 240, 256, 257, 418,
on the diversity of tribes in California, 4.
tribes of California, 5.
Primitive American stock, 12.
man, 12.
race of America, 18.
Prisoner’s Harbor, xiii.
Pueblo Bonito, 341.
erania and skeleton, 396
government, 327.
houses, 323.
lack of information, 317.
languages, 415.
of Acoma, 325, 337, 361.
Isleta, 323.
shield, 289.
Jemez, 320. 323, 342.
war shield, 389.
Nambe, bridle, 390.
Picuris, 330.
San Juan, 33].
Santa Clara, arrows, 390.
bow, bow case, and quiver, 390.
moccasin, 389.
Taos, 327.
Zuti, 323.
people, 319.
Pintado, 323, 341, 365, 366.
population, 337.
ruin at Hot Springs, 324.
493
494 INDEX.
Pueblo ruin near the Moqui towns, 324.
on the Rio Chama, 362.
ruins, 315.
Pueblos and their inhabitants, 319-
names and provinces, 338, 339, 340, 342, 345.
objects from, 389, 390.
of the Colorado, xiii.
Gila, xiii.
Moqui, 323.
Rio Grande, xiii.
plans of towns, 323.
Pumpelly, R., xviii.
Putnam, F. W.., xiii, xiv, 46, 50, 51, 52, 68, 83, 93, 103, 104, 105, 109,
110, 111, 112, 116, 118, 121, 132, 134, 192, 193,
195, 196, 200, 201, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 211,
212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 222, 237, 238, 266,
267, 278, 286, 319, 322, 326, 340, 348 355, 361,
363, 366. *
letter of transmittal, xvii.
Quartz crystals from graves, 214.
Quemeya, 415.
Quéra, 417.
Quéres, 418.
Queues worn by various people, 21.
Quinto, F., Indian chief, 453.
Rau, C., 30, 108, 115, 152, 155, 204, 209, 224, 229, 254, 267.
Red ochre in carved masses, 260, 261.
paint, 35, 39, 42.
Reid, H., 23, 246, 260.
Rhus for basket work, 248.
Richardson, E. M., 405, 406, 415, 458.
Rio Chama, ruin and burial place, 362.
Rio Grande dialect, 416.
Pueblo dialects, their characteristics, 416.
Pueblos stock, 415.
vocabularies, 408.
Robinia, 414.
Rochat, L., 139.
Rock carvings, 358.
Rowe, 346.
Rothrock, J. T., xiii, xvii, xix, 25, 34, 35, 41, 46, 80, 106, 116, 268,
395, 396, 397.
Rubbing-stones, 199, 201.
Ruins, age of, 359.
canon de Chelle, 372.
Chaco caiion, description of room, 388.
in cation Cerresal, 346.
cation Chaco, 346, 350, 366.
cation Largo, 346.
of New Mexico, 336-346.
on Gallinas creek, 352.
the Las Animas, 346, 347
San Juan, 346.
Russell, J. C., 376, 386.
Salmon River Snakes, 410.
Salvia, seeds, 37, 38, 39, 80, 116, 247.
San Antonio dialect, 421.
San Bernardo, 46.
San Clemente Island, 31, 51, 103, 134, 167, 168, 173, 176, 177, 182,
183, 184, 200, 205, 209, 213, 216, 223, 228,
230, 237, 238, 249, 254, 255, 258, 277, 280.
large cranium, 280.
Sandstone cups, 106.
San Fernando Mission dialect, 413.
San Gabriel dialect, 413.
San Juan, 331.
San Juan Capistrano, 3.
San Juan Capistrano mission dialect, 413.
Lucas, 45.
Luis Obispo, 45.
crania, 288.
Rey Mission dialect, 413.
Miguel Island, 45, 49, 67, 101, 165, 175, 182, 186, 187, 195, 197,
223, 226, 230, 255, 268, 273, 277.
crania, 289.
place of Cabrillo’s death, 311.
Nicholas Island, 174, 176, 182, 183, 219, 277.
the last Indian of, 43.
‘Tomasenio, 415.
Santa Barbara, 60, 108, 131, 179, 193, 194, 200, 205, 207, 213, 215,
219, 223, 224, 227, 267.
and Islands, collections, xiii.
collections from ancient burial places, xvii.
crania, 288.
dialects, 419, 421.
Tslands, 47, 93, 111, 116.
crania, 277, 288.
difference in race, North and South,
289, 290, 291.
languages, 290.
sketch map, xiv.
stock, 419.
vocabulary, 405.
Catalina Island, 31, 51, 102, 103, 109, 110, 112, 134, 155, 162,
163, 168, 170, 171, 172, 177, 178, 179, 120,
184, 185, 186, 188, 189, 200, 201, 202, 209,
210, 211, 212, 215, 216, 219, 223, 232, 233,
237, 238, 242, 246, 252, 254, 255, 258, 262,
267, 273, 275, 277.
erania, 284, 287, 289.
soapstone quarry, 117, 118.
Cruz Island, 45, 60, 67, 68, 97, 115, 123, 163, 164, 165, 173, 174,
185, 198, 222, 223, 232, 236, 238, 244, 249, 254,
268, 274, 277, 282.
crania, 284, 289.
dialect, 419.
small cranium, 280.
Inez Island, 238.
dialect, 419.
River, xiii.
Maria River, xiii, 45.
Rosa Island, 45, 163, 165, 181, 182, 183.
Saucer-like vessels of stone, 111.
Schliemann, 142.
Schooleraft, 90.
Schumacher, P., xiii, 17, 27, 30, 31, 34, 45, 47, 49, 50, 51, 60, 67, 84,
97, 101, 103, 106, 109, 110, 111, 112, 115, 117, 123,
182, 134, 157,166, 168, 173, 174, 175, 176, 178, 179,
182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 188, 189, 195, 196, 197, 159,
200, 202, 207, 211, 212, 213, 215, 216, 219, 222, 223,
227, 280, 231, 232, 233, 236, 237, 242, 244, 246, 247,
254, 262, 273. ;
Scraper of quartz, 120.
Sculpture in stone, 218.
its early development in North America, 218.
peculiar character on west coast of America,218.
Sculptures, 218.
of the Southern Californians, 219.
Seeds of Salvia, 37, 38, 39, 80, 116, 247.
in mortar, 79.
Serpentine bowls, 107.
cups, 106.
pipes, 126, 127, 131.
vessels, 44.
——
a
INDEX.
Serranos, 413.
Severance, M. S., 391, 397, 405, 406, 415.
Shaler, N. S., 382.
Shark’s teeth, ornaments, 254.
Shell bead with Calaveras skull, 251.
Shell beads, 35, 36, 38, 256, 265, 266.
great abundance in graves, California, 267.
peculiar perforation, 266.
their vaiue, 257.
carved in stone, 379.
cylinder, 265.
dish, 115.
disks, 265. 266.
heaps, 27.
Aleutian Islands, 16.
Atlantic coast, 16.
Brazil, 15, 16.
California, 16.
comparison of objects from, 15.
Florida, 15, 16.
Japan, 15, 16.
Santa Barbara Islands, 34.
money, 256, 257.
ornaments, 35, 38, 39, 44, 251, 253, 255, 256, 257, 263.
Central Californians, 256.
difficulty of drilling, 259.
pendants, 258, 259.
from univalves, 258.
Shells, 38, 39.
as paint pots, 262.
receptacles, 35, 116.
layer of marine, 35.
small, used as beads, 267.
used in ornamenting utensils, 252.
Shinumo, its meaning, 412.
or Mogui, 412.
Shoemaker, W.L., 40, 46.
Shoshone, 19.
Shoshones, 9.
Shoshoni, 413.
dialect, 401, 405.
dialects, 408.
group, 409.
vocabulary, 424-465, 470, 471.
Silla Pueblo diatect, 406.
vocabulary, 424-465, 484.
Silpalils, 419.
Silver in graves. California, 272.
spoons, graves, California, 272.
Simpson, J. H., 241, 350, 360, 365, 372.
Sinkers, 104, 135, 138, 139, 140, 155, 156, 162, 188, 195, 196, 197, 203,
204, 205.
Sioux Indian hammers or clubs, 206.
whistle, 236.
Sitsimé, 418.
Slick stones, 213.
Slings, 28.
Sling-stones, 205.
Slung-shots, 141, 203.
Smith, J., 234.
Smithsonian Institution, xviii, 30, 31.
Smoking as a burial ceremony, 25.
Smoking pipes, 125.
Snake group, 410.
Indians, 9, 410.
Soap-root brush, 249.
Soapstone pots, 93, 117.
Soapstone pots, method of manufacture, 117.
quarry near Washington, 121.
Rhode Island, 121.
sketch of, 121.
Virginia, 121.
Spindle-whorl of bone, Brazil, 151.
Peru, 152.
clay, Virginia, 153.
sandstone, Kentucky, 154.
stone, grave in Tennessee, 153.
Spindle-whorls, 135, 138, 139, 140, 142.
Brazil, 150.
made in moulds, Mexico, 152.
of stone, California, 159.
ornamented, Brazil, 151.
stone graves, Tennessee, 154.
of terra-cotta, Brazil, 151, 152.
Mexico, 152.
Peru, 152.
of wood, Peru, 153.
Peru, 150.
Spools, Peru, 152.
Squier and Davis, 209.
E.G., 146.
Stearns, R. E. C., 256, 257, 265.
Steatite, carvings, 220.
pipes, 126, 127, 131.
plates, 36, 93.
pots, 93.
quarry, 117.
vessels, 44.
Stevens, 137, 144, 145, 194.
Stone arrowheads, 38, 39, 40, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58.
axe, California, 203.
axes from Pueblos, 376, 377, 378.
peculiar forms, 376, 377, 378.
beads, 181, 255, 264.
ancient Pueblos, 265.
bowls, 106.
carving representing a shell, 379.
cups, 38, 85, 86, 104, 105.
daggers, 49, 52.
dish, method of mending, 39.
drill from Pueblo, 376.
drills, 66, 67, 68.
hammer from the San Juan, 350.
hammers from Pueblos, 377, 378, 379.
hexagonal shape, 213.
implements, 39, 40, 42, 49.
Cafioncito de las Yeguas, 357.
New Mexico and Arizona, 374.
peculiar forms, 216, 217.
rude, 93.
used in making pots, 120.
with asphaltum handle, 69.
knives, 50, 56, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65.
from Pueblos, 374, 375.
Pah-Ute Indians, 60.
with handles, 60.
ladles, 110.
metates from More’s gulch, 83.
miscellaneous objects, 190.
mortars, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42, 70, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 81,
mortars from More’s gulch, 83.
mended with asphaltum, 73, 75, 77, 79.
inethod of making, 83, 84, 85.
oblong shape, 83.
495
82,
496
Stone mortars ornamented with shell, 71, 78.
with feet, 83.
handles, 82.
seeds, 79.
ornaments, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214.
pendants, 208, 209, 255.
ornamented, 208, 209.
pestles, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 70, 87, 88, 89, 90.
natural forms, 91.
New England, 91.
New York, 91.
ornamented, 87, 91.
used by Pennacook Indians, 90.
Vermont, 91.
pick, 203.
pipes, 125, 126, 127, 128.
pot, cover of, 96.
pots, 36, 37, 38.
with human bones, 96.
rings, 181, 185, 255.
spearheads, 52, 53.
spear-points from Pueblos, 375.
tubes, 134, 190, 191, 192.
tubular pipes, 130, 131, 133.
vessel, canoe shape, 38.
Stones for heating, 103, 104.
grooved, 103, 104.
perforated, 135.
Sturgis, A., 144.
Sweat-house, 27.
Sword-hilt, 39.
Swords of bone, 231.
iron, 274.
wood, 124, 232.
Symington, J., 395.
Tabewache, 412.
Takhtam, 413.
dialect, 405.
vocabulary, 424-465, 473.
Talcose-slate pipes, 126, 131.
Taito, 416.
Tantawats, 410.
Taos, 327, 416.
Pueblo dialect, 406.
vocabulary, 424-465, 483.
Tarahumaras, 409.
Tash-Uta, 412.
Tattooing, 22.
and painting, 260.
Taylor, 40, 46.
H.C., xix, 46, 294, 298.
Teeth of men and animals as ornaments, 263.
rodent, ornament, 253.
Tehdma, 418.
Tehua, 417.
dialect, 406.
vocabulary, 424-465, 482, 483.
Tennessee crania, 280.
Tepeguanas, 409.
Terra del Fuego, bone harpoons, 225.
natives, 18.
Textile fabrics, 239, 248, 244, 245.
Thackara, A. W., 159.
Thimbles strung for necklaces, 272.
Thompson, A. H., 324.
G., 319, 388.
Thurnam, 280.
INDEX.
Tillie, 411.
Tinné dialects, 407.
stock, 406.
vocabularies, 405.
tribes, distribution, 406.
Tivola, cut for ornaments, 255, 256, 257, 258, 259, 265, 266.
Tobacco, 25.
Tobikhar, 413.
dialect, 405.
vocabulary, 424-465, 475.
Toilet cups, 111, 114.
Tolke-piga, 415.
Tonkawa, 408.
Tonto, 414, 415.
Apaches, 414.
or Gohun dialect, 406.
vocabulary, 424-465.
Torquemada, 3.
Tortilla plates, 99.
Toy boats, 123.
Toys, 252.
Tribes of tho interior, 315.
Trimmed flakes, 61, 65.
Tsauwiarits, 410.
Tube of bone, 229.
Tubes classed as pipes, 133.
of stone, 190, 191, 192.
Tubular pipes, 133.
Tuka-rika, 410.
Turanian family, 7, 8.
Turner, 19.
Tussiwehe, 410.
Tyler, 137.
Uinta, 412.
Uta dialect, 405.
vocabulary, 424-465, 472.
Ulloa, exploration of peninsula of California, 1.
Unio, cut for ornaments, 265.
Urtica fibre, 241.
Uta dialect. 405.
forms of the word, 411.
group, 411.
vocabulary, 424-465, 472.
Utah, mounds, 393, 394.
rock graves, 391, 392, 393, 394.
Utahs, 9, 19.
Ute, crania, 396.
Vaux, W.S., 146, 147, 150.
Venegas, 2.
Venetian beads, 263.
wide distribution, 270.
Venus, cut for ornaments, 265.
Vessel coated with asphaltum, 245.
Vickary, N., 156.
Vilfa, for basket work, 247.
Village Indians, 317.
culture, 8.
sites, 27.
Vizcaino, 296.
Vocabularies, 403.
gathered, xiv.
remarks, 467.
Von Wurmbrand, 140.
Wad, 262.
Wadsworth, M. E., xviii, 147, 176, 261, 262.
WAlla-Pai, 415.
Walpapi, 410.
Wampum, 251, 265.
Washaiki, 409.
Weapons, 23, 28.
of bone, 222.
the Yurok, 50.
wood, 222.
Wearing, 24.
Weber Uta, 412.
Wedge-shaped implements of bone, 229
Weights for digging-sticks, 135, 157.
Welch, 41, 46.
Welch, Mrs., 41.
Weminuche, 411, 412.
Whale, bone of, for pot cover, 37.
Whales, bones of, in burial places, 35.
carved in stone, 220.
Wheeler. G. M., xx, 390.
letter of transmittal, xiii
Whipple, 341.
Whistles, 26, 234, 235, 236, 237.
double, 237.
ornamented, 253.
White Knives, 410.
Whitney, antiquity of man in California, 10, 11.
Whitney, J. D., xviii, 10.
Whorl to fire-drill, 154.
Wihbinasht, 410.
Willow fibre, 241.
Wilson, D., 281, 286.
Wimini-ints, 412.
Wintim dialect, 405.
stock, 418.
vocabulary, 405, 424-465, 484.
Wood, articles made from, 122.
Wood in graves, 36, 38.
Wood, J. C., 136.
Wooden implements and weapons, 222.
objects, 233.
slabs joined by asphaltum, 124.
o2 OI
INDEX. 497
Wooden sword, 124.
with inlaid handle, 232.
vessel, 114.
Wyman, J., 15.
Yabi-pai, 415.
Yahiuskin, 410.
Yampa, 412.
Yam-pai, 415.
Yampais, 10.
Yampa-tikara, or Root-eaters, 412.
Yaquis, 409. i
Yarrow, H. C., xiii, xiv, xvii, xix, 22, 26, 31, 32, 47, 49, 50, 80, 82,
83, 97, 99, 106, 116, 118, 126, 161, 182, 198, 202, 215,
231, 233, 248, 244, 246, 247, 251, 252, 254, 260, 268,
294, 327, 331, 362, 874, 875, 376, 377, 378, 379, 389,
390, 391, 396, 397, 405, 406, 408, 412, 416, 470, 471.
Yates, L. G., 256, 264, 265, 267.
Yavipai, 414.
Yavi-pai, 415.
Y6kats, 411.
Yucca fibre, 239, 240, 241.
its uses, 240, 241.
Yuma, 19, 421.
Apaches, 414.
dialects, their distribution, 414.
group, 10.
or Kutchan dialect, 405.
vocabulary, 424-456, 481.
stock, 415.
vocabularies, 405.
tribes, 414.
Yumas, 10.
Zostera, rope, 244.
Zui, 323, 416.
dance, 332.
description of pottery vessel, 384, 385
method of burial, 323.
old, objects, 388.
towns, 361,
ny 2 a
7 ;
be i
0 i
ont lay
Wpe
a
i
> ue
Be,
¢
hes
=
“
‘
eee Srapseepe sage St SaeaH INSTITUTION LIBRARIES
ccmceetemmmmeeee ll!) \({I Ml) §
BB DOLYOase2 §
nhanth qQE74.P989
Reports upon archaeological and ethnolog
ST We
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11